Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC2016-206 - 4/19/2016 - Approved 2016-206 4/19/16 M2016-042 PM Construction & Rehab 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement,for the Project awarded on April 19,2016,is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner)and CB&I Inc. (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Elevated Water Storage Tanks—Citywide(ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No.E11012 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: LNV.Inc. 801 Navigation.Suite 300 Corpus Christi.TX 78408 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Phil Boehk.PE—Acting Construction Engineer City of Corous Christi—Engineering Services 4917 Holly Rd.Bldg.5 Corpus Christi.TX 78411 ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 510 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 610 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones,Substantial Completion,and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Agreement 00 52 23-1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks—Citywide(ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No.E11012 INDEXED Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $1,000 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $1,000 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid + Add. Alts. #2 & #4 $ 9,245,050.00 ARTICLE 5 — PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to 95 percent of the total earned value to date for completed Work and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. The balance will be held as retainage. Agreement 00 52 23 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10.6-2015 City Project No. E11012 C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set -offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, retainage may be required at a higher percentage rate if progress on the Project is considered to be unsatisfactory. If retainage in excess of the amount described above is held prior to Substantial Completion, the Owner will place the additional amount in an interest bearing account. Interest will be paid in accordance with Paragraph 6.01. E. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 — INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. 6.02 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; Agreement 00 52 23 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 — ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 13.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper Agreement 00 52 23 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10.6-2015 City Project No. E11012 financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 2. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 3. Addenda. 4. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 5. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES Four original duplicates of the signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. CONTRACTOR — Agreement must be signed by a person authorized to bind the firm or company. If Contractor is a Corporation, agreements must be Attested; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. Agreement CO 52 23 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 ATTEST CITY OF CO Rebecca Huerta City Secretary APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: z et L. Kellogg Assistant City Attorney .H. Edmonds Director of Engineering Services ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR CB&I Inc. (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Title: �5tiv�e SS DJ? e evr.ev<k wangler' 2103 Research Forest Drive Address The Woodlands, Texas 77380 City 832-985-5694 Phone kdcarr@cbi.com State Zip Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No- E11012 005223-6 REV 10-6.2015 CERTIFICATION OF RESOLUTION AND AUTHORITY I, Walter G. Browning, do hereby certify that I am the duly -elected and acting Secretary of CB&I Inc., a Texas corporation, and that as such officer I am duly authorized to make this certificate in behalf of that corporation. I further certify that by consent in lieu of a meeting dated March 6, 2001, as authorized by Texas law, the Board of Directors of said corporation adopted the following resolution in accordance with the By-laws of said corporation: RESOLVED, that the President, any Vice -President, the Treasurer, or any regional sales manager, contracting manager, regional construction manager, manufacturing manager, project manager or business development manager heretofore or hereafter appointed by the Company or any other sales representative as may from time to time be designated by any one of the President, any Vice -President or the Treasurer, is authorized to make bids, prepare quotations and submit and receive proposals for contracts; to negotiate and sign contracts and other agreements, bid bonds, performance bonds, and other related documents; and to otherwise bind and obligate the Company in the conduct of its normal business. I further certify that the foregoing resolution is in full force and effect and that Kyle Carr is a duly designated and authorized Business Development Manager of CB&I Inc. This certificate shall remain in full force and effect for ninety days from the date it bears, unless sooner revoked, but no such revocation shall be effective as to anyone dealing with any individual named in this certificate in reliance hereon unless written notice of such revocation has been received by the person so relying on this certificate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereonto set my hand and the seal of CB&I Inc., this ,2 Fi L day of lin q3 , 20 ,I ( . Walter G. Browning, Secretary • "t t� 1 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1 of 1 Complete Nos. 1- 4 and 6 if there are interested paries. Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 it there are no interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 2016-23463 Date Filed: 03108/2016 Date Acknowledged: 1 Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. CB&I Inc. The Woodlands , TX United States 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is being filed. City of Corpus Christi 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provi a description of the goods or services to be provided under the contract. E11D12 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 4 Name of Interested Party City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. X 6 AFFIDAVIT I swear, or affirm, under penalty of perjury, that the above disclosure is true and correct. t'uur`� a KELLY MARIE RENICK ,-.,:.49(....4i. .' s Notary Public, Stote of Texas •,, ,: �; Comm. Expires 03.30-2020 ',%�°;,;S4 � l7 �- Notary ID 128939513 Si ature of authorized agent of contracting business entity AFFIX NOTARY STAMP / SEAL ABOVE yy�� Sworn to and subscribed before me, by the said ke C,u , this the %Vtr/ day of Me+y n, 20 \I . O , to certify which, witness my hand and seal 1 office. • ►ca✓ \icV1• C4\i 011/- (Ad in.o65i5 1gnature of officer administering oath Printed ihiot of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.0.312 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM ARTICLE 1— BID RECIPIENT 1.01 In accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and Contract Documents, this Bid Proposal is submitted by CB&I Inc. (type or print name of company) on: 2-17-16 (Wednesday @02:00 PM) for City Project No. E11012 — Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 1.02 Submit Bids, Bid Security and all attachments to the Bid (See Section 7.01 below) to the City's electronic bidding website at www.CivCastUSA.com. If submitting hard copy bids or bid security in the form of a cashier's or certified check, please send to: The City of Corpus Christi, Texas City Secretary's Office 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid - Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) (Project No. E11012) All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. ARTICLE 2 — BIDDERS'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 2.01 Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner on the form included in the Contract Documents, to perform all Work specified or indicated in Contract Documents for the Contract Price indicated in this Bid or as modified by Contract Amendment. Bidder agrees to complete the Work within the Contract Times established in the Agreement or as modified by Contract Amendment and comply with the all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2.02 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including those dealing with required Bonds. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the opening of Bids. 2.03 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of its failure to complete Work in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Agreement. 2.04 Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum No. Addendum Date Signature Ac nowledging Receipt r1 02/09/2016 2 02/12/2016 �� Bid Acknowledgement Form Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 003000-1 REV 10.06-2015 Addendum No. Addendum Date Signature Acknowledging Receipt ARTICLE 3 — BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 The Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. 3.02 The Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.03 The Bidder is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.04 The Bidder has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: A. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; B. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; C. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; D. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and E. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. 3.05 The Bidder has considered the: A. Information known to Bidder; B. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; C. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and D. The Contract Documents. 3.06 The Bidder has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 3.04 and 3.05 with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: A. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; B. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and C. Bidder's safety precautions and programs. 3.07 Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Bidder agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10464o1S City Project No. E11012 3.08 The Bidder is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. 3.09 The Bidder has correlated the information known to the Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. 3.10 The Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Bidder. 3.11 The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 3.12 Bidder's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — BASIS OF BID 4.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the BID FORM. A. Extended amounts have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. B. Bidder acknowledges that the estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and final payment for all Unit Price items will be based on actual quantities provided, measured as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Unit Price and figures column will be used to compute the actual Bid price. ARTICLE 5 — EVALUATION OF BIDDERS 5.01 The contract may be awarded either to the lowest responsible bidder or to the bidder who provides the best value for the Owner. The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder's responsibility, the Bidder's safety record, the Bidder's indebtedness to Owner and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements to determine the lowest responsible Bidder. The Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities in determining the Bidders' responsibility or value, and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements, and reserves the right to require the submission of additional information. 5.02 The Owner has the right to accept a Bid, reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all irregularities in the Bids, or to reject non -conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid where circumstances and developments have, in the opinion of the Owner, changed the responsibility of the Bidder. 5.03 Material misstatements in the documentation submitted to determine the Bidder's responsibility, including information submitted per SECTION 00 4516 STATEMENT OF Bid Acknowledgement Form Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 003000-3 REV 10-0642015 EXPERIENCE, may be grounds for rejection of the Bidder's Bid on this Project. Any such misstatement, if discovered after award of the Contract to such Bidder, may be grounds for immediate termination of the Contract. Additionally, the Bidder will be liable to the Owner for any additional costs or damages to the Owner resulting from such misstatements, including costs and attorney's fees for collecting such costs and damages. ARTICLE 6 — TIME OF COMPLETION 6.01 Bidder will complete the Work required to be substantially completed within 580 days after the date when the Contract limes commence to run as provided in Paragraph 4.01 of the General Conditions. Bidder will complete the Work required for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 610 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 6.02 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within the number of days indicated. ARTICLE 7 —ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID In compliance with the Bid Requirements in SECTION 00 2113 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, the following are made a condition of this Bid: A. Bid Security. B. SECTION 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM and documentation of signatory authority. C. Bid Form. D. SECTION 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS. E. SECTION 00 30 05 DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST. F. SECTION 00 30 06 NON -COLLUSION CERTIFICATION. ARTICLE 8 — DEFINED TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. The significance of terms with initial capital letters is described in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9 — VENUE 9.01 Bidder agrees that venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. ARTICLE 10 — SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS 10.01 Bidders must include their correct legal name, state of residency, and federal tax identification number in the Bid Form. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR implementation Phase 2) REV 1046-2o1s City Project No. E11012 10.02 The Bidder, or the Bidder's authorized representative, shall sign and date the Bid Form to accompany all materials included in the submitted Bid. Bids which are not signed and dated in this manner, or which do not contain the required documentation of signatory authority may be rejected as non-responsive. The individual(s) signing the Bid must have the authority to bind the Bidder to a contract, and if required, shall attach documentation of signatory authority to the Bid Form. 10.03 Bidders who are individuals ("natural persons" as defined by the Texas Business Organizations Code §1.002), but who will not be signing the Bid Form personally, shall include in their bid a notarized power of attorney authorizing the individual designated as their authorized representative to submit the Bid and to sign on behalf of the Bidder. 10.04 Bidders that are entities who are not individuals shall identify in their Bid their charter or Certificate of Authority number issued by the Texas Secretary of State and shall submit with their Bid a copy of a resolution or other documentation approved by the Bidder's governing body authorizing the submission of the Bid and designating the individual(s) authorized to execute documents on behalf of the Bidder. Bidders using an assumed name (an "alias") shall submit a copy of the Certificate of Assumed Name or similar document. 10.05 Bidders that are not residents of the State of Texas must document their legal authority to conduct business in Texas. Nonresident Bidders that have previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State may submit a copy of their Certificate of Authority. Nonresident Bidders that have not previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State shall submit a copy of the Bidder's enabling documents as filed with the state of residency, or as otherwise existing. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 1006.2015 Cty Project No. E11012 ARTICLE 11— BID SUBMITTAL 11.01 This Bid is submitted by: Bidder: By: CB&I Inc. Name: Kyle Carr Title: Attest: full legal name of Bidder) (individual's signature) (typed or printed) Business Development Manager (typed or printed) See attached Certificate of Resolution and Authority State of Residency: Federal Tax Id. No. Address for giving notices: Phone: 832-985-5694 (individual's signature) Texas 36-3046868 2103 Research Forest Drive The Woodlands, Texas 77380 Email: kdcarr@cbi.com (Attach evidence of authority to sign if the authorized individual is not the Bidder, but an individual signing on behalf of another individual Bidder, or if the authorized individual is a representative of a corporation, partnership, or joint venture.) END OF SECTION Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-06-2015 City Project No. E11012 CERTIFICATION OF RESOLUTION AND AUTHORITY I, Walter G. Browning, do hereby certify that 1 am the duly -elected and acting Secretary of CB&I Inc., a Texas corporation, and that as such officer I am duly authorized to make this certificate in behalf of that corporation. I further certify that by consent in lieu of a meeting dated March 6, 2001, as authorized by Texas law, the Board of Directors of said corporation adopted the following resolution in accordance with the By-laws of said corporation: RESOLVED, that the President, any Vice -President, the Treasurer, or any regional sales manager, contracting manager, regional construction manager, manufacturing manager, project manager or business development manager heretofore or hereafter appointed by the Company or any other sales representative as may from time to time be designated by any one of the President, any Vice -President or the Treasurer, is authorized to make bids, prepare quotations and submit and receive proposals for contracts; to negotiate and sign contracts and other agreements, bid bonds, performance bonds, and other related documents; and to otherwise bind and obligate the Company in the conduct of its normal business. I further certify that the foregoing resolution is in full force and effect and that Kyle Carr is a duly designated and authorized Business Development Manager of CB&I Inc. This certificate shall remain in full force and effect for ninety days from the date it bears, unless sooner revoked, but no such revocation shall be effective as to anyone dealing with any individual named in this certificate in reliance hereon unless written notice of such revocation has been received by the person so relying on this certificate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereonto set my hand and the seal of CB&I Inc., this l7'1' day of Februa(j ,20 j . Walter G. Browning, Se retary 00 30 01 BID FORM 00 30 01 BID FORM Project Name: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Project Number: E11012 Owner: City Corpus Christi of Bidder: CB8cIInc. OAR: LS Designer: LNV, Inc. Basis of Bid ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT Base Bid Part A - Rand Morgan Tank RAND MORGAN ELEVATED STORAGE TANK Al MOBILIZATION (MAXIMUM OF 5% OF PART A CONTRACT PRICE) LS 1 $Jy7, O.oc� $)yg,00.00 A2 0.75 MG COMPOSITE ELEVATED STORAGE TANK LS 1 $;,9/5,g63.°0 k q1571 53.00 A3 ELECTRICAL SERVICE LS 1 $ 19,750.00 $ 19,750.00 A4 INSTRUMENTATION AND SCADA INTEGRATION LS 1 $ 228,910.0C $ 778,910.00 A5 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING LS 1 $ 67,760.00 $ 67,760.00 A6 INSTALLATION OF CCTV LS 1 $ 74,200.00 $ 74,200.00 A7 ALLOWANCE FOR TANK LOGO LS 1 $ 75,000.00 $ 75,000.00 A8 ALLOWANCE FOR ANTENNA PROVISIONS LS 1 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 RAND MORGAN SITE WORK A9 SITE PREPARATION ACRE 1.1 $ 16,000.00 $ 17,600.00 A10 FILL MATERIAL CY 185 $ 40.00 $ 7400.00 A11. 30" X 48" TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE EA 1 $ 64,000.00 $ 64,000.00 Al2 30" DUCTILE IRON PIPE WATERLINE LF 61 $ 2,000.00 $ 122,000 A13 30" PVC WATERLINE LF 112 $ 150.00 $ 16,800.00 A14 TRENCH SAFETY FOR 30" PVC WATERLINE LF 112 $ 50.00 $ 5600.00 A15 30" 45° BEND - DUCTILE IRON EA 2 $ 5,000.00 $ 10,000.00 A16 30" 22.5° BEND - DUCTILE IRON EA 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 A17 CONCRETE SPLASH PAD EA 1 $ 15,300.00 $ 15,300.00 A18 SACK GABION CY 11 $ 200.00 $ 2,200.00 A19 CONCRETE BOLLARD EA 4 $ 250.00 $ 1,000.00 A20 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY EA 1 $ 8,000.00 $ 8,000.00 A21 CONCRETE PLATFORM / PIPE SUPPORTS LS 1 $ 12,000.00 $ 12,000.00 A22 SLIDE GATE EA 1 $ 6,350.00 $ 6,350.00 A23 SECURITY FENCE LF 707 $ 40.00 $ 28,280.00 A24 2" HMAC PAVEMENT (TYPE D) SY 674 $ 20.00 $ 13,480.00 A25 PRIME COAT (0.15 GAL./SY) GAL 102 $ 5.00 $ 510.00 A26 8" CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEXIBLE BASE (TY. A, GR. 1) SY 721 $ 20.00 $ 14,420.00 A27 GEOGRID, TENSAR BX1100 SY 721 $ 5.00 $ 3,605.00 A28 8" LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE SY 721 $ 15.00 $ 10,815.00 A29 PAVEMENT REPAIR SY 15 $ 200.00 $ 3,000.00 Bid Form Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) - City Project No. E11012 Page 1 of 4 REV 3-23-2015 sraz-ez-E A3U 17 �o Z abed CLOTH 'ON I3afold AID - (Z aseyd uoneluawaldwl 80V) al3! AA3!0 - quel aaeJolS 7aleM Palena13 wiod P!9 aa'LLO`SOLFS$ (£E9 ru43 T9 sw all) NNVl AIIOH - 9 lUVd 1V1019ns 00.9E54Z $ 00.9ES'Z $ T V3 111ONV31J NIV80 E£9 00'06£1Z $ 00-0T $ VEZ dl 3NI1 NIV80 „Z ZE9 00'00£4£1 $ 00'006`£i $ T Sl NVId NOI1143A38d NOIlf1110d 831VM W801S TE8 00.668181 $ OOT $ 17179'8T AS 91\11033S 0£9 00'011718Z $ 00'SI $ 968`T AS 30V89905 03Z1119V1S 317\1I1 „8 6Z9 00'0817`6 $ 00'S $ 96811 AS OOTTX9 8VSN31'0189039 8Z9 00'0Z61L£ $ 00'0Z $ 968`T AS (1'89 `V'Al) 3SV8 3191X311 31‘,101S3WI1 031-1Sf189 „8 LZ9 00'0E£`I $ 00'5 $ 99Z 1V9 (AS/1V9 ST'0)1VOD 31A118d 9Z8 00'006`SE $ 00'0Z $ OLL`T AS (0 3dAl)11\131A13AVd DVWH „Z SZ9 00.005`L $ 00'00S`L $ T V3 3A1V'A 3SV3138 HIV VZ8 00'0001Z $ 00.0001 $ Z V3 11‘131N1V381 ON] A13dVS £19 00.000`£ $ 00'SL $ Ov dl d78 „8T ?ZS 00.0001ZI $ 00'0001ZI $ T Sl 5180ddf1S 3dld / W80d1V1d 3138JNOJ TZ9 00.00018 $ 00'00018 $ T V3 Al9W3SSV1NV80AH38Id OZ8 00'OSZ`Z $ 00'0SZ $ 6 V3 08V1108 3138DNOD 6i9 00'006`I 00'00Z 5'6 AD N019V9NDVS 8T9 00'009`SI $ 00'009'SI $ T V3 OVd HSVIdS 3138DNOD LT9 00'000101 $ 00'0001S $ Z V3 NO81 3l nna - ON39 „S'ZZ „OE 919 00'000`0E $ 00'000`5 $ 9 V3 N081 nom - ON39 „Sb „OE ST9 00.090`6 $ 00'SI $ b09 dl 3NI1831VM 7Ad „0£ 803 A13dVS HJN381 bT9 00'009`06 $ 00'OSi 5 VO9 dl 3N11831VMDAd „OE £T9 00.000`9ZI $ 00'000`Z $ £9 31 3NI1831VM 3dld NO/11 311_13110 „OE ZT9 00'000`09 $ 00'000`09 $ T V3 3A1VA ONV 3A331S 9NIddV1 ii8V X „OE TT9 00'008`91 $ 00717 S 00v A7 IV1831M 1113 OT8 00'00Z181 $ 00'00Z'S $ S'£ 387V N011V8Vd38d 311S 69 N80M 3115 AIIOH 00'0001ST $ 00'000'ST $ T Sl SNOISIA08d VNN3INV 80d ENVMOIIV 89 00'0001SL $ 00'0001SL $ T Sl 0901 NNV180d 37NVM011V L8 00'5911EL $ 00'59I`£L $ T Sl A177 d0 NOIl711V1SN1 98 00'0IZ`LL $ 00'0IZ`LL $ T Sl 9NI1H911 d0 NOIlVl1V1SNl S9 00'00918ZZ $ 00'009`8ZZ$ T Sl NOILV8931N1 VOV7S ONV N011V1N31AMEISN1 178 001)SL16I $ 00'0SL`6I $ T Sl 3DIA83SIV7I813313 E9 oECS`ni- 'IN$ enSc`83-£`h$ T Sl NNV139V801S 031VA313 311SOMOD 9W 0'£ Z9 oo • got 119 c $ Or cceSt $ T Sl (3J18d 17V81NOD 918Vd d0 %S d0 Wf1WIXVW) NOIIVZI11901A1 T9 NNV139V8015 031VA313 AIIOH NNVl AIIOH - filled a''SiS 8.C17`i$ (£fV ruin TV swaz0 }Nei uelit AJ pue8 - V 18Vd 1V1O190s 00'899 $ OL -9I $ Ob dl 3N11 NIV80 „Z £EV 00'00£'£1 $ 00'00CEI $ T Sl NVId NOI1N3A38d NOI mind 831VM 1/N801S ZEV 00789`0I $ 00'Z $ -EVE'S AS 9N1033S UV 00'06I`Z $ 00'0£ $ £L A7 W839 OEV 1Nf10WV O30N31N3 3319d 11Nn A1LLNttflb 031VINUS3 11Nf1 NOIldINDS30 Will W80d 019 TO OE 00 00 30 01 BID FORM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT Part C -ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) C1 RESERVOIR HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING SYSTEM - RAND MORGAN TANK LS 1 $ acs .Gc $ 7`{, Goa . OG SUBTOTAL PART C - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (Items C1) $11',006. Co Part D -ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) E1 RESERVOIR HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING SYSTEM - HOLLY TANK D1 SUBMERSIBLE MIXER - RAND MORGAN TANK LS 1 $66,60o.o0 kC,OX.00 SUBTOTAL PART D - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (Items D1) $ 50400, 00 Part E -ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) E1 RESERVOIR HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING SYSTEM - HOLLY TANK LS 1 $i 41600.no $ 84{1 666. Co SUBTOTAL PART E - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (Items El) $ IN 'COO .Op Part E -ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) Fl SUBMERSIBLE MIXER - HOLLY TANK LS 1 $ ;51) con, $ 5-1,0O0 .00 SUBTOTAL PART D - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (Items F1) $5( ,C)eii. Ck5 Bid Form Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) - City Project No. E11012 Page 3 of 4 REV 3-23-2015 00 30 01 BID FORM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED QUANTITY AMOUNT BID SUMMARY SUBTOTAL PART A - RAND MORGAN TANK (Items Al thru A32) $ 3 , q 3 cZ , q73. 00 SUBTOTAL PART B - HOLLY TANK (Items B1 thru B31) $ .-, 70 5 , 0 77, co TOTAL PROJECT BASE BID (PARTS A THRU B) $ a 1v-1 )050, Oa SUBTOTAL PART C - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (Items C1) $ •7I, ( o. cc TOTAL PROJECT ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (PART C) $ 7 000. c0 SUBTOTAL PART D - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (Items D1) $ <50,00C. CO TOTAL PROJECT ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (PART D) $ 50, 006 . 00 SUBTOTAL PART E - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (Items El) $ S' , 00D . 00 TOTAL PROJECT ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (PART E) $ ?4{,c)00. 00 SUBTOTAL PART D - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (Items Fl) $ >; 1,000.00 TOTAL PROJECT ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (PART D) $ Si , OQO. OC Contract Times Bidder agrees to reach Substantial Completion in 580 days Bidder agrees to reach Final Completion in 610 days Bid Form Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) - City Project No. E11012 Page 4 of 4 REV 3-23-2015 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code applies to the award of government contract to nonresident bidders. This law provides that: "a government entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lower bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that is not less than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located." "Nonresident bidder" refers to a person who is not a resident of Texas. "Resident bidder" refers to a person whose principal place of business is in this state, including a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. Check the statement that is correct for Bidder. O Bidder qualifies as a nonresident bidder whose principal place of business or residency is in the State of ® Bidder (includes parent company or majority owner) qualifies as a resident bidder whose principal place of business is in the State of Texas. The Owner will use the information provided in the State of Texas Comptroller's annual publication of other states' laws on contracts to evaluate the Bids of nonresident Bidders. Bidder: Company Name: By: Name: Title: CB&I Inc. (typed or printed) (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) (typed or printed) Business Development Manager Business address: 2103 Research Forest Drive Phone: The Woodlands, Texas 77380 832-985-5694 Email: kdcarr@cbi.com END OF SECTION Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 003002-1 11-25-2013 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 00 30 05 City of Corpus Christi Disclosure of Interest Copus Christi SUPPLIER NUMBER TO BE ASSIGNED BY CITY PURCHASING DIVISION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112, as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with `SIA". See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY NAME: CB&I Inc. P. O. BOX: STREET ADDRESS: 2103 Research Forest Drive FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 4. Association CITY: The Woodlands 2. Partnership 5. Other mr: 77380 _ 3. Sole Owner 0 DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each employee" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." N/Name Job Title and City Department (if lmown) 2. State the names of each "official" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm" N/flame Title 3. State the names of each "board member" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." N/A Name Board, Commission or Committee 4. State the names of each employee or officer of a "consultant" for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in e above named "firm." N/AName Consultant FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: Kyle Carr Title: Business Development Manager (Typc or Print) Signature of Certifying Person: DEFINITIONS Date: 02/16/2016 a. "Board member." A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. b. "Economic benefit". An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. "Employee." Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part- time basis, but not as an independent contractor. d. "Firm." Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to, entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. "Official." The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. f. "Ownership Interest." Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. "Constructively held" refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements." g. "Consultant." Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. 00 30 06 NON -COLLUSION CERTIFICATION STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF NUECES OWNER: City of Corpus Christi, Texas 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 CONTRACT: Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 21 Project No. E11012 Bidder certifies that the it has not been a party to any collusion among Bidders in the restraint of freedom of competition by agreement to submit a Bid at a fixed price or to refrain from bidding; or with any official or employee of the Owner as to quantity, quality, or price in the prospective contract, or any other terms of said prospective contract; or in any discussion between Bidders and any official of the Owner concerning exchange of money or other thing of value for special consideration in the letting of a contract. Company Name: By: Name: Title: Business address: Phone: CB&I Inc. t ped or printed) (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Kyle Carr (typed or printed) Business Development Manager 2103 Research Forest Drive The Woodlands, Texas 77380 832-985-5694 Email: kdcarr@cbi.com END OF SECTION Non -Collusion Certification 00 30 06 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. 82394506 Contractor as Principal Name: CB&I Inc. Mailing address (principal place of business): 2103 Research Forest Drive The Woodlands, TX 77380 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: E11012 Elevated Water Storage Tanks City Wide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Award Date of the Contract: April 19, 2016 Contract Price: $9,245,050.00 Bond Date of Bond: April 27, 2016 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of Contract) Surety Name: Federal Insurance Company Mailing address (principal place of business): 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 Physical address (principal place of business): 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: Indiana By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): (908) 903-2000 Telephone (for notice of claim): (908) 903-2000 Local Agent for Surety Name: Aon Risk Services Southwest, Inc. Address: 5555 San Felipe St. Suite 1500 Houston, TX 77056 Telephone: (832) 476-6000 Email Address: The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form E11012 Elevated Wtr Stor Tanks CW (ACR Imp Ph 2) 006116-1 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal =B&I, Inc. Signature:�,� Surety Fed- al Insurance Company Signature: ' It/`� Name: Kyle Carr Name: Anoop Chawla Adlakha Title: Business Development Manager Title: Attorney In Fact Email Address: kd Ca,rrra c�b, , C00,1 /,, Email Address: � fliooO.GhAwI�.Ad//9i< , (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END C)F SECTION Payment Bond Form E11012 Elevated Wtr Stor Tanks CW (ACR Imp Ph 2) 006116-2 7-8-2014 l�D� ?0/n 00 6113 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. 82394506 Contractor as Principal Name: CB&I. Inc. Mailing address (principal place of business): 2103 Research Forest Dr. The Woodlands, TX 77380 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: E11012 Elevated Water Storage Tanks City Wide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Award Date of the Contract: April 19, 2016 Contract Price: $9,245,050.00 Bond Date of Bond: April 27, 2016 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Surety Name: Federal Insurance Company Mailing address (principal place of business): 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 Physical address (principal place of business): 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: Indiana By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): (908) 903-2000 Telephone (for notice of claim): (908) 903-2000 Local Agent for Surety Name: Address: Aon Risk Services Southwest, Inc. 5555 San Felipe St. Suite 1500 Houston, TX 77056 Telephone: (832) 476-6000 Email Address: The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond E11012 Elev Wtr Stor Tanks CW (ACR Imp Ph 2) 006113-1 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themsel►les, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal CB&I, Inc. Surety Fede al Insurance Com any Signature: t/ p► p� Signature: � -, Name: yle Carr Name: Anoop Chawla Adlakha Title: Business Development Manager Title: Attorney In Fact Email Address: kci CarrCb t . COr4. Email Address: ohalo, ap.4. On lag C'o q 't d (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) ,,,..:. END OF SECTION Performance Bond E11012 Elev Wtr Stor Tanks CW (ACR Imp Ph 2) 006113-2 7-8-2014 Policyholder Information Notice IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacibn o para someter una queja: You may call Chubb's toll-free telephone number Usted puede llamar al numero de telefono gratis for information or to make a complaint at de Chubb's para informacibn o para someter una queja al 1-800-36-CHUBB 1-800-36-CHUBB You may contact the Texas Department of Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Insurance to obtain information on companies, Seguros de Texas para obtener informacibn acerca coverages, rights or complaints at de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. Form 99-10-0299 (Rev. 1-08) 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdistate.tx.us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente primero. Si no se resueve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para propbsito de informacibn y no se convierte en parte o condici6n del documento adjunto. Chubb POWER Federal Insurance Company Attn: Surety Department IEOF Vigilant Insurance Company 15 Mountain View Road Surety ATTORNEY Pacific indemnity Company Warren, NJ 07059 CHUBS Know All by These Presents, That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation, dc each hereby constitute and appoint Anoop Chawla Adlakha, Margaret Buboltz, Michael J. Herrod, Mylsha Jefferson, Wendy W. Stuckey, Nancy A. Thomas, Lupe Tyler, Lisa A. Ward and Stephenie Whittington of Houston Texas each as their true and lawful Attorney- in- Fact to execute under such designation In their names and to affix their corporate seals to and deliver for and on their behalf as surety thereon or otherwise, bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof (other than bail bonds) given or executed in the course of business, and any instruments amending or altering the same, and consents to the modification or aeration of any instrument referred to in said bonds or obligations. In Witness Whereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPRWY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents and affixed their corporate seals on this 5 day of December, 2014. aZ-- Edwards, Assistant Secretary STATE OF NEW JERSEY ss. County of Somerset On this 5th day of December, 2014 before me, a Notary Public of New Jersey, personally came David J. Edwards, to me known to be Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, the companies which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney, and the said David J. Edwards, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY and knows the corporate seals thereof, that the seats affixed to the foregoing Power cf Attorney ars such corporate seals and were thereto affixed by authority of the By- Laws of said Companies; and that he signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of said Companies by tike authority; and that he Is acquainted with David B. Norris, Jr., and knows hirn to be Vice President of said Companies; and That the signature of David B. Norris, Jr., subscribed to said Power of Attorney Is In the genuine handwriting of David B. Norris, Jr., and was thereto subscribed by authority of said By- Laws and In deponent's presence. Notarial Seal KATHERINE J. ADELAAR NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEWJERSEY No. 2316:': 5 Commission Expires July 16, 2019 CERTOFICATION d/A-- Notary Public Extract from the 1y- Laws of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY: "All powers of attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed In the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman or the President or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each erf the following officers: Chairman. President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary and the seat of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys- in- Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writIngs obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seat shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached.' I, David J. Edwards, Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY (the 'Companies') do hereby certify that (1) the foregoing extract of the By- Laws of the Companies Is true and correct. (ii) the Companies are duty licensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the United States of America and the District of Columba and are authorized by the U.S. Treasury Department; further, Federal and Vigilant are licensed in the U.S. Virgin islands, and Federal is licensed in Guam, Puerto Rico, and each of the Provinces of Canada except Prince Edward island; and (iii) the foregoing Power of Attorney is true, correct and In full force and effect Given under my hand and seals cf said Companies at Warren, NJ thio pv\ 07, sof David 3. Edwards, Assistant Secretary IN THE EVENT YOU WSH TO NOTIFY U5 OF A CLAIM, VERIFY THE AtfrHENTICrrY OF THIS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATTER, PLEASE CONTACT US AT ADDRESS i LISTED ABDVE, OR BY Telephone (908) 903- 3493 Fax (908) 903- 3658 a-msll: eu atygchubb.ccm Form 15-10.02258- U GEN CONSENT (rov. 12-14) ® AC�RD® A v CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 7/1/2016 DATE (MMIDDNYYYY) 4/29/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER LoCkton Companies 444 W. 47th Street, Suite 900 Kansas City MO 64112-1906 (816) 960-9000 / NAMEACT PHONE FAX (A/C. No, ExU: (AIC, No): E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A : Zurich American Insurance Company INSURER B : XL Specialty Insurance Company GLO 5821847-02 7/1/1015 16535 37885 INSURED CB&I INC. 1315443 A SUBSIDIARY OF CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON CO. 2103 RESEARCH FOREST DRIVE THE WOODLANDS TX 77380 INSURER C: INSURERD: INSURER E : CLAIMS -MADE INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 14032402 REVISION NUMBER: XXXXXXX THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL NSD SUBR WVD I POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS POLICY NUMBER (MMIDD/YYYY) (MMIOD/YYYY) A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY �! Y Y GLO 5821847-02 7/1/1015 7/10016 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X I OCCUR -DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 1,000,000 X BROAD FORM PD / MED EXP (Any one person) $ 25,000 X CONT. LIAB & XCU PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000 / $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE POLICY X JECT LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY y y BAP 5821846-02 7/1/2015 7/1/2016 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000/ $ XXXXXXX X ANY AUTO j BODILY INJURY (Per person) ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS / BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ XXXXXXX X HIRED AUTOS X _AUTOS NON -OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $XXXXXXX $XXXXXXX B X UMBRELLA LIAB X // OCCUR / Y Y US00065023L115A 7/1/2015 7/1/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 $ 1,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE / AGGREGATE -1 DED RETENTION $ $ XXXXXXX A WORKERS COMPENSATIONPER AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y WC 5821848-03 (AOS)7/1/2015 7/1/2016 , STATUTE OTH- ER A A ANY CER R/PARER Y/ N N / A WC 5821850-03 WC 5821849-03 7/1/2015 7/1/2015 7/1/2016 7/1/2016 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 A OFFICER/MMEMBEMB EXCLLUUDDEDEDXECUTIVE? (Mandatory In NH) N INCLUDES STOP GAP / E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1 ,000.000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) CB &I PN: 212355. PROJECT LOCATION: CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS. DESIGN, FABRICATION, PROCUREMENT, ERECTION. INSTALLATION, AND PAINTING OF TWO COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER TANKS. CITY PROJ #EI 1012 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS CITY WIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2. CERTIFICATE HOLDER IS NAMED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED RESPECTS GENERAL LIABILITY, AUTO LIABILITY, AND UMBRELLA LIABILITY, WHERE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT. A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IS GRANTED IN FAVOR OF THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS RESPECTS GENERAL LIABILITY, AUTO LIABILITY, UMBRELLA LIAB I LITY, AND WORKER'S COMP. POLICIES, WHERE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION See Attachments 14032402 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ENGINEERING SERVICES ATTN: SYLVIA ARRIAGA 1201 LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI TX 78469 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIV .' it /- ACORD 25 (2014/01) © 1988`-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION 163330 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI. TEXAS ENGINEERING SERVICES Al IN: SYLVIA ARRIAGA 1201 LEOPARD ST. CORPUS CHRISTI TX 78469 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPV0ENTATIVE /1 /I /, /1% ORL? ACORD CERTIFICATE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE6/1/2016 DATE (MM/DD(YYYY) 4/29/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. If this certificate is being prepared for a party who has an insurable interest in the property, do not use this form. Use ACORD 27 or ACORD 28. PRODUCER Lockton Companies 444 W. 47th Street, Suite 900 Kansas City MO 64112-1906 (816) 960-9000 CONT NAMEACT PHONE FAX (NC, No, Ext): (A/C, No): E-MAIL ADDRESS: PRODUCER CUSTOMER ID: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED CB&I INC. 101331 ASUBSIDIARY OF CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON CO. 2103 RESEARCH FOREST DRIVE THE WOODLANDS TX 77380 INSURER A: Zurich American insurance Company 16535 INSURER B 1 BROAD INSURER C : $ XXXXXXX INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : COVERAGES * CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: LOCATION OF PREMISES / DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION COVERED PROPERTY LIMITS LTR 1 DATE (MM/DDIYYYY) I DATE (MMIDDIYYYY) PROPERTY CAUSES OF LOSS I DEDUCTIBLES NOT APPLICABLE BUILDING PERSONAL PROPERTY BUSINESS INCOME EXTRA EXPENSE RENTAL VALUE BLANKET BUILDING BLANKET PERS PROP BLANKET BLDG 8 PP $ XXXXXXX $ XXXXXXX BASIC BUILDING $ XXXXXXX 1 BROAD $ XXXXXXX CONTENTS SPECIAL $ XXXXXXX EARTHQUAKE — $ XXXXXXX WIND -J $ XXXXXXX FLOOD $ XXXXXXX $ XXXXXXX $ XXXXXXX A x INLAND MARINE CAUSES OF LOSS NAMED PERILS OTHER TYPE OF POLICY 6/1/2014 6/1/2016 BUILDERS RISK 5 7.500.000 $ XXXXXXX POLICY NUMBER MBR 4)n35-10 s XXXXXXX $ XXXXXXX CRIME NOT APPLICABLE TYPE OF POLICY $ XXXXXXX $ XXXXXXX $ XXXXXXX BOILER 8 MACHINERY I EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN NO! APPLICABLE . - — $ XXXXXXX S XXXXXXX $ $ SPECIAL CONDITIONS / OTHER COVERAGES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) CB&I PN: 212355. PROJECT LOCATION: CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS. DESIGN, FABRICATION, PROCUREMENT, ERECTION, INSTALLATION, AND PAINTING OF TWO COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER TANKS. CITY PROJ #EI 1012 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS CITY WIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2. 30 DAY NOTICE OF CANCELLATION , WHERE REQUIRED 13Y WRITTEN CONTRACT. CERTIFICATE HOLDER IS AN ADDITIONAL NAMED INSURED ONLY WHERE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT. For questions regarding this certificate, contact the number listed in the 'Producer' section above and specify the client code "'. U © 1995-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 24 (2009/09) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD /ADDITIONAL INSURED - AUTOMATIC - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS POLICY NO. 1 EFF DATE OF POL. 1 EXP. DATE OF POL. 1 EFF. DATE OF END. GLO-5821847-02 7/1/2015 7/1/2016 7/1/2015 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the: Commercial General Liability Coverage Part A. Section 11 - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person or organization who you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy under a written contract or written agreement. However, if you have entered into a construction contract or construction agreement with an additional insured person or organization, the insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law. B. The insurance provided to the additional insured person or organization applies only to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" covered under Section 1- Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability and Section I - Coverage B - Personal And Advertising Injury Liability, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; and resulting directly from your ongoing operations or "your work" as included in the "products - completed operations hazard", which is the subject of the written contract or written agreement. C. However, regardless of the provisions of paragraphs A. and B. above: 1. We will not extend any insurance coverage to any additional insured person or organization: a. That is not provided to you in this policy; or b. That is any broader coverage than you are required to provide to the additional insured person or organization in the written contract or written agreement; and 2. We will not provide Limits of Insurance to any additional insured person or organization that exceed the lower of: a. The Limits of Insurance provided to you in this policy; or b. The Limits of Insurance you are required to provide in the written contract or written agreement. D. The insurance provided to the additional insured person or organization does not apply to: "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering or failure to render any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services including: 1. The preparing, approving or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and 2. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. E. The following is added to Paragraph 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit of Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions: The additional insured must see to it that: Miscellaneous Attachment: M453151 Certificate ID: 14032402 1. We are notified as soon as practicable of an `occurrence" or offense that may result in a claim; 2. We receive written notice of a claim or "suit" as soon as practicable; and 3. A request for defense and indemnity of the claim or "suit" will promptly be brought against any policy issued by another insurer under which the additional insured may be an insured in any capacity. This provision does not apply to insurance on which the additional insured is a Named Insured, if the written contract or written agreement requires that this coverage be primary and non-contributory. F. For the coverage provided by this endorsement: The following paragraph is added to Paragraph 4.a. of the Other Insurance Condition of Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions: This insurance is primary insurance as respects our coverage to the additional insured person or organization, where the written contract or written agreement requires that this insurance be primary and non-contributory. In that event, we will not seek contribution from any other insurance policy available to the additional insured on which the additional insured person or organization is a Named Insured. The following paragraph is added to Paragraph 4.b. of the Other Insurance Condition of Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions: This insurance is excess over: Any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, available to an additional insured, in which the additional insured on our policy is also covered as an additional insured by attachment of an endorsement to another policy providing coverage for the same `occurrence", claim or "suit". This provision does not apply to any policy in which the additional insured is a Named Insured on such other policy and where our policy is required by written contract or written agreement to provide coverage to the additional insured on a primary and non-contributory basis. G. This endorsement does not apply to an additional insured which has been added to this policy by an endorsement showing the additional insured in a Schedule of additional insureds, and which endorsement applies specifically to that identified additional insured. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. U -GL -1175-E CW (4/12) Miscellaneous Attachment: M453151 Certificate ID: 14032402 POLICY NUMBER: GLO 5821847-02 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 /WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION THAT REQUIRES YOU TO WAIVE YOUR RIGHTS OF RECOVERY IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH THE NAMED INSURED THAT IS EXECUTED PRIOR TO THE ACCIDENT OR LOSS. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations on "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products - completed operations hazard." This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 05 09 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 Miscellaneous Attachment: M453152 Certificate ID: 14032402 Blanket Notification to Others of Cancellation or Non -Renewal POLICY NO.: GLO 5821847-02 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the: Commercial General Liability Coverage Part A. If we cancel or non -renew this Coverage Part by written notice to the first Named Insured, we will mail or deliver notification that such Coverage Part has been cancelled or non -renewed to each person or organization shown in a list provided to us by the first Named Insured if you are required by written contract or written contract or written agreement to provide such notification. However, such notification will not be mailed or delivered if a conditional notice of renewal has been sent to the first Named Insured. Such List: 1. Must be provided to us prior to cancellation or non -renewal; 2. Must contain the names and addresses of only the persons or organizations requiring notification that such Coverage Part has been cancelled or non -renewed; and 3. Must be in an electric format that is acceptable to us. B. Our notification as described in Paragraph A. of this endorsement will be based on the most recent list in our records as the date the notice of cancellation or non -renewal is mailed or delivered to the first Named Insured. We will mail or deliver such notification to each person or organization shown in the list: 1. Within seven days of the effective date of the notice of cancellation, if we cancel for non- payment of premium; or 2. At least 30 days prior to the effective date of: a. Cancellation, if cancelled for any reason other than nonpayment of premium; or b. Non -renewal, but not including conditional notice of renewal. C. Our mailing or delivery of notification described in Paragraphs A. and B. of this endorsement is intended as a courtesy only. Our failure to provide such mailing or delivery will not: 1. Extend the Coverage Part cancellation or non -renewal date; 2. Negate the cancellation or non -renewal; or 3. Provide any additional insurance that would not have been provided in the absence of this endorsement. D. We are not responsible for the accuracy, integrity, timeliness and validity of information contained in the list provided to us as described in Paragraphs A. and B. of this endorsement. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. U -GL -1521-A CW (10/12) Page 1 of 1 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Attachment Code: D490892 Certificate ID: 14032402 POLICY NUMBER: BAP5821846-02 POLICY DATE: 7/1/15 - 7/1/16 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 48 02 99 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: Business Auto Coverage Form Garage Coverage Form Motor Carrier Coverage Form Truckers Coverage Form With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" under the Who Is An Insured Provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage provided in the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below: SCHEDULE Name of Person(s) or Organization(s): Any person or organization to whom or which you are required to provide additional insured status or additional insured status on a primary non-contributory basis, in a written contract or written agreement executed prior to loss, except where such contract or agreement is prohibited by law. (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to the endorsement.) Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an "insured" for Liability Coverage, but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured Provision contained in Section II of the Coverage Form. CA 20 48 02 99 Miscellaneous Attachment: M453089 Certificate ID: 14032402 POLICY NUMBER: BAP 5821846-02 EFFECTIVE DATE: 7/1/2015 EXPIRATION DATE: 7/1/2016 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA04440310 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. SCHEDULE Name(s) Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): ALL PERSONS AND/OR ORGANIZATION THAT REQUIRE A WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH THE INSURED, EXECUTED PRIOR TO THE ACCIDENT OR LOSS, THAT WAIVER OF SUBROGATION BE PROVIDED . [Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.] The Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us Condition does not apply to the person(s) or organi7ation(s) shown in the Schedule, but only to the extent that subrogation is waived prior to the "accident" or "loss" under a contract with that person or organization. CA04440310 © Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 1 of 1 Miscellaneous Attachment: M453090 Certificate ID: 14032402 BLANKET NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS OF CANCELLATION POLICY NO.: BAP 5821846-02 EFF. DATE: 7/1/2015 EXP. DATE: 7/1/2016 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the: Commercial Auto Coverage Part A. If we cancel this Coverage Part by written notice to the first Named Insured for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will deliver electronic notification that such Coverage Part has been cancelled to each person or organization shown in a Schedule provided to us by the First Named Insured. Such Schedule: 1. Must be initially provided to us within 15 days: a. After the beginning of the policy period shown in the Declarations; or b. After this endorsement has been added to policy; 2. Must contain the names and e-mail addresses of only the persons or organizations requiring notification that such Coverage Part has been cancelled; 3. Must be in an electronic format that is acceptable to us; and 4. Must be accurate. Such Schedule may be updated and provided to us by the First Named Insured during the policy period. Such updated Schedule must comply with Paragraphs 2. 3. and 4. above. B. Our delivery of the electronic notification as described in Paragraph A. of this endorsement will be based on the most recent Schedule in our records as of the date the notice of cancellation is mailed or delivered to the first Named Insured. Delivery of the notification as described in Paragraph A. of this endorsement will be completed as soon as practicable after the effective date of cancellation to the first Named Insured. C. Proof of emailing the electronic notification will be sufficient proof that we have complied with Paragraphs A. and B. of this endorsement. D. Our delivery of electronic notification described in Paragraphs A. and B. of this endorsement is intended as a courtesy only. Our failure to provide such delivery of electronic notification will not: 1. Extend the Coverage Part cancellation date; 2. Negate the cancellation; or 3. Provide any additional insurance that would not have been provided in the absence of this endorsement. E. We are not responsible for the accuracy, integrity, timeliness and validity of information contained in the Schedule provided to us as described in Paragraphs A. and B. of this endorsement. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. U -CA -812A (05/10) Attachment Code: D491168 Certificate ID: 14032402 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 00 03 13 WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT l We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule ANY PERSON AND/OR ORGANIZATIONS THAT ARE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH THE INSURED, EXECUTED PRIOR TO THE ACCIDENT OR LOSS, THAT WAIVER OF SUBROGATION BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS POLICY FOR WORK PERFORMED BY YOU FOR THAT PERSON AND/OR ORGANIZATION. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY TO WHICH IT IS ATTACHED AND IS EFFECTIVE ON THE DATE ISSUED UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED. (THE INFORMATION BELOW IS REQUIRED ONLY WHEN THIS ENDORSEMENT IS ISSUED SUBSEQUENT TO PREPARATION ON THE POLICY.) Endorsement Effective: 7/1/2015 Policy No.: WC5821848-03 (AOS); WC5821850-03; WC5821849-03 Insurance Company: Zurich American Insurance Company Miscellaneous Attachment: M453123 Certificate ID: 14032402 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY U -WC -332-A NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS OF CANCELLATION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement is used to add the following to Part Six of the policy. PART SIX - CONDITIONS F. Notification To Others Of Cancellation 1. If we cancel this policy by written notice to you for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will deliver electronic notification to each person or organization shown in a Schedule provided to us by you. Such Schedule: a. Must be initially provided to us within 15 days: After the beginning of the policy period shown in the Declarations; or After this endorsement has been added to policy; b. Must contain the names and e-mail addresses of only the persons or organizations requiring notification that this policy has been cancelled; c. Must be in an electronic format that is acceptable to us; and d. Must be accurate. Such Schedule may be updated and provided to us by you during the policy period. Such updated Schedule must comply with Paragraphs b. c. and d. above. 2. Our delivery of the electronic notification as described in Paragraph 1. of this endorsement will be based on the most recent Schedule in our records as of the date the notice of cancellation is mailed or delivered to you. Delivery of the notification as described in Paragraph 1. of this endorsement will be completed as soon as practicable after the effective date of cancellation to you. 3. Proof of emailing the electronic notification will be sufficient proof that we have complied with Paragraphs 1. and 2. of this endorsement. 4. Our delivery of electronic notification described in Paragraphs 1. and 2. of this endorsement is intended as a courtesy only. Our failure to provide such delivery of electronic notification will not: a. Extend the policy cancellation date; b. Negate the cancellation; or c. Provide any additional insurance that would not have been provided in the absence of this endorsement. 5. We are not responsible for the accuracy, integrity, timeliness and validity of information contained in the Schedule provided to us as described in Paragraphs 1. and 2. of this endorsement. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective: 7/1/2015 Policy No.: WC 5821848-03 (AOS); WC 5821850-03; WC 5821849-03 U -WC -332-A Ed. 01/11 Attachment Code: D491164 Certificate ID: 14032402 U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevoted Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings\Plans\Civil\G3 GENERAL NOTES AND ESTIMATED QUANTITIES.dwg Wednesday January 06. 2016, 2:22pm HATCH PATTERNS s SANITARY SEWER LINE 11111111111111111111111111111 TRACKS - W WATER LINE ROW RIGHT OF WAY G GAS LINE BUILDING RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE E ] CASING CMP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE NG NATURAL GROUND PIPE PIPE LINE ROW LT NG ® ROW LT CABLE CABLE LINE ROW RT NG ® ROW RT FO FIBER OPTIC TOC LT TOP OF CURB LEFT FM FORCE MAIN TOC RT TOP OF CURB RIGHT T TELEPHONE LINE HGL HYDRAULIC GRADE LINE OHP OVERHEAD POWER EOP LT EDGE OF PAVEMENT LEFT E ELECTRIC LINE EOP RT EDGE OF PAVEMENT RIGHT y TOP OF BANK/SLOPE CL of DITCH BOS BOTTOM OF SLOPE EOW EDGE OF WATER CL of DITCH 8.0 CONTOURS BRUSHLINE - /1 WOOD FENCE x x FENCE O O GUARD RAIL GATE PROPERTY LINE UTILITY EASEMENT YARD REQUIREMENT/BUILDING LINE TCE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT LI N ETYP ES TYPICAL LEGEND/SYMBOLS .• - , r i 1 w ��s .e t . s m %r0 es r- 90 z —C \�� .. 0 d L- 0 rn rn X �� 0 -0 0 o -D r 0 M X CO rnm > z = n A > = M -I -o m < X rn r CO 0 W z m Z D -1 c m CO m m D m z (/) rrl Z Z \ 7) � \ \ 0> '11 r m 0 17 m C) > 7) 200 D > 0 0 � P1 rn0 y 0 0 z n q 0 0 _ /�/�//�� :limn= II rill Mir I o m rn -o ���//�\ to 17 z < m 0 // rn ,��'i Z // // ��` -' Z III —III i/// 1 bytei �%��%/��i �sa - v_ Z us %/% �a.�i x x ' r ri m w(J) r X r > xx '. o o rl Z G) rx r 73 x x x x x ' x x x x x �• )Io m >0 m0 m r 0 o m 01 U) A 0 r r 0 z r— — 2 0 m m v n CO D W Z Z O 2 2 2 2 2 2 00000 Ti m m m m m m m m m m m 00000000 00000020000000 WWW D D D >.,32 UI< *mDr00 -0mDDD Mr20 xQ70rmm *\�M>mm -cm °°/-/- 621 UGln U)m p n m � r O y�� i m m c n 0 0 Z. A Q m 0 N M � C m 47 �� -0 O 'I7 `V)' -, 0 0 0 s • re-) m x �7 Z Z Z S2_222 00000 '1')'1"1'1 m 2222 mm 00000000 00000000000000 mmm >>>-I>> > C O<nln X00{�O DADDD OOrxZ X0Orrlmz OCC➢nC COOrrrrrr1�rOCDCCccm cc D IMA0MM'p -i 0 z m 8210 x,xirO 0 D 00 ,1O*mo _,K>§1-1-2 CC`C-Z -1-1 Z 71-1 o m nZ �r1*7 �rAT11W W �? Omx Z y m z no j 0 -p 10 * mxC o -r, z m z z m Tl�r= pi �= z _,r mmm zUirr 0 m fn �'1 '�0- Z�r� 0020 n0 iyTn z m D 1 O r z m m W O� m> Z O C) 0 0-C Z Z Z f 0� m m Z ,'Im) m Z j m m 0 r r 2 o z m m m 0 m O Z m r Z g m*).(-)„, gzm7Jb U) U7> A A .Z1 1 Z z0 Om { CO 0 { Z D C CO 3 mmU)o 2221 D 0 0 DO m m b O O 0 Om mD o U) 1 A O m Pm0� AT." D mzm D O m vS:zZ m- m0 n G0 Om rn X N r• =a7 0 0 227 O 21 m Z S -0C-1 m m D m rn m X <Sr Omr K 0 m < O r0rl 01m m-1 .'O Zl +m <Z z D m m r= -123rD C r M m -o m xiN 3 I m0 S 2121 Z n r Z 1 D O D 0 rrl - c O A m o A Z m 2 m m N Z Z m m 00 C Z7 0 m >0 PI m0 -< 0 0 m 0 ZOm •m W C 2,U77 CO o C m m r z m to < m o m -1 z K 0 m z 0 1 m z 1 M al * < c —i 0) X £J -0 0 z K r * « ccc-I--I--I In In to (n 01. w wu1 01 A m m ;0 m mmm 0 m m m m m m m m m m 0000 z r z z M K K K 3 K K 777777 0> \m0 00 m 0 * 11 Nm -<r2 H-1 O-mmn 77<G -100-0r-0 1000 -100 C--10-9> `21 V) 0mm m�1 vy mn<�m 0D n 1 C ZI$�SD zm pin m (n. 00zx r in O N co -r1 * « ccc 1111 WUl U)U)U7U)U)U1 U) xx) mmmmmo 0 mm'U mtalt-0 n7m 0000 zzzz M 3�KMK3 rr r r r'O > 1D m1Z ODmm 6 - 1mor20 m5n rmmm C XJ>00000.00 <C Z Z OCDO r+l�ZDr DD O'm�77-Ozr*to AM -1r-0 nmmmm *Z 1Zcm7DMm-1 O -1O -1n D-mnm Z Ar-1ZAMA-11 Z)Ulmn 1WCA 20�Sr CX- �ODZ U) �A1-<A D 0200 >007 -7127m -II 1 < 1W 00 =1 Os- 0 Am 20 nm 1m 2 D flcozmo * _1 T70 D o n 0 r-npou c>zrnnm m moormu 4 mzZ0w(0 moo DmOz Omr _z grZDc D y U) �' n �p 00{-D�[ ZO 0�D f1*1 D Hz -100 012 mDO� oo�ri U) 0Z m0�� m m A MC Z� MOM 1 p$ D� 0 0 nDrT7yr r_Z0 m >0 D A Pm > c 0 y 1 3 o n m 0 1 z o M j 1 z =.O 2 z A z m z 1 C O m r O c c cm r IA11 m z m z N 2 ,�„ z o o m ut r^ A z *M00 m Z z. cn Ox T 1 13 m m r 1:1 z Mzc mH mmm2 0 -1 v) rn m O mrn -1 A A c 2 -pi rn 1z1 0� >£ m c 0 O > Zri f•1 rn Z m fr1 Z m O n D 0 c m -C A z 0 1 m 0 A -D< Z rl0 00 v m 2 0 m 1 N <A -< K M EM M rn z -I M *to Z M_ 1 m O z GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS * BENCHMARK POINT ELECTRIC MH $ CONTROL POINT TQ TELEPHONE MH II MONUMENT/POST ANTENNAE @ CORNER J1 ji SIGN Q PK NAIL 1 PIPELINE MARKER O BORE HOLE MONITORING WELL FIRE HYDRANT Dm MAIL BOX WATER VALVE • GUARD POST/BOLLARD 1 AIR RELEASE VALVEOM SHRUB 0 WATER METER TREE WATER FAUCET PLUG ^I WATER VAULT 0 CONNECTION 4 SANITARY SEWER MH GUY ANCHOR j� CLEANOUT -0- POWER POLE ® STORM WATER MH -(8)- LIGHT POLE ® GRATE INLET ® PHONE BOX I4 GAS VALVE al JUNCTION BOX O GAS METER SYMBOLS Z TO :0 PLAN VIEW/DETAIL/SECTION ID SYSTEM * THE ABOVE TESTING RATES ARE ONLY ANTICIPATED GUIDELINES. THE ENGINEER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CONDUCT ADDITIONAL TESTING AT THEIR DISCRETION. A 0 0 r 0 r x r �D�O K�)toWnoU)S�A 04,11-1-12DXK �`Zoorm>cIn7IW 000000• �AXy Z23o C)rn �m��lMl �>_ mw 1x X�Nmrn co D�mf<T7m VZitZr1(ZnCZnZZ 170�rn 01)K°- P1O Trn z 1717 oc)((nn D D�NW mW D ����DD --Ir-m rn3>u.) O-CZ0�I cn TOI�(rnn�nm02 �r(nDDO7J rn M W(mn(!m7(mn00 Z�,-z,( m.��m�V'(nCm f�T�o(nCD Zc rn z[n��r 11��T A -� (n r —1 (n 0 o p 17 1 1 1 I m m �D mzANR° Z03 r10 0 I I mof�S 0 �r-��Zo�� (n( 03-100 ;w ynl7 0 O 0-Z I Z(n<z -I0"' ON mWWm-I-I 0f4,'Z>m c mZ-oo(n-Irnn mK M) 0OOZ00 .Z1 O(n0-N+m �� DESCRIPTION TESTING SCHEDULE 6 8 SCALE: 1"=1 SHEET NO. WHERE CUT SECTION SCALE IS DRAWN NO. SHEET NO. WHERE CUT SHEET DRAWN WHERE CUT IS SHOWN \— SHEET NO. WHERE CUT ADDITIONAL SHEETS WHERE IS SHOWN DRAWING IS SHOWN — SECTION INDICATOR (BY NUMBER) -- SECTION INDICATOR (BY NUMBEf — DETAIL TITLE — PLAN TITLE DETAIL TITLE PLAN VIEW TITLE -A m f0 vro).-[3 m G7mTrrl I m nrnz�rrrn 0-1 in Li N?? k- 5 I mn n = .E.) -0m m z - > v co 0 D�� N Z��1(I v 1�m 0 1V 1Z 0 z 0 m m 0 N 00 00 -< ri A 0rn Tzm 0 I —1 222[0 4w2 O tnO V)OC17 (AK CO O��mWz .� ci) �<m�2 .. rD-r0 mm `�"�' 0 r mmm 17/3210172217 m77mC717mm 1717'9mm1017m mmmmmm mmm fnrnrnrnmin rnrn mrnm0lmmm mmmmmr*1mrn mmmmmm 23232) mm 17 20 702)70:Z) 231717Z20 217 m 7070 23 23 70 270 7077 HCl 737027 000 OO�Nr1O10�rr77000 000c000 ��OD0000 0o00�7-1 000 fT10�rgOOr 0000 217707 co 111CD02�r mm (n0)0) C)V)2m2(n(nrn rrr(n000 DD{-yoo)00 (n•rn-<-l�-y -<-< 1; Irl -rim rl'T1 r1 ZZZ r r------ r- 1:-<-<� rl r 0 co co co 0 (n (n (n r l> D —I m 2223 2 —1-1-1 000 00 40 rn (n 0 00 M fATI M n'17 17'17 C C C z c DD-Cqq7>>D.mmm m-C.CC Q000 AM m m NNN 0&J(,400000 NNN 1 NNN NN—NNNNN OOOO�NN O EST. QUANTITY v REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION SHEET 2 of 54 RECORD DRAWING NO. WTR-452 CITY PROJECT # E11012 WATERELEVATED STORAGE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) ••,,,,,. CORPUS C ORRUC CHRIS T 1 T r VA C - LNV CORPUSPt • r: FAX (361)883-1986 THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED BY GRADY 5. ATKINSON. P.E. NO. 115461 QN 1/8/18. ALTERATION OF A SEALED COCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFICATION TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. co>..t.-+.4 i GRADY S. ATKINSON i /i 115461 ` i % t ;.clarki;7) CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. G2 TYPICAL LEGEND AND TESTING SCHEDULE SHEET ...., Department 1 • Services U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevated Water Storage Tonks-City-Wide\003\Drawings \Plans\Civil\G3 GENERAL NOTES AND ESTIMATED OUANTITIES.dwg Monday January 11. 2016, 2:05pm N N N N N) N N (O CO V 0) W- W N 0> (T W N O (0 CO V 0) (51 A W N O TOO Mg A-1DOr--i -In ➢D'v-I > M-r�z(7)--1 0D r--1 no c›.-12 00 U)Wg-i >0M -i 0? --1 HMO mOU)> AH -12 0232-4CD-I *M2 0DCm0-I >OW 0 Vl 0>f+'�I> 5NZ Om 10ozOm Mz MOJP1 r MMDm Mr f1r1W OZ 0M ZO 0mr MM 0* MMmZ -OZWM (0. r2MO ''10z 65Xrmrl-< vmml rm*1(Mn0r0Zr2r1 020 0 rnOOMZM -M'Ar1 N m <C 0 mrnD <M m :C CD o ZD oZr1j)O O 2A(�1 QO 1GZ7 y� � W Wp Cm'l r1*1 �n D O�zO ZWo mom Zm 2020000 i M rmj1D (11 �� 0 N _ m� D mnmm V)zczz 00 mn Z m (nom- 1 <IM CnZ MC Z NOM Ornnr Z1rrI V)Z1MOZ rz n O ZO �Z nO V)➢� H!!1 Om�01� zm O1-r1Z �%O�Sol0C�\ mAr<*t ��ZOCNA r�r mV)A :O m m W �ZZm z00-1r120020mz mMm 0➢00=N 00-1 oDOm-10 0rN*1m D -i DD N Z • rr m -V) rz mm Zm1 XN D 1 D A0m0 0 0V) N Om1 N NVi<g z 1 Mm Ar -1 0_2300 r(n(" 0� O-cn m m <S1) OZD D0 nm�0 z> �rOA r Z tnN Vi Zm DD ZODA rr m m� 0(n*0 m>I WDO ��-rn 0W1� D-{IZODOVi 011 O-zI=pOQ ncn0 CM = NCn3 2 O 00 r rO Or r V) --1 m A M10 O -Nm D O 2 D D z0 mm M� 0 Drnr ON o��m1 orr- roZ(n m m i mm mc zrn D �- cm -ow r Mmc z one < 0C -4W 101 T1ZrnN tncn� Z n Om For m N1� a z Nx m Nmmr o -10'0 rm (nzzx mx Amr °pm N<o> m^rna Orlriimm* y cm0m2 Nm A 71 -Z*1-AI Z 00 VI2 VI W�m�r �_ v2(mnr m mp<Im�r �Z Oct -...._0< mm iDr*1 Z 1<r) *M D0 Nr OOrr �Dp mNK �vrni mm OZOD v00 m<D 0rz nOOAr(nN n n AO O D2mm rn m rn rn r rn (/)CMO 2 Dm mo c r 420 >n mr or mgwr mmm 01 D� mm zo 0-010 OjN o _c -or 210 0 m Km Z D� Xnr�m coW �- rn In zr O m m oz 0020 0 m O 1 D O zC r(�mr m M0�1 {0120 0120 zmm i0 m- (0120 3rnm�T1 ZCOM nmc< 0p2 m o 2023 =Z ON��m Zr om�('1 O DZ�O r Om 01 \r0 20(1) NDO,-im Dmzm �r�Tt� Di70 ��mm O�D� ➢ ➢• mDC �m0 2mm�f� D D z p� r �p z i1r,1 m rm Z m m m o -.1 1 0• _ G) o mz v7cz cu N Zm� i mzmxvmn gy= mIMm mr 0 Z z (020200(0 D K-<0)imz m o2 n me np ➢ mp m➢ m m� SMD :E-1.15!).00 �n mcrnlrrm mMo NZrvmi o-INNr'i m Jm Zz mom- 2023 moi, (mn zoo�cmn m Z-i� c Z o�m r�2 cnmcnomm� mpn m o��yrn rr�1Z oolmo? �o =Z �rOZ m rr7 �Kc���� MpD��z !nozz crnio� �Np mo��lZzm M�o� zo,"=mmmw gm��z200 mmzZZCmr ZCLA0 mrmn0 < cm (nvm r= rnmOp ➢� ➢-iVZim D➢2 OO-I�V)O23 1 -IID >00mm •K4 2 _N 0 -,.22 ml-1Om N CO M > �- �m 2*- (7220 ZZO m r ZC(n MTS mn 0x2 A O 202 m� 120 ITI 3• MO z 20200 0 O 2zm� - m r OC r- CO m .,OZ2-4 (nm 223- r 200 Z m -11:, Zrn m➢ma CMM 0 DrnCO m OZ r0n2c O {n o p D m r <0 O O rV) Zrn 0M Z •< m O m- r D2 01 n- O{Z m p 0> D°xmm *0 r(n m Vlm > 0 Z r m- coO �� G7➢ Orn NZ1 D mm r MZ� n rmmK0 �� OM 0 D xn 020 m0m10 r0 m➢O D AmxD 0 N K corm D c) --I rnm0 c) m0Ori FNrI=C m�Zij N'rnr�)rD�CZ pAm �Zm�m mD ➢ 0 D� 0 n0 �� �mDZ➢ W.Z11 oo7JZm r mO.cn m O Z mrm2 { m''' -1,-4: r Dy 20020 Zrn-1 Nm� rrT1M0 Zmm DmA ZVIz �0�Z0 -<� O M Nm > m 0 1=2000 Mo N m O m<1rn 0 m nrOm mz1 23V)0 M< -1-- CDm CD V)V)�➢ CmCI*gfg*� r-� �mQ (-)5>0(n O Im N BVI m O - =D{ c Kr Om0 1-➢1OZ`2- Z 0 r OWCn 0 C➢p �rmTlo 2m� CZGZ) 202 ZZ omm� ms m , Amt rn m m `zD N r Z M �1y 120 v)r' �- DD Cm m 0 rn 0 cnm00 Z1m 205; m N n0N Z T1 (020020 D -1-ow zM-i AF O p� m ym 2M r�A OV) �(nC 2 012 z 2Z p OrlmD P ml20oc Or0p m OR1mZ4�C �p12TIV) -4 m mOn� N nr=*1 CW0 �-i D OOg N� ZDD p z ZmommD mMOm O0 •(mn x�)D W O MWOM rn rn rnZ m m Dm- Z 0 Z m O nD ?1 m1(rn_c 200 -11M • r=I>• Z D N O r OM cn �K *m DOC) Moo m -00 ms g0(12m OnmOm ro mg(nm0 0 D -M W 2 rn D➢ Z 2 m rn m K Drn V)H 020 OD O Moor: z DCOz D rA ➢ T Nm m 2➢mmz 2O Srrr f0M?23 0 > 23 r�* m CO ➢ 0 OW 1�D < Nm NZ Zm2 Z1MZ N 73 23N m Z O NC N rZrNTIDM (200 M 0 O r O W .Z-7 Mmp O vC Om Im cz0 N" * M(n m� mN o1�rn rOmmrmrl0 11 Cmmo NTni O O O m rn r{ O m Z -i m O M C,10 ooh ODi m O OMZ M)mm {mr(noz o' AOS -IO D0 M m VI 0 -•m o mRET)) V) *00 SDS 0 0 1 • zm-1 p OOi �- CM- rzD D n (nO 0200 mW zmM �2 n m D ke0 C m- mW mm ZC)i- D1m (n Z 0 DOD 3 • ADZ m-� cnO0 Z� oDZrnO\ 0 DM ZVIZyOr 00�1 ODm-X N m M A M N mD-➢1020 (nO -mr <0D 10 m m n r 0 (n ZD O?0 m�0 OM NZ Zm 0 mO�mz DON-iO ND Srrm� mO m Z MX N ,ZMj r0r100{ Om DNm ZC -r< Z �= VI \On wz• mmJ mO A -m C5Hp OMN�1W Ag m0 m2 10 n i-iJ1 O cn 2 M ZmO DM zz mMr D m 010 < i> o- mm CT�1Ir (nno > -i Z 01Mm r N > 00tH m W0 pmorn >rC 0 * it M 0202 Z MO?" m o rn n cn Z OM{mD ow OZDir m- M I r 20[01 I m me i9m 1 = C D OD 2 0 Wn 0 -i M 2(0202) rn (nm m C01V)o N D CO (on CO 202020200 BOO �m Z r 0 n rW 00 m rr*1 r Z A An�� 0 C* O 273 cmnp2➢y N m OO r1*1 2W >0H .c p 11�1 co -x1Q.1z rn =A CO mm mzmor Z { 2 Z 00 -< Z 0 V) GENERAL NOTES N _. _. (0 O V 0) (T -0 W N (01001 -CI 0 CD1OWm ZD * ZDO 1(001 ZC42CD 11 0O0C iE*=r1 V)mD ODmU)1 N nlr c)Orn 0ZOW WO 2231 mm000X0 50 -1m -ii >r ooz0 2202 0m0c mm NDMD1 =c 2DVI>ommC2l2 DmOcZX omon1Dm012 zz'Z10P1Crm OZ mDKM Z 20 rnm 0'1C 2D D0OW-(n. D Crn0DrO) ZPZ z±r•-rm-4 0OTO —r WZA{� -I2WD000Om0=pZ1 32 zm lrC27 m2mC mD pN;rr 0r 00 7132 I z 200 rn •D _, OZ_i r 17,12 r 010' m-rl-IO(n nn OmroD �rn�0m r� 01 0 MO X00 22 D� > < p2mmrninDo�O Z2rn2 z Dmmc. 0�o X00 Z Z-irT1 20�(Zm DC(nmzmr- m-o0�1Cor-rr)D00� m m cn0 2x M �M rn 0z0D z m OcTci) C lir_rn rr*1 z m DmrD0U)023 DmW➢* A�zmz CD r�V) ��m� O�Z rG cmNO= 1�D ornmmZu)oorrZ rzTIZC n� DMZ �r� mDm��2 �10M zN Z2 OL* -0 (J117 D DN�rn m 20 MO Dmn-< O 002E -in- zx OOC 10 N mV) o2Dmmr(nmN r_-,Zr 10 _t3 m< { r N o mNrr*�1 D N V)ZAZOr x.-ImCD 7c ZA pm DAr Mm MN OOS mZ >mCmV) tN*'Ini z{oZOO�nv(n iZ*1 �Xhi CM 020 AmOmGZ') rr rn-I ICD mmc0 m D(owD2 m. pc1(p 1WDz2Crrr00 12 .��Z ��OmmO��� op<pp1 �mm�D 0< 1r m r Oymm N- 207,020 mm O -Z0 Z OXD- r- ➢ gm�A 11 OD xO =�D 2020 'OOr 3[07,1 m �0 �=- mom-I..��m 7,0000 Zm-1 m�_�n 20[20 m 021 < . Z CMM rn T Mr -0 m K m o Z O DO M• 1 O 0 102 Z r 0 O �rn 22322000 ZN N �Z 0 -Ni0 N 1= { D N m 1�1 r Z O C1 Z (n- m { r DD' Ohm rnZ 1p „c -I0 < cm 0 O n ZO 0 -mVI ➢-1C r1 Omo p cJ O rn 0 r-1 CCI-7•Mm O1 N Z MOzr r • 23rD -1 m- -> 0� O xrnrn 2 xD(n 00020 m 11 OM O r a pZ� r MZ �Z I > Z Xmrrrr1� mMT xWMzrn�z rN mn 202 m r1Z0 V)m m m�n1n M Om m m rr1 OCnmD rn OO O xO ��r a`- (nm�m ZO D V) m N M �m m M Z rn om rn rn �`202m-rn o D c Mm CD x >0-1 n n _ C➢ O 2ZDrAlri,m Nx4im(- > D -Z-1-1 wm> C2Z mm OBD• A pZi AOZ=r7ZZr-1 IATI=i NmrnO 2Am�mOmm2 z 0m(n -DiZDmr1*7VIZ x2020 _ z <r m m� iD =ornm66 200• r1D 1(nm0 0 OZD NimZ ZSD Dz➢z m�� �o�rOMmm�rnm m(npv)cni MmZm \1200 D (�(nOrn CO ZS 120 ➢rn(n 10y �y �• �(OjO Z-im imlmmN ➢mm2 r1V)ONO mmm nz � {00 ZM 2Z10 M r 0> ..m -1 D0 Wm➢O 00r Z23,-,M-r,T-izpmm C01rnO(n =Z(n0-WOLnm �Snrnrnn r - >z°< Mmrn Oro ➢ZO r7, 020020,�,�11 N Z p0?1Z10, co rn2 <V) 0< my \022207,0 O mmm mm rr**77 x CZ W Dm- mC) •O D rr02m 3c -I-00 Wp<Z O0 Zm� OmN Ar I. IT rK*1DN Cpm- z3000� OOCO0rn 0=00-1�rf21� M z D *00 OV)= Zm mND1m0 Zr� mMODV)Dm1D= _< m0:C-n ZrD�r2m- rn 00Mr 1DZ 1p1 rn CrD Z{ 20020 DD oZ WDZ-_Z mD(rnn�-0 � r(nOcnrnmm p201 _ZD•n DN0 D� r 0� nrno�(n 00� ON�z(n2M-10CZn(n rmm- Wr1*iMrn0�0=i DOz- Nrc2 C 0220 Z N p m m D'SOm N Oz m* mr nV1 ZD N -1m> O m m _ m r 20.1 p7, Dmr Z0c mV) rmD COFPIrn m 2MZm 1O- mr 0 rZ O.n 020 O rri m 1 { m m< M X �r 'a mx c 0r m rnz m �O m➢ DAO D nM rn me 2rn m rn0- Dm M Om r0��0n A➢U 0 2002 D0- C COW I,l OfJ Ri"<- Nr D- O M MZV)r -n { m W Del O W -IMM 201 Z2XNc 2310 00-n 73_A m nm -3: rm 1NO0CD z mmml O�NN M pmr Oma mZ •2 0DD- m O= 0Dc mr,i=*m(0 20202000 O HZ. C `L pr -{Z z -n > 2m(n2r*1 Cm➢ mnDrm gm_ oxzcn 1 nrxomo z O m m m n_ m 2] m -O r z- m 2 W_i ZZZ 0 O r z 1 D0 1 Z (n 2 M-120 DZ r 1 m 1mDOcm (n 10 r p O1 1>0 N Dmm zmrn r Sn-{C DM.r{OCnZ mm -cm „m 1N C C 10 Z O <mrn1 OZ 1 mom W mm CO 0D (n 200 D2C rrri T01 472 - V)oD O Z D rn�V)(n (n�Dr 2 N rrn� m O MVr10 • 0Z -7-1-1 rC r ZZ VI r O 'Mr)�1'V010 O pZ1 r10 1D r M Cn1➢ Zn 4.)2]C> 0z1� {OZWp COM -- r<n D7mCZr010 OrOZ Nmr mom :q 1-44 M rnx0➢ mo *O -0W-200 nCDr_1C-CDmI'*1D-3D 0 0Zr mm Z 2 Ooc -<z(n 13202 Z>Z mZ or aO0 mmm Z�<� m 110NrPZc - 1 20 mKO OOm M -1D m 2 N0(n1C TI V)COm -1 m'_f mm m DOD M �Zrr1m3A➢O < r -Z1 0 m 2C WO 02020 -Nm 00> Cn y>C ? _Q z Z NZ m oxwommmo o nrrnnno m 0o m 1 1rr1 10� m1o�� rn cn r12o Oop Sp ➢ �0� Om O< O OD O mvz➢IOST1 0o N v W -m rn r In 20 r1-107, m m -n 20 u) UTILITIES N O (0 W V 9) (71 fr W N _. *Wmn OmM T10 1 0 00 2V) 020 12 co -4 1Dm* 10 �NK1m* =201 DrnmommO o 200 rn&5 {m 2- n{ 22 100> 0(20 GP 022Om -4Z 602 Cn- OO Drn rn0 Dm �n-4-1 rn�r 11 -`Z mD m Om r oMm 0nm N 202E -I TIc= A rn • Ti DA O r- 132E 70 rn ZOO r 1mC� 0p Am� •(7,7 ZD m➢ (n co=m_Ir my �(n0m cnZO C --l1(20r { D ZZ _D�riDnD mZr0ri-mrn •z0ri00NpZ Nm r0 v) CO mz0<_ DOC imrNmCV) ZZVIDO mN �nN DO �1 �r �M m{ON �M �O1NmmN 10� 0z• MS ➢2 rn r(n �z rnrrl �O rn1�2 2 Nx(nolm O rn 1 D�ZON(x-n s;r Mr Z mZ cr(n Nx rnD OAOr 0 Cr ?m r�mNmD =VI OZ-_ mm �0 N mm t1 Om Orn(J)0NOmZO�NoA -r-i�Z0r[-0 ZOmO ZOO �-r1 CD 4>`�O �m OO�rn = Wmnm(Dnm OE DKZ� m< 020 z 00 0 ,-.� r mC2z r V)z-10 r -10=M_ � Op p D Om Z ,m mZ m2MN O f0N0x2rn 7,0 D r1 �- m r. pMnD A Cm DO �MZ1 Z n 0 m7, 1 C mD 2 • co0 `< D 0 o r CO O Z O r+10 { 2DD N O Nm rn O D -A m -D-1 0 Z V) -IR m D M>mZ Om nm Cm -4 O v Z Z r mm rn m rn 2 ( m�V) rn V) -(V) -4 0 Mm WOHO M 02 Z MOZ O zm Z D m D- 1C z rnXN �Z 21 2� ➢ m o r fJ0 307,0 O mmNrnZD rnD mm m m m D mo om -1�r�*t�nN mf�Tl 0 P n m O m O -+ N z r2E ZO�zmm 0A5( 0mzp CO 1)Z M z Dz m p m m- m2M 0� m� N� ML Orri IA19 0g O �VI p�=m 2nOr m 202 m�zo m 200 V) 0 0 inrlD = m m 2001 (n 7,020202 00 Orn0 DD C� 202 mm Z V) c 02=7,207, �� mm__ 1Z 0{ (n 1 ➢ 202 =nr2 r N r- 0 mD 00 2 nD O or DZON r�0r2AmC1(nCrnM�mMqm> N� m ➢m ccn D .p0 77 I m7,rnMrrn� COA_mpON{ D -1D mm •PO m N2 _ mmmrr� -1z ii:i1116 rrDZr CC) m Ar > ,0 CDrn -1 z m020m01 rail* Z r o m01Z m z n z "O D 202 rrr*�x D ON V) 0 7,➢ Z n r0 -P. 0- _I1 NM jm n rT1D nM 0MM 2V) COW O O mm- zrn 1 M 0 0C Z V)rT1 O rD m m _i D• O O (0_ m 1r O `z .ZOI zrlmm CO 0 Z- 0 > -1 r11-1 m 0)O➢D OVImm K V) Z ➢ AK N C 0 DX2 O ZM Z1 O NomN- N z a.0 mmom D op nm *m x1 200 0'' 02020 D --iA<Z m > D 0020 Z -1 m OWo��� y pD D 2 r•1 (n Z 20-0 n �m C mD Dr Z . O m VI - W r1l CO=A OZ m --i mor > < MO 1 r > r„prn� mmu) m m� mD AOC n > N n 0 Z �-n 0 ON Drn 1"iAD'3 m (n 9'M�N -i m> -0 = 0Z XAo5-n D 0 > o OD m MHO °L -IMP r Z1 N-D=2z1 z D z V) cn MM m DmMr m 1r 0C 0 m z 0 m ZmD m MZ2. 0 M1V)m 0 0 m 020 D Oco DD M 0 z=-oym m > A m > r,i D m 0D� zN O m v ma z m �I z r 0 p WATERLINES 1. CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY(TCEQ) TEXAS POLLUTION DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM(TPDES) WATER QUALITY STANDARDS, CLEAN WATER ACT AND ALL OTHER FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS, AS APPLICABLE. FOR SOIL DISTURBANCES OF ONE (1) ACRE OR MORE, CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 RELATING TO STORMWATER DISCHARGES FROM CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, ALSO REFERRED TO AS THE CONSTRUCTION GENERAL PERMIT (CGP) FOR SMALL (< 5 ACRES) OR LARGE CONSTRUCTION (> 5 ACRES) ACTIVITIES, AS APPLICABLE. 2. FOR LARGE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT A NOTICE OF INTENT (N01) IN THE REQUIRED FORMAT AND PAY THE APPLICABLE FEE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CGP. 3. CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE A SIGNED COPY OF THE NOI TO THE MS4 OPERATOR AND LIST IN THE SWPPP THE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF THE MS4 RECEIVING A COPY. 4. CONTRACTOR MUST IMPLEMENT THE SWPPP WITH BMPS AND CONTROLS IN PLACE PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. A COPY OF THE SWPPP MUST BE RETAINED AT THE CONSTRUCTION SITE FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. 5. CONTRACTOR MUST POST SITE NOTICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CGP IN A LOCATION FOR EASE OF VIEWING BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC AND BY LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 6. CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT A NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT), AS APPLICABLE, AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION AFTER DISTURBED AREAS HAVE REACHED FINAL STABILIZATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONSTRUCTION GENERAL PERMIT. COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER DISCHARGES FROM CONSTRUCTION SITES (TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000) 1. H.M.A.C.P. BASE COURSE SHALL FOLLOW COMPLETED FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE WITHIN 5 DAYS. 2. ALL WORK IN TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (TxDOT) RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TxDOT REQUIREMENTS. 3. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ENGINEER AND OWNER WITH A DETAILED SEQUENCING AND PROCEDURAL OUTLINE FOR TIE-IN TO CITY EXISTING WATERLINES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS FOR SEQUENCING WORK 1. ASPHALT -LAYING MACHINE SHALL BE CAPABLE OF LAYING A 14 -FT. WIDTH. 2. PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF LIMESTONE BASE, THE SUBGRADE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO NOT LESS THAN 95% STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY (ASTM D698 OR AASHTO T99) AT OR SLIGHTLY ABOVE (+3% MAXIMUM) OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT, TO THE DEPTH INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. FLEXIBLE BASE SHALL BE TYPE A GRADE 1-2 CRUSHED LIMESTONE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH TxDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION ITEM 247 AND STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 025223. FLEXIBLE BASE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO NOT LESS THAN 98% MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY (ASTM D1557 OR AASHTO T180) UNDER FLEXIBLE (H.M.A.C.) PAVEMENTS, OR NOT LESS THAN 98% STANDARD PROCTOR (ASTM D698 OR AASHTO T99) UNDER RIGID (CONCRETE) PAVEMENTS, WITHIN ±2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT. 4. PRIME COAT SHALL BE MC -30 MEDIUM -CURING CUTBACK ASPHALT OR AE -P ASPHALT EMULSION PRIME, AND SHALL BE APPLIED AT A RATE OF 0.15 GALLON PER SQUARE YARD. TACK COAT SHALL BE SS -1 SLOW -SETTING EMULSIFIED ASPHALT AND SHALL BE APPLIED AT A RATE OF 0.05 TO 0.15 GALLON PER SQUARE YARD. 5. HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF TxDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION ITEM 340 AND CITY/TOWN SPECIFICATION AS REQUIRED. 6. ALL ROLLING AND COMPACTING OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE THE TEMPERATURE OF THE MIXTURE DROPS BELOW 175 DEGREES F. STREETS 1. FOUNDATION DESIGN WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TANK CONTRACTOR. THE FOUNDATION SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE DESIGN SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BY ENGINEER. 2. PEDESTAL, FOOTING DIMENSIONS AND CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE TANK CONTRACTOR. 3. FOUNDATION DESIGN SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST VERSIONS OF THE FOLLOWING REGULATIONS: AWWA D107, A.C.I. 318 (BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE,) A.C.I. 301 (SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE,) A.C.I. 371R (GUIDE FOR THE ANALYSIS, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION OF CONCRETE PEDESTAL WATER TOWERS,) TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE FOR WINDSTORM, AND APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND THE PROJECT SOILS REPORT. 4. CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH SHALL BE 4,000 PSI it 28 DAYS. 5. REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO A.S.T.M. A625 GR. 60. 6. WIND LOADS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7 FOR WIND EXPOSURE C, OCCUPANCY CATEGORY IV, AND BASIC WIND SPEED OF 130 MPH (SEE FIGURE 6-1 IN ASCE 7) FOUNDATION NOTES I ESTIMATED QUANTITIES TI M M M CO W W CO W N CO W CO W O CO N (0 W N 00 CO N V CO N 0> CO N Cn CO N W N W m N N- W N CO N O CO co CO -.-•-•-, Cu CO V CO 0) W 0 CO -, CO -.-• W CO N W -. -. CO -• O W (O HOLLY SITE WORK CO CO CO V CO 0) CO cn m •P CO W CO N 00 -. HOLLY ELEVATED STORAGE TANK PART B - HOLLY TANK = f1l K 0 0 D W W D W N- D W D W O D N CO D N CO D N V D N 0) D N C11 D N D N W D N N-. D N D N o A CO D -•-.-•-• 00 D J D 0) D Cn D -• 4> D -a W D -,-•-• N-. D D O D Co RAND MORGAN SITE WORK D CO D V D 0) D Cn D ? D W D N D -a RAND MORGAN ELEVATED STORAGE TANK PART A - RAND MORGAN TANK = M K _ QUANTITIES ARE FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. SUBMERSIBLE MIXER RESERVOIR HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING SYSTEM (HMS) ADDITIVE ALTERNATED - HOLLY DRAIN CLEANOUT 2" DRAIN LINE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN SEEDING 8" LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE GEOGRID, TENSAR Bx1100 8" CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEXIBLE BASE (TY. A, GR 1) PRIME COAT (0.15 GAL/SY) 2" HMAC PAVEMENT (TYPE D) AIR RELEASE VALVE SAFETY END TREATMENT CO s m 0 M CONCRETE PLATFORM / PIPE SUPPORTS FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY CONCRETE BOLLARD SACK GABION CONCRETE SPLASH PAD 30" 22.5' BEND - DUCTILE IRON 30" 45' BEND - DUCTILE IRON TRENCH SAFETY FOR 30" PVC WATERLINE 30" PVC WATERLINE 30" DUCTILE IRON PIPE WATERLINE 30"x48" TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE FILL MATERIAL SITE PREPARATION ALLOWANCE FOR ANTENNAE PROVISIONS ALLOWANCE FOR TANK LOGO INSTALLATION OF CCTV INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING INSTRUMENTATION AND SCADA INTEGRATION ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0.75 MG COMPOSITE ELEVATED STORAGE TANK MOBILIZATION (MAXIMUM OF 5% OF PART B CONTRACT PRICE) DESCRIPTION SUBMERSIBLE MIXER RESERVOIR HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING SYSTEM (HMS) ADDITIVE ALTERNATES - RAND MORGAN 2" DRAIN LINE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN SEEDING BERM PAVEMENT REPAIR 8" LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE GEOGRID, TENSAR Bx1100 8" CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEXIBLE BASE (TY. A, GR 1) PRIME COAT (0.15 GAL/SY) 2" HMAC PAVEMENT (TYPE D) SECURITY FENCE SLIDE GATE CONCRETE PLATFORM / PIPE SUPPORTS FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY CONCRETE BOLLARD SACK GABION CONCRETE SPLASH PAD 30" 22.5' BEND - DUCTILE IRON 30" 45' BEND - DUCTILE IRON TRENCH SAFETY FOR 30" PVC WATERLINE 30" PVC WATERLINE 30" DUCTILE IRON PIPE WATERLINE 30"x48" TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE FILL MATERIAL SITE PREPARATION ALLOWANCE FOR ANTENNAE PROVISIONS ALLOWANCE FOR TANK LOGO INSTALLATION OF CCTV INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING INSTRUMENTATION AND SCADA INTEGRATION ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0.75 MG COMPOSITE ELEVATED STORAGE TANK MOBILIZATION (MAXIMUM OF 5% OF PART A CONTRACT PRICE) DESCRIPTION LS LS LF LS cn co CA CO GAL D D TI LS D D CY D D LF LF LF D -< ACRE LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS UNIT LS LS LF LS 0) -< CY { { GAL { m n LS D CY W D LF LF LF CY ACRE LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS UNIT - - - NO W •P 18,844 CO (0(00)-4co O) 03 0) 00 0) n) 0) V 0 _. N) 40 _, _. CO co (71 _. N 0) 604 604 cn W - 400 Cm V1 O - - - - - - - - TOTAL QUANTITIES - _. 40 - 5,341 V W -• Cr 721 721 721 --� 0 N 674 707 ll _, _, N _ -' N _ -' N 0) _. _, co Cn - - 0 TOTAL QUANTITIES REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION SHEET 3 of 54 RECORD DRAWING NO. WTR-452 CITY PROJECT # E11012 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS _. CITY OF y CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES LNV engineers 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 I architects 300 78408 I contractors PH.(361)883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED BY GRADY 5. ATKINSON. P.E.NO. 115461 ON 1/8/16. ALTERATION OF A SEALED OCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFICATION TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER 15 AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. sti s R:' *•••+:41 i*. .+gyp 40 GRADY S. ATKINSON • 115461 tF BENS. \\'a I/Zia :ri#Lkr/2 CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. G3 _If GENERAL NOTES AND ESTIMATED QUANTITIES .O,.,-- DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevoted Water Storage Tanks—City—Wide\003\Drawings\Plans\Civil\G3 GENERAL NOTES AND ESTIMATED QUANTMES.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:24pm Z4 SIN :TWOS NVO?:1OW 0NV I D m Z3 SIN :31v3S 3JIS >INV1 A1 -10H -181 ONV1a3A0 a1 HS NJd S a 0 z 1 •I i I -U. OMND3 la aNV'1a3A0 1 a1 HSINVdS QII NVOION ONVlI 11 1 0 D 0 z • anoa3N as NVO8O14 ONUS A 1` NT I ONI1 , � rto ist • st 1SIIN NIVa a 0 • kap REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION # 133P08d Alla 7.2 1v "0N 9NIM V80 0800311 tin a 01 44 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS PROJECT LOCATION MAPS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services CNV engineers 1 architects 1 contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 VYW W.LNVINC.COM oa "ON 133NS S,1NIV170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevoted Water Storage Tonks-City-Wide\003\Drawings \Plans\Civil\C1 EXISTING CONDITIONS.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:24pm 9 L •59=13 1SIX3 •0/ d32J 9 L 1SIX3 S L •T'9=13 ISIX3 x6S m X m n QII _ rn m w 0 -(s m ;co m x 0) m x 0) RAND MORGAN RD m N m -1 m 6. x6 61A'— 6- —0_— —_.6r — z Z ' m A I m X (n ljl -CD---`s e 0 0 •O2 z z 66, .c ic want. IP _j7: Aarall i _. — 65: —_�— --6$790 -------64750- - ------ �479D--- 12 F✓` 67 x0 x 6. 60 6R 67 Q x 1 67 / / / / x 6# '66 x • 6S i. •6# x6' 60 6S < 0 m O m OV) o Mm m M 0 O _i m 6S x 6# 6 -o 0 6? 66 x64 61 •6' 30N3d 1SIX3 O 2 PL z EAS W U) 0 0 > D ✓ r m N`d0»J01/1 CNVei X_ ) Z 0 O z 0 •H O Z (1) -u Z I x \ BQS• \\ \ I I I / 1 / EAS x EAS / x • z 0 TO CD mm Z r m z -i <0 cn v 0z o c. NZ 00 n Z mw N N) N m< O < P'm 0 00 Z Z) >1 0(7) co w-0 Z 0 o-1 CO D mN X EA 13 m D m� m x EAS 'sr 0 m Ox P1 at i m 0 23 rmCx 7 232.0 m o D JO x 6# 60 67 SS EAS 6' / / \ \ S \ s• \ - \ \ x6# '-7- \ \ x • 62 \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ \\ / \ x / \ 0#`19 PL Y \ m x 0) X _� 0 z (n, z 6 #6 6#• 60 6'6# / / / Fri m0 0 x 0' 27 co .-l7 co o l 0 J ! C M C m z 0 r rn -n n r m m z m / m X _ (n -n 0 0 m D_ Z m 1n 3 m (7 / / / N. x N. x x �Y is 4• u3 \,_`-S5 x Et":•x P .6, — -/7 3ON3d 1liS REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION # 133POYd Alla "0N 9NIM VIl0 0809311 0 wok 44 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN SITE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 1 ISA CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 I contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 ......tttr „„..46.4.41444%‘‘ AO licetrie) 0) HHrr 7141. 6 rnz= 00 yi "ON133HS S,1Nf117OSNO3 BM -1 17190101.93 1292084.37 "X" ON CONC SW 65.78 0 0 NO. BENCHMARK & CONSTRUCTION CONTROL INFORMATION v v I I G+ N V 17190001.50 NORTHING CD c0 v 01 v N 1292075.03 1292367.45 N z 5/8" IRON ROD 1 PK NAIL DESCRIPTION I I ELEVATION I I / x • z 0 TO CD mm Z r m z -i <0 cn v 0z o c. NZ 00 n Z mw N N) N m< O < P'm 0 00 Z Z) >1 0(7) co w-0 Z 0 o-1 CO D mN X EA 13 m D m� m x EAS 'sr 0 m Ox P1 at i m 0 23 rmCx 7 232.0 m o D JO x 6# 60 67 SS EAS 6' / / \ \ S \ s• \ - \ \ x6# '-7- \ \ x • 62 \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ \\ / \ x / \ 0#`19 PL Y \ m x 0) X _� 0 z (n, z 6 #6 6#• 60 6'6# / / / Fri m0 0 x 0' 27 co .-l7 co o l 0 J ! C M C m z 0 r rn -n n r m m z m / m X _ (n -n 0 0 m D_ Z m 1n 3 m (7 / / / N. x N. x x �Y is 4• u3 \,_`-S5 x Et":•x P .6, — -/7 3ON3d 1liS REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION # 133POYd Alla "0N 9NIM VIl0 0809311 0 wok 44 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN SITE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 1 ISA CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 I contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 ......tttr „„..46.4.41444%‘‘ AO licetrie) 0) HHrr 7141. 6 rnz= 00 yi "ON133HS S,1Nf117OSNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevoted Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings\Plans \Civil\C2 SITE PLAN.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:25pm 9 L '59=13 1SIX3 d021 9 L 1SIX3 S L T9=13 ISIX3 IMIP x S - LJ. b(/ -y - - -65.01L-- -7 � - 6a -�i/ ` x2 W •...� I �'+"�xW, 2 Wx 6S ~ �Jr 4, - s _ 64 50 - F 1 rn x 40.0' c7 h M co r. jl' II rn al 0 w z, O V AL S s .9s 9) ITAT 2 W. _ - - : .r /L_+�-.� 2 W 9 _-�A i A RAND MORGAN RD m X 1.704 ROW ROW ROW x fix x x 7 6F6 � 6 O 1 1 1 fl `FR - m x m I 0) z M 0 x r r YR YR YR x x 6Fss 6F6o 97 ROW II s3. 66,,. F rn m x x In (n 6,I -�- -� s--- 6 5 0 '0� z z x s• s 6 4,50 _- b,�;-n_ - k.' " f 0 x 85.5' X x x x x 22.5' 6, 15.0 ."1s 70.0'F 40.0' 10.0' RVW °g ROW1 R - i ij ROW \\ \1 >- I ( i E t \ jj 0) H >ip\ X6\ I ` )S' f o x -r1 I AS/ \\ 66 \ Do II fl�j�QF of r� 6�/s m 6�9c \ 1 _ YR \ \ R \ / i l \ / I YR 0 \-1l\ \\ \\ /� z /; x \ x \X 1 ix& x / xs#s0 sF, s#x9\ J ' / /s�ITI fTl sus \ N \\' / X X y \ 0 0 n \ o :m,\ $1 -1 -- -\ \,,, L123 m0 mC M \ \ x\ 11 \. x z x v A sQ \ 1j \\ s� a m \ <� m *r \\ ?\ . r \ \ \ 1 \ �Y a m r \ Cd r>7 \ m� nom' \ rn\m \\ + CO \ \ m0. m -n \x x \ \ \ I\1 H ,T %., -4 -4 \ \ 1 \\ nJ -0 6, \ \ { x`s \\ ` xs xs 1 \6s 1 rrr rmn °� \ \ \ 6, �\�J - `l r/ ?� a 9 / \\ \ z'z\ N 1 o l \\\ \ mac/ \'\\\ mrnI 1 \\ 1\\ \\\ / \ \ \ P \ s? \ 0. o° \ \\ \ y' \\ \ \\ \ \ I 1 o \ \ / F F \ N. 6F s66 \\ \ A\\ \\�V �A-��'5 � �\\��\1� a/// / �?'ta •�. � �� 12 O \ $F.\/ \ I \ Li ..o I \ Qv O x6F V \ ISA \\ x6s� 1 Axsj % xs �9 By \ A I� % I V 6` \ \. \ I \ 1 yN- S \ \-1.•�\ .,\ \ 1 (' 1 x 1 \\� \ \xI \ \ Gp`S 06.5:-> 6 O9�� \ I `G8\°F\ SO _ s/ \ II •,� ° -r f \ IN. \ %\6F .�\ \ \ / m rn x 1 rn lX i 302JOd „Z 3N112131VM „2 3N11 01140 213814 1SIX3 Ol v O g 0 N f 0 I z0 _co _ Z Z 1 O n O M m O r m -IS) a) I F I \ o IIII �I II \ IIII\ \ 00 ( ..._\\\\,\\\\\\\\\\\‘\,\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ 111\\ On 1\\; \\\\\\\ 7- 3 O \\ II.\\\\\ 6x\\ \\\\\ \ \ x) \\\\ �\\-N-` x x \\� �\�`�� ==i- \\\�\�`� �.- --..--- ------ • \ / ■ S x -� Z3 40.5' x N o - 6F6? 50.0' spss SEE SHEET 08 FOR PROPOSED 30" WATERLINE PROFILE. • Z 0 17/ rD-<rI -117 Zr mz-1 < 0 to 0 Z0 =A N Z = O D - Z M ( N W ND c !-71m� 0 O O Z D O 00 C4-0 �l Z O O171 Co n m� X N to m -1 xi m m 0 73-0 0 D r m / BM -1 17190101.93 1292084.37 "X" ON CONC SW 65.78 0 0 NO. BENCHMARK & CONSTRUCTION CONTROL INFORMATION v -0 1 1 CA N _V 17190001.50 NORTHING CO (0 V CA V N 1292075.03 1292367.45 z 5/8" IRON ROD 1 PK NAIL DESCRIPTION 1 1 ELEVATION 1 1 -4 Z 0 SEE SHEET 08 FOR PROPOSED 30" WATERLINE PROFILE. • Z 0 17/ rD-<rI -117 Zr mz-1 < 0 to 0 Z0 =A N Z = O D - Z M ( N W ND c !-71m� 0 O O Z D O 00 C4-0 �l Z O O171 Co n m� X N to m -1 xi m m 0 73-0 0 D r m / / REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION / # 133r0!!d x(110 "0N ONIMVIl0 01103311 y tin 0, 0 01 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK SITE PLAN CIOF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS1 UTILITIES DEPARTMENT �L Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM NOSNIx1V 'S AOV219 "0N 133NS S,1NIf170SNO3 F6 1 17189759.57 I 1292173.42 F5 1 F4 W F2 U1 NO. FENCE COORDINATE POINTS 17189762.09 17189907.45 17189907.63 17189887.63 17189887.97 NORTHING 1292381.51 1292379.62 1292273.90 1292273.86 1292173.86 EASTI N G 17189846.08 / REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION / # 133r0!!d x(110 "0N ONIMVIl0 01103311 y tin 0, 0 01 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK SITE PLAN CIOF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS1 UTILITIES DEPARTMENT �L Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM NOSNIx1V 'S AOV219 "0N 133NS S,1NIf170SNO3 P10 117189812.08 1 1292373.30 0 P8 � (3) U1 P4 (4 N Ld NO. COORDINATE POINTS 17189771.58 17189999.47 17189899.30 17189797.08 17189797.08 17189867.08 117189847.08 1 17189867.08 17189846.08 Z 0 73 x z 0 1292216.86 1292354.79 1292313.29 N co N N_ a) Co o) 1292256.86 1292266.86 1292074.92 1292074.92 1292266.86 -4 Z 0 / REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION / # 133r0!!d x(110 "0N ONIMVIl0 01103311 y tin 0, 0 01 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK SITE PLAN CIOF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS1 UTILITIES DEPARTMENT �L Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM NOSNIx1V 'S AOV219 "0N 133NS S,1NIf170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevated Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings \ Plans \ Civil \C6 PIPING PLAN.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:28pm (o (o D D mm C D rr r �T (n 0) N N m m co cm mm C r� (n N N mm 1-1-1 rrl 0)0) Go m O z I D m 0 031 v N0 xz 0 0 tr- O Z ' 0 1 a) 4.0' N a a (D TANK PIPING S.S. D.I.P. WATERLINE 3.5' 3i I n 2.8' 4.0' - O 0- PVC WATERLINE 1=1 15.0' m oe m0 mM m O 0 0 00 m D w z m Z O m m rn z ,rn o Z D c N �x a3 -o a) r OI - D m� m - 0 O Z M (z O 0 O Dc 5 x zm z m O C(� m2 mm z� P1 pi DOOR & FRAME. (CONCRETE OPENING SIZE: 3'-4" WIDE x rn No0 >r0 o rD N x O op c 0 \ .Zml z -I m4+ cn O (7) • O - zm 0 r M • 0 D r 0 O O R° v al HOLLOW METAL FRAME. HARDWARE:1 NOIIV 'IIVM 3SV8 0 -n '0 v E0I n-1 rn m m co rnm r O P1 1�1 n 00 Z al rn :S310N A3N L � — OrnZ z0rn DO rc r- • r • M r r- -0 03 m0 m Ozm • -I z -0 cern CO MO D *r O > 0z 0 O D m� N0 m D r 0 ✓ A W O Z 0 m -I o c D (n z 5 mm Mo mm D Z z T� 0 D r 70 -1 IT1 z Z X m 0 v — a)m 0 0 mN 0 V) O O r z 0 m D r 0) 1.) A W N '_Lz 70 -rm00 z CO -1 Z� a)m70? D8 o xi r N co m D ( A CO. rn ITIS Drn (o2 `-9Z n9 10Hrzrn al w r_ X 0 0 ri ryZO W 7D 0) xO (...1 oz m _,N rn 0Z 0)N rn xi r _ m 0cf)0� �D D O 0 z `.r C 0x O r O r - = M O m ✓ r N 70 WXv m mmz m* m 0 0 r mD70 D13 - n -< mm -1 O W cA O * N rn Dm0 D 55 m czm mop Uz Z�j �D O m O m a7O mr rD� Dr M C Z a) CO p m • • H Z !�1 0 D m -a m r P1 m CONNECT RISER AND OVERFLOW WITH A VALVED LATERAL FOR TANK DRAINING. :1VOINVHO3IN U) C!) r1 - m m z 0 0 0 D Z D z Z 0 Z 32.0' 16.0' 3AIVA dVl3/M M0132i3A0 Z "-0 *m (n -0 O m L7 (11 70 D r O OF ELEVATED TANK u -1z mn m 4te\Q, m SLAB SHALL BE SLOPED AT 0.5% TO VEHICLE DOOR FOR DRAINAGE. W SAWCUT CONTROL JOINTS 1-1/2" DEEP AT 20 FEET MAXIMUM CENTERS. 0 0 Z 0 D Z N (n > O o �z O_ mz r W rm Z oz (Jm O O z 71 D 0 210013 11Y 1V CNV IIVM 0 • 0 0 N A O 0 m D 0) O -1 H C Mo 0 MO 0 -0 (n C - m 0 Z rn a1 O 2 Pi O m A n m O 0� O Z (n0 W m D D a) 0 F1 m D 1N D Z _0 (7 ?1 m - r rn mcm 0 -t 2 O :30V2J0 NO 8V -1S (T 0 0) cm 0 O mr 13 2 Ft 00 z PROVIDE THRUST RESTRAINT, PIPE SUPPORTS, WALL PENETRATION AS REQUIRED. W N Dr O10 O r < 0 2 0 m mmo Z 0 N 0 z 0o0 z 0 c W � c� rn 20z Pim O 0 O 0 0 co O m 0 � Z Z a) cm W -1 M rn70 Z D 0 • CO M D Z 0[TA a) 0) i 0) 2 0 • O P1 z M 0 iz O z x 0 2 • 0 D m r zrn 0 x D m z r O O a7 xl D Z-. O m� Zm Ox a) x 0 x al O r r z (1) -1 rn m r 1 S 0 D 0 -1 O m 0(Ni) 0 (n O c 0 a7O m� 0 m z m D r 0 0 mm 11 11 (41 0) D r In 0) N N rnm VI CO x S (n (n TYPICAL ELECTRICAL ROOM PLAN Or TJ zm0 O 13 Pi -41 Z O D 0 Z O NNV! 431VA313 3 OF ELEVATED TANK 1 m x_. r r m 00 O ai 0 REVISION NO. DATE ZiolJ3 #133P08d1113 "0N 9N1M 1/1/0 080331/ Pea 01 BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK PIPING PLAN CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES �. DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM w "ON 133NS S.LNV170SNO3 CALLOUTS RESTRAINED FLEXIBLE COUPLING VICTAULIC (STYLE 233S) ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT 30" MAGNETIC FLOW METER 30" ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVE 30" BUTTERFLY VALVE W 30" 45'—BEND W O O x4 4 (.W CD O O X I W W o rn 7 -1 m 0 M NNV! 431VA313 3 OF ELEVATED TANK 1 m x_. r r m 00 O ai 0 REVISION NO. DATE ZiolJ3 #133P08d1113 "0N 9N1M 1/1/0 080331/ Pea 01 BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK PIPING PLAN CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES �. DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM w "ON 133NS S.LNV170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevoted Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings\Plans \Civil\C4 EXISTING CONDITIONS.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:30pm 4s N 0 v PJ N 0 N 4, n -o N 0 n V 1 co co Z7 C0 0 m III 1 1 \ — ep �z +�� — II 1— -- N\ ---- ------- ---------1)! 1 TOB N IPIA 8 I 1 3 \ a 1 ----Th— 8-- --,`` —TGA-- -----TOB -0eiz-----TOB—_---_ — — co r- %� �� TOB —iti:219-'''''''''\ a a IIMMIIMI + ''� �* ��\ to 3 w II j / s A i \ r0 �'$srn \ \a \ \ ino r \ \ u (01 \ — ` \\\ I `� +w ar ac,au \ \\ a �' 1 I I I SoO J� WO 2+0 \I 1 0O \ -, \ \ 1111 \ \IIII \ \ II 11 I \ \ 1111 \ \ aw \ a, \aA \ •oo \\ o co O7 O w AO A I N P O ttio0 O 1 0 dOb St 1SIX3 rn • Z 0 Wm zc— m m (n < O Oz0 C 0 0 D-13 N Z OOn mN� cmc < �0) n, m 0 00 Z2J DCO W \ a7 Z C O rn o Oo0 co D m� >-0 m m > 0 O T7 PI 0 + \ + dHO + + + � y- y. ate, ate, -- 00'$$ ----� aw 3 .ACD 'O / / / / /x / r, 09 / / dHQ 0 izoct 3NI131VM „S' L W 0 0 0 m m II co 0 N + a m L H' moo? voo II Z r + X S'l dHO + .4 + 0 O t X M 3 / + ate, as \ + I a \ a \ \ ato 4 \ a + o a4 33N33 11IS \\\\\\\\\\\\\\{1 CO rn \\\\A \\\\\\\a 1 I0 11 11 I W W 0 0 0 3X rri cin 0+1 ( co dHO vr Tir PI 9. 4.0 APO dpo vet. C dHO CP dHO 3NI12131VM „9 1SIX3 o 3 3NI12:131VM „92 ISI X3 oc dal 02 c102J 02 lc on tir 0 to 133 0 / X 808 m / dHO An 92 dHO co 0) CC 0 Z17 0 la CC CO M co co xi M 02 M 92 M 92 co M 92 M 92 HOLLY RD M 92 M 92 M 92 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION M 92 # 133r0!!d x(110 "0N ONIM 1VH0 01103311 CO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY SITE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN cfm nITY OF QRFUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers architects contractors 801 NAVIGATION SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 CIO NOSNIx1V 'S AOV210 • • Vis'A• row 0 "0N 133NS S.LNV170SNO3 BM -1 17146267.44 1344262.70 CHISELED "❑" 22.61 0 0 CONTROL BENCH MARKS & CONTROL POINTS I I CD U 17145692.66 17146254.76 Z O 2 z 0 1343885.47 1344277.03 0) z 0 PK NAIL a) DESCRIPTION O O z > F I I ELEVATION 1 I I I I • Z 0 Wm zc— m m (n < O Oz0 C 0 0 D-13 N Z OOn mN� cmc < �0) n, m 0 00 Z2J DCO W \ a7 Z C O rn o Oo0 co D m� >-0 m m > 0 O T7 PI 0 + \ + dHO + + + � y- y. ate, ate, -- 00'$$ ----� aw 3 .ACD 'O / / / / /x / r, 09 / / dHQ 0 izoct 3NI131VM „S' L W 0 0 0 m m II co 0 N + a m L H' moo? voo II Z r + X S'l dHO + .4 + 0 O t X M 3 / + ate, as \ + I a \ a \ \ ato 4 \ a + o a4 33N33 11IS \\\\\\\\\\\\\\{1 CO rn \\\\A \\\\\\\a 1 I0 11 11 I W W 0 0 0 3X rri cin 0+1 ( co dHO vr Tir PI 9. 4.0 APO dpo vet. C dHO CP dHO 3NI12131VM „9 1SIX3 o 3 3NI12:131VM „92 ISI X3 oc dal 02 c102J 02 lc on tir 0 to 133 0 / X 808 m / dHO An 92 dHO co 0) CC 0 Z17 0 la CC CO M co co xi M 02 M 92 M 92 co M 92 M 92 HOLLY RD M 92 M 92 M 92 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION M 92 # 133r0!!d x(110 "0N ONIM 1VH0 01103311 CO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY SITE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN cfm nITY OF QRFUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers architects contractors 801 NAVIGATION SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 CIO NOSNIx1V 'S AOV210 • • Vis'A• row 0 "0N 133NS S.LNV170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevoted Water Storage Tanks–City–Wide\003\Drawings\Plans \Civil\C5 SITE PLAN.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:34pm ,f� I 11' n -o 0 -u 0 N K 0 V a x� 211 0 V co O al I I I � I\ I m l \ '!OB `'— y — T06 a� _ – -90'42 • / ° =– ---- 'o �3 T6B- '�, Toed? _– --Tot � --------------- — —_ —MEL__ roa TOB '_'--- VU L. \ TOB __ 1..,:i\ y1 '1•idi Lt Li wNy'ps i'.p 7051- sa,r\�A v p_ / p W 1O N at,1 aw aw a `'W 1 aw \ `'� \ an 2. 1 P r0 co = l J �S \1 'cO \\ • N ! \ \ 2 \ tii -3 cis 3 W \ \ 0 73 0 CO cp 0 -o CD 146.3' co Ccl 41 1 1 11 1 (74 rn iUS a3SOdO Id X SOH -o • 0 r 23 0 cu 71 7a 0 r rn cn o -11 73 r. 0 Ico • o IP di NJ 4,3 0 r 1— lir ul '1 o to a to I At .111 1 It pPvir rn les us C71 2 cis is II c — 131 dHO NJ NJ cn 31, U1 .trio 0 0 co -41 CO CO 03141210d213d CO 0 -- FP fi r 3NI12131VM „9 1SIX3 1 Li 0 \_, i l'ir'ti 3 it ,..1 ,•%ss\rj,.., ao a 1.0 • • • • • • CA co dHO dHO 3NI131VM „S' L 3 BM -1 17146267.44 1344262.70 CHISELED "❑" 22.61 CD 01 CONTROL BENCH MARKS & CONTROL POINTS 17145692.66 17146254.76 0 73 0 1343885.47 1344277.03 z 0 PK NAIL 0 o z DESCRIPTION 0 1343973.77 I ELEVATION 1344035.31 • 0 r 23 0 cu 71 7a 0 r rn cn o -11 73 r. 0 Ico • o IP di NJ 4,3 0 r 1— lir ul '1 o to a to I At .111 1 It pPvir rn les us C71 2 cis is II c — 131 dHO NJ NJ cn 31, U1 .trio 0 0 co -41 CO CO 03141210d213d CO 0 -- FP fi r 3NI12131VM „9 1SIX3 1 Li 0 \_, i l'ir'ti 3 it ,..1 ,•%ss\rj,.., ao a 1.0 • • • • • • CA co dHO dHO 3NI131VM „S' L 3 CA M C------7-2-:;\QH //: / LS / 70 in r CO —dOLI OE As 7 -so m • • d021 „02 1SIX3 3 • • M 9C M 92 co z z z tA MOLLY RD A„ 9c REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION # 133r0!!d x(110 "0N ONIM 1VH0 01103311 cn rra CO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK SITE PLAN CITY OF ,ORFUS CHRISTI TEXAS' UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers architects contractors 801 NAVIGATION SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361)883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 Op NOSNIx1V 'S AOV219 MO -goi*M- mz 0 Cil "0N 133NS S.LNV170SNO3 P6 17145870.16 1343968.16 P12 17146342.85 1344023.44 Ld NO. COORDINATE POINTS 117145838.64 117145737.06 17145708.38 17145796.22 17145752.30 0 0 1343973.77 I 1343982.61 1344035.31 1344083.11 1344059.21 CO 0 LLd P8 I NO. 17146310.14 -a 17146043.79 17145836.54 17146167.16 1344083.55 I 1344127.17 1344062.64 1344123.82 1344129.78 LASTING CA M C------7-2-:;\QH //: / LS / 70 in r CO —dOLI OE As 7 -so m • • d021 „02 1SIX3 3 • • M 9C M 92 co z z z tA MOLLY RD A„ 9c REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION # 133r0!!d x(110 "0N ONIM 1VH0 01103311 cn rra CO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK SITE PLAN CITY OF ,ORFUS CHRISTI TEXAS' UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers architects contractors 801 NAVIGATION SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361)883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 Op NOSNIx1V 'S AOV219 MO -goi*M- mz 0 Cil "0N 133NS S.LNV170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevated Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drow,ngs\Plans\Civil\C6 PIPING PLAN.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:37pm 0 0 D rr mm m O Z O< mm D < 0 mi 2.8' II N CJ1 O O 4.0' 4 - r*1 < m m Mr n o S � TANK PIPING S.S. D.I.P. WATERLINE EIIIE 1=11 EWE 1-11 =III - '1 1 T 9" 3.5' 2.8' r � III- 1=10Z -III-111-Z - 1=111=1 u r -111-I �11�1111� D.I.P. WATERLINE PVC WATERLINE 13.9' mZ P3 Z Z 4 0 0 m 0 0 O D 0 r O Z 0 m D r r W V mm m o 0 0 Om mcn m D z om Z 0 m m D :A 2 x O z D c r �1 x mA "0 xr 01 - n m� m - o z� w z O G) 0 c z m 73? m 0 C mZ m m ZM cn D • 0 Z D r 12' WIDE x 12' HIGH OVERHEAD COILING DOOR N 0 > r O O r D v) H • xi - x • OO C z 0 zD-I w O\* �z -1 N C S` 0 z- m Or A 0 K NK m I•P* q -1 0:10 D 07 m r m� 0 D p xi r I;' D A ry M • 0 73 > Z z O v 5 > -4 c XI m cc O x Z A -1 0 m O x D 1 • Km r m o m K mm D> 0 r m m 71 0 Fri mrn Om Z > 0 0 O Z - m D 27 77 M m m :S310N A3)1 c m 0 m ? Z O - m • H \ O rc I- r= ED m0 m 0z m -0 Z -13o m co om O D 0 Z o O D mm 0< xm ✓ 0 r73 WO Cz 23o m tn0 X C D Z mm 0 O mm > z z D r > xrwW CDZ• m-1 M m A -0 m m Z D m N Z <0 > mci4 <�Ao mr j Z >0 cn v x 0x m m 0 Z r 0 • n ( O A 0 .ter C • 0 r ✓ r r 0 v W7 -TD mz7 m �)7> rmm -I N 17 cmm m 27 0 C Z m moo • Z�� O,) SAS F rD z m 0 O m 0 Z 0 ➢ x r P1 m W N m0 0 x Z Z D n 0 D� r0 u.)73 m� o Z c2 > m 0 z� o C4 01 N 0 Z OZ O < 0 m� mm oW D D 0 A0 Z O Dx om m_ D r • x -I m m m CONNECT RISER AND OVERFLOW WITH A VALVED LATERAL FOR TANK DRAINING. 013 m< 7) p mm r U Z 0 (f) m z Mc- Z -z -1 :IVOINVH031^1 60.0' 1 6.8' 6.7' 0 0 0 w OF ELEVATED TANK TANK PIPING S.S. D.I.P. WATERLINE O O O O O CALLOUTS 30" ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVE 30" BUTTERFLY VALVE 30"x30"x30" TEE 30" 45 -BEND W 0 (0O 1 07 PI z 0 O O O O RESTRAINED FLEXIBLE COUPLING VICTAULIC (STYLE 233S) ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT 30" MAGNETIC FLOW METER W N SAWCUT CONTROL JOINTS 1-1/2" DEEP AT 20 FEET MAXIMUM CENTERS. mX D73 M Z0 -<00 A O o Dm a m H > ?N IQ Oi " o � MO II C C =Z Ko 0 07 K O m0 O r 7)m m C <W m0 Z rm Z100) 0 z z D1 R 0m o70 z o o =z D gh O ✓ CO D Z .ZD) 0 O V) m H -Iin0 N D Z r N 0 m 0 -n rmr 0 -1 r 73 Xco L7 ( 0 -1 x0 :304210 NO BVIS 0 Q P1 W N 0 0) cv 0 O rr*1 r zm O 0 Z 38 IIVHS 0Nf10210 PROVIDE THRUST RESTRAINT, PIPE SUPPORTS, WALL PENETRATION AS REQUIRED. rrO 0 r << 0 2 m r m Z O Z pop Z0 ?13x CO 0 c� m 2J �o 0 om 0 07 0 IM 0 2 70) cm W2 1- m rnz Z D � r o 0o m D zm o rn0 zw 2 0 0 O mz m �o 2 z Z Z O z D m r zm O 2 0 zl' D 0 r0 O x1 D Z 0 N m_ 37o Ox N 0 x ROLLING STEEL WITH 22 GA. GALVANIZED SLATS N D.I.P. WATERLINE PVC WATERLINE D 0 m Z cc0 A 0 r m 0 w O (n O C 0 .ZJ0 Z 0 m cn D D r r mm II 11 D I— m (1) 0) N4 rnm r0) 2 2 rnm t� 0) TYPICAL ELECTRICAL ROOM PLAN c. OF ELEVATED TANK 20'-4" CO 0 0 Oz 0 r CO O 73 0 0 6" REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION # 133r01d A11O -'D "0N ONIM 1VH0 01103311 y ryi 0 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK PIPING PLAN CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNVo engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM ,......t.ttit..„...... ....-"7. ;..1.4...14. .‘„,". cni i Fnncirii.: aa.,,-: mg rt: R1 U1 :If��DZDz /r:Z D �p in:ymv�oo ri�• N &s ^oe oomG r N • Z• J�� nAm9DNK co 0 CAI "ON 133NS S.LNV1711SNO3 U:\Corpus Christ\090024.00_Elevated Water Storage Tonks-City-Wide\003\Drawings\Plans\Civil\C7 ELEVATED STORAGE TANK SECTIGNS.dwq Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:38pm SIN :31VOS SIN :31VDS m X m 2J 0 2J N O I LVAY E NOIIVA313 elON1INI N 0 m 8000 SS300V ,Lx.2 RAND MORGAN EST = 108.0' RAND MORGAN EST = 50.0' HOLLY EST = 126.65' HOLLY EST = 45.0' 3dId MO13a3A0 1 -n m m P1 m� m• r - II CD II 0 N O co O 0 z 2 0 0 r CD m D Z RAND MORGAN EST = 227.0' HOLLY EST = 196.65' D Z 2 0 0 r O T1 m> - Z H Cl 0) o II N Oo 0 D z Sv O r Z IIrn Cn n oN s 0 T1 rn z 0 0 O rn o rn 0 o crnn O rr :0 P CO rn R°v ( C7 c 0 � v m O H A -0 2 D r 0 r 70 / K RAND MORGAN EST = 108.0' HOLLY EST = 126.65' 3dId MO1d2:13A0 1311110 / 131NI En PAINTERS LOUVER WITH INSECT SCREEN 1IVa a31NIVd 31Vld NOO1d NNW. 1331S 31OHNVW a00 -1d „OF 11111111 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURAL SLAB WV39 ONIa ONI8 dI JO 1131-15 NNVI 13315 ONIa dla0 3008 >INVI 13315 (nMZ> m- 0 cna) rnx_Iv Fm z> .74 1 m0r< O O m 2 < cn � ��\ zN -Iv) rr D PI PI 1T1 lj rK<z -02T7-1 n m V1 V 0 N 2 •7vp0 (0'i1 o D T1 - O 2 MIO Z 0> Na CA K O O v M N > 0 z m -1 RAND MORGAN EST = 50.0' HOLLY EST = 45.0' MAX HEAD RANGE 38(11 SS300V 8I3M MO13a3A0 IIVa Sa31NIVd 1 S 00 V 0) U1 ? G1 N if DZ -O -OOm cn2cDD PO -OD j,j T7 0T7 -Z Z-4X>POm7Jflc70M 2E CD 20r r mDm T)rT1r oOoo -00 00-0MWo0m50� z oM X �Dorn-i AcO.rn�rn10OmM*Z=rDm0r4,)*>XDT Z rIjO0p > DTl m0N C: in Nrw>Z2Iq O2)Do�rr*I 000 O 2D F v1 fo> ZZA��2r S mN �cq cnmrcrnncc z �DmlAcX;E PHd�c(''n(��c�iy'�g cnmro��� Z n��A� N =O 2rI Z 2 r �mm XI DO 5E OOD� CO C7 DN0 in OC CfI COX rOm wOlE �(AZ21D \r <cnPD Z 20O-0mrncr, ODm0 Z • D<C70DCD(nD mDw Cr- _n R. Dn�01 O(A*122r13 OOr C)-10 rn-n 22Zm(A z OSmrmZDm m�0 �Z� mOAZOrN �CxrW�rG) OP_, ww-1 70>ZioNr DCZ m rn n mmp1:� r r' 0 L7Z mit?OOWH�vAZOcri rnvz DSO 0 DDm mmn z11sDD�Dmm xZM Mrrn rn p C7 nvmCm Ay-Zi�prnn 0N • 0 w Z OWE m m 0 too oFr1w mrAD N .ZO7 > I'+- Am•� cn m (-3 -1 m T) m --I OD r CD W m D2 CO C m m m m :1VOINVHO311 W Na S rn m m m m (n T7 N Gym E z O z o Po n Oma' z O m n O 70 Z m FOUNDATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 D -4 (rm o z �m o m - Oro Om0 000, FnFr7 Z 23D O Z r m 0 T) -A D 0 D 1531Y1) LOLL SNOIIVON3WW003a :NOIIVaNflod 0) 01 . (U1 N O m Z Dmm DzOZT10C—lomm D Z ,p m c)oZOOZ"0m-mm > T.0O23. (7 070 c) .W CO r -�?O—ziPzmm�D�m? CZAC(� mo 'OXMPT1 z� rAm70Ccour-Ir O Z m D N Ei r m D m m H m m o-i-rA r Oon cn ,ivrg >mrn 33 rnm =-2Ev1 --_D-II?Oc1Zm r <Zi ( WX 0 rZril o nnoA0 ml=Ul Zrn0 TIO NP -A C -D • c) c) A-4AD�O �E 1A TiFr1 rIm �- 0 � D� ;II m Z c) > o rn�I�IZ2c mm p(n 113 3E; O'O NZ = on !Ti �m Df) Z(71�T mrnrn (n rrr1 Dm 11A Am :D G) OC) r -M POC) z D =O O Co D D mrNr(7 Cn 00 ATJ D z D r z - o. 'Allel to 803 a31V10a 38V :SEWN ISA 1VOIdAl REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION NOl13fl 1S80 �v 0 DCO O Z C C �_ MO mz rmZ5 rn 2E HANDRAIL Sc ANTENNA BRACKETS # 133r01d x(110 rn ✓ ✓ O N -'D "0N ONIMVIl0 01103311 0 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ELEVATED STORAGE TANK SECTIONS VV�1 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM V "ON 133NS SdNV170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi \090024.00_E evoted Water Storage Tanks—City—Wide\003\Drawings\Plans \Civil\C8 PROPOSED WATERLINE PROTILES.dwq Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:39pm N.) N Ni N) Ni CA CA CA W W O N A 01 Oo O N 0) CO O N 0) CO O O O O O O O O O 0 0 0 O O O N N Ni Ni N W CA W CA W O N A 01 Oo O N 0) CO O N 01 CO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O U1 N 01 U1 (P a) a) a) a) a) --1 v v v v 0) O N - 0) CO O N O CO O N 01 CO O O O O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TANK PIPING S.S ►�� D.I.P. WATERLINE 1 11* m0 111 I' ll,Mc �: 40. CD 1111 11=111=-111=111=111=11 1=11=1I1II=UJ UIll1 V r 00 z cn z -II II U. !11 1�T cntz ��1 E k 0 RATION :ET C6 111 III Illllll$ 11=11-11 111 im , rn ItH =1I 111111 1 I1=_ 11r- LH � il1 111_ 11 II I -1 I': ' l " ' wOw11 ; hal 11111 15.0' J 154.0' EXISTING UTILITY ELECTRICAL LINES IL:1 111m1 m111-111=t=1=Iin II-111—ITI—m 1h !IlII1--11111111 III�IIII�11111111mlIIIIThIIIl I IJ11 1 00000) I-III j4' II SII= II1 - te• \ mTl o o 15.0' S 7 0 o PROP�1 45' -BEND / 111 HE -111 01 III— 11T111 ,f, O 0 m II 0 =111= 111=111' F'y' re � 2 v, -III �I I I1, I LEI ,\ _ \�� �� �. �\ X �, v, N I o P D.I.P. WATERLINE 0 PROP WATERLINE ! -I I I -III= 22.5' -BEND 11_=11 =ill �— III 6.0' �I=IZ—i II-III -111- c _ — — 13.9' -z o o 0 SCALE: 1 "=12' (HALF SIZE SHEETS) SCALE: 1 "=6' (FULL SIZE SHEETS) 6 ' 12 ...•■■ SCALE: 1"=12' (HALF SCALE: 1 "=6' (FULL 6' 1 =RAND MORGAN F PROP 45' -BEND I II 1111 II 1 IIT -111=1 ® 11=_1111 A xPROP rm m m FIRE HYDRANT111-=U1111 111111 I I=1 I I=1 11-1 I I-1 I �I I I� I �I I I I �I 11-1 I I-1 I I I M I I I I=1 I I I I I-1 I I i I 1-1 I I III -1 I I I =1 I I=1 11=1 I I—I 11=1 I �I 11=1 I �I 11=1 11=1 11=1 I H I I-L�1 11=1 I I—I 11=1 11=1 11=1 I �I 11=1 I I-1 11= 11=III=III=III=III-III-III-11-III-III=III=111,;,111„—,111,;,111,, 1111111111=1I_II111111 IIIA= IILIu D.I.P. WATERLINE o 28.6' PROP FIRE WATERLINE11=1 HEW E111-1 11111 I I I I_I 111-111 -111-1 11=111 SIZE SHEETS) SIZE SHEETS) 2' HYDRANT A 111111111 =1 11111 PROP El 11E1 11-111 Dill 111=1 I I -1i -I11- 11=111 =111=1 1=1I -111-1 .4' El 11E1 1=111 TIIEl 1 All I -I EIRE 45' -BEND 11 -III J 1_ 111 111-I 11 11111 11=111 -III-1 I I-1 1. -I II= 1E111 111 11 EXIST 48" STEEL WA1 (CONTRACTOR TO FIELD •• a1 c o EXIST 8" GAS 1=1 =IIIIII=11 —111=1 I ==111— 1-1 I 1=i = 1=111— 1=111=11 I I—" =1T.. ; 1-1 1-1T= .. PROP WATERLINE CONNECTION 30"x48" TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE 45' -BEND =11111 PROP WATERLINE 30"x48" TAPPIN( - PROP 11=111 ITIII I I =111=1 TI 11111= -III -I11 V rn =11 3.4' 1-I 11 = 111=11 1E11 1E IIFII Iii-N3_111E111 4JO w 0 r j H re IE N N ECTIO N EEVE AND VALVE 68.4' O -n ,-. 0 m c) v 0 0 m -1>x m u, xi 0 m rn a co • 0 1 -1 l III -II 1-11f= All=11 1=111= �II11I11_I w o c c rn aH" =111= 45' -BEND 11=111= al c`gr z 1=111 1I —all=111 r� all -1 -III-111 EU 111 lIIII H -IIS-1I� I I:EI H= -1I l --7,11F MATCHLINE A S -1 I -1 E11=11 1 L.111=111 f =1i= Ti=s -111-1 -L 11 1=111 -III-1_ plum I =11=III= -T -III= r = 1=III= -II-I I 111111111 N N N N N) Cd 41 W CA Cd O N ? 01 CO O N 0) CO O N 0) CO O O O O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N N N N N) GI CA CA CA Cd O N ? 01 CO O N A 0) CO O N ? 0) CO O O O O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (71 U1 V1 U1 U1 a) a) a) a) a) -..1 v v v v 0) O N 01 CO O N 7is a) CO O N 0) CO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0 O O REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION SHEET 12 of 54 RECORD DRAWING NO. WTR-452 CITY PROJECT # E11012 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS r.,,,'rTY OF yO,�) �°�d5T( � r �X `�,S' U 1 L1 TIES engineers 801NAVR3ATION,SUITE300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 I architects 78408 ill I contractors PH. (361)883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED BY GRADY 5. ATKINSON, P.E. NO. 115461 QN 1/8/18. ALTERATION ONF A SEALED COCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NORFIEATICN TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. *; [k r I� i GRADY S. ATKINSON i hi ` 115461 ti ;.‘214 o\S C•s. I:;* / FE• $/16 CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. C8 PROPOSED WATERLINE PROFILES ""'`r ��. RTiV1E T Department of Engineering .Services U:\Corpus Christi\ 090024.00_Elevated Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings \Plans\Civil\C12 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 4 OF 5.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:39pm D r in rn om o° z0 z 21 - I rn 23 O 23 CO TYPICAL BEAM INTERSECTION DETAIL V—V NOIID3S O �S m O OCD X M 0) 3" 3" -0• CLR I 111-11 =111- 1 • 1 —III III=11 EWE Illllll -I I1-7 Wm z 0 rn X rn N — M CO U) 00 55 D FiL D D II j m r O (s in mo N eTh � D O o 2 O O 0 r< z 0)0) - M 0 r-- 2.0' 6" (IHOI3H—Olhl 0 1IV130 13N10O NIV38 IVOId,l1 -o z CU (n - m mm u)4 —13 — I D Z 0 CO D� F N rn0m o7z0 Ni Dr rCON O CD -0 - D v N W O Om Z� rn O O D r D 0 0 D r (n m �m 0 z-1 ®0 z - mI Am m A co 3" CLR 0 10.0' a 0 r 23 2.0' 6" 8" — —== I� II TYPICAL ENERGY DISSIPATER BLOCK DETAIL 2" 0 =-1 O c 03 -u rn r 0 D0 0 0 Z D-1 ZZ07 Z1 0 o- -0 O N O Amo ZrM O <2 Z71z 71 2— 0 N 9" 6" N a CO a N M3IA NOIIO3S 2.0' u 0 u 0 73 _QM o - o I I rno m0 O — O _ 2 2 2rn oc oc DZ' 0 o r 0 o = � m b z rn t D rcn . 0 O M ce z• 0 N co 0 (.i a 0 r 23 3.5' 2.8' - 2" CLR 1 I. 1 031OVdW0O 2.0' CUT HOLLY SITE 01 N r2*1 TTI 0 :nil/ C x m -- 0. 2 v m z0 x 0 13 073 = 2 D Z m D 0�D�n() „ H z r =rnm.mCo �?mr73Moo Z D''— 0 (n low SECTION — SUPPORT AT STRUCTURE V—V NOIIO3S ^� y0 �Z� O 5.0' CUT © o RAND MORGAN SITE o o0 3.0' FILL 0 m O o RAND MORGAN SITE = z 7Nrrn 0 rn -I X M r r (n c 70-0 0 x 00 4° m M3IA NVId 6.0' r 3.5' 1.3' 30 CO -0 SCHEDULE O M N rnrn I O FB 1/4"x4" N O CO 0 • CO 0 • ' CO 0 o 1 -1 CN Co xa Co rn a i A CP x�a _ r CA U a C0 1 4s a C0 e N e` N rn 13 1/2 \.... (,1 13 1/2 13 1/2 13 1/2 \ \ NCo 0 mo -0 rn DO D <( 0 30 1/2 28 1/2 l 23 1/2 (0 MINIMUM I O rn N I 0 I°I I°1 31 1/2 28 1/2 24 N cn N K x c 3 101 101 I I 1 1 OJ d CD b CD 14.5' w (.4 as Er` l n ❑ 2.4' NP. ❑1 I ❑ ❑ 9" TYP. ❑ 1.3'— P. al E+ 11 -1.5' kTYP:i ❑ ❑ ❑ � N a ■ Om Z� rn O O D r D 0 0 D r (n m �m 0 z-1 ®0 z - mI Am m A co 3" CLR 0 10.0' a 0 r 23 2.0' 6" 8" — —== I� II TYPICAL ENERGY DISSIPATER BLOCK DETAIL 2" 0 =-1 O c 03 -u rn r 0 D0 0 0 Z D-1 ZZ07 Z1 0 o- -0 O N O Amo ZrM O <2 Z71z 71 2— 0 N 9" 6" N a CO a N M3IA NOIIO3S 2.0' u 0 u 0 73 _QM o - o I I rno m0 O — O _ 2 2 2rn oc oc DZ' 0 o r 0 o = � m b z rn t D rcn . 0 O M ce z• 0 N co 0 (.i a 0 r 23 3.5' 2.8' - 2" CLR 1 I. 1 031OVdW0O 2.0' CUT HOLLY SITE 01 N r2*1 TTI 0 :nil/ C x m -- 0. 2 v m z0 x 0 13 073 = 2 D Z m D 0�D�n() „ H z r =rnm.mCo �?mr73Moo Z D''— 0 (n low SECTION — SUPPORT AT STRUCTURE V—V NOIIO3S ^� y0 �Z� O 5.0' CUT © o RAND MORGAN SITE o o0 3.0' FILL 0 m O o RAND MORGAN SITE = z 7Nrrn 0 rn -I X M r r (n c 70-0 0 x 00 4° m M3IA NVId 6.0' r 3.5' 1.3' 30 CO -0 SCHEDULE O M N rnrn I O FB 1/4"x4" N O CO 0 • CO 0 • ' CO 0 o 1 -1 CN Co xa Co rn a (n , RI -o A x�a _ CA U a C0 ANCHOR BOLT DIA 4s a C0 e N e` N rn 13 1/2 \.... (,1 13 1/2 13 1/2 13 1/2 \ \ N N 0 30 1/2 28 1/2 l 23 1/2 (0 MINIMUM I N N I 0 I°I I°1 31 1/2 28 1/2 24 N cn N K x c 3 101 101 I I 1 1 DZ(T1\ 2 O CO m� om= am0 -D M moo 2QC Z 0 -0 0 0 O rn 23 rn 01 N 30 CO -0 SCHEDULE O M N rnrn CID O FB 1/4"x4" 0) CN Co xa Co rn a (n , RI -o A x�a _ CA U a C0 ANCHOR BOLT DIA 4s a C0 e N e` Ca 0) 01 N 30 24 20 CO SIZE OF SUPPORTED PIPE ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE SUPPORT SCHEDULE DIMENSIONS IN INCHES CO 0) 0) 0) 0) 0) PIPE SIZE "A" N 3 1/2 a C0 N rn 13 1/2 (4 (,1 13 1/2 13 1/2 13 1/2 \ \ N N 30 1/2 28 1/2 27 23 1/2 (0 MINIMUM I N N 0 34 1/2 32 1/2 31 1/2 28 1/2 24 N cn N K x c 3 i N m cn v O fZ�71 W a 20' Z O (70 r�0 2 Z N C ZO GAUP rn Z 0 m ( 1 r 0 7Z1 —I VI 0 Z 1) r mm c 0 "O (6�rn 2 O io 2 � m r (rn 3ONVld -OrZ Zmn0 0=T) M oo O rn r -4 Z =m (n 2>rn zi x 0 o—I 2 • M Z Z (n 0 Zo 2 O o • ZH CO mrD- ✓ (170 23 2 Z D Z 0 "8" SCHEDULE 40 STL PIPE REVISION NO. # 133r01d x(110 "0N ONIMVIl0 01103311 DATE 0 BY DESCRIPTION ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 1 OF 5 REVISION NO. Wale DATE BY CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION LNV �1 00 E (n 0 01 S2i3Na0O &&VHS 11Y engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM PROVIDE CLAMP WITH SUPPORT CO 0 XII D ; r K3N •.s rig =�s� �=s O •..A g cr_oo�a�y - C v, 2Lnz ; V) tnom' ziq yDN A •.� �n-nr1 »Z$Z �� D - />:m=gmNz .-may/ ym$oz 1 j ................. moN o9ma co "0N 133NS S.LNV170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevoted Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings\Plans \Civil\C12 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 4 OF 5.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:44pm N -OP 03 OD O N - O o O O bO O 111111 1 ' in I a I I p /\\/ i 2" kg III II! J 8" IIII II 1 III—I 111n1 Z 1 111= 11 1-1114-1 0m n O —III —111 . III1 __ r 1 __ 1I Irl III -11 III II 0 z III -1111 r 1—I I I— I 11=111 111-11110 I I_ AD 111-11-_► O 11111 111-=1 1111, „' 11� 111/11114 1=1 11= III-III=I ] 11 111/1111 M 111 11-111- 11111 111111111111 111-111L_ i 11 -1111- 111 1 -fl 111-1 I 01 IIV II g1111-7 II IIII I 111.1 =111 Ile 11111 P4 EDGE OF PROP PAVEMENT 141 1 I I 1 I,I •1 III11� 1114 I1111��! il Lop I IIr0 IIS Z III 0 0 (T co O 01IQ [It At4Z x III'00 • —1 r •O O II . I I tote 0,1, FI _ 1I elOil 101 111 !1 CL OF PROP SWALE iji4 III stA 11 -TiD lb TA c 13 Ss III It 111-1 I 0 z03 z 1fI 1/111111 lb6 Ntilikt 1 14\9. CL OF PROP BERM j%\i G`''\''`' _H� 1 W N • CO III —I ,v�; • > D \\ _ '\i>J OrOO x IIII� IIS,/ �z� i X 0D W CO 0 w -0O�DOz1�1DZ z O x7)51 -00z IIIIIIII�'� SOW Z Z O Z 0 K u) o* 1\ D u)>cnrn__u) 111—I (nn I _ v m OrnO– D _ zm r `• C N C z r 0* I—I 0 0 `L O W _ TJ rn co co m 111-1 I' y m rn rn N m0 _ I I I—II. rn 30 -1 m mn l > 0 lII xtil X m Z Py I PL �I_ r N III—III —I IJ 11I—I 1 0 _ n- L7 Axrn m 1 0) 0) 0) 0) J J J N O) W O N 4s O O O O O O O N N W Cn V CO (N0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m n) i-)0 > m0 D 0 -D m w X_ -T 0 in 0 Z x0 -0z 0 0 0 —4 qj mz N-4 m N N W O IN31^JAVd 1.1VHdSV d021d 1 0* dO8d %QZ'O ® d02! „8 m II N 0 W 0 0 v, N) N N N) N N) N N) N Na iso CO CO >I CO to 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30VHO 1SIX3 0 03 Z O O - C ° m _ —1 0 0 Z 0 rn FH JO N o$ -1 O O O m En m CO 2:1120DP1 rnrn rn 010ODD fj 30 rnm OOlIX8 21VSN31 1VOO 3WIbd 0 3dAJ. `dOVWH „Z SIN :31VOS O x) X - O Z 0 0D D (n C!) 0 _ = D D m< m m m mz z� 0 m D V / �/ \j /\/ 111111 1 ' in I a p /\\/ i 2" kg 8" 8" O N O 0 1 m0 rl 0 1NJ1413AVd 11VHdSV d01d REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION # 133r01d x(110 "0N ONIMVIl0 01103311 y tin Pri 0 01 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 2 OF 5 VV�1 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM CIO NOSNIx1V 'S AOV210 %it t.* h 0 z=n2Tf2 c.y j CO "ON133NS SdNIf170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\ 090024.00_Elevated Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings \Plans\Civil\C12 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 4 OF 5.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:44pm SIN =31VOS SIN :3IVOS SIN :TWOS SIN :3IVOS GATE HANGER ASSEMBLY DETAIL BOTTOM GUIDE ASSEMBLY DETAIL 314134 .138113SSV HOJVO NOILO3S A18113SSV SIN :TWOS SIN :3IVOS SIN :TWOS SIN :31VOS SIN :TWOS 11V130 31VO 301 -IS 3anl 'Wn3V „ZX„ l A38W3SSV 301n0 INO1108 n rt m< oA wn 0c v m D r SGNVB IV NV -Id ONIH0132i1S 381M 2iO3 ONVB 1108 30VI8aVO z> (nm om z 0 mm m O ao Z m o n • m D 7323 8.0' 18" (f) n D r m Z U) SIN :3IVOS ONVB V 0021 SSf12il 0 0 0> m1 �m OZ (1) 0 n D m= M W A181"13SSV b3ONVH 3140 1SOd '0'0 „t D 03 COZ N D CO (!1 D 0 m X 0 ra rn co •74 0 O � 2 (BO)O • m o Z o m > > mZ O 0 WaV 88V9 4 30NV1V8831NIlOO 1 1 L ONIN3d0 31V0 Z/l eTh O (,0172) ONIN3d0 31Y0 0) SIN :TWOS SIN :TWOS IIVEG 30N33 IIV130 13NVd 3OV2i8 O 0 1SOd 3N11 z m z 0 03 r 3" MIN 3.0' 0 m z 00 mm 0 Z X 1 N z 3" MIN 3.0' 8.0' I 4411 _ ----� ------1 •iii II • O. 1 ! o O I 1 11 1. I R d R u R I II i 114• II ' R II 11 1' w tPULL BRACE RAILS ' POST 2 LINE�POSDT • TRUSS ROD 11 I • •0 ll I. _ NOTE: PROVIDE BRACE PANEL WHERE STRAIGHT RUNS EXCEED 500.0' 10.0' MAX l O soy • X • f ♦• • • 'A• • S. r SGNVB IV NV -Id ONIH0132i1S 381M 2iO3 ONVB 1108 30VI8aVO z> (nm om z 0 mm m O ao Z m o n • m D 7323 8.0' 18" (f) n D r m Z U) SIN :3IVOS ONVB V 0021 SSf12il 0 0 0> m1 �m OZ (1) 0 n D m= M W A181"13SSV b3ONVH 3140 1SOd '0'0 „t D 03 COZ N D CO (!1 D 0 m X 0 ra rn co •74 0 O � 2 (BO)O • m o Z o m > > mZ O 0 WaV 88V9 4 30NV1V8831NIlOO 1 1 L ONIN3d0 31V0 Z/l eTh O (,0172) ONIN3d0 31Y0 0) SIN :TWOS SIN :TWOS IIVEG 30N33 IIV130 13NVd 3OV2i8 O 0 1SOd 3N11 z m z 0 03 r 3" MIN 3.0' 0 m z 00 mm 0 Z X 1 N z 3" MIN 3.0' 8.0' z D m Z D 73 (n (n 2 D r r -1 EXTENSION ARM FOR BARBED WIRE 0 2 D ^ I m m z7 O D mm 0 r OW m -Dz Rci m O) O Z -m W 0 m O6 m C Z m m r 7j w z 0 m cnm m -I Z Z CIN H Z OD am r� 3DnVO Zl OL.+ Orm z 0 71 rn� D r m P1 m z 0) 0 z 03 m REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION Z 310N 33S # 1a3r08d x(110 rn ✓ ✓ Q N "0N ONIMVIl0 01103311 0 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 3 OF 5 VVV CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM TY •**,, ZyZ's pNO2 0Om •.. >Il m^3s" N :�5-< O •/>A_Ef.• 11XN-h�•m0z_)$A �vz •}sz a , . . . . s.:02: % o9w "ON1330 S,1NV170SNO3 • r;i7IK:Nr il BRACE RAILSm 2 3/8" O.D. 1 LINE POST TRUSS ROD • O. 1 ! o O o4 Z R d R u R u ii i w tPULL BRACE RAILS ' POST 2 LINE�POSDT • TRUSS ROD 11 I • •0 ll I. NOTE: PROVIDE BRACE PANEL WHERE STRAIGHT RUNS EXCEED 500.0' 10.0' MAX l X • f ♦• • z D m Z D 73 (n (n 2 D r r -1 EXTENSION ARM FOR BARBED WIRE 0 2 D ^ I m m z7 O D mm 0 r OW m -Dz Rci m O) O Z -m W 0 m O6 m C Z m m r 7j w z 0 m cnm m -I Z Z CIN H Z OD am r� 3DnVO Zl OL.+ Orm z 0 71 rn� D r m P1 m z 0) 0 z 03 m REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION Z 310N 33S # 1a3r08d x(110 rn ✓ ✓ Q N "0N ONIMVIl0 01103311 0 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 3 OF 5 VVV CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM TY •**,, ZyZ's pNO2 0Om •.. >Il m^3s" N :�5-< O •/>A_Ef.• 11XN-h�•m0z_)$A �vz •}sz a , . . . . s.:02: % o9w "ON1330 S,1NV170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\ 090024.00_Elevated Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings \Plans\Civil\C12 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 4 OF 5.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:44pm Co SIN :TWOS COMBINATION VACUUM RELIEF AND AIR RELEASE VALVE ASSEMBLY IN SERVICE MANHOLE :*-1P < rr :Pb• N< < z 0 M0 -o -a 0M rC u O%7, v m'I- D m 0c Z z 0 0 000 <0 cLei -firl0-nm> M 'r0 mm 0r 01)C D0 '0 %Cm -1 o 0 yo• > TI rn z M O Z Z 0 O - m rn < _ xZm mlim z�C Z Z 0 . NI c11�1o�or • ADr.� Wo W m O 0 m m D <D o �m o o o < CS/20Z8° m w -n rn DEn m 0inov0oo H >< r- 0 �0 D O O z D X Z C 0 O �mcn 2 rTi0 z :0 D j r Zxmr m m r D "DXOmo m 0 0 z z mmz o O O lJ O Hrn o y D C 0 0 D o 0 m Z min• o z O m a I O r j m m m Ot. UD mom' co 0mnco 3 (nrO C mm D in W5 -mLA0 za�rnZ Z -0-1X • 0 x 5 rr7DOOO Co m z <mz - 04- mD 0) W0� HZ] ommz *• 1r> rnD1O (Zm>z no c 20 m m z N - m< z co m z 0 0 C7 -I r c Amu 0 0 ITl "S3ONV1J N33M138 13NSVO PIPING PER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 09 91 0 0 D co 0 m z c D r 0 0 c z 0 x x 2:13HOIH SI N3A3 0 m C 0I (2_ O O z 3 m z• H 0� m H 03 ,07 + 31OHNVW 1 0) CO 730 0 O 0 C 310N 33S 2:10013 -D C O -0 < 0m -i O O m z 0 CI DO z O Nam o7,m m0 rnmm NIVIN NOISSIWSNVal „02 D I N Zcn - 00 < c0 0 4 o Z c C 0 c cn I C3<;Ur W Drn — :or • (17 32m'-, rf'onm OO- rn� 17 7) N D mm<P1 x\D< DmA0m r0. Om ti 310N 33S 1113NDV8 O x x ADD z m 2c0 73- Z mmx -1m D'C z0xxi 1N101" 030N09 118010d3 0 0 z 0 m x '1 O 2 0 x� m o c c M c z7, rn • 12" 6" 30" PIPE OD — — N 3 0 r-� VARIES VARIES V 12" ►SI I 8" 1'4" r Y Z O VARIES W O 0 0 3.0' TYP. EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR BACK OF CURB O - N N x O D�D Qmm o>0)c z Z .Z1 oNzz m cn o0 r Z Z 7 0 0 mO)ZZO A°izzo 0 <2:10 *° 0 OrnZ< m 04Z X X C) rn Z >M PC 2" MIN 4" MAX 9 310N 33S 1 (au) 83ANIVHO 4.0' MIN SEE NOTE 1 HUIM 3dld IN3A NV1d G IV1309 in m m z 0 m (.1) m m Z 0 m CO CO m Z O e 3dId 1N3A „3 3aYnbs ,5'9 w 0 EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR BACK OF CURB M3IA 30IS MBIA NOILO3S 3" S3IWYA H1ON31 11Nn D PIPE I.D. 3" 0 rn O Oz D r- 0 0 00 m r Z r C) 1 rn a 1.O'_ ( 6" L t 3dOlS -o z D PIPE I.D. �I 1.5' 5" PIPE I.D. • z O 02 m o D X o 2m In_m�('1Z m1 z 23Oa2r:m N w m x -1 m Fr1x rn -co :D D 0 N 30 u)r A ^2 x v O© 0 m0 SDN x 0 D X " D I (I o r O 0 ?`-' CO m o m rn0 m � 0 r -. x r' 0 - m o •0 = 0 g D m M n1 < 01 r r 3 D m rn 00.-. $ O 0 A Z K * 0 c o m K m 0 v N 3 Cfrl OO) 3 O 3 1 24" Co 3 UI 3 N 3 PIPE I.D ? W W N N 2" PIPE WALL THICKNESS U1 3 a Zn 3 a ex a N (n a U1 A W W N N 17" N (n CO aO CJ (n 3 in a U a U a a J MAX SLOPE CD �I Irl W LENGTH OF UNIT -O N G O7, (.1 O7, 1 (n O N (n O S3I8VA H1ON31 Inc A W N 0 Z > 0 - m 0 D p Z Oro xi O<0 D -m C W m rn 0=A > r 20m - <cx - 55 rn• m0 1 z z 2 D r Oo) O-0 0 U3 Z- 0 • 0Z D z z Ul 0Ow M A N XC(14 X A z W H OZ <D 0 r o� �I Azo E 2 C rnN rnm z 0) c V) C A0 -<0 z m O 0 'p O� Mrn D Arn 0 CO CO 0 0 m z ZONE MUST BE RECOMPACTED TO PROPER DENSITIES AFTER MOVING FOR WET BOTTOM EXCAVATION LIMITS OF CRUSHED STONE, EXTEND AS SHOWN. SEE TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES. :5310N 111JNOV8 COm m m 0_ z O G7 m- D z 0 m0* O cm • m0 0 M 0� - Z rrl 1�1 m zo< oxo 0 OD m ZO o C �^ xi pc m z to 0wm W c 06 a-70 m 6" VARIES 8" PIPE ZONE ABOVE PIPE ZONE SEE NOTE 3 z m A 0 3OVaO NOIJYAVDX3 (00 0 SOC 00( 00 100 • 0c O 7,) 00 ) 0 0 O 0 c O 0 0 7 G v0C 03 0m P- c •or''z 0 0 0R.� D 7102 CO > r 0 c m 0? -IO -- - O x , Z a rn 0 rn 20 m m N 0 23 0 0 z 0 0 z 0) COMPACT TO 95% STD. PROCTOR X08 HDN3al 12" MIN. 310N 33S 1VI831VW 3AI1VN 103135 COMPACT TO 95% STD. PROCTOR SY3ad N3d0 NI 1105 d01 „9 00• omrn cn m 0 Hm - N o 000 1 j 0 to IWgrr D m\ 0 0-- 00 0 zz 0 0 -1I 2" I ` 3.5' 2" REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 3.5' r7, 1" HSYM 1N3113D # 1a3r01d Alla "0N ONIMVll0 0110331/ 0 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 4 OF 5 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM "ON 133NS S,1NV1711SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevoted Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings\Plans \Civil\C13 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 5 OF 5.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:47pm 31VOS 01 ION 31VOS 01 ION 31VOS 01 ION TWOS 01 10N ONIkNV JJ 000M m 0 — 313d3N00 D w ONIWd�l3 000M 3WVa3 BWVr W 0 2 0 8000 11V1311 M0138 OI0HS38H1 'Wf1lV IVI3W MOIIOH „t/£ 0 0 0 A * J^ Z\ W N X W x 3 Z x•N 0.o En Mn 2 W 0 \ 0 -1 W N0) -0 2 ® 0 Ar z —o O > * 0 D mK .0m D (n 1- -r1 27 a m 31VOS 01 ION TWOS 01 ION 31VOS 01 ION e 000 0V3H13A0 OV3H QV3HenA0 8Wb'r 0 O O MOOD GV3H2I3A0 T1IS 12.0' y � to 4 4 CO -1 0 �En - D2fTt 0 Dm a m 002 r- DA Z T 2 2 S W 00)0 (1) ;0 m 0 A m O K 0 -p 0 W0 Wo E A A 0 Z 0 • mr 70 N rrz0r<ri 0m r- 70 '-1 70 c) ZS 2 Nm O3; M m\O� Ul73 N 0 A A ' A m 0 m N 00 z n -4 Om Z IJ 0 4 -P s S' 0 M A N v 4 n 0 z n _mcn 0_ 0 v>°' < • r 0 m ®>�0 \ O Z Wn o 0M m 0W AI8113SSV 3SV8 c< -1 A0 D 2 2 5 2 Z 0 0 0 m 0 0 M O CO0 o A 31VOS 01 ION 31VOS 01 ION 31VOS 01 ION TYPICAL ELECTRICAL ROOM WALL AND CEILING SECTION (n r X H D 00 'lr •dX3 CO D 2 2 0 C r r- • 0 g 2 � A z► = D r o r 000 0 0 A A 2 D m �W2n ommz ®>00 on m��z o 0 0 AA zv1 00 MI 0 co n 11YM 3SV8 )INVJ 'ONOO z 0 O to r rn 0 O co m 2 1/2" 1" 31VOS 01 ION MOS 01 ION rn 7'" MIN. t rn o� D3 rn -4w rn CX r •C Cr).: /rc 6" MIN. LAP MW. 3 8117700 'ON00 ISd 000f 3'-0" MW. COVER (TYP.) .41 4'-O" TO BOTTOM OF CURB & GUTTER (TYP.) V N 0 O t 2 0 -1 0 to rr m !No -<z zz no � to z: OZ Na Do Co rn Or r - La rM O M 70 m x CD Dc y m ANYTHING LESS THAT 20" WILL BE DUCTILE IRON LOCKED TO THE VALVE. G38 3OVNIV80 PLACE 2' x 2' x 6" CONCRETE BLOCK. 0. O d d { { 1 SONV79 83NIV_ V37 1NV80AH { t 3NI7 831V44 X08 3/ 7VA Oo N of (.n is (' N C C A Co R. o A) CO -C !10t4! � >a a n x n1 cn6-ib�r7�� �? an �bnoMc �b2�rn , Ec! 6~t�,00i3' m: "2 CD b z 2• � nN n �x ntw 0 oa a• 6 n� 0 oy !• oSc)r117.4c)Pri c7x • Or�O nry�L7��ccbr' t0 1 \ 0 d ��r1nih0O � 0 rry k z �. 2 �. n Q n On co z ',1 -1 r'. c o z� z�� a r7x zo mo 'zz czr_ a �� m• n'o 11) �• r. n �o mvni o A `�` o-'� 2 �� xb 60 b (4 o� <opQ o "6'� oz 0o r m n b'1 Nn O $ r 2 zE rh r0 ▪ o z 6z (� ~O r 6 r'1 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION :S1NVb'1,(1-1 3cS//J 98170 30V3 01 NOI1O3NNO0 83df4117d # 133r01d x(110 "0N ONIMVIl0 01103311 01 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 5 OF 5 VV�1 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM CY eip 411* to," 00 NOSNIx1V 'S AOV210 "ON 133NS SdNV170SNO3 U:\Corpus Christi\ 090024.00_Elevated Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings \ Plans \ Civil \C15 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 2 OF 2.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:48pm DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver- DATE: sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. FILE: .. NI 00 N _a Z O 71 (i) (D 0 m a� a0 v,0 X X M N N at 0 m Z �� l N Zr-O� 0< (0'(00 0 Kr 0< N 7 ❑ O. (5' �O ❑ >0 0.5 m� < �❑a �'❑ o �❑a 0 7 p 0 ma 7 I 111 al IV j Q ��� �< 0 0 CD � O X NNS. 1 ^CD ZCD Fri 1, 7- Q 7 0 0❑ 7- 7' O 7 X❑ O 0 ...1. • CO-Ico7 0 O _ rt ❑CO CD Cr j f+ 0 ...� 0 O N TO 'COMING RAFFIC 1 ign Sequenc e Direction Below CO l Jrt O � 0 > --.1 100' 7 t > I TROL WITH in 2000 ADT 0 0 Z * al 71 D I I �\ N i • _ ,� ..i - 1 i CS T',i ti • .. • .. , . R 111 E> YIELD S — See Not . �• .. 4.12'7• • N16 11 I.30' 16 0 DK X X X 15' 50' Min. B Work Min. Space 100' 100' C > > < > c > < arc 100' Max- a -c > < Min. > r Approx. N 1 O CD Z �i Vn' U1 =\ 0 > C X;i:\ to rn rn r ODrn a>'1" co ♦ Iii O XO Z p- O sCr-ZO Zr-0X O M p CD N END 1D WORK .♦ C rn Fri _Z 0 — J N=�C� � a0 g 71 4 CC! 1 ,1 j C 71 N- U) CD ,❑ N � N - I (D aD -1 " I 7 CO X0 X? XN (D sN X N (o �� .AA a 7 X❑ -Is C00 0o0 00 0 W -o N " (D O) c0 X v N N 0 at 'o x �N rc s END ROAD WOR NN -I CD -Is (1) 1+C7'03X m 3 Zh�O �O ❑ (D l r< u 3 a-N-,,(DITI ^OOm.77-fCn ON0 (n�to00�•rtS 73°�m� 70< CD0"'=07-sa a 7 m &° TN i7 7 a, 0 7 5 7'_1O rt 0) !n j (D N 0 Lt _ 7 =❑ (❑ O D f co rt _O 7 O (D t❑ 3 C a ON— ❑ [03 0)p(D ` N 'O (D r -r N O r+ 7? (7!)N-1 0=co•h(DIn CD �0) rt ID 73o2mrn ZOO fi-O ❑ rt- (D O r� v 7 -ED -0 3X 7'Q.N(p� 0 N N j -. (D r,F 0.7 a ON '_'� (o N •P0 Cbg o X 1 -Is v (n Cb co 00 CD C7 7 X 0 C,+ 1 `° N m o_ >co Z III ,co 10 •-1 --'-' ► Xrn Co N -0 mx In -1x N v \ , \ 0 0 D0 0 O v>�0� 11) (b 0 X o . ■ ■ —■ —■ —■ —■ ■ �■ m OD ,--.w�,.r - o OL WITH FL F— F F F I1 ■ \ x s rn -0 D Z X X X X . 50'Min. B Work <30> Min. Space 100 • \ 4- - z rn Fri O I 0 7 < Deer-f. a > < ) C >r I a > < 100' Max. C ) C Min. N 0Tho \ o o° °r <CI \CT y + I !t Z G D 'T' o P3 PI 73 co N D R W Erl / n �v U) in O Co * ) ("0 N 0 -P. 0 7 (moo x 0 X 0 7 X I X T X O C ,-•• l� l OD 0 c rn� CO m a v \ Fri�1 /V , CO101. BN X II A N � S O PC _ 0 (n n -i- � 00 N 03 N .1.7141 = �- a CD O O m w0 v = a. PC a. N o il _ O 0 (n7 rt'O P Ni❑ cD 3 -O j (D ia N p W O 7 m w o ,� �� co 7 cD o a- a (0 OD -I -a 35J70: 7" O N-,( (D �� 7 m_ g m N - o � 5 1 1 O Ic0 V D1 (J1 W N -0 7 DGr-. r+7'D cD 'OSU3 D0 r� O 0- -.- D O N c0 (0 D O re- t< rt i0 a '= 0 N f a 0 rt0 0 7- CO N m 0 a 3 0 < a _,-,5 s m v o o p to X c0 = ••+• 0 0 O 0 G) m Z m D r* O 0) O `G N 0 N N) 0 N - 0 0 c 0 X 7 0 0 -I w ' o o w O (D r ,l a)-1-1 Z (D 0 O ❑. 0 =• -+ m p❑- ?r 7 n O S Q ,,,= co O 0 7 o .< a O O 0 rt N < o o m <_ O, 7' O O a u _ c m y r r O �s O a S A c0 O 0 Q N O- -. _ f o 3 7- u U 0 7 -^ O S O C -I 07 N ..? 0 o a D o o'- - a s m CD a o" N F N Z O * r o p CP J O CT 01 O) O (P U1 C.11 O 01 O Cri 0-i 04 O (n 17 - a m co a (D .Zl C (D CO fD O 3 D 7 7 7 r+ coC " i rimN D O • 0 c O co LC/ N I-I••I r-0 7 (D a 3 U o c r a< m m 0 CO srty:" O rt co 7 co N N O 'a.0 7 a 0 y -1E -.a 0��'7 ,0 + . * 0 (D D .Z) Say. a m � n +rn v ID< o 5.- CD (i) -II N (0 7 fi r r 11 0 0- °oD c (n N� rt n O 0 (D rt 7(fl 2,7 (D 0 O N in (D cp O 'O j 7 - 3 2 2, 0 r0+• Di S a CD 0 D 3 0 traffic control may bE in urban areas, work iys with less than 2000 ONCOMING TRAFFIC" s 6 a o o �a 0'y D. (D lD N O 0 OS I rt f� rt (Oi) co N w --c F -O o =s ~ * O 0 y 0- `aG ' 0 _ a N K O (T7 ional Roads Only 3ngths have been ro th of Taper(FT) W= II * (n OI(!) N 3 C a 9 I. _ ■1I' ■ I ILII I fff rfr -O 0 O O ❑ 0 (p ❑ 7 O. 7 0 7 ,p (n to 0 ,-. r (D co O s 0 cD O' 2, 0 '-' = 7 i co N 0 CD -1 co F 0' to J 750' 700' Cr) Ln 500' 265' 205' 150' 10' 11' Offset Offset Minimur Desirable Taper Leng ** Li 0 ,_„ 0' (D O O CD r" CI1 0 co (31 Trailer Mo Flashing A Heavy Wor Type 3 Ba 0_ N r+ H. roti• 0 _ -0 7• 3' -°..2. N 0 tD X C D y c0 f a£ 0 (> M , 0 ❑- N 7 S 7 SHOR" DURATIC O O O O 0 in CO 7 0 N a um -S. "'�O 0 0 0 -O co a 0 (D 0- mcm-'(Daowy0) (r�r1mCNT(P rt cD rt cD rt ZJ0 o 7m s ill 770' 660' Cnrn:0_3 pCPV)T 495' 295' 225' (❑ 7 Ort ,+ O- orn o rt< 3 O (� Doc N O N cD 0- r a C m c o a 3 cr c M CO 0 •� " 7 Q '� CD 0 f'l 7O S- _y Z unded off. Width of Offs (O 010 O 840' 780' 720' 660' O O 01 O 320' N U1 0 12' Offset S• .o7Q CO anted rrow Board k Vehicle rricade > N -I 05. 7-" 0 3-... 0 7" m N < SHOR STATI O N (D O D £ r 0 0 7 O N F 'D a� 7 7 0- O co N co X 0- M. N �+ 0 3 g Ol 0 N • N y 0 -o �' -13 r-' v a) 0) Cil V1 C,J Cr1 -1p ° 7 cn c tO Pi - O) N (..i #. co I I I I O c0 co cm W V -oi, .+ C = S p N< W 0 'O O' �. 0 0 0 cD O 0 0 0 0 3 N a 0 7 f `G 0 0 0 7 0. 0 -,, (0 O ° c0 O rt -I S rt a ❑ 3 0 0, O ? (p _. O' 7 rt O w ` T TERM ONARY ;AL U rt ^ U1 O CT O CP O CP O C11 O N 0 S V) (D 0 .N+ (D ,) I :GEND (,,, r.-.), ILL T O 0 in rt to o < 0 n cD 0 C a rC-. at v < = ia N NR N (0 O O0C rn n 7 7rt' 0 a N 0d 0 047000 S cD (DC 3 .74 Dr CD0 �« O D (D 3 J D C/1 11CII . CslN 0: 0NN.c0^ O t0 �, !`/L1\', ' ■ ■ A1 �+�--I December 1985 Tl (1) :ar is leading traffic and ffer distances should be and a queue of stopped vehicles. should be limited to approaches that have adequate sigl r than one half city block. be no longer than 400 feet. support at a 7 foot minimum N `•OC N (D 7 3 7 0 a INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY m 'osted Speed(MPH) 00000_00_0,0,0..11)) 0 C 3 ) Flagger 0 0 X C CD 3 N rt �, 0-NID 0-c 0 0 0 Traffic Flow Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) Channelizing Devices N T Z D 7: Fr I D --I I Tl o p O -� Tl D oQ 0 `°� W= ' o 7 SD C N O O 0-r 7 O -.- � CD m rt o a -`° o z*° " - N N 00 r F Q. o aoo Z t \ CO 0 (:1 0 700' O) 0 (.J1 0 400' (uJ 0 240' 160' f 0 v .0 3 "�• ii 3 N c0 3 i z in rt ' th N P1 3- N 475' 295' 240' 195' 155' 120' 90' Suggested Longitudinal Buffer Space DN: TXDOT CK: ^ ) 0 c'1 rt •(D N $ -1 J MI O 0 c 7 N CID) S o 0 0 co rt 0- LONG TER STATIONAF 01 0 (rl U1 to 0 ti 7 O T rn 1D S '�D 0 s o 0 o o O O O /ll 0 V 0 0 N' 7 0. d f �\ nma N I O7 1 0 * -0 r. _ CO N oocnocnCnocn00r ---1 (,4 r (J1 •---.1 CO N (r O) W O N 11 N O O V ) N 8.- 8.0 cov #a N) D 7s0.Q 0 DCD Z o SHEET NO. *0 g N 0 o REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION M0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION SHEET 18 of 54 RECORD DRAWING NO. WTR-452 CITY PROJECT # E11012 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS CITY OF r lid CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES LNV engineers 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 1 architects 300 78408 11 1 contractors PH.(361)883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED BY GRADY 5. ATKINSON. P.E.NO. 115461 ON 1/8/16. ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFICATION TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER 15 AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. aNetct. OF 74,X% •*r /r ' *�I i GRADY S. ATKINSON.49 I 115461 +1 � O.�i �CELS. =•�i$ li CONSULTANTS SHEET NO. C14 TRAFFICCONTROL PLAN 1 O F 2 - — - ,.- DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services U:\Corpus Christi\ 090024.00_Elevated Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings \Plans\Civil\CIS TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 2 OF 2.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:48pm DISCLAIMER: The use of this standard is governed by the "Texas Engineering Practice Act". No warranty of any kind is made by TxDOT for any purpose whatsoever. TxDOT assumes no responsibility for the conver- DATE: sion of this standard to other formats or for incorrect results or damages resulting from its use. FILE: Fv° R° (1, m x -m 4-I 7 7 5' 3 oil) CD 7 .'+ .ti 7 Median in `D r. Shoulder v Shoulder 0 4> P1 4 1 4i U:\Corpus Christi\090024.00_Elevoted Water Storage Tanks-City-Wide\003\Drawings\Plans \Civil\C16 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION STANDARD DETAILS.dwg Wednesday January 06, 2016, 2:49pm Cn INLET PROTECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AS SOON AS THE SOURCE OF SEDIMENT IS STABILIZED. O m c 0 r m r z m 0 W W x z m m 0 z D A m 0) c 0 0 m -1 0 Z W 0 z D Z 0 A W 0 m O o m o O m O CO 2 m m z z m m A D O m o o < o m z z • D - Z O 00 A A zco • y m < mr u)oK 0 z m E r O A Kra -I z AOM DO - Z Z� �r1Z O r -cl0 m zA o m s-'_„ rn 0 0 Z r- 0 O -m W= m 70 rn A O O Cj O 10 zoo C7 W 0 A z A O -0z - C O W A O D 2 O �J x -I D O z 27 D - r FLOW OUTLET SHOULD BE ONTO A STABILIZED AREA (VEGETATION, v P1 A O D O z 10 c co W 0 T> A 0 z r rnA 23 0 m 0 -4O z 0 D m r z Z W A m O 1 O 33Z W CD • D O r N CD D Z 0m 0 m 33 x NOII3 I0bd W x D r r co m 033V 1d3e1 D W z m CD m W W D 0 c Z1 2 47 21010V2i1N00 3H1 A8 AND SILT ACCUMULATION MUST BE REMOVED O-1 D O Z O r W O W W W 0-1 =mZ 0 z _A y ZO0 . m -1D D m Wm0 =N\0flW2ZroAo O Z ZI m x m D m o D r A00 AW z(/1 co WmW44 CZ70 xmz rZWm 01n>0 W1 0073 O. �0 -�Z �A�A 0 m 2Ar Z 00 (D/7 � 1 �x0 tc r SOA � C70 m.�0 = MJ W rn rn-I C O O D HZ -9 T r9 T1A -1\� rn O I 2J Wx m37PDx 4.F5 rn p0 Z-0co m0W i r W 0-T1AZ zoo 0'O O A x D x g W r m C A r- • -0 c» D u) -I M W zmm >m < 0 m< m m A ▪ W co Wz Z 00 0 M W� m= cW A 0 mP1 O r 0 A D mW 07 no To Z m O oa CD 2-C 72m0A- rZx0Ir7* C• W mr*0-1a O-< -< Am Wm Wz :< Wx z-Ir.\gym o o - 03 m xm c> c r W m-< 0 z A=00 0 r D0� or -0o0 = W m0 �nm�X1PW O .mmmz ln,.1c) m0 0 co _i_oZ7m02DWm>. xrmrzmzz�0 mo� 0AW-0-0,nD,n W 0 r<70 T1<11 vorn mmr x rn n 0 A x r Orn (Ammo W D x Z m r Z = D -o (n rm\�nc V)WNA O (n <zln�W20 -Im mmr000 -H 0 n M23J_A27 > z0m -A 0ODCO mW 1 -Tho D m z W m W 0 >z7�c0-0W• 0 rnPW=z-IC K O m C 0 r n c rn 0>z " D Z* D r -'71 m m m o m r n m D C= z D r z W J 61 01 A W N C)-Az�50 x2 c)700 0 Om m 0G»m-,1 Zm > C x m A r o mW r- CO m Zm 2 -A vrn-C-rnA mrncrPTlO3: 27 rn rn O rx Ziz0D W 0r1 mr x zW 0Nm • rn0W 0 T• r1i. C) W zxmm D r nr0� cmc0= m 0 m m 0 0 rn0 D N ozr 67 inc W D D = rn �T r > 0 P co - m m m o.Z71nn co zE o O 27 23 O < �Dm`jjzz 0 mx mlmom v mPP1 OBJ mm 2 A x-0) A 0 m O x OAG07==I Z A m o m� zrnr 07 170 000-A 2D 27 CHAD <- 0 100Z z > m -n H0T1 0m0oD zm D��ArO*1 z O H 2 E x rn TI z 0 D 00 (-) W m Om cZ 277); -cm Amo z Z 0 -1 mC >0DTIA DW 0mr > Oo01MpC)r0 ml T z� z C m Z z rn O 0 m D D O m 0 W O r 1Ico13 aooW 27 O27 27A1CD A 1 D O D O r z z 0 > m 0 0)0 co >000A0m H 0 m -rnD0 A D 0 N 7-1 0 D 0 r A WDD� o rnr120 (J) o D xi Z - K m m K ° m 09rD1 D mm mO 0zv)2 20 aW Z7p2 D : m C D 2 m=vA- 0 _D m C) A W co r W z A r D W 1 Oo 23 r 0 C7 rrl m 7 mH m 0 P z A in -i FILTER DAMS SHOULD BE EMBEDDED A MINIMUM OF 4" INTO EXISTING c) 23 0 c Z v A 0 0 OF TWO FEET IN THICKNESS AT TOP OF DAM. SIDE SLOPES SHOULD BE 2:1 OR FLATTER. ✓ z y) DDa70> m0)DmW Z7 Z Z 0D�AG- O 0) rn W N rn m c0POZ zs �Z OZ -On D -mrn cW A x 33 W3„ Orc0-{ • r co O m 27 O < K m 0 Q -1m• War OmZ• m rn `z x Z D 2 m oOzW rn D O D x D �0zr M 03 Z2()rTT A O A mm o z c z D D m o zv0 {v- -A A - O WO -I 0rwm A 0 2 K D 2rO D gTWm E000 z 0 W m z 0O -1 zv m A o z D o AH z77 W W -1R5 W D -Ax m P1 Am W ▪ Z o 1 o O r Cr0T1 O D Nm O 8 m A D O 2 370 0vm Am23 zz 00 OmW � R5 om 77 r- im -<23 - 0 0 O 2 -1 D W Z m Com/) Z mv) v W co 0 D zD A 0 W 01 2 m- c) c) A rn x m m y> Z .11 0`. Z G7 z = rn0 m 0r (3/ corn W W om D r A on o ZZ Wo1 W 0 m0 z D E W 23 Z O O 707 0 i: c _{W z W o 23 CO D m m -0 m v0 D z z' m WIDTH: NOT LESS THAN FULL WIDTH OF ALL A 0 z W O rn z A m W W m G7 A m W cn LENGTH: AS EFFECTIVE BUT NOT LESS THAN (n O A 0 ZJ 0 :S310N Hmiu 30NVaN3 NOI1Dfl2:11SNOG z 0 -H m (I) z 0 O W D m Z 0 0 W O D r m Z O O W 0 D r P-1 9 310N 33S a O Dz -1 Wc)0O c> m Z W r (/) OP1 z0 Zr(,) r D • 3 z A 27 nr mz PW m� Z �D r 0 m 0 Z ((30Db's 318(100) C34> m _ -1 o ZD r- 0 r 0r 0W m 0 > • Z 0 07 C1 C7 W 0 0 c W r m m 0 O m 0 D O cn 0 zPA O zm� ozm M > D CO 0 03 co 00 r (7 O m Z 2 2C xjC 0 -1 0 Il Z z N z Z 0 0 W O D r m 30d2J0 ONIISIX3 0 3 0 D 0 rg <0 z-0 0 A G Wm �Z m-4 A c Z 0 TI rn zrn rx m 0 0 m z� z 0 DK z cc mx Z 00 z v AVI 4 Pe w41/4aw4 � \ t's" r. t�.%t�41LS Atreiti fmniwityl rritittitA it -41 re, ©P Pt Wwitairted stse alt aa ,,�swest yeti 011 *•j if 8277 W c). 2071 ODrn DAIT1m Wx_ z m o r OA O {�Hgg 00z 0-1z PA z rp 000 �r00 D m 0 z 2201 Fx,..1zv.D-A 1-, rn ZZK0 m 0 m \r r 70 Cor I 277 m 0Z(TI o' m Ocm • < W 0 > TT W O M D. W Z D _v m -I m m 2 0a0) W rnD0 K 27m 27 >Z0 ON D-( m --1c W<mco > >00P1>Dm rPr1 W rmzW 7_7 r 0 A mzz Ci OD 20 0O m rn2DA 01 7773' TI 0 C mO-l 0 -100 mmzm z rn rn m 0_1 0 W zo) r POz O N Z m o A D r • D 0 A -<-1 A > 33RD Koz z m m M D z m o V)nD 730 o x WA 0 -< m r c - Z 0 m�-I M mD W m K 0 z -ImpD o0 0 00 0 27 K -Ti C Z 0 z 0 O W 0 D r m tia ti 0 tti n a Is W W 0 r z 0 O W D r n z LH O 0 W 0 D r m z O 0 W D r m IS oN 1SOd 0381N3 00-1 z 2o:D- d CO W D m ZZr Om CO Om r z�-ri AW - 0 W T q O Z Rti O H A O O -1 m c z -o O Z m m A A O ;D v m>0)K -I O rn ZO 0 H Z o - n oi Is ' USUAL - 2 P1 r0 m Cr W 0 D M '37 A 0 CDA m Z z S11VM 131NI D m N z = O r- 0 0P1 Tl m m 0 AW 8' NORMAL ST1VM 31OHNVW C) c m WAr• r 0 0 D D z rn A 0 - m 0 D Orn CO T7 0 0 3> _1OW m o ✓ Z N 0 Z Z D Z O - A O x cO D DMWZ z W 0 v23 -I DZm0 z D =C.)=z (!1 W H m O -I m Wom D ✓ - zz co 0 M OId8b3 2I311H F -VHF -O F N%Sk\C Ci% FSE\_4% GF;POE P W N Om -9 -n CO 70 Om 2 ZDW xm cr up c) 0A r�J -fl -1m ITI C5 rE ox �� 721 cci)D WA I 9 0DM CCO pc Zm Zug zA Zr 0 A W F O v�nnHA OW rm 0r I-, ZD o0 0� CD r D Z Z m 0 c� 37 0 m MO _ _1m Az m X -00 c -A D mlzq m0 Az m I ()2 or= Wm'Dr mu) r> 23z CTE or Om O U oro 0 CD ZW o =1 D W O 1m z 5 W z BE REMOVED UPON COMPLETION OF 07073 (• rnj rrnn N - A C7 D0 W 1 z D -11 rl W Z Z 0 CD DO CD • 0 Z z 0 m z 0 m (I) W m W D 0 0 0 FS m • N z m. -4 m< Am z ao c W c D r Oo • X .7- 0 0 m rg Z • z p. O co N ✓ g W N Ln r G7 r W r1 N ? x 4 - REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 0 H r W O z W0 D TI D _ H - D O 27 m D m m 0 Z • Z > W x z D a rn m OW mD (n 2 r X v Z 0 -I m O0 0 * 000 0 2 z O .1 0 ADO1 0�0 n0 W> m m_<rn xW c _ E W zvm)z u'_TH Myo 0k O D m00�R. z0 0 0 r � m 0) , 0 ,-,-° -o r 03 m W N 0 G O m z o O # 133P08d Alla "0N ONIM 1/80 080331/ 0 01 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION STANDARD DETAILS Wire CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM NOSNIx1V 'S AUV219 0) "ON 133NS S.LNV170SNO3 Z:\Joh Files \14016 — City of CC Elevoted Tanks \Drowings\E1 .dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:04am FAS PL • YR xR xp ROW FAS ROW ZH Z 0 23n X m z0) 0 V) ROW YR ROW T m r r0 m0 0 r_ 0 2 1 YR • 3ONVaLN3 N- � n � N - n CO N � O E m O TO z M 00 E < D N TR c N 7 i C c. 0 _ mi R ROW FLw YR ROW ROW m RAND MORGAN ROAD YR m Z O� D Cn 23 m 0 0 0) Dit X p m- O z O Co RI O m �D D O m 1 mo Z 41, Els LAS EAS Us EAS 0 r m 11-1011 1332:11S TR JR Qw 0 YR ROW Y 11 It M -�v a ��fix 1! KP YR ]W ROW ie. - ]w YR 1e es 2w YR ROW 4 YR 1t 6) YR ROW / 77 EELS FAS EAR ROW ROW PL YR PL PL YR ROW PL rq ROw ROw PL YR R YR ROW rR • a 47 a/ Jo* / / 1, J 47 O w Jo / •—p l K — � L� R (AS N nC.4 G)J(n 7JZC -IZC 0 n W m m W -I r r > ZC1 m --c-1 O W> 7371> Oxo -"JO A 0> Z7H> Tx1 it ICTY !T 1 -D N -D -ID nD C 71 m 7Jm ZO m M -' Z O N n N - mil Z Z 0 c 0 Z -I m -1 r -IM IM 71 OM 0 073 HO OK 2:1 m n PL / / a / / 5/ / / Z 0 m 7 ® ® O 240V, 10 CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT 120V, 10 CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT XO8 NOILONlf 120/277V, 20AMP, SINGLE POLE SWITCH ' ft ZZ TCN)' —IN OC m > CC I < glW m m D m D n ."0 c 0 K m K = 2 V) -o cm 0 rill Om ,z -o -D m A mm mr mz fn n = HO m n m O Oz 23m Ccn T n mE mD mil m 0°' 0m nH omlmOco 0 xi 0 Z K D m n M O u' H 0 i H < z N me m m 7J P 1 0 K c 2 D 0 K F 1 C CO M mM �a Z m m 0 0 2 fn OVERHEAD SECONDARY CIRCUIT (BY AEP) C 1If GNOO ONfOHOa30Nfl m 0 1IfGNOO OIldO a381d CONDUIT RUN IN CONCRETE SLAB a3SOdX3 Nfla 11flaNOO CONTACTOR SWITCHED CONDUCTOR aO±OflONOO a31-1O1IMS aOIOl0NOO ESVHd aOiOflGNOO 1Va1f13N DD zz o= D0 vn C -o 1 M OX mmm N m o .J D E 0 O CONDUCTOR SIZE IF OTHER THAN #12 AWG. CONDUIT SIZE IF OTHER THAN 314" HOME RUN TO PANEL, CIRCUIT NUMBER AS INDICATED GND031 1VOI IIOR1E REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION ZI of 13 # 1a3PONd ADO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN IMF CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E .dwg 12/07/15 12:27 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files \14016 — City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E2.dwg Friday January 08. 2016, 9:12am a O Co 0 0 77 0 v m 33 m m > r cri o m >iOVH IN3Wf111SNI REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION # 1331'08d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 080338 rri 0 cri 44. ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENT LOCATION PLANS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 WWW.LNVINC.COM h inm- N T dwg 12/07/15 08:11 1=1 MEC Z:\Joh Files \14016 — City of CC Elevoted Tanks \Drowings\E3.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:13am REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION zI p«3 # 103PONd ADO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK LIGHTING, POWER, INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL PLANS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM 0 co E3.dwg 12/07/15 08:11 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E4.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:14am m o 0 co > TAG LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE O O O O O O O SYMBOL LED LINEAR VAPOR TIGHT LED LINEAR VAPOR TIGHT INTERIOR LED AREA LIGHT INTERIOR LED AREA LIGHT EXTERIOR LED AREA LIGHT DESCRIPTION CEILING/ PENDANT WALL SURFACE CEILING SURFACE WALL SURFACE WALL SURFACE m O c z -1Z 0 METALUX METALUX CROUSE -HINDS CROUSE -HINDS CROUSE -HINDS MANUFACTURER 4VT2-LD4-6-FR50-W-UNV-L840-WL- SSLTEH-VT2-CHAIN/SET-U-VT2SS-MBK 4VT2-LD4-6-FR50-W-UNV-L840-WL- SSLTEH VXHF25GP < X z � N 0 0 VMV9L-W-25TW-R3-G-UNV1-DS20 CATALOG No. INCLUDED INCLUDED A-21 LED 1300 LUMENS A-21 LED 1300 LUMENS INCLUDED LAMPS 120 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC VOLTAGE Cn O) 01 O) C) 0) Co V1 INPUT WATTS NEMA 4X, MOUNT AT 9'-O" AFF, IN ELECTRICAL ROOM NEMA 4X ROSEMOUNT W/FACTORY INSTALLED PHOTO CELL REMARKS z O r ri NO SUBSTITUTION WILL BE ALLOWED FOR SPECIFIED ITEMS N ? N _1N NO N)N O D00� rDc 0 -0 0�N m 0 r ym D Z Z O r 1 AOm-s nD DCT` A rAm- 17123= 01 3SVHd l AOtZ/OZ[ (J1 0 0 Z c t 01 A D m 4. 1 ONO 14 I. '0/l#£ '0„Z O O • 0 0 W (0 • > > A > AA A m m m m m m m e A� N O N O NJ 0 N O N) 0 \ ) \ \ ) \ \ 0 O O O O (4 J D O • G+ CO 0 n / \ NCn • W (4 • C4 Ca Cr) O N O N ) o - 0 W • N (0 N 0 O CA Ni ONi O O • 0 N v • Ni O 1 O N 01 03A a3XI11 }INV! (n -0 D m 0 rn A rn r� 1 �0 71 o m X PI PI 0 r 0 z 0 NJ 0 NJ 0 \ O)— 0° N O/\ O./\ O/ 0/\ O/ 0 r\-10 )\ Or\ O Cif • W N N 0 03 0) 0 0 0 (o 01 w (o 0) (o ( A A A A A A AA M m m m rn m rn m Z 0 mo DW P-0 ONO t#1 '0/1.#£ '02 c N W O • N • (0 J CJ1 W • Ni N.) N O CO O - O HOIIMS Olf1V-110-ONVH 1130 010Hd cn m A -I mD -I z r 0 m m 031VOIONI 0NI1Va '3Sl3 0 yi O O IN3Ild1f103 5111 1110 • fl N ON 0 N 0�\ 0�\ 13NVd AtGG/Sdfl c* -010 1100 a010VINO0 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 010N310S HOlIMS 11WI1 FUSED SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK DEVICE LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL (0 • J C11 W 0 0 \ N.) 0 O ONIIHOII NOIIOfla1S80 VVJ REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION • Cb 0) • 4. 13NVd VOVOS A m mm m m� A >0 0 > rD mr U) A 0 0 • N ON n / \ O O Q ► ❑ p ® 0 0 0 m m LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNINa31 Z C7 c� 0 CO c O W 0 m A O 1-.1 rA m - v) O A DD m _- o G7 D z 0 ONIaIM 01313 ONIUM 13NVd 31f103H0S IN3VVdif103 #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV10 0110338 rn N 0 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM E4.dwg 12/07/15 08:11 1=1 MEC O O O O O O O O O O O O O e O O G A TANK MIXER VFD (ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2) c 01 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER CITY MIS NETWORK CABNET(S) CCTV CONTROL PANEL NOT USED WATER QUALITY ANALYZER PANEL (TWO REQUIRED) PHOTOCELL FLOWMETER CONVERTER MAGNETIC FLOWMETER DETECTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH SINGLE PACKAGE A/C UNIT, DIRECT EXPANSION COOL,RESISTANCE HEAT; LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS FOR HEATING, COOLING, AUTOMATIC HEAT/COOL CHANGEOVER; ANTI -SHORT CYCLING T.D. RELAY; PERMANENT WASHABLE FILTER, INSIDE COIL FROST/COMPRESSOR SHUTDOWN SWITCH; WATER QUALITY ANALYZER CONTROLLER (ONE REQUIRED) WATER QUALITY ANALYZER PANEL (TWO REQUIRED) CIRCUIT BREAKER SERVICE DISCONNECT RATED SCADA RTU OBSTRUCTION LIGHTING CONTROLLER ELECTRICAL PANEL, P DESCRIPTION r FLOOR N -0 rn FLOOR WALL SURFACE 1 WALL SURFACE OUTDOOR CONDUIT r m WALL SURFACE Nrn,-0m2D v=7)171 I ;�, mZrDOc e,+ o r z PANEL WALL SURFACE WALL SURFACE FLOOR, FREE STANDING WALL SURFACE CK D Dr P10 c Z 1 EATON - POWERWARE ROSEMOUNT ROSEMOUNT CROUSE -HINDS TOSHIBA o (n W D SQUARE D z up y 0 r m moo - 0 1 Z 2 0 = D 0 _ SQUARE D CROUSE -HINDS SQUARE D MANUFACTURER 240VAC, 1 PHASE, 1 HP VFD FE 1.4 KVA WITH CAT. NO. 116750225-001 WEB ADAPTER 3051 (NOTE 1) 1 SQP10103-LOD —0m 0 Ut N O_ O Z 0 —1m LF622 -,r1 01 ? I RCBGO8-21-04G (NOTE 1) SC200 0 -1 O 1 OLC-70070J-3-0/3- QT-X4-LED I CATALOG No. 240 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC N a O0 120 VAC 24 VDC I 240 VAC N a o D o N a < 0 24 VDC 240 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC 120/240 VAC < O r 0 m I pA *< ➢ I I I I I I I I C4 D0 (\4 -o 4 kW (13,652 BTU/HR) 0.67 TON (8,400 BTU/HR) ? O. 1 0 D .,1 0 o D I N > A z 0 VFD FURNISHED BY TANK MIXER VENDOR. GAGE PRESSURE - 14.7 PSI TO 150 PSI, 4-20mA OUTPUT, 1/2-14 NPT FEMALE PROCESS CONNECTION, 316L SST DIAPHRAM AND WETTED PARTS, SILICON FILLED, ALUMINUM BODY, 2 INCH PIPE MOUNTING BRACKET , LCD DISPLAY, TRANSIENT PROTECTION TERMINAL BLOCK, ASSEMBLE TO MODEL 305RT 2 VALVE MANIFOLD. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CITY MIS DEPT. NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE MONOCHLORAMINE AND AMMONIA MEASUREMENT. PROVIDE MODEL 56 DUAL CHANNEL ANALYZER, 24 VDC WITH 4 EACH 4-20 MA OUTPUTS.. PROVIDE AMMONIUM AND MONOCHLORAMINE SENSORS, CONSTANT HEAD FLOW CONTROLLER ANO FLOW CELL. INCLUDE ALL TUBING, CABLES, FITTINGS AND CONNECTORS HEAVY DUTY, NOT -FUSIBLE, NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE CORROSION -RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION: 316 STAINLESS CABINET, FAN SCROLL, AND DRAIN PAN; 316 STAINLESS HARDWARE; WITH CABINET WALL MOUNT FLANGES; FPT TAPPED CONDENSATE DRAIN OUTLET; "CORROTEC" OR EPDXY COIL COATING (EVAPORATOR AND CONDENSER COILS AN UN -INSULATED TUBING) CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 6 FT. GROUNDED POWER CORD WITH NEMA 250 V, 30 A. 6-30R RIGHT ANGLE POWER PLUG AND MATCHING RECEPTACLE. DUAL CHANNEL, RS -485 MODBUS COMMUNICATOINS, 24 VDC POWER SUPPLY, 5 EACH - 4-20 MA OUTPUTS TOTAL CHLORINE, PH & TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT WITH PH SENSOR, NEMA 4X, STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE, 22,000 AIC SEE SHEET E6 1 - FLASHING RED BEACON 42 CKT, 22,000 AIC, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE WITH 160kA TVSS REMARKS (J1 0 0 Z c t 01 A D m 4. 1 ONO 14 I. '0/l#£ '0„Z O O • 0 0 W (0 • > > A > AA A m m m m m m m e A� N O N O NJ 0 N O N) 0 \ ) \ \ ) \ \ 0 O O O O (4 J D O • G+ CO 0 n / \ NCn • W (4 • C4 Ca Cr) O N O N ) o - 0 W • N (0 N 0 O CA Ni ONi O O • 0 N v • Ni O 1 O N 01 03A a3XI11 }INV! (n -0 D m 0 rn A rn r� 1 �0 71 o m X PI PI 0 r 0 z 0 NJ 0 NJ 0 \ O)— 0° N O/\ O./\ O/ 0/\ O/ 0 r\-10 )\ Or\ O Cif • W N N 0 03 0) 0 0 0 (o 01 w (o 0) (o ( A A A A A A AA M m m m rn m rn m Z 0 mo DW P-0 ONO t#1 '0/1.#£ '02 c N W O • N • (0 J CJ1 W • Ni N.) N O CO O - O HOIIMS Olf1V-110-ONVH 1130 010Hd cn m A -I mD -I z r 0 m m 031VOIONI 0NI1Va '3Sl3 0 yi O O IN3Ild1f103 5111 1110 • fl N ON 0 N 0�\ 0�\ 13NVd AtGG/Sdfl c* -010 1100 a010VINO0 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 010N310S HOlIMS 11WI1 FUSED SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK DEVICE LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL (0 • J C11 W 0 0 \ N.) 0 O ONIIHOII NOIIOfla1S80 VVJ REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION • Cb 0) • 4. 13NVd VOVOS A m mm m m� A >0 0 > rD mr U) A 0 0 • N ON n / \ O O Q ► ❑ p ® 0 0 0 m m LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNINa31 Z C7 c� 0 CO c O W 0 m A O 1-.1 rA m - v) O A DD m _- o G7 D z 0 ONIaIM 01313 ONIUM 13NVd 31f103H0S IN3VVdif103 #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV10 0110338 rn N 0 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM E4.dwg 12/07/15 08:11 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files \14016 — City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E5.dwg Friday January 08. 2016, 9:14am n m z 0 z rn � TI r C D- U) Go z � 0 0 73 rn fTl CO E -r--1 n O JOO2i )INVI 133IS „0-,S x 3dId 0b HOS •vICI „£ 7 CO w D co nr O ' za co • 0 co D mH 0 0 2 O coW O A Z r c O • C_ H 0 O ± 0 Co 0 x co 0m r O w T1 cn mz N ' (7 o =_ A Z m o co D n W m co D o O0 H REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION Z!O! !3 # 133f08d Alla "ON ONIMVila 0110338 rn 111 N cn cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM h cop a m - U Co) T O E5.dwg 12/07/15 08:11 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E6.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:15am N 0 D 0 z m l J m oDm oc m l J m 0 0 Z z 0 0 n � 0 0 \ / \ �/ 120VAC CIRCUITS ONLY O 0 0000 a 00 CD00 00 00 00 00 000 7 L 0 120VAC CIRCUITS ONLY a Q SzxzuzzIIiili (Ii;Lii;Li11:= � V • 1111 7== m 0 ® p 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY ©T® N 0 0 �L 000coi 0 a 00 00 000 000 000 000 000 000 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00 0 0 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 19 F 19 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 1100/000400 oda o moo At on' 0o01ooa0oo 0004000/0 0 Moo of 0 001.00 0 000 000 04 000 000 000 0 oda .1.y uul uW D. =0=00!> 0:0 0 0 0 0000���2 ,1 �W 0 NO S1If1G11D DOAtZ 0 LEL 0_ 1111 11111111 11111111 11111 111111111 11111111 211912111111199911112 C7 C7 I� 0 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY If1DdID OVAOZI 0) 0 z O L =a Z7 4o co cri Old VOVOS 0 D (n 0 DSI D D m 7D D VNO om>Z CO 70 r z m D-1 �zm� 23P1 N 0 m O A D D Z 0 0 c u)0> z XXl ro 01-z rn Z 0m r 0 D U7 W r 0 D ()1 0 H 01 Q Z A O D O 2 Si z 0 H 01 Q W V 36 W la W G1 W W N-, CA W O N CO .0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 17 Q1 (J7 1 Cni N' - Ol c0 Co V (n 4 W i‘.)--, m MATERIAL LIST > > N N L ? 2 N 40 CO — — N 0 N 0 - 3 -` 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 ? ? 12 N a 50 N -• N -• 0 -I -< 2 FT, 1 LAMP FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH LAMP SHADE AND RECEPTACLE ROUTER W/FIREWALL — FL MGUARD RS VPN 8 PORT MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH L 0 120VAC CIRCUITS ONLY a Q SzxzuzzIIiili (Ii;Lii;Li11:= � V • 1111 7== m 0 ® p 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY ©T® N 0 0 �L 000coi 0 a 00 00 000 000 000 000 000 000 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00 0 0 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 19 F 19 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 1100/000400 oda o moo At on' 0o01ooa0oo 0004000/0 0 Moo of 0 001.00 0 000 000 04 000 000 000 0 oda .1.y uul uW D. =0=00!> 0:0 0 0 0 0000���2 ,1 �W 0 NO S1If1G11D DOAtZ 0 LEL 0_ 1111 11111111 11111111 11111 111111111 11111111 211912111111199911112 C7 C7 I� 0 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY If1DdID OVAOZI 0) 0 z O L =a Z7 4o co cri Old VOVOS 0 D (n 0 DSI D D m 7D D VNO om>Z CO 70 r z m D-1 �zm� 23P1 N 0 m O A D D Z 0 0 c u)0> z XXl ro 01-z rn Z 0m r 0 D U7 W r 0 D ()1 0 H 01 Q Z A O D O 2 Si z 0 H 01 Q W V 36 W la W G1 W W N-, CA W O N CO N CO 27 N 61 N U1 N 23 N N- N N 0 0 0 17 Q1 (J7 {� Cni N' - Ol c0 Co V (n 4 W i‘.)--, m MATERIAL LIST > > N N N ? 2 N 40 CO — — N 0 N 0 - 3 -` - - -- - - 3 3 44 ? ? 12 N a 50 N -• N -• 0 -I -< 2 FT, 1 LAMP FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH LAMP SHADE AND RECEPTACLE ROUTER W/FIREWALL — FL MGUARD RS VPN 8 PORT MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH FUSE, 3.2A, 125VAC (1.3x38) FUSE, 2.0A, 125VAC (1.3x38) FUSE, 1.6A, 125VAC (1.3x38) 1 FUSE, 1.OA, 125VAC (1.3x38) FUSE, 6.3A, 250VAC (5x20) FUSE, 0.5A, 250VAC (5x20) FUSE, 0.25A, 250VAC (5x20) FUSED BLOCK — UK 10,3—HES' N CABINET HEATER W/THERMOSTAT — 100W GROUND BUS — 12 POINT 2 1/4" WIRE DUCT CONTROL RELAY — PLC—RSC-240C/21 700VA UPS, FERRUPS WITH WEB/SNMP ADAPTER 24V DC POWER SUPPLY — QUINT—PS/1AC/24DC/5 NOT USED NOT USED ANALOG INPUT MODULE — 4-20 ma, 4 CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT MODULE — 24VDC, 16 POINT DISCRETE OUTPUT MODULE-24VDC, 16 POINT NOT USED PLC CPU MODULE PLC POWER SUPPLY MODULE 120VAC 10A CIRCUIT BREAKER — TMC -61C -10A 120VAC DUPLEX RECEPTACLE — EM—DUO 120/15 120VAC SURGE PROTECTOR BASE — PT—BE/FM 120VAC SURGE PROTECTOR — PT2—PE/S-120AC—ST 24VDC SURGE PROTECTOR BASE — PT2x1—BE 24VDC SURGE PROTECTOR — PT2x1-24DC—ST UNIVERSAL GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK — UT 4—PE FEED—THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK — UT 4 FUSED BLOCK — UT 4—HESILED 24 (5X20) END BLOCK — E/NS 35 N PERFORATED DIN RAIL — NS 35/7.5 GELOCHT PLC ENCLOSURE 62x48x18 316 SS W/SS BACK PANEL DESCRIPTION D I- PHOENIX CONTACT MOXA BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN PHOENIX CONTACT HOFFMAN D 0 c PHOENIX CONTACT D 0 z PHOENIX CONTACT ALLEN BRADLEY ALLEN BRADLEY ALLEN BRADLEY ALLEN BRADLEY ALLEN BRADLEY PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT HOFFMAN MFGR. (DN c0 W -• N [O CO (D 61 -Z EDS-508A—MM—SC m Z � 4 - N rn Z D N m Z D -- 0) rn Z D -• (n U1 0 I W 1 0 (n (T 0 1 O oo 1 D (n On 0 10 (n 1 30 48 38 6 0 3> 2 -‘ D G2X2LG6 N CO 0 - -4 - FE700VA WITH CAT. NO. 116750225-001 28 66 75 0 V 0) 1 a V 0) 1 £. O V 0) 1 a)O 1769—L33ER 1769—PA4 09 02 07 2 56 00 46 1 28 39 28 2 28 39 33 4 28 56 13 9 28 56 08 7 30 44 12 8 30 44 10 2 30 46 09 0 08 00 88 6 08 01 73 3 A62H4812SS6LP CAT. No. MODIFIED SIZE 0 -1 rT1 CO REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn 11.1 N 0) 0 cri A 4. ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGANTANK SCADA PANEL LAYOUT CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM v, 12/07/15 09:47 1=1 MEC Z:\Joh Files \14016 - City of CC Elevoted Tanks \Drowings\E7.dwg Fridoy January 08. 2016. 9:16am 00H ONnoiO rn m °-1m M= 2• y O m cOW • nmo M c m m mz m -1 K m Z z m O co y z O E 0 r 0 ymmT, croon > cmzW 00 m<m� -o m 0 O z m 0 0 co m 0 w O • x c -' z o 00 • o O m -a n r y 0 i CONDUIT ENTRANCE INTO POLE CONDUITS PER PLAN DRAWING 4t 0 z 0 1 0 z a 3'-0" lei J0 0 m >013 73 _ y Z 0 0 > O M m m0 T1 9) 0 ✓ z z1 O M 0 O • H O 0 r• o mm m -o -I O D r 310d NI 1130 N3dO HO PRE -CAST SCH.40 PVC CONDUIT 30' APPROX. 30'-O" APPROX. LoomOW e-32 = m -1 m cl' zm0 O mmn-1Cn p0>Zc� 00 o m m r Z O D O 0 0 m -1 _ N NON31 dOl CONDUIT ENTRANCE INTO POLE c 0 c 0 Oz z O kai 3'-0" --1 m A -o D Z O D 2 0 Ow - 0 D 0 m ✓ z z• D= O m m O O� • 2 M0 m 0 -I -u Mm 0 O 0 O m n M> Z W Ci) r0 r= Z o O0 m0 0 z 0 c Lt)• om0 =m-Im 0)zm o mni <n = y Z 0 ZO�D O m00� N cn 31380NO0 1SV038d SC 310d 03ZINVA1VO dla 1OH m = N :0Or •I! o m c O 0 r D r0 Z D Zm F.1 0 z m �Cm D n� =0 -II- 0 0< 00 r,- m m 0 -1 m2 G) y REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION OW. -J 0 N r"0o ✓ <r� cpm • m = r Z�0 O== n0 1 r0 w m Dn '0 -z1 A ]� O Oo r o v CO 0 0 0 r c m z -ooAN m = r D ODO Vim_ O 2 c 0 N 0 n m < r m y OD�cn m n zr . m-m1 . D yo ZC7r C co = U1OOm • zmz 0p�a D - CO ' O Z zI p«3 # 103 fad ADO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK LIGHTING INSTALLATION DETAILS IMF CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E7.dwg 12/07/15 08:12 1=32 MEC Z:\Job Files \14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks \Drawings\E8.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:16am 3NON :TWOS o C o Zo Q rn C cm 2J rn C �z D 0 r- z H „8-8„ N01103S e:100 -1J HSINIJ z 0 1 m Z m?7Iz (n 70 0 rn=o 0 0 1 oz " 0 to A 0 me C6X8.2 C 5'-0" z H „V—V„ N01103S ORORROMMINIIIWALVINIMitalk %r \I D 7 O m x 0 - W 27 > D > D z 51.71 z cn 0 O m O mm r O M 0 0 in Oc z z Z me r1 3NON :31VOS _ 0 O C C l i v d o co O773 Fri Fri 0 qq 0 0 0 0 1 0 o D < O m O O 0 D Z 0 -1 C m7 z 0 N cZ m� k7 c O o z °I O 0 �3" CLEAR MIN. (TYP.) 2" CLEAR MIN 0 ° 0 CO 0 < •0 m O [D OD O Ip o c z� 0z - c P O c 0 z 0 c 0 O llflGNOO OAd 017 HOS 831dVOV 31VW33 OAd 0 J- JJ ° I 41° 2" CLEAR MIN. (TYP.) 1� °11° °°I1 \° \/ \\ 0 ONIOVdS „Z L 0 W O O zo om m rn m 0 3" CLEAR MIN. (TYP.) P1 1J r< 0 O n I 0 rm 0 Z D Or _oz C c (n 0 0 z 0 c cD O 2:13N2100 HDV3 1 0 O O Wz C Cm z o110 c 70 D z (nco D o rn = ni 0 0 z Z m 1 O< z 0 0 c0 1 D xrn - p mD Zr o� Z c 4D w b- 0 0 0 ° ° ° 4 u O (n D O z O W o O z0 mN M- m p 83Na00 NOVA 41V8 b# 23'-0" 4 isA C 4 (J)m D �7 70 00 O mD r CO O DC O p z m D m c Oc 0 0 Z z 0 0c � � p M c M n 0 c r r z m < ,0 -o D co m o p P1 D 0 c 0 Z= 0 Z mo O C -U r z D A W L 6 O0 m D O I - c D 0 Z me 0 Z O c m -<0o zzz m Ri 0 0 m Dlo0 0 Z -u 0 rn COn� 00 0 700 0C c c-lz 1 0 z 0 ONO 1#L—D<t/T O N (7 r(l D m 0 0 n z� z0 z 0 6'-0" MAX 4' -0" MIN (nNO- m N - 10 A0 < O O D 0OC- m D -11.) mAm zo m- z z m 7:1-1 HA > m� 0c -o 1 z fn SW - Z 0 1 m 1 N W 0 W N 1 � > 8 �_ xrn OA m Z -1 r 1x�*1 o00 1 D 0 00 rn-(n 1 - -ter COC = -r 1 mA 70m0 0 m rn D O 0 N O m 4s ZO- EJX1Z c O o -9 1 0 0z0 A m z 0 HO 1333 Z NIH11M 38 REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 1 W 0 1 1 0 (nD O < x 0 00o M r m to S =D n -0r mmr �-D �7 > 0 D C ✓ c - 0 C O A - 0 m z 0 m o 1 W oMo r in gym• m 0 1 rn0v) c co O = N -m o Z m m m M Z � 7D z m # 1331'08d .{113 "ON ONIM b'80 0110338 rn rn N CO 0 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH.(361)883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM dwg 12/07/15 08:12 1=1 MEC Z:\Joh Files \14016 — City of CC Elevoted Tanks \Drowings\E9.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:18am P 9132iONOO ONIISIX3 0o 0 a N 2 r -1 (n (n 3NON :31VOS DETERMINED BY ELEVATION OF PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Ss - 4 2'-6" —4 (n N M 0) r = -0a m C) D 7J W 0 z dVO Rdld 1331S 6'-0" N X X J 0) 4 4 \1 4t 4 9V1S 21OO1d 43HSINId N m°a O E D 70 mm o� m 0 0 Z n m m m r m 0 S 0 r m D co EMBED PIPE A MINIMUM OF 24" INTO CONCRETE 4 4 4 W� D W O m m-° Dm o � co -=1 m= r O n (n 0 00 z= 0 01 O o m-1 -4 mm r m Z N M 0 m N r D m 0 QUANTITY AND LOCATION AS REQUIRED P1001 UNISTRUT - HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED f J a a32iInn32i SV 1 --1 C N_ W D Z T G) V — D m tum N -1Z 0 0 N X M � z coo Zco -I co rn ca (a m N n W U1 r 'co 71 cn 2 D 3N112131VM SS 91•E 3/11Vn TIV9 „WE N m Z N A SH X r X co m a n N D Z Hoz - • m m w Q) 0 (n cn .71 cn m 16 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER •21911I WSNV2il D Z O ZOO �Om C c U G) (n cn m c m r m mD �c G) m Z 0 m REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION zI p«3 # 1a3PONd ADO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS IMF CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E9.dwg 12/07/15 08:12 1=1 MEC 4" 4" 1" 1" 0 1 , 0 N X X J 0) 4 4 \1 4t 4 9V1S 21OO1d 43HSINId N m°a O E D 70 mm o� m 0 0 Z n m m m r m 0 S 0 r m D co EMBED PIPE A MINIMUM OF 24" INTO CONCRETE 4 4 4 W� D W O m m-° Dm o � co -=1 m= r O n (n 0 00 z= 0 01 O o m-1 -4 mm r m Z N M 0 m N r D m 0 QUANTITY AND LOCATION AS REQUIRED P1001 UNISTRUT - HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED f J a a32iInn32i SV 1 --1 C N_ W D Z T G) V — D m tum N -1Z 0 0 N X M � z coo Zco -I co rn ca (a m N n W U1 r 'co 71 cn 2 D 3N112131VM SS 91•E 3/11Vn TIV9 „WE N m Z N A SH X r X co m a n N D Z Hoz - • m m w Q) 0 (n cn .71 cn m 16 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER •21911I WSNV2il D Z O ZOO �Om C c U G) (n cn m c m r m mD �c G) m Z 0 m REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION zI p«3 # 1a3PONd ADO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS IMF CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E9.dwg 12/07/15 08:12 1=1 MEC Z:\Joh Files \14016 — City of CC Elevoted Tanks \ Oro wings\E10.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:19am orn r m 0 0 108'-O" 50'-0" „0-1/9 •A313 dd 5 0 m D z m r m 01 N < o rl - o=x o� 27 r m D r r 12" D Z N o O 00 0* rD mr 0 - r-1 2 A 0 0 < .D. A N3 c n I Q m70 z O Z A 0 M n z0 -Io O cJ N z O z_ .moo oO I OD c 1 r O z 0 - m� 0 0 m A D 03 0 Xm 0 X D O m CO 0m 1 I N N O 0 77 0 M m n m O D 0 n - r — o m oN) ? -10000 z > m cn�rm�) * I > 0 > (f)no7) r A n -1 0 2 = z d300Vl 2:13M01 z m A 01 D > Z 23 M D XJ Z 0 0 0• N C O M 70 A 0 0 1 m 03 r rn (r) A m m n 03 n m V) D 0 0 m 23 D D z 0 X m m o m m z D z z 01 H I m� C1 Z z 0 CO CC N O N 0 X� 6 0 to �0 NC 'z W Z 00 -i m0 A 0 23 0IHO 0NfO�dO Ol 0 3, P-1 N 0 O 0 00 O 3/13315 linaN00 OAd „I. 0 t Oo 0 C 00 0 c z 0 z 0 —5 —1 CO a PO OD C A Z • > - mN 0 00 00 z z m 0 0 SD (1) N m ON rn 2 = Z m1v r0 m0 0� m r� m0 fJ 0W 2J mm z0 -W m0 �z 0 2IV9 U3ddO0 „b/6 x Z/6 l 3dId M013*JlA0 3dld limo / 131N1 - o c co o7J m z 0 O v nl m *o Z Z D Z 0 O ,Z1 -0O 0 m D 0 r 0 Z {O -0 z 0 0 l >-1 IS -13 D 7 m 1coz m 0 z\ a N DO rr- O m� 0m X0 o� X r D z 1 2 r zO me 0 D Z I r Io 0 • r 1 / al r N z m< 0 0 D z z 0 0 01 0 0 Z Z Do m W 0 71 ( 01 0 Z r m 0) 0 0 1 m m r 03 0 C CO m r W m ASO Q c -0Om • cm 1v z 0 0 0 r 1 0 0 1 0 A,. ___, ,- M = 411,- / T 1 j2 FTI. X apett.rita# O zm0 al Zu'� %lb H r I. . .1.P'e 0Dc • Dr z p .4111111"ftnitio 0 X Z 0 Z M m 0 A Z 0 0 C z 0 1 N. 4NJ V# 'O!l#£ - OnZ 6) �g m <W m -0 ro O m -v P1 m 1 O 000z -0 -I 0 n1 1° C Z1 0 z 0 z c 0 z 0 v 0 71 >cc F To X0 0 0 Oc z 0 z m 0 ox 1i Oc° zm1 W oc Hr -c 0 m w -6 REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION r O d oc Z '1 o 71 O z (13 D T aem m(.0 C CO -05r m A CM co Z m z 0 Ozz 00 -0 C 1 cn0) 1 c w 0 c 1 m D 0) 1 NOOd38 032 8 JVdS - 02/1. l A Z 0 23 A r 2!3913 WW HIS 31. - 32 zip«3 # 103PONd Allo ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK SECTION VIEW, UNDERGROUND CONDUIT & GROUNDING PLAN CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E10.dwg 12/07/15 08:12 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Devoted Tanks\Drawings\E11.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:20am OI zr) n n� 0• 0 o z� o r r on O r- O r C7 cn 0 A 1 tJ / (0 o10 070 K. 71 mco 0c D� : mm D0 N N 0 Z 0 Q) 0 10 o70 rn mco cn c) C: PO rn N mm D CD 00 /1' REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION rX. Am D O r� Az 0 7cO 0 CZ 0 0 0 0 LO ziol 13 # 103P08d ADO "ON ONIMVHO 080038 V °,hri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK CCTV DIAGRAM IMF w101/411010 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E 1.dwg 12/07/15 08 3 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 — City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E12.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:20am (n J O] (n 01 (n -P U) W (n N 1 — D N x ox o C)1 x cox 0 N- 0 LOCAL (HAND) x o o x x o o OFF 0 x o o x x o REMOTE (AUTO) r O 1 0 0 -0 0 r2 O 1 0 z ®TBD I13 LD1=10 ATBDI-12 NTBDI-14 1 0 w r m C m O m < �m m (n 1 0 0 = r Z 00 D r 0) (s (n X O O X 0 O D c m 1 O 01 n co 0 0 • O 0 O D 0 a 0 1. ;CT:1) 0 (n 0 D 0 • N 23 • • O • O 0 MECHANICAL INTERLOCK 0 • • to N NN O • • >je'• W (N W N W W O N to N N N N N) CO J 0" N (1 oD oD O N0 cm (n 0 0 (n 1/1 Orr 3 0 z z m 0 N • -T c>> m - m� 0 P1 D m 23m • u 0 m(/)0 < 0Dm CZ rn U O 0 m 0 0 4s (4 0 0 W 0 0 • O 1 (n 0' • • • 1 r • • • • • 0 N 0 m 0 W 0 D N 11 O O O o obb Vic• 1 1 73 m 0 17 0 Z om m 23 0� Or 23 O O �c 0 20 0 (s O 1 W 0 23 0 1 O 1 27 0 0) B A OPEN ROTOR CLOSE ROTOR 00 N- W D N D —. O 0) o C)1 0 P 0 u./ 0 N- 0 O a) O (J1 0 O W O N O 1 x 0 X O O X O X 0 x X 0 X O X 0 CLOSE < > < M O 0) O X O X 0 X O X O X O X MID 0 x 0 x x O x o x o o x o x o x o m z 0 z SPARE SPARE SPARE I SPARE CLOSE LAMP BYPASS TC1 OPEN COIL OPEN LAMP BYPASS TO1 CLOSE COIL CONTACT FUNCTION =o HOIIMS Olnv—JJO—ONVH 1130 OIOHd 031VOIONI ONI1V2i '3Sf13 1100 2i010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 0ION31OS HOIIMS 111111 FUSED SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK co 0 o Q►❑ o® o a 0 m 0 m LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 0 m 0 m 0 P1 0 P1 LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL 1 m 23 z r 1 m 70 z r LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 1 P1 73z r r 13NVd VOVOS NI Z 0 C� coc rno 0 27 0 m rA Fri - EnD Z -° O 70 -1-1 mZ D 0 D O ONIaIM 03314 ONIbIM 13NVd #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn N 0 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK VALVE CONTROL SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 1 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM Cop m� H N -1 O E 2.dwg 12/07/15 08:13 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E13.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:2.1am (1) m 71M N —IO 0 m Do W w D 0 mmo � � n oz D n -1 w D X -1 co n Z or 0 mr m 0 (n D O n m� m oz W W D D C7 n x x c-) 0 -1 CO N x x 0 C)zN civ I --Is coo mD =00 aI Nz N ©c X co W X r 0 0 0 D �2 �1 OzN 00 70 c f- 0< mD=1 0 a W2 ©c W 0 O X 0 0 o D 00 A 4, C O M 0 =I0 (lnI C DC 0 00) U' °Ca v 0 (i)008 • m� pmo ON O� co w 0 n z rn r_r 0z �m O Tl FI © ro © p m D o m m r o o D 0 z N 00 0 GE x n 0 + 0 o aD A I 1 1 o u J 0 m� � 000 I o GE x n 0 HOIIMS Ol11V—HdO—aNVH 1130 OlOHd 031VDIGNI ONIIV?J '3SrU x e(N-D4: 1100 dOIOVINOD CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 0ION3105 HOIIMS 111111 x m c (n m 0 >10018 1VNIV831 HOIIMS W 00 X GE >C 0 U n + 0 0 0 0 m n m LOCATED ON FAA CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 0 m n m 0 P1 n m LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL D z m r TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR (7 03 03 0 0 x N O 0 G7 ® O 0 U 13NVd VaVOS NI 1VNIV 31 z0 C 73 � n We m� O W TI A - O rn r� m- (n _ Z o 5 70 mZv) 0 ONIaIM 01314 ONIdIM 13NVd r m Z 0 SWV2JOVIa 011V113HOS 2103 #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn rri °, cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK PLC CABINET POWER SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM E 3.dwg 12/07/15 08:13 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files \14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks \Drawings\E14.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:22am 0 0 0 n 0 0 N n 0 0 D rn 0 0 O z 0 m N 0 n O, d_, 0� O N I Z D T1 Z r C o o m 0 I I 2 > TI - Z —/0X1 0 m 0 0 0 n 0 0 • n 0 0 0 O O RUN ERR I/O 01112 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12113 14 15 16 17118 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 RUN ERR I/O 0 112 3 415 6 7 _8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21122 23 24 25 26 27 28129130 31 O O o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8® 0 0 0 0 0 O o © g O O O © O O 0 0 O 9 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 o z 0 m N 0 n O, d_, 0� O N I Z D T1 Z r C o o m 0 I I 2 > TI - Z —/0X1 0 m 0 0 0 n 0 0 • n 0 0 0 O O D n D N D n O z 0 rn 1 W D T G 0 n O D o o N • N W U1 D D 1 D to in 0 1 0 N LJ 3NI1A1VJO1HOONOIN 3N11 A I N O 3 D D + D m = D Ir J N C O m D I J A r LJ -< r Z m Z W O 3 D 3dfSS3d >INVI O 3 D 0 + -D2)m ➢23 I W U1 J W c ON mm LJ A► 3Jf1SS32id 3N11 0 0 0 W n 0 0 N n O 0 0 O 0 O RUN ERR I/O 0 112 3 415 6 7 _8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21122 23 24 25 26 27 28129130 31 O -oN pN N La o W 0 0 0 0 0 8® 0 0 0 0 o 0 g O © O 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 o D n D N D n O z 0 rn 1 W D T G 0 n O D o o N • N W U1 D D 1 D to in 0 1 0 N LJ 3NI1A1VJO1HOONOIN 3N11 A I N O 3 D D + D m = D Ir J N C O m D I J A r LJ -< r Z m Z W O 3 D 3dfSS3d >INVI O 3 D 0 + -D2)m ➢23 I W U1 J W c ON mm LJ A► 3Jf1SS32id 3N11 0 0 0 W n 0 0 N n O 0 0 O 0 O 0 P1 N 0 n n m 71 zr• mjz�1 T1CZcz c m = ➢ O • 0 m 0 > 0 CH -173- O 0 = m W zmm� n n z D ➢00> • D 0 CD O O r m -{Z1m-0 _co m M = z 13 n Z7r• rm� G➢Co mz mom-{ ➢m= zzm z 0 m HOIIMS O1f1V-HHO-ONVH 1130 OlOHd 031VOIONI ONI1V2j '3Sl3 A N 0 3 D D Z 4I+ ➢Zm I rAK Cn-C0 0 J N C Z om➢ O ®23r 0 LJ �_ ►o 23 D Z m 3 D L J. 1100 2i010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA OION310S HOlIMS 111111 m c 0) m 0 >10018 1VNIWd31 HDlIMS O 0 ► ❑ 0 ® O O O 0 0 in < < < 0 0 n m m rn LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION JO 21000 NO 031VDO1 r 0 z 8010VINOD LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR TERMINAL LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNIWd31 Z c� CO c 0 oC0 0 Orn D Z � 0 -1 D mz D0 D z 0 DN12iIM 01313 ONI2iIM 13NVd #1331'011d .4113 rri ro "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn 0 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK PLC ANALOG INPUT SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES r..� DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 WWW.LNVINC.COM in m� H E 4.dwg 12/07/15 08:13 1=1 MEC 24 25 26 27128 29 30 31 -oN pN N La W RUN ERR I I/O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 P1 N 0 n n m 71 zr• mjz�1 T1CZcz c m = ➢ O • 0 m 0 > 0 CH -173- O 0 = m W zmm� n n z D ➢00> • D 0 CD O O r m -{Z1m-0 _co m M = z 13 n Z7r• rm� G➢Co mz mom-{ ➢m= zzm z 0 m HOIIMS O1f1V-HHO-ONVH 1130 OlOHd 031VOIONI ONI1V2j '3Sl3 A N 0 3 D D Z 4I+ ➢Zm I rAK Cn-C0 0 J N C Z om➢ O ®23r 0 LJ �_ ►o 23 D Z m 3 D L J. 1100 2i010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA OION310S HOlIMS 111111 m c 0) m 0 >10018 1VNIWd31 HDlIMS O 0 ► ❑ 0 ® O O O 0 0 in < < < 0 0 n m m rn LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION JO 21000 NO 031VDO1 r 0 z 8010VINOD LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR TERMINAL LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNIWd31 Z c� CO c 0 oC0 0 Orn D Z � 0 -1 D mz D0 D z 0 DN12iIM 01313 ONI2iIM 13NVd #1331'011d .4113 rri ro "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn 0 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK PLC ANALOG INPUT SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES r..� DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 WWW.LNVINC.COM in m� H E 4.dwg 12/07/15 08:13 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files \14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E15.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:23am co O_ I v o < D o o < o l7 a Co C0 CD c 0 O O 'p 1,^,7 `V O O O O Co o N m co O N a z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0--c0 W Cil V En D c0 D 1 00 D 1 J D 1 D J 1 CnP D 1 D 1 CSI D i 1 N D i I - D 1 O �„/ 0.5A TBDI-2 H '® El 0.25A \ TBDI-17 0.25A H \ is ® TBDI-18 0.25A H \ Frn TBDI-13 0.25A n ® TBDI-14 _ N D o I N - in O N D o — - • - O N > 0 I O - • - co O N D 0 1 _ • O N D 0 1 0o - • im O N D 0 1 -4 ON O N IN ➢ 0 1 0) _ • se cm O N D 0 I _ • am .P O N ➢ 0 T - • - O N C -41 0 T W III -iO� 0 o 0, b�.� N) _,O O' OV 0) -D I 0 •O c N OV•V (n -O 0 1 L O N (n -7 0 10 I O •O •J N •J in 27 D O in O - 0 V I 0 W a r_ 6_ •co o N to O 0-. OV 0) 0 I —1 •_ O •IC •_ •� N O- OV 0) -o 0 II m e_ •_ O N O •_, •� V 0) -o 0 10 o_ 0 • CO•- •_ N •� V (/) 27 0 0 1 0 0 I N 0 1 W 1a I 0 1 - 'e _ O `1:> O- _ N _ � OV (/) -u 0 II W • O co _ •� N _ -4 OV 0) 27 0 II W •_ •_ •O O N _ •O 0-` OJ 0) 27 0 II W • • O 1:) _ •o _ •c V 0) 20 0 O I co V 0 (Ai W O Nal CO _O 1 ) CO IMP II -I W O •co N _ O-. oV 01 3 II 0 8 0 •co N o-. o'.4W (/) 27 II 0 8 0 •(00 Na OV (A 27 0 II O s� 1 N •� •V 01 27 0 0 0_ 0 I OP -rso TI 7 m TI m 71 to (n (n U) C C C C C C -U 27 m 27 -I -i -I -I -I -I 3> D D D C C C C C C 27 o M M 23 227 70 23 227 23 m m m m m m m m m m p m c D TzCZCZm G�TaLDG�j coo�m Q0 -m- LI 0 i M r T-1 m D� n n Z D -D_1ZO{ z��D w 0< -4 --II r 0 -f.20101-1 13 * D n O Z �r'm0 ZD CO 0 m z Z m -< p ) CJ -< D I N VI o rn D Z m r D xm K ) co r < I (n -4 0 cn r 0 I Om -n-n o D i -o D 2 1 0 o 0 1 , C O 0) = D 1 0) - m C r 0) 27 z 0 z n 0. 110111 ) ( W (n Co(/ 2 < I (n J 0 cm r 0 I m 0 0 O -Z-I 3> o 73 0 F0 v1 I 1 co O (/1 C A Z - -1 z 1 0 D ) V 0 Cn 2 < I (n V 0 0 1 0 1 00 o r �� o r 0 K r ZO CO p = < 0 r < 0f 0 m c m 0 in c = —1 70 r m 0 0 ) r W • c7 -1 C J r < I Cn J 0 01 V7 (ci) I 0 m oa m 1 G►■ 0 0 m m c1 m m r r 0 0 --11 0 m O O z O o 0 z 0 O r G7 r = D Z m 0. 0 0 z -I D 0 O .27 N • 0 m (o m r 0 -1 0 rn o 0 ZZ 70 o r 27 D Z rn r ) r N O 1 < I 01 J 0 01 01 01 I 0 2J z O -4 -I m m K K Z Z r r o o 0 0 -1 H 0 0 r < o r 1 m z O 0 0 Z ZZ A D n r -I m 0 A I o o �i I I -I Z0 '1 10 P1 C A m D K W e 0 m Z m- r r W A- z -no z„ Z z (n O > or m A D ['A- v zm z 0 m C7A r m� 0 o D Z 0 m m Z o 0 V) n 2 m D —_I 0 0 D G7 70 D K ill REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION I RECO1RDDTDR�AWIN V�/!r"�-. ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS iiii LNV .....rFlgsal MICHAEL E. COLWELL B 40734 : • �r oF• .GISTER� 1 � / Vg4C29•geX e-71 1/08/16 CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. E15 UTILITIES engineers 1 architects 1 contractors RAND MORGAN TANK PLC DIGITAL INPUT SCHEMATIC ""�' P,4 R T I T Department of Engineering Services 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 FAX (361)883-1986 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 WWW.LNVINC.COM E 5.dwg 12/07/15 08:13 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files \14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks \ Drawings \E16.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:23am O 0 n N -P. 0 n N 4. 0 0 0 O m c 1 c 70 m 33 D 0 O 0 O o O 0 O 0 O O D D D D D ➢ D D D ( '5)c '6) " (t N N N N N N N N N N • -9 c 1 c :0 m m c 1 C Z m 13 0) co m c 1 C m • • -n c 1 C 33 m c 1 c 37 m m c 1 C A m -n c 1 C m 73 (11 W • m c 1 c Z7 m m c 1 C 23 m V1 D N • m c 1 C A m m c 1 c m 0 O (0 -n c 1 C 23 PI N m c 1 c 73 m A D 0 0 col ➢ -n c 1 c 33 m -41 0 O D N U7 n m W co D U) 70 :1 m 0 0 I 0) N 01 -o 23 m D N U) D m 0 O 01 N U) -o 23 m N co N • 0 0 4. D N D N N D 0 O D N D N N D m 0 O D N dOlS — SOLS—AH D N 0) -o P1 m 0 O D N 3S010 — SOLS—AH D D N 0 O (-3 D N3d0 — 90LS—AH O W 0 D filfiliThffiffiffifilffiFfi- [MTh O O O O O Fin TQ N A -` N A N A N A -• N ? -) N. a --L N A --` N A A N A -` N A -• N ? N -L N A N A -` 1 N C Z () 0 m o C Z 100 M1 o ---I—--Ir—rfl IT III T I J) ij J) N A 3anifld < � Y ) C Z U) O m o Z1 4. CO r —1— 7 I T ff rj 6r) N - 3aflifld < C Z V) 0 PI 1 0 23 D \� l C Z CO 0 23 W CO c —1— -1 r —1— -1 T I J) b i) RS. ? N m C 1 C 23 m m C 1 c 23 m \ Y ) C Z 01 0 M o 33 0 D C Z (n 0 M o C Z 010 M 0 27 N D c —I— 7 r —I— -1 r —I— J) N T 1 I 1j (i) (!) A C 1 C 23 PI T II lt T I J) ) J) J) )) A 1 N C 1 C 23 m m C —1 C 73 m C Z 0)0 1T1 :3 CO C Z CO 0 M 0 C Z (n 0 0 0 03 1±111) C. CO 2 O < I U1 0 01 23 0 D C Z 100 m 1 0 1±11 b`" 1±1° bN C Z 0 m0 m< o z u, 0 W �) 23 23 33 CO CO W CO CO 7 CO D r—I—fl r-1--1 7—I--1 r —I r-1-7 r-1— r—--1—rm T -N T I -N T I -N T 1 T 1' T I - T I 1' J) (1) C) J, J) O Jj J) (I) (j) Jj O J) J, (I) J) J) )) J) J) )j J) Jj (j N - N A — N ? - N A - N P - N A - N A - N A- 0 Z C D 1 O z O z �_ C Z C Z D • 11 G) 0 0 m • • C p=mr • rn n n z D H• Z • D 0 cn 0O 0 0 1 Om eco m M = Z • D 2 n • r m m z mom-{ > m zzrn z 0 m 3aflifld < TI c 1 C 73 m HOlIMS O1f1V—JJO—ONVH 1130 010Hd 031VOIONI DNILV?J '3Sf13 se&490 1100 a010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 0ION310S HOlIMS 111111 m C m 0 (n 0 >13018 1VNIINa31 o c C) m LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION TI C 1 C 33 m 3aflifld < Q ► ❑ E ® 0 0 0 rn n m 3O 2:1000 NO 031VD01 1 z a010VINOD 0 rn LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNIVVa31 Z(-, C o CU cc o0 0 ZJ v� O m 0i) Z7 _ Z < o13 -1-1 o� D Z DNINIM 01314 ONIa!M 13NVd 0 O z 0 m #1331'011d .{113 Ian ro "ON ONIMV110 0110338 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE rn (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CO CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK PLC DIGITAL OUTPUT SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM 0 cn h m� H rn" rn E 6.dwg 12/07/15 08:12 1=1 MEC RUN 1 ERR IJO 0 112 3 4 516 7 8 9110 11 12 13114 15 16117118 19 20 21122 23 24 25126 27128 29130 31 0 C O O O O O O C C © E 0 O N -P. 0 n N 4. 0 0 0 O m c 1 c 70 m 33 D 0 O 0 O o O 0 O 0 O O D D D D D ➢ D D D ( '5)c '6) " (t N N N N N N N N N N • -9 c 1 c :0 m m c 1 C Z m 13 0) co m c 1 C m • • -n c 1 C 33 m c 1 c 37 m m c 1 C A m -n c 1 C m 73 (11 W • m c 1 c Z7 m m c 1 C 23 m V1 D N • m c 1 C A m m c 1 c m 0 O (0 -n c 1 C 23 PI N m c 1 c 73 m A D 0 0 col ➢ -n c 1 c 33 m -41 0 O D N U7 n m W co D U) 70 :1 m 0 0 I 0) N 01 -o 23 m D N U) D m 0 O 01 N U) -o 23 m N co N • 0 0 4. D N D N N D 0 O D N D N N D m 0 O D N dOlS — SOLS—AH D N 0) -o P1 m 0 O D N 3S010 — SOLS—AH D D N 0 O (-3 D N3d0 — 90LS—AH O W 0 D filfiliThffiffiffifilffiFfi- [MTh O O O O O Fin TQ N A -` N A N A N A -• N ? -) N. a --L N A --` N A A N A -` N A -• N ? N -L N A N A -` 1 N C Z () 0 m o C Z 100 M1 o ---I—--Ir—rfl IT III T I J) ij J) N A 3anifld < � Y ) C Z U) O m o Z1 4. CO r —1— 7 I T ff rj 6r) N - 3aflifld < C Z V) 0 PI 1 0 23 D \� l C Z CO 0 23 W CO c —1— -1 r —1— -1 T I J) b i) RS. ? N m C 1 C 23 m m C 1 c 23 m \ Y ) C Z 01 0 M o 33 0 D C Z (n 0 M o C Z 010 M 0 27 N D c —I— 7 r —I— -1 r —I— J) N T 1 I 1j (i) (!) A C 1 C 23 PI T II lt T I J) ) J) J) )) A 1 N C 1 C 23 m m C —1 C 73 m C Z 0)0 1T1 :3 CO C Z CO 0 M 0 C Z (n 0 0 0 03 1±111) C. CO 2 O < I U1 0 01 23 0 D C Z 100 m 1 0 1±11 b`" 1±1° bN C Z 0 m0 m< o z u, 0 W �) 23 23 33 CO CO W CO CO 7 CO D r—I—fl r-1--1 7—I--1 r —I r-1-7 r-1— r—--1—rm T -N T I -N T I -N T 1 T 1' T I - T I 1' J) (1) C) J, J) O Jj J) (I) (j) Jj O J) J, (I) J) J) )) J) J) )j J) Jj (j N - N A — N ? - N A - N P - N A - N A - N A- 0 Z C D 1 O z O z �_ C Z C Z D • 11 G) 0 0 m • • C p=mr • rn n n z D H• Z • D 0 cn 0O 0 0 1 Om eco m M = Z • D 2 n • r m m z mom-{ > m zzrn z 0 m 3aflifld < TI c 1 C 73 m HOlIMS O1f1V—JJO—ONVH 1130 010Hd 031VOIONI DNILV?J '3Sf13 se&490 1100 a010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 0ION310S HOlIMS 111111 m C m 0 (n 0 >13018 1VNIINa31 o c C) m LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION TI C 1 C 33 m 3aflifld < Q ► ❑ E ® 0 0 0 rn n m 3O 2:1000 NO 031VD01 1 z a010VINOD 0 rn LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNIVVa31 Z(-, C o CU cc o0 0 ZJ v� O m 0i) Z7 _ Z < o13 -1-1 o� D Z DNINIM 01314 ONIa!M 13NVd 0 O z 0 m #1331'011d .{113 Ian ro "ON ONIMV110 0110338 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE rn (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CO CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK PLC DIGITAL OUTPUT SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM 0 cn h m� H rn" rn E 6.dwg 12/07/15 08:12 1=1 MEC 2:\Job Files \14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E17.dwg Friday Jonuory 08, 2016. 9:25om O o C r D W D z fNTID mm 0 C r > 4Z D� z r D N m Z1 0 D E -4 -1D > z NI N m mA m N 21313INMOld z O r 0 < < c r m fU/ Z C m 0 oD * O V) 0 0 UN� rn m— CO* - �m 0m z W NIVH0 Sf1H „Z T -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Crl Coo m 13NVd VOVO N 0 0 0 0 0 0 oZ o-0-0-0-0-0-0 ?0 z 0 0 x 0 Z L m D �0 0 m20 M D m 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 NIC 0 >< >0 DI Z m m r FIELD 0 0 0 0 0 0 L 0 F Z 0 0 ?0 Z 0 0 x 0 D z O O O W W ZWO Col CA Dal Q - x U 0 U N 0 0 N �7 Ell O < 3NI1 31dINVS „Z/L W r r O L c NI 0 0 0 0 ro >0 > z m N) >< D 0 2- > m V 001 x In m 0 _ to —C -Q4 o cn cn m 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0I 1 0 0 O 1 1 01D co 1 1 1 I 1 1 m=0&) K ek� W 0 Nr 1 1 D D m D n w O -1 O ° •• A D D z m N m 0 UIO N m 1 m D Z m r m dZ—OVAOtZ 1 1 D 0I0 m - I DI 3 NIW m X I z,c, m N D ? U Om Z O m NI -IO 7 D Z O -i n N O m 0 - /� m D Ar rd m N I 30" 0 OD70 ,0-1L9 '13 NOOIA 03HSINId C 0 C V) �o D 0 D z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m m r 0 0 0 0 ,00" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F D0 Z M rm 0 r 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 U N.0 SCADA PANEL 57 -PLC -0101 1 0. N. STEVENS PLANT - CONTROL ROOM I r0 Ia a— o— o—o — 0 o—a o I l 0 0 I O 0 0 0 o it° la1 ra 0 0 0—o-0=0 II 1L0 F. o 0 0 a °—°+° .II 1L0 O o o 0 00 M Z m 0 O 0 O 0 1 0 0 0 0_ 0 0 7 O P1 m -I0 O O m 0 0 U /V O > I \o D CDii DD ✓ 1 O 0 0 a 0 0 0 0- 1 1 A r D- r O - D r 00 mO m Z 0 0 0 0 I I I I 1 I I 0 0 0- O r O 0 H /2 o`Io ooi o / 0 7 O P1 m -I0 O O m 0 0 U /V O > I \o D CDii DD ✓ 1 O 0 0 a 0 0 0 0- 1 1 A r D- r O - D r 00 mO m Z 0 0 0 0 I I I I 1 I I 0 0 0- O r O 0 H /2 11/211 V 0);5 DVo V V rV V OV >� m m z 0 0D — ➢ (o ➢V2 V 0);5 DVo c0 rV V OV g\ tl Z c 27 m z 0 O D 27 2 D -� z C -1 m z O O 27 x D - ; z c -1 r➢ 0 z z o 1> m 00A.(60 ➢ V 0);5 ZJ c0 7-\\160 V OV g1 z c r 0 z c m z 0 O➢ 27 V�V ➢ V 0);5 ➢ V VO V OV n z c m z 0 O➢ 27 V�V /V1- / V ^ o ➢ VV D //,� �V n Z c m fT1 z 0 0 D z x Dr m z C A m z 0 rD 0; TJ xD — A ( /V1- / V ^ o /V��� V V n O jV ��3j -i\,, z c 27 m z 0 0D 23 _ D Jm 0 D / V ^ o D A V V n O )../6 Dr V o DDDx z c 27 m z 0 m z c o -I r AD c D r W (.4 V O W 0 m m z 0 I 1 rD 0� 23 m Vu D r J r z c Jm` m z 0 Oc A 3NIWVNO1HOONON Iz 0 0 r Im x I-1 m m 3NIINV2101HOONOW IE kr REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 0 0 r 0 # 1331'O8d 1113 0 'ON ONIMVH0 01103311 °, ch ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK P&ID limelislaseale1 CITY CE CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION. SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM 0 rea mt y O E17.dwg 12/07/15 09:46 1=1 MEC Z:\Joh Files \14016 — City of CC Elevoted Tanks \ Oro wings\E18.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:26am tos 909 008 roe \ rs)e \ 6be \ r os \+ s)a a +\ soB BPo % \reB 'O \ \B x\\ e„ BOB roe 9 \ 808 \ T0B TOB + \\\ 8% �B \ TOB + r� \\ \ \ \% B� TM • +\\ 08 \'''',,,____>_ T08 r� \ \ %\ 'BB SOS roe \ \ Toe e6 \ \ roe Too \ \ TOB TOe \ \ TOB TOB \ \ TOB 'be Z • Z O Z > 7• m z i O ( \ r� roe \ T� \ roe \ 71 Co OA m m m 1 r O x 1 00 m 0, N '0B n < m Cn n Z C -n 0 W m>c vI- 00 m0 0 r O x 1 GyS '0 CO 2 05 \0B toe + TBB TOB + ,os sco \ '0B B, � 4 soB 808 108 Pos m 0 r m 301AHRS 1VOIa10313 6be 64g toe \ + TOB ® ® o cn w '0B tg '0B TOB \ r0e \ et/F r�B \ TO ' ft 240V, 10 CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT 120V, 10 CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT XO8 NOILONlf 120/277V, 20AMP, SINGLE POLE SWITCH ZZ mcmc" HN OC m D C C n' < W m Igl m> m> nA CO en mK =2 Vlm Cm 0 2 Y Omnm 2 0 - D fri1 rwm A r m2 M X- Ox 0x fnn70 mr =m mm o o O z < v -I 0 m n mK mD m0 m 0°' 0m nH x 0 1 z O m O mm zcn Z K > m n m O V' 0 0i < c c c Z cn m c m m 0 K c 2 > 0 K P —1 c03 m a -I m m 0 OVERHEAD SECONDARY CIRCUIT (BY AEP) ±IflGNOO ONfOHOH30Nfl 1Il0NOO OIldO )3381d CONDUIT RUN IN CONCRETE SLAB 03SOdX3 Nfl?I±IflaNOO CONTACTOR SWITCHED CONDUCTOR JOlOfONOO 031-1O1IMS 2iOIOl0NOO ESVHd 2JO1Ol0NOO 1Ve11f13N 1 CO DD Z Z 0I >0 vn c v W OX mm N > Om D m 2 Z O =T 0 CONDUCTOR SIZE IF OTHER THAN #12 AWG. CONDUIT SIZE IF OTHER THAN 314" HOME RUN TO PANEL, CIRCUIT NUMBER AS INDICATED GN3031 1VOIaL031E REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION ZIoi13 #103fad ADO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN IMF CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM H a m� 00 cn rro rn 1 ti E18.dwg 12/07/15 12:27 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files \14016 — City of CC Elevated Tanks \Drawings\El 9.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:27am Cn 0 m m -I V31 ilOM 0 -, L=„9 LA :TICS r rm L099-33 210103134 • rral O O T1<� L -1 m73 mm omm 0 REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 0 0 0 0 Z!O!!3 #1331'011dAlla "ON ONIM b'80 0!10338 rn °, cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENT LOCATION PLANS V CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM 0 0 co h Cop P. m� H (o rn O E 9.dwg 12/07/15 09:43 1=1 MEC Z:\Joh Files \14016 — City of CC Elevoted Tanks \Drowings\E20.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:28am 0 Cn 0 0 Fri 7 D u n O z O 1 d 0 REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION zI p«3 # 103PONd ADO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK LIGHTING, POWER, INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL PLANS IMF Ilissentrosteasso CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E20.dwg 12/07/15 09:44 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E21.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:29am m o 0 co > TAG LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE O O O O O O O SYMBOL LED LINEAR VAPOR TIGHT LED LINEAR VAPOR TIGHT INTERIOR LED AREA LIGHT INTERIOR LED AREA LIGHT EXTERIOR LED AREA LIGHT DESCRIPTION CEILING/ PENDANT WALL SURFACE CEILING SURFACE WALL SURFACE WALL SURFACE K 0 c z -12 0 METALUX METALUX CROUSE -HINDS CROUSE -HINDS CROUSE -HINDS MANUFACTURER 4VT2-LD4-6-FR50-W-UNV-L840-WL- SSLTEH-VT2-CHAIN/SET-U-VT2SS-MBK 4VT2-LD4-6-FR50-W-UNV-L840-WL- SSLTEH VXHF25GP < X x m -11 N Ul0 O VMV9L-W-25TW-R3-G-UNV1-DS20 CATALOG No. INCLUDED INCLUDED A-21 LED 1300 LUMENS A-21 LED 1300 LUMENS INCLUDED LAMPS 120 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC VOLTAGE Cn 0) Cn 01 a) a Co V1 INPUT WATTS NEMA 4X, MOUNT AT 9'-O" AFF, IN ELECTRICAL ROOM NEMA 4X ROSEMOUNT W/FACTORY INSTALLED PHOTO CELL REMARKS z O rn NO SUBSTITUTION WILL BE ALLOWED FOR SPECIFIED ITEMS Z N ? N O _1NNU DO 0> (7�N Z r gym 0 D Z Z O r 1 .Z] O m c D DCT` -0 17123 > 01 r1 3SVHd l AOtZ/OZ[ Z c t co o0 ➢ (n 1 ONO 14 I. '0/l#£ '0„Z O O 01 m D m 4. • 0 m D P1 m 0 O W (0 • 4. O 01 D P1 m 01 m D m to m D m -o D P1 rn N O N 0 N 0 ) N O N) 0 \ \ ) \ \ \ O O HO HO O 01 D P1 m W J • W CO 0 0 n / \ Z 0 mo DW P-0 ONO t#1 '0/1.#£ '02 W rs • W W • C4 Ca Cr) O N O N 0 O�\ 0�\ Cr) D 23 m 01 -o D m c W • D 23 m N CO • 0) D m N 0 0 0 N v • Ni 0 0) m D A m 1 O N 01 • C4 N N 0 W 0) 0 0 0 N W 0 0 • 03A a3XI11 }INV! v D P1 m Fl X PI PI 0 r 0 z 0 O 1 \N0 0/\M 01O1N OO(1 O )N \rc 0 0 O NO0NOr")0 -`0 O N • CO • Ni N.) N O O '. N O N / \ 0 CD O - O HOIIMS Olf1V-110-ONVH 1130 010Hd N m A -I mD -I z r 0 m 0 m 031VOIONI ONI1Va '3Sl3 J 01 co cal O N O N o - 0 � \ IN3Ild1f103 5111 1110 W • CO • fl N O NJ 0 NJ >\ )\ o) o 0 13NVd AtGG/Sdfl c* -010 1100 a010VINO0 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 010N310S HOlIMS 11WI1 �c m73 -0A Dr Orn r< 01),1 (fir FUSED SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK ONIIHOII NOIIOfla1S80 VVJ J • CO O N r 0) W • 4. D_ rz e> m zo O :O • N 13NVd VOVOS A m mm 0 0 m >0 0 > rD mr CO2j 0 0 o c ► ❑ o LEI DEVICE LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION O m m LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNINa31 Z (7 c� 0 We O W 0 m 0 m rA (1) CO O 0 D y m _- o G7 D z 0 O O ONIaIM 01313 ONIUM 13NVd 31f103H0S IN3VVdif103 #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 0!103311 rn rri 0 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 1 contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM E21.dwg 12/07/15 09:44 I O O O O O O O O O O O O O e O O G A TANK MIXER VFD (ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2) c V) PRESSURE TRANSMITTER CITY MIS NETWORK CABNET(S) CCTV CONTROL PANEL NOT USED WATER QUALITY ANALYZER PANEL (TWO REQUIRED) PHOTOCELL FLOWMETER CONVERTER MAGNETIC FLOWMETER DETECTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH SINGLE PACKAGE A/C UNIT, DIRECT EXPANSION COOL,RESISTANCE HEAT; LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS FOR HEATING, COOLING, AUTOMATIC HEAT/COOL CHANGEOVER; ANTI -SHORT CYCLING T.D. RELAY; PERMANENT WASHABLE FILTER, INSIDE COIL FROST/COMPRESSOR SHUTDOWN SWITCH; WATER QUALITY ANALYZER CONTROLLER (ONE REQUIRED) WATER QUALITY ANALYZER PANEL (TWO REQUIRED) CIRCUIT BREAKER SERVICE DISCONNECT RATED SCADA RTU OBSTRUCTION LIGHTING CONTROLLER ELECTRICAL PANEL, P DESCRIPTION r FLOOR N -0 rn FLOOR WALL SURFACE 1 WALL SURFACE OUTDOOR CONDUIT r m WALL SURFACE N rnO ,-Frr72D v=iD1 , I ; �, Fri m cc cA orz PANEL WALL SURFACE WALL SURFACE FLOOR, FREE STANDING WALL SURFACE CD Dr P10 K cZ I EATON - POWERWARE ROSEMOUNT ROSEMOUNT CROUSE -HINDS TOSHIBA 0 U) W D SQUARE D z 02 y 0 r m m 00 - 0 1 V) xi Z 2 0 = D 0 _ SQUARE D CROUSE -HINDS SQUARE D MANUFACTURER 240VAC, 1 PHASE, 1 HP VFD FE 1.4 KVA WITH CAT. NO. 116750225-001 WEB ADAPTER 3051 (NOTE 1) 1 SQP10103-LOD -om 0 cn N O_ 0 Z 0 -1m LF622 �r1 01 a I RCBGO8-21-04G (NOTE 1) SC200 0 -1 0 I OLC-70070J-3-0/3- QT-X4-LED I CATALOG No. 240 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC N a O0 120 VAC 24 VDC I 240 VAC N a o D o N < o 24 VDC 240 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC 120/240 VAC < O D 0 m I pA *< D I I I I I I I I C4 0 ((44 -o 4 kW (13,652 BTU/HR) 0.67 TON (8,400 BTU/HR) ? O. 1 o D .,1 0 D I N D X z 0 VFD FURNISHED BY TANK MIXER VENDOR. GAGE PRESSURE - 14.7 PSI TO 150 PSI, 4-20mA OUTPUT, 1/2-14 NPT FEMALE PROCESS CONNECTION, 316L SST DIAPHRAM AND WETTED PARTS, SILICON FILLED, ALUMINUM BODY, 2 INCH PIPE MOUNTING BRACKET , LCD DISPLAY, TRANSIENT PROTECTION TERMINAL BLOCK, ASSEMBLE TO MODEL 305RT 2 VALVE MANIFOLD. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CITY MIS DEPT. NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE MONOCHLORAMINE AND AMMONIA MEASUREMENT. PROVIDE MODEL 56 DUAL CHANNEL ANALYZER, 24 VDC WITH 4 EACH 4-20 MA OUTPUTS.. PROVIDE AMMONIUM AND MONOCHLORAMINE SENSORS, CONSTANT HEAD FLOW CONTROLLER ANO FLOW CELL. INCLUDE ALL TUBING, CABLES, FITTINGS AND CONNECTORS HEAVY DUTY, NOT -FUSIBLE, NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE CORROSION -RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION: 316 STAINLESS CABINET, FAN SCROLL, AND DRAIN PAN; 316 STAINLESS HARDWARE; WITH CABINET WALL MOUNT FLANGES; FPT TAPPED CONDENSATE DRAIN OUTLET; "CORROTEC" OR EPDXY COIL COATING (EVAPORATOR AND CONDENSER COILS AN UN -INSULATED TUBING) CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 6 FT. GROUNDED POWER CORD WITH NEMA 250 V, 30 A. 6-30R RIGHT ANGLE POWER PLUG AND MATCHING RECEPTACLE. DUAL CHANNEL, RS -485 MODBUS COMMUNICATOINS, 24 VDC POWER SUPPLY, 5 EACH - 4-20 MA OUTPUTS TOTAL CHLORINE, PH & TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT WITH PH SENSOR, NEMA 4X, STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE, 22,000 AIC SEE SHEET E6 1 - FLASHING RED BEACON 42 CKT, 22,000 AIC, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE WITH 160kA TVSS REMARKS Z c t co o0 ➢ (n 1 ONO 14 I. '0/l#£ '0„Z O O 01 m D m 4. • 0 m D P1 m 0 O W (0 • 4. O 01 D P1 m 01 m D m to m D m -o D P1 rn N O N 0 N 0 ) N O N) 0 \ \ ) \ \ \ O O HO HO O 01 D P1 m W J • W CO 0 0 n / \ Z 0 mo DW P-0 ONO t#1 '0/1.#£ '02 W rs • W W • C4 Ca Cr) O N O N 0 O�\ 0�\ Cr) D 23 m 01 -o D m c W • D 23 m N CO • 0) D m N 0 0 0 N v • Ni 0 0) m D A m 1 O N 01 • C4 N N 0 W 0) 0 0 0 N W 0 0 • 03A a3XI11 }INV! v D P1 m Fl X PI PI 0 r 0 z 0 O 1 \N0 0/\M 01O1N OO(1 O )N \rc 0 0 O NO0NOr")0 -`0 O N • CO • Ni N.) N O O '. N O N / \ 0 CD O - O HOIIMS Olf1V-110-ONVH 1130 010Hd N m A -I mD -I z r 0 m 0 m 031VOIONI ONI1Va '3Sl3 J 01 co cal O N O N o - 0 � \ IN3Ild1f103 5111 1110 W • CO • fl N O NJ 0 NJ >\ )\ o) o 0 13NVd AtGG/Sdfl c* -010 1100 a010VINO0 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 010N310S HOlIMS 11WI1 �c m73 -0A Dr Orn r< 01),1 (fir FUSED SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK ONIIHOII NOIIOfla1S80 VVJ J • CO O N r 0) W • 4. D_ rz e> m zo O :O • N 13NVd VOVOS A m mm 0 0 m >0 0 > rD mr CO2j 0 0 o c ► ❑ o LEI DEVICE LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION O m m LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNINa31 Z (7 c� 0 We O W 0 m 0 m rA (1) CO O 0 D y m _- o G7 D z 0 O O ONIaIM 01313 ONIUM 13NVd 31f103H0S IN3VVdif103 #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 0!103311 rn rri 0 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 1 contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM E21.dwg 12/07/15 09:44 I Z:\Joh Files \14016 — City of CC Elevoted Tanks \Drowings\E22.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:29am GOl aNf1OID 06X b/£ 1 I= 111= IIII 111-11 /1 /1 3NON :31iOS J c D C (J) - zz 0 C o rn OD 7D rn rn n C 10'-0" JOMJ >INV11931S 7 „0-.2 X 3dld Ob 'HOS '1/2(I0 ..£ a 7 9'-0" • W O a Z 0 C O • C_ —1 O O H c 0 e0 O —I X O 0 Z 0 N w om n O D • m* * CO m ;I1 coo n O c c Z C 0 �1D r 0 Z 0 0 rmzm O* 0m�mrD -TI• cS rO • z cm• TI (n > m0 mmz > 0 z -i 0 73 cnn fV D m 0) M 0 X X m (n D r N 0 W /1 /1 /1 /1 /1 7 REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION < • (7 D zm c(c <� mTN o vo w0 n D m D Z1 of 13 # 103P08d ADO "ON ONIM HH0 OMNI n 40 zfr 133HS ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E22.dwg 12/07/15 09:44 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E23.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:30am N 0 D 0 z m l J m oDm oc m l J m ® O Z z 0 0 120VAC CIRCUITS ONLY O 0 00 ma 00 0000 00 00 CJ 00 000 L 0 120VAC CIRCUITS ONLY a Q S11 III1 (IiLLii�Lili^ � V • 1111 7a= osa m 0 ® p 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY ©T® N 0 0 �L 1000001 a a 00 00 000 000 000 000 000 000 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00 0 0 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 19 F 19 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 It 00/000E00 oda 0 woo At oM 000100 Y000 oo0000lo O too of 0 001o00 O 000 000 04 000 000 000 0 oda uwuuvia uul uW ,1o OO!> 0:0 0 cW 0 NO S1If1G11D DOAtZ 0 LEL 0 crab 1111 111111111 11111111 11111 11111111 111111111111111111111 C7 C7 I� 0 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY If1DdID OVAOZI 0) 0 z O L = 0 11 0 1 C cnm� oH-I Vmm Azi Z7 4o co cri Old VOVOS 0 D Cn 0 DSI D D7D m I D W a)IVOO O f*1 D Z CO 70r z Fri D-1 Z m I r P1 O A D D Z 0 0 c 0> 0 Z I XI PO0 01-z rn Z 0m r 0 z (7 z —10 r0� r 0 D U7 2 r 0 D (JI O Q ? z m A D O 2 m z O 01 Q 4 W V 36 W CP W a CA CJ4 W N GW -, W O nass111 lv CO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 17 0 U1 1 Cni N — — Ol ca Co V C1 U1 4 W Nf m MATERIAL LIST > > Ni N N ? 2 N 40 00 — — N (7) N 0 L 3 -` - - -- -- - 3 3 44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 FT, 1 LAMP FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH LAMP SHADE AND RECEPTACLE ROUTER W/FIREWALL — FL MGUARD RS VPN 8 PORT MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH FUSE, 3.2A, 125VAC (1.3x38) FUSE, 2.0A, 125VAC (1.3x38) FUSE, 1.6A, 125VAC (1.3x38) 1 FUSE, 1.OA, 125VAC (1.3x38) FUSE, 6.3A, 250VAC (5x20) FUSE, 0.5A, 250VAC (5x20) FUSE, 0.25A, 250VAC (5x20) FUSED BLOCK — UK 10,3—HES' N CABINET HEATER W/THERMOSTAT — 100W L 0 120VAC CIRCUITS ONLY a Q S11 III1 (IiLLii�Lili^ � V • 1111 7a= osa m 0 ® p 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY ©T® N 0 0 �L 1000001 a a 00 00 000 000 000 000 000 000 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00 0 0 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 19 F 19 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 It 00/000E00 oda 0 woo At oM 000100 Y000 oo0000lo O too of 0 001o00 O 000 000 04 000 000 000 0 oda uwuuvia uul uW ,1o OO!> 0:0 0 cW 0 NO S1If1G11D DOAtZ 0 LEL 0 crab 1111 111111111 11111111 11111 11111111 111111111111111111111 C7 C7 I� 0 24VDC CIRCUITS ONLY If1DdID OVAOZI 0) 0 z O L = 0 11 0 1 C cnm� oH-I Vmm Azi Z7 4o co cri Old VOVOS 0 D Cn 0 DSI D D7D m I D W a)IVOO O f*1 D Z CO 70r z Fri D-1 Z m I r P1 O A D D Z 0 0 c 0> 0 Z I XI PO0 01-z rn Z 0m r 0 z (7 z —10 r0� r 0 D U7 2 r 0 D (JI O Q ? z m A D O 2 m z O 01 Q 4 W V 36 W CP W a CA CJ4 W N GW -, W O N (D lv CO 27 N a) N CJ1 N 23 N N N -`O N (D IX 17 0 U1 4 Cni N — — Ol ca Co V C1 U1 4 W Nf m MATERIAL LIST > > Ni N N ? 2 N 40 00 — — N (7) N 0 - 3 -` - - -- -- - 3 3 44 ? ? 12 N a 50 N -` N -• 0 -I -< 2 FT, 1 LAMP FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH LAMP SHADE AND RECEPTACLE ROUTER W/FIREWALL — FL MGUARD RS VPN 8 PORT MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH FUSE, 3.2A, 125VAC (1.3x38) FUSE, 2.0A, 125VAC (1.3x38) FUSE, 1.6A, 125VAC (1.3x38) 1 FUSE, 1.OA, 125VAC (1.3x38) FUSE, 6.3A, 250VAC (5x20) FUSE, 0.5A, 250VAC (5x20) FUSE, 0.25A, 250VAC (5x20) FUSED BLOCK — UK 10,3—HES' N CABINET HEATER W/THERMOSTAT — 100W GROUND BUS — 12 POINT 2 1/4" WIRE DUCT CONTROL RELAY — PLC—RSC-240C/21 700VA UPS, FERRUPS WITH WEB/SNMP ADAPTER 24V DC POWER SUPPLY — QUINT—PS/1AC/24DC/5 NOT USED NOT USED ANALOG INPUT MODULE — 4-20 ma, 4 CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT MODULE — 24VDC, 16 POINT DISCRETE OUTPUT MODULE-24VDC, 16 POINT NOT USED PLC CPU MODULE PLC POWER SUPPLY MODULE 120VAC 10A CIRCUIT BREAKER — TMC -61C -10A 120VAC DUPLEX RECEPTACLE — EM—DUO 120/15 120VAC SURGE PROTECTOR BASE — PT—BE/FM 120VAC SURGE PROTECTOR — PT2—PE/S-120AC—ST 24VDC SURGE PROTECTOR BASE — PT2x1—BE 24VDC SURGE PROTECTOR — PT2x1-24DC—ST UNIVERSAL GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK — UT 4—PE FEED—THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK — UT 4 FUSED BLOCK — UT 4—HESILED 24 (5X20) END BLOCK — E/NS 35 N PERFORATED DIN RAIL — NS 35/7.5 GELOCHT PLC ENCLOSURE 62x48x18 316 SS W/SS BACK PANEL DESCRIPTION 23 D I- PHOENIX CONTACT MOXA BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN BUSSMANN PHOENIX CONTACT HOFFMAN D 0 c PHOENIX CONTACT D 0 z PHOENIX CONTACT ALLEN BRADLEY ALLEN BRADLEY ALLEN BRADLEY ALLEN BRADLEY ALLEN BRADLEY PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT PHOENIX CONTACT HOFFMAN MFGR. (D CO al W -• N N co CO (D a1 — EDS-508A—MM—SC m Z > CA - N m Z D N m Z D -, 0) O rn Z D -• (n UI 0 I W 1 0 W 01 0 1 O o 1 D (n On 0 1 N) Cm o 1 0 30 48 38 6 O 3> 2 0 0£. -‘a D G2X2LG6 N co O a) -4 FE700VA WITH CAT. NO. 116750225-001 28 66 75 0 V 0) 1 V 0) 1 rn V 0) 1 a1 1769—L33ER 1769—PA4 09 02 07 2 56 00 46 1 28 39 28 2 28 39 33 4 28 56 13 9 28 56 08 7 30 44 12 8 30 44 10 2 30 46 09 0 08 00 88 6 08 01 73 3 A62H4812SS6LP CAT. No. MODIFIED SIZE Z 0 m CO REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION # 1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 0!103311 rn w cri A 46, ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK SCADA PANEL LAYOUT CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM E23. dwg 77/15 09:45 1=1 MEC Z:\Joh Files \14016 — City of CC Elevoted Tanks \Drowings\E24.dwg Fridoy January 08. 2016. 9:30am 00H CNI1080 (Ty,- m 0 °-1m m= Z• y m c0 • nmo M c m m mz m -1 m Z z m O co y z O E O r O ymm� cm0n > cmzW 00 m<m� -o m 0 rim z m 0 0 co m 0 w O • x c -' z o D 0 • o O m o� n r y 0 i CONDUIT ENTRANCE INTO POLE CONDUITS PER PLAN DRAWING 4t 0 z 0 1 0 z a 3'-0" lei J 0 m <0 _ y Z 0 0 > O m m m0 T1 9) 0 ✓ z z1 O M m O O • _ O 0 r• o mm m -o -I O D r 310d NI 1130 N3dO HO PRE -CAST SCH.40 PVC CONDUIT 30' APPROX. 30'-O" APPROX. LoomOW e-32 = m -1 m z m n 0mmn-1Cn 00 00 o m m r Z o D 0 0 0 m -1 m NON31 dOl CONDUIT ENTRANCE INTO POLE c 0 c 0 Oz z O kai 3'-0" --1 m -o D Z O D Z 0 D 0 m J z z• D= O m m O O� • 2 J 0 r • 0 Mm 0 O 0 O m n M> Z W nco M0 r= Z o O0 m0 0 z 0 c om0 =m-Im C0zm o mni <n = y Z 0 ZO�D O m00� N v, 31380N00 1SV038d SC r z z 0 O N m 0Li- 0 O= m 730 - 40 310d 03ZINVA1VO d10 1OH m r N Or I! o m c O 0 r D r0 Z D Zm m > 0 z m D m n� =O �r O < 00 r- -1 -1 mZ G1 0 • y REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION OW. 0 N r m0.- ✓ < cpm • m 0 -1= r Z O== n0 1 r0 w m Dn '0 -z1A ]� O Oo r o v co 0 0 0 r c m z 0-0AN M = F r D ODO m o Zrr.s0 N 0 n m < r Di m y S D� m n zr . m-m1 . D yo ZC7r co In U1OOm • zmz 0�a D - W ' O Z Z1 of 13 # 103P08d ADO "ON ONIM HH0 OMNI n 40 ft 133HS ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK LIGHTING INSTALLATION DETAILS IMF CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM H a m� NCn rn ti E24.dwg 12/07/15 09:45 1=32 MEC Z:\Job Files\ 14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E25.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:31am 3NON :TWOS C7 o Zo Q rn C cm 2J rn C �z D 0 r- 2Zo D -A r (n I- N z 0 Wmr zm cmc WOz mA0 *�0 0 co ZXc z 0(00 Amo A Orn 1 A c o(j) z H 1 m U co „8-8„ N01103S e:100 -1J HSINIJ z 0 1 m C6X8.2 0 j v I Z m r N A N NCol 0 C 5'-0" z H „V—V„ N01103S ORORROMMINIIIWALVINIMitalk %r \I I VIA X D Co 0 z _< m p >m mU7D r m4 Irn m rn D 7 O m :10 m A W > �7 D > D z O N z (n 0 O m O 713 m W-0 r O M 0 O Cn n c z z z A me r1 3NON :31VOS _ 0 O C C l i v d o co O773 Fri Fri 0 qq 0 0 0 0 V) rn 1 0 o A D 0 r 0 m O o O D Z 0 -I C PP1 zm om N cZ Ao m� k7 c O mc °I O 0 �3" CLEAR MIN. (TYP.) 2" CLEAR MIN 0 ° 0 (O1J O < •O m O W 0 O Ip p c z� 0z c 00 c 0 z 0 c llflGNOO OAd 017 HOS 0 O 0 t- JJ I� ° I ° 2" CLEAR HI°0D°11 `I° \° \/ \\ NN 831dVOV 31VW33 OAd 0 ONIOVdS „Z L O w O O zo o 01 m A m 0 3" CLEAR MIN. (TYP.) MIN. (TYP.) 2:13N2100 HDV3 1 O 00 ODz C Cm Z 0110 cA D z (nco D m = rn 0 0 z Z TI 1 c7 A O < z 0 0 c0 1 D X mo mD Zr 0� z c 4D P1 A r< 0 O n I 0 rrn 0 0 Z D Or _oz C (n 0 0 z 0 c up O b- 0 0 0 ° ° ° 4 0 S D m 0 70 0 m u O (n D O z 0 w 00 z0 e1 -N M- m 0 83Na00 NOVA 41V8 b# 23'-0" 4 isA C 4 (n m < m ,� <0 > r CO O DC O p z mD me n c 0 0 z Z �c z m c rn 0 0 c r r z 0 m < 1 0 O -o D co m 00 P1 D 0 c 0 Z= 0 Z m0 0 C -U r z 0 D W L 6 O0 m D or D 0z me 0 Z O c m-<00 73 zz z Kmoo m O D10� Z -0 0 rn CO O� 0 z 0 00 0Cc c-lz 1 0 z 0 ONO 1#L—D<t/T 6'-O" MAX 4' -0" MIN W N..) - m N - 1oA0 < O 0 D 0OC m D 1 m�A� zmo O• 73 rn- z z m A 1 > -1A > m� oc rn 1 z fn SW - n 0 0 z 0 SND 0 0 13 r1/4) Z, O 9 <- w Z 0 1 m 1 w N 1 � > 8 �_ xrn oA Az -1 P11 000 1 0 00 rn-(n 1 - -ter C (/) =Ar 1 m5A Am< 0 m rn D O 0 N O m 4s ZO- o X1 Z c 0 omI 1 0 0z0 z 0 HO 1333 Z NIH11M 38 REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION -1 Cn x� E CO 0 D m< Wz O -1 m z 0 n 1 w o 0A0 C in gym' m0 -1 rn0v) I c cn x -m ozrn m m m z � D z m # 1331'011d .4113 "ON ON1MV10 0!103311 rn cn 0 cm ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH.(361)883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E25.dwg 12/07/15 09:45 1=1 MEC Z:\Joh Files \14016 — City of CC Elevoted Tanks \Drowings\E26.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:32am 3NON :31VOS P ® 7D 4 C m Z � c - C Z U C.) rn 4 31321ONOO ONIISIX3 0o 0 a N 2 r —I cn DETERMINED BY ELEVATION OF PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Ss - —4 (n N m C0) r = "0a M C) D 77 W 0 z dVO Rdld 13315 N X X J 0) OD -4 C N_ W D Z X D H -mNm N -1Z O 0 rn X M z •m o m ca ca m N n W U1 3N112131VM .AE SS 91,E '3A1VA 11V9 „WE N � D X w m -Pt.n ZOz Z t,.) �n rn O cn 0) D_ N Z m z va) mr C -1 N m X m H G7 D ohoZmc riG) Wo w X = is ,< mclo rn> 1777o 0)r o - •L im oar 16 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 213111INSNVHI > Z O �Om C c U In 0) cnmcn c m m m0 D �c G7 m Z 0 m REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION zI p«3 # 1a3PONd ADO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS Ilissonerroteasso CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E26.dwg 12/07/15 09:45 1=1 MEC 4" 4" 1" _ 1" 0 1 , 0 N X X J 0) OD -4 C N_ W D Z X D H -mNm N -1Z O 0 rn X M z •m o m ca ca m N n W U1 3N112131VM .AE SS 91,E '3A1VA 11V9 „WE N � D X w m -Pt.n ZOz Z t,.) �n rn O cn 0) D_ N Z m z va) mr C -1 N m X m H G7 D ohoZmc riG) Wo w X = is ,< mclo rn> 1777o 0)r o - •L im oar 16 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 213111INSNVHI > Z O �Om C c U In 0) cnmcn c m m m0 D �c G7 m Z 0 m REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION zI p«3 # 1a3PONd ADO ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS Ilissonerroteasso CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM E26.dwg 12/07/15 09:45 1=1 MEC 1 Z:\Joh Files \14016 - City of CC Elevoted Tanks \Drowings\E27.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:32am 0 r Om O 70 D r 126.65' 45'-0" SZ •/313 dd 0 m D z m r m N D 0 0 m D m 0 z D rn z O 0 Z 0 N N O 0 0 0 M rn om 0 D O 1 r - 0 m 0 o��? ONOA38 11VM 12" --1 O c z 0 Tm O C z 0 0 O C z 0 G) U) o(--) D r m cri rn II� 0 0 0 00 (J 0 3A331S llnaNOO OAd n0 ,C1 0 C z 0 z 0 D Z 1n N 0 0 70 00 0 0 > r mr r-1 OD c 1 r 0 z 0 m -u m� o0 m 0 D n co m 1' �7 Do O mW 0m -a 1 co 1 W N oo - 0 r r go D m 0 -s 0 S O7u rnz o Q N m =z r N mn 00 m D xi M 0 < W mm z0 - m0 �z 0 HV9 2i2dd00 „b/4 x Z/4 4 d3a0Vl d3M01 m ND 0 M D D v' n 1 23 4s 00 ^ a -D D • m m D Z m z 23 Z X > � rn FT] D 0 Z 0 0 ° o • -1 -1 N3<0 0 rn (n (J) C co rn D 0 0 1 m 03 r rn 0 m (J) (1) 31VNd311V 3AI11aab) z 0 rn 0 vU 0 z 0 0 1 1 ONI`l aNn02iO 2ildd00 3 V9 OR* 3dId MO132l3A0 3dld 1311n0 / 131N1 OXD=33', Ooo7:)O r C < z (_— 0 1 z 0 O z m cn m>D�n z<�? ci)Z-ro r C r 0 D D Z H n ZOrWz co m co < 0 Dmm— y<C)() Z m r U�m 11gym m=0— 23 m O :z la 01 l—� O O 71 1:1 ;U 0 Om C7 0 ZD r DT— IM 0 z 2" CORE DRILL THROUGH TANK D z 0 0 0 z z m n n N 0m Z < 0 n Z D m0 go z cnp O Z mm 0 D z 0 0 co D0 x m z Osco C0D z 0 D Z -1 0 m OZ D Q) Dm -1 zoom O m m 0 m mm Z N CO 0 z 0 0 -‹N °c n W r p WD z 0* Or 00 O CO C CO m W p > m m 0x z0 Z mm zo 0 0 C z 0 0 00 0 73 0m zC7 o C 0m 0 21 rnm m0 r C Dz C7 0 m D (nH O z O D r p r o 00 zz D z 0 0 -1m 00 n m >0 I— _1 0 z NI JV83H 01 CINO9 n r G) m77 ZOO ZIT1mc v 0 z H z 0o D p G r C np-t! -<23O (0 w c z 0 ^ C0 NO N 0 NOI103NNOO 2j3XIW ANL 2154-5 VW3N to Z D m D 0 -1 X Z c_ 0 0 O x C n1 0(.%) 21 D z 0 23 D r ^ m O D S Z 0 23 rn 0 CO m D 0 0 dOolaNnoNO t0 en I • rl _� Gc it0 Zw 0,5 H. rn� w H c W O c 5 N01103102id ONINIHJII "CI 0it 0230 m z D o 00 w0 mm Xm 0A m 073 0 m n O Z 0 23 O c z 0 m 0 z 0 0 r_ 0 2 z Z 0 ONO Z4#'Z4#3-O,.Z/4 4 A 4/21/15 MJH ISSUED - PREFINAL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION Hasid WW HIS 34- 0„Z ONO Z4# '34#3 - 02/44 ONO 34# 'Z4#3-02/4 4 zip«3 # 1a3PONd ADO D ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK SECTION VIEW, UNDERGROUND CONDUIT & GROUNDING PLAN IMF Ilsoosoloorlisiosso CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM O co E27.dwg 12/07/15 09:45 1=1 MEC O O O 'i 0 -a 1 co 1 W N oo - 0 r r go D m 0 -s 0 S O7u rnz o Q N m =z r N mn 00 m D xi M 0 < W mm z0 - m0 �z 0 HV9 2i2dd00 „b/4 x Z/4 4 d3a0Vl d3M01 m ND 0 M D D v' n 1 23 4s 00 ^ a -D D • m m D Z m z 23 Z X > � rn FT] D 0 Z 0 0 ° o • -1 -1 N3<0 0 rn (n (J) C co rn D 0 0 1 m 03 r rn 0 m (J) (1) 31VNd311V 3AI11aab) z 0 rn 0 vU 0 z 0 0 1 1 ONI`l aNn02iO 2ildd00 3 V9 OR* 3dId MO132l3A0 3dld 1311n0 / 131N1 OXD=33', Ooo7:)O r C < z (_— 0 1 z 0 O z m cn m>D�n z<�? ci)Z-ro r C r 0 D D Z H n ZOrWz co m co < 0 Dmm— y<C)() Z m r U�m 11gym m=0— 23 m O :z la 01 l—� O O 71 1:1 ;U 0 Om C7 0 ZD r DT— IM 0 z 2" CORE DRILL THROUGH TANK D z 0 0 0 z z m n n N 0m Z < 0 n Z D m0 go z cnp O Z mm 0 D z 0 0 co D0 x m z Osco C0D z 0 D Z -1 0 m OZ D Q) Dm -1 zoom O m m 0 m mm Z N CO 0 z 0 0 -‹N °c n W r p WD z 0* Or 00 O CO C CO m W p > m m 0x z0 Z mm zo 0 0 C z 0 0 00 0 73 0m zC7 o C 0m 0 21 rnm m0 r C Dz C7 0 m D (nH O z O D r p r o 00 zz D z 0 0 -1m 00 n m >0 I— _1 0 z NI JV83H 01 CINO9 n r G) m77 ZOO ZIT1mc v 0 z H z 0o D p G r C np-t! -<23O (0 w c z 0 ^ C0 NO N 0 NOI103NNOO 2j3XIW ANL 2154-5 VW3N to Z D m D 0 -1 X Z c_ 0 0 O x C n1 0(.%) 21 D z 0 23 D r ^ m O D S Z 0 23 rn 0 CO m D 0 0 dOolaNnoNO t0 en I • rl _� Gc it0 Zw 0,5 H. rn� w H c W O c 5 N01103102id ONINIHJII "CI 0it 0230 m z D o 00 w0 mm Xm 0A m 073 0 m n O Z 0 23 O c z 0 m 0 z 0 0 r_ 0 2 z Z 0 ONO Z4#'Z4#3-O,.Z/4 4 A 4/21/15 MJH ISSUED - PREFINAL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION Hasid WW HIS 34- 0„Z ONO Z4# '34#3 - 02/44 ONO 34# 'Z4#3-02/4 4 zip«3 # 1a3PONd ADO D ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK SECTION VIEW, UNDERGROUND CONDUIT & GROUNDING PLAN IMF Ilsoosoloorlisiosso CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM O co E27.dwg 12/07/15 09:45 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Elevoted Tanks\Drawings\E28.dwg Friday January 08. 2016. 9:33am c) Co rin Z A c rATh Cr) n rn A D rn 0 ONO Zl#'ZI#Z-0„1 U CJ 0 \ / cooTo IoM F9 m Oma oc z D 70 M m N :0 m m Ao 11/ REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION m m nn m m 0 < D A m nm D � r� 73z 0 C -1 O O A CA zI p«3 # 1a3PONd Allo ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK CCTV DIAGRAM CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM H a m� N y 00 Cnrnti E28.dwg 12/07/15 09:45 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E29.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:34am (n J O] (n 01 (n -P U) W (n N 1 - D N x o x x o o x LOCAL (HAND) x o o x x 0 0 OFF 0 x o o x x o REMOTE (AUTO) r O 1 O -0 0 r2 O 1 0 z ®TBD I13 LD1=10 ATBDI-12 NTBDI-14 1 O w r m C m 170 m < �m m 0 = r Z 00 D r 0) (s (n X O O X 0 O to n co 0 O • O 0 D A C m 1 O 01 Piro r O (n m O D 0 a 0 I. ;CT:1) 0 (n 0 D 0 • N 23 • • O • O 0 MECHANICAL INTERLOCK 0 • • to N NN O • W (N W N W W O N to N N N N N) CO J O N (w oD 4s oD O No Cm (n 0 0 m(/)0 < 0Dm C Z m U O O0 m 0 o Z O Z m D A Cpm m U1 1 m 0 4s 21 (n Orr 3 0 z z m 0 N • -T c>> m - m� 0 P1 D m �m • (4 0 0 W 0 0 • O 1 (n 0' • • • 1 r • • • • • 0 N 0 m 0 W 0 D N 11 O O O O obb Vic• O 1 1 73 m 0 0 2 om 23m 0� Or 23 O O �c 0 23 0 (s O 1 CO O 73 0 1 O 1 27 0 0) B A OPEN ROTOR CLOSE ROTOR 00 N- W D N D -. O 0) O C)1 O P O C•4 O N- O O a) O (J1 0 n W O N O 1 x 0 X O O X O X 0 x X 0 X O X 0 CLOSE < > < M O 0) zi 0 Z O X O X 0 X O X O X O X MID 0 x 0 x x 0 x 0 x 0 O x o x o x o m z SPARE SPARE SPARE I SPARE CLOSE LAMP BYPASS TC1 OPEN COIL OPEN LAMP BYPASS TO1 CLOSE COIL CONTACT FUNCTION =o HOIIMS Olnv—JJO—ONVH 1130 OIOHd 031VOIONI ONI1V2i '3Sf13 1100 2i010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 0ION31OS HOIIMS 111111 FUSED SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK co 0 IEIQ►❑ o 0 o o 0 m 0 m LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 0 m 0 m 0 P1 rn P1 LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL 1 m 23 z r 1 m 70 z r LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 1 P1 z r r 13NVd VOVOS NI ONIaIM 03314 ONIbIM 13NVd #1331'011d .{113 Ian ro "ON ONIMV110 0!103311 rn CO 0 cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK VALVE CONTROL SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 1 contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM E29.dwg 12/07/15 09:46 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files \14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks \Drawings\E30.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:34am W n w D or oz D n -1 CO D X W n z W W D D 0 C) x x c-) O OTI4, C 27) m a A D r w o -1 CO N x m 0 pi 0v nzva I[0C7 -IX/ x 0 ° D (1 Z N C 00 rnD =O0 w Z N OD� X co W 03 W X W 0 O X DC 0 GE x n A + 0 o aD Z VP n -4-4 AI 11 O N 0101 r o a o mo ooa x I o GE x n I 0 HOIIMS Ol11V—HdO—aNVH 1130 OlOHd 031VDIGNI ONIIV?J '3SrU co w 0 n z rn r_r 0z --irn 70O x I -1 co 1 N FI © ro © p rn D o D m 7a ro N e(N-D4: 1100 dOIOVINOD CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 0ION3105 HOIIMS 111111 x >10018 1VNIV831 HOIIMS 0 m n m LOCATED ON FAA CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION -1 CO 00 X GE >C + 0 0 0 0 LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL m Z rn r o o TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR D 0 Z rn 1 N 00 0 -1 03 n N 0 O O ® O 0 13NVd VaVOS NI 1VNIV 31 z c 73 � O We m� O CO rn A - o rn r� m- _ D Z � 0 13 5 70 mZa 0 ONIaIM 01314 ONIdIM 13NVd r m Z 0 SWV2JOVIa 011V113HOS 2103 #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn cri ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK PLC CABINET POWER SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES .V DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 W W W.LNVINC.COM E30.dwg 12/07/15 09:46 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files \I4016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E31.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:35am 0 O O n 0 0 N n O 0 D rn 0 0 O z 0 m N 0 n 0_, O_, 0� O N 0 I I 2 > TI - Z —/ O XI 0 m n O n 0 0 n 0 O O O O RUN ERR I/O 01112 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12113 14 15 16 17118 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 RUN ERR I/O 0 112 3 415 6 7 _8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21122 23 24 25 26 27 28129130 31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8® 0 0 0 0 O O 0 O O O O O O O O 0 0 O O 0 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 0 z 0 m N 0 n 0_, O_, 0� O N 0 I I 2 > TI - Z —/ O XI 0 m n O n 0 0 n 0 O O O O z 0 rn G 0 n LJ 3NI1A1VJO1HOONOIN 3N11 A I N O 3 D D +➢zm t D 20 01 I rn k7 O m NiD 1 -.1 m r-< - r Z m Z W O 3 D 3dfSS3d >INVI O 3 D 3Jf1SS32id 3N11 n 0 O W n 0 O N n 0 0 n O O O RUN ERR I/O 0 112 3 415 6 7 _8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21122 23 24 25 26 27 28129130 31 0 0 N ca 0 N W 0 0 0 0 0 8® 0 0 O O 0 O—boo8 O O CS O O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 z 0 rn G 0 n LJ 3NI1A1VJO1HOONOIN 3N11 A I N O 3 D D +➢zm t D 20 01 I rn k7 O m NiD 1 -.1 m r-< - r Z m Z W O 3 D 3dfSS3d >INVI O 3 D 3Jf1SS32id 3N11 n 0 O W n 0 O N n 0 0 n O O O 0 P1 N 0 W m D D W 1 I w I N I I I I 1023 cpm 71 z02Dz�1 m C Z c Z c m = ➢ 7omCED o CD H73a O 0 = m W zmm� n n z D .HzDOOM • D cnoRJ 0 0 r -{Z1m� _oj m M = z • D n 1 Z7rr-m� G➢CO z mom-{ ➢ m zzm z 0 m HOIIMS O1f1V-HHO-ONVH 1130 OlOHd 031VOIONI ONI1V2j '3Sl3 A I N 0 3 D D Z + D Z m CP -c00 0)NJc Z Om➢ 0 1 [0 77 r 0 LJ �_ ►o 23 D K Z m O 3 D D Z + ➢Zm I > 71 Z i 01Nc W I UP 27 r LJ-< 1100 2i010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA OION310S HOlIMS 111111 m c 0) m 0 >10018 1VNIWd31 HDlIMS O 0 ► ❑ 0 ® 0 0 O 0 0 <m < < 0 0 0 m m rn LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION JO 21000 NO 031VDO1 8010VINOD LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR TERMINAL LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNIWd31 Z c� 0 CO c Fri oC0 m m� Orn m D Z � 0 -1 D mz D0 D z 0 DN12iIM 01313 ONI2iIM 13NVd #1331'011d .4113 v ro "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn CJI ✓ 0 curl ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK PLC ANALOG INPUT SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 WWW.LNVINC.COM C3 Copm� H T E31.dwg 12/07/15 09:46 1=1 MEC 24 25 26 27128 29 30 31 0 N ca N N W RUN ERR I I/O 0 Q 0 O O O—boo8 CS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 P1 N 0 W m D D W 1 I w I N I I I I 1023 cpm 71 z02Dz�1 m C Z c Z c m = ➢ 7omCED o CD H73a O 0 = m W zmm� n n z D .HzDOOM • D cnoRJ 0 0 r -{Z1m� _oj m M = z • D n 1 Z7rr-m� G➢CO z mom-{ ➢ m zzm z 0 m HOIIMS O1f1V-HHO-ONVH 1130 OlOHd 031VOIONI ONI1V2j '3Sl3 A I N 0 3 D D Z + D Z m CP -c00 0)NJc Z Om➢ 0 1 [0 77 r 0 LJ �_ ►o 23 D K Z m O 3 D D Z + ➢Zm I > 71 Z i 01Nc W I UP 27 r LJ-< 1100 2i010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA OION310S HOlIMS 111111 m c 0) m 0 >10018 1VNIWd31 HDlIMS O 0 ► ❑ 0 ® 0 0 O 0 0 <m < < 0 0 0 m m rn LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION JO 21000 NO 031VDO1 8010VINOD LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN LIGHTING CONTACTOR TERMINAL LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNIWd31 Z c� 0 CO c Fri oC0 m m� Orn m D Z � 0 -1 D mz D0 D z 0 DN12iIM 01313 ONI2iIM 13NVd #1331'011d .4113 v ro "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn CJI ✓ 0 curl ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK PLC ANALOG INPUT SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 WWW.LNVINC.COM C3 Copm� H T E31.dwg 12/07/15 09:46 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E32.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:35am co O_ I v O < D o o < o l7 a rn CO CD c O O "p 1,^,7 `V O O O O CO 0 N PI co O N a r1 OO O O O O O4.0 N c O Z D _z WCil _ _ V --l1 D c0 D 1 00 D 1 �I D 1 D J 1 CrP D 1 D 1 GI D i 1 N D i I D 1 O l II �/ 0.5A TBDI-2 H '® El 0.25A \ TBDI-17 0.25A H \ is ® TBDI-18 0.25A H \ Frn TBDI-13 0.25A n ® TBDI-14 _ am N o I - inmi O N D o - • O N > 0 I IS • - c0 O N D 0 1 _ • O N D 0 1 0o - • im O N D 0 1 -4 _ O N IN ➢ 0 1 0) _ • se cm O N D 0 I _ • ammiD .P O N ➢ 0 T - • O N D 0 I W III -iO� 0 O 0, b� N) _,O O' CV 0) -0 1 0 •O 0-1 N _,D CH°O (n -O 1 L O N _ °J •V -7 0 10 I O •O •J N •V in D O in O (A 0 V I 0 W a +_ 6_ •cc o N _,D to 0 •_, OV 0) I g •_ 0 •IC •_ •� N O_, CV 0) -o 0 I I m e_ •_ 0 N O •_, •� V 0) -o 0 10 o_ O • CO•_, •_ N •� V 0) 0 0 1 CON 0 I 0 1 W 1a I 0 1 'e _ O � O-' _ N _ � OV (/) 0 11 W • O •O O-' _ •� N _ OV V) 0 D II W •_ O •O _ •O N _ 0- OJ 0) 0 II W • • O 1:) _ •O - •c ia V 0) 0 O I co V v (Ai W o N.)1 CO _O I U CP IMP II -I W O •co N _ 0— CV 01 II 0 8 0 •co N 0— CV (n -0 II D W 8 0 •10 0— Na OV 01 -o 0 II O eco 1 N •� •V 01 0 0 0_ 0 I o TI TI 71 TI TI TI V) V) V) (f) C C C C C C -0 -0 -0 -0 C C C C C C 23 2-.1�Dj xi mrn m m m m 73 m M m m p m c D TI zCC c z G�TaLDG1j coo�m 0-m- O 0= r T -1 m D n n Z D -D0 _1Z0{ Z�OD 0 < -4 -nI r 0 O 73 O 13 *Dna _ m Z rm0 ZD CO O m z Z m -< p m ) CJ m D > D z m r D m ) co 2 < 1 01m 0' o 01 r O I O1 T1 O " n • i -o > 2 1 0 O 0 1T , C O V) 2 D 1 0) - n C ri D z 0 z n0 p. 110110 ) ( W (n Co(/ 2 < 1 o) o 0 01 2 0 1 m m 0 0 0 O -Z-I n O 73 0 F v� I 1 Qf (1 (n C A Z - H > 1 0 D ) V a 01 2 < 1 0) o 0 (J1 1 0 00 o r �� o C 0 K Z O CO p = < = r < 0f o m c m 0 V) c = -1 13 r Ep 0 ) r W • -1 C) 2 < 1 0) 0 o 01 V) 1 0 r0 m 1 G 0 o m m n n m m r r 0 0 --11 0 m 0 0 D D O 0 0 a] z° O r c� r 2 D Z m0. r c7 0 z -I 0 -I 0 7) N • ► 0 m n P1 r 0 -1 0 rn O 0 0 OZ 70 o r m > Z 1 r ) r N O 2 < I 00) 01 0 CP 01 c I 0 z ■ O -1 -I P1 m K K Z Z r r r r 0 0 -1 H 0 0 c C 0 r 1 m z o 0 o -4 OZ A D r r -4 m 0 A I o o �i 1 I -1 z0 '1 10 m C A m D z K W C 0 m Z m- r r W A- z a� z z (n m O > or m D Cmn A -0 zm Z 0 m 0 A r m 0 D z 0 m r71 Z o p 70 V) n 2 m D I 0 0 D G7 70 D K V) REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION I RECO1RDDTDR�AWIN V�/!r"�-. ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS iiii LNV .....rFlgsal MICHAEL E. COLWELL B 40734 : • �r oF• .GISTER� 1 � / Vg4C29•geX e-71 1/08/16 CONSULTANT'S SHEET NO. E32 UTILITIES - - engineers 1 architects 1 contractors HOLLY TANK - PLC DIGITAL INPUT SCHEMATIC "",' P,4 R T I T Department of Engineering Services 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78406 FAX (361)883-1986 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 WWW.LNVINC.COM E32.dwg 12/07/15 09:46 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files \14016 — City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E33.dwg Friday January 08, 2016, 9:36am O 0 n N -P. 0 n r/ LLJ lD W D O N 3a c m c 1 c 30 m 30 D • 0 O 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 O D D D D D ➢ D D D ( '5)c '6) " (t N N N N N N N N N N -9 C 1 c 3LJ m c 1 C 23 m 13 0) co c 1 C 30 m • • -n c 1 C 3C7 m c 1 c 3(77 m m c 1 C 23 m • c 1 c 30 m m c 1 C 33 m • 0 0 O N 0 O (0 N N 0 0 col ➢ -41 0 O 1 J D N D 0 0 0) N D 0 O N N m c 1 C 33 m m C 1 c m 30 W -n c 1 C 23 PI c 1 c 30 m A D -n C 1 c 33 m (1) n m Cl) D :31 m 01 -o 23 m W D U) D m U) -o 23 m • 0 0 4. D N D N 0 O D N D N o O D N D N 0 0 D N D N 10 P1 m dOlS — S09S—AH 3S010 — S09S—AH D 0 O 37 D N3d0 — 909S—AH O D filfiliThffiffiffifilffiFfi- 0 O O O O O 9 O OTQ N A —` N A N A N A —• N ? —h N—h N A --` N A A N A —` N A —• N ? —h N A N A —` C Z (/1 0 Fri 1 o 23 (I1 W C Z (n 0 M1 o r -rte r -I-7 IT III T I N A 3anifld < C Z (1)O m1 o 33 4. a) r -1- 7 r) T I 1j ff rj N - \ j 3aflifld < C Z (i) 0 P 0 70 D \� l C Z CO 0 73 Cs) CO r -I- -I r -I- I* 1j _ IT I C) I) () N m C 1 C 23 m m C 1 c 23 m \ Y ) C Z (1 0 m o 7 D C Z (n 0 M o 30 03 C Z 010 m -H 0 23 N D C Z 0)0 m1 o 33 CO C Z CO 0 M 0 30 D C Z (n 0 0 1±111) C. CO O < I 0) 0 01 23 O D C Z 100 M 1 0 1±11 b`" b� bN • 2 C/) 0) • w 0 01 C Z O 2 m0 m< 0 z01 rn 0 01 33 30 23 3a CO CO W CO W 7 W D c —1- r -I- r -I- -I r -I- fl r -1- -1 r -I- r -I- 7 r -1- -I r -I- 7 r -1- r -I- -1 I* T I t I* T I I 1T III 1 IT I IT III 1 TI I - IT II I* T I I* 1) 1j () 1) b (1) () 1j 1) r) 1j 1) () 1j (j () 1) 1) (I) (') !) r) (j () (j () (j () N A N N - N A — N ? — N A — N P — N A —` N A — N A C 1 C 23 PI TI III lt T I I I 1j rj 1j �) Ij A N A 0 Z C D 1 O z -n C 1 C 23 m 71 O z �_ C Z C Z • u) 1 G) 0 0 m • • C 0 = m r TI Fri n n z D H• Z • D 0 cn OO O 0 1 0-0 _co m m = Z - Dn2 • r m 6 m Z mom-{ > m zzm z 0 m 3aflifld < TI c 1 C 23 m 0 o HOlIMS O1f1V—JJO—ONVH 1130 010Hd 031VOIONI DNI1V?J '3Sf13 '1 C 1 C 23 m se&490 1100 a010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 0ION31OS HOlIMS 111111 m C (n m 0 (n 0 >13018 1VNIINa31 o c C) m LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 3aflifld < Q ► ❑ E ® 0 0 0 rn (-7 m 3O 2:1000 NO 031VD01 2 z 0 a010VINOD 0 rn LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNIVVa31 Z0 C o o_c o0 m ZJ v� O m r (.mit _ Z < 0 13 -1_1 mZ o� D Z DNINIM 01314 ONIa!M 13NVd 0 0 z 0 m #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn °, cm ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK PLC DIGITAL OUTPUT SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM 0 co E33.dwg 12/07/15 09:46 1=1 MEC RUN 1 ERR IJO 0 112 3 4 516 7 8 9110 11 12 13114 15 16117118 19 20 21122 23 24 25126 27128 29130 31 0 O O O O O O O C © O © O O O O O N -P. 0 n r/ LLJ lD W D O N 3a c m c 1 c 30 m 30 D • 0 O 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 O D D D D D ➢ D D D ( '5)c '6) " (t N N N N N N N N N N -9 C 1 c 3LJ m c 1 C 23 m 13 0) co c 1 C 30 m • • -n c 1 C 3C7 m c 1 c 3(77 m m c 1 C 23 m • c 1 c 30 m m c 1 C 33 m • 0 0 O N 0 O (0 N N 0 0 col ➢ -41 0 O 1 J D N D 0 0 0) N D 0 O N N m c 1 C 33 m m C 1 c m 30 W -n c 1 C 23 PI c 1 c 30 m A D -n C 1 c 33 m (1) n m Cl) D :31 m 01 -o 23 m W D U) D m U) -o 23 m • 0 0 4. D N D N 0 O D N D N o O D N D N 0 0 D N D N 10 P1 m dOlS — S09S—AH 3S010 — S09S—AH D 0 O 37 D N3d0 — 909S—AH O D filfiliThffiffiffifilffiFfi- 0 O O O O O 9 O OTQ N A —` N A N A N A —• N ? —h N—h N A --` N A A N A —` N A —• N ? —h N A N A —` C Z (/1 0 Fri 1 o 23 (I1 W C Z (n 0 M1 o r -rte r -I-7 IT III T I N A 3anifld < C Z (1)O m1 o 33 4. a) r -1- 7 r) T I 1j ff rj N - \ j 3aflifld < C Z (i) 0 P 0 70 D \� l C Z CO 0 73 Cs) CO r -I- -I r -I- I* 1j _ IT I C) I) () N m C 1 C 23 m m C 1 c 23 m \ Y ) C Z (1 0 m o 7 D C Z (n 0 M o 30 03 C Z 010 m -H 0 23 N D C Z 0)0 m1 o 33 CO C Z CO 0 M 0 30 D C Z (n 0 0 1±111) C. CO O < I 0) 0 01 23 O D C Z 100 M 1 0 1±11 b`" b� bN • 2 C/) 0) • w 0 01 C Z O 2 m0 m< 0 z01 rn 0 01 33 30 23 3a CO CO W CO W 7 W D c —1- r -I- r -I- -I r -I- fl r -1- -1 r -I- r -I- 7 r -1- -I r -I- 7 r -1- r -I- -1 I* T I t I* T I I 1T III 1 IT I IT III 1 TI I - IT II I* T I I* 1) 1j () 1) b (1) () 1j 1) r) 1j 1) () 1j (j () 1) 1) (I) (') !) r) (j () (j () (j () N A N N - N A — N ? — N A — N P — N A —` N A — N A C 1 C 23 PI TI III lt T I I I 1j rj 1j �) Ij A N A 0 Z C D 1 O z -n C 1 C 23 m 71 O z �_ C Z C Z • u) 1 G) 0 0 m • • C 0 = m r TI Fri n n z D H• Z • D 0 cn OO O 0 1 0-0 _co m m = Z - Dn2 • r m 6 m Z mom-{ > m zzm z 0 m 3aflifld < TI c 1 C 23 m 0 o HOlIMS O1f1V—JJO—ONVH 1130 010Hd 031VOIONI DNI1V?J '3Sf13 '1 C 1 C 23 m se&490 1100 a010V1N00 CURRENT TRANSMITTER, 4-20mA 3A1VA 0ION31OS HOlIMS 111111 m C (n m 0 (n 0 >13018 1VNIINa31 o c C) m LOCATED ON FM CONTROL PANEL REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 3aflifld < Q ► ❑ E ® 0 0 0 rn (-7 m 3O 2:1000 NO 031VD01 2 z 0 a010VINOD 0 rn LOCATED REMOTE FROM CONTROL PANEL TERMINAL LOCATED IN VALVE CONTROLLER 13NVd VOVOS NI 1VNIVVa31 Z0 C o o_c o0 m ZJ v� O m r (.mit _ Z < 0 13 -1_1 mZ o� D Z DNINIM 01314 ONIa!M 13NVd 0 0 z 0 m #1331'011d .{113 "ON ONIMV110 0110338 rn °, cm ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK PLC DIGITAL OUTPUT SCHEMATIC CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers I architects I contractors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM 0 co E33.dwg 12/07/15 09:46 1=1 MEC Z:\Job Files\14016 - City of CC Elevated Tanks\Drawings\E34.dwg Friday Jonuory 08, 2016, 9:37om O 0 ✓ 73 C D z N mD X X O 0 ccn ✓ -4 -lc > D• O r Z N M m N Z1 0 c D Z Z Z >G N m 0 c r • D N x N 21313INMOld r m• D v-1 m m c c Z X m m (mn (nz c7Z 23 m 0 T O 1 l3NVd VOVO 9 0 oZ oo -o — o —o x0 w Z 0 0 _ 0 D z I L m NIC I mx0 -o D O r 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 L oz o —0000 ? O z 0 0 x 0 D 2 NIC D< 0 D9 D-0 Z m r FIELD o 0 0 0 co >9 D� z m r L m c w 0 w 0 2O 7( y 01 01 01 0l 0 N fn Dal 30" 3NI131dINVS ,Zl4 r 1- O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m=0 �r 0 N o o o (7 A 0 D71 Z m r O 0 L N I 0 4s 00 D9 DM z m r 0 x m 0 0 0 O 1 cn cn r A • co O Z Z m ?O Z A' 0 c°n 0 x r 0 D z m 1 1 I27 .Z1 m 0) C - c Im m 0 ,5Z '13 2i0Old a3HSINId C0 m0 C0 m D D re m r N O 0 0 L1 94-3 13.1. 01 —♦ 0 D m W D o Z Z 0 n 131VM a31v/1313 .MOH .99'964 '13 2131VM 'AM 01 m E 0 71 -1 m� mJm H H-HNW D a Z M D 1- 0 � N 0 < Zo -1 23 0 r r m 1 1 1 D 0 0 —0 fn m 0 SCADA PANEL 56 -PLC -0101 1 0. N. STEVENS PLANT - CONTROL ROOM I r° 0 0 — O— 0 0 0 ID O �O 0-0-0-0- 1 r I° 1 Lo I0 1— Io O 0 0 °0 0I --r° o lo I° 1 L° 1 ro O 0 o 0 0— o� I D 1 Lo p 1° II D 1 LD 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m z m v O \CII/IL, o I 01 o I o 0 0 00 0) m -I0 00 -o 00 m r0 0— D r 00 m0 z 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 //CIA' yO M �Y� V _lel V _AO" V 171q1 ty 1KO > VvCO J 11 r 0 2 T r -4 Z c A 0 0 0D A — 277 Z c A m z 0 OD .Z1 2D —A 611 PO V _lel V _AO" V 171q1 ty 1KO Z c A m z 0 OD .Z1 2D —A 611 PO D / o .. VV CO > VvCO _� Z C A -4m z 0 OD A xD D 27 W D o,ODo$ _AT D/ _AT ` 7_,AT `o t.9 z C -1 27 m z 0 r0 0; -r 27 o Orn _AF_' i V1YY /\ V g D/ Z c r O x Z C 2 m z 0 0; x; 27 1 Orn _AF_' i y V g D/ V EI g t.2 Z c 27 m z 0 0; — 27; `ern Orn _AF_' DVoi DVo- g��/CT DV g1 tj z C rDxD 73 D O — 2727 rn DVoi 00 DVo- DV �i >—\ D— \W / \W / cy DD z c A m z 0 OD A x> � .fn D 00 -iii ti Z C 1 A m z v 7:10 Z c >0 11D z 0 mz r� 0 r L 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 DD ✓ c w 1 I1 ` D r rn w m/1 A m z 0 D/\ r TI ✓ 1 1 0D 23 v PIM D r fid J a r z c x; A 27 m z 0 0D 27 —; 73 3NIWV2101HOONOW IZ O 0D 1 r r REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION I1 x ir2-4 v 3NIINV21O1HOONOW Iz 0 0r r I9 x I0m v ztots #133r011dA1/9 20 y • rn 33 lin a Ca 0 2 ask SI kb, cri tra ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK P&ID trelooimocull1 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services CNV engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 contractors PH. (361) 883.1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM Cop M y azPraPal E34.dwg 12/07/15 09:44 1=1 MEC   CONTRACT DOCUMENTS  FOR CONSTRUCTION OF  ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS – CITYWIDE   (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2)  PROJECT NUMBER E11012                 PREPARED BY:           IN ASSOCIATION WITH:    JANUARY 8, 2016  & ASSOCIATES, INC. ENGINEERS ARCHITECTS CONTRACTORS CONSULTING ENGINEERS 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 4444 CORONA, SUITE 105 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78408 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78411 TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPE FIRM NO. F-2317   Record Drawing Number WTR‐452  Table of Contents 00 01 00 ‐ 1  Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10‐6‐2015  City Project No. E11012  00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS  Division /  Section Title  Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements  00 21 13 Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders  (Rev 10/06/2015)  00 30 00 Bid Acknowledgment Form (Rev 10/06/2015)  00 30 01 Bid Form (Rev 03/23/2015)  00 30 02 Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders  00 30 05 Disclosure of Interest  00 30 06 Non‐Collusion Certification  00 45 16 Statement of Experience (Rev 10/06/2015)  00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 10/06/2015)  00 61 13 Performance Bond (Rev 10/06/2015)  00 61 16 Payment Bond (Rev 10/06/2015)  00 72 00 General Conditions  (Rev 3/23/2015)  00 72 01 Insurance Requirements (Rev 7/3/2014)  00 72 02 Wage Rate Requirements (Rev 06/12/2015)  00 72 03 Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy  00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions        Division 01 General Requirements  01 11 00 Summary of Work  01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances  01 29 00 Application for Payment Procedures (Rev 03/11/2015)  01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment  01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination  01 31 13 Project Coordination  01 31 14 Change Management  01 33 00 Document Management  01 33 01 Submittal Register (Rev 7/3/2014)  01 33 02 Shop Drawings  01 33 03 Record Data  01 33 04 Construction Progress Schedule  01 33 05 Video and Photographic Documentation  Table of Contents 00 01 00 ‐ 2  Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10‐6‐2015  City Project No. E11012  Division /  Section Title  01 35 00 Special Procedures  01 40 00 Quality Management  01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls  01 57 00 Temporary Controls  01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements     Part S Standard Specifications  02 10 20 Site Clearing and Stripping  02 10 40 Site Grading  02 20 21 Control of Groundwater  02 20 22 Trench Safety for Excavations  02 20 40 Street Excavation  02 20 80 Embankment  02 21 00 Select Material  02 24 20 Silt Fence  02 52 10 Lime Stabilization  02 52 23 Crushed Limestone Flexible Base  02 54 04 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions   02 54 12 Prime Coat  02 54 24 HMAC Pavement  02 58 02 Temporary Traffic Controls During Construction  02 62 02 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Systems  02 62 10 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe  02 64 11 Gate Valves for Waterlines  02 64 16 Fire Hydrants  02 72 05 Fiberglass Manholes  02 74 02 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts  02 80 20 Seeding  03 00 20 Portland Cement Concrete  03 20 20 Reinforcing Steel  03 80 00 Concrete Structures  05 02 00 Welding  05 54 20 Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers  Table of Contents 00 01 00 ‐ 3  Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10‐6‐2015  City Project No. E11012  Division /  Section Title  Part T Technical Specifications  01 75 00 Testing, Training, and Facility Start‐up  03 11 00 Concrete Formwork  04 01 00 Blast Debris  06 11 00 Framing and Sheathing  07 21 00 Batt Insulation  07 90 00 Joint Sealers  08 11 12 Standard Steel Frames  08 11 13 Standard Steel Doors  08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors  08 71 00 Door Hardware  09 91 00 Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container)  09 91 01 Painting (Architectural Surfaces)  09 96 00 High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment)  13 50 01 SCADA System  22 05 00 Basic Piping Materials and Methods  22 05 29 Pipe Supports  23 84 16 Dehumidification  26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions  26 05 23 Wire and Cable  26 05 26 Grounding  26 05 33 Raceways  26 05 53 Electrical Identification  26 09 00 Instrumentation  26 24 00 Panelboards  26 56 00 Exterior Lighting  31 60 00 Foundation for Elevated Storage Tanks  32 12 01 Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System   32 31 13 Chain Link Security Fence  32 31 13.53 Chain Link Cantilever Slide Gate  33 11 00 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings  33 11 01 Water Lines  33 11 02 Piping Systems Testing  Table of Contents 00 01 00 ‐ 4  Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10‐6‐2015  City Project No. E11012  Division /  Section Title  33 11 04 Steel Pipe and Fittings  33 12 02 Valve and Gate Operators  33 12 03 Motorized Operators  33 12 16 Air Release Valves  33 12 16.17 Tapping Sleeve and Tapping Valve  33 12 17 Valves  33 12 18 Butterfly Valves  33 12 33 Flow Measurement – Magnetic Flowmeters  33 13 00 Tank Disinfection and Hydro Testing  33 13 01 Disinfection of Water Lines  33 16 19 Composite Elevated Storage Tank  33 23 23 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities  44 44 36 Submersible Mixer     Appendix Title  A Rand Morgan Tank Site Geotechnical Report  B Holly Tank Site Geotechnical Report  C Rand Morgan Tank Site Radius Report  D Holly Tank Site Radius Report  END OF SECTION  DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 – DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in this Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 2 – GENERAL NOTICE 2.01 The City of Corpus Christi, Texas (Owner) is requesting Bids for the construction of the following Project: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 A. The project consists of the erection, installation, and painting of two (2) Composite Elevated Water Storage Tanks (EST), foundations, piping, valving, installation of electrical service, controls and other associated items, SCADA and integration, access roads, and security fencing complete in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. 1. Rand Morgan EST: This tank shall consist of the construction, including erection, installation, and painting, of a composite type 750,000 gallon water storage tank as well as all required appurtenances, piping, site development, and utility connections. 2. Holly EST: This tank shall consist of the construction, including erection, installation, and painting, of a composite type 3,000,000 gallon water storage tank as well as all required appurtenances, piping, site development, and utility connections. 2.02 The Engineer’s Opinion of Probable Construction Cost for the Project is $9,902,499.43. The Project is to be substantially complete and ready for operation within 580 days. The Project is to be complete and eligible for Final Payment 30 days after the date for Substantial Completion. 2.03 Advertisement and bidding information for the Project can be found at the following website: www.CivCastUSA.com 2.04 Contract Documents may be downloaded or viewed free of charge at this website. This website will be updated periodically with Addenda, lists of interested parties, reports, or other information relevant to submitting a Bid for the Project. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 ARTICLE 3 – PRE-BID CONFERENCE 3.01 A non-mandatory pre-bid conference for the Project will be held on 1-27-16 (Wednesday @ 02:00 PM) at the following location: City Hall Building – Engineering Services Conference Room 1 or 2 3rd floor, Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street, Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 ARTICLE 4 – COPIES OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.01 Obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents as indicated in SECTION 00 52 23 AGREEMENT. 4.02 Use complete sets of Contract Documents in preparing Bids; Bidder assumes sole responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Contract Documents. 4.03 OPT makes copies of Contract Documents available for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for completion of the Project and does not confer a license or grant permission or authorization for any other use. ARTICLE 5 – EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.01 Before submitting a Bid: A. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents, including any Addenda and related supplemental data. B. Become familiar with all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or the completion of Work. C. Carefully study and correlate the information available to the Bidder with the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data. D. Notify the OAR of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder discovers in the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data. E. Determine that the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for completion of Work. 5.02 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 5, that without exception the Bid is premised upon completion of Work required by the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data, that the Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data and the written resolutions provided Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 by the OAR are acceptable to the Bidder, and that the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for completion of Work. ARTICLE 6 – INTERPRETATIONS AND ALTERNATE BIDS 6.01 Submit all questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data using the Owner’s Bidding Website at www.civcastusa.com. Responses to questions submitted will be posted on the website by the Owner for the benefit of all Bidders. Responses will be posted for questions submitted by 5:00 p.m. seven (7) days prior to the date of the bid opening. Inquiries made after this period may not be addressed. 6.02 Submit any offer of alternate terms and conditions, or offer of Work not in strict compliance with the Contract Documents to the OAR no later than 14 days prior to the date for opening of Bids. OAR and Designer will issue Addenda as appropriate if any of the proposed changes to the Contract Documents are accepted. A Bid submitted with clarifications or taking exceptions to the Contract Documents, except as modified by Addenda, may be considered non-responsive. 6.03 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Contract Documents, Addenda or the related supplemental data as deemed advisable by the Owner or Designer. Modifications to the Contract Documents prior to the award of contract can only be made by Addenda. Only answers in Addenda authorized by the Owner will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. ARTICLE 7 – BID SECURITY 7.01 Bidders must submit an acceptable Bid Security with their Bid as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner within 10 days of Notice of Award of the Contract. The security must be payable to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas in the amount of 5 percent (5%) of the greatest amount bid. 7.02 Bid Security may be in the form of a Bid Bond or a cashier’s check, certified check, money order, or bank draft from a chartered financial institution authorized to operate in the State of Texas. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the CivCast System at www.CivCastUSA.com shall scan and upload a copy of Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Cashier’s check, certified check, money order or bank draft must be enclosed in a sealed envelope, plainly identified on the outside as containing bid documents, the bidder’s name and the job name and number and delivered as required in Article 7 below. 7.03 Bid Bond Requirements: 1. A Bid Bond must guarantee, without qualification or condition, that the Owner will be paid a sum equal to 5 percent (5%) of the greatest amount bid if, within 10 calendar days of Notice of Award of the Contract, the Bidder/Principal: a. fails to enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner; or b. fails to provide the required Performance and Payment Bonds. 2. A Bid Bond may not limit the sum payable to the Owner to be the difference between the Bidder/Principal’s bid and the next highest bidder. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 3. The Bid Bond must reference the Project by name as identified in Article 1. 4. Bidders may provide their surety’s standard bid bond form if revised to meet these Bid Bond Requirements. 7.04 Failure to provide an acceptable Bid Security will constitute a non-responsive Bid which will not be considered. 7.05 Failure to provide the required Performance and Payment Bonds will result in forfeiture of the Bid Security to the City as liquidated damages. 7.06 Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited if the apparent Selected Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement or Amendments to the Agreement. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom the Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Owner until the earlier of 7 days after the Effective Date of the Contract or 90 days after the date Bids are opened. 7.07 Bid Securities are to remain in effect until the Contract is executed. The Bid Securities of all but the three lowest responsible Bidders will be returned within 14 days of the opening of Bids. Bid Securities become void and will be released by the Owner when the Contract is awarded or all Bids are rejected. ARTICLE 8 – PREPARATION OF BID 8.01 The Bid Form is included with the Contract Documents and has been made available at the Owner’s Bidding Website. Complete all blanks on the Bid Form by typing or printing in ink. Indicate Bid prices for each Bid item or alternate shown. 8.02 Execute the Bid Acknowledgement Form as indicated in the document and include evidence of authority to sign. 8.03 Acknowledge receipt of all Addenda by filling in the number and date of each Addendum. Provide a signature as indicated to verify that the Addenda were received. A Bid that does not acknowledge the receipt of all Addenda may be considered non-responsive. 8.04 Provide the name, address, email, and telephone number of the individual to be contacted for any communications regarding the Bid in the Bid Acknowledgement Form. 8.05 Provide evidence of the Bidder’s authority and qualification to do business in the State of Texas or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract. ARTICLE 9 – DELIVERY OF BIDS 9.01 Complete and submit the Bid Form, the Bid Bond and the Bid Acknowledgement Form along with all required documents identified in the Bid Acknowledgement Form. 9.02 Bids must be received no later than 2-17-16 (Wednesday @ 2:00 PM) to be accepted. The Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at this time in the City Council Chambers or Staff Room, 1st floor of the City Hall Building. Bids received after this time will not be accepted. 9.03 Electronic Bids may be submitted to the CivCastUSA website at www.CivCastUSA.com. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 9.04 If submitting a hard copy bid or bid security by cashier’s check or money order, please address envelopes or packages: City of Corpus Christi City Secretary’s Office City Hall Building, 1st Floor 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid - Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) (Project No. E11012) All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. ARTICLE 10 – CONFIDENTIALITY OF BID INFORMATION 10.01 In accordance with Texas Government Code 552.110, trade secrets and confidential information in Bids are not open for public inspection. Bids will be opened in a manner that avoids disclosure of confidential information to competing Bidders and keeps the Bids from the public during considerations. All Bids are open for public inspection after the Contract is awarded, but trade secrets and confidential information in Bids are not typically open for public inspection. The Owner will protect this information to the extent allowed by Laws and Regulations. Clearly indicate which specific documents are considered to be trade secrets or confidential information by stamping or watermarking all such documents with the word “confidential” prominently on each page or sheet or on the cover of bound documents. Place “confidential” stamps or watermarks so that they do not obscure any of the required information on the document, either in the original or in a way that would obscure any of the required information in a photocopy of the document. Photocopies of “confidential” documents will be made only for the convenience of the selection committee and will be destroyed after the Effective Date of the Contract. Original confidential documents will be returned to the Bidder after the Effective Date of the Contract if the Bidder indicates that the information is to be returned with the Bid, and arrangements for its return are provided by the Bidder. ARTICLE 11 – MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 11.01 A Bid may be withdrawn by a Bidder, provided an authorized individual of the Bidder submits a written request to withdraw the Bid prior to the time set for opening the Bids. 11.02 A Bidder may withdraw its Bid within 24 hours after Bids are opened if the Bidder files a signed written notice with the Owner and promptly, but no later than 3 days, thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid. The Bid Security will be returned if it is clearly demonstrated to the Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in its Bid. A Bidder that requests to withdraw its Bid under these conditions may be disqualified from responding to a reissued invitation to Bid for the Work to be furnished under these Contract Documents. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 ARTICLE 12 – OPENING OF BIDS 12.01 Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at 2-17-16 (Wednesday @ 02:00 PM), at the following location: City Hall Building - City of Corpus Christi First Floor City Council Chambers or Staff Room 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 12.02 The Owner will read aloud the names of the Bidders and the apparent Bid amounts shown on the Bid Summary for all Bids received in time to be considered. ARTICLE 13 – BIDS REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 13.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days, but the Owner may, at its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 14 – STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE 14.01 The three lowest Bidders must submit the information required in SECTION 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE within 5 days of the date Bids are due to demonstrate that the Bidder meets the minimum requirements to complete the Work. ARTICLE 15 – EVALUATION OF BIDS 15.01 The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder’s responsibilities, the Bidder’s safety record, the Bidder’s indebtedness to Owner, whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements. 15.02 Owner may conduct such investigations as it deems necessary to establish the responsibility of the Bidder and any Subcontractors, individuals, or entities proposed to furnish parts of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 15.03 Submission of a Bid indicates the Bidder’s acceptance of the evaluation technique and methodology as well as the Bidder’s recognition that some subjective judgments must be made by the Owner during the evaluation. Each Bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have against the OPT and their respective employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation, or recommendation of any Bid. ARTICLE 16 – AWARD OF CONTRACT 16.01 The Bidder selected for award of the Contract will be either the lowest responsible Bidder or the Bidder who provides the best value for Owner that submits a responsive bid. Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, including without limitation, non-conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. The Owner reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 7 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 interpretation of the Bids submitted in the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating Bid prices and/or waive any or all formalities. 16.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work shall be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. ARTICLE 17 – MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 17.01 Selected Contractor is required to comply with the Owner’s Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy as indicated in SECTION 00 72 03 MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY. 17.02 Minority participation goal for this Project has been established to be 45% of the Contract Price. 17.03 Minority Business Enterprise participation goal for this Project has been established to be 15% of the Contract Price. ARTICLE 18 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 18.01 Article 6 of the General Conditions and SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS sets forth the Owner’s requirements as to Bonds and insurance. When the Selected Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the Owner, it must be accompanied by the required Bonds and evidence of insurance. 18.02 Provide Performance and Payment Bonds for this Project that fully comply with the provisions of Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Administration of Bonds will conform to Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 and the provisions of these Contract Documents. ARTICLE 19 – SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 19.01 The City Engineer or Director of Capital Programs will submit recommendation for award to the City Council for those project awards requiring City Council action. The Selected Bidder will be required to deliver the required Bonds and insurance certificates and endorsements along with the required number of counterparts (4) of the Agreement and attached documents to the Owner within 14 days. The Contract will be signed by the City Manager or his/her designee after award and the Bidder’s submission of required documentation and signed counterparts. The Contract will not be binding upon Owner until it has been executed by both parties. Owner will process the Contract expeditiously. However, Owner will not be liable for any delays prior to the award or execution of Contract. ARTICLE 20 – SALES AND USE TAXES 20.01 The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any City or State sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Assume responsibility for including any applicable sales taxes in the Contract Price and assume responsibility for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State of Texas Comptroller. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 8 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 20.02 It is the Owner’s intent to have this Contract qualify as a “separated contract.” ARTICLE 21 – WAGE RATES 21.01 This Contract is subject to Texas Government Code Chapter 2258 concerning payment of prevailing wage rates. Requirements for paying the prevailing wage rates are discussed in SECTION 00 72 02 WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS. Bidders must pay not less than the minimum wage shown on this list and comply with all statutes and rulings of the State of Texas Comptroller. ARTICLE 22 – BIDDER’s CERTIFICATION OF NO LOBBYING 22.01 In submitting its Bid, Bidder certifies that it has not lobbied the City or its officials, managers, employees, consultants, or contractors in such a manner as to influence or to attempt to influence the bidding process. In the event it reasonably appears that the Bidder influenced or attempted to influence the bidding process, the City may, in its discretion, reject the Bid. ARTICLE 23 – CONFLICT OF INTEREST 23.01 Bidder agrees to comply with Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code and file Form CIQ with the City of Corpus Christi City Secretary’s Office, if required. For more information on Form CIQ and to determine if you need to file a Form CIQ, please review the information on the City Secretary’s website at http://www.cctexas.com/government/city-secretary/conflict- disclosure/index. ARTICLE 24 - REJECTION OF BID 23.01 The following will be cause to reject a Bid: A. Bids which are not signed by an individual empowered to bind the Bidder. B. Bids which do not have an acceptable Bid Security, with Power of Attorney, submitted as required by Article 7. C. More than one Bid for same Work from an individual, firm, partnership or corporation. D. Evidence of collusion among Bidders. E. Sworn testimony or discovery in pending litigation with Owner which discloses misconduct or willful refusal by bidder to comply with subject contract or instructions of Owner. F. Failure to have an authorized agent of the Bidder attend the mandatory Pre-Bid Conference, if applicable. G. Bids received from a Bidder who has been debarred or suspended by Owner. H. Bids received from a Bidder when Bidder or principals are currently debarred or suspended by Federal, State or City governmental agencies. 23.02 The following may be cause to reject a Bid or cause to deem a Bid non-responsive or irregular. The City reserves the right to waive any irregularities and any or all formalities: A. Poor performance in execution of work under a previous City of Corpus Christi contract. B. Failure to achieve reasonable progress on an existing City of Corpus Christi contract. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 9 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 C. Default on previous contracts or failure to execute Contract after award. D. Evidence of failure to pay Subcontractors, Suppliers or employees in accordance with Contract requirements. E. Bids containing omissions, alterations of form, additions, qualifications or conditions not called for by Owner, or incomplete Bids may be rejected. In any case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the Bid, OWNER reserves right to determine most advantageous Bid or to reject the Bid. F. Failure to acknowledge receipt of Addenda. G. Failure to submit post-Bid information specified in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE within the allotted time(s). H. Failure to timely execute Contract after award. I. Previous environmental violations resulting in fines or citations by a governmental entity (i.e. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, etc.). J. Bidder’s Safety Experience. K. Failure of Bidder to demonstrate, through submission of the Statement of Experience, the experience required as specified in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE, if that Section is included in the bidding documents. L. Evidence of Bidder’s lack of sufficient resources, workforce, equipment or supervision, if required by inclusion of appropriate requirements in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE. M. Evidence of poor performance on previous Projects as documented in Owner’s project performance evaluations. N. Unbalanced Unit Price Bid: “Unbalanced Bid” means a Bid, which includes a Bid that is based on unit prices which are significantly less than cost for some Bid items and significantly more than cost for others. This may be evidenced by submission of unit price Bid items where the cost are significantly higher/lower than the cost of the same Bid items submitted by other Bidders on the project. END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-06-2015 City Project No. E11012 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM ARTICLE 1 – BID RECIPIENT 1.01 In accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and Contract Documents, this Bid Proposal is submitted by _______________________________________________ (type or print name of company) on: 2-17-16 (Wednesday @02:00 PM) for City Project No. E11012 – Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 1.02 Submit Bids, Bid Security and all attachments to the Bid (See Section 7.01 below) to the City’s electronic bidding website at www.CivCastUSA.com. If submitting hard copy bids or bid security in the form of a cashier’s or certified check, please send to: The City of Corpus Christi, Texas City Secretary’s Office 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid - Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) (Project No. E11012) All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. ARTICLE 2 – BIDDERS’S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 2.01 Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner on the form included in the Contract Documents, to perform all Work specified or indicated in Contract Documents for the Contract Price indicated in this Bid or as modified by Contract Amendment. Bidder agrees to complete the Work within the Contract Times established in the Agreement or as modified by Contract Amendment and comply with the all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2.02 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including those dealing with required Bonds. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the opening of Bids. 2.03 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of its failure to complete Work in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Agreement. 2.04 Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum No. Addendum Date Signature Acknowledging Receipt Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-06-2015 City Project No. E11012 Addendum No. Addendum Date Signature Acknowledging Receipt ARTICLE 3 – BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 The Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. 3.02 The Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.03 The Bidder is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.04 The Bidder has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: A. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; B. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; C. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; D. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and E. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. 3.05 The Bidder has considered the: A. Information known to Bidder; B. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; C. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and D. The Contract Documents. 3.06 The Bidder has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 3.04 and 3.05 with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: A. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; B. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and C. Bidder’s safety precautions and programs. 3.07 Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Bidder agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-06-2015 City Project No. E11012 3.08 The Bidder is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. 3.09 The Bidder has correlated the information known to the Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. 3.10 The Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Bidder. 3.11 The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 3.12 Bidder’s entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 – BASIS OF BID 4.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the BID FORM. A. Extended amounts have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. B. Bidder acknowledges that the estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and final payment for all Unit Price items will be based on actual quantities provided, measured as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Unit Price and figures column will be used to compute the actual Bid price. ARTICLE 5 – EVALUATION OF BIDDERS 5.01 The contract may be awarded either to the lowest responsible bidder or to the bidder who provides the best value for the Owner. The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder’s responsibility, the Bidder’s safety record, the Bidder’s indebtedness to Owner and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements to determine the lowest responsible Bidder. The Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities in determining the Bidders’ responsibility or value, and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements, and reserves the right to require the submission of additional information. 5.02 The Owner has the right to accept a Bid, reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all irregularities in the Bids, or to reject non-conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid where circumstances and developments have, in the opinion of the Owner, changed the responsibility of the Bidder. 5.03 Material misstatements in the documentation submitted to determine the Bidder’s responsibility, including information submitted per SECTION 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-06-2015 City Project No. E11012 EXPERIENCE, may be grounds for rejection of the Bidder’s Bid on this Project. Any such misstatement, if discovered after award of the Contract to such Bidder, may be grounds for immediate termination of the Contract. Additionally, the Bidder will be liable to the Owner for any additional costs or damages to the Owner resulting from such misstatements, including costs and attorney’s fees for collecting such costs and damages. ARTICLE 6 – TIME OF COMPLETION 6.01 Bidder will complete the Work required to be substantially completed within 580 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 4.01 of the General Conditions. Bidder will complete the Work required for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 610 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 6.02 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within the number of days indicated. ARTICLE 7 – ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID In compliance with the Bid Requirements in SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, the following are made a condition of this Bid: A. Bid Security. B. SECTION 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM and documentation of signatory authority. C. Bid Form. D. SECTION 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS. E. SECTION 00 30 05 DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST. F. SECTION 00 30 06 NON-COLLUSION CERTIFICATION. ARTICLE 8 – DEFINED TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. The significance of terms with initial capital letters is described in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9 – VENUE 9.01 Bidder agrees that venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. ARTICLE 10 – SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS 10.01 Bidders must include their correct legal name, state of residency, and federal tax identification number in the Bid Form. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-06-2015 City Project No. E11012 10.02 The Bidder, or the Bidder’s authorized representative, shall sign and date the Bid Form to accompany all materials included in the submitted Bid. Bids which are not signed and dated in this manner, or which do not contain the required documentation of signatory authority may be rejected as non-responsive. The individual(s) signing the Bid must have the authority to bind the Bidder to a contract, and if required, shall attach documentation of signatory authority to the Bid Form. 10.03 Bidders who are individuals (“natural persons” as defined by the Texas Business Organizations Code §1.002), but who will not be signing the Bid Form personally, shall include in their bid a notarized power of attorney authorizing the individual designated as their authorized representative to submit the Bid and to sign on behalf of the Bidder. 10.04 Bidders that are entities who are not individuals shall identify in their Bid their charter or Certificate of Authority number issued by the Texas Secretary of State and shall submit with their Bid a copy of a resolution or other documentation approved by the Bidder’s governing body authorizing the submission of the Bid and designating the individual(s) authorized to execute documents on behalf of the Bidder. Bidders using an assumed name (an “alias”) shall submit a copy of the Certificate of Assumed Name or similar document. 10.05 Bidders that are not residents of the State of Texas must document their legal authority to conduct business in Texas. Nonresident Bidders that have previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State may submit a copy of their Certificate of Authority. Nonresident Bidders that have not previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State shall submit a copy of the Bidder’s enabling documents as filed with the state of residency, or as otherwise existing. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-06-2015 City Project No. E11012 ARTICLE 11 – BID SUBMITTAL 11.01 This Bid is submitted by: Bidder: (typed or printed full legal name of Bidder) By: (individual’s signature) Name: (typed or printed) Title: (typed or printed) Attest: (individual’s signature) State of Residency: Federal Tax Id. No. Address for giving notices: Phone: Email: (Attach evidence of authority to sign if the authorized individual is not the Bidder, but an individual signing on behalf of another individual Bidder, or if the authorized individual is a representative of a corporation, partnership, or joint venture.) END OF SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) - City Project No. E11012 Page 1 of 4 REV 3-23-2015 Project Name: Project Number: Owner: Bidder: OAR: Designer: ITEM UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT RAND MORGAN ELEVATED STORAGE TANK A1 LS 1 -$ -$ A2 LS 1 -$ -$ A3 LS 1 -$ -$ A4 LS 1 -$ -$ A5 LS 1 -$ -$ A6 LS 1 -$ -$ A7 LS 1 75,000.00 $ 75,000.00$ A8 LS 1 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00$ RAND MORGAN SITE WORK A9 ACRE 1.1 -$ -$ A10 CY 185 -$ -$ A11 EA 1 -$ -$ A12 LF 61 -$ -$ A13 LF 112 -$ -$ A14 LF 112 -$ -$ A15 EA 2 -$ -$ A16 EA 1 -$ -$ A17 EA 1 -$ -$ A18 CY 11 -$ -$ A19 EA 4 -$ -$ A20 EA 1 -$ -$ A21 LS 1 -$ -$ A22 EA 1 -$ -$ A23 LF 707 -$ -$ A24 SY 674 -$ -$ A25 GAL 102 -$ -$ A26 SY 721 -$ -$ A27 SY 721 -$ -$ A28 SY 721 -$ -$ A29 SY 15 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM DESCRIPTION Base Bid MOBILIZATION (MAXIMUM OF 5% OF PART A CONTRACT PRICE) 0.75 MG COMPOSITE ELEVATED STORAGE TANK Part A - Rand Morgan Tank Basis of Bid INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING INSTALLATION OF CCTV ALLOWANCE FOR ANTENNA PROVISIONS SITE PREPARATION SLIDE GATE SECURITY FENCE ELECTRICAL SERVICE INSTRUMENTATION AND SCADA INTEGRATION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City of Corpus Christi LNV, Inc. E11012 ALLOWANCE FOR TANK LOGO FILL MATERIAL 30" X 48" TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE 30" DUCTILE IRON PIPE WATERLINE 30" PVC WATERLINE TRENCH SAFETY FOR 30" PVC WATERLINE 30" 45° BEND - DUCTILE IRON 30" 22.5° BEND - DUCTILE IRON CONCRETE SPLASH PAD SACK GABION CONCRETE BOLLARD FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY CONCRETE PLATFORM / PIPE SUPPORTS PAVEMENT REPAIR 2" HMAC PAVEMENT (TYPE D) PRIME COAT (0.15 GAL./SY) 8" CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEXIBLE BASE (TY. A, GR. 1) GEOGRID, TENSAR BX1100 8" LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) - City Project No. E11012 Page 2 of 4 REV 3-23-2015 ITEM UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNTDESCRIPTION A30 CY 73 -$ -$ A31 SY 5,341 -$ -$ A32 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN LS 1 -$ -$ A33 LF 40 -$ -$ -$ HOLLY ELEVATED STORAGE TANK B1 LS 1 -$ -$ B2 LS 1 -$ -$ B3 LS 1 -$ -$ B4 LS 1 -$ -$ B5 LS 1 -$ -$ B6 LS 1 -$ -$ B7 LS 1 75,000.00 $ 75,000.00$ B8 LS 1 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00$ HOLLY SITE WORK B9 ACRE 3.5 -$ -$ B10 CY 400 -$ -$ B11 EA 1 -$ -$ B12 LF 63 -$ -$ B13 LF 604 -$ -$ B14 LF 604 -$ -$ B15 EA 6 -$ -$ B16 EA 2 -$ -$ B17 EA 1 -$ -$ B18 SACK GABION CY 9.5 B19 EA 9 -$ -$ B20 EA 1 -$ -$ B21 LS 1 -$ -$ B22 LF 40 -$ -$ B23 EA 2 -$ -$ B24 EA 1 -$ -$ B25 SY 1,770 -$ -$ B26 GAL 266 -$ -$ B27 SY 1,896 -$ -$ B28 SY 1,896 -$ -$ B29 SY 1,896 -$ -$ B30 SY 18,844 -$ -$ B31 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN LS 1 -$ -$ B32 LF 234 -$ -$ B33 EA 1 -$ -$ -$ SEEDING FILL MATERIAL SUBTOTAL PART A - Rand Morgan Tank (Items A1 thru A33) CONCRETE BOLLARD FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY CONCRETE PLATFORM / PIPE SUPPORTS 18" RCP SAFETY END TREATMENT PRIME COAT (0.15 GAL/SY) SITE PREPARATION ELECTRICAL SERVICE INSTRUMENTATION AND SCADA INTEGRATION 30" X 48" TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE 8" LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE SEEDING 8" CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEXIBLE BASE (TY. A, GR. 1) GEOGRID, TENSAR BX1100 ALLOWANCE FOR ANTENNA PROVISIONS Part B - HOLLY TANK BERM 2" HMAC PAVEMENT (TYPE D) 30" 22.5° BEND - DUCTILE IRON MOBILIZATION (MAXIMUM OF 5% OF PART B CONTRACT PRICE) 3.0 MG COMPOSITE ELEVATED STORAGE TANK SUBTOTAL PART B - HOLLY TANK (Items B1 thru B33) 2" DRAIN LINE 2" DRAIN LINE DRAIN CLEANOUT 30" DUCTILE IRON PIPE WATERLINE 30" PVC WATERLINE TRENCH SAFETY FOR 30" PVC WATERLINE 30" 45° BEND - DUCTILE IRON AIR RELEASE VALVE INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING INSTALLATION OF CCTV ALLOWANCE FOR TANK LOGO CONCRETE SPLASH PAD 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) - City Project No. E11012 Page 3 of 4 REV 3-23-2015 ITEM UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNTDESCRIPTION C1 LS 1 -$ -$ -$ D1 LS 1 -$ -$ -$ E1 LS 1 -$ -$ -$ F1 LS 1 -$ -$ -$ Part D -ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) Part C -ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) SUBMERSIBLE MIXER - RAND MORGAN TANK SUBTOTAL PART C - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (Items C1) RESERVOIR HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING SYSTEM - RAND MORGAN TANK SUBTOTAL PART D - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (Items D1) Part E -ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) RESERVOIR HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING SYSTEM - HOLLY TANK SUBTOTAL PART E - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (Items E1) Part E -ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (per SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES) SUBTOTAL PART D - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (Items F1) SUBMERSIBLE MIXER - HOLLY TANK 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) - City Project No. E11012 Page 4 of 4 REV 3-23-2015 ITEM UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNTDESCRIPTION Contract Times 580 days 610 days Bidder agrees to reach Substantial Completion in Bidder agrees to reach Final Completion in SUBTOTAL PART C - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (Items C1) TOTAL PROJECT ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (PART C) TOTAL PROJECT BASE BID (PARTS A THRU B) BID SUMMARY SUBTOTAL PART A - RAND MORGAN TANK (Items A1 thru A32)-$ SUBTOTAL PART B - HOLLY TANK (Items B1 thru B31)-$ -$ SUBTOTAL PART D - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (Items F1)-$ TOTAL PROJECT ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (PART D)-$ TOTAL PROJECT ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (PART D)-$ SUBTOTAL PART E - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (Items E1)-$ TOTAL PROJECT ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (PART E)-$ SUBTOTAL PART D - ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (Items D1)-$ -$ -$ Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders 00 30 02 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code applies to the award of government contract to nonresident bidders. This law provides that: “a government entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lower bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that is not less than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s principal place of business is located.” “Nonresident bidder” refers to a person who is not a resident of Texas. “Resident bidder” refers to a person whose principal place of business is in this state, including a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. Check the statement that is correct for Bidder. ☐ Bidder qualifies as a nonresident bidder whose principal place of business or residency is in the State of . ☐ Bidder (includes parent company or majority owner) qualifies as a resident bidder whose principal place of business is in the State of Texas. The Owner will use the information provided in the State of Texas Comptroller’s annual publication of other states’ laws on contracts to evaluate the Bids of nonresident Bidders. Bidder: Company Name: (typed or printed) By: (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: (typed or printed) Title: Business address: Phone: Email: END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) SUPPLIER NUMBER __________ TO BE ASSIGNED BY CITY PURCHASING DIVISION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112, as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with “NA”. See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY NAME: P. O. BOX: STREET ADDRESS: CITY: ZIP: - FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 2. Partnership 3. Sole Owner 4. Association 5. Other ____________________________________ DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each “employee” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Job Title and City Department (if known) 2. State the names of each “official” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Title 3. State the names of each “board member” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Board, Commission or Committee 4. State the names of each employee or officer of a “consultant” for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Consultant FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: Title: (Type or Print) Signature of Certifying Person: Date: DEFINITIONS a. “Board member.” A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. b. “Economic benefit”. An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. “Employee.” Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part - time basis, but not as an independent contractor. d. “Firm.” Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to, entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. “Official.” The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. f. “Ownership Interest.” Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. “Constructively held” refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements.” g. “Consultant.” Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. Non-Collusion Certification 00 30 06 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 00 30 06 NON-COLLUSION CERTIFICATION STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF NUECES OWNER: City of Corpus Christi, Texas 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 CONTRACT: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Project No. E11012 Bidder certifies that the it has not been a party to any collusion among Bidders in the restraint of freedom of competition by agreement to submit a Bid at a fixed price or to refrain from bidding; or with any official or employee of the Owner as to quantity, quality, or price in the prospective contract, or any other terms of said prospective contract; or in any discussion between Bidders and any official of the Owner concerning exchange of money or other thing of value for special consideration in the letting of a contract. Company Name: (typed or printed) By: (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: (typed or printed) Title: Business address: Phone: Email: END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE ARTICLE 1 – REQUIREMENT TO PROVIDE A STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE 1.01 To be considered a responsive Bidder, the three lowest Bidders must complete and submit the Statement of Experience within 5 days after the date Bids are due to demonstrate the Bidders’ responsibility and ability to meet the minimum requirements to complete the Work. Failure to submit the required information in the Statement of Experience may result in the Owner considering the Bid non-responsive and result in rejection of the Bid by the Owner. The Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited if Bidder fails to deliver the Statement of Experience in an attempt to be released from its Bid. Bidders may be required to provide supplemental information if requested by the Owner to clarify, enhance or supplement the information provided in the Statement of Experience. 1.02 Bidders must provide the information requested in this Statement of Experience using the forms attached to this Section. A copy of these forms can be provided in Microsoft Word to assist with the preparation of the Statement of Experience. Information in these forms must be provided completely and in detail. Information that cannot be totally incorporated in the form may be included in an attachment to the form. This attachment must be clearly referenced by attachment number in the form, and the attached material must include the attachment number on every sheet of the attachment. The attachment must include only the information that responds to the question or item number to which the attachment information applies. 1.03 The Bidder may also be required to supply a financial statement, prepared no later than 90 days prior to the City Engineer’s request, signed and dated by the Bidder’s owner, president or other authorized party, specifying all current assets and liabilities. ARTICLE 2 – EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS 2.01 The Bidder agrees that, in addition to determining the apparent low Bid, the Owner will consider the responsiveness of the Bids and the responsibility of the Bidders in awarding a Contract for this Project. Information that indicates the Bidder or a Subcontractor is not responsible or that might negatively impact a Bidder’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Time and for the Contract Price may result in the Owner rejecting the Bid. 2.02 If none of the three apparent low Bidders are deemed responsible, the Owner may notify the next apparent low Bidders in order, who will then be required to submit the Statement of Experience for review, until a Contract is awarded or all Bids have been rejected. 2.03 The Bidder is responsible for the accuracy and completeness of all of the information provided by the Bidder or a proposed Subcontractor in response to this Statement of Experience. 2.04 Provide general information about the organization as required in Table 1. Describe the organizational structure of the Bidder's organization as it relates to this Project in Table 2. 2.05 Provide resumes for the key personnel that will be actively working on this Project. A. Key personnel include the Project Manager, Project Superintendent, Safety Manager and Quality Control Manager. If key personnel are to fulfill more than one of the roles listed above, provide a written narrative describing how much time will be devoted to each function, their qualifications to fulfill each role, and the percentage of their time that will be devoted to each role. If the individual is not to be devoted solely to this Project, indicate how that individual’s time is to be divided between this Project and other assignments. B. The Bidder may provide resumes for an alternate individual if the Bidder is not able to commit to one individual for the Project at the time the Bid is submitted. Qualifications of these individuals will be considered in determining whether the experience of the Bidder meets the minimum requirements. The Bidder must provide the services of the proposed key personnel for the life of the Project as a condition of Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 qualification. Failure to provide the proposed Key Personnel may result in the disqualification of the Bidder and may void the award of the Contract. C. Provide information for each primary and alternate candidate that includes: technical experience, managerial experience, education and formal training and a work history which describes project experience, including the roles and responsibilities for each assignment. Additional information demonstrating experience that meets the minimum requirements should also be included. D. The Project Manager and Project Superintendent must have at least 5 years of recent experience in the management and oversight of projects of a similar size and complexity to this Project. This experience must include scheduling of manpower and materials, safety, coordination of Subcontractors, experience with the submittal process, Federal and State wage rate requirements and contract close-out procedures. The Project Superintendent is to be present at the Site at all times that Work is being performed. Foremen must have at least 5 years of recent experience in similar work and be subordinate to the Project Superintendent. Foremen cannot act as a superintendent without prior written approval from the Owner. 2.06 Provide information on the project experience and past performance of the organization. A. Provide information on projects that have been awarded to the Organization in the last 5 years in Table 3. Attach additional pages if necessary. Experience must include the satisfactory completion of at least five similar projects within the last 5 years for the Bidder's organization that are equal to or greater in size and magnitude than the current Project. B. In determining the responsibility of the Bidder, the Owner will consider the Bidder’s past projects and any substandard quality of workmanship on completed projects. The Owner will consider whether the Bidder’s past project experience shows substandard quality of workmanship, issues related to a substandard appearance of the completed work, the amount of warranty or rework required, problems with durability and maintainability of the completed project, and problems with the lack of quality of documentation provided. In addition to the work produced, the Owner may consider issues related to the quality of construction practices, responsiveness to the owner’s needs during construction, an inability to work in the spirit of partnering and any non-responsiveness of the Bidder to make warranty corrections. Information to make this determination will come from Owner's interviews with references provided for this project. By listing reference contact information in this Statement of Experience, Bidder indicates its approval for OPT to contact the individuals listed as a reference. ARTICLE 3 – PROVIDE INFORMATION TO DEMONSTRATE THE ABILITY OF THE BIDDER TO PROVIDE SUBCONTRACTING OPPORTUNITIES THAT WILL MEET THE OWNER’S ESTABLISHED GOALS FOR MINORITY, MBE, AND DBE PARTICIPATION IN THE PROJECT. LIST ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED MINORITY, MBE AND DBE-PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS IN TABLE 4. INCLUDE PERCENTAGES OF WORK SUBCONTRACTED TO EACH TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH OWNER'S STATED GOALS.STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS 3.01 Provide one printed copy of the Statement of Experience using the referenced tables and narrative descriptions as described in Article 2. Pages are to be 8-1/2 x 11 pages using a minimum font size of 10. A limited number of 11 x 17 sheets may be used, and must be folded to the size of an 8-1/2 x 11 page. 3.02 Provide a digital copy of the Statement of Experience in Portable Document Format (PDF) on a CD, portable drive, or other digital recording device. This digital copy is to include all information required to evaluate the Bid and should match the content of the printed copy of the Bid. When creating the digital copy: A. Create PDF documents from native format files. B. Rotate pages so that the top of the document appears at the top of the file when opened in PDF viewing software. Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 C. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the original documents. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. D. Submit color PDF documents if color is used in the printed version of the documents. Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 Table 1 – Organization Information Organization doing business as: Business Address of Principal Office Telephone No. Website Form of Business (check one) ☐ Corporation ☐ Partnership ☐ Individual If a Corporation State of Incorporation Date of Incorporation Chief Executive Officer’s Name President’s Name Vice President’s Name(s) Secretary’s Name Treasurer’s Name If a Partnership Date of Organization Form of Partnership: ☐ General ☐ Limited If an Individual Name Ownership of Organization List of companies, firms, or organizations that own any part of the organization. Names of Companies, Firms, or Organizations Percent Ownership Organization History List of names that this organization currently, has, or anticipates operating under including the names of related companies presently doing business. Names of Organizations From Date To Date Indicators of Organization Size Average number of current full-time employees Average estimate of revenue for the current year Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 Table 1 – Organization Information Organization doing business as: Previous History with City of Corpus Christi List the 5 most recent projects that have been completed with the City of Corpus Christi. Project Name Year 1 2 3 4 5 Construction Site Safety Experience Provide Bidders Experience Modification Ratio (EMR) History for the last 3 years. Provide documentation of the EMR. Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Previous Bidding and Construction Experience Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been disqualified as a bidder within the last 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been released from a bid or proposal in the past 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization ever defaulted on a project or failed to complete any work awarded to it? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been involved in claims or litigation involving project owners within the last 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Have liens or claims for outstanding unpaid invoices been filed against the Bidder for services or materials on any projects begun within the preceding 3 years? Specify the name and address of the party holding the lien or making the claim, the amount and basis for the lien or claim, and an explanation of why the lien has not been released or that the claim has not been paid if yes. Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 Table 2 – Project Information Organization doing business as: Proposed Project Organization Provide a brief description of the organizational structure proposed for this project indicating the names and functional roles of proposed key personnel and alternates. Provide resumes for Project Manager, Superintendent, Safety Manager and Quality Control Manager. Position Primary Alternate Project Manager Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Division of work between Bidder and Proposed Subcontractor and Suppliers Provide a list of Work to be self-performed by the Bidder and the Work contracted to Subcontractors and Suppliers for more than 10 percent of the Work (based on estimated subcontract or purchase order amounts and the Contract Price). Description of Work Name of Entity Performing the Work Estimated Percentage of Contract Price Subcontractor Construction Site Safety Experience Provide Experience Modification Ratio (EMR) History for the last 3 years for Subcontractors that will provide Work valued at 25% or more of the Contract Price. Provide documentation of the EMR. Subcontractor Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Subcontractor Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 7 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 Table 3 – Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 8 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 Table 3 – Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years – Not including City of Corpus Christi Projects Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 9 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 Table 3 – Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years – Not including City of Corpus Christi Projects Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 10 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 Table 4 – Demonstrated Minority, MBE, DBE Participation Organization doing business as Project Subcontractors and Suppliers Provide a list of anticipated Minority, MBE, DBE Subcontractors or Suppliers contracts that will be used to demonstrate compliance with the Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy Name Work to be Provided Estimated % of Contract Price Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 11 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Rev 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 ARTICLE 4 – CERTIFICATION 4.01 By submitting this Statement of Experience and related information, Bidder certifies that it has read this Statement of Experience and that Bidder’s responses are true and correct and contain no material misrepresentations and that the individual signing below is authorized to make this certification on behalf of the Bidder’s organization. The individual signing this certification shall attach evidence of individual’s authority to bind the organization to an agreement. Bidder: (typed or printed) By: (individual’s signature) Name: (typed or printed) Title: (typed or printed) Designated Representative: Name: Title: Address: Telephone No.: Email: END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Agreement 00 52 23 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 – WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 ARTICLE 2 – DESIGNER AND OWNER’S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: LNV, Inc. 801 Navigation, Suite 300 Corpus Christi, TX 78408 2.02 The Owner’s Authorized Representative for this Project is: Name of Owner’s Authorized Representative Office Address City, State, Zip Code ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 580 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 610 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties Agreement 00 52 23 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $1,000 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $1,000 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 – CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ ARTICLE 5 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to 95 percent of the total earned value to date for completed Work and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. The balance will be held as retainage. Agreement 00 52 23 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner’s option, retainage may be required at a higher percentage rate if progress on the Project is considered to be unsatisfactory. If retainage in excess of the amount described above is held prior to Substantial Completion, the Owner will place the additional amount in an interest bearing account. Interest will be paid in accordance with Paragraph 6.01. E. At the Owner’s option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR’s estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 – INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. 6.02 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; Agreement 00 52 23 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor’s safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor’s entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 – ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 13.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper Agreement 00 52 23 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor’s records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor’s fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 2. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 3. Addenda. 4. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor’s Bid Form. 5. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 – CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES Four original duplicates of the signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. CONTRACTOR – Agreement must be signed by a person authorized to bind the firm or company. If Contractor is a Corporation, agreements must be Attested; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. Agreement 00 52 23 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 The Effective Date of the Contract is ______________________________[Insert date signed by City Manager or designee]. ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta City Secretary Jeffery Edmonds Director of Engineering Services APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: Janet L. Kellogg Assistant City Attorney ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Title: Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Performance Bond 00 61 13 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO.________________________ Contractor as Principal Surety Name: Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Mailing address (principal place of business): Physical address (principal place of business): Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Contract Project name and number: Telephone (main number): Telephone (for notice of claim): Local Agent for Surety Name: Award Date of the Contract: Address: Contract Price: Bond Telephone: E-Mail Address: Date of Bond: The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall be deemed an original. Performance Bond 00 61 13 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Surety Signature: Signature: Name: Name: Title: Title: Email Address: Email Address: (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 00 61 16 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV. 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO._____________________ Contractor as Principal Surety Name: Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Mailing address (principal place of business): Physical address (principal place of business): Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Contract Project name and number: Telephone (main number): Telephone (for notice of claim): Local Agent for Surety Name: Award Date of the Contract: Address: Contract Price: Bond Telephone: E-Mail Address: Date of Bond: The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of Contract) Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall be deemed an original. Payment Bond Form 00 61 16 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV. 10-6-2015 City Project No. E11012 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Surety Signature: Signature: Name: Name: Title: Title: Email Address: Email Address: (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ....................................................................................................... 6 1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................... 6 1.02 Terminology ................................................................................................................................ 11 Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ................................................................................................................... 12 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ............................................................................. 12 2.02 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................. 13 2.03 Before Starting Construction ...................................................................................................... 13 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ................................ 13 Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse ................................................................. 13 3.01 Intent ........................................................................................................................................... 13 3.02 Reference Standards ................................................................................................................... 15 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ...................................................................................... 15 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents ................................................................................. 16 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 16 Article 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work .............................................................................. 16 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ............................................................. 16 4.02 Starting the Work ........................................................................................................................ 16 4.03 Progress Schedule ....................................................................................................................... 17 4.04 Delays in Contractor’s Progress .................................................................................................. 17 Article 5 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions ................................................................................................................................................... 18 5.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................... 18 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ........................................................................................................ 18 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ............................................................................................ 19 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................................................................... 19 5.05 Underground Facilities ................................................................................................................ 21 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ............................................................................. 22 Article 6 – Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................................. 24 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds .................................................................................. 24 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................ 24 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 1 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 25 Article 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ..................................................................................................... 25 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence .............................................................................................. 25 7.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................. 25 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 26 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others .................................................................... 26 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 27 7.06 Permits ........................................................................................................................................ 28 7.07 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 28 7.08 Laws and Regulations .................................................................................................................. 28 7.09 Safety and Protection ................................................................................................................. 29 7.10 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................. 30 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs .............................................................................................. 30 7.12 Emergencies ................................................................................................................................ 30 7.13 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee ......................................................................... 30 7.14 Indemnification ........................................................................................................................... 31 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services ................................................................................ 32 Article 8 – Other Work at the Site ............................................................................................................... 33 8.01 Other Work ................................................................................................................................. 33 8.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................... 34 8.03 Legal Relationships ...................................................................................................................... 34 Article 9 – Owner’s and OPT’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 35 9.01 Communications to Contractor .................................................................................................. 35 9.02 Replacement of Owner’s Project Team Members ...................................................................... 35 9.03 Furnish Data ................................................................................................................................ 35 9.04 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................. 35 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ................................................................................... 35 9.06 Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 35 9.07 Modifications .............................................................................................................................. 35 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ............................................................................................... 35 9.09 Limitations on OPT’s Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 35 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ...................................................................... 36 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program ................................................................................................ 36 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 2 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Article 10 – OAR’s and Designer’s Status During Construction .................................................................. 36 10.01 Owner’s Representative .......................................................................................................... 36 10.02 Visits to Site ............................................................................................................................. 36 10.03 Resident Project Representatives ........................................................................................... 36 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................ 36 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments......................................................................... 36 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................... 37 10.07 Limitations on OAR’s and Designer’s Authority and Responsibilities ..................................... 37 Article 11 – Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work .................................................... 37 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents ....................................................... 37 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work ................................................................................ 38 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................ 38 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................ 39 11.05 Change of Contract Times ....................................................................................................... 40 11.06 Change Proposals .................................................................................................................... 40 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................... 40 11.08 Notice to Surety ...................................................................................................................... 41 Article 12 – Claims ....................................................................................................................................... 42 12.01 Claims ...................................................................................................................................... 42 12.02 Claims Process ......................................................................................................................... 42 Article 13 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ...................................................................... 43 13.01 Cost of the Work ..................................................................................................................... 43 13.02 Allowances .............................................................................................................................. 46 13.03 Unit Price Work ....................................................................................................................... 46 13.04 Contingencies .......................................................................................................................... 47 Article 14 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work .................... 47 14.01 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................ 47 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals ........................................................................................... 47 14.03 Defective Work ....................................................................................................................... 48 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................ 49 14.05 Uncovering Work .................................................................................................................... 49 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work ..................................................................................................... 49 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work ....................................................................................... 50 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 3 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Article 15 – Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period ........................................ 50 15.01 Progress Payments .................................................................................................................. 50 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................ 52 15.03 Substantial Completion ........................................................................................................... 52 15.04 Partial Utilization ..................................................................................................................... 53 15.05 Final Inspection ....................................................................................................................... 53 15.06 Final Payment .......................................................................................................................... 53 15.07 Waiver of Claims ..................................................................................................................... 54 15.08 Correction Period .................................................................................................................... 54 Article 16 – Suspension of Work and Termination ..................................................................................... 55 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work ..................................................................................................... 55 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ............................................................................................ 55 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ................................................................................ 56 Article 17 – Final Resolution of Disputes .................................................................................................... 57 17.01 Methods and Procedures ........................................................................................................ 57 Article 18 – Miscellaneous .......................................................................................................................... 57 18.01 Computation of Times............................................................................................................. 57 18.02 Owner’s Right to Audit Contractor’s Records ......................................................................... 57 18.03 Independent Contractor ......................................................................................................... 58 18.04 Cumulative Remedies ............................................................................................................. 58 18.05 Limitation of Damages ............................................................................................................ 58 18.06 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................... 58 18.07 Severability .............................................................................................................................. 58 18.08 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................ 59 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries ................................................................................................... 59 18.10 Assignment of Contract........................................................................................................... 59 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity .......................................................................................... 59 18.12 Controlling Law ....................................................................................................................... 59 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue ..................................................................................... 59 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury............................................................................................................. 59 18.15 Attorney Fees .......................................................................................................................... 59 18.16 Compliance with Laws............................................................................................................. 59 18.17 Enforcement............................................................................................................................ 60 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 4 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 18.18 Subject to Appropriation ......................................................................................................... 60 18.19 Contract Sum........................................................................................................................... 60 18.20 Contractor’s Guarantee as Additional Remedy ...................................................................... 60 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 5 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. A term with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, has the meaning indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date – The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid - The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Requirements. 7. Bidding Documents - The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and Addenda. 8. Bidder - An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bidding Requirements - The Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Security, Bid Form and attachments, and required certifications. 10. Bid Security - The financial security in the form of a bid bond provided by Bidder at the time the Bid is submitted and held by Owner until the Agreement is executed and the evidence of insurance and Bonds required by the Contract Documents are provided. A cashier’s check, certified check, money order or bank draft from any State or National Bank will also be acceptable. 11. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 12. Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 6 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 13. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 14. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or his designated representative as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. 15. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. 16. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (“RCRA”); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 17. Contract - The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 18. Contract Amendment - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract, but does not make changes in the Work. 19. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 20. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 7 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 21. Contract Times - The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 22. Contractor - The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 23. Contractor’s Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 24. Cost of the Work - The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 13. 25. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR’s recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraphs 15.03 or 15.04. 26. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers or Registered Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 27. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 28. Effective Date of the Contract - The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 29. Field Order - A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 30. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 8 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 31. Indemnified Costs - All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner’s Indemnitees. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 32. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 33. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. 34. Milestone - A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 35. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 36. Notice of Award - The notice of Owner’s intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 37. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 38. Owner - The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and his designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City’s officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 39. Owner’s Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 40. Owner’s Indemnitees - Each member of the OPT and their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors. 41. Owner’s Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner’s Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 42. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 9 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 43. Progress Schedule - A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 44. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 45. Resident Project Representative or RPR - The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. 46. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 47. Schedule of Documents - A schedule of required documents, prepared, and maintained by Contractor. 48. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 49. Selected Bidder - The Bidder to which Owner intends to award the Contract. 50. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 51. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 52. Specifications - The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 53. Subcontractor - An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 54. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 55. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 56. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 57. Technical Data - Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 10 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or c. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 58. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 59. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 60. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 61. Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to “at no additional cost to Owner,” “at Contractor’s expense,” or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms “day” or “calendar day” mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed,” or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 11 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. The use of the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” and “provide” have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide.” F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word “all” is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” “provide,” or similar words include the meaning of the phrase “The Contractor shall...” before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT’s project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 12 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements (Division 01 Sections of the Specifications) apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract, Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 13 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 14 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations, whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 3. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 00 72 00 - 15 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 4. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 5. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer’s or OAR’s interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor’s Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 16 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree. 4.04 Delays in Contractor’s Progress A. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if OPT directly delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work. The Contractor agrees to make no Claim for damages for delay in the performance of the Contract occasioned by an act or omission to act of the OPT and agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor’s Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D.1, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8; and 3. Acts of war or terrorism. 4. Rain days in excess of the number of days allocated for rain as described in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 17 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor’s Team. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor’s Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor’s Team’s operations; c. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 18 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor’s Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner’s Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor’s safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor’s interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 19 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor’s cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR’s issuance of the OPT’s statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 20 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 2. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 3. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 4. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 5. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents, or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown General Conditions 00 72 00 - 21 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR’s issuance of OPT’s statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner’s Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor’s safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless this removal or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 22 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor’s Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor’s Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor’s Team that was not created by the Contractor’s Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR’s notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 23 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice, or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 24 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner’s consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. C. Do not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday without OAR’s consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year’s Day January 1 Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 25 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 15.01.B 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Document. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor’s reasonable objections. F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 26 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 days of Owner’s notice to replace a Subcontractor, Supplier, or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner’s initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers’ Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor’s Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor’s Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 27 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner’s exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 28 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor’s Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor’s Team. E. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor’s Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner’s safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner’s safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 29 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor’s warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 30 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor’s performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 Indemnification A. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY’S FEES OR DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, VIOLATIONS OF LAWS OR REGULATIONS, OR BODILY INJURY, DEATH, OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TEAM, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS OR EXPENSE IS ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED IN PART BY AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE HEREUNDER, SUBJECT TO THE OWNER’S DEFENSES AND LIABILITY LIMITS UNDER THE TEXAS TORT CLAIMS ACT. HOWEVER, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO REQUIRE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE AGAINST A CLAIM, LOSS, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE CAUSED BY THE (I) NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT, (II) BREACH OR VIOLATION OF A STATUTE, ORDINANCE, GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION, STANDARD OR RULE, OR (III) THE BREACH OF CONTRACT BY AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES EACH OF OWNER’S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE. B. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO: (I) THE FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN, OR REMOVE A CONSTITUENT OF CONCERN BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR’S TEAM OR A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR’S TEAM, (II) CONTRACTOR’S TEAM’S ACTION OR INACTION RELATED TO DAMAGES, DELAYS, DISRUPTIONS, OR INTERFERENCE WITH THE WORK OF OWNER’S EMPLOYEES, OTHER CONTRACTORS, OR UTILITY OWNERS PERFORMING OTHER WORK AT OR ADJACENT TO THE SITE, OR (III) THE CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH OBLIGATES THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNER’S AND OWNER’S INDEMNITEES OWN NEGLIGENCE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF OWNER’S INDEMNITEES. C. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS RESULTING FROM INFRINGEMENT ON PATENT RIGHTS OR COPYRIGHTS BY CONTRACTOR’S TEAM TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. D. The indemnification obligations under this paragraph are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor’s Team or other individuals or entities under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner’s Indemnitees by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor’s Team. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 31 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner’s Indemnitees from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner’s Indemnitees do not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor’s counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner’s Indemnitees as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner’s Indemnitees may assume and control the defense If Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner’s Indemnitees as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner’s Indemnitees may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner’s consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner’s Indemnitees to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner’s Indemnitees; b. Would require Owner’s Indemnitees to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner and Owner’s Indemnitees’ full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 32 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials, or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor’s design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor’s Work. This other work may be performed by Owner’s employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s General Conditions 00 72 00 - 33 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor’s Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT, other contractor, or utility owner: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor’s Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor or utility owner to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor’s Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner’s employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner’s contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors or utility owners if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 34 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S AND OPT’S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner’s Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Paragraphs 15.01.D and 15.06.D. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OPT’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 14.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT’s Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 35 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT’s responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. ARTICLE 10 – OAR’S AND DESIGNER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner’s Representative A. OAR is Owner’s representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner’s representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer’s visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner’s quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner’s representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR’s visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives’ authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer’s authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer’s authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 36 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. OAR and Designer’s authority related to Modifications is described in Articles 11. D. OAR’s authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 13 and 15. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work, or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 14.04, if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OAR will issue a Request for a Change Proposal if a Modification is required. OAR will provide documentation for changes related to the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will provide documentation if design related changes are required. D. Contractor may appeal Designer’s decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer’s decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR’s and Designer’s Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor’s Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor’s Team. ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 37 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer’s approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive are to be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive if negotiations are unsuccessful under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications, or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor’s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 38 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01 plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.D when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents or the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price without adjusting Contractor’s fee. D. Contractor’s Fee: Determine the Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor’s fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2; b. The Contractor’s fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor’s fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 2) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.C.4, and 13.01.D; e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 39 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. The adjustment in Contractor’s fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.D.2.a through 11.04.D.2.e, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. B. Notify the OAR immediately if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. Submit the following as part of the Change Proposal: 1. Any proposed change in Contract Price, Contract Times, or other relief, accompanied by a statement that the requested Change Order is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled; 2. The reason for the proposed change; and 3. Supporting data, accompanied by a statement that the supporting data is accurate and complete. C. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor’s supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 40 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner’s correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 12. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay, or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor’s agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor’s submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Bid, nor a warranty that the Bid will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. A Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor if the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07. 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents, or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 41 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. A demand or assertion by Owner to Contractor, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision by Designer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Contesting Designer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; d. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or e. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 2. A demand or assertion by Contractor to Owner, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Contesting OPT’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; or b. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OPT has declined to address. 12.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. B. Claims by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer, and the OAR within 7 days: 1. After the start of the event giving rise to the Claim; or 2. After a final decision on a Change Proposal has been made. C. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. D. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. E. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Times, Contractor must certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief, the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. F. The entity receiving a Claim is to review the Claim giving full consideration to its merits. The Owner and Contractor are to seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of actions taken on a Claim. G. Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediate the underlying dispute at any time after initiation of a Claim. 1. The agreement to mediate suspends the Claim submittal and response process. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 42 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2. Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process after 60 days from the agreement to mediate and resume the Claim submittal and decision process as of the date of the termination. The Claim process resumes as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator, if the mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator’s fees and costs. H. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part or denies it in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes within 30 days of this action. I. Notify the OAR if efforts to resolve the Claim are not successful, and the Claim is denied. A denial of the Claim is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes within 30 days of the denial. J. The results of the agreement or action on the Claim is to be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times if the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim. ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 13.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 13.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor’s employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 13.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 43 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers’ compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers’ field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining, with the OPT, which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 44 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 e. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; f. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor’s Team; g. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; h. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; i. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and j. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor’s Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor’s fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor’s indemnification of Owner’s Indemnitees. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 13.01.C. E. The Contractor’s fee is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis. 2. In accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C for Work covered by a Modification determined on the basis of Cost of the Work. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting General Conditions 00 72 00 - 45 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 13.01. 13.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 13.02.B.1 and 13.02.B.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR’s decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03.E. E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR’s decision under Paragraph 13.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Agreement; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 46 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 13.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Agreement. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 13.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Agreement. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor’s selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor’s safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination General Conditions 00 72 00 - 47 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 14.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 48 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 for costs associated with OPT’s evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT’s observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor’s intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. 2. Submit a Change Proposal for an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times directly attributable to this uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, and reconstruction if the uncovered Work is found to be not Defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 49 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner’s right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor’s Team or surety. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy the following deficiencies after 7 days’ notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 15. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payments are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in the Contract Documents. 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 2.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 50 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 13.01, 13.02 and 13.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses, or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor’s conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor’s Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Owner has been notified of failure to make payments to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or Employees; j. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; k. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; l. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; m. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; n. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 51 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 o. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; p. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; q. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or r. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work after Contractor’s notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 52 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor’s coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner’s assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor’s obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor’s access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 15.04 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 15.05 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted under Paragraph 15.04 is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 15.06 Final Payment A. Make Application for Final Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT’s reasons for not recommending final payment. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 53 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR’s recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05; 3. Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 17 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 15.08 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or longer periods of time prescribed by the terms of the Contract Documents. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 15.08.A and 15.08.B corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR’s instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. D. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or systems are placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. The correction period is extended for an additional period of 1 year for Defective Work corrected after the date of Substantial Completion or after the accepted date the correction period starts to run as described in Paragraph 15.08.E. This extended correction period starts to run when Defective Work has been satisfactorily corrected under this Paragraph 15.08. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 54 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 G. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 15.08 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.08 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor’s creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor’s insolvency; 5. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; or 6. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of OPT. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 16.02.A.4. Owner may terminate this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR’s request for this information. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 55 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days’ notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of the Contract under this Paragraph 16.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 16.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. This cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner are to be reviewed as to their reasonableness and incorporated in a Change Order by OAR. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days’ notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.D.; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 56 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. The Owner or Contractor may appeal a Claim, approved or denied in part or in full, by: 1. Electing to invoke the dispute resolution process if one is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; 2. Agreeing with the other party to submit the dispute to a dispute resolution process; or 3. Notifying the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to. ARTICLE 18 – MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 18.02 Owner’s Right to Audit Contractor’s Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four (4) years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Example of Contractor written and electronically stores records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondences, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 57 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Agreement Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor’s records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner’s designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Section in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 18.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor’s Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor’s Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership, or formal business organization of any kind. 18.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of, the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 18.03 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 18.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner’s Indemnitees are not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor’s Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. 18.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision, affect the enforceability of that provision, or the enforceability of the remainder of this Contract. 18.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 58 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 18.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees, and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 18.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the consent of the Owner. 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. 18.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 18.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys’ fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney’s fees. 18.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 59 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. Comply with all applicable federal, state, and city laws, rules and regulations. 18.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee, are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 18.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract, with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 18.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated, this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 18.20 Contractor’s Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor’s guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release, or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. END OF SECTION General Conditions 00 72 00 - 60 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 1 – INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.01 CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE AMOUNTS A. Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises - Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products / Completed Operations Hazard 6. Contractual Liability 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Per Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate Business Automobile Liability - Owned, Non-Owned, Rented and Leased $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Workers’ Compensation Statutory Employer’s Liability $500,000/ 500,000/ 500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Contractor’s Pollution Liability / Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. $2,000,000 Per Claim ☐ Required X Not Required Builder’s Risk (All Perils including Collapse) Equal to Contract Price X Required ☐ Not Required Installation Floater Equal to Contract Price ☐ Required X Not Required Owner’s Protective Liability Equal to Contractor’s liability insurance ☐ Required X Not Required 1.02 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with Article 6 of the General Conditions and this Section. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Section. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT’s failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor’s full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor’s obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16 of the General Conditions if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor’s interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor’s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner’s Indemnitees in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the “other insurance” clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor’s insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers’ compensation policy and Contractor’s professional liability policy. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers’ compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers’ compensation obligations. Provide an “All Other States” endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. Provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; 4. By any other person for any other reason; and 5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor’s commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Section. Insurance is to remain in effective for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. Eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody, and control of Contractor. Provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor in lieu of elimination of the exclusion, or if required by this Section. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or “All Peril” policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor’s Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixture, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor’s contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14 of the General Conditions, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, “Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured” or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. E. Purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer’s liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor’s commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors for each named insured or additional insured; 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor’s operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor’s pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Section must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Section or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not by rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 1.04 OWNER’S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain an Owner’s Protective Liability insurance policy with the Owner as the named insured and other members of the OPT as additional insureds. Provide a policy that will protect the OPT from claims which arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Provide this coverage in the same amounts required for the Contractor’s liability insurance and from the same company that provides the Contractor’s liability insurance. 1.05 PROPERTY INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Section or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 1.06. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT, Contractor, and all Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder’s risk “all risk” policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder’s risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer’s subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder’s risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04 of the General Conditions. Maintain the builder’s risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder’s risk or property insurance policies provided under this Section. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 1.06 WAIVER OF RIGHTS A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Section are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 7 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner’s Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contains provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner’s Indemnitees, Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder’s risk insurance and other property insurance. 1.07 OWNER’S INSURANCE FOR THE PROJECT A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds, or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 – EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE 2.01 ACCEPTABLE EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of “Additional Insureds” for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days’ notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy’s terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 2.02 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 8 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 2.03 INSURANCE POLICIES A. Provide a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles if requested by the Owner. B. Owner may require the deletion, revision, or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions (except where policy provisions are established by Laws or Regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter of any such policies). Comply with these requests and submit a copy of the replacement certificate of insurance to Owner at the address provided below within 10 days of the requested change. 2.04 CONTINUING EVIDENCE OF COVERAGE A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Section prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 2.05 NOTICES REGARDING INSURANCE A. Submit notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: City of Corpus Christi – Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. ARTICLE 3 – TEXAS WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE REQUIRED NOTICE 3.01 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage (“certificate”) - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers’ compensation insurance coverage for the person’s or entity’s employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 9 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 2. Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor’s/person’s Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project (“Subcontractor” in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. “Services” include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. “Services” does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor’s current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers’ Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 10 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 07-03-2014 City Project No. E11012 I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers’ compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission’s Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor’s failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. END OF SECTION Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 00 72 02 WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 1 – PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 1.01 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor is required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. 1.02 RECORDS A. In accordance with Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.024, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 1.03 LIABILITY; PENALTY; CRIMINAL OFFENSE A. Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.003 – Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.053(b) – Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258, shall pay to the Owner, on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed or each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.058 – Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 1.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 Wage Determination (WD) No Construction Type Project Type TX-31 Heavy Heavy Construction Projects (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) TX-40 Highway Highway Construction Projects (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). TX-45 Heavy Pipeline - On-Shore Pipeline Construction TX-342 Building Building Construction Projects (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories) General Decision Number: TX150031 01/02/2015 TX31 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20140031 State: Texas Construction Type: Heavy Counties: Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2015 * SUTX1987-001 12/01/1987 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Excluding Form Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 Setting).........................$ 9.05 Concrete Finisher................$ 7.56 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 13.37 2.58 Laborers: Common......................$ 7.25 Utility.....................$ 7.68 Power equipment operators: Backhoe.....................$ 9.21 Motor Grader................$ 8.72 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION General Decision Number: TX150342 04/24/2015 TX342 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20140342 State: Texas Construction Type: Building Counties: Aransas, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2015 1 03/06/2015 2 04/24/2015 BOIL0074-003 01/01/2014 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER......................$ 23.14 21.55 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ELEC0278-002 08/31/2014 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN......................$ 24.30 3%+6.80 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0178-005 06/01/2014 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (1) Tower Crane.............$ 29.00 10.60 (2) Cranes with Pile Driving or Caisson Attachment and Hydraulic Crane 60 tons and above.....$ 28.75 10.60 (3) Hydraulic cranes 59 Tons and under..............$ 27.50 10.60 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0084-011 06/15/2014 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL...........$ 22.02 6.35 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SUTX2014-068 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER.......................$ 20.04 0.00 CARPENTER........................$ 15.21 0.00 Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 7 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 15.33 0.00 INSULATOR - MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe & Mechanical System Insulation)...............$ 19.77 7.13 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING..........$ 12.27 0.00 IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL...........$ 22.16 5.26 LABORER: Common or General......$ 9.68 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender - Brick...$ 11.36 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete..................$ 10.58 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer..............$ 12.49 2.13 LABORER: Roof Tearoff...........$ 11.28 0.00 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe.......$ 14.25 0.00 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader................$ 13.93 0.00 OPERATOR: Bulldozer.............$ 18.29 1.31 OPERATOR: Drill.................$ 16.22 0.34 OPERATOR: Forklift..............$ 14.83 0.00 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade..........$ 13.37 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader................$ 13.55 0.94 OPERATOR: Mechanic..............$ 17.52 3.33 OPERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete).........$ 16.03 0.00 OPERATOR: Roller................$ 12.70 0.00 PAINTER (Brush, Roller, and Spray)...........................$ 14.45 0.00 PIPEFITTER.......................$ 25.80 8.55 PLUMBER..........................$ 25.64 8.16 ROOFER...........................$ 13.75 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only)...............$ 22.73 7.52 Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 8 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 SHEET METAL WORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation...........$ 21.13 6.53 TILE FINISHER....................$ 11.22 0.00 TILE SETTER......................$ 14.74 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck........$ 12.39 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck.....$ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi-Trailer Truck............................$ 12.50 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck.......$ 12.00 4.11 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 9 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 10 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION General Decision Number: TX150040 07/31/2015 TX40 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20140040 State: Texas Construction Type: Highway Counties: Aransas, Calhoun, Goliad, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 11 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2015 1 07/31/2015 * SUTX2011-010 08/08/2011 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER (Paving & Structures)...$ 12.64 FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER Paving & Curb...............$ 10.69 Structures..................$ 13.61 LABORER Asphalt Raker...............$ 11.67 Flagger.....................$ 8.81 Laborer, Common.............$ 10.25 Laborer, Utility............$ 11.23 Pipelayer...................$ 11.17 Work Zone Barricade Servicer....................$ 11.51 PAINTER (Structures).............$ 21.29 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Asphalt Distributor.........$ 14.25 Asphalt Paving Machine......$ 13.44 Mechanic....................$ 17.00 Motor Grader, Fine Grade....$ 17.74 Motor Grader, Rough.........$ 16.85 TRUCK DRIVER Lowboy-Float................$ 16.62 Single Axle.................$ 11.61 ---------------------------------------------------------------- Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 12 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 13 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 14 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION General Decision Number: TX150045 01/02/2015 TX45 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20140045 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy PIPELINE - ON-SHORE PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION: Counties: Texas Statewide. PIPELINE - ON-SHORE CONSTRUCTION Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 15 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 0 01/02/2015 SUTX1997-002 01/01/1997 Rates Fringes Laborers: Drillers....................$ 16.08 2.01 Hot Pay.....................$ 15.58 2.01 Jackhammermen...............$ 15.58 2.01 Loaders.....................$ 16.08 2.01 Powderman, blasters & shooters....................$ 16.58 2.01 Unskilled...................$ 15.08 2.01 Pipefitter.....................$ 36.49 7.45 Power equipment operators: Group 1.....................$ 22.95 6.05 Group 2.....................$ 17.54 4.80 Group 3.....................$ 12.37 3.55 Truck drivers: Group 1.....................$ 18.82 a Group 2.....................$ 18.82 a Group 3.....................$ 16.81 a Group 4.....................$ 16.04 a Group 5.....................$ 15.71 a FOOTNOTE a - $2.52 PER HOUR PLUS $41.00 PER WEEK WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. TRUCK DRIVER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 - Truck Mechanics GROUP 2 - Lowboy, rollagon or similar type equipment GROUP 3 - A-Frame, Gin pole, Tandem float (4 & 5 axle) , rubber- tired tractor, fork lift, winch truck, track truck equipment, stringing truck GROUP 4 - Single axle float (3 axle), flat bed truck (3 axle) dump truck (3 axle), skid truck (3 axle), hot pass (2 axle), Flat bed truck (2 axle) dump truck (2 axle), skid truck (2 axle) water truck (2 axle), pick up, bus jeep, staion wagon, swamp buggy or similar type equipment. GROUP 5 - Stringer bead & hot pass (2 axle, flat bed truck (2 axle), dump truck (2 axle), skid truck (2 axle), water truck (2 axle), pick-up, bus jeep, station wagon, swamp buggy or similar type equipment. POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 16 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 GROUP 1 - Backhoe, dragline, clam, crane, ditching machine, side booms (except those in GROUP 2), mechanic, operator on dredges, bulldozer, cleaning machine, coating machine, back filler, motor grader, end loader (3 yd. & over), blending machine, wate-kote machine,equipment welder, track tractor GROUP 2 - Pipe dream, gin truck or winch truck with poles when used for hoisting, side boom (cradling rock drill), tow tractor,, farm tractor, road boring machine, end loader (under 3 y.d), fork lift (industrial type), pot fireman (power agitated); straightening machine, boring machine, bombardier (track or tow rig), mobile lubrication & service engineer, hydrostatic testing operator, rollagon or similar type equipment GROUP 3 Fuel man, oiler or swamper (on trenching machine or shovel- type equipment) ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 17 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 18 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E11012 a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION � END OF SECTION Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy 00 72 03 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 00 72 03 MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY ARTICLE 1 – PARTICIPATION POLICY 1.01 POLICY A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives of the Affirmative Action Policy Statement of the City dated October 1989, and any amendments thereto. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s). Minority person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). c. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect, to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise, must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy 00 72 03 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman, a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. F. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 1.03 GOALS A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor’s aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be as specified in SECTION 00 11 16 INVITATION TO BID. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor’s percentage is prohibited. 1.04 COMPLIANCE A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project, the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi-weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi, Texas LNV, Inc. Colwell & Associates, Inc. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR’S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor’s progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 3. A total of 72 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 72 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. 1. Geotechnical Reports include the following: a. Subsurface Investigation, Laboratory Testing Program and Foundation Recommendations for the Proposed Elevated Water Storage Tank (E11012), Intersection of Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road, Corpus Christi, Texas, RETL Job No. – G115176B dated October 22, 2015, prepared by Rock Engineering and Testing Laboratory, Inc. - The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) Field Exploration Data 2) Subsurface Conditions Data 3) Boring Logs Data b. Subsurface Investigation, Laboratory Testing Program and Foundation Recommendations for the Proposed Elevated Water Storage Tank (E11012), Holly Pump Station, 4925 Holly Road, Corpus Christi, Texas, RETL Job No. – G115176A dated October 22, 2015 and Supplement No. 1 to the same Job No. dated December 1, 2015, prepared by Rock Engineering and Testing Laboratory, Inc. - The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) Field Exploration Data 2) Subsurface Conditions Data 3) Boring Logs Data 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) include the following: NONE SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. 1. Environmental Reports include the following: Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 a. Radius Report, dated January 27, 2015, prepared by GeoSearch, Target Property: Leopard at Rand Morgan, 9359 Leopard St, Corpus Christi, Nueces County, Texas 78409 1) This document reports the findings of searches in numerous Federal, State, and Tribal environmental databases b. Radius Report, dated August 15, 2015, prepared by GeoSearch, Target Property: Holly Pump Station, 4917 Holly Rd, Corpus Christi, Nueces County, Texas 78411 1) This document reports the findings of searches in numerous Federal, State, and Tribal environmental databases 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to known Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site include the following: NONE ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: “The Contractor must perform at least 50 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Summary of Work 01 11 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. The project consists of the erection, installation, and painting of two (2) Composite Elevated Water Storage Tanks (EST), foundations, piping, valving, installation of electrical service, controls and other associated items, SCADA and integration, access roads, and security fencing complete in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. a. Rand Morgan EST: This tank shall consist of the construction, including erection, installation, and painting, of a composite type 750,000 gallon water storage tank as well as all required appurtenances, piping, site development, and utility connections. b. Holly EST: This tank shall consist of the construction, including erection, installation, and painting, of a composite type 3,000,000 gallon water storage tank as well as all required appurtenances, piping, site development, and utility connections. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. NONE B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. Summary of Work 01 11 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. NONE B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate, and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. Allowances: 1. Include specified allowance amount in the Contract Price. 2. The amount of each allowance includes: a. The cost of the product to the Contractor less any applicable trade discounts. b. Delivery to the Site. c. Applicable taxes. 3. Include in the Contract Price all costs for: a. Handling at the Site, including unloading, uncrating, and storage per SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION. b. Cost for labor and equipment for installation and finishing. c. Cost for related products not specifically listed in the allowance required for installation, including consumable supplies and materials. d. All overhead, profit, and related costs. 4. Assist Owner in the selection of products. a. Identify qualified Suppliers. b. Obtain bids from qualified Suppliers. Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 c. Present available alternates to the Owner through the OAR. Notify OAR of: 1) Any objections to a particular Supplier or product. 2) Effect on the Construction Schedule anticipated by the selection of each option. 3) Cost of each option. 5. Upon selection of the product: a. Purchase and install the product. b. Contractor’s responsibilities for products shall be the same as for products selected by the Contractor. 6. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to adjust Contract Price if the net cost of the product is more or less than the specified amount. a. Adjust the unit cost applied to the quantities installed per the method of payment described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for products specified as Unit Price Work. b. Do not perform Work until selection of alternate has been approved by the Owner. c. Provide actual invoices for the materials. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Additive Alternate No. 1 – Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System – Rand Morgan Tank 1. Installation of a hydrodynamic mixing system as described in Section 32 12 01 at the Rand Morgan Tank B. Additive Alternate No. 2 – Submersible Mixer – Rand Morgan Tank 1. Installation of a submersible mixer as described in Section 44 44 36 at the Rand Morgan Tank C. Additive Alternate No. 3 – Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System – Holly Tank 1. Installation of a hydrodynamic mixing system as described in Section 32 12 01 at the Holly Tank D. Additive Alternate No. 4 – Submersible Mixer – Holly Tank 1. Installation of a submersible mixer as described in Section 44 44 36 at the Holly Tank Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES 1. NONE 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 03-11-2015 City Project No. E11012 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Section. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer’s facilities or on Site; 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor’s use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 03-11-2015 City Project No. E11012 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor’s safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Submit approval using the Consent of Surety Company to Payment Procedures form provided. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Progress Schedule per SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 2. Project photographs per SECTION 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION. 3. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner’s Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 03-11-2015 City Project No. E11012 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form for Attachment A - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. Use each unit price line item in the Agreement as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials, or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor’s overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other cost associated with the item in the Agreement. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 03-11-2015 City Project No. E11012 1.03 SCHEDULE OF ANTICIPATED PAYMENTS AND EARNED VALUE A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. 1.04 BASIS FOR PAYMENTS A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 1.02.E.3 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 1.05. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Agreement. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 1.05. 2. Measure the Work described in the Agreement for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 1.05 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 03-11-2015 City Project No. E11012 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment show in the Application for Payment on Attachment A or Attachment B - Tabulation of Work on Approved Contract Modifications will be made for the invoice amount, up to the value show in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on Attachment D - Tabulation of Values for Materials and Equipment. Include invoice numbers on Attachment D so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on Attachment D. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value; and provide documents, satisfactory to the City, that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor’s obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 1.06 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES A. Include amounts for specified Alternate Work in the Agreement in accordance with SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES. B. Include amounts for specified Allowances for Work in the Agreement in accordance with SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES. 1.07 RETAINAGE AND SET-OFFS A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 03-11-2015 City Project No. E11012 B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include Attachment C – Tabulation of Set-Offs in the Application for Payment. 1.08 PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line item for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the Set off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 7 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 03-11-2015 City Project No. E11012 C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 1.09 RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER’S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT’s reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR’s recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR’s recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 8 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 03-11-2015 City Project No. E11012 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 1.10 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. C. Submit the final Application for Payment per the General Conditions, including the final Change Order. Provide the following with the Final Application for Payment: 1. Evidence of payment or release of liens on the forms provided and as required by the General Conditions. 2. Consent from Surety to Final Payment. 1.11 PAYMENT BY OWNER A. Owner is to pay the amount recommended for monthly payments within 30 days after receipt of the OAR’s recommended Application for Payment. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A1 – Mobilization (Maximum of 5% of Part A Contract Price): Bid Item B1 – Mobilization (Maximum of 5% of Part B Contract Price): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Bonds and insurance; b. Transportation and setup for equipment; c. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; d. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; e. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 f. Demobilization; and g. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the Contract Price for each work category indicated. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. Payment for mobilization will be based on the earned value of Work completed. A. Bid Item A2 – 0.75 MG Composite Elevated Storage Tank 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the composite elevated tank structure and appurtenances as described and shown on the plans. Bid item includes erecting, installing, and painting of a 0.75 MG Elevated Tank including foundation, doors, ladders, overflow piping, 30” stainless steel piping, valves, 30” fittings within tank pedestal, electrical room, wall penetrations and appurtenances as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. B. Bid Item A3, B3 –Electrical Service 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to complete the installation of electrical services including but not limited to underground electrical service and switchrack, main distribution panels and TVSS, and grounding and lighting protection as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. C. Bid Item A4, B4 – Instrumentation and SCADA integration 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the installation of all instrumentation including but not limited to flowmeters, analyzers, pressure transmitters, pressure gauges, instrument and electrical wiring for MOV as well as integration and programming with the City’s SCADA system including but not limited to installation of SCADA panel with UPS, fiber optic pull boxes and pathway conduits, I/O wiring and testing and commissioning as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. D. Bid Item A5, B5 – Installation of Lighting 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to complete the installation of lighting services including but not limited to tank pedestal lighting, exterior door lights, ladder and platform lights, FAA obstruction lights and controls, floodlights with concrete pole, main gate street light with concrete pole, convenience receptacles and necessary conduit and wiring as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. E. Bid Item A6, B6 – Installation of CCTV 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to complete the installation of CCTV services including but not limited to cameras, CCTV tower, CCTV control panel, conduit and wiring as per plans and specifications. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. F. Bid Item A7, B7 – Allowance for Tank Logo 1. Measurement includes all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to complete the application of a Tank Logo as approved by the Engineer. 2. Payment will be based on the Contractor’s actual costs and will be negotiated. G. Bid Item A8, B8 – Allowance for Antenna Provisions 1. Measurement includes all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to complete installation of antenna mounts as approved by the Engineer. 2. Payment will be based on the Contractor’s actual costs and will be negotiated. H. Bid Item A9, B9 – Site Preparation 1. Measurement includes all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to prepare the site including but not limited to site clearing, stripping, pavement removal and grading as required. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per acre basis. I. Bid Item A10, B10 – Fill Material 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, delivery, and supervision necessary to provide fill material as necessary to bring site to grade as shown on the plans. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per cubic yard basis. J. Bid Item A11, B11 – 30” x 48” Tapping Sleeve and Valve 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary for furnishing and installing each tapping sleeve and valve required including but not limited to joint materials, cast iron valve boxes , box extensions, covers, concrete collars, and all related items such as bolting, wrapping, cement-stabilized sand encasing, backfilling and compacting as per plans and specifications. Item shall also include all necessary traffic control devices to complete the connection. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. K. Bid Item A12, B12 – 30” Ductile Iron Pipe Waterline 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install 30” ductile iron pipe waterline between the stainless steel tank piping and 30” PVC Waterline. Item shall include all necessary testing and fittings, including restrained flexible couplings to complete the installation as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per linear foot basis. L. Bid Item A13, B13 – 30” PVC Waterline 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install 30” waterline from the tapping sleeve and valve connection to the transition Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 of the 30” Ductile Iron Pipe Waterline. Item shall include all necessary backfill, dewatering, testing, and fittings to complete installation of the waterline. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per linear foot basis. M. Bid Item A14, B14 – Trench Safety for 30” PVC Waterline 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to provide for worker safety in trenches and excavations for the project. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per linear foot basis. N. Bid Item A15, B15 – 30” 45° Bend – Ductile Iron 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install 30” 45° Bends located outside of the tank pedestal. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. O. Bid Item A16, B16 – 30” 22.5° Bend – Ductile Iron 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install a 30” 22.5° bend located outside of the tank pedestal. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. P. Bid Item A17, B17 – Concrete Splash Pad 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, excavation, base preparation, and supervision necessary to install a concrete splash pad including energy dissipaters as shown on the plans. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. Q. Bid Item A18, B18 – Sack Gabion 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, excavation, base preparation, galvanized mesh, backfill and grading, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per cubic yard basis. R. Bid Item A19, B19 – Concrete Bollard 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, excavation, base preparation, painting, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. S. Bid Item A20, B20 – Fire Hydrant Assembly 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install fire hydrant assembly including valve, line and fitting on the 30” waterline as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. T. Bid Item A21, B21 – Concrete Platform / Pipe Supports Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, excavation, base preparation, and supervision necessary to install concrete platform and pipe supports according to plans. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. U. Bid Item A22 – Slide Gate 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install a slide gate including catch, guide, and hanger assemblies at the Rand Morgan site as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. V. Bid Item A23 – Security Fence 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, excavation and supervision necessary to install security fencing including barbed wire at the Rand Morgan site as shown on the plans. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per linear foot basis. W. Bid Item A24, B25 – 2” HMAC Pavement (Type D) 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the installation of all asphalt pavement required as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per square yard basis. X. Bid Item A25, B26 – Prime Coat (0.15 Gal/SY) 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the installation of asphalt prime coat required as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per gallon basis. Y. Bid Item A26, B27 – 8” Crushed Limestone Flexible Base (Ty. A, Gr. 1) 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the installation of crushed limestone flexible base required as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per square yard basis. Z. Bid Item A27, B28 – Geogrid, Tensar Bx1100 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the installation Geogrid required as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per square yard basis. AA. Bid Item A28, B29 – 8” Lime Stabilized Subgrade 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the installation lime stabilized subgrade required as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per square yard basis. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 BB. Bid Item A29 – Pavement Repair 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the repair of existing pavement affected by construction activities. Measurement shall include all subgrade compaction, backfill, base material, prime coat, hot mix asphaltic concrete and other incidentals necessary to repair pavement to pre-construction conditions. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per square yard basis. CC. Bid Item A30 – Berm 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install a berm including necessary excavation and backfill as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per cubic yard basis. DD. Bid Item A31, B30 - Seeding 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the work and shall include, but not be limited to, tilling soil, topsoiling, fertilizing, planting, mulching, watering and maintaining vegetation. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per square yard basis. EE. Bid Item A32, B31 – Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to prepare and implement a storm water pollution prevention plan including silt fence, construction entrances, dust control and other incidentals as necessary to complete the work. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per lump sum basis. FF. Bid Item A33, B32 – 2” Drain Line 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install drain line including necessary bedding and wall penetrations as shown on the plans. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per linear foot basis. GG. Bid Item B2 – 3.0 MG Composite Elevated Storage Tank 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the composite elevated tank structure and appurtenances as described and shown on the plans. Bid item includes erecting, installing, and painting of a 3.0 MG Elevated Tank including foundation, doors, ladders, overflow piping, 30” stainless steel piping, valves, 30” fittings within tank pedestal, electrical room, wall penetrations and appurtenances as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. HH. Bid Item B22 – 18” RCP Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 7 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install RCP including bedding preparation as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per linear foot basis. II. Bid Item B23 – Safety End Treatment 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install safety end treatments as per plans and specifications. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. JJ. Bid Item B24 – Air Release Valve 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install an air release valve including, but not limited to, valve, accessories and vault as necessary to complete the work. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. KK. Bid Item B33 – Drain Cleanout 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install a drain cleanout as shown on the plans. 2. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. 1.04 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES A. Bid Item C1, E1 – Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to design and install a hydrodynamic mixing system as described in Section 32 12 01. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. B. Bid Item D1, F1 – Submersible Mixer 1. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to install a submersible mixer system as described in Section 44 44 36. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth as required in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ competent workmen, skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1. Provide copies of Supplier’s printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the Contractor in Record Drawings. 1.04 PERMITS A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.06 ACCESS TO THE SITE A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Roadways may not be approved for construction traffic. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.07 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF SITE A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures as discussed in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. E. Park employees’ vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner’s property, rights-of-way, or easements. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 1.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Coordinate Work with local utility company and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 1.09 DISRUPTION TO SERVICES / CONTINUED OPERATIONS A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner or utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action in accordance with SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES if facilities must be taken out of operation. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Drawings as required in SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. 1.11 REFERENCE DATA AND CONTROL POINTS A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms, tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 1.12 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier’s storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier’s instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier’s required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 1.13 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 1.14 MAINTENANCE OF ROADS, DRIVEWAYS, AND ACCESS A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner’s approval of a street closing. The request shall state: 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction, with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 1.15 AREA ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 7 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner’s Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner’s Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner’s Traffic Engineering Department. 1.16 OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WIRES A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 1.17 BLASTING A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 1.18 ARCHAEOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 8 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 1.19 ENDANGERED SPECIES RESOURCES A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 1.20 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. C. For the Contractor’s convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 826-3500 Project Engineer 883-1984 LNV, Inc. 883-1984 Traffic Engineering 826-3540 Police Department 882-2600 Water Department 826-1881 (826-1888 after hours) Wastewater Department 826-1800 (826-1818 after hours) Gas Department 885-6900 (885-6913 after hours) Storm Water Department 826-1875 (826-3140 after hours) Parks & Recreation Department 826-3461 Streets and Solid Waste Services 826-1940 AEP 1-877-373-4858 SBC / AT&T 881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) City Street Div. for Traffic Signal/ Fiber Optic Locate 826-1946 826-3547 Cablevision 857-5000 (857-5060 after hours) ACSI (Fiber Optic) 887-9200 (Pager 800-724-3624) Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 9 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number KMC (Fiber Optic) 813-1124 (Pager 888-204-1679) ChoiceCom (Fiber Optic) 881-5767 (Pager 850-2981) CAPROCK (Fiber Optic) 512-935-0958 (Mobile) Brooks Fiber Optic (MAN) 972-753-4355 Regional Transportation Authority 289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Eng. 855-6153 TxDOT Area Office 808-2384 Corpus Christi ISD 886-9005 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 1.03 COMMUNICATION DURING THE PROJECT A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The Designer will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. E. Submit communications on the forms referenced in this Section or in SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1.04 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor’s project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES. c. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. d. Contractor’s organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents, Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor’s superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor’s detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre- Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 1.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 1.05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the Designer to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. Designer will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 1.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 1.06. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1.06 DECISION AND ACTION ITEM LOG A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 1.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action items if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 1.07 NOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use “Notification by Contractor” form provided. 1.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor’s field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions, traps, and tanks. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work (lines added) in yellow; c. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Change Management 01 31 14 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUESTS FOR CHANGE PROPOSAL A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 1.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 1.02 CHANGE PROPOSALS A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT’s description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for labor by classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; 9) Home office cost; and 10) Other items of cost. d. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work Change Management 01 31 14 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 13 of the General Conditions for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the Designer to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 1.03 DESIGNER WILL EVALUATE THE REQUEST FOR A MODIFICATION. A. Designer will issue a Modification per the General Conditions if the Change Proposal is acceptable to the Owner. Designer will issue a Change Order or Contract Amendment for any changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor’s risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.04 EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list “or equal” or “or approved equal” products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow the procedures in Paragraph 1.05 for a substitution. B. Contractor may submit other manufacturers’ products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase “or equal” or “or approved equal.” 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT’s responsibility to prove the product is not equal. Change Management 01 31 14 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer’s published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 4. A Change Proposal is not required for any product that is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. If the product is not in full compliance, it may be offered as a Substitution. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 1.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to request approval of a substitution. B. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer’s responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. C. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request, the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. Change Management 01 31 14 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. D. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Document Management 01 33 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. 1.04 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Document Management 01 33 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for “Drop Metadata.” Uncheck the “Drop Metadata” box when reducing file size i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 1.05 DOCUMENT NUMBERING A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor Document Management 01 33 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 Prefix Description Originator SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter “A” designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 1.06 DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Specification Section Application for Payment 01 29 00 Change Proposal 01 31 14 Certified Test Report 01 33 02 for approval of product 01 40 00 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor 01 31 13 Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 Progress Schedules 01 33 04 Record Data 01 33 03 Request for Information 01 31 13 Shop Drawing 01 33 02 Schedule of Values 01 29 00 Substitutions 01 31 14 Suppliers and Subcontractors 01 31 13 and 01 33 03 Document Management 01 33 00 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 33 01 Submittal Register Submittal Register Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2), Project No. E11012 01 33 01-1 07-03-2014 Product Information Sample or Mockup Operations Data 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcement Record Data 04 01 00 Blast Debris Record Data 07 21 00 Batt Insulation Record Data 07 90 00 Joint Sealers Record Data Sample 08 11 12 Standard Steel Frames Shop Drawing 08 11 13 Standard Steel Doors Shop Drawing 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors Shop Drawing O&M Manual 08 71 00 Door Hardware Shop Drawing O&M Manual 09 91 00 Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container)Record Data Sample 09 91 01 Painting (Other than Elevated Tank Structure)Record Data Sample 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Shop Drawing Sample O&M Manual 13 50 01 SCADA System Shop Drawing O&M Manual 26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions Shop Drawing O&M Manual 26 05 23 Wire and Cable Record Data 26 05 26 Grounding Record Data 26 05 33 Raceways Record Data 26 05 53 Electrical Identification Record Data 26 24 00 Panelboards Record Data 26 56 00 Exterior Lighting Shop Drawing Sample 31 60 00 Foundation for Elevated Storage Tanks Record Data 32 12 01 Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing Systems (HMS)Shop Drawing O&M Manual 32 31 13.53 Chain Link Cantilever Slide Gate Shop Drawing Sample 33 11 01 Water Lines Record Data 33 11 02 Piping Systems Testing Record Data 33 11 04 Steel Pipe and Fittings Shop Drawing 33 12 02 Valve and Gate Operators Shop Drawing 33 12 03 Motorized Operators Record Data O&M Manual 33 12 16 Air Release Valves Shop Drawing O&M Manual 33 12 17 Valves Shop Drawing O&M Manual 33 12 18 Butterfly Valves Shop Drawing O&M Manual 33 13 00 Tank Disinfection and Hydro Testing Record Data 33 13 01 Disinfection of Water Lines Record Data 33 16 19 Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank Shop Drawing O&M Manual 44 44 36 Submersible Mixer Record Data O&M Manual Paragraph No. Specification Section Specification Description Types of Submittals Required Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents, or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 1.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description ***REFER TO SECTION 01 33 01 – SUBMITTAL REGISTER*** B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each time a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawing; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawing are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawing related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer’s attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 1.10. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor’s risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner’s option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. 1.04 SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product’s intended use. 1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. 1.07 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 1.08.A. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for “Drop Metadata.” Uncheck the “Drop Metadata” box when reducing file size. i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier’s standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of “or equal” products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14 day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03. 1.08 SAMPLE AND MOCKUP SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner’s option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 7 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 1.09 REQUESTS FOR DEVIATION A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 1.10 DESIGNER RESPONSIBILITIES A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Section for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 8 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 3. Designer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor’s markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. c. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is “Approved as Noted,” but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked “Approved as Noted” and “Resubmit with corrections made.” These Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 9 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as “At Variance With” (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as “Not Approved” if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires as change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 1.10.B that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 10 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay cost for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer’s review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Record Data 01 33 03 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 33 03 RECORD DATA 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents required be submitted for record purposes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description ***REFER TO SECTION 01 33 01 – SUBMITTAL REGISTER*** B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; Record Data 01 33 03 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 1.04 RECORD DATA REQUIREMENTS A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: Record Data 01 33 03 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. 1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. 1.07 RECORD DATA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. Record Data 01 33 03 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for “Drop Metadata.” Uncheck the “Drop Metadata” box when reducing file size. i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of “or equal” products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03. 1.08 DESIGNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 1.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. Record Data 01 33 03 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 1.02. Document will be given the status of “Filed as Received” and not further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Submit Shop Drawing.” No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 1.02. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Revise and Resubmit.” Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked “Filed as Received.” When Record Data is filed, no further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Cancel - Not Required.” No further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked “Filed as Received.” 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Take the requirements of SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES into consideration when preparing schedule. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedules updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 1.03 SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years’ minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor’s program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revise when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT indicating: 1. Specific dates each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific dates each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of the each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 1.04 SCHEDULE REVISIONS A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor’s plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 1.05 FLOAT TIME A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Video and Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way) including but not limited to streets, curb and gutter, utilities, driveways, fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. Video and Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date, time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photograph in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 2.02 VIDEO RECORDING A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures 01 35 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Perform the Work as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times. B. Work shall be completed within the specified time for these items: 1. Refer to Section 00 52 23 – AGREEMENT for Contract Times. C. Consider the sequences, duration limitations, and governing factors outlined in this Section to prepare the schedule for the Work. D. Perform the Work not specifically described in this Section as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times. 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 2 weeks prior to beginning the Work. Special Procedures 01 35 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS (NOT USED) A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: Critical Operation Max. Time Out of Operation Hours Operation can be Shut Down Liquidated Damages ($ per hour) B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner’s normal operations have been restored. D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. E. Liquidated damages will be assessed if Work on critical operations is not completed within the time indicated. 1. These items are critical to the [for operation of the existing distribution system] [other description of critical nature of operations]. 2. Loss of [operation of the existing distribution system] [other description of critical nature of operations] can subject the Owner to loss of revenue, additional operations cost, and fines from regulatory agencies. 3. Liquidated damages have been established for each critical operation. F. Designated Critical Operations are described in more detail as follows: 1. Critical Operation 1 - [Title from Table Above]: a. [Provide detailed description of Critical Operation 1.] 2. Critical Operation 2 - [Title from Table Above]: a. [Provide detailed description of Critical Operation 2.] 3. Critical Operation 3 - [Title from Table Above]: a. [Provide detailed description of Critical Operation 3.] 1.04 OWNER ASSISTANCE (NOT USED) A. The Owner will assist the Contractor in draining the existing pipelines as much as possible through existing blow-off valves. The Contractor will be responsible for providing dewatering pumps, etc. required to completely dewater the facilities and handle any leakage past closed valves, gates or adjacent structures. Special Procedures 01 35 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Quality Management 01 40 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 40 00 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review the OPT’s Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; c. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT’s use in performing inspections and testing; Quality Management 01 40 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT’s Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work though Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings required by SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan, the OPT’s Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed, or might be damaged by corrective actions. 1.02 QUALITY MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES BY THE OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor’s Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 1.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 1.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor’s Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; Quality Management 01 40 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT’s acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT’s acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT’s acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT’s quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF OPT’S TEST REPORTS A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT’s anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT’s quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these tests results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT’s quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT’s Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implementing the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor’s Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Quality Management 01 40 00 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents they are not in compliance and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1.05 STANDARDS A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) “Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications.” B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 1.07 VERIFICATION TESTING FOR CORRECTED DEFECTS A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 1.08 TEST REPORTS A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; Quality Management 01 40 00 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the test was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; l. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 1.09 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 1.10 LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY OF THE TESTING LABORATORY A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 1.11 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. Submit the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. Use Contractor’s Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with Quality Management 01 40 00 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor’s Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 1.11.B.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 1.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor’s Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. Quality Management 01 40 00 - 7 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 IMPLEMENT CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Includes the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. Quality Management 01 40 00 - 8 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work one month prior to the expiration of the correction period prescribed in the General Conditions with the OPT. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT’s field office and the Contractor’s field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT’s field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT’s field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. 3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. The field office must be furnished with a telephone (with 24-hour per day answering service) and fax machine paid for by the Contractor. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor’s use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 15 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT’s field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor’s and the OPT’s field office. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non-potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non-potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi’s Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the “Plan”). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping) for the OPT’s field office on a weekly basis or as requested. Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT’s field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled “STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS” and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1.05 PERMITS A. Submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent, SWPPP, and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre-construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner’s operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.10 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than “well pointing” to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Owner, at the Owner’s expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Owner, at the Owner’s Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 5 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest sanitary sewer system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a sanitary sewer or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to Pumping groundwater from a trench to the sanitary sewer system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a “no cost” permit from the Owner’s Waste Water Department. Owner will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.11 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be [US Ecology (USET) in Robstown, Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi, Texas]. B. The payment for this Work will be based on the Contractor’s actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with dewatering which is paid for under [Bid Items X, Y, Z]. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owner’s requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine, which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owner’s sanitary sewer system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.13 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by IBC 2009. Contractor shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 6 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 1 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Comply with requirements of the General Conditions and specified administrative procedures in closing out the Contract. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit certifications and releases on forms provided. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Notify the Designer that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within a reasonable time after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. Designer will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the Designer when the items of Work in the Designer’s notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. Designer will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the Designer of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1.04 FINAL INSPECTION A. Notify the Designer when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 2 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within a reasonable time after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 1.06 if notified that the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. 1.05 REINSPECTION FEES A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. 1.06 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS SUBMITTAL A. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per SECTION 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION. 1.07 TRANSFER OF UTILITIES A. Transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 1.08 WARRANTIES, BONDS, AND SERVICES AGREEMENTS A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS or by the individual Specification Sections. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the General Conditions. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 3 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) 11-25-2013 City Project No. E11012 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1 year correction period specified in the General Conditions and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name, with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or services agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the General Conditions for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty bond and service agreement; h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds and services agreements within 10 days after equipment or components placed in service. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) PART S STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 021020 SITE CLEARING AND STRIPPING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for clearing, grubbing and stripping of objectionable matter as required to complete the project, and shall include removing and disposing of trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter from the project site. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The site shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter as indicated on the drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Tree stumps and roots shall be grubbed to a minimum depth of 2 feet below natural ground or 2 feet below base of subgrade, whichever is lower. Areas that underlie compacted backfill shall be stripped of all vegetation, humus and other objectionable matter encountered within the top six (6) inches of the soil. All material removed from the site under this operation shall become the Contractor's responsibility. The material shall be disposed of either at a disposal site indicated on the drawings or at a disposal site obtained by the Contractor. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, site clearing and stripping or clear right-of-way shall be measured by the acre. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary for removing, handling, and disposing of objectionable matter from the site as indicated above. 021020 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 021040 SITE GRADING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for backfill and grading of the site to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to site grading, the site shall be cleared in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 021020 “Site Clearing and Stripping”. Unless specified otherwise on the drawings, the existing surface shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than six (6) inches. The loosened material shall be recompacted with fill required to bring the site to the required grades and elevations indicated on the plans. Fill shall be uniform as to material, density and moisture content. Fill shall be free of large clods, large rocks, organic matter, and other objectionable material. No fill that is placed by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated into a layer in that position; all such piles and windrows shall be moved by blading or similar method. All fill shall be placed in layers approximately parallel to the finish grade in layers not to exceed six (6) inches of uncompacted depth, unless indicated otherwise on drawings. The fill shall be compacted to a density which approximates that of natural ground unless indicated otherwise on drawings. The Engineer may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction. All irregularities, depressions and soft spots that develop shall be corrected by the Contractor. Excess material from excavation, which is not incorporated into the site as fill, shall be become property of the Contractor and disposed of away from the job site, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, site grading shall not be measured for pay, but shall be considered subsidiary to other work. 021040 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022021 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trenches, shaft excavations, structural excavations, and foundation beds in a stable condition, and controlling ground water conditions for tunnel excavations. B. Protection of excavations and trenches from surface runoff. C. Disposing of removed ground water by approved methods. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 698 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5-lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-inch (304.8 mm) Drop. B. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). C. Federal Register 40 CFR (Vol. 55, No. 222) Part 122, EPA Administered Permit Programs (NPDES), Para.122.26(b)(14) Storm Water Discharge. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water-bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations, or into tunnels and shafts, and disposing of removed ground water by approved methods. The intent of dewatering is to increase the stability of tunnel excavations and excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures, piping and other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom or instability of tunnel excavations. B. Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 022021 Page 1 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 C. Surface drainage includes the use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. D. Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct subsurface investigations as needed to identify ground water conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of ground water control systems. B. Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and City Standard Specification Section 022022 - Trench Safety for Excavations, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting: a) Excavations (including utility trenches); b) Tunnel excavation, face stability or seepage into tunnels. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C. Provide ground water control systems which may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D. Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E. Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water away from excavations. F. Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 022021 Page 2 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 G. Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures, and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H. Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J. Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use, if applicable. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Comply with Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C. Prior to beginning construction activities, file Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the Texas Pollutant Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000, administered by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). The general permit falls under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code. D. Prepare submittal form and submit to TCEQ along with application fee. E. Upon completion of construction, file Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit with the TCEQ. F. Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of ground water and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. G. Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. 022021 Page 3 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 H. Conduct sampling and testing of ground water and receiving waters as outlined in Article 3 below. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. B. Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, shall be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C. All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. D. Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water bearing layers. B. Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C. Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the ground water control system design. Notify the City’s Construction Inspector in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Revise the ground water control system design to reflect field changes. D. Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E. Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F. Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed 022021 Page 4 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the ground water control system design. G. Remove ground water control installations. 1. Remove pumping system components and piping when ground water control is no longer required. 2. Remove piezometers and monitoring wells when directed by the City Engineer. 3. Grout abandoned well and piezometer holes. Fill piping that is not removed with cement- bentonite grout or cement-sand grout. H. During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I. Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J. Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means for draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K. Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L. In unpaved areas, compact backfill to not less than 95 percent of Standard Proctor maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D 698. In paved areas (or areas to receive paving), compact backfill to not less than 98 percent of Standard Proctor maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D 698. 3.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A. For above ground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B. Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are pre-drained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for 022021 Page 5 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C. Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation (including trenching). D. Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is pre-drained by an existing system such that the criteria of the ground water control system design are satisfied. E. Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F. Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, in the event that the installations according to the ground water control system design do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the ground water control system design and by these specifications. 3.3 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A. Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabric, and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 3.4 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area or seepage into tunnel is occurring. Keep system in good condition. B. Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C. Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D. Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the City Engineer. 3.5 MONITORING AND RECORDING A. Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 022021 Page 6 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 B. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when City Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Construction Inspector’s direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.6 SAMPLING, TESTING AND DISPOSAL OF GROUND WATER A. It is the intent that the Contractor discharge groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system in accordance with City Ordinance, Article XVI, Section 55-203, only if the groundwater is uncontaminated and the quality of the ground water is equal to or better than the quality of the receiving stream. B. The Contractor shall prevent ground water from trench or excavation dewatering operations from discharging directly into the storm water system prior to testing and authorization. Ground water from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, and disposed of by approved methods. C. Laboratory analysis of groundwater and receiving water quality is to be performed by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense, prior to commencing discharge, and groundwater analysis shall be performed by the Contractor at a minimum of once per week. Contractor shall coordinate with the City Storm Water Department on all laboratory analysis. Laboratory analysis of groundwater shall also be performed at each new area of construction prior to discharge from that location. D. Sample containers, holding times, preservation methods, and analytical methods, shall either follow the requirements in 40 CFR Part 136 (as amended), or the latest edition of "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater." Any laboratory providing analysis must be accredited or certified by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality according to Title 30 Texas Administrative Code (30 TAC) Chapters 25 for the matrices, methods, and parameters of analysis, if available, or be exempt according to 30 TAC §25.6. E. Analysis of the ground water discharge shall show it to be equal to or better than the quality of the first natural body of receiving water. This requires testing of both the receiving water and a sample of the ground water. All parts of this procedure shall be complete prior to any discharge of ground water to the storm water system. F. Steps to Determine Legitimate Discharge: 1. Identify the First Receiving Water. a) When the first body of water is a fresh water system (Nueces River or Oso Creek), the analysis typically fails because the local ground water will likely be too high in Total Dissolved Solids (TDS). In the case of a perched aquifer, the ground water may turn out fairly fresh, but local experience shows this to be unlikely. b) If the receiving water is a marine environment, proceed with Step 2 below to compare the ground water quality to receiving water quality. 022021 Page 7 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 2. Compare Ground Water Discharge Quality to Receiving Water Quality. The following table, Ground Water Discharge Limits, indicates that the parameters to compare to the receiving water are Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS). If the ground water results are equal to or better than the receiving water, then the discharge may be authorized as long as the discharge does not exceed the other parameters which would indicate hydrocarbon contamination. Note that the receiving water only needs to be tested initially as a baseline and the ground water shall be tested weekly to ensure compliance. GROUND WATER DISCHARGE LIMITS Parameter Ground Water Monitoring Frequency Receiving Water Monitoring Frequency Maximum Limitation Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Initial + Weekly Once Prior to Discharge < Receiving Water Total Suspended Solids (TSS) Initial + Weekly Once Prior to Discharge < Receiving Water Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons Initial + Weekly 15 mg/L Total Lead Initial + Weekly 0.1 mg/L Benzene Initial + Weekly 0.005 mg/L Total BTEX Initial + Weekly 0.1 mg/L Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons Initial + Monthly 0.01 mg/L 3. Analyze Ground Water for Hydrocarbon Contamination. All other parameters listed on the Ground Water Discharge Limits table must be analyzed prior to ground water discharge to the storm water system. If no limits are exceeded, ground water discharge to the storm water system may be authorized following notification to the MS4 operator (City of Corpus Christi) and all Pollution Prevention Measures for the project are in place. Analytical results shall be on-site or readily available for review by local, state or federal inspectors. Note that this step is frequently done simultaneously with Step 2 above to shorten analytical processing time. 4. Pollution Prevention Measures. A storm water pollution prevention plan or pollution control plan shall be developed and implemented prior to any ground water discharges to the storm water system. The plan’s objectives are to limit erosion and scour of the storm water system, and minimize Total Suspended Solids (TSS) and other forms of contamination, and prevent any damage to the storm water system. Note that ground water discharges must cease immediately upon the first recognition of contamination, either by sensory or analytical methods. If the discharge of groundwater results in any damages to the storm water system, the responsible party 022021 Page 8 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 shall remediate any damage to the storm water system and the environment to the satisfaction of the Storm Water Department and/or any State or Federal Regulatory Agency. 5. MS4 Operator Notification. The MS4 operator shall be notified prior to ground water discharge to the storm water system. Contractor shall contact the designated City MS4 representative to request authorization to discharge ground water to the storm water system. Notification shall include: Project Name: Responsible Party: Discharge Location: Receiving Water: Estimated Time of Discharge: Linear Project: Yes / No Pollution Prevention Measures Implemented: Statement indicating all sampling and testing has been conducted and meets the requirements of a legitimate discharge. G. Discharges to Wastewater System In the event that the groundwater does not equal or exceed the receiving water quality, an alternative disposal option would include pumping to the nearest sanitary sewer system. Discharge to the sanitary sewer system requires a permit from the Wastewater Department. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a sanitary sewer or wastewater treatment plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Contractor shall contact the Pretreatment Group for City Utility Operations to obtain a Wastewater Discharge Permit Application for authorization to discharge to the wastewater system . Authorization approval will include review of laboratory analysis of the ground water and estimated flow data. Note that groundwater discharges must cease immediately upon the first recognition of contamination, either by sensory or analytical methods. If the discharge of groundwater results in any damages to the wastewater collection system or wastewater overflows, the responsible party shall remediate any damage to the wastewater collection system and the environment to the satisfaction of the Wastewater Department and/or any State or Federal Regulatory Agency. H. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Engineer on a case by case basis. 3.7 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through the use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. B. Divert surface water into sumps and pump into drainage channels or storm drains, when 022021 Page 9 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 approved by the City Engineer. Provide settling basins when required by the City Engineer. C. Storm water that enters the excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is required to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering the storm water system. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, control of ground water will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 022021 Page 10 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022022 TRENCH SAFETY FOR EXCAVATIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for providing for worker safety in excavations and trenching operations required to complete the project. 2. REQUIREMENTS Worker Safety in excavations and trenches shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - Excavations. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and not the City or Engineer or Consultant, to determine and monitor the specific applicability of a safety system to the field conditions to be encountered on the job site during the project. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City and Engineer and Consultant from all damages and costs that may result from failure of methods or equipment used by the Contractor to provide for worker safety. Trenches, as used herein, shall apply to any excavation into which structures, utilities, or sewers are placed regardless of depth. Trench Safety Plan, as used herein, shall apply to all methods and materials used to provide for worker safety in excavation and trenching operations required during the project. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement of Trench Safety shall be by the linear foot of trench, regardless of depth. Measurement shall be taken along the centerline of the trench. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Utility Structures shall be per each excavation. Excavations include, but are not limited to, those for manholes, vaults, pits and other such structures that are incidental to utility work. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Special Structures shall be per each excavation or by the lump sum for each special structure identified in the Proposal. Payment shall be at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all work, equipment, materials, personnel, and incidentals as required to provide for worker safety in trenches and excavations for the project. Revision current for Texas Code Chapter 756 Subchapter C. Trench Safety. 022022 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022040 STREET EXCAVATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Street Excavation required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (A) Stripping and Excavation Strip the top 6 inches in all areas to underlay compacted fill, curbs, base or pavement, by removing all humus, vegetation and other unsuitable materials. Unless otherwise noted, remove existing trees, shrubs, fences, curb, gutter, sidewalk, drives, paving, pipe and structures and other items within the graded area which interfere with new construction of finished grading. All suitable excavated materials shall be utilized, insofar as practicable, in constructing the required roadway sections or in uniformly widening embankments, flattening slopes, etc., as directed by the Engineer, provided that the material meets the requirements for roadway embankment as specified in Article 3 below. Unwanted or unsuitable roadway excavation and roadway excavation in excess of that needed for construction shall become the property of the Contractor to be disposed of by him outside the limits of the right-of-way at a location suitable to the Engineer. "Unsuitable" material encountered below subgrade elevation in roadway cuts, when declared unwanted by the Engineer, shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer with suitable material from the roadway excavation or with other suitable material. Maintain moisture and density until covered and protected by the subbase or base course. Remove soft or wet areas found at any time, replace with suitable material, and recompact (especially utility trenches). (B) Subgrade Preparation That area shown on the drawings for street construction shall be cut to grade, scarified to a depth not less than 6 inches, or as otherwise indicated on the drawings, and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) to within 0 to +3% of optimum moisture. The section may be accepted if no more than 1 in 5 of the most recent moisture or density tests is beyond +1% deviation from the required moisture or density requirement. Irregularities exceeding ½ inch in 16 feet shall be corrected. Soft areas found at anytime shall be removed, replaced with suitable material and compacted (especially at utility trenches). The correct moisture density relationship shall be maintained until the subgrade is protected. Excessive loss of moisture shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a subsequent layer. Should the subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, or moisture before it is protected by placement of the next layer, it shall be re-compacted and refinished and retested at the expense of the Contractor until acceptable to the City. 022040 Page 1 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 (C) Curb Backfill and Topsoil (Sidewalks, Parkways, Islands, etc.) Fill and compact areas behind curbs and adjacent to sidewalks and driveways within 48 hours after completion of concrete work. The top 6 inches (where disturbed by construction or where unsatisfactory material is exposed by excavation) of finish earth grade shall be clean excavated material or topsoil capable of supporting a good growth of grass when fertilized and seeded or sodded. It shall be free of concrete, asphalt, shell, caliche, debris and any other material that detracts from its appearance or hampers the growth of grass. Topsoil shall meet the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 028020 "Seeding". (D) Matching Grades at Right-of-Way Line Finish grade at the property line shall be as shown on the drawings. The Engineer may require a reasonable amount of filling on private property where the sidewalk grade is above the property elevation. Use suitable material from the excavation. Unless otherwise directed, cuts at right-of - way lines shall be made at a slope of three horizontal to one vertical (3:1) or flatter. (E) Drainage During construction, the roadbed and ditches shall be maintained in such condition as to insure proper drainage at all times, and ditches and channels shall be so constructed and maintained as to avoid damage to the roadway section. All slopes which, in the judgment of the Engineer, require variation, shall be accurately shaped, and care shall be taken that no material is loosened below the required slopes. All breakage and slides shall be removed and disposed of as directed. 3. SELECTION OF ROADBED MATERIALS Where shown on the plans, Select Material shall be utilized to improve the roadbed, in which case the work shall be performed in such manner and sequence that suitable materials may be selected, removed separately, and deposited in the roadway within limits and at elevations required. Material used for roadway embankment shall meet the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022100 Select Material. 4. GEOGRID If indicated on the drawings, geogrid shall be placed in the base layer according to the pavement details to provide a mechanically-stabilized aggregate base layer within the pavement structure. Geogrid shall be "Tensar TX5 Triaxial Geogrid", or pre-approved equivalent. Use (and approval) of a different product must be supported by documentation showing that the alternate pavement section will meet or exceed the required number of 18-kip equivalent single axle loads (ESAL) and structural number (SN) over the stated pavement design life, and the pavement design must be sealed and signed by a Texas professional engineer. Documentation must also include the structural design value used for the geogrid structural contribution, based on and supported by 022040 Page 2 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 validated test data. Alternate pavement designs shall utilize the same structural design values for other pavement structural components (HMAC, base, sub-base) as used in the original pavement design, and the pavement designs must be approved by the Engineer and the geotechnical consultant. Contractor shall take care to protect geogrid from damage. Overlap edges of geogrid in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, but not less than 12 inches. Do not drive tracked equipment directly on the geogrid. Provide at least 6 inches of compacted aggregate base material over the geogrid before driving any tracked equipment over the geogrid area. Standard highway- legal rubber-tired trucks may drive over the geogrid at very slow speeds (less than 5 mph). Avoid turns and sudden starts and stops when driving on the geogrid. Any damaged geogrid shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. Proper replacement shall consist of replacing the affected area adding 3 feet of geogrid in each direction beyond the limits of the affected area. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, street excavation shall be measured and paid for by the square yard to the limits shown on the drawings including excavation for street transitions. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, borrow material and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, compacted subgrade shall be measured and paid for by the square yard to the limits shown on the drawings. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, borrow material and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, geogrid shall be measured and paid for by the square yard to the limits shown on the drawings, excluding overlaps. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All work required for disposing of waste, including hauling will not be paid for directly but shall be considered subsidiary to the various contract items. 022040 Page 3 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022080 EMBANKMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Embankment required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placing embankment, the area to be covered shall be stripped of all vegetation and the material so removed shall be disposed of off the job site. Washes, gulleys, wet areas, and yielding areas shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, the surface of the ground which is to receive embankment shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than 6 inches. The loosened material shall be recompacted with the new embankment as hereinafter specified. Embankment shall be placed in layers not to exceed ten (10) inches uncompacted (loose) depth for the full width of the embankment, unless otherwise noted. Where embankment is adjacent to a hillside or old roadbed, the existing slope shall be cut in steps to not less than the vertical depth of an uncompacted layer. The fill material shall be placed from the low side and compacted. Each layer shall overlap the existing embankment by at least the width indicated by the embankment slope. Trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, debris or other unsuitable materials shall not be placed in embankment. Each layer of embankment shall be uniform as to material, density and moisture content before beginning compaction. Where layers of unlike materials abut each other, each layer shall be feather-edged for at least 100 feet or the material shall be so mixed as to prevent abrupt changes in the soil. No material placed in the embankment by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated in a layer in that position, but all such piles or windrows shall be moved by blading or similar methods. Clods or lumps of material shall be broken and the embankment material mixed by blading, harrowing, disking or similar methods to the end that a uniform material of uniform density is secured in each layer. Except as otherwise required by the drawings, all embankments shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade and each layer shall be so constructed as to provide a uniform slope of 1/4 inch per foot from the centerline of the embankment to the outside. Each layer shall be compacted to the required density and moisture by any method, type and size of equipment that will give the required compaction. Prior to and in conjunction with the rolling operation, each layer shall be brought to the moisture content necessary to obtain the required density and shall be kept leveled with suitable equipment to insure uniform compaction over the entire layer. For each layer of earth embankment and select material, it is the intent of this specification to provide the density as required herein, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Soils for 022080 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 embankment shall be sprinkled with water as required to provide not less than optimum moisture and compacted to the extent necessary to provide not less than 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Field density determinations will be made in accordance with approved methods. After each layer of earth embankment or select material is complete, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density specified, the course shall be reworked as necessary to obtain the specified compaction, and the compaction method shall be altered on subsequent work to obtain specified density. Such procedure shall be determined by, and subject to, the approval of the Engineer. The Engineer may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction of the embankment layers. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. Should the embankment, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density or moisture before the pavement structure is placed, it shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. Excessive loss of moisture in the subgrade shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing or covering with a subsequent layer of granular material. 3. SELECTION OF MATERIAL In addition to the requirement in the excavation items of the specifications covering the general selection and utilization of materials to improve the roadbed, embankments shall be constructed in proper sequence to receive the select material layers shown on drawings, with such modifications as may be directed by the Engineer. The layer of embankment immediately preceding the upper layer of select material shall be constructed to the proper section and grade within a tolerance of not more than 0.10 foot from the established section and grade when properly compacted and finished to receive the select material layer. Select material, when specified, shall meet the requirements in City Standard Specification Section 022100 "Select Material". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, embankment shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be subsidiary to other items of work. 022080 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022100 SELECT MATERIAL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the use of Select Material to be used to treat designated sections of roadways, embankments, trenches, etc. Select material shall be non-expansive sandy clay (CL) or clayey sand (SC), in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487). Select Material shall meet the following requirements: Free of vegetation, hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris No clay lumps greater than 2” diameter Liquid Limit (L.L.): < 35 Plasticity Index (P.I.) Range: 8 to 20 Moisture Content: as specified in the drawings 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Select material shall be mixed uniformly and placed in layers as indicated, not to exceed 10 inches loose depth (or 12 inches maximum for sanitary sewer trench backfill per City Standard Details for Sanitary Sewers). Unless otherwise specified, the material shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density. Each layer shall be complete before the succeeding layer is placed. The finished surface of the select material shall conform to the grade and section shown on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, select material shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 022100 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022420 SILT FENCE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for providing and installing silt fencing required to control sedimentation and erosion during construction of the project. 2. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Geotextile shall meet the requirements for temporary silt fence per AASHTO M288. B. Fence Reinforcement Materials: Silt fence reinforcement shall be one of the following systems. Type 1: Self-Supported Fence - This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8- 1/2 feet apart, and geotextile without net reinforcement. Fence posts shall be a minimum of 42 inches long, embedded at least one (1) foot into the ground, and constructed of either wood or steel. Soft wood posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inches in cross section and essentially straight. Hardwood posts shall be a minimum of 1.5 x 1.5 inches in cross section. Fabric attachment may be by staples or locking plastic ties at least every 6 inches, or by sewn vertical pockets. Steel posts shall be T or L shaped with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot. Attachment shall be by pockets or by plastic ties if the posts have suitable projections. Type 2: Net-Reinforced Fence - This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8-1/2 feet apart, and geotextile with an attached reinforcing net. Fence posts shall meet the requirements of Self-Supported Fence. Net reinforcement shall be galvanized welded wire mesh of at least 12.5-gauge wire with maximum opening size of 4 x 2 inches. The fabric shall be attached to the top of the net by crimping or cord at least every 2 feet, or as otherwise specified. Type 3: Triangular Filter Dike - This system consists of a rigid wire mesh, at least 6-gauge, formed into an equilateral triangle cross-sectional shape with sides measuring 18 inches, wrapped with geotextile silt fence fabric. The fabric shall be continuously wrapped around the dike, with a skirt extending at least 12 inches from its upslope corner. C. Packaging Requirements: Prior to installation, the fabric shall be protected from damage due to ultraviolet light and moisture by either wrappers or inside storage. 022420 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 D. Certification and Identification: Each lot or shipment shall be accompanied by a certification of conformance to this specification. The shipment must be identified by a ticket or by labels securely affixed to the fabric rolls. This ticket or label must list the following information: a. Name of manufacturer or supplier b. Brand name and style c. Manufacturer's lot number or control number d. Roll size (length and width) e. Chemical composition 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, silt fence shall be measured by the linear foot. Payment shall be at the bid price for the unit of measurement specified and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, placing, maintaining and removing the silt fence. 022420 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 025210 LIME STABILIZATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of treating the subgrade, subbase or base by the pulverizing, addition of lime, mixing and compacting the mixed material to the required density. This specification applies to natural ground, embankment, existing pavement structure or proposed base, and shall be constructed as specified herein and in conformity with the typical sections, lines and grades as shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer. 2. MATERIALS (1) The lime shall be a commercially produced "Hydrated Lime" in accordance with AASHTO M216, or in accordance with TxDOT Specification Item 260. The specifications apply specifically to the normal hydrate of lime made from "high- calcium" type limestone. Hydrated lime for stabilization purposes shall be applied as a slurry. (2) Lime to be used for the treated subgrade, existing subbase, existing base or proposed base is determined by preliminary tests and shall be applied at a rate indicated on the drawings, but no less than 6%. 3. EQUIPMENT The machinery, tools and equipment necessary for proper prosecution of the work shall be on the project and approved by the Engineer prior to the beginning of construction operations. All machinery, tools and equipment used shall be maintained in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. Hydrated lime shall be stored and handled in closed weatherproof containers until immediately before distribution on the roadbed. If storage bins are used, they shall be completely enclosed. Hydrated lime in bags shall be stored in weatherproof buildings with adequate protection from ground dampness. If lime is furnished in trucks, each truck shall have the weight of lime certified on public scales. If lime is furnished in bags, each bag shall bear the manufacturer's certified weight. Bags varying more than 5 percent from that weight may be rejected and the average weight of bags in any shipment, as shown by weighing 50 bags taken at random, shall not be less than the manufacturer's certified weight. 025210 Page 1 of 4 Rev. 10-30-2014 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS General - It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. Application - Lime shall be spread only on that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. Unless otherwise shown on drawings, lime shall be applied at a rate in pounds of dry-hydrated lime per square yard, in the form of a slurry. Application rate may be varied by the Engineer, if conditions warrant, but no less than 6% must be applied. Certification of lime quantity and quality shall be provided as required to monitor the application. Certification should be in the form of weight tickets which indicate the actual weight of dry hydrated lime, CA(OH)2 . The application and mixing of lime with the material shall be accomplished by the method hereinafter described. The lime shall be mixed with water in trucks with approved distributors and applied as a thin water suspension or slurry. Mixing - The mixing procedure shall be as hereinafter described. (a) First Mixing: The material and lime shall be thoroughly mixed by approved road mixers or other approved equipment, and the mixing continued until, in the opinion of the Engineer, a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free from all clods or lumps. Materials containing plastic clays or other material which will not readily mix with lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of the lime application, brought to the proper moisture content and left to cure 1 to 4 days as directed by the Engineer. During the curing period, the material shall be kept moist as directed. (b) Final Mixing: After the required curing time, the material shall be uniformly mixed by approved methods. If the soil binder-lime mixture contains clods, they shall be reduced in size by raking, blading, discing, harrowing, scarifying or the use of other approved pulverization methods so that, when all nonslaking aggregates retained on the No. 4 sieve are removed, the remainder of the material shall meet the following requirements when tested dry by laboratory sieves: 025210 Page 2 of 4 Rev. 10-30-2014 Percent Minimum Passing 1" Sieve .................................................. 100 Minimum Passing No. 4 Sieve ............................................. 85 Old bituminous wearing surface shall be pulverized so that 100% will pass a 2 ½" sieve. During the interval of time between applications and mixing, hydrated lime that has been exposed to the open air for a period of 6 hours or more, or to excessive loss due to washing or blowing, will not be accepted for payment. Compaction - Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing and in no case later than 3 calendar days after final mixing, unless approval is obtained from the Engineer. The material shall be aerated or sprinkled as necessary to provide the optimum moisture. Compaction shall begin at the bottom and shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly compacted as hereinafter specified. If the total thickness of the material to be treated cannot be mixed in one operation, the previously mixed material shall be bladed to a windrow just beyond the area to be treated and the next layer mixed with lime as previously specified. The first layer of the material shall be compacted in such a manner that the treated material will not be mixed with the underlying material. The course shall be sprinkled as required to maintain moisture content on the wet side of optimum and compacted to the extent necessary to provide the specified density. Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, all lime treated subgrades, sub-bases, and bases that are not in direct contact with surface or binder course shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (AASHTO T99), unless otherwise specified. In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material shown on the plans shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. After each section is completed, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked as necessary to meet these requirements. Rework, when required to meet pulverization requirements or density requirements, shall include the addition of lime, about 10% to 15% of the initial application rate, or as deemed necessary by the Engineer. A new optimum density will be obtained. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical section shown on the drawings and to the established lines and grades. 025210 Page 3 of 4 Rev. 10-30-2014 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, lime stabilization for bases, sub-bases and subgrade shall be measured by the square yard of lime-stabilized material in place. Pulverizing, mixing, watering grading, compacting, working material etc., shall not be measured for pay but shall be subsidiary to other work. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the completion of work. 025210 Page 4 of 4 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 025223 CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEXIBLE BASE 1. DESCRIPTION This Specification shall govern all work for furnishing and placing Crushed Limestone Flexible Base required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL Crushed Limestone Flexible Base shall consist of crushed limestone produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a naturally occurring single source, meeting the requirements for Type ‘A’ material as specified in Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Specification Item 247 “Flexible Base”. Crushed gravel or uncrushed gravel shall not be acceptable. No blending of sources and/or additive materials will be allowed. The material shall be free of vegetation and shall be approved by the Engineer. All acceptable material shall be screened and the oversize shall be crushed and returned to the screened material in such a manner that a uniform product will be produced which meets all of the physical requirements for Grade 1-2 as specified in TxDOT Specification Item 247 “Flexible Base”. 3. TESTING The City will engage a laboratory and pay for one test each gradation, liquid limit, plasticity index, modified proctor, moisture-density relation, CBR, and necessary field densities. The Engineer may call for additional tests at any time. The cost of all retests, in case of failure to meet specifications, will be deducted from the Contractor's payment. The City will pay for proctor and soil constants and abrasion tests at the rate described in the materials testing schedule. If material changes, the Contractor shall pay the cost of additional tests required by the Engineer. The Engineer may waive testing and/or lime admix for small amounts for unimportant uses. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placement of flexible base, the surface of the previous underlying course shall be finished true to line and grade as established, and in conformity with the typical section shown on the drawings. Grade tolerance shall be generally 1/2 inch, and highs and lows must approximately balance. If called for in the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents, geogrid, as specified in City Standard Specification Section 022040 “Street Excavation”, shall be placed as indicated. Flexible base shall be delivered and spread the same day if possible (no later than the next day). Base shall be mixed as required to produce a uniform mixture with water. Base shall be placed in uniform lifts not to exceed 10 inch loose lifts or 8 inch compacted lifts. Moisture and density requirements shall be as indicated on the drawings, typical minimum 98% Modified Proctor 025223 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 (ASTM D1557) under flexible pavements or typical minimum 98% Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) under concrete pavement and to within + 2% of optimum moisture. The section may be accepted if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent moisture or density tests is outside of the specified limits, and the failed test is within +1% deviation from specified moisture or density requirements. The surface of the compacted base, after meeting moisture and density requirements, shall be primed in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 025412 “Prime Coat”. On completion of compaction and priming, the surface shall be smooth and conform to lines, grades, and sections shown on the drawings. Areas with any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in cross-section and in lengths of 16 feet measured longitudinally shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, and recompacting by repriming and rolling. Moisture and density shall be maintained until the paving is complete. Excessive loss of moisture shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a subsequent layer. Should the base, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, or moisture before it is protected by placement of the next layer, it shall be re-compacted, refinished, and retested at the expense of the Contractor until acceptable to the City. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, crushed limestone flexible base shall be measured by the square yard complete in place. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, royalty, hauling, placing, compacting, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the completion of work. Prime shall be measured and paid under separate bid item if specified on the Bid Form. Geogrid shall be measured and paid under separate bid item if specified on the Bid Form. 025223 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025404 ASPHALTS, OILS AND EMULSIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for asphalt cement, cut-back and emulsified asphalts, performance-graded asphalt binders, and other miscellaneous asphaltic materials required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS When tested according to Texas Department of Transportation Test Methods, the various materials shall meet the applicable requirements of TxDOT Specification Item 300, “Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions” (Latest Edition). 3. STORAGE, HEATING AND APPLICATION TEMPERATURES Store and apply asphaltic materials in accordance with TxDOT Item 300 (Latest Edition) at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for any agitation requirements in storage and in application and storage temperatures. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, asphalts, oils and emulsions shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 025404 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 025412 PRIME COAT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of an application of asphalt material on the completed base course and/or other approved area in accordance with this specification. Prime Coat shall not be applied when the air temperature is below 60º F and falling, but it may be applied when the air temperature is above 50º F and is rising; the air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphalt material shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suitable. 2. MATERIALS The asphalt material used for the prime coat shall be MC-30 medium-curing cutback asphalt or AE- P asphalt emulsion prime, unless otherwise specified, and when tested by approved laboratory methods shall meet the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". Blotter material shall be native sand. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the area and/or base is satisfactory to receive the prime coat, the surface shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, and other deleterious matter by sweeping or other approved methods. If found necessary by the Engineer, the surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just prior to application of the asphalt material. The asphalt material shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor so operated as to distribute the material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly under a pressure necessary for proper distribution. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for determining the temperature of the asphalt material in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of two distributor loads. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphalt material shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times, and they shall be operated in such manner that there will be no contamination of the asphalt material with foreign material. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage-heating unit at all times. The distributor shall have been recently calibrated and the Engineer shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning of the work, should the yield on the asphalt material applied appear to be in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before proceeding with the work. Prime shall be applied at a temperature within the recommended range per City Standard 025412 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", with that range being 70 to 150 degrees F. Application rate shall be not less than 0.15 gallon per square yard, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surface until the Engineer accepts the work. No traffic hauling or placement of any subsequent courses shall be permitted over the freshly applied prime coat until authorized by the Engineer. Spread blotter material before allowing traffic to use a primed surface. Allow sufficient time for the prime coat to cure properly before applying surface treatment or asphaltic concrete pavement. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, prime coat shall be measured by the gallon of asphalt material applied. Payment shall include furnishing, heating, hauling and distributing the asphalt material as specified; for furnishing, spreading and removing sand blotter material; for all freight involved; and for all manipulation, labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025412 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 025424 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (Class A) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing and laying Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete (HMAC) surface, binder and base courses required to complete the project. All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. 2. MATERIALS 2.1. Aggregate. The aggregate shall consist of a blend of course aggregate, fine aggregate and, if required, a mineral filler. 2.1.1. Coarse Aggregate shall consist of that fraction of aggregate retained on a No. 10 sieve and shall consist of crushed furnace slag, crushed stone, or crushed gravel. Deleterious material in course aggregate shall not exceed 2% per TxDOT Test Method TEX-217-F. Course aggregate shall be crushed such that a minimum of 85% of the particles have more than one crushed face, unless noted otherwise on the plans. Los Angeles abrasion losses for course aggregate shall not exceed 40% by weight for the surface course and 45% for the binder and base courses per TxDOT Test Method TEX-410-A. Polish Value not less than 30 for aggregate used in the surface course per TxDOT Test Method TEX-438-A. 2.1.2. Fine Aggregate is defined as the fraction passing a No. 10 sieve and shall be of uniform quality. Fine aggregate shall consist of screenings of material that pass the Los Angeles abrasion requirements in paragraph 2.1.1 above. Screenings shall be blended with a maximum of 15% uncrushed aggregate or field sand for Type D mixes, or a maximum of 10% uncrushed aggregate or field sand for Type A, B, and C mixes. Grading of fine aggregate shall be as follows: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight No. 10 100 No. 200 0-15 025424 Page 1 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 2.1.3 Filler shall consist of dry stone dust, Portland cement, hydrated lime, or other mineral dust approved by the Engineer. Grading of filler shall be as follows: Sieve Size Minimum Percent Passing by Weight No. 30 95 No. 80 75 No. 200 55 2.2. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP). Reclaimed asphalt pavement may be incorporated into the hot mix asphalt concrete furnished for the project, provided that the mixture is designed per the TxDOT Methods and meets the applicable provisions of said TxDOT Item 340 and this specification. 2.3. Asphalt. Asphalt Material shall be in accordance with Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalt, Oils and Emulsions" and AASHTO. 2.3.1. Paving Mixture: APPLICATION ASPHALT GRADE Residential or low volume PG 64-22 Collector Surface Course PG 70-22 Binder Course PG 64-22 Arterial Surface Course PG 76-22 Binder Course PG 64-22 Base Courses PG 64-22 2.3.2. Tack Coat shall consist of an emulsion, SS-1 diluted with equal volume of water and applied at a rate ranging from 0.05 to 0.15 gallon per square yard. 3. PAVING MIXTURE 3.1. Mix Design. The mixture shall be designed in accordance with TxDOT Bulletin C-14 and TxDOT Test Method TEX-204-F to conform to the requirements of this specification. The Contractor shall furnish the mix design for the job-mix to be used for the project, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. The mix design shall be submitted prior to placement of the mixture. The design procedures are actually intended to result at a job-mix with properties in compliance with these specifications, and when properly placed the job-mix will be durable 025424 Page 2 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 and stable. The sieve analysis of the job-mix shall be within the range of the Master Gradation and Tolerances specified herein. The job-mix shall meet the density and stability requirements as specified and shall be included with the mix design as submitted per above. If the specific gravity of any of the types of aggregates differs by more than 0.3, use volume method. Plot sieve analysis of job-mix; percent passing versus size on four-cycle semi-log paper or other appropriate type paper. Show tolerance limits and Limits of Master Gradation. 3.2. Master Gradation of Aggregate. The aggregate for the type of mix specified shall be within the following tabulated limits per TxDOT Test Method TEX-200-F (Dry Sieve Analysis): Sieve Size Type A B C D Course Base Fine Base Course Surface Fine Surface 1-1/2" 100 1-1/4" 95-100 1" 100 7/8" 70-90 95-100 100 5/8" 75-95 95-100 1/2" 50-70 100 3/8" 60-80 70-85 85-100 1/4" No. 4 30-50 40-60 43-63 50-70 No. 10 20-34 27-40 30-40 32-42 No. 40 5-20 10-25 10-25 11-26 No. 80 2-12 3-13 3-13 4-14 No. 200 1-6* 1-6* 1-6* 1-6* VMA % minimum 11 12 13 14 025424 Page 3 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 * 2-8 when TxDOT Test Method Tex-200-F, Part II (Washed Sieve Analysis) is used. 3.3. Tolerances. The mixture delivered to the job site shall not vary from the job-mix by more than the tolerances specified below. The gradation of the produced mix shall not fall outside the Master Grading Limits, with the following exceptions: for Type B material coarser than 3/8" and for Type D material coarser than #4. Variations from job-mix shall not exceed the following limits, except as noted above: Item: Tolerances Percent by Weight or Volume 1" to No. 10 Plus or Minus 5.0 No. 40 to No. 200 Plus or Minus 3.0 Asphalt Weight Plus or Minus 0.5 Asphalt Volume Plus or Minus 1.2 3.4. Mix Properties. The mixture shall have a minimum Hveem stability of 40 for Type A, B, and C mixes, and 35 for Type D mixes per TxDOT Test Method TEX-208-F at an optimum density of 96% (plus or minus 1.5) of theoretical maximum density per TxDOT Test Methods TEX-227-F and TEX-207-F. 3.5. Sampling and Testing of Raw Materials. The Contractor shall sample materials as necessary to produce a mix in compliance with these specifications. 4. EQUIPMENT 4.1. Mixing Plants. Mixing plants shall be either the weigh batching type or the drum mix type. Both types shall be equipped with satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment, aggregate screens and bins (weigh batch only), and pollution control devices as required. 4.2. Truck Scales. A set of truck scales, if needed for measurement, shall be placed at a location approved by the Engineer. 4.3. Asphalt Material Heating Equipment. Asphalt material heating equipment shall be adequate to heat the required amount of material to the desired temperature. Agitation with steam or air will not be permitted. The heating apparatus shall be equipped with a recording thermometer with a 24-hour continuous chart that will record the temperature of the asphalt at the highest temperature. 4.4. Surge-Storage System. A surge-storage system may be used provided that the mixture coming out of the bins is of equal quality to that coming out of the mixer. The system shall be equipped with a gob hopper, rotating chute or other devices designed to minimize segregation of the asphalt mixture. 4.5. Laydown Machine. The laydown machine shall be capable of producing a surface that will meet the requirements of the typical cross section, of adequate power to propel the 025424 Page 4 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 delivery vehicles, and produce the surface tolerances herein required. It shall be wide enough to lay a 28-foot street (back-to-back of curbs) in a maximum of two passes. 4.6. Rollers. All rollers shall be self-propelled and of any type capable of obtaining the required density. Rollers shall be in satisfactory operating condition and free from fuel, hydraulic fluid, or any other fluid leaks. 5. STORAGE, PROPORTIONING AND MIXING 5.1. Storage and Heating of Asphalt Materials. Asphalt cement shall not be heated to a temperature in excess of that recommended by the producer. Asphalt storage equipment shall be maintained in a clean condition and operated in such a manner that there will be no contamination with foreign matter. 5.2. Feeding and Drying of Aggregates. The feeding of various sizes of aggregate to the dryer shall be done in such a manner that a uniform and constant flow of materials in the required proportions will be maintained. In no case shall the aggregate be introduced into the mixing unit at a temperature in excess of 350 degrees F. 5.3. Proportioning. All materials shall be handled and proportioned in a manner that yield an acceptable mixture as herein specified and as defined by the job-mix. 5.4. Mixing. 5.4.1. Weigh Batch Plant. In charging the weigh box and in charging the pugmill from the weigh box, such methods or devices shall be used as necessary to minimize segregation of the mixture. 5.4.2. Drum Mix Plant. The amount of aggregate and asphalt cement entering the mixer and the rate of travel through the mixer shall be coordinated so that a uniform mixture of the desired gradation and asphalt content will be produced. 5.4.3. The mixture produced from each type of plant shall not vary from the job-mix by more than the tolerances and restrictions herein specified. The mixture when discharged from the plant shall have a moisture content not greater than one percent by weight of total mix when determined by TxDOT Test Method TEX-212-F. 5.4.4. The mixture produced from each type of plant shall be at a temperature between 250 and 325 degrees F. After a target mixing temperature has been established, the mixture when discharged from the mixer shall not vary from this temperature by more than 25 degrees F. 6. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 6.1. Construction Conditions. For mat thicknesses greater than 1.5 inches, the asphalt material may be placed with a laydown machine when the air temperature is 40 degrees F and 025424 Page 5 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 rising but not when the air temperature is 50 degrees F and falling. In addition, mat thickness less than and including 1.5 inches shall not be placed when the temperature of the surface on which the mat is placed is below 50 degrees F. All subsurface utilities shall be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to paving. 6.2. Prime Coat. If a prime coat is required, it shall be applied and paid for as a separate item conforming to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 025412 "Prime Coat", except the application temperature shall be as provided above. The tack coat or asphaltic concrete shall not be applied on a previously primed flexible base until the primed base has completely cured to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6.3. Tack Coat. Before the asphalt mixture is laid, the surface upon which the tack coat is to be placed shall be thoroughly cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The surface shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using materials and rates herein specified and/or as shown on the plans. The tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller as necessary. Tack coat is required before any pavement course not placed immediately following the previous course placement. 6.4. Transporting Asphalt Concrete. The asphalt mixture shall be hauled to the job site in tight vehicles previously cleaned of all foreign matter. In cool weather or for long hauls, canvas covers and insulated truck beds may be necessary. The inside of the bed may be given a light coating of lime water or other suitable release agent necessary to prevent from adhering. Diesel oil is not allowed. 6.5. Placing. The asphalt mixture shall be spread on the approved prepared surface with a laydown machine or other approved equipment in such a manner that when properly compacted, the finished surface will be smooth and of uniform density, and meet the requirements of the typical cross section as shown on the plans. 6.5.1. Flush Structures. Adjacent to flush curbs, gutters, liners and structures, the surface shall be finished uniformly high so that when compacted, it will be slightly above the edge of the curb and flush structure. 6.5.2. Construction joints of successive courses of asphaltic material shall be offset at least six inches. Construction joints on surface courses shall coincide with lane lines, or as directed by the Engineer, but shall not be in the anticipated wheel path of the roadway. 6.6. Compacting. The asphalt mixture shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with the necessary rollers to obtain the required density and surface tolerances herein described and any requirements as shown on the plans. Regardless of the method of compaction control followed, all rolling shall be completed before the mixture temperature drops below 175 degrees F. 025424 Page 6 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 6.7. In-Place Density. In-place density control is required for all mixtures except for thin, irregular level-up courses. Material should be compacted to between 96% and 92% of maximum theoretical density or between 4% and 8% air voids. Average density shall be greater than 92% and no individual determination shall be lower than 90%. Testing shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods TEX-207-F and TEX-227-F. Pavement specimens, which shall be either cores or sections of the compacted mixture, will be tested as required to determine the percent air voids. Other methods, such as nuclear determination of in-place density, which correlate satisfactorily with actual project specimens may be used when approved by the Engineer. 6.8. Thickness. The total compacted average thickness of the combined HMAC courses shall not be less than the amount specified on the drawings. No more than 10% of the measured thickness(es) shall be more than 1/4 inch less than the plan thickness(es). If so, the quantity for pay shall be decreased as deemed appropriate by the Engineer. 6.9. Surface Smoothness Criteria and Tests. The pavement surface after compaction, shall be smooth and true to the established lines, grade and cross-section. The surface shall be tested by the City with the Mays Roughness Meter. The Mays Roughness Value for each 600-foot section shall not exceed ninety inches per mile per traffic lane. For each 600-foot section not meeting this criteria, the Engineer shall have the option of requiring that section to be reworked to meet the criteria, or paying an adjusted unit price for the surface course. The unit price adjustment shall be made on the following basis: Adjusted Unit Price = (Adjustment Factor) X Surface Course Unit Bid Price The adjustment factor shall be: For Residential Streets: Adjustment Factor = 1.999 - 0.0111 M For All Other Class Streets (Non Residential) Adjustment Factor = 1.287 - 0.0143 M Where M = Mays Roughness Value In no case shall the Contractor be paid more than the unit bid price. If the surface course is an inverted penetration (surface treatment) the Mays Roughness Value observed will be reduced by ten inches per mile, prior to applying the above criteria. Localized defects (obvious settlements, humps, ridges, etc.) shall be tested with a ten-foot straightedge placed parallel to the roadway centerline. The maximum deviation shall not 025424 Page 7 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 exceed 1/8 inch in ten feet. Areas not meeting this criteria shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Pavement areas having surface irregularities, segregation, raveling or otherwise deemed unacceptable by the Engineer shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor in a manner approved by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. 6.10. Opening to Traffic. The pavement shall be opened to traffic when directed by the Engineer. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that all construction traffic allowed on pavement open to the public will be subject to the State laws governing traffic on highways. If the surface ravels, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to correct this condition at his expense. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, hot mix asphaltic concrete pavement shall be measured by the square yard of the type and thickness of "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete" as shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the "pay ticket" identifying the truck and showing the gross empty weight of the truck with driver as it arrives at the plant and the gross loaded weight of the truck with driver as it leaves the plant. The measured amount will be the difference of the loaded and empty trucks converted to tons. Payment shall be full compensation for quarrying, furnishing all materials, freight involved; for all heating, mixing, hauling, cleaning the existing base course or pavement, tack coat, placing asphaltic concrete mixture, rolling and finishing; and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work except prime coat when required. Prime coat, performed where required, will be measured and paid for in accordance with the provisions governing City Standard Specification Section 025412 "Prime Coat". All templates, straightedges, scales, and other weight and measuring devices necessary for the proper construction, measuring and checking of the work shall be furnished, operated and maintained by the Contractor at his expense. Any paving placed prior to inspection, testing, and acceptance of underground utilities may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor’s expense after correcting any subsurface utility defects. Pavement that fails to meet the in place density criteria may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor’s expense, or such pavement may, at the City’s discretion, be accepted by the City and the unit price for payment shall be reduced as deemed appropriate by the Engineer. 025424 Page 8 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025802 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for Temporary Traffic Controls during construction. The work shall include furnishing, installing, moving, replacing, and maintaining all temporary traffic controls including, but not limited to, barricades, signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals, temporary detours, temporary striping and markers, flagger, temporary drainage pipes and structures, blue business signs, and such temporary devices as necessary to safely complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Traffic control devices shall conform to the latest edition of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices", unless indicated otherwise on the Traffic Control Plan. 3. METHODS Sufficient traffic control measures shall be used to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and pedestrians. If the Traffic Control Plan (TCP) is included in the drawings, any changes to the TCP by the Contractor shall be prepared by a Texas licensed professional engineer and submitted to the City Traffic Engineer for approval, prior to construction. If the TCP is not included in the drawings, the Contractor shall provide the TCP prepared by a Texas licensed professional engineer and submit the TCP to the City Traffic Engineer for approval, prior to construction. The Contractor is responsible for implementing and maintaining the traffic control plan and will be responsible for furnishing all traffic control devices, temporary signage and ATSSA certified flaggers. The construction methods shall be conducted to provide the least possible interference to traffic so as to permit the continuous movement of traffic in all allowable directions at all times. The Contractor shall cleanup and remove from the work area all loose material resulting from construction operations at the end of each workday. All signs, barricades, and pavement markings shall conform to the BC standard sheets, TCP sheets and the latest version of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices". The Contractor may be required to furnish additional barricades, signs, and warning lights to maintain traffic and promote motorists safety. Any such additional signs and barricades will be considered subsidiary to the pay item for traffic control. All signs, barricades, and posts will be either new or freshly painted. The contractor and any traffic control subcontractor must be ATSSA certified for Traffic Control. 025802 Page 1 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 A competent person, responsible for implementation of the TCP and for traffic safety, shall be designated by the Contractor. The name and off-hours phone number of the competent person shall be provided in writing at the Pre-Construction Conference. The competent person shall be on site, during working hours and on call at all times in the event of off-hour emergency. The contractor must provide temporary blue sign boards that direct traffic to businesses and driveways during each phase of construction – see example below. The sign boards may be either skid mounted or barrel mounted. The City will assist the contractor in determining which businesses and driveways will receive signage during various construction phases. The provision, installation, and removal of signage will be considered to be subsidiary to the contract items provided for “Traffic Control.” Example Blue Sign 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, temporary traffic controls during construction shall be measured as a lump sum. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing, installing, moving, replacing and maintaining all temporary traffic controls including, but not limited to, barricades, signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals, temporary striping and markers, flaggers, removable and non-removable work zone pavements markings and signage, channelizing devices, temporary detours, temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs, temporary traffic markers, temporary drainage pipes and structures, blue business signs, and such temporary devices and relocation of existing signs and devices. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, personnel, and incidentals necessary to provide a safe condition during 025802 Page 2 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 construction of all phases and elements of the project and to complete the work. Payment will be made on the following basis: The initial monthly estimate will include 50% of the lump sum bid amount minus retention (typically 5%). The balance will be paid with the final estimate, upon completion of the project. 025802 Page 3 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 026202 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE SYSTEMS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for hydrostatic testing the completed pressure system. The Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, materials, labor, etc., as necessary, except as noted, and accomplish all testing under this specification. 2. MATERIALS Water for filling the line and making tests will be furnished by the Contractor through a standard meter connection. A meter and gauges for testing shall be supplied by the Contractor. A test pump with appropriate connector points as approved by the Water Superintendent for the installation of meter and gauge shall be furnished by the Contractor. The meter shall be directly connected to the main or pipe being tested by the use of copper tubing or an approved reinforced hose. The meter shall be protected against extreme pressures by the use of a one-inch (1") safety relief valve set at the test pressure plus ten pounds per square inch (psi) and furnished by the Contractor. 3. TEST PROCEDURE Tests shall be made only after completion of backfill as specified, and not until at least thirty-six (36) hours after the last concrete thrust block has been cast. Contractor shall coordinate hydrostatic testing with the proposed construction sequencing and phasing. Each section of pipeline shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the point of lowest elevation, shall be applied. During the filling of the pipe and before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipeline. During the test, all exposed pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and joints shall be carefully examined. If found to be leaking, they shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. If the leaking is due to cracked or defective material, the defective material shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material. All pipes shall be subjected to two hydrostatic tests. The first hydrostatic test shall be a two-hour test at a pressure of 150 psi. The second test shall be no less than 48 hours after successful completion of the first hydrostatic test. The second hydrostatic test shall be for a 24-hour period at City operating pressure for waterlines or at 50 psi for wastewater force mains and effluent lines. 026202 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 The maximum allowable leakage shall be as follows: Ductile Iron Pipe, AWWA C600 L = S D (P)½ or L = N D (P)½ 133,200 7,400 Asbestos - Cement Pipe, AWWA C603 L = N D (P)½ 4,000 PVC Pipe - Uni-bell equation 99 L = N D (P)½ 7,400 WHERE: L = Maximum Allowable Leakage (gallons/hour) S = Length of Pipe Tested (feet) N = Number of Joints in Tested Line (pipe and fittings) D = Nominal Diameter of Pipe (inches) P = Average Test Pressure (psi) If the pressure system fails to meet the leakage requirements, the Contractor shall make the required repairs to the system and the system shall be retested. This procedure shall be repeated until the system complies with leakage requirements. The cost of each retest shall be $100. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, hydrostatic testing of pressure systems will not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to the installation of the pressure system component. 026202 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 026210 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (AWWA C900 and C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing all PVC pipe (AWWA C900 and C905) required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL PVC pipe shall be made of Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds, as defined in ASTM D1784 with an established hydrostatic-design-basis of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F. 3. DIMENSIONS Pipe shall be manufactured to ductile iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. 4. JOINT Pipe shall have a gasket bell end with a thickened wall section integral with the pipe barrel. The use of solvent weld pipe shall not be allowed. 5. GASKETS Gaskets for jointing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F477 (High Head). 6. PIPE PRESSURE CLASS AND DIMENSION RATIO Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, pipe shall have a dimension ratio (DR) of 18 and in accordance with: Pipe Size Designation 4" to 12" AWWA C900 Over 12" AWWA C905 7. CAUSE FOR REJECTION Pipe shall be clearly marked in accordance with AWWA Requirements. Unmarked or scratched pipe shall be rejected. 026210 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 8. CERTIFICATION The contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification, to include gaskets. Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials. 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Form, PVC pipe (AWWA C900 or C905) will be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size of pipe installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to, but not include, the fittings. Payment shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment for the completed installation, backfilling and testing of the PVC pipe, together with all incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in place, per linear foot. 026210 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 026411 GATE VALVES FOR WATERLINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide and install all gate valves and valve boxes required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Gate Valves All valves shall meet the following requirements. Gate valves shall conform to AWWA Standard C515. 1) The gate valves shall be ductile iron resilient wedge (C515) with non-rising stems. 2) Valve ends shall be flanged or mechanical joint type or a combination of these as indicated or specified. A complete set of joint materials shall be furnished with each valve, except for bell ends and flanges. 3) Valves 16 inches and larger shall be furnished for horizontal installation – lay over. 4) Stem seals shall be the O-ring type on valves through 12-inch size. Valves 16 inches and larger may be equipped with stuffing boxes. 5) Valves shall open left (counter clockwise). Valves over 18 inches shall have the main valve stem furnished with a combination hand wheel and operating nut. 6) Tapping valves to be used with tapping saddles shall have one end mechanical joint. 7) No position indicator will be required. 8) Within 30 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall submit in triplicate, for approval, the following: a) Certified drawings of each size and type of valve 16 inches and larger showing principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used. b) On all size valves, the composition of bronze to be offered for various parts of the valve, complete with minimum tensile strength in psi, the minimum yield strength in psi, and the minimum elongation in 2" per cent. 026411 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Gate Valves Gate valves shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. Cast Iron Valve Boxes Valve boxes shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. When valves are in the street right-of- way, the top of box shall be set flush with the pavement or surrounding ground. In cultivated areas, the top of box shall be set twelve inches (12") below natural ground and long enough to be raised to natural ground at a future date. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, gate valves for waterlines will be measured as a unit for each gate valve and valve box installed. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box, box extension, cover, concrete collar, and all other related items such as bolting, wrapping, cement- stabilized sand encasing, backfilling and compacting; and shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. 026411 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 026416 FIRE HYDRANTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide all fire hydrants required to complete this project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete: Concrete shall be Class "A" in accordance with Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete” of the City Standard Specifications, with a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Fire Hydrants: The fire hydrants shall conform to AWWA C502 (or latest edition) standard specifications for fire hydrants for ordinary water works service, except for changes, additions and supplementary details specifically outlined herein: a) Hydrants - Hydrants shall be of the traffic model type equipped with a safety flange or collar on both the hydrant barrel and stem. b) Type of Shutoff - The shutoff shall be of the compression type only. c) Inlet Connection - The inlet shall be ASA A-21.11 1964 mechanical joint for six-inch (6"), Class 150 ductile iron pipe. A complete set of joint material shall be furnished with each hydrant. d) Delivery Classifications - Each hydrant shall have two hose nozzles and one pumper nozzle. e) Bury Length - The hydrants shall be furnished in the bury length as indicated on drawings. f) Diameter (Nominal Inside) of Hose and Pumper Nozzles - The hose nozzles shall be two and one-half inches (2-½") inside diameter and the pumper nozzle shall be four inches (4") inside diameter. g) Hose and Pumper Nozzle Threads - The hose nozzles shall have two and one-half-inch (2-½") National Standard thread (7-½ threads per inch). The pumper nozzle shall have size (6) threads per inch with an outside diameter of 4.658 inches, pitch diameter of 4.543 inches, and a root diameter of 4.406 inches. h) Harnessing Lugs - None required. i) Nozzle Cap Gaskets - Required. j) Drain Openings - Required. 026416 Page 1 of 3 Rev. 3-25-15 k) Tapping of Drain Opening - Tapping of the drain opening for pipe threads is not required. l) Nozzle Chain - Not required. m) Direction to Open - The hydrants shall open left (counter clockwise). n) Color of Finish Above Ground Line - That portion of the hydrant above the ground line shall be painted chrome yellow. o) Shape and Size of Operating and Cap Nuts - The operating and cap nuts shall be tapered pentagon one and one-fourth inches (1-1/4") point to face at base and one and one-eighth inches (1-1/8") point to face at top of nut. p) Nozzle Cap Chains - Hydrants shall be furnished without nozzle cap chains. q) Size of Fire Hydrant - The main valve opening shall not be less than five and one-quarter inches (5-¼") inside diameter. r) Valve Facing - The main valve facing of the hydrant shall be rubber with 90± Durometer hardness. When the main valve lower washer and stem nut are not an integral casting then the bottom stem threads shall be protected with a bronze cap nut and a bronze lock nut. s) Barrel Sections - The hydrant shall be made in two or more barrel sections with flanges connecting the barrel to the elbow and to the packing plate. t) Breakable Coupling - Hydrants shall be equipped with a breakable coupling on both the barrel section and the stem. The couplings shall be so designed that in case of traffic collision the barrel and stem collar will break before any other part of the hydrant breaks. u) Hydrant Adjustment - The hydrant shall be designed as to permit its extension without excavating after the hydrant is completely installed. v) Breakable Collars, Barrel and Stem - Weakened steel or weakened cast iron bolts that are used in the breakable barrel couplings will not be acceptable. w) Operating Stem - Stems that have operating thread located in the waterway shall be made of manganese bronze, Everdure, or other high quality non-corrodible metal. Stems that do not have operating threads located in the waterway must be sealed by a packing gland or "O"-ring seal located between the stem threads and waterway. Iron or steel stems shall be constructed with a bronze sleeve extending through the packing or "O"-ring seal area. The sleeve shall be of sufficient length to be in the packing gland "O"-ring seal in the both open and closed positions of the main valve. The sleeve shall be secured to the steel stem so as to prevent water leakage between the two when subjected to 300 pounds hydrostatic test pressure. 026416 Page 2 of 3 Rev. 3-25-15 x) Drain Valve Mechanism - Drain valves operating through springs or gravity are not acceptable. y) Operating Stem Nut - The operating stem nut shall be designed to prevent seepage or rain, sleet, and the accumulation of dust between the operating nut and the hydrant top. z) Packing Gland or "O"-Ring Seal - Fire hydrants having the threaded part of the stem at the hydrant top shall be equipped with a packing gland or an "O"-ring seal immediately below the threaded section of the stem. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Fire hydrants shall be installed as shown on drawings. Minimum burial length shall be 3 feet. Breakable couplings shall be located at least 2 inches and less than 6 inches above finish grade. Hydrants and fittings shall be stored on timber and kept clean. The interior surfaces of hydrants and fittings shall be washed and sterilized with approved sterilizing agent, if requested by the Engineer at the time of installation. 4. CERTIFICATION The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer two (2) certified sets of prints showing complete details and dimensions of the hydrant. The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer one (1) certified copy of the physical tests of all metals used in the manufacture of the fire hydrant that is normally manufactured and that will meet these specifications. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, fire hydrants will be measured as a unit per each. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the complete fire hydrant assembly with valve, 6-inch line and fitting on the main; and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly complete the work. 026416 Page 3 of 3 Rev. 3-25-15 SECTION 027205 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for providing, installing and adjusting fiberglass manholes required to complete the project. 2. GENERAL Fiberglass manholes shall be installed at the locations indicated on the drawings. 3. MATERIALS A. Manholes Fiberglass manholes shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM D3753-“Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester Manholes and Wetwells,” latest edition, and the referenced design criteria as follows: 1. ASTM C581 Standard Practice for Determining Chemical Resistance of Thermosetting Resins Used in Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Structures Intended for Liquid Service 2. ASTM D695 Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics 3. ASTM D790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials 4. ASTM C923 Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals 5. ASTM D2412 Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading 6. ASTM D2583 Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impressor 7. ASTM D2584 Standard Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins 8. ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 9. ASTM F794 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter 10. ASTM C32 Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made From Clay or Shale) The minimum wall thickness for all fiberglass manholes at all depths shall be 0.50 inch. The inside diameter of the manhole barrel shall be a minimum of 48 inches or as otherwise specified on the drawings, but shall not be less than 1.5 times the nominal pipe diameter of the largest pipe, whichever is larger. A concentric reducer over the barrel shall have a 027205 Page 1 of 6 Rev. 3-25-2015 minimum inside diameter of 31.75 inches at the top, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. B. Manhole Pipe Connectors Manhole pipe connectors for Sanitary Sewer Application shall be made of corrosion resistant plastic. The connector shall eliminate leaks around the pipe entering the manhole wall and shall permit pipe movement without loss of seal integrity, and shall be in conformance with ASTM D3212. Material for elastomeric seal in push-on joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477. Material for rubber sleeve shall meet the requirements of ASTM C443. Manhole pipe connectors between 4 inches and 15 inches shall be Inserta Tee from Fowler Mfg., or approved equal. Manhole pipe connection for Storm Sewer Application shall be made with Ram-Nek flexible plastic gasket material as manufactured by K.T. Snyder Company of Houston, Texas, or approved equal, and wrapped with Class ‘A’ Subsurface Drainage Geotextile, AASHTO M288. C. Manhole Base Concrete shall be Class ‘A’ in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Caulk for seal between fiberglass manhole and concrete cast-in-place base shall be Epo-Flex epoxy (gun grade consistency) as manufactured by Dewey Supply of Corpus Christi, Texas, or approved equal. Precast reinforced concrete manhole base shall be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C478, as shown on the construction plans and detail drawings. D. Inflow Inhibitors Inflow inhibitors shall be installed in sanitary manholes. They shall be of 316 stainless steel with an equivalent thickness of not less than 18 gauge, and load tested in excess of 3000 pounds. The inhibitor shall rest on the lip of the seating surface of the manhole ring and shall not exceed a depth of 6.5 inches. The seating surface of the inhibitor shall have an attached gasket on the weight-bearing side. The inhibitor shall have a gas relief valve made of Nitrite and shall operate at a one (1) psi differential pressure. The inhibitor shall be fitted with a handle of 3/16 plastic coated stainless steel cable attached to the insert body with a 6# 316 stainless steel rivet. The inhibitor shall be constructed of materials that withstand highly corrosive sewer gases. E. Ring and Cover Manhole ring and cover for all manholes shall be for street application and shall be as indicated on the drawings. Manholes 5 feet in diameter and larger shall require a nominal 3- foot ring and cover, as specified on the drawings. HDPE adjustment rings are to be used for 027205 Page 2 of 6 Rev. 3-25-2015 grade adjustments. A maximum of 18” of adjustment rings may be utilized. F. Flowable Grout Flowable grout (or flowable fill) shall consist of a mixture containing Portland cement, fly ash, sand, water, and “Darafill” admixture (or approved equivalent), in the amounts shown below (or otherwise proportioned to provide 100 psi compressive strength at 28 days), to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing the flowable grout. The flowable grout mixture shall be supplied by an approved ready-mix supplier. The manufacturer's representative shall be consulted for any final adjustments to improve the flowability of the mixture. Commercially produced flowable grout may be used with approval of the Engineer. 100 lbs/ CY Portland Cement 300 lbs/ CY Fly Ash 2100 lbs/ CY Sand 250 lbs/ CY Water 6 oz/ CY "Darafill" admixture, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or approved equivalent. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS General: The limits of excavation shall allow for placing and removing forms, installing sheeting, shoring, bracing, etc. The Contractor shall pile excavated material in a manner that will not endanger the work and will avoid obstructing sidewalks, driveways, power poles, drainage structures, streets, etc. Subgrade under manhole footings shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Vertical Sides: When necessary to protect other improvements, the Contractor shall maintain vertical sides on the excavation. The limits shall not exceed three feet outside the footing on a vertical plane parallel to the footing except where specifically approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide and install any sheeting, shoring, and bracing as necessary to provide a safe work area as required to protect workmen, structures, equipment, power poles, etc. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and adequacy of all sheeting, shoring and bracing. The sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall be removed as the excavation is backfilled. Sloping Sides: In unimproved areas where sufficient space is available, the Contractor will be allowed to back slope the sides of the excavation. The back slope shall be such that the excavation will be safe from caving. Safety requirements shall govern the back slope used. De-watering: The Contractor shall keep the excavation free from water by use of cofferdams, bailing, pumping, well pointing, or any combination, as the particular situation may warrant. All de-watering devices shall be installed in such a manner as to provide clearance for construction, removal of forms, and inspection of exterior of form work. It is the intent of these specifications that the foundation be placed on a firm dry bed. The foundation bed shall be kept in a de-watered condition for a sufficient period of time to 027205 Page 3 of 6 Rev. 3-25-2015 insure the safety of the structure, but in no case shall de-watering be terminated sooner than seven (7) days after placing concrete. All de-watering methods and procedures are subject to the approval of the Engineer. The excavation shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before work on the structure is started. The Contractor shall provide a relatively smooth, firm foundation bed for footings and slabs that bear directly on the undisturbed earth without additional cost to the City, regardless of the soil conditions encountered. The Engineer will be the sole judge as to whether these conditions have been met. The Contractor shall pile excavated material in a manner that will not create an unsafe condition. Unauthorized Over-Excavation: Excavation for slabs, footings, etc., that rest on earth, shall not be carried below the elevation shown on the drawings. In the event the excavation is carried below the indicated elevation, the Contractor shall bring the slab, footing, etc., to the required grade by filling with concrete. Wall Preparation for Pipe Penetrations: For sanitary sewer application, pipe penetrations for pipe sizes 4-inch through 15-inch shall be made with appropriately sized core drill bits recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe penetrations other than described above and as authorized by the Engineer shall be made as follows: cut shall be equal to the outside diameter of pipe to pass through it, plus 1/2 inch. Cuts are to be made using electric or gasoline powered circular saw with masonry blade. Impact type tools shall not be used. Handling: Manholes shall be handled and stored in a safe manner as necessary to prevent damaging either the manhole or the surroundings. If manhole must be moved by rolling, the ground which it traverses shall be smooth and free of rocks, debris, etc. Manholes shall be lifted as specified by the manufacturer. Height Adjustment: If necessary, utilize HDPE adjustment rings to adjust the manhole to the correct grade elevation. A maximum of 18” of adjustment rings may be utilized. Installation: Lower manhole into wet concrete until it rests at the proper elevation, and a minimum of six (6) inches into concrete, then plumb. Backfill Material: Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, initial backfill around manholes (from subgrade to five feet (5') above the top of the concrete footing) shall be flowable grout. The remaining final backfill around manholes shall be cement-stabilized sand, or approved equal, containing a minimum of 2 sacks of standard Type I or Type II Portland cement per cubic yard of sand, free of large hard lumps, rock fragments or other debris. The material shall be free of large lumps or clods which will not readily break down under compaction. This material shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Backfill material shall be free of vegetation or other extraneous material. Topsoil should be stockpiled separately and used for finish grading around the structure, if necessary. 027205 Page 4 of 6 Rev. 3-25-2015 Schedule of Backfilling: The Contractor may begin backfilling around manhole as soon as the concrete has been allowed to cure and the forms removed. Compaction: Backfill shall be placed in layers not to exceed 6 inches compacted thickness and mechanically tamped to at least 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Backfill shall be placed in such a manner as to prevent any wedging action against the structure. Contractor shall follow operational requirements for bypass pumping as set forth in City Standard Specification Section 027200 "Control of Wastewater Flows". 5. TESTING Manholes shall be tested for leakage by either of two tests as specified by the Engineer. Water Leakage Test: The Contractor shall provide water, labor, and materials for testing. Testing shall be as follows: 1. With sewers plugged, the manhole shall be filled with water. 2. The manhole shall be checked after 24 hours have elapsed. 3. Water loss shall not exceed 2.4 gallons per foot of depth for the 24-hour period for 4-foot diameter manholes, or 3.0 gallons per foot of depth for the 24-hour period for 5-foot diameter manholes. Water loss shall not exceed 0.6 gallon per foot of diameter per foot of depth for the 24-hour period for all sizes of sanitary manholes. 4. If the manhole is within 9 feet of a waterline that is not or cannot be encased, the manhole shall be tested for no leaks and no noticeable loss of water shall be experienced for the 24-hour period. If water loss is excessive, the Contractor shall correct the problem and the manhole shall be retested. Vacuum Test: Vacuum testing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 027203 “Vacuum Testing of Wastewater Manholes and Structures”. 6. GRADE ADJUSTMENT OF EXISTING FIBERGLASS MANHOLES The adjustment of the ring and cover is to be achieved by removal or addition of HDPE grade adjustment rings that rest above the fiberglass corbel. If the ring and cover must be lowered to the extent that the new elevation cannot be achieved by removal of adjustment rings and it is necessary to remove a section of the fiberglass manhole, this work shall be done as described below. Note that manhole repair kits are available for this work. Remove the appropriately sized section of the existing manhole from the vertical manhole wall at least 6 inches below the seam where the corbel meets the vertical wall. 027205 Page 5 of 6 Rev. 3-25-2015 Excavate evenly around the manhole as required. Mark, cut and remove the required section of the manhole. Make a square cut as necessary for a good butt splice. Grind and clean ends of fiberglass that are to be re-united. Replace and align the top. Fiberglass a 6-inch strip along the outside seam all around with two layers of mat with one layer of woven roving sandwiched between. After the outside has set, go on the inside and fill any voids in the seam with epoxy or material provided by the manhole manufacturer for use in such application. After the putty has set, fiberglass a 6-inch strip on the inside as previously done on the outside. After curing, backfill with cement-stabilized sand, as described above, compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) or as directed by the Engineer or his designated representative. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, fiberglass manholes shall be measured per each for each size (diameter) of manhole indicated. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to; excavation, dewatering, compaction, concrete foundation, manhole assembly, connections, cast iron frame and cover, adjustment to finish grade, concrete work, backfill, leakage testing, bypass pumping, and other work as required to complete the fiberglass manhole. Extra depth for a sanitary manhole over 6 feet in depth will be measured by the vertical foot of depth in excess of 6 feet and bid as “Extra Depth for Manhole (Wastewater)”. Rehabilitation of existing manholes with fiberglass inserts shall be measured by each individual structure rehabilitated, and paid for at the unit price bid per each, of the size, type and depth specified, complete in-place, and meeting the approval of the Engineer. "Complete in-place" shall mean all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the rigid fiberglass manhole inserts, make connections, grout the annular space with flowable grout, backfilling, leakage testing, and adjust the manholes to finish grade. 027205 Page 6 of 6 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 027402 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforced concrete pipe culverts and the material and incidental construction requirements for reinforced concrete pipe sewers. The culvert pipe shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of these specifications to the lines and grades shown on the plans, and shall be of the classes, sizes and dimensions shown thereon. The installation of pipe shall include all joints or connections to new or existing pipe, headwalls, etc., as may be required to complete the work. 2. MATERIALS 1. General. Except as modified herein, materials, manufacture and design of pipe shall conform to ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. All pipe shall be machine made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of the concrete in the form and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit mixed concrete will not be acceptable for use in precast concrete pipe. 2. Design. All pipe shall be Class III (Wall "B") unless otherwise specified on the plans. The shell thickness, the amount of circumferential reinforcement and the strength of the pipe shall conform to the specified class as summarized in ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. 3. Sizes and Permissible Variations. a. Variations in diameter, size, shape, wall thickness, reinforcement, placement of reinforcement, laying length and the permissible underrun of length shall be in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to previously. b. Where rubber gasket pipe joints are to be used, the design of the Joints and Permissible Variations in Dimensions shall be in accordance with ASTM C-443. 4. Workmanship and Finish. Pipe shall be substantially free from fractures, large or deep cracks and surface roughness. The ends of the pipe shall be normal to the walls and centerline of the pipe within the limits of variations allowed under the applicable ASTM specification. 5. Curing. Pipe shall be cured in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to above. 6. Marking. The following information shall be clearly marked on each section of pipe: 027402 Page 1 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 a. The class of pipe. b. The date of manufacture. c. The name or trademark of the manufacturer. d. Marking shall be indented on the pipe section or painted thereon with waterproof paint. 7. Minimum Age for Shipment. Pipe shall be considered ready for shipment when it conforms to the requirements of the tests specified herein. 8. Inspection. The quality of materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished pipe shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer at the pipe manufacturing plant. In addition, the finished pipe shall be subject to further inspection by the Engineer at the project site prior to and during installation. 9. Causes for Rejection. Pipe shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to conform to any of the specification requirements. Individual sections of pipe may be rejected because of any of the following: a. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. b. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding. c. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. d. Damaged ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. 10. Repairs. Pipe may be repaired if necessary, because of occasional imperfections in manufacture or accidental injury during the handling, and will be acceptable if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the repairs are sound and properly finished and cured and the repaired pipe conforms to the requirements of the specifications. 11. Rejections. All rejected pipe shall be plainly marked by the Engineer and shall be replaced by the Contractor with pipe that meets the requirements of these specifications. Such rejected pipe shall be removed immediately from the worksite. 12. Jointing Materials. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, the Contractor shall have the option of making the joints by any of the following methods: a. Ram-Nek, a pre-formed plastic base joint material manufactured by K. T. Knyder Company, Houston, Texas, or an approved equal. Use of Talcote as joint material will not be not permitted. Ram-Nek joint material and primer shall be supplied for 027402 Page 2 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 use on pipe in the following sizes, which is the minimum that will be required. Additional Ram-Nek may be required if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a proper joint is not secured. Pipe Size Primer Per 100 Jts. Cut Lengths Per Joint 12" 1.5 gals. 1½ pcs 1" x 2'-5" 15" 1.9 gals. 2 pcs 1" x 2'-5" 18" 2.7 gals. 1½ pcs 1½ " x 3'-5" 21" 3.8 gals. 2 pcs 1½ " x 3'-5" 24" 6.2 gals. 2 pcs 1½ " x 3'-5" 30" 8.5 gals. 2½ pcs 1½ " x 3'-5" 36" 9.5 gals. 3 pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 42" 12.0 gals. 3½ pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 48" 15.0 gals. 4 pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 54" 20.0 gals. 4½ pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 60" 25.0 gals. 5 pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 66" 30.0 gals. 5½ pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 72" 32.0 gals. 6 pcs 2" x 3'-5" 84" 35.0 gals. 7 pcs 2" x 3'-5" b. TYLOX Types "C", "C-P" or "CR" rubber gaskets, as applicable, as manufactured by Hamilton Kent Manufacturing Company, Kent, Ohio, or approved equal. All gaskets, lubricants, adhesives, etc., shall be manufactured, constructed, installed, etc., as recommended by the manufacturer of the rubber gasket material and conform to ASTM Designation: C-443. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish to the City, for approval, manufacturer's brochures detailing the complete use, installation, and specifications of concrete pipe and rubber gaskets before any rubber gasket material is used on the project. All rubber gaskets shall be fabricated from synthetic rubber. c. Cement Mortar is prohibited from jointing pipe except at manholes, pipe junctions, etc., or where specifically approved by the Engineer. d. Geotextile for wrapping pipe joints shall be Class "A" subsurface drainage type in accordance with AASHTO M288. 027402 Page 3 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Reinforced concrete pipe culverts shall be constructed from the specified materials in accordance with the following methods and procedures: 1. Excavation. All excavation shall be in accordance with the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities," except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the plans or permitted by the Engineer. When pipe is laid in a trench, the trench, when completed and shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of the backfill and bedding material under and around the pipe. The Contractor shall make such temporary provisions as may be necessary to insure adequate drainage of the trench and bedding during the construction operation. Pipe shall be placed such that the identification markings are visible at the top prior to backfill. 2. Bedding. The pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the bedding details shown on the drawings. Bedding shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to other work. If the subgrade of the trench is unstable, even if this condition occurs at relatively shallow depths, full encasement of the pipe with crushed stone shall be required. 3. Laying Pipe. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the laying of pipe on the prepared foundation shall be started at the outlet (downstream) end with the spigot or tongue end pointing downstream, and shall proceed toward the inlet (upstream) end with the abutting sections properly matched, true to the established lines and grades. Where bell and spigot pipe are used, cross trenches shall be cut in the foundation to allow the barrel of the pipe to rest firmly upon the prepared bed. These cross trenches shall be not more than two inches larger than the bell ends of the pipe. Proper facilities shall be provided for hoisting and lowering the sections of pipe into the trench without disturbing the prepared foundation and the sides of the trench. The ends of the pipe shall be carefully cleaned before the pipe is placed. As each length of pipe is laid, the mouth of the pipe shall be protected to prevent the entrance of earth or bedding material. The pipe shall be fitted and matched so that when laid in the bed, it shall form a smooth, uniform conduit. When elliptical pipe with circular reinforcing or circular pipe with elliptical reinforcing is used, the pipe shall be laid in the trench in such position that the markings "TOP" or "BOTTOM" shall not be more than 5 degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. For pipe over 42 inches in diameter, the Contractor may drill two holes not larger than 2 inches in diameter, in the top of each section of the pipe, to aid in lifting and placing. The holes shall be neatly drilled, without spalling of the concrete, and shall be done without the cutting of any reinforcement. After the pipe is laid, the holes shall be filled with mortar and properly cured, and placed such that they are visible from the top for inspection prior to backfill. Multiple installations of reinforced concrete pipe shall be laid with the center lines of 027402 Page 4 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 individual barrels parallel. When not otherwise indicated on plans, the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipe shall be used. Diameter of Pipe 18" 24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" to 84" Clear Distance Between Pipes 0'-9" 0'-11" 1'-1" 1'-3" 1'-5" 1'-7" 1'-11" 2'-0" 4. Jointing. a. If the use of Portland cement mortar joints is allowed, all pipe shall be jointed tight and sealed with stiff mortar, composed of one part Portland cement and two parts sand, so placed as to form a durable water-tight joint. The installation shall be as required by the Engineer. b. Joints using Rubber Gaskets: Where rubber gasket pipe joints are required by the plans, the joint assembly shall be made according to the recommendations of the gasket manufacturer. Water-tight joints will be required when using rubber gaskets. c. Joints using Cold-Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets shall be made as follows: A suitable prime of the type recommended by the manufacturer of the gasket joint sealer shall be brush-applied to the tongue and groove joint surfaces and the end surfaces and allowed to dry and harden. No primer shall be applied over mud, sand or dirt or sharp cement protrusions. The surface to be primed must be clean and dry when primer is applied. Before laying the pipe in the trench, the plastic gasket sealer shall be attached around the tapered tongue or tapered groove near the shoulder or hub of each pipe joint. The paper wrapper shall be removed from one side only of the two-piece wrapper on the gasket and pressed firmly to the clean, dry pipe joint surface. The outside wrapper shall not be removed until immediately before pushing the pipe into its final position. When the tongue is correctly aligned with the flare of the groove, the outside wrapper on the gasket shall be removed and the pipe shall be pulled or pushed home with sufficient force and power (backhoe shovel, chain hoist, ratchet hoist or winch) to cause the evidence of squeeze-out of the gasket material on the inside or outside around the complete pipe joint circumference. The extruded gasket material shall be smoothed out over the joint on the exterior and interior of the pipe. Any joint material pushed out into the interior of the pipe that would tend to obstruct the flow shall be removed. (Pipe shall be pulled home in a straight line with all parts of the pipe on line and grade at all times.) Backfilling of pipe laid with plastic gasket joints may proceed as soon as the joint has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting backfill to 027402 Page 5 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 avoid damage to the joints. When the atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees F, plastic joint seal gaskets shall either be stored in an area warmed to above 70 degrees F, or artificially warmed to this temperature in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Gaskets shall then be applied to pipe joints immediately prior to placing pipe in the trench, followed by connection to previously laid pipe. d. Pipe Joints for storm sewers shall be wrapped with geotextile material. The geotextile wrap shall be at least 2 feet wide and shall be centered on each joint. 5. After the pipe has been placed, bedded and jointed as specified, filling and/or backfilling shall be done in accordance with the applicable requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." If unstable conditions are encountered, fully encase the pipe with crushed stone as described above. When mortar joints are allowed, no fill or backfill shall be placed until the jointing material has been cured for at least six (6) hours. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of the pipe or damage to the joints. For side drain culverts and all other culverts where joints consist of materials other than mortar, immediate backfilling will be permitted. 6. Unless otherwise shown on the plans or permitted in writing by the Engineer, no heavy earth moving equipment will be permitted to haul over the structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed thereon. Pipe damaged by the Contractor's equipment shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. 7. Cleaning and Television Inspection. All enclosed reinforced concrete pipe and manholes installed on this project shall be cleaned and televised in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 027611 "Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits." 4. MEASUREMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforced concrete pipe will be measured by the linear foot. Such measurement will be made between the ends of the pipe barrel along its central axis. Where spurs or branches, or connections to existing pipe lines are involved, measurement of the spur or new connecting pipe will be made from the intersection of its center axis with the outside surfaces of the pipe into which it connects. Where inlets, headwalls, catch basins, manholes, junction chambers, or other structures are included in lines of pipe, that length of pipe tying into the structure wall will be included for measurement but no other portion of the structure length or width will be so included. For multiple pipes, the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of the barrels measured as prescribed above. 027402 Page 6 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 5. PAYMENT Payment for reinforced concrete pipe measured as prescribed above will be made at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for the various sizes of "Reinforced Concrete Pipe" of the class specified. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and transporting the pipe; hauling and placing of earth cushion material where required for bedding pipe; for the preparation and shaping of beds; for hauling, placing and jointing of pipes; for furnishing and installing geotextile pipe joint wrapping; for end finish; for all connections to existing and new structures; for cleaning and television inspection; and for all other items of materials, labor, equipment, tools, excavation, backfill and incidentals necessary to complete the culvert or storm sewer in accordance with the plans and these specifications. 027402 Page 7 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 028020 SEEDING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for tilling, fertilizing, planting seeds, mulching, watering and maintaining vegetation required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS 2.1 FERTILIZER: All fertilizer shall be delivered in bags or clearly marked containers showing the analysis, name, trademark and warranty. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the State Chemist in accordance with the Texas fertilizer law. Fertilizer shall have an analysis of 12-12-12 (percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash) as determined by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Fertilizer shall be free flowing and uniform in composition. 2.2 SEED: Seed shall be labeled and meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Labels shall indicate purity, germination, name and type of seed. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop, and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within twelve months of delivery to the project. The quantity of "Commercial Seed" required to equal the quantity of "Pure Live Seed" shall be computed by the following formula: Commercial Seed = Pure Live Seed x 10,000 % Purity x % Germination The quantity of pure live seed and type required are indicated below. Mixture A or C shall be used for this project, depending on the time of the year planting is performed. LB/ACRE OF PURE LIVE SEED FOR MIXTURES COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME A B C Green Sprangletop Leptochloa Dubia 1.4 1.4 - Sideoats Grama (premier) Bouteloua Curtipendula 0.6 - 0.6 Bermudagrass (Hulled) Cynodon Dactylon 7.0 7.4 - Bermudagrass (Unhulled) Cynodon Dactylon - - 30.0 K-R Bluestem Andropogon Ischaemum 1.2 1.2 1.5 Buffalograss Buchloe Dactyloides - 4.2 - Annual Ryegrass Lolium Multiflorum 5.0 5.0 20.0 Mixture - A: Recommended for clay or tight soil planted between December 1 thru May 1. Mixture - B: Recommended for sandy soil planted between December 1 thru May 1. Mixture - C: Recommended for all soils planted between May 2 thru November 30. 028020 Page 1 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 2.3 MULCH: Mulch shall be either the straw type or wood cellulose fiber type. Straw Type mulch shall be of straw from stalks of domestic grain, Bermudagrass or cotton hulls, or other approved by the Engineer. Wood Cellulose Fiber Type mulch shall have no growth inhibiting ingredients and shall be dried with a moisture content less that 10% by weight. Fibers shall be dyed an appropriate color to facilitate visual metering and application of mulch. The cellulose fiber shall be manufactured so that after addition and agitation in slurry tank with fertilizers, seeds and other approved additives, the fibers in the material will become uniformly suspended to form a homogeneous slurry; when sprayed on the ground, the material shall form a uniform cover impregnated with seeds; the cover shall allow added water to percolate to the underlying soil. The fiber material shall be supplied in packages of not more than 100 lb. gross weight and shall be marked by the manufacturer to indicate the dry weight content. 2.4 EQUIPMENT: The fertilizing, seeding and/or mulching operations shall be accomplished with equipment suitable to the required function. It shall be of current design and in good operating condition. Special seeding and mulching equipment must also meet the following requirements: Seeder - Equipment for applying a seed-fertilizer mix shall be a hydraulic seeder designed to pump and discharge a waterborne, homogeneous slurry of seed and fertilizer. The seeder shall be equipped with a power driven agitator and capable of pressure discharge. Straw Mulch Spreader - Equipment used for straw mulch application shall be trailer mounted, equipped with a blower capable of 2000 r.p.m. operation, and that will discharge straw mulch material through a discharge boom with spout at speeds up to 220 feet per second. The mulch spreader shall be equipped with an asphalt supply and application system near the discharge end of the boom spout. The system shall apply asphalt adhesive in atomize form to the straw at a predetermined rate. The spreader shall be capable of blowing the asphalt-coated mulch, with a high velocity airstream, over the surface at a uniform rate, forming a porous, stable erosion-resistant cover. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Spreader - Equipment used for this application of fertilizer, seeds, wood pulp, water and other additives shall have a built-in agitation system with sufficient capacity to agitate, suspend and homogeneously mix a slurry containing up to 40 lbs. of fiber plus the required fertilizer solids for each 100 gallons of water. It shall have sufficient agitation and pump capacity to spray a slurry in a uniform coat over the area to be mulched. 028020 Page 2 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.1 PREPARATION OF SEEDBED: The area to be treated along with requirements for seed, fertilizer and other treatments, shall be done as indicated on the drawings and as specified below. Clearing – Refer to City Standard Specification Section 021020, "Site Clearing and Stripping". Grading - Refer to City Standard Specification Section 021040, "Site Grading". Tilling - The area to be seeded shall be tilled to a depth of 4 to 6 inches by disking, plowing, or other approved methods until soil condition is acceptable. Topsoiling – If the native soils are not conducive to the establishment and maintenance of grass growth, or if called for on the drawings, topsoil shall be placed over the area to be seeded to a depth of 5 inches after tilling. Topsoil shall have a pH range of 5.5 to 7; shall contain between 2 and 20 percent organic material content in accordance with ASTM D5268; and shall be free of stones larger than one inch, debris, and extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 3.2 FERTILIZING: Fertilizer shall be uniformly applied at a rate of 400 lb/acre, after tilling. Fertilizing and seeding shall be done concurrently. If seeds and fertilizer are distributed in a water slurry, the mixture shall be applied to the area to be seeded within 30 minutes after all the components have come into contact. 3.3 SEEDING: The seed mixture shall be uniformly distributed at the rate specified above. Broadcast Seeding - Seed shall be placed with fertilizer, after tilling. After planting, the area shall be rolled on contour with a corrugated roller. Straw Mulch Seeding - Seed shall be placed with fertilizer, after tilling. After placement of the seed and fertilizer mixture, straw mulch shall be uniformly placed at a rate of 2 tons per acre. As soon as the mulch has been spread, it shall be anchored to the soil a minimum depth of 3 inches by use of a heavy, dulled disk harrow, set nearly straight. Disks shall be set approximately 9 inches apart. Straw Mulch With Asphalt Seeding - Seed, fertilizer and straw mulch shall be placed as described in "Straw Mulch Seeding" with the following two exceptions: 1) An asphalt-water emulsion shall be applied to the mulch near the discharge end of the boom spout at a rate of 300 to 600 gallons per acre. 2) Mechanical anchoring by disking will not be required. Asphalt Mulch Seeding - The seed and fertilizer shall be placed as described for "Broadcast Seeding". After the area has been rolled, the area shall be watered sufficiently to assure a uniform moisture to a minimum depth of 4 inches. An asphalt-water emulsion shall be applied at a rate of 1500 to 1800 gallons per acre, immediately after watering. Asphalt shall be applied to the area in such a manner that a complete film is obtained and the finished surface shall be 028020 Page 3 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 comparatively smooth. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding - After tilling, mulch shall be applied. Wood cellulose fibers shall be added to the hydraulic seeder after the proportionate amounts of seed, fertilizer, water and other approved materials are added. Application shall be 1500 lb./acre on flats, 2000 lb./acre on slopes up to 3:1, and 2500 lb./acre on slopes steeper than 3:1. One hundred (100) pounds of fiber per acre shall be used when asphalt is to be applied over cellulose mulch. The mulch shall provide a uniform cover over the soil surface. Asphalt Over Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding - "Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding" shall be done as described above. After mulch has been placed, an asphalt-water emulsion shall be uniformly spread over the mulch at a rate of 1200 gallons per acre. 3.4 MAINTENANCE: The Contractor shall water, repair and reseed areas as required for a period of 45 days or until growth has been established, whichever is longer. This includes erosion damage. Maintenance does not include mowing or weed control, unless indicated on the plans. If at any time the seeded area becomes gullied or otherwise damaged, or the seeds have been damaged or destroyed, the affected portion shall be re-established to the specified condition prior to acceptance of the work. 3.5 GUARANTEE: The Contractor shall assure 95% of the seeded area has established grass growth at 45 calendar days after seeding, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Where established, grass growth is defined as at least one plant per square foot with no bare spots larger than three (3) square feet. The Contractor shall re-establish grass growth as directed by the Engineer during the one-year warranty period. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, seeding will be measured by the horizontal square yard of area seeded within the areas designated on the drawings. Areas disturbed by the Contractor that are outside of the designated areas (such as field office, laydown/ storage area, stockpile areas, etc.) shall be seeded by the Contractor for erosion control per the stormwater pollution prevention plan but will not be measured for payment. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work, and shall include, but not be limited to, tilling soil, topsoiling, fertilizing, planting, mulching, watering and maintaining vegetation. Payment shall be due and payable only after grass growth has been established as described above. 028020 Page 4 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 030020 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the materials used; for the storing and handling of materials; and for the proportioning and mixing of concrete for culverts, manholes, inlets, curb and gutter, sidewalks, driveways, curb ramps, headwalls and wingwalls, riprap, and incidental concrete construction. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water, proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, II or III Portland cement conforming to ASTM Designation: C150, modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type I and II cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram (Wagner Turbidimeter – TxDOT Test Method Tex-310-D). For concrete piling, the above limit on specific surface area is waived for Type II cement only. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, with each shipment, a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement expressed in square centimeters per gram. For cement strength requirements, either the flexural or compressive test may be used. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type II is specified on the plans. Except when Type II is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60°F. Type III cement may be used in all precast prestressed concrete, except in piling when Type II cement is required for substructure concrete. Different types of cement may be used in the same structure, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement shall be of the same type and brand. Only one brand of each type will be permitted in any one structure unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulk cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No caked cement will be accepted. Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. 030020 Page 1 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be free from oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than 1000 parts per million of chlorides as CL nor more than 1000 parts per million of sulfates as SO 4. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before use in structural concrete. Tests shall be made in accordance with the "Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete" (AASHTO Method T26), except where such methods are in conflict with provisions of this specification. (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, crushed stone, or combinations thereof; free from frozen material or injurious amount of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material either free or as an adherent coating; and its quality shall be reasonably uniform throughout. It shall not contain more than 0.25 percent by weight of clay lumps, nor more than 1.0 percent by weight of shale, nor more than 5 percent by weight of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-413-A. It shall have a wear of not more than 40 percent when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-410-A. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, coarse aggregate will be subjected to five cycles of the soundness test in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-411-A. The loss shall not be greater than 12 percent when sodium sulfate is used, or 18 percent when magnesium sulfate is used. Permissible sizes of aggregate shall be governed by Table 4 and Table 1, except that when exposed aggregate surfaces are required, coarse aggregate gradation will be as specified on the plans. When tested by approved methods, the coarse aggregate, including combinations of aggregates when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 1. 030020 Page 2 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. Nominal Size 2-½ In. 2 In. 1-½ In. 1 In. 3/4 In. 1/2 In. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 1 2 in. 0 0 to 20 15 to 50 60 to 80 95 to 100 2 (467)* 1-½ in. 0 0 to 5 30 to 65 70 to 90 95 to 100 4 (57)* 1 in. 0 0 to 5 40 to 75 90 to 100 95 to 100 8 3/8 in. 0 0 to 5 35 to 80 90 to 100 *Numbers in parenthesis indicate conformance with ASTM C33. The aggregate shall be washed. The Loss by Decantation (TxDOT Test Method Tex-406-A) plus the allowable weight of clay lumps, shall not exceed one percent, or the value shown on the plans, whichever is smaller. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable and uncoated particles of natural or manufactured sand or a combination thereof, with or without a mineral filler. It shall be free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material and it shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of clay lumps. When subjected to the color test for organic impurities (TxDOT Test Method Tex-408-A), it shall not show a color darker than standard. The fine aggregate shall produce a mortar having a tensile strength equal to or greater than that of Ottawa sand mortar when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-317-D. Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand for slab concrete subject to direct traffic, the acid insoluble residue of the fine aggregate shall be not less than 28 percent by weight when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-612-J. When tested by approved methods, the fine aggregate or combination of aggregates, including mineral filler, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 2. 030020 Page 3 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 2 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 1 0 0 to 5 0 to 20 15 to 50 35 to 75 70 to 90 90 to 100 97 to 100 NOTE 1: Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand, the percent retained on the No. 200 sieve shall be 94 to 100. NOTE 2: Where the sand equivalent value is greater than 85, the retainage on the No. 50 sieve may be 70 to 94 percent. Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand Equivalent Test (TxDOT Test Method Tex-203-F). The sand equivalent shall not be less than 80 nor less than the value shown on the plans, whichever is greater. For concrete Classes ‘A’ and ‘C’, the fineness modulus as defined below for fine aggregates shall be between 2.30 and 3.10. The fineness modulus will be determined by adding the percentages by weight retained on the following sieves, and dividing by 100; Nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar (Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium Chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the following requirements: A "water-reducing, retarding admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given consistency and will retard the initial set of the concrete. A "water-reducing admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a 030020 Page 4 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 given consistency. (a) Retarding and Water-Reducing Admixtures. The admixture shall meet the requirements for Type A and Type D admixture as specified in ASTM Designation: C494, modified as follows: (1) The water-reducing retarder shall retard the initial set of the concrete a minimum of 2 hours and a maximum of 4 hours, at a specified dosage rate, at a temperature of 90°F. (2) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (3) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced and test concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. (b) Air-Entraining Admixture. The admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: C260, modified as follows: (1) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (2) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. 3. STORAGE OF CEMENT All cement shall be stored in well-ventilated weatherproof buildings or approved bins, which will protect it from dampness or absorption of moisture. Storage facilities shall be ample, and each shipment of packaged cement shall be kept separated to provide easy access for identification and inspection. The Engineer may permit small quantities of sacked cement to be stored in the open for a maximum of 48 hours on a raised platform and under waterproof covering. 4. STORAGE OF AGGREGATE The method of handling and storing concrete aggregate shall prevent contamination with foreign materials. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for the stockpiles shall be clear of all vegetation and level. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used without recleaning. 030020 Page 5 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 When conditions require the use of two or more sizes of aggregates, they shall be separated to prevent intermixing. Where space is limited, stockpiles shall be separated by physical barriers. Methods of handling aggregates during stockpiling and subsequent use shall be such that segregation will be minimized. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all aggregate shall be stockpiled at least 24 hours to reduce the free moisture content. 5. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS The measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete, shall be by weight. The fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and mineral filler shall be weighed separately. Where bulk cement is used, it shall be weighed separately, but batch weighing of sacked cement will not be required. Where sacked cement is used, the quantities of material per batch shall be based upon using full bags of cement. Batches involving the use of fractional bags will not be permitted. Allowance shall be made for the water content in the aggregates. Bags of cement varying more than 3 percent from the specified weight of 94 pounds may be rejected, and when the average weight per bag in any shipment, as determined by weighing 50 bags taken at random, is less than the net weight specified, the entire shipment may be rejected. If the shipment is accepted, the Engineer will adjust the concrete mix to a net weight per bag fixed by an average of all individual weights which are less than the average weight determined from the total number weighed. 6. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design, using a coarse aggregate factor acceptable to the Engineer, for the class(es) of concrete specified. The mix shall be designed by a qualified concrete technician to conform with the requirements contained herein and in accordance with the THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that 030020 Page 6 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be more than 0.82, except that when the voids in the coarse aggregate exceed 48 percent of the total dry loose volume, the coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed 0.85. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be less than 0.70 for Grades 1, 2 and 3 aggregates. If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not secured with the cement specified in Table 4, the Contractor may use an approved water-reducing or retarding admixture, or he shall furnish aggregates with different characteristics which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until the redesign is checked. Water-reducing or retarding agents may be used with all classes of concrete at the option of the Contractor. When water-reducing or retarding agents are used at the option of the Contractor, reduced dosage of the admixture will be permitted. Entrained air will be required in accordance with Table 4. The concrete shall be designed to entrain 5 percent air when Grade 2 coarse aggregate is used and 6 percent when Grade 3 coarse aggregate is used. Concrete as placed in the structure shall contain the proper amount as required above with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percentage points. Occasional variations beyond this tolerance will not be cause for rejection. When the quantity of entrained air is found to be above 7 percent with Grade 2 coarse aggregate or above 8 percent for Grade 3 coarse aggregate, additional test beams or cylinders will be made. If these beams or cylinders pass the minimum flexural or compressive requirements, the concrete will not be rejected because of the variation in air content. 7. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water-reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements will be as specified in Table 3. 030020 Page 7 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 3 Slump Requirements Concrete Designation Desired Slump Max. Slump Structural Concrete: (1) Thin-Walled Sections (9" or less) (2) Slabs, Caps, Columns, Piers, Wall Sections over 9", etc. Underwater or Seal Concrete Riprap, Curb, Gutter and Other Miscellaneous Concrete 4 inches 3 inches 5 inches 2.5 inches 5 inches 4 inches 6 inches 4 inches NOTE: No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown. 8. QUALITY OF CONCRETE General The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water- cement ratio, the desired and maximum slump and the strength requirements of the various classes of concrete shall conform to the requirements of Table 3 and Table 4 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer or his designated representative will cast test cylinders or beams as a check on the compressive or flexural strength of the concrete actually placed. Test cylinders must be picked up by the testing lab within 24 hours. A test shall be defined as the average of the breaking strength of two cylinders or two beams, as the case may be. Specimens will be tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods Tex-418-A or Tex-420-A. Test beams or cylinders will be required as specified in the contract documents. For small placements on structures such as manholes, inlets, culverts, wingwalls, etc., the Engineer may vary the number of tests to a minimum of one for each 25 cubic yards placed over a several day period. All test specimens, beams or cylinders, representing tests for removal of forms and/or falsework shall be cured using the same methods, and under the same conditions as the concrete represented. "Design Strength" beams and cylinders shall be cured in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall provide and maintain curing facilities as described in THD Bulletin C-11 for the purpose of curing test specimens. Provision shall be made to maintain the water in the curing tank at temperatures between 70°F and 90°F. When control of concrete quality is by twenty-eight-day compressive tests, job control will be by seven-day compressive tests which are shown to provide the required twenty-eight-day strength, based on results from trial batches. If the required seven-day strength is not secured with the 030020 Page 8 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 cement specified in Table 4, changes in the batch design will be made. TABLE 4 Classes of Concrete Class of Concrete Sacks Cement per C.Y. (min.) Minimum Compressive Strength (f'c) 28-Day(psi) Min. Beam Strength 7-Day (psi) Maximum Water-Cement Ratio (gal/sack) Coarse Aggregate No. A* 5.0 3000 500*** 6.5 2-4-8**** B* 4.5 2500 417 8.0 2-4-8**** C* 6.0 3600 600*** 6.0 1-2-4** D 6.0 3000 500 7.0 2-4 S 6.5 4000 570 5.0 2-4 *Entrained Air (slabs, piers and bent concrete). **Grade 1 Coarse Aggregate may be used in foundation only (except cased drilled shafts). ***When Type II Cement is used with Class C Concrete, the 7-day beam break requirement will be 550 psi; with Class A Concrete, the minimum 7-day beam break requirement will be 460 psi. ****Permission to use Grade 8 Aggregate must have prior approval of the Engineer. 9. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete-General", shall not be used. Retamping of concrete will not be permitted. In threatening weather, which may result in conditions that will adversely affect the quality of the concrete to be placed, the Engineer may order postponement of the work. Where work has been started and changes in weather conditions require protective measures, the Contractor shall furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall, or from freezing temperatures. If necessary to continue operations during rainfall, the Contractor shall also provide protective coverings for the material stockpiles. Aggregate stockpiles need be covered only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates to adequately control the consistency of the concrete. 10. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT All equipment, tools, and machinery used for hauling materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work underway without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. The mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type and size that will produce uniform 030020 Page 9 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 distribution of the material throughout the mass. Mixers may be either the revolving drum type or the revolving blade type, and shall be capable of producing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. After all the ingredients are assembled in the drum, the mixing shall continue not less than 1 minute for mixers of one cubic yard or less capacity plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. The mixer shall operate at the speed and capacity designated by the Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of the Associated General Contractors of America. The mixer shall have a plate affixed showing the manufacturer's recommended operating data. The absolute volume of the concrete batch shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. The first batch of concrete materials placed in the mixer for each placement shall contain an extra quantity of sand, cement and water sufficient to coat the inside surface of the drum. Upon the cessation of mixing for any considerable length of time, the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned. The concrete mixer shall be equipped with an automatic timing device which is put into operation when the skip is raised to its full height and dumping. This device shall lock the discharging mechanism and prevent emptying of the mixer until all the materials have been mixed together for the minimum time required, and it shall ring a bell after the specified time of mixing has elapsed. The water tank shall be arranged so that the amount of water can be measured accurately, and when the tank starts to discharge, the inlet supply shall cut off automatically. Whenever a concrete mixer is not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall be removed from the site upon a written order from the Engineer and a suitable mixer provided by the Contractor. Pick-up and thro-over blades in the drum of the mixer which are worn down more than 10 percent in depth shall be repaired or replaced with new blades. Improperly mixed concrete shall not be placed in the structure. Job mix concrete shall be concrete mixed in an approved batch mixer in accordance with the requirements stated above, adjacent to the structure for which the concrete is being mixed, and moved to the placement site in non-agitating equipment. 11. READY-MIX PLANTS A. General. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish concrete meeting all requirement of the governing specification sections, and concrete not meeting the slump, workability and consistency requirements of the governing specification sections shall not 030020 Page 10 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 be placed in the structure or pavement. Ready-Mixed Concrete shall be mixed and delivered by means of one of the following approved methods. (1) Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and transported to the point of delivery in a truck agitator or a truck mixer operating at truck agitator or truck mixer agitation speed. (Central-Mix Concrete) (2) Mixed complete in a truck mixer and transported to the placement site at mixing and/or agitating speed (Transit-Mix Concrete), subject to the following provisions: (a) Truck mixers will be permitted to transport concrete to the job site at mixing speed if equipped with double actuated counters which will separate revolutions at mixing speed from total revolutions. (b) Truck mixers equipped with a single actuated counter counting total revolutions of the drum shall mix the concrete at the plant not less than 50 nor more than 70 revolutions at mixing speed, transport it to the job site at agitating speed and complete the required mixing before placing the concrete. (3) Mixed completely in a stationery mixer and transported to the job site in approved non-agitating trucks with special bodies. This method of transporting will be permitted for concrete pavement only. B. Equipment. (1) Batching Plant. The batching plant shall be provided with adequate bins for batching all aggregates and materials required by the specifications. Bulk cement shall be weighed on a scale separate from those used for other materials and in a hopper entirely free and independent of that used for weighing the aggregates. (2) Mixers and Agitators. (a) General: Mixers shall be of an approved stationary or truck-type capable of combining the ingredients into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Facilities shall be provided to permit ready access to the inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of blades. Mixers and agitators shall be subject to daily examination for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and/or wear of blades, and any hardened concrete shall be removed before the mixer will be permitted to be used. Worn blades shall be repaired or replaced with new in 030020 Page 11 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 accordance with the manufacturer's design and arrangement for that particular unit when any part or section is worn as much as 10 percent below the original height of the manufacturer's design. (b) Stationary Mixers: These shall conform to the requirements of Article "Mixing and Mixing Equipment". Truck mixers mounted on a stationary base will not be considered as a stationary mixer. (c) Truck Mixers: In addition, truck mixers shall comply with the following requirements: An engine in satisfactory working condition and capable of accurately gauging the desired speed of rotation shall be mounted as an integral part of the mixing unit for the purpose of rotating the drum. Truck mixers equipped with a transmission that will govern the speed of the drum within the specified revolutions per minute (rpm) will not require a separate engine. All truck mixers shall be equipped with actuated counters by which the proper number of revolutions of the drum, as specified in Article 11. A. above, may be readily verified. The counters shall be read and recorded at the start of mixing at mixing speeds. Each until shall have adequate water supply and accurate metering or gauging devices for measuring the amount used. (d) Agitators: Concrete agitators shall be of the truck type, capable of maintaining a thoroughly mixed and uniform concrete mass and discharging it within the same degree of uniformity specified for mixers. Agitators shall comply with all of the requirements for truck mixers, except for the actual mixing requirements. C. Operation of Plant and Equipment. Delivery of ready-mixed concrete shall equal or exceed the rate approved by the Engineer for continuous placement. In all cases, the delivery of concrete to the placement site shall assure compliance with the time limits in the applicable specification for depositing successive batches in any monolithic unit. The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that adequate standby trucks are available. A standard ticket system will be used for recording concrete batching, mixing and delivery date. Tickets will be delivered to the job inspector. Loads arriving without ticket and/or in unsatisfactory condition shall not be used. When a stationary mixer is used for the entire mixing operation, the mixing time for one cubic yard of concrete shall be one minute plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. This mixing time shall start when all cement, aggregates and initial water have entered the drum. 030020 Page 12 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 The mixer shall be charged so that some of the mixing water will enter the drum in advance of the cement and aggregate. All of the mixing water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one- fourth of the specified mixing time. Water used to flush down the blades after charging shall be accurately measured and included in the quantity of mixing water. The introduction of the initial mixing water, except blade wash down water and that permitted in this Article, shall be prior to or simultaneous with the charging of the aggregates and cement. The loading of truck mixers shall not exceed 63 percent of the total volume of the drum. When used as an agitator only, the loading shall not exceed 80 percent of the drum volume. When Ready-Mix Concrete is used, additional mortar (one sack cement, three parts sand and sufficient water) shall be added to the batch to coat the drum of the mixer or agitator truck, and this shall be required for every load of Class C concrete only and for the first batch from central mix plants. A portion of the mixing water, required by the batch design to produce the desired slump, may be withheld and added at the job site, but only with permission of the Engineer and under his supervision. When water is added under the above conditions, it shall be thoroughly mixed as specified below for water added at the job site. Mixing speed shall be attained as soon as all ingredients are in the mixer, and each complete batch (containing all the required ingredients) shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum at mixing speed except that when water is added at the job site, 25 revolutions (minimum) at mixing speed will be required to uniformly disperse the additional water throughout the mix. Mixing speed shall be as designated by the manufacturer. All revolutions after the prescribed mixing time shall be at agitating speed. The agitating speed shall be not less than one (1) nor more than five (5) rpm. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. 12. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete of the various classifications which will constitute the completed and accepted structure(s) in-place will be measured by the cubic yard, per each, square foot, square yard or linear foot, as the case may be. Measurement will be as shown on the drawings and/or in the Bid Form. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material required by this specification or shown on the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 030020 Page 13 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 032020 REINFORCING STEEL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforcing steel, deformed and smooth, of the size and quantity designated on the plans and in accordance with these specifications. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all bar reinforcement shall be deformed, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 615, Grades 60 or 75, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace new billet steel. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75, will be permitted for straight bars only. Where bending of bar sizes No. 14 or No. 18 of Grade 60 is required, bend testing shall be performed on representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicable ASTM Specification. The required bend shall be 90 degrees around a pin having a diameter of 10 times the nominal diameter of the bar. Spiral reinforcement shall be smooth (not deformed) bars or wire of the minimum diameter shown on the plans, and shall be made by one or more of the following processes: open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace. Bars shall be rolled from billets reduced from ingots and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 306, Grade 65 minimum (references to ASTM Designation: A 29 is voided). Dimensional tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 615, or ASTM Designation: A 615, Grade 60, except for deformations. Wire shall be cold-drawn from rods that have been hot-rolled from billets and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 185. In cases where the provisions of this specification are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation to which reference is made, the provisions of this specification shall govern. Report of chemical analysis showing the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur will be required for all reinforcing steel when it is to be welded. 032020 Page 1 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight of reinforcing steel bars covered by this specification are as follows: Bar Size Number Nominal Diameter, In. Nominal Area, Sq. In. Weight per Linear Foot, Pounds 2 0.250 0.05 0.167 3 0.375 0.11 0.376 4 0.500 0.20 0.668 5 0.625 0.31 1.043 6 0.750 0.44 1.502 7 0.875 0.60 2.044 8 1.000 0.79 2.670 9 1.128 1.00 3.400 10 1.270 1.27 4.303 11 1.410 1.56 5.313 14 1.693 2.25 7.6 18 2.257 4.00 13.60 Smooth round bars shall be designated by size number through No. 4. Smooth bars larger than No. 4 shall be designated by diameter in inches. When wire is ordered by gauge numbers, the following relation between gauge number and diameter, in inches, shall apply unless otherwise specified: Gauge Number Equivalent Diameter, Inches Gauge Number Equivalent Diameter, Inches 0 0.3065 8 0.1620 1 0.2830 9 0.1483 2 0.2625 10 0.1350 3 0.2437 11 0.1205 4 0.2253 12 0.1055 5 0.2070 13 0.0915 6 0.1920 14 0.0800 7 0.1770 032020 Page 2 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 3. BENDING The reinforcement shall be bent cold, true to the shapes indicated on the plans. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter (d), shall be as follows: Bends of 90 degrees and greater in stirrups, ties and other secondary bars that enclose another bar in the bend: Grade 60 #3, #4, #5 4d #6, #7, #8 5d All bends in main bars and in secondary bars not covered above: Grade 60 Grade 75 #3 thru #8 6d -- #9, #10 8d -- #11 8d 8d #14, #18 10d -- 032020 Page 3 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 4. TOLERANCES Fabricating tolerances for bars shall be within 3 percent of specified or as follows: 5. STORING Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platforms, skids or other supports, and shall be protected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil, or other foreign materials. Reinforcement shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. Rust, surface seams, surface irregularities or mill scale will not be cause for rejection, provided the minimum dimensions, cross- sectional area and tensile properties of a hand wire crushed specimen meets the physical requirements for size and grade of steel specified. 6. SPLICES No splicing of bars, except when provided on the plans or specified herein, will be permitted without written approval of the Engineer. Splices will not be permitted in main reinforcement at points of maximum stress. When permitted in main bars, splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered a minimum of two splice lengths. 032020 Page 4 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 Minimum Lap Requirements Lap Uncoated Coated Lap in inches > 40d 60d Where: d = bar diameter in inches Welding of reinforcing bars may be used only where shown on the plans or as permitted herein. All welding operations, processes, equipment, materials, workmanship and inspection shall conform to the requirements of the drawings and industry standards. All splices shall be of such dimension and character as to develop the full strength of bar being spliced. End preparation for butt welding reinforcing bars shall be done in the field. Delivered bars shall be of sufficient length to permit this practice. For box culvert extensions with less than one foot of fill, the existing longitudinal bars shall have a 20-diameter lap with the new bars. For box culvert extensions with more than one foot of fill, a minimum of 6 inches lap will be required. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dowel bars transferring tensile stresses shall have a minimum embedment equal to the minimum lap requirements shown in Table 1. Shear transfer dowels shall have a minimum embedment of 12 inches. 7. PLACING Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-twelfth of the spacing between bars. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-quarter inch. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirements but shall never be less than one inch or as otherwise shown on the plans. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tension members and be attached securely thereto. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved galvanized metal spacers, metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, plastic spacers, or approved pre-cast mortar or concrete blocks. For approval of plastic spacers on the project, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5 percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120 hours. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than one foot in each direction, alternate intersections only need be tied. Before any concrete is placed, all mortar shall be cleaned from the reinforcement. Precast mortar or concrete blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed surfaces shall be cast in molds meeting the approval of the Engineer and shall be cured by covering with wet burlap or 032020 Page 5 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 cotton mats for a period of 72 hours. The blocks shall be cast in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid with the smaller face placed against the forms. A suitable tie wire shall be provided in each block, to be used for anchoring to the steel. Except in unusual cases, and when specifically otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the size of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed two and one-half inches square or the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are provided. Blocks shall be cast accurately to the thickness required, and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. Reinforcement shall be supported and tied in such manner that a sufficiently rigid case of steel is provided. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with the first paragraph of Article 7 of this specification. Mats of wire fabric shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be fastened securely at the ends and edges. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel and given permission to proceed. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforcing steel is considered subsidiary to the various items shown in the Bid Form and shall not be measured and paid for as a separate item. 032020 Page 6 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 038000 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for construction of all types of structures involving the use of structural concrete, except where the requirements are waived or revised by other governing specifications. All concrete structures shall be constructed in accordance with the design requirements and details shown on the plans; in conformity with the pertinent provisions of the items contracted for; the incidental specifications referred to; and in conformity with the requirements herein. 2. MATERIALS (1) Concrete. All concrete shall conform to the provisions of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". The class of concrete for each type of structure or unit shall be as specified on the plans or by pertinent governing specifications. (2) Expansion Joint Material. (a) Preformed Fiber Material. Preformed fiber expansion joint material shall be of the dimensions shown on the plans. The material shall be one of the following types, unless otherwise noted on the plans: 1. Preformed Bituminous Fiber Materials shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)". 2. Preformed Non-Bituminous Fiber Material shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)", except that the requirements pertaining to bitumen content, density and water absorption shall be voided. 3. Redwood. (b) Joint Sealing Materials. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, joint sealing material shall conform to the following requirements. The material shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressibles. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperatures. 038000 Page 1 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 1. Class 1-a. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Extruded Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. This type is specifically designed for vertical or sloping joints and hence not self-leveling. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 24 hours. For performance requirements see under 2.(2)(b)2. below. 2. Class 1-b. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Pourable, Self-Leveling Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 3 hours. Performance Requirements: Class 1-a and Class 1-b joint materials, when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-525-C, shall meet the above curing times and the following requirements: It shall be of such consistency that it can be mixed and poured, or mixed and extruded into joints at temperatures above 60 degrees F. Penetration, 77º F.: 150 gm. cone, 5 sec., max., cm.................. 0.90 Bond and Extension 75%, Oº F, 5 cycles: Dry Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Wet Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Steel Blocks...(Primed if specified by manuf.). Pass Flow at 200º F................................. None Water Content % by weight, max................. 5.0 Resilience: Original sample min. % (cured)................. 50 Oven aged at 158º F min. % .................... 50 For Class 1-a Material Only: Cold Flow (10 min.)............................ None (c) Asphalt Board. Asphalt Board shall consist of two liners of 0.016-inch asphalt impregnated paper, filled with a mastic mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. Boards shall be smooth, flat and sufficiently rigid to permit installation. When tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-524-C, the asphalt board shall not deflect from the horizontal more than one inch in three and one-half inches (1" in 3½"). (d) Rebonded Neoprene Filler. Rebonded neoprene filler shall consist of ground closed- cell neoprene particles, rebonded and molded into sheets of uniform thickness, of the dimensions shown on plans. Filler material shall have the following physical properties and shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1752 “Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction”, Type 1, where applicable: 038000 Page 2 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 PROPERTY METHOD REQUIREMENT Color ASTM D1752, Type 1 Black Density ASTM D1752, Type 1 40 lb./ft3 Min. Recovery ASTM D1752, Type 1 90% Min. Compression ASTM D1752, Type 1 50 to 500 psi Extrusion ASTM D1752, Type 1 0.25 inch Max. Tensile Strength ASTM D1752, Type 1 20 psi Min. Elongation 75% Min. The manufacturers shall furnish the Engineer with certified test results as to compliance with the above requirements and a 12 inch x 12 inch x 1 inch sample from the shipment for approval. (3) Curing Materials. (a) Membrane curing materials shall comply with ASTM Designation: C 309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete", Type 1 clear or translucent, or Type 2 white-pigmented. The material shall have a minimum flash-point of 80 degrees F when tested by the "Pensky-Martin Closed Cup Method". It shall be of such consistency that it can be satisfactorily applied as a fine mist through an atomizing nozzle by means of approved pressure spraying equipment at atmospheric temperatures above 40 degrees F. It shall be of such nature that it will not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete or its components. Type 1 compound shall contain a fugitive dye that will be distinctly visible not less than 4 hours nor more than 7 days after application. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous, uniform moisture impermeable film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp concrete. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the rate of coverage specified herein, be dry to the touch in not more than 4 hours, and shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciable sagging. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. The compound shall be delivered to the job only in the manufacturer's original containers, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the trade name of the material, and a batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated. The water retention test shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-219-F. Percentage loss shall be defined as the water lost after the application of the curing material was applied. The permissible percentage moisture loss (at the rate of coverage specified herein) shall not exceed the 038000 Page 3 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 following: 24 hours after application............2 percent 72 hours after application............4 percent Type 1 (Resin Base Only) curing compound will be permitted for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. (b) Mat curing of concrete is allowed where permitted by Table 1 in this specification or where otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3. EXPANSION JOINTS Joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction shall be constructed where and as indicated herein or on the plans. All open joints and joints to be filled with expansion joint material, shall be constructed using forms adaptable to loosening or early removal. To avoid expansion or contraction damage to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be loosened as soon as possible after final concrete set to permit free movement without requiring full form removal. Prior to placing the sealing material, the vertical facing the joint shall be cleaned of all laitance by sandblasting or by mechanical routing. Cracked or spalled edges shall be repaired. The joint shall be blown clean of all foreign material and sealed. Where preformed fiber joint material is used, it shall be anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by light wire or nails, to prevent the material from falling out. The top one inch (1”) of the joint shall be filled with joint sealing material. Finished joints shall conform to the indicated outline with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. Soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing, all projecting concrete shall be removed along exposed edges to secure full effectiveness of the expansion joints. 4. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS The joint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set shall be deemed a construction joint. The term “monolithic placement” shall be interpreted to mean at the manner and sequence of concrete placing shall not create construction joints. Construction joints shall be of the type and at the locations shown on the plans. Additional joints will not be permitted without written authorization from the Engineer, and when authorized, shall have details equivalent to those shown on the plans for joints in similar locations. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Bulkheads shall be provided in the forms for all joints, except when horizontal. Construction joints requiring the use of joint sealing material shall be as detailed on the plans. The 038000 Page 4 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 material will be specified on the plans without referenced to joint type. A concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint shall have the top surface roughened thoroughly as soon as practicable after initial set is attained. The surfaces at bulkheads shall be roughened as soon as the forms are removed. The hardened concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material, laitance, dirt or foreign material, and saturated with water so it is moist when placing fresh concrete against it. Forms shall be drawn tight against the placing of the fresh concrete. 5. FORMS (1) General. Except where otherwise specified, forms may be of either timber or metal. Forms for round columns exposed to view shall be of steel, except that other materials will be allowed with written permission of the Engineer. Forming plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified. Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete shall be taken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. For job fabricated forms, an additional live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces. The maximum unit stresses shall not exceed 125 percent of the allowable stresses used by the Texas Department of Transportation for the design of structures. Commercially produced structural units used in formwork shall not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working load for moment, shear or end reaction. The maximum working load shall include a live load of 35 pounds per square foot of horizontal form surface, and sufficient details and data shall be submitted for use in checking formwork details for approval. Forms shall be practically mortar-tight, rigidly braced and strong enough to prevent bulging between supports, and maintained to the proper line and grade during concrete placement. Forms shall be maintained in a manner that will prevent warping and shrinkage. Offset at form joints shall not exceed one-sixteenth of an inch (1/16”). Deflections due to cast-in-place slab concrete and railing shown in the dead load deflection diagram shall be taken into account in the setting of slab forms. All forms and footing areas shall be cleaned of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. Permission to place concrete will not be given until all such work is completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 038000 Page 5 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (2) Timber Forms. Lumber for forms shall be properly seasoned, of good quality, and free from imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. The lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be finished on at least one side and two edges and shall be sized to uniform thickness. Form lining will be required for all formed surfaces, except for the inside of culvert barrels, inlets and manholes; surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill material or are completely enclosed; and, any surface formed by a single finished board. Lining will not be required when plywood forms are used. Form lining shall be of an approved type such as Masonite or plywood. Thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, shall not be used for form lining. Forms may be constructed of plywood not less than one-half inch in thickness, with no form lining required. The grain of the face plies on plywood forms shall be placed parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists. Plywood used for forming surfaces that remain exposed shall be equal to that specified as B-B Plyform Class I or Class II Exterior, of the U. S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards and Technology, latest edition. Forms or form lumber to be reused shall be maintained clean and in good condition. Any lumber which is split, warped, bulged, marred, or has defects that will produce inferior work, shall not be used and, if condemned, shall be promptly removed from the work. Studs and joists shall be spaced so that the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. Wales shall be spaced close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. A row of wales shall be placed near the bottom of each placement. Facing material shall be placed with parallel and square joints and securely fastened to supporting studs. Forms for surfaces receiving only an ordinary finish and exposed to view shall be placed with the form panels symmetrical, i.e., long dimensions set in the same direction. Horizontal joints shall be continuous. Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of materials of a grade that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. Wood molding shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Unless otherwise provided, forms shall be filleted at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips measuring three-quarter inch (3/4”) on the sides. Forms for railing and ornamental work shall be constructed to standards equivalent to first-class millwork. All moldings, panel work and bevel strips shall be straight and true with nearly mitered joints designed so the finished work is true, sharp and clean cut. 038000 Page 6 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 All forms shall be constructed to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. The forms may be given a slight draft to permit ease of removal. Metal form ties of an approved type or a satisfactory substitute shall be used to hold forms in place and shall be of a type that permits ease of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2”) from the concrete surface. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling, and when removed, shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. Burning off of rods, bolts or ties will not be permitted. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch (1/2”) from the face of the concrete. Devices holding metal ties in place shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie and adjustable to allow for proper alignment. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be removed entirely as the concrete is being placed. Adequate clean-out openings shall be proved for narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily attainable. Prior to placing concrete, the facing of all forms shall be treated with oil or other bond breaking coating of such composition that it will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface. Care shall be exercised to prevent coating of the reinforcing steel. (3) Metal Forms. The foregoing requirements for timber forms regarding design, mortar-tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, reuse and wetting shall also apply to metal forms, except that these will not require lining, unless specifically noted on the plans. The thickness of form metal shall be as required to maintain the true shape without warping or bulging. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps, pins or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Metal shall be kept free from rust, grease or other foreign materials. 6. PLACING REINFORCEMENT Reinforcement in concrete structures shall be placed carefully and accurately and rigidly supported as provided in the City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Reinforcing steel supports shall not be welded to I-beams or girders. 7. PLACING CONCRETE-GENERAL The minimum temperature of all concrete at the time of placement shall be not less than 50 degrees F. 038000 Page 7 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for finishing, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum amount. Fog spray for this purpose may be applied with hand operated fogging equipment. The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following: Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time Non-Agitated Concrete: Above 80 degrees F 15 minutes Up to 80 degrees F 30 minutes Agitated Concrete: Above 90 degrees F 45 minutes 75 degrees F to 90 degrees F 60 minutes 35 degrees F to 74 degrees F 90 minutes The use of an approved retarding agent in the concrete will permit the extension of each of the above temperature-time maximums by 30 minutes for direct traffic culverts, and one hour for all other concrete except that the maximum time shall not exceed 30 minutes for non-agitated concrete. Before starting work, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the construction methods he proposes to use, the adequacy of which shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms, reinforcing steel placement, and other preparations. Concrete shall not be placed in any unit prior to the completion of formwork and placement of reinforcement therein. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing shall be done during daylight hours, unless adequate provisions are made to light the entire site of all operations. Concrete placement will not be permitted when impending weather conditions will impair the quality of the finished work. If rainfall should occur after placing operations are started, the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect the work. In case of drop in temperature, the provisions set forth in Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of this specification shall be applied. The placing of concrete shall be regulated so the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in form design. 038000 Page 8 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The method of handling, placing and consolidation of concrete shall minimize segregation and displacement of the reinforcement, and produce a uniformly dense and compact mass. Concrete shall not have a free fall of more than 5 feet, except in the case of thin walls such as in culverts. Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall be removed. The method and equipment used to transport concrete to the forms shall be capable of maintaining the rate of placement approved by the Engineer. Concrete may be transported by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps or other acceptable methods. When belt conveyors or pumps are used, sampling for testing will be done at the discharge end. Concrete transported by conveyors shall be protected from sun and wind, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Pipes through which concrete is pumped shall be shaded and/or wrapped with wet burlap, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Concrete shall not be transported through aluminum pipes, tubes or other aluminum equipment. Chutes, troughs, conveyors or pipes shall be arranged and used so that the concrete ingredients will not be separated. When steep slopes are necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement, or the chute ends shall terminate in vertical downspouts. Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in them. All transporting equipment shall be kept clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. Water used for cleaning shall be discharged clear of the concrete. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point and running or working it along the forms will not be allowed. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms in layers of suitable depth but not more than 36 inches in thickness, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The sequence of successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete shall be such that they can be vibrated into a homogenous mass with the previously placed concrete without a cold joint. Not more than one hour shall elapse between adjacent or successive placements of concrete. Unauthorized construction joints shall be avoided by placing all concrete between the authorized joints in one continuous operation. An approved retarding agent shall be used to control stress cracks and/or unauthorized cold joints in mass placements where differential settlement and/or setting time may induce stress cracking. Openings in forms shall be provided, if needed, for the removal of laitance of foreign matter of any kind. All forms shall be wetted thoroughly before the concrete is placed therein. All concrete shall be well consolidated and the mortar flushed to the form surfaces by continuous working with immersion type vibrators. Vibrators which operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement will not be permitted, except on steel forms. At least one stand-by vibrator shall be 038000 Page 9 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 provided for emergency use in addition to those required for placement. The concrete shall be vibrated immediately after deposit. Prior to the beginning of work, a systematic spacing of the points of vibration shall be established to insure complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted vertically, at points 18 to 30 inches apart, and slowly withdrawn. The vibrator may be inserted in a sloping or horizontal position in shallow slabs. The entire depth of each lift shall be vibrated, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. Concrete along construction joints shall be thoroughly consolidated by operating the vibrator along and close to but not against the joint surface. The vibration shall continue until thorough consolidation, and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures is produced, but not long enough to cause segregation. Vibration may be supplemented by hand spading or rodding, if necessary, to insure the flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. Slab concrete shall be mixed in a plant located off the structure. Carting or wheeling concrete batches over completed slabs will not be permitted until they have aged at least four (4) full curing days. If carts are used, timber planking will be required for the remainder of the curing period. Carts shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. After concrete has attained its initial set, at least one (1) curing day shall elapse before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs generally shall be avoided and, when permitted, shall be limited to quantities and distribution that will not induce excessive stresses. 8. PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER (1) Cast-in-Place Concrete. Concrete may be placed when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 35 degrees F. Concrete shall not be placed in contact with any material coated with frost or having a temperature less than 32 degrees F. Aggregates shall be free from ice, frost and frozen lumps. When required, in order to produce the minimum specified concrete temperature, the aggregate and/or the water shall be heated uniformly, in accordance with the following: The water temperature shall not exceed 180 degrees F, and/or the aggregate temperature shall not exceed 150 degrees F. The heating apparatus shall heat the mass of aggregate uniformly. The temperature of the mixture of aggregates and water shall be between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F before introduction of the cement. All concrete shall be effectively protected as follows: (a) The temperature of slab concrete of all unformed surfaces shall be maintained at 50 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement and above 40 degrees F for an additional 72 hours. 038000 Page 10 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (b) The temperature at the surface of all concrete in piers, culverts walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, bottoms of slabs, and other similar formed concrete shall be maintained at 40 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. (c) The temperature of all concrete, including the bottom slabs of culverts placed on or in the ground, shall be maintained above 32 degrees F for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. Protection shall consist of providing additional covering, insulated forms or other means, and if necessary, supplementing such covering with artificial heating. Curing as specified under Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall be provided during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. When impending weather conditions indicate the possibility of the need for such temperature protection, all necessary heating and covering material shall be on hand ready for use before permission is granted to begin placement. Sufficient extra test specimens will be made and cured with the placement to ascertain the condition of the concrete as placed, prior to form removal and acceptance. (2) Precast Concrete. A fabricating plant for precast products which has adequate protection from cold weather in the form of permanent or portable framework and covering, which protects the concrete when placed in the forms, and is equipped with approved steam curing facilities, may place concrete under any low temperature conditions provided: (a) The framework and covering are placed and heat is provided for the concrete and the forms within one hour after the concrete is placed. This shall not be construed to be one hour after the last concrete is placed, but that no concrete shall remain unprotected longer than one hour. (b) Steam heat shall keep the air surrounding the concrete between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F for a minimum of three hours prior to beginning the temperature rise which is required for steam curing. (c) For fabricating plants without the above facilities and for job site precast products, the requirements of the Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall apply. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. Permission given by the Engineer for placing concrete during freezing weather will in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, it shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost. 038000 Page 11 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 9. PLACING CONCRETE IN WATER Concrete shall be deposited in water only when specified on the plans or with written permission by the Engineer. The forms or cofferdams shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. Pumping will not be permitted during the concrete placing, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. The concrete shall be placed with a tremie, closed bottom-dump bucket, or other approved method, and shall not be permitted to fall freely through the water nor shall it be disturbed after it has been placed. The concrete surface shall be kept approximately level during placement. The tremie shall consist of a water-tight tube 14 inches or less in diameter. It shall be constructed so that the bottom can be sealed and opened after it is in place and fully charged with concrete. It shall be supported so that it can be easily moved horizontally to cover all the work area and vertically to control the concrete flow. Bottom-dump buckets used for underwater placing shall have a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard. It shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed and raised very slowly during the upward travel; the intent being to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. The placing operations shall be continuous until the work is complete. 10. PLACING CONCRETE IN BOX CULVERTS In general, construction joints will be permitted only where shown on the plans. Where the top slab and walls are placed monolithically in culverts more than 4 feet in clear height, an interval of not less than one (1) nor more than two (2) hours shall elapse before placing the top slab to allow for shrinkage in the wall concrete. The base slab shall be finished accurately at the proper time to provide a smooth uniform surface. Top slabs which carry direct traffic shall be finished as specified for roadway slabs in Article "Finish of Roadway Slabs". Top slabs of fill type culverts shall be given a reasonably smooth float finish. 11. PLACING CONCRETE IN FOUNDATIONS AND SUBSTRUCTURE Concrete shall not be placed in footings until the depth and character of the foundation has been inspected by the Engineer and permission has been given to proceed. Placing of concrete footings upon seal concrete courses will be permitted after the caissons or cofferdams are free from water and the seal concrete course cleaned. Any necessary pumping or bailing during the concreting operation shall be done from a suitable sump located outside the forms. All temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams or caissons shall be constructed or adjusted as the work proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints in footings or shafts. 038000 Page 12 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 When footings can be placed in a dry excavation without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted, if desired by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing; in which case, measurement for payment will be based on the footing dimensions shown on the plans. 12. TREATMENT AND FINISHING OF HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXCEPT ROADWAY SLABS All unformed upper surfaces shall be struck off to grade and finished. The use of mortar topping for surfaces under this classification will not be permitted. After the concrete has been struck off, the surface shall be floated with a suitable float. Sidewalks shall be given a wood float or broom finish, or may be striped with a brush, as specified by the Engineer. Other surfaces shall be wood float finished and striped with a fine brush leaving a fine- grained texture. 13. FINISH OF ROADWAY SLABS As soon as the concrete has been placed and vibrated in a section of sufficient width to permit working, the surface shall be approximately leveled, struck off and screeded, carrying a slight excess of concrete ahead of the screed to insure filling of all low spots. The screed shall be designed rigid enough to hold true to shape and shall have sufficient adjustments to provide for the required camber. A vibrating screed may be used if heavy enough to prevent undue distortion. The screeds shall be provided with a metal edge. Longitudinal screeds shall be moved across the concrete with a saw-like motion while their ends rest on headers or templates set true to the roadway grade or on the adjacent finished slab. The surface of the concrete shall be screeded a sufficient number of times and at such intervals to produce a uniform surface, true to grade and free of voids. If necessary, the screeded surface shall be worked to smooth finish with a long handled wood or metal float of the proper size, or hand floated from bridges over the slab. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall perform sufficient checks with a long handled 10-foot straightedge on the plastic concrete to insure that the final surface will be within the tolerances specified below. The check shall be made with the straightedge parallel to the centerline. Each pass thereof shall lap half of the preceding pass. All high spots shall be removed and all depressions over one-sixteenth inch (1/16”) in depth shall be filled with fresh concrete and floated. The checking and floating shall be continued until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids or rough spots. Rail support holes shall be filled with concrete and finished to match the top of the slab. Surface Texturing. Perform surface texturing using a either carpet drag or metal tining as indicated on the drawings. Complete final texturing before the concrete has attained its initial set. Draw the carpet drag 038000 Page 13 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 longitudinally along the pavement surface with the carpet contact surface area adjusted to provide a satisfactory coarsely textured surface. A metal-tine texture finish is required using a tining machine unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide the metal-tine finish immediately after the concrete surface has set enough for consistent tining. Operate the metal-tine device to obtain grooves spaced at 1 in., approximately 3/16 in. deep, with a minimum depth of 1/8 in., and approximately 1/12 in. wide. Do not overlap a previously tined area. Use manual methods for achieving similar results on ramps and other irregular sections of pavements. Repair damage to the edge of the slab and joints immediately after texturing. Do not tine pavement that will be overlaid. Upon completion of the floating and/or straight edging and before the disappearance of the moisture sheen, the surface shall be given a broom or burlap drag finish. The grooves of these finishes shall be parallel to the structure centerline. It is the intent that the average texture depth resulting from the number of tests directed by the Engineer be not less than 0.035 inch with a minimum texture depth of 0.030 inch for any one test when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-436-A. Should the texture depth fall below that intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to produce the desired texture. After the concrete has attained its final set, the roadway surface shall be tested with a standard 10- foot straightedge. The straightedge shall be placed parallel to the centerline of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch high spots. Ordinates of irregularities measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed one-eighth of an inch (1/8”), making proper allowances for camber, vertical curvature and surface texture. Occasional variations, not exceeding three-sixteenth of an inch (3/16”) will be acceptable, if in the opinion of the Engineer it will not affect the riding qualities. When directed by the Engineer, irregularities exceeding the above requirements shall be corrected. In all roadway slab finishing operations, camber for specified vertical curvature and transverse slopes shall be provided. 14. CURING CONCRETE The Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the methods and procedures proposed for curing; shall provide the proper equipment and material in adequate amounts; and shall have the proposed methods, equipment and material approved prior to placing concrete. Inadequate curing and/or facilities, therefore, shall be cause for the Engineer to stop all construction on the job until remedial action is taken. All concrete shall be cured for a period of four (4) curing days except as noted herein. 038000 Page 14 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 EXCEPTIONS TO 4-DAY CURING Description Required Curing Upper Surfaces of Bridge Slabs and 8 curing days (Type I or III) cement Top Slabs of Direct Traffic Culverts 10 curing days (Type II cement) Concrete Piling (non-prestressed) 6 curing days When the air temperature is expected to drop below 35 degrees F, the water curing mats shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene blankets or other material to provide the protection required by Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of these specifications. A curing day is defined as a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours (colder days if satisfactory provisions are made to maintain the temperature of all surfaces of the concrete above 40 degrees F for the entire 24 hours). The required curing period shall begin when all concrete therein has attained its initial set. The following methods are permitted for curing concrete subject to the restrictions of Table 1 and the following requirements for each method of curing. (1) Form Curing. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods will not be required except for cold weather protection. (2) Water Curing. All exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet continuously for the required curing time. The water used for curing shall meet the requirements for concrete mixing water as specified in the specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Seawater will not be permitted. Water which stains or leaves an unsightly residue shall not be used. (a) Wet Mat. Cotton mats shall be used for this curing method. They shall be placed as soon as possible after the surface has sufficiently hardened to prevent damage to the concrete. (See Article, "Placing Concrete" of this specification.) Damp burlap blankets made from nine-ounce stock may be placed on the damp concrete surface for temporary protection prior to the application of the cotton mats which may be placed dry and wetted down after placement. The mats shall be weighted down adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete surfaces where possible. The surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet for the required curing time. Surfaces which cannot be cured by contact shall be enclosed with mats and anchored positively to the forms or to the ground so that outside air cannot enter the enclosure. Sufficient moisture shall be provided inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. (b) Water Spray. This curing method shall consist of overlapping sprays or sprinklers that keep all unformed surfaces continuously wet. (c) Ponding. This curing method requires the covering of the surfaces with a minimum of two inches (2”) of clean granular material, kept wet at all times, or a minimum of one-inch 038000 Page 15 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (1”) depth of water. Satisfactory provisions shall be made to provide a dam to retain the water or saturated granular material. (3) Membrane Curing. This consists of curing concrete pavement, concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete riprap, cement-stabilized riprap, concrete structures and other concrete as indicated on the plans by impervious membrane method. Unless otherwise provided herein or shown on the plans, either Type 1-D or Type 2 membrane curing compound may be used where permitted except that Type 1-D (Resin Base Only) will be required for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. TABLE 1 REQUIRED PERMITTED STRUCTURE UNIT DESCRIPTION WATER FOR CURING MEMBRANE FOR INTERIM CURING WATER FOR CURING MEMBRANE FOR INTERIM CURING 1 Top slabs of direct traffic culverts X X 2 Top surface of any concrete unit upon which concrete is to be placed and bonded at a later interval (Stub walls, risers, etc.). Other superstructure concrete (wing walls, parapet walls, etc.) X 3 Concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete structures, concrete riprap, etc. X* X* 4 All substructure concrete, culverts, box sewers, inlets, manholes, retaining walls X* X* *Polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene mats or laminated mats to prevent outside air from entering will be considered equivalent to water or membrane curing for items 3 and 4. 038000 Page 16 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 Membrane curing shall not be applied to dry surfaces, but shall be applied just after free moisture has disappeared. Formed surfaces and surfaces which have been given a first rub shall be dampened and shall be moist at the time of application of the membrane. When membrane is used for complete curing, the film shall remain unbroken for the minimum curing period specified. Membrane which is damaged shall be corrected immediately by reapplication of membrane. Unless otherwise noted herein or on the plans, the choice of membrane type shall be at the option of the Contractor. Only one type of curing compound will be permitted on any one structure. The membrane curing compound shall be applied after the surface finishing has been completed, and immediately after the free surface moisture has disappeared. The surface shall be sealed with a single uniform coating of curing compound applied at the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the Engineer, but not less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory means and facilities to properly control and check the rate of application of the compound. The compound shall be thoroughly agitated during its use and shall be applied by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers. The sprayers used to apply the membrane to concrete pavement or concrete pavement (base) shall travel at uniform speed along the forms and be mechanically driven. The equipment shall be of such design that it will insure uniform and even application of the membrane material. The sprayers shall be equipped with satisfactory atomizing nozzles. Only on small miscellaneous items will the Contractor be permitted to use hand-powered spray equipment. For all spraying equipment, the Contractor shall provide facilities to prevent the loss of the compound between the nozzle and the concrete surface during the spraying operations. The compounds shall not be applied to a dry surface. If the surface of the concrete has become dry, it shall be moistened prior to application of membrane by fogging or mist application. Sprinkling or coarse spraying will not be allowed. At locations where the coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on the newly-coated surface before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, an additional coat of the compound shall be applied immediately at the same rate of coverage specified herein. To insure proper coverage, the Engineer shall inspect all treated areas after application of the compound for the period of time designated in the governing specification for curing, either for membrane curing or for other methods. Should the foregoing indicate that any area during the curing period is not protected, an additional coat or coats of the compound shall be applied immediately, and the rate of application of the membrane compound shall be increased until all areas are uniformly covered. When temperatures are such as to warrant protection against freezing, curing by this method shall be supplemented with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the concrete for the specified curing period. If at any time there is reason to believe that this method of curing is unsatisfactory or is detrimental 038000 Page 17 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 to the work, the Contractor, when notified, shall immediately cease the use of this method and shall change to curing by one of the other methods specified under this contract. 15. REMOVAL OF FORMS Except as herein provided, forms for vertical surfaces may be removed when the concrete has aged not less than one day (24 hours) when Type I and Type II cement is used, and not less than one-half day (12 hours) when Type III cement is used, provided it can be done without damage to the concrete. Forms for inside curb faces may be removed in approximately three hours provided it can be done without damage to the curb. 16. FINISHING EXPOSED SURFACES Concrete shall be finished as required in the specification Section for the respective item or as otherwise specified on the plans. An ordinary surface finish shall be applied to all concrete surfaces either as a final finish or preparatory to a higher finish. Ordinary Surface Finish shall be as follows: After form removal, all porous or honey-combed areas and spalled areas shall be corrected by chipping away all loose or broken material to sound concrete. Feather edges shall be eliminated by cutting a face perpendicular to the surface. Shallow cavities shall be repaired using adhesive grout or epoxy grout. If judged repairable by the Engineer, large defective areas shall be corrected using concrete or other material approved by the Engineer. Holes and spalls caused by removal of metal ties, etc., shall be cleaned and filled with adhesive grout or epoxy grout. Exposed parts of metal chairs on surfaces to be finished by rubbing, shall be chipped out to a depth of one-half inch (1/2") and the surface repaired. All fins, runs, drips or mortar shall be removed from surfaces which remain exposed. Form marks and chamfer edges shall be smoothed by grinding and/or dry rubbing. Grease, oil, dirt, curing compound, etc., shall be removed from surfaces requiring a higher grade of finish. Discolorations resulting from spillage or splashing of asphalt, paint or other similar material shall be removed. Repairs shall be dense, well bonded and properly cured, and when made on surfaces which remain exposed and do not require a higher finish, shall be finished to blend with the surrounding concrete. 038000 Page 18 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 17. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, no direct measurement or payment will be made for the work to be done or the equipment to be furnished under this specification, but it shall be considered subsidiary to the particular items required by the plans and the contract documents. 038000 Page 19 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 050200 WELDING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the field welding of structural steel and reinforcing steel. Provisions are made herein for the welding of the types of steel listed in Table 1, using the manual shielded metal-arc process, semi-automatic (manual) gas metal-arc welding and flux cored arc welding processes. Other welding processes may be permitted with the specific approval of the Engineer and with qualification of the welding procedure. 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL GENERAL Final welds including tack welds to be incorporated therein shall be by a certified welder; certified welder being previously certified by tests as prescribed in the "Code for Welding in Building Construction," ASW D1.0-69, of the American Welding Society, to perform the type of work required. Miscellaneous welds may be made by a qualified welder; qualified welder being an experienced welder who is capable of making good welds of sound quality, but does not have certification papers; miscellaneous welds being welds that have no load carrying capacity in the completed structure. Tack welds shall be cleaned and fused thoroughly with the final weld. Defective, cracked or broken tack welds shall be removed. Welds shall be as required by the contract or erection drawings. The location or size shall not be changed without approval of the Engineer. The welder shall place his identification mark with crayon or paint near the groove welds made by him. No welding will be allowed when the air temperature is lower than 20º F, when surfaces are wet or exposed to rain, snow or wind, or when operators are exposed to inclement conditions that will hamper good workmanship. Any moisture present at the point of welding shall be driven off by heat before welding commences. Windbreaks shall be required for the protection of all welding operations. There shall be no temporary welds for transportation, erection or other purpose on main members, except at locations more than one-sixth the depth of the web from the flanges of beams and girders, as approved by the Engineer. On A514 steel, all groove welds in main members and in flanges of beams and girders subject to tensile stress or reversals of stress shall be finished smooth and flush on all surfaces, including edges, by grinding in the direction of applied stress, leaving the surfaces free from depressions. Chipping may be used provided it is followed by such grinding. Parts joined by groove welds connecting plates of unequal thickness or width shall have a smooth transition between offset surfaces at a slope not greater than one in four with the surface of either part. The surfaces shall be ground so that the radii at the points of transition will be four (4) inches minimum. 050200 Page 1 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 All groove welds, except when produced with the aid of backing, shall have the root of the initial weld gouged, chipped or otherwise removed to sound metal before welding is started from the second side, except that back gouging will not be required when welding steel piling or armor joints with E6010 electrodes. The back side shall be thoroughly cleaned before placing back-up pass. When backing for welds is left in place to become a part of the structure, it shall be a single length insofar as possible. Where more than a single length is needed, they shall be joined by full penetration butt welds. The surfaces of this butt weld shall be ground flush as necessary to obtain proper fit-up in the weld joint. Before welding over previously deposited metal, all slag shall be removed, and the weld and adjacent base metal shall be cleaned. This requirement shall apply equally to successive layers, successive beads and the crater area. Arc strikes outside the area of permanent welds must be avoided on all steels. Where they do occur, resulting cracks and blemishes shall be ground out to a smooth contour and checked to insure soundness. Stringer bead technique shall be used where possible for groove welds on all types of steel. Weaving will not be permitted for A514 steel except in welding vertically upward, when a weave not exceeding two electrode diameters is permissible for manual shielded metal-arc welding. In all welding processes, the progression for all passes in vertical welding shall be upward using a back step sequence. Groove welds shall begin and terminate at the ends of a joint on extension bars. Edge preparation and thickness of extension bars shall be the same as that of the member being welded and shall extend a minimum of three-quarter (3/4) inch beyond the joint. Extension bars shall be removed with a cutting torch upon completion and cooling of the weld, and the flange edges shall be ground smooth. Any defects exposed by the grinding shall be cleaned, filled with weld metal, and reground to a uniform finish. All grinding shall be parallel to the flange. Excess grinding of the parent metal shall be avoided. 3. FILLER METAL Electrodes for manual shielded metal-arc welding shall conform to the requirements of the latest edition of "Specifications for Mild Steel Covered Arc-Welding Electrodes", AWS A5.1, or to the requirements of the latest edition of "Specifications for Low Alloy Steel Covered Arc-Welding Electrodes," AWS A5.5. All electrodes and combination of electrode and shielding for gas metal-arc welding for producing weld metal with a minimum specified yield point not exceeding 60,000 psi shall conform to the requirements in the latest edition of, "Specification for Mild Steel Electrodes for Gas Metal-Arc Welding," AWS A5.18, or "Specification for Mild Steel Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding," AWS A5.20, applicable for the classifications producing weld metal having a minimum impact strength of 20 ft.-lb., Charpy V-notch, at a temperature of 0º F or below. For weld metal with a minimum specified yield strength exceeding 60,000 psi, the Contractor shall demonstrate that each electrode and flux or combination of electrode and shielding medium proposed for use will produce low alloy weld metal having the mechanical properties listed in Table A. 050200 Page 2 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 The mechanical properties shall be determined from a multiple pass weld made in accordance with the test requirements of the latest edition of AWS A5.18 or AWS A5.20, as applicable. TABLE A Required Mechanical Properties for GMAW and FCAW Electrodes GMAW Grade FCAW Grade Tensile Strength psi - Min Yield Strength psi - Min Elongation, % in 2 inches Min Impact Strength ft-lb @ 0ºF- Min E80S E80T 80,000 65,000 18 20 E90S E90T 90,000 78,000 17 20 E100S E100T 100,000 90,000 16 20 E110S E110T 110,000 98,000 15 20 The mechanical property tests for Grades E100S, E110S, E100T and E110T shall be made using ASTM A 514 base material. Class of electrode required will be as shown in Table 1 (below). Electrodes shall be used with the type of current, the polarity and in the positions permitted by AWS A5.1 and A5.5 for manual shielded metal-arc welding. AWS A5.18 and A5.20 Specifications shall govern for gas metal-arc welding and flux cored arc welding. 050200 Page 3 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 CLASSIFICATIONS OF ELECTRODES PERMITTED TYPE OF STEEL MAIN MEMBERS Groove & Fillet Welds SECONDARY MEMBERS Groove & Fillet Welds Steel Piling, E6010 E60T-8 E60XX E60T-8 E70S-2 A53 Pipe, E6011 E70S-1B E70XX E7XT-1 E70S-3 A500, E7016 E70S-2 E70S-1B E7XT-5 E70S-6 A501, E7018 E70S-3 E70S-2 E7XT-6 E70S-7 Armor Joints E70S-6 E70S-3 E7XT-8 E-70S-7 E70S-6 E70U-1 A36, E7016 E70S-2 E7016 E70S-2 A441, E7018 E70S-3 E7018 E70S-3 A572-Grade 50 A588, A242 Deck Plates E7XT-1 E7XT-5 E7XT-6 E70S-6 E70S-7 E7XT-1 E7XT-5 E7XT-6 E70S-6 E70S-7 API Pipe E7XT-8 E7XT-8 A514 E11018M E110S E11018M E110S 2½” Thick or Less E110T E110T A514 E10018M E100S E10018M E100S Over 2½” Thick E100T E100T A588, A242, E8018, C-3 E8018, C-3 A618 Weathering E80T(3) E80S(3) E80T(3) Steel E80S(3) Reinforcing Steel E7016 E7018 A572 Grades 60 and 65 for Light Towers E8016 E8018 E80T E80S 1. Use of the same type electrode with the next higher mechanical properties, in accordance with AWS A5.1 or A5.5, than those listed will be permitted. 2. In joints involving base metals of different yield points or strengths, low hydrogen electrodes applicable to the lower strength base metal may be used. 050200 Page 4 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 Before use, all electrodes with low hydrogen coverings conforming to AWS A5.1 shall be dried for not less than two hours between 450 and 500 degrees F and electrodes with low hydrogen coverings conforming to AWS A5.5 for not less than one hour at a temperature between 700 and 800 degrees F. Immediately after drying, electrodes shall be stored in ovens held at a temperature of at least 250 degrees F. E70 electrodes not used within four hours, E80 within two hours, and E110 within one-half hour after removal from the storage oven shall be redried before use. Electrodes with flux which has been wet, cracked or otherwise damaged, shall not be used. When used for welding A514 steel, electrodes shall be dried at least one hour at temperatures between 700 and 800 degrees F before being used. Electrodes may be redried only once. Suitable facilities for drying and storage of electrodes shall be furnished at the job site, along with thermometers for checking and controlling the oven temperature. In humid atmospheres, the times allowed for use without redrying may be reduced. When gas or gas mixture is used for gas metal-arc welding, it shall be of a welding grade having a dew point of -40º F or lower. The gas manufacturer shall furnish certification to the Engineer that the gas or gas mixture is suitable for the intended application and will meet the dew point requirements. Welding wire coils removed from the original package shall be protected or stored to keep their characteristics or welding properties intact. Rusty coils, or portions of coils, that are rusty shall not be used. Preheat Preheat ahead of welding both groove and fillet welds (including tack welding) will be required as shown in Table 2. Any moisture present at the point of welding shall be driven off by preheating before welding begins. When the base metal is below the required temperature, it shall be preheated so the parts being welded are not less than the specified temperature within three inches (3") of the point of welding. Preheat and interpass temperatures must be sufficient to prevent crack formation. The preheat temperatures shown in Table 2 are minimum and higher preheats may be necessary in highly restrained welds. Preheating equipment shall be adequate to maintain the entire joint at or above the specified temperature. When possible, a joint shall be completely welded before it is allowed to cool below the specified temperature, but shall always be welded sufficiently to prevent cracking before cooling is permitted. Usually preheat and interpass temperatures shall not exceed 400º F for thickness up to 1½ inches and 450º F for greater thickness. These temperatures shall never be exceeded on A514 steel. The welder shall have and use approved equipment for checking preheat and interpass temperatures at all times while welding is in progress. For all groove welds, preheat temperature shall be measured on the side opposite to which the heat is applied at points about three inches (3") away from the joint. 050200 Page 5 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 2 MINIMUM PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE FOR MANUAL SHIELDED METAL-ARC WELDING, FLUX CORED ARC WELDING OR GAS METAL-ARC WELDING Thickness of Thickness Part at Point of Welding (Inches) MANUAL OR SEMI-AUTOMATIC GAS METAL-ARC WELDING, FLUX CORED ARC WELDING OR MANUAL SHIELDED METAL-ARC WELDING With Low Hydrogen Electrodes ASTM A36; A242; A441 A572 Grades 42, 45 and 50; A588 ASTM A514 To 3/4, inclusive Over 3/4 to 1½, inclusive Over 1½ to 2½, inclusive Over 2½ 50º F 70º F 150º F 225º F 50º F 125º F 175º F 225º F (1) These temperatures are the minimum required for the thinner material shown for each increment, and higher preheat on a step basis will be required for the thicker material within each increment. Preheat and interpass temperatures must be sufficient to prevent crack formation and welding shall be carried continuously to completion or to a point that will assure freedom from cracking before the joint is allowed to cool below the minimum specified preheat and interpass temperature. Temperatures above those shown may be required for highly restrained welds. (2) When E7010 electrodes are permitted for tacking or temporary root pass, the material shall be preheated to 400º F. (3) When joining steels of different strengths or thickness with groove welds, the preheat and interpass temperatures for the higher strength steel and the average plate thickness shall be used. For fillet welds, the preheat shall be used for the higher strength steel and the thickest plate being welded. (4) When the base metal temperature is below 32º F, preheat to at least 70º F and maintain this minimum temperature during welding. (5) Heat input when welding A514 steel shall not exceed the steel producer's recommendations. (6) When moisture is present on the base metal, it shall be preheated to 200º F before welding is started. 4. QUALITY OF WELDS Weld metal shall be sound throughout. There shall be no cracks in any weld or weld pass. There shall be complete fusion between the weld metal and the base metal and between successive passes throughout the joint. 050200 Page 6 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 Welds shall be free from overlap and the base metal free from undercut more than one one-hundredth inch (1/100") deep when its direction is transverse to the primary stress in the part that is undercut. Undercut shall not be more than one thirty-second inch (1/32") deep when its direction is parallel to the primary stress in the part that is undercut. All craters shall be filled to the full cross section of the welds. All welds on A514 steel shall be visually examined for longitudinal or transverse cracks not less than 48 hours after completion of the welding. 5. CORRECTIONS When welding is unsatisfactory or indicates inferior workmanship, the following corrective measures will be required by the Engineer whose specific approval shall be obtained for making each correction. When requirements prescribe the removal of part of the weld or a portion of the base metal, removal shall be by oxygen gouging or arc-air gouging. Oxygen gouging shall not be used on A514 steel or A588 weathering steel. All surfaces shall be ground after arc-air gouging. Backgouging of splices in beams and girders or cutouts of defective welds shall be done by a welder qualified to make beam and girder splices. Where corrections require the deposition of additional weld metal, the sides of the area to be welded shall have sufficient slope to permit depositing new metal. Defective or unsound welds shall be corrected either by removing and replacing the entire weld, or as follows: Excessive convexity. Reduce to size by grinding off the excess weld metal. Shrinkage cracks. Cracks in base metal, craters and excessive porosity. Remove defective portions of base and weld metal down to sound metal and replace with additional sound weld metal. Undercutting, undersize and excessive concavity. Clean and deposit additional weld metal. Overlapping and incomplete fusion. Remove and replace the defective portion of weld. Slag inclusions. Remove the parts of the weld containing slag and replace with sound weld metal. Removal of adjacent base metal during welding. Clean and form full size by depositing additional weld metal. Where corrections require the deposition of additional weld metal, the electrode used shall be smaller than that used for making the original weld. Surfaces shall be cleaned thoroughly before re-welding. 050200 Page 7 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 A cracked weld shall be removed throughout its length, unless the extent of the crack can be ascertained to be limited, in which case the weld metal shall be removed 2 inches (2") beyond each end of the crack and repairs made. Where work performed after the making of a deficient weld has made the weld inaccessible or has caused new conditions making the correction of the deficiency dangerous or ineffectual, the original conditions shall be restored by removal of welds or members, or both, before making the necessary corrections, or else the deficiency shall be compensated by additional work according to a revised design approved by the Engineer. Improperly fitted and misaligned parts shall be cut apart and re-welded. Members distorted by the heat of welding shall be straightened by mechanical means or by the carefully supervised application of a limited amount of localized heat. Heated areas shall not exceed 1200º F as measured by Tempil-sticks or other approved methods for steel up to 65,000 psi yield strength. Parts to be heat straightened shall be substantially free of stress from external forces, except when mechanical means are used in conjunction with the application of heat. Heat straightening of A514 steel shall be done only under rigidly controlled procedures, subject to the approval of the Engineer. In no case shall the maximum temperature of the steel exceed 1100º F. Sharp kinks and bends shall be cause for rejection of the material. 6. RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION All groove welds designed to carry primary stresses shall be subject to radiographic inspection. When subjected to such inspections, the presence of any of the following defects in excess of the limits indicated will result in rejection of the defective weld until corrected. 1. Sections of welds shown to have any cracking, regardless of length or location, incomplete fusion, overlapping, or inadequate penetration shall be judged unacceptable. 2. Inclusions less than one-sixteenth inch (1/16") in greatest dimension including slag, porosity and other deleterious material, shall be permitted if well dispersed so that the sum of the greatest dimensions of the inclusions in any linear inch of welded joint shall not exceed three-eighth inch (3/8"). 3. Inclusions one-sixteenth inch (1/16") or larger in greatest dimension shall be permitted provided such defects do not exceed the limits shown on Figure 1 or in subparagraph (2) above. 4. There shall be no inclusion greater than one-sixteenth inch (1/16") within one inch of the edge of part or member at the joint or point of restraint. 050200 Page 8 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 FIGURE 1 NOTES: (1) The distance from the edge of an inclusion to the edge of a plate or to any intersecting weld shall be equal to or greater than the clearance between inclusions. (2) Inclusions with any dimension greater than 1/2 inch are not acceptable. (3) For joint thickness greater than 1½ inches, the minimum allowable dimension and spacing of inclusions shall be the same as for 1½-inch joints. (4) Values of (B) obtained by projecting horizontally from (A) are maximum values. Any value of (B) smaller than the maximum is satifactory. (5) Values of (C) obtained by projecting vertically from (B) are minimum values. Any value of (C) larger than the minimum is satifactory. Radiographic inspection shall be made of A514 steel not less than 48 hours following the completion of the welding. For other steels, nondestructive inspection may begin immediately after welding and cleaning or grinding is completed. Definitions: Porosity signifies gas pockets or any similar generally globular type voids. Fusion-type defect signifies slag inclusions and similar elongated defects. 050200 Page 9 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 7. REINFORCING STEEL - GENERAL Provisions are made herein for the welding of reinforcing steel by the manual shielded metal-arc process. Other processes may be permitted with the specific approval of the Engineer or may be specified on the plans. Splicing of reinforcing steel by welding shall be done only at locations approved by the Engineer. 8. BASE METAL Reinforcing steel to be welded shall be new billet steel conforming to ASTM Designation: A615, and shall also conform to the following chemical composition: Maximum Carbon 0.40 Percent Maximum Manganese 1.30 Percent 9. FILLER METAL Low hydrogen electrodes as specified in Table A will be required for all welding of reinforcing steel. Drying of electrodes shall be as specified in Article 3, "Filler Metal" for Structural Steel. 10. PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE Minimum preheat and interpass temperatures for reinforcing steel shall be as shown in Table 3. TABLE 3 PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE FOR REINFORCING STEEL CARBON RANGE NO. 7 & SMALLER NO. 8 & LARGER Up to and including 0.30 0.31 to 0.35 inclusive 0.36 to 0.40 inclusive Unknown None None 100 250 100 150 250 400 For widening projects, use carbon content and bar size of new steel to determine preheat required. 050200 Page 10 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 11. JOINT TYPES For all bars No. 8 and larger, butt splices shall be required. For No. 7 bars and smaller, lap splices shall be required. Fillet welds in lap splices shall be a minimum of 4 inches in length and shall be welded on each side of the lap joint. For bars No. 5 and smaller, welding from one side of the lap will be permitted by the Engineer when it is impractical to weld from both sides of the joint, and the weld shall be a minimum of 6 inches in length. Lap welds shall meet the requirements specified in Table 4. Where possible, all butt splices shall be made in the flat position. All butt splices, except horizontal, shall be as shown in Figure 2 with the back-up strip required. Horizontal splices shall be as shown in Figure 3. TABLE 4 REQUIRED DIMENSIONS FOR LAP SPLICES BAR SIZE "a" "b" (Max.) "t" (Min.) "c" (Max.) ELECTRODE SIZE No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 0.04 in. 0.05 in. 0.06 in. 0.07 in. 1/8 in. 1/8 in. 1/8 in. 3/16 in. 1/8 in. 3/16 in. 1/4 in. 5/16 in. 1/16 in. 1/16 in. 1/16 in. 1/16 in. 1/8 in 5/32 in. 5/32 in. 5/32 in. 050200 Page 11 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 050200 Page 12 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 12. WIDENING PROJECTS In general, the new reinforcing steel shall be either lap or butt spliced directly to the bar to be extended. When the reinforcement in the old portion of a structure is found to be of the wrong spacing, dowel bars long enough to develop the welded lap or butt splice and also develop the bar in bond, as required in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel", shall be welded to the old steel, and the new reinforcement placed at the correct spacing without welding to the old steel. No measurement or payment will be made for the dowels but will be subsidiary to the other items in the contract. Both old and new reinforcement shall be cleaned thoroughly prior to the preparation of the joint. 13. RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION When so designated on the plans, welded butt splices shall be radiographed. Weld quality shall be as follows: There shall be no cracks and the sum of the greatest dimensions of porosity and fusion-type defects shall not exceed one-tenth of the nominal bar diameter in inches. 14. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, welding will not be measured for pay, but will be considered subsidiary to the various other bid items in the Bid Form. 050200 Page 13 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 055420 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS AND COVERS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the furnishing and installation of frames, grates, rings and covers for inlets, manholes and other structures in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36 “Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel”. 2. MATERIALS Welded steel grates and frames shall conform to the member size, dimensions and details shown on the plans and shall be welded into an assembly in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36. Castings, whether Carbon-Steel, Gray Cast Iron or Ductile Iron, shall conform to the shape and dimensions shown on the plans and shall be clean substantial castings, free from burnt-on sand or blow holes, and shall be reasonable smooth. Runners, risers, fins, and other cast-on pieces shall be removed from the castings and such areas ground smooth. Bearing surfaces between manhole rings and covers or grates and frames shall be cast or machined with such precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the perimeter contact area. Pairs of machined castings shall be matchmarked to facilitate subsequent identification at installation. Steel castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A27 "Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application". Grade 70-36 shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. Cast Iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A48 "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings", Class 30. Ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A536 "Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings". Grade 60-40-18 shall be used otherwise specified. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be constructed of the materials as specified and in accordance with the details shown on the plans, and shall be placed carefully to the lines and grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All welding shall conform to the requirements of the latest American Welding Society Specifications. Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be given one coat of a commercial grade red lead and oil paint and two coats of commercial grade aluminum paint. 055420 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 Painting on gray iron castings will not be required, except when used in conjunction with structural steel shapes. Commercial grade galvanized bolts and nuts shall be used. The zinc coating shall be uniform in thickness, smooth and continuous. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, frames, grates, rings and covers will not be measured for payment, but shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 055420 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 PART T TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Testing, Training, and Facility Start-up City Project No. E11012 01 75 00 – 1 SECTION 01 75 00 TESTING, TRAINING, AND FACILITY START-UP PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for equipment and system testing and facility start up, including the following: 1. Start-Up Plan. 2. Performance Testing. 3. General Start-Up and Testing Procedures. 4. Functional Testing. 5. Operational Testing. 6. Certificate of Proper Installation. 7. Services of manufacturer's representatives. 8. Training of OWNER's personnel. 9. Final testing requirements for the complete facility. 1.02 GENERAL TESTING, TRAINING, AND START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. Contract Requirements: Testing, training, and start-up are requisite to the satisfactory completion of the Contract. B. Complete testing, training, and start-up within the Contract Times. C. Allow realistic durations in the Progress Schedule for testing, training, and start-up activities. D. Furnish labor, power, chemicals, tools, equipment, instruments, and services required for and incidental to completing functional testing, performance testing, and operational testing. E. Provide competent, experienced technical representatives of equipment manufacturers for assembly, installation and testing guidance, and operator training. 1.03 START-UP PLAN A. Submit start-up plan for each piece of equipment and each system not less than 3 weeks prior to planned initial start-up of equipment or system. B. Provide detailed sub-network of Progress Schedule with the following activities identified: 1. Manufacturer's services. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Testing, Training, and Facility Start-up City Project No. E11012 01 75 00 – 2 2. Installation certifications. 3. Operator training. 4. Submission of Operation and Maintenance Manual. 5. Functional testing. 6. Performance testing. 7. Operational testing. C. Provide testing plan with test logs for each item of equipment and each system when specified. Include testing of alarms, control circuits, capacities, speeds, flows, pressures, vibrations, sound levels, and other parameters. D. Provide summary of shutdown requirements for existing systems which are necessary to complete start-up of new equipment and systems. E. Revise and update start-up plan based upon review comments, actual progress, or to accommodate changes in the sequence of activities. 1.04 PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Test equipment for proper performance at point of manufacture or assembly when specified. B. When Source Quality Control Testing is Specified: 1. Demonstrate equipment meets specified performance requirements. 2. Provide certified copies of test results. 3. Do not ship equipment until certified copies have received written acceptance from ENGINEER. Written acceptance does not constitute final acceptance. 4. Perform testing as specified in the equipment specification sections. C. Include costs associated with witnessing performance tests in the bid price. Include costs for [2] OWNER's representative for travel, lodging, transportation to and from lodging, and 50 Dollars meal allowance per person per day. 1.05 GENERAL START-UP AND TESTING PROCEDURES A. Mechanical Systems: As specified in the individual equipment specification sections 1. Remove rust preventatives and oils applied to protect equipment during construction. 2. Flush lubrication systems and dispose of flushing oils. Recharge lubrication system with lubricant recommended by manufacturer. 3. Flush fuel system and provide fuel for testing and start-up. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Testing, Training, and Facility Start-up City Project No. E11012 01 75 00 – 3 4. Install and adjust packing, mechanical seals, O-rings, and other seals. Replace defective seals. 5. Remove temporary supports, bracing, or other foreign objects installed to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and erection. 6. Check rotating machinery for correct direction of rotation and for freedom of moving parts before connecting driver. 7. Perform cold alignment and hot alignment to manufacturer's tolerances. 8. Adjust V-belt tension and variable pitch sheaves. 9. Inspect hand and motorized valves for proper adjustment. Tighten packing glands to insure no leakage, but permit valve stems to rotate without galling. Verify valve seats are positioned for proper flow direction. 10. Tighten leaking flanges or replace flange gasket. Inspect screwed joints for leakage. 11. Install gratings, safety chains, handrails, shaft guards, and sidewalks prior to operational testing. B. Electrical Systems: As specified in the individual equipment specification sections: 1. Perform insulation resistance tests on wiring except 120 volt lighting, wiring, and control wiring inside electrical panels. 2. Perform continuity tests on grounding systems. 3. Test and set switchgear and circuit breaker relays for proper operation. 4. Perform direct current high potential tests on all cables that will operate at more than 2,000 volts. Obtain services of independent testing lab to perform tests. 5. Check motors for actual full load amperage draw. Compare to nameplate value. C. Instrumentation Systems: As specified in the individual equipment specification sections: 1. Bench or field calibrate instruments and make required adjustments and control point settings. 2. Leak test pneumatic controls and instrument air piping. 3. Energize transmitting and control signal systems, verify proper operation, ranges and settings. 1.06 FUNCTIONAL TESTING A. Perform checkout and performance testing as specified in the individual equipment specification sections. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Testing, Training, and Facility Start-up City Project No. E11012 01 75 00 – 4 B. Functionally test mechanical and electrical equipment, and instrumentation and controls systems for proper operation after general start-up and testing tasks have been completed. C. Demonstrate proper rotation, alignment, speed, flow, pressure, vibration, sound level, adjustments, and calibration. Perform initial checks in the presence of and with the assistance of the manufacturer's representative. D. Demonstrate proper operation of each instrument loop function including alarms, local and remote controls, instrumentation and other equipment functions. Generate signals with test equipment to simulate operating conditions in each control mode. E. Conduct continuous 8-hour test under full load conditions. Replace parts which operate improperly. 1.07 OPERATIONAL TESTING A. After completion of operator training, conduct operational test of the entire facility. Demonstrate satisfactory operation of equipment and systems in actual operation. B. Conduct operational test for continuous 7-day period. C. OWNER will provide operations personnel, power, fuel, and other consumables for duration of test. D. Immediately correct defects in material, workmanship, or equipment which became evident during operational test. E. Repeat operational test when malfunctions or deficiencies cause shutdown or partial operation of the facility or results in performance that is less than specified. 1.08 CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION A. At completion of Functional Testing, furnish written report prepared and signed by manufacturer's authorized representative, certifying equipment: 1. Has been properly installed, adjusted, aligned, and lubricated. 2. Is free of any stresses imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts. 3. Is suitable for satisfactory full-time operation under full load conditions. 4. Operates within the allowable limits for vibration. 5. Controls, protective devices, instrumentation, and control panels furnished as part of the equipment package are properly installed, calibrated, and functioning. 6. Control logic for start-up, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks, and emergency shutdown have been tested and are properly functioning. B. Furnish written report prepared and signed by the electrical and/or instrumentation subcontractor certifying: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Testing, Training, and Facility Start-up City Project No. E11012 01 75 00 – 5 1. Motor control logic that resides in motor control centers, control panels, and circuit boards furnished by the electrical and/or instrumentation subcontractor has been calibrated and tested and is properly operating. 2. Control logic for equipment start-up, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks and emergency shutdown has been tested and is properly operating. 3. Co-sign the reports along with the manufacturer's representative and subcontractors. 1.09 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Provide operations and maintenance training for items of mechanical, electrical and instrumentation equipment. Utilize manufacturer's representatives to conduct training sessions. B. Coordinate training sessions to prevent overlapping sessions. Arrange sessions so that individual operators and maintenance technicians do not attend more than 2 sessions per week. C. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manual for specific pieces of equipment or systems 1 month prior to training session for that piece of equipment or system. D. Satisfactorily complete functional testing before beginning operator training. E. Coordinate with the Owner to schedule training sessions for each work shift. Pooling of shifts will not be permitted unless accepted by OWNER. F. The CONTRACTOR shall videotape all training sessions and provide a copy for the OWNER. G. The CONTRACTOR shall designate and provide one or more persons to be responsible for coordinating and expediting his/her training duties. The person or persons so designated shall be present at all training coordination meetings with the OWNER. H. The CONTRACTOR’s coordinator shall coordinate the training periods with OWNER personnel and manufacturer’s representatives, and shall submit a training schedule for each piece of equipment or system for which training is to be provided. Such training schedule shall be submitted not less than 21 calendar days prior to the time that the associated training is to be provided and shall be based on the current plan of operation. 1.10 RECORD KEEPING A. Maintain and submit following records generated during start-up and testing phase of Project: 1. Daily logs of equipment testing identifying all tests conducted and outcome. 2. Logs of time spent by manufacturer's representatives performing services on the job site. 3. Equipment lubrication records. 4. Electrical phase, voltage, and amperage measurements. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Testing, Training, and Facility Start-up City Project No. E11012 01 75 00 – 6 5. Insulation resistance measurements. 6. Data sheets of control loop testing including testing and calibration of instrumentation devices and setpoints. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Concrete Formwork City Project No. E11012 03 11 00 – 1 SECTION 03 11 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE This specification shall govern for all work necessary for designing, providing and installing concrete forms for any concrete structure required to complete the project. With the exception of slabs and flatwork, concrete formwork systems shall be designed for a minimum rate of concrete placement in the forms of ten (10) vertical feet per hour. 1.02 SPECIFICATION TYPE This specification is a performance specification. PART 2 MATERIAL 2.01 WOOD FORMS Form lumber shall be seasoned, of good quality, free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay or other imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. Lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be surfaced on at least one side and two edges. All exposed concrete edges shall be chamfered. Molding used for chamfer strips shall be of redwood, cypress or pine of quality that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to true lines. Chamfer strips to predetermined elevations just prior to placing final lift. 2.02 STEEL FORMS Metal forms shall provide a smooth straight surface and shall line up properly. Rivets and bolt heads in contact with concrete will be countersunk, level with surrounding surface. Metal surfaces in contact with concrete will be free from rust, paint or other foreign material that will disfigure or discolor concrete. Mount chamfer strip by Engineer approved methods and maintain as to grade and alignment. 2.03 FORM LINING Surfaces to be given a rubbed finish are to have form surfaces or form lining surfaces free of irregularities. Lining is to be of plywood made with waterproof adhesive, of 1/4 inch minimum thickness, preferably oiled at the mill and then re-oiled or lacquered on the job before using. An alternate to the plywood lining is tempered Masonite concrete form presswood having a minimum 3/16 inch thickness. Keep presswood moist at least 12 hours before applying to sheathing. Use smooth hard face as concrete contact surface. Facing may be constructed of 3/4 inch plywood made with waterproof adhesive, backed by adequate studs and wales; and, in this case, form lining will not be required. Carefully align edges and faces of adjacent panels. 2.04 FORM TIES Form ties shall be threaded rod or coil tie type designed and of such length to provide a cone shaped formed "setback" of 3/4" on each wall face. After removal of forms, the cone shaped void shall be Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Concrete Formwork City Project No. E11012 03 11 00 – 2 grouted. All form ties shall incorporate a waterstop manufactured as an integral feature of the tie. Form ties shall be part of the form system design and shall be adequate for all aspects of said system including a minimum rate of concrete placement in the forms of ten (10) vertical feet per hour. The use of wire ties, "snap ties" or similar products will not be permitted, except that Engineer will consider Contractor proposals to utilize such products on a case by case basis. Temporary form spreaders will be removed as concrete is placed. Engineer will consider details of permanent form spreaders that Contractor may propose to use. A. Void Forms: Moisture resistant treated paper faces, biodegradable, structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete mix until initial set, 6 inches thick and void form cover sheets. PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 FALSEWORK Falsework shall be of rigid construction to prevent excessive settlement or deformation under imposed loading and to insure the safety of the workmen and the structure. Only sound timber shall be used for falsework. Falsework shall be designed using 150 pounds per square foot of horizontal surface of form. 3.02 FORMS Forms are to be constructed and placed in such a manner as to insure mortar tightness, rigidity to prevent excessive settlement or deformation under imposed loading and to insure the safety of the workmen and the structure. Forms shall be constructed in such a manner as to allow cleanout before placing of concrete; adequate access by tremies and vibrators; and removal without damage to concrete. Adequate cleanout openings shall be provided as directed by the Engineer. If excessive settlement or deformation occur, remove the concrete and steel, reset forms, replace the steel and pour fresh concrete. 3.03 DESIGN OF FORMS Forms shall be designed for a fluid pressure of 150 pounds per cubic foot and a live load of 50 pounds per square foot on horizontal surfaces with maximum unit stress of 125% of allowable stresses. 3.04 OILING FORMS All surfaces of forms that will be in contact with concrete will be treated with an approved form oil before concrete is placed. The Contractor shall apply form oil in such a manner so as to insure that no excess oil accumulates on the reinforcing or previously placed concrete. Immediately prior to placing concrete, the Contractor shall wet forms which will come in contact with concrete. 3.05 REMOVAL OF FORMS FROM SURFACES TO BE RUBBED Removal of forms from surfaces to be rubbed: Forms shall be removed when concrete has attained adequate strength to prevent damage and only as rapidly as rubbing operation progresses. Forms left in place longer than 24 hours will be rewet to keep moist. 3.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND FALSEWORK Forms and falsework shall be removed after concrete has aged the following number of curing days. A. Slabs, Beams, or Girders - 7 curing days. B. Walls, Columns and Piers - 2 curing days. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Concrete Formwork City Project No. E11012 03 11 00 – 3 3.07 SETTING FORMS ON FALSEWORK ON SUBSTRUCTURES Forms or falsework shall not be erected on a concrete structure until the concrete in the substructure has cured at least four curing days. 3.08 SETTING FORMS ON FALSEWORK ON FOOTINGS Forms or falsework shall not be erected on a concrete footing until the concrete in the footing has cured at least 3 curing days. 3.09 CURING DAY A curing day is any calendar day on which the temperature near the structure is above 50°F for at least 19 hours. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Concrete Formwork City Project No. E11012 03 11 00 – 4 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Blast Debris City Project No. E11012 04 01 00 – 1 SECTION 04 01 00 BLAST DEBRIS PART 1 SCOPE This Section 04 01 00 of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS provides for the following: A. Handling of interior blast debris. B. Disposal of non-hazardous exterior blast debris. C. On-site treatment and disposal of hazardous waste blast debris. D. CONTRACTOR qualifications. PART 2 INTERIOR BLAST DEBRIS A. The blast debris generated during the blasting of the inside steel shall be removed from the tank, stockpiled and kept contained at all times. Precautions must be taken to prevent the debris from being wind blown off the site, or washed onto adjacent property or drainage systems by rainfall. B. The CONTRACTOR will transport the blast debris to a duly licensed Subtitle “D” class waste disposal facility using duly licensed transporters. All costs associated with disposal shall be paid for by the CONTRACTOR. C. Copies of all Non-Hazardous Waste Transport Manifests shall be furnished to the ENGINEER and OWNER. PART 3 DISPOSAL OF NON-HAZARDOUS BLAST DEBRIS - (SUBSIDIARY TO THE CONTRACT) A. The blast debris shall be placed in covered, steel containers furnished by the CONTRACTOR and maintained in a secure state at the site. CONTRACTOR shall handle and store all blast debris in accordance with all Federal and State environmental regulations. B. The CONTRACTOR shall engage a fully qualified and experienced DISPOSAL SUB- CONTRACTOR to provide all necessary labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment, tools and materials to perform the transportation and disposal of the blast debris. C. The CONTRACTOR will transport the blast debris to a duly licensed waste disposal facility using duly licensed transporters. D. The CONTRACTOR will handle, treat, load, stow, transport, store and dispose of the blast debris in a safe and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with all valid and applicable statutes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of the Federal, State and local governments in whose jurisdictions such activities are performed under this CONTRACT. E. All vehicles or vessels, containers and personnel to be provided by CONTRACTOR in the performance of the treatment and disposal work shall have obtained or will obtain all permits, licenses, certificates or approvals required to comply with valid and applicable statutes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of the Federal, State and local governments. F. The disposal facility (to be selected by the CONTRACTOR) shall have issued, as of the date of execution of this CONTRACT, all permits, licenses, certificates or approvals, required by valid and applicable statutes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of the Federal, State and local governments in which such facility is located necessary to allow such facility to accept and store or incinerate the blast debris. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Blast Debris City Project No. E11012 04 01 00 – 2 G. Copies of all Class I Non-Hazardous Waste Transport Manifests shall be furnished to the ENGINEER and OWNER. H. Containment of exterior blast debris must be maintained throughout the exterior blast process. PART 4 DOCUMENTATION A. After the removal and disposal of all waste, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER and ENGINEER the following documentation: 1. Class II/III Non-Hazardous Waste Transport Manifests PART 5 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS A. The CONTRACTOR must investigate and be aware of all site conditions, obstructions, water treatment systems, existing drainage systems, the surrounding areas, etc. B. During the storage and removal operations, it will be the CONTRACTOR'S sole responsibility to take all precautions necessary to prevent any material from escaping the site boundaries or coming in direct contact with the filters, basins, or ground at or around the site. C. Should a ground or ground water contamination occur, the CONTRACTOR is to immediately stop work and notify the OWNER and the ENGINEER. D. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for any and all damages to public or private property. E. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary barricading around the storage/handling/treatment area and shall post appropriate warning signs at these areas. All blast debris and waste material must be stored in the designated Material Storage Area as shown on the plans. F. All ground covering materials shall be considered contaminated and handled and disposed of accordingly. PART 6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement will be performed for blasting, whether hazardous or not. No separate payment will be made for blasting or disposal of non-hazardous blast debris. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Framing and Sheathing City Project No. E11012 06 11 00 – 1 SECTION 06 11 00 FRAMING AND SHEATHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. W all framing. B. Wall and soffit sheathing. C. Roof/ceiling framing and sheathing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ALSC (American Lumber Standards Committee) - Softwood Lumber Standards. B. APA (American Plywood Association). C. NFPA (National Forest Products Association). D. SPIB (Southern Pine Inspection Bureau). E. WCLIB (West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the following agencies: 1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by SPIB. 2. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: SPIB. B. Non-structural Light Framing: No. 2 Yellow Pine. C. Studding & Roof/Ceiling Joists: No. 2 Yellow Pine with F b of not less than 1300 and E of 1,400,000. D. Miscellaneous Framing: No. 2 Yellow Pine. 2.02 SHEATHING MATERIALS A. APA Panel Roof (top of ceiling frame) Sheathing, Exterior Grade, with panel clips, 5/8" thick. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Framing and Sheathing City Project No. E11012 06 11 00 – 2 B. W all and ceiling soffit siding: Smart Side Panels by Louisiana Pacific; 7/16” thick, 4’ x 8’ panel. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION CONNECTORS A. Galvanized connectors to anchor framing components shall be shown and detailed on drawings. Simpson or Teco. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Fasteners: Hot dipped or Electro galvanized steel for high humidity and treated wood locations. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FRAMING A. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct position. B. Make provisions for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Place horizontal members, crown side up. D. Construct load bearing framing members full length without splices. E. Stud walls shall have 2x6 studs (as shown) at 16" o.c. F. Roof/ceiling joists, 2x6's @ 16” o.c. as shown G. Install one row solid 2x6 bridging. H. Base and fascia trim 1x4 continuous. Nail with 1 – 8d finish nail @ 12” o.c. staggered. I. Wood touching concrete shall be treated and have 30 lb. felt underlayment. 3.02 SIDING A. Smart Side Panel ceiling soffit and walls: Nail panels with 2” lo. 6d stainless steel nails at 6" o.c. along edges and 12" o.c. at intermediate supports. Leave 1/8" minimum spacing at all panel edges and ends. Follow manufacturer’s specific nailing instructions. 3.03 ROOF DECK (Top of Ceiling Joists) A. Install 5/8" plywood deck over 2x6 joists. Nail edges at 6" o.c. and 12" o.c. at intermediate supports using 8d galvanized nails. Space panels 1/4" apart at edges and 1/8" at ends. Use one panel clip/span. Lay panels perpendicular to joists and stagger panels. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Framing and Sheathing City Project No. E11012 06 11 00 – 3 3.04 ROOF/CEILING JOISTS A. 2x6 joists spaced as noted. Anchor each joist to top plate with 16d galvanized toe nailing; 3 nails per connection to wall plate or cleat. Simpson galvanized anchors may be used in lieu of toe nailing. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Framing and Sheathing City Project No. E11012 06 11 00 – 4 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Batt Insulation City Project No. E11012 07 21 00 – 1 SECTION 07 21 00 BATT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Batt insulation in interior wall and ceiling construction. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C665 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. B. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. NFPA 255 - Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. UL 723 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria and limitations. B. Manufacturers Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - INSULATION MATERIALS A. Owens Corning B. Celotex C. CertainTeed 2.02 MATERIALS A. Batt or Roll Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber batt or roll; conforming to the following: 1. Thermal Resistance: As indicated on drawings. Where indicated, furnish R-13 batt insulation in ceilings and wall construction. 2. Batt Roll Size: 16 x 94 inch, 24 x 94 inch. B. Tape: Polyester self-adhering type, 2 inch wide. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Batt Insulation City Project No. E11012 07 21 00 – 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation are dry and ready to receive insulation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer’s instructions. B. Install in interior wall spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Joint Sealers City Project No. E11012 07 90 00 – 1 SECTION 07 90 00 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing substrate surfaces. B. Sealant and joint backing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C919 - Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. B. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under Special Provisions requirements. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, color availability. C. Samples: Submit two samples, in size illustrating sealant colors for selection. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, surface preparation, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum 5 years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Joint Sealers City Project No. E11012 07 90 00 – 2 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under Special Provisions requirements. B. Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty under Special Provisions requirements. B. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve water tight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealant: Single component, low modulus, moisture curing, non-sagging, non- staining, non-bleeding; color as selected; Spectrum 1 manufactured by Tremco. 1. Elongation Capability 100 percent 2. Service Temperature Range -65 to 300 degrees 3. T-S-00230C (COMB-NBS) Type III, Class A. TT-S-001543A (COM-NBS) Class A. ASTM 920-86, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. B. Acoustical Sealant: Tremco Acoustical Sealant C. Exterior flatwork joint cap sealant: (where Green Streak G610 and G628 are not used): Pourable type sealant (conforming to requirements of AASHTO M173 or ASTM D1190). 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: ASTM D1565; round, cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. B. Verify at joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Joint Sealers City Project No. E11012 07 90 00 – 3 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfiguration. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required 2:1 width/depth ratios. C. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 of the joint width. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Tool joints concave. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean work under Special Provisions requirements. B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Joint Sealers City Project No. E11012 07 90 00 – 4 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Standard Steel Frames City Project No. E11012 08 11 12 – 1 SECTION 08 11 12 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-rated steel frames for doors. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 11 13 - Standard Steel Doors. B. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. C. Section 09 91 01 - Painting: Field painting of frames. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A117.1 – Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. B. ANSI/SDI-100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. C. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. E. DHI - Door Hardware Institute: The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. F. NFPA 80 – Fire Doors and Windows. G. NFPA 252 – Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. H. UL 10B – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. I. Texas Department of Insurance “Building Code for Windstorm Resistant Construction”. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under Special Provisions requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate frame elevations, reinforcement, and finish. C. Product Data: Indicate frame configuration, anchor types and spacings, location of cut-outs for hardware, reinforcement. D. Manufacturer's shall provide certification signed and sealed by a structural engineer licensed in Texas that the exterior metal door and frame assemblies (including removable mullions and hardware) meet or exceed the positive and negative wind pressures as required by the “Building Code for Windstorm Resistant Construction” Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Standard Steel Frames City Project No. E11012 08 11 12 – 2 Inland II Condition by the Texas Department of Insurance (TDI). Product shall be listed with TDI approved list. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/SDI-100 and ANSI A117.1. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under Special Provisions requirements. B. Accept frames on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with frame opening construction, door and hardware installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FRAMES A. Exterior Frames: 14 gage thick material, base metal thickness, galvanized. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion. B. Primer: Zinc chromate type. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames as welded unit. B. Fabricate frames with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide mortar guard boxes. C. Reinforce frames wider than 48 inches with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly into frame head, flush with top. D. Fabricate frames to suit masonry wall coursing with 4 inch head member. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Standard Steel Frames City Project No. E11012 08 11 12 – 3 2.04 FINISH A. Steel Sheet: Galvanized to ASTM A525 2.0 oz./sq. ft. for exterior units. B. Primer: Baked. C. Finish: Field painted in color to be selected. D. Coat inside of frame profile with bituminous coating to a thickness of 1/16 inch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrate conditions. B Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with ANSI/SDI-100 and DHI. B. Coordinate with masonry wall construction for anchor placement. C. Coordinate installation of frames with installation of hardware specified in Section 08 71 00 and doors in Section 08 11 13. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edges, crossed corner to corner. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Standard Steel Frames City Project No. E11012 08 11 12 – 4 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Standard Steel Doors City Project No. E11012 08 11 13 – 1 SECTION 08 11 13 STANDARD STEEL DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-rated steel doors. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 11 12 - Standard Steel Frames. B. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. C. Section 09 91 01 - Painting: Field painting of doors. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. B. ANSI/SDI-100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. C. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. D. Door Hardware Institute (DHI) - The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. E. Texas Department of Insurance “Building Code for Windstorm Resistant Construction”. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under Special Provisions requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, and cut-outs for glazing, and finish. C. Product Data: Indicate door configurations, location of cut-outs for hardware reinforcement. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. E. Manufacturer's shall provide certification signed and sealed by a structural engineer licensed in Texas that the exterior metal door and frame assemblies (including removable mullions and hardware) meet or exceed the positive and negative wind pressures as required by the “Building Code for Windstorm Resistant Construction” Inland II Condition of the Texas Department of Insurance (TDI). Product shall be listed with TDI. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Standard Steel Doors City Project No. E11012 08 11 13 – 2 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/SDI-100 and ANSI A117.1. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01 31 00. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under Special Provisions requirements. B. Coordinate the work with door opening construction, door frame and door hardware installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS A. Exterior Insulated Doors (Non-thermally Broken): SDI-100 Grade I Model 1. 2.02 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Face: Galvanized steel sheet in accordance with ANSI/SDI-100; 16 gauge for exterior doors. B. Core: Cardboard honeycomb. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors with hardware reinforcement welded in place. B. Close top and bottom edge of exterior doors with inverted steel channel flush end closure. Seal joints watertight. C. Configure exterior doors with special profile to receive recessed weatherstripping. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Standard Steel Doors City Project No. E11012 08 11 13 – 3 2.04 FINISH A. Steel Sheet: Galvanized to 2.0 oz./sq. ft. for exterior doors. B. Primer: Baked. C. Finish: Field painted in colors to be selected. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrate conditions. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with ANSI/SDI-100 and DHI. B. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames specified in Section 08 11 12 and hardware specified in Section 08 71 00. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under Special Provisions requirements. B. Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Standard Steel Doors City Project No. E11012 08 11 13 – 4 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Overhead Coiling Doors City Project No. E11012 08 33 23 – 1 SECTION 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overhead coiling doors and operating hardware. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS B. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware: Cylinder core and keys. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A123 Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron & Steel Products. B. ASTM A780 Repair of Damaged Hot-Dip Galvanized Coating. C. ASTM A653 Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Manual operated unit. 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Door assembly to withstand wind/suction load without undue deflection or damage to door or assembly components as required by TDI windstorm requirements for Seaward Condition. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under Special Provisions requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensioning, anchorage methods, hardware locations, and installation details. C. Product Data: Provide general construction, component connections and details. D. Manufacturer’s installation instructions: indicate installation sequence and procedures, adjustment and alignment procedures. 1.07 MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under Special Provisions requirements. B. Maintenance Data: Indicate lubrication requirements and frequency, periodic adjustments required, and other requirements. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Overhead Coiling Doors City Project No. E11012 08 33 23 – 2 C. Warranty 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rolling Service Doors. Shall be spring counterbalanced, rolling type, and shall be designed for use on exterior openings as indicated. Doors shall be designed to allow operation by hand chain with gear or sprocket reduction. Doors shall be complete with guides, hardware, fastenings, operating mechanisms, and accessories. Doors shall be surface-mounted type with guides at jambs set back a sufficient distance to provide a clear opening when door is in open position. Doors, hardware and anchors shall be designed to withstand a wind pressure as described in Item 1.5.A. Exterior doors shall be mounted as indicated. B. Fabrication. 1. Curtains. Shall be formed of interlocking galvanized steel pre-finished slats of shapes standard with the manufacturer, except that slats for exterior doors shall be flat type. Curtain shall roll up on a barrel supported at head of opening of brackets and be balanced by a torsional spring system in the barrel. Slats for doors less than 15 feet wide shall be not lighter than 22 gauge. Slats shall be of the gauge required for the width indicated and the wind pressure specified above. 2. Endlocks and Windlocks. The ends of each slat or each alternate slat shall have malleable iron or galvanized steel endlocks of manufacturer's stock design. In addition to endlocks, exterior doors which are more than 16 feet wide or which have a designed wind load of more than 20 pounds per square foot, shall have windlocks or integral slat lugs of manufacturer's standard design at ends of at least every sixth slat. Windlocks or lugs shall prevent curtain from leaving guide because of deflection from wind pressure or other forces. 3. Bottom Bar. The curtain shall have a steel bottom bar consisting of two angles of equal weight, one on each side, or an equivalent extruded aluminum section, fastened to bottom of curtain. Do not use aluminum on doors more than 16 feet wide. In addition, exterior doors shall have a compressible and replaceable rubber, neoprene, or vinyl weather seal attached to bottom bar. 4. Guides. Steel structural shapes or formed steel shapes fastened to wall with steel shapes not less than 3/16 inch thick. Guides shall be of sufficient depth or shall incorporate a steel locking bar to retain the curtain in place under the wind pressure specified. Provide continuous vinyl or neoprene weather seals on guides at exterior doors. Securely attach guides to adjoining construction with not less than 3/8 inch diameter bolts, spaced near each and not over 30 inches apart. 5. Barrel. Galvanized steel pipe or commercial welded steel tubing of proper diameter and thickness for size of curtain. Deflection shall not exceed 0.03 inch per foot of span. Close ends of barrel with cast-iron plugs, machined to fit the pipe and either pinned or attached with screws in the spring barrel, except that drive end plug may be steel welded in place. Welding shall not be used on the tension end. Install within the barrel an oil-tempered, stress relieved, helical counter-balancing steel spring capable of producing sufficient torque to assure easy operation of the door curtain from any position. At least 80 percent of the Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Overhead Coiling Doors City Project No. E11012 08 33 23 – 3 door weight shall be counterbalanced at any position. Spring-tension shall be adjustable without removing the hood. 6. Brackets (Hot Dip Galvanized). Fabricate of steel plate or heavy cast iron to support the barrel, curtain and operator and to form a supporting ring and end closure for the hood. Provide pre-lubricated, self-aligning ball bearings, shielded or sealed. 7. Hoods. Steel, not lighter than 24 gauge galvanized steel formed to fit contour of end brackets and reinforced with steel rods, or rolled beads at top and bottom edges. Provide a weather baffle at the lintel or inside the hood of each exterior door. 2.02 FINISHES Slats, steel bottom bars, and hoods shall be hot-dip galvanized and pre-finished in color to be selected from manufacturer’s standard colors. Shop prime other parts of coiling doors. A. Primed Finish. Clean surfaces thoroughly, treat to assure maximum paint adherence, and provide a factory dip or spray coat of rust-inhibitive metallic oxide or synthetic resin primer on exposed surfaces. B. Galvanized and pre-finished finish. Surfaces specified shall have a zinc coating, a phosphate treatment, and a shop prime coat of rust-inhibitive paint. The galvanized coating shall conform to ASTM A653, coating designation G90, for steel sheets, except the hoods located on interior of the building may be G60, and ASTM A123 for iron and steel products. The weight of coatings for products shall be as designated in Table I of ASTM A123 for the thickness of base metal to be coated. The prime coat shall be a type especially developed for materials treated by phosphates and adapted to application by dipping or spraying. Repair damaged zinc-coated surfaces by the materials and methods conforming to ASTM A780 and spot prime. A two-part system including bonderizing, baked-on epoxy primer, and baked-on enamel top coat shall be applied to slats before forming. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that opening sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptable. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install door unit assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. C. Securely brace components suspended from structure. Secure guides to structural members only. D. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. E. Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Overhead Coiling Doors City Project No. E11012 08 33 23 – 4 specified in Section 07 90 00. F. Install perimeter trim and closures. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/16 inch. C. Maximum Variation From Level: 1/16 inch. D. Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch per 10 ft straight edge. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under Special Provisions requirements. B. Adjust door, hardware and operating assemblies. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean work under Special Provisions requirements. B. Clean door and components. C. Remove labels and visible markings. 3.06 SCHEDULES - SEE DRAWINGS END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Door Hardware City Project No. E11012 08 71 00 – 1 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for hollow steel doors. B. Thresholds. C. Weather stripping, seals and door gaskets. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 08 11 12 - Standard Steel Frames: Furnish templates and cylinders for frame preparation. B. Section 08 11 13 - Standard Steel Doors: Furnish templates for door preparation. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 11 13 - Standard Steel Doors. B. Section 08 11 12 - Standard Steel Frames. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act. B. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under Special Provisions requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. C. Submit manufacturer's parts lists and templates. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. E. Approval of the hardware list by the engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for furnishing all required finish hardware. All doors not designated to receive any hardware shall be furnished with hardware to match similar doors at no additional cost to Owner. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Door Hardware City Project No. E11012 08 71 00 – 2 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under Special Provisions requirements. B. Record actual locations of installed cylinders and their master key code. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under Special Provisions requirements. B. Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the following requirements: 1. ANSI A117.1 – Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 2. ADA – Americans with Disabilities Act. 3. ANSI A117.1 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying commercial institutional door hardware with 3 years documented experience approved by manufacturer. C. Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ a qualified person to assist in the work of this section. 1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Disabled Accessibility Requirements: 1. In accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the following standards shall be included when bidding doors and door openings, controls and operating mechanisms, and signage. (Standards as set forth by the State Purchasing and General Services Commission and by The Americans with Disabilities Act.) Any items not conforming to these or any other standards, codes or ordinances shall be brought to the attention of the project architect for his/her interpretation. 2. State Purchasing and General Services Commission a. Doors and Openings. Raised thresholds and floor level changes at Doorways: Changes in level at doors shall not exceed one-half inch (1/2") in height and shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Door Hardware City Project No. E11012 08 71 00 – 3 b. Door Hardware: Handles, knobs, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors shall be mounted no higher than 48 inches above the floor or ground surface and shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or severe twisting to operate. The force required to activate door hardware shall be no greater than five (5) lbf. Preferred designs include, but are not limited to: lever- operated mechanisms, push-type mechanisms, and U-shaped handles. When sliding doors are fully open, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. Doors to hazardous areas such as loading platforms, boiler rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and other areas that might be dangerous to a blind person, shall be made identifiable to the touch by a textured surface on the door handle, knob, pull or other operating hardware. This textured surface may be made by knurling or roughening or by a material applied to the contact surface. Such textured surfaces shall not be provided for emergency exit doors or any doors other than those hazardous areas. c. Door Closers: If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the door will take at least three seconds to move to an open position of approximately 12 degrees. d. Door Opening Force: The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall comply with this paragraph. For hinged doors, the force shall be applied perpendicular to the door at the door opener or 30 inches from the hinged side, whichever is farther from the hinge. For sliding or folding doors, the force shall be applied parallel to the door at the door pull or latch. 1) Exterior doors shall not exceed 8.5 lbf. Slight increases in opening force shall be allowed where 8.5 lbf. is insufficient to compensate for air-pressure differentials. 2) Sliding doors, folding doors, and interior hinged doors shall not require a force exceeding 5 lbf. 3) Fire doors may be adjusted to meet the maximum opening force allowed by the governing authority or applicable building code. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01 31 00. B. Package hardware items individually; label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. C. Deliver keys to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Door Hardware City Project No. E11012 08 71 00 – 4 fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty under Special Provisions requirements. B. Warranty: Include coverage for door closers. 1.14 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide maintenance materials. B. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. C. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPLIERS A. As listed in Hardware Schedule. B. Substitutions: Under Special Provisions requirements. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Hinges: Stanley, Hager, and Soss. B. Latch Sets: Schlage, Yale, Russwin Corbin E. Cylinder Locks: Schlage, Yale, Russwin Corbin F. Gasketing: Pemko, Hager, and National Guard. G. Substitutions: Under Special Provisions requirements. 2.03 KEYING A. All Lock cylinders are to be keyed to Owner's instructions. Furnish 2 ea. keys per lock. 2.04 FINISHES A. Finishes: US 32 – Bright Stainless Steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Door Hardware City Project No. E11012 08 71 00 – 5 B. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings or instructed by the manufacturer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Supplier to inspect installation and certify that hardware and installation has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under Special Provisions requirements. B. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished work. B. Do not permit adjacent work to damage hardware or finish. 3.06 SCHEDULES HARDWARE SET No. 1 1 Single Door - Exterior from Elevated Tank Base Room 11/2 Pr Butts 1 Ea. Deadbolt Cylinder Lock 1 Ea. Lockset (Lever) 1 Ea. Threshold (ADA Compliant) 1 Ea. Weather strip Set 1 Ea. Sweep Strip 1 Ea. Rain Drip HARDWARE SET No. 2 1 Single Door - Elevated Tank Base Room from Electrical Room 11/2 Pr Butts 1 Ea. Lockset (Lever) 1 Ea. Threshold 1 Ea. Wall Stop 4 Ea. Silencers Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Door Hardware City Project No. E11012 08 71 00 – 6 HARDWARE SET No. 3 1 O.H. Door – Exterior to Elevated Tank Base Room 1 ea. Cylinder Lock END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 1 SECTION 09 91 00 PAINTING (FOR ELEVATED STORAGE TANK CONTAINER) PART 1 SCOPE A. This TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION provides for the following: 1. Painting materials. 2. Surface preparation and painting of all interior surfaces. 3. Surface preparation and painting of all exterior surfaces and site piping. 4. Environmental protection systems. 5. Inspection and testing. 6. CONTRACTOR qualifications. 7. Paint application requirements. B. All paint systems shall be applied in the field after the completion of all steel repairs, welding and grinding as specified in these TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. PART 2 SELECTION OF PAINT AND PAINT MATERIALS A. These TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS name the required generic paint systems for the interior and exterior surfaces. B. All paint incorporated into this PROJECT shall be lead-free. C. All paint, solvents and other miscellaneous paint materials for this PROJECT will be supplied by one of the following manufacturers: 1. TNEMEC CO., INC. 2. SHERWIN WILLIAMS CO. 3. CARBOLINE D. The CONTRACTOR must submit the following on his/her PROPOSAL. 1. Name of the manufacturer he proposes to use for the exterior and interior paint systems. 2. The manufacturer’s catalog/series numbers. PART 3 PAINT SYSTEMS A. The system required for all interior surfaces of the water compartment shall be an NSF 61 certified, three (3) coat hi-build, polyamide epoxy paint system consisting of a stripe coat of all weld seams and similar areas and two (2) full coats of hi-build, polyamide epoxy as specified in Paragraph No. 7.A, below. The paint systems must be able to withstand a water pH of 7.0 to 8.5. B. The system required for all exterior surfaces of the tank shall be a four (4) coat epoxy/urethane system consisting of a stripe coat of all weld seams and similar areas and Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 2 one (1) full coat of a zinc-rich epoxy primer, one (1) full coat of a hi-build polyamide epoxy and one (1) full coat of a polyurethane finish coat as specified in Paragraph No. 8.A below. C. Exposed concrete surfaces shall not require cleaning or painting. D. Application of these systems must meet all the requirements of AWWA Std. D102, PAINTING STEEL WATER STORAGE TANKS, except as modified by this Section. PART 4 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION SYSTEMS In accordance with Section §111.135 and §111.137 of the “Abrasive Blasting of Water Storage Tanks Performed by Portable Operations” the following procedures will be required during all exterior abrasive blasting. 4.01 BLAST CONTAINMENT SYSTEM A. During the entire exterior abrasive blasting operations, all spent abrasive blast products, rust, and other debris generated from the blast cleaning operations must be fully contained and brought to ground level within a shroud/curtain or similar type device designed specifically for containment purposes. The shroud/curtain may be complete (enclosing the entire structure) or partial (fully enclosing the working area only). In either case, the containment must meet all requirements of current regulations. B. The shroud/curtain material shall be specifically designed for dust containment and shall have a retention capacity (shade factor) of not less than ninety five percent (95%). Impervious tarps or other similar materials are not acceptable. Windows for air passage or other openings in the shroud are also not acceptable. C. CONTRACTOR must be fully aware that certain parts of the tank may not be designed to withstand the additional dead and live loads which will be exerted by the containment system, especially during moderate to high winds. Regardless of the method of supporting and erecting the device, either separate lifts or one single lift, the CONTRACTOR must confirm that the portions of the tank supporting the weight of containment system will sustain any and all new loads. The OWNER or the ENGINEER will not be responsible for the structural integrity of the tank in regard to support of the containment device. However, the methodology for the erection and maintenance of the system must be submitted to the ENGINEER (for review only) prior to installation. If, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, any portion of the proposed methodology will adversely affect the structural integrity of the tank, then it will not be allowed. D. CONTRACTOR will be allowed to install temporary anchoring lugs for support of the containment device on the steel tank provided the installation and removal procedures for these devices are approved in advance by the ENGINEER. E. CONTRACTOR must install the anchoring system at ground level so as to not damage any existing underground piping and/or utilities. F. As required by Section §111.135(b) of the water tank blasting regulation, the ENGINEER will provide all notifications. PART 5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 5.01 GROUND A. Prior to start of the blasting operations, the CONTRACTOR will establish a site grid pattern, sample and test the soil at and around the site in accordance with EPA guidelines to Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 3 establish background levels of heavy metal content. Soil testing is to be paid for by the OWNER. B. After completion of the exterior blast cleaning and waste removal, the CONTRACTOR will again sample and test the soil in accordance with EPA Method 3050B to determine if a release has occurred. Soil testing to be paid for by the OWNER. C. All soil sampling by the CONTRACTOR shall be witnessed by the OWNER and the ENGINEER. D. Should the tests indicate any increase in lead content or any other heavy metal contamination as a result of the CONTRACTOR’S operations, then it will be the responsibility and expense of the CONTRACTOR to: 1. Prepare a written plan for site remediation. Plan shall include, but not necessarily limited to, the procedures for establishing the extent of the release, removal of contaminated soil, soil replacement and post cleanup testing. The plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 2. Carry out the approved remediation plan. 3. Submit post cleanup analysis to the TCEQ for acceptance. PART 6 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Dry abrasive blast all interior and exterior surfaces of the tank to a “near white” grade of surface preparation in strict accordance with SSPC SP10-63. 1. A “near white” blast cleaned surface is defined as one from which all oil, grease, dirt, mill scale, rust, corrosion products, oxides, paint or other foreign matter have been completely removed from the surface except for very light shadows, very slight streaks, or slight discolorations caused by rust stain or mill scale oxides which may remain. At least ninety five percent (95%) of each square inch of surface area shall be free of all visible residues, and the remainder shall be limited to the light discoloration mentioned above. 2. “Wet blasting” being described as potable water (under pressure) delivered to and injected into the blast nozzle in such a manner as to completely saturate the stream of abrasive material at the nozzle so that no blasting dust or debris can escape the containment system. The injected water shall be mixed with a rust inhibiting agent compatible with the new exterior paint system. If requested by the ENGINEER, written documentation from the selected paint manufacturer as to compatibility of the paint and rust inhibiting agent will be furnished. B. All blast cleaned surfaces shall be fully prime coated within six (6) hours after blasting or prior to flash rusting, whichever occurs first. Areas which are not coated within six (6) hours or before flash rusting occurs will be re-blasted. C. Blasting shall be done with either commercially available silica sand or grit at the CONTRACTOR’s option and as approved by the ENGINEER. If silica sand is used, then CONTRACTOR must provide sufficient personnel protection for all employees exposed to the blasting dust in strict accordance with current OSHA requirements in regard to PEL for free silicates. D. The abrasive material shall be clean, dry, and free of clay particles and other extraneous matter. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 4 E. The grade of abrasive used shall be one which will produce, without exceeding the minimum DFT of the first full prime coat, an anchor profile depth and shape which will give optimum adhesion between the steel substrate and first full primer coat and an anchor pattern which will be completely covered by the prime coat selected by the CONTRACTOR. F. The compressed air used for blasting shall be free of detrimental amounts of water and oil. Adequate traps and separators shall be provided at the compressor. G. All traces of blast products and dust must be removed from surfaces to receive primer, as well as all adjacent areas which have been previously coated before application of the coating. H. “Recycling” of blast material will not be permitted. I. Care shall be exercised during blasting to insure against damage to adjacent sound paint, galvanized surfaces, electrical conduit, equipment, etc. J. All spent interior blast products and blast debris shall be handled in accordance with Section 04 01 00, BLAST DEBRIS. PART 7 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEM AND APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. The coating system for all interior surfaces of the water compartment shall consist of: Coat Min. DFT Type Paint 1 6-8 mils Hi-Build Polyamide Epoxy (full prime coat) 1 *2-4 Thinned Hi-Build Polyamide Epoxy (stripe coat) 2 6-8 mils Hi-Build Polyamide Epoxy (full coat) * must fill all cavities, voids, low spots and cover all edges 1. Apply, by spray only, one (1) full coat of an NSF certified, catalyzed, hi-build polyamide beige or some other off-white color approved by the ENGINEER. DFT of 6-8 mils. 2. Apply, by stiff bristle brush only, one (1) stripe coat consisting of an NSF certified, catalyzed, hi-build polyamide epoxy. This stripe coat is to be applied to all weld seams, corners, edges, bolts, nuts, areas not completely ground smooth, inside of inlet lines, roof vents, manways, holes, and other similar irregular surfaces. The purpose of this stripe coat is to “fill” any rough, irregular areas which might not receive 100% coverage due to voids, bridges, blind sides, cracks, crevices, etc. This stripe coat shall be thinned approximately 30%, or as recommended by manufacturer, with approved thinner, and applied by thoroughly working the material into all areas listed above. This stripe coat can be top-coated as soon as it becomes “tacky” (usually within ½ hour). Color is to be white only. DFT of 2-4 mils. 3. Apply, by spray only, one (1) full coat of an NSF certified, catalyzed, hi-build polyamide epoxy to a DFT of 6-8 mils. Color is to be white only. 4. NOTE: Prior to application of this coat, CONTRACTOR will wash down all interior surfaces with clean, fresh water. Chlorides shall be tested for between each coat. If the chloride (soluble salt) levels are not below the manufacturer recommended level, wash area until chloride levels are below recommended levels. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 5 5. The total dry film thickness of this inside coating system shall not be less than 12 mils in field and 14 mils at welds. 6. CONTRACTOR is not required to apply this inside coating system in only two full coats. CONTRACTOR may, if he/she so chooses, apply each full coat in multiple applications in order to achieve the minimum DFT required for that particular coat. CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to build up any low millage of the coating system by applying an “extra heavy” last coat. 7. All personnel entering the tank after the application of the final coat will either be in sock feet or will wear clean, soft-soled shoes to prevent damage or contamination to the finished coating. PART 8 EXTERIOR TANK PAINT SYSTEM AND APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. The coating system for all exterior surfaces of the tank shall consist of: Coat Min. DFT Type Paint 1 3-5 mils Zinc-Rich Epoxy Primer (full coat)min 85%by weight zinc dust in dried film. 1 2-3 mils Zinc-Rich Epoxy Primer (stripe coat)min 85% by weight zinc dust in dried film. 2 5-7 mils Hi-Build Polyamide Epoxy (full coat) 3 2-4 mils Hi-Solids Polyurethane Finish (full coat) B. Application requirements shall consist of: 1. Apply, by spray only, one (1) full coat of catalyzed, zinc-rich epoxy primer to a dry film thickness (DFT) of 3-5 mils. 2. Apply, by spray only, one (1) stripe coat of catalyzed, zinc-rich epoxy primer to a dry film thickness of 2-3 mils. 3. Apply by spray, brush, or roller, one (1) full coat of a catalyzed, hi-build polyamide epoxy to a DFT of not less than 5-7 mils. 4. Apply by spray, brush, or roller, one (1) full coat of a high-solids, polyurethane finish coat to a DFT of 2-4 mils. Colors of this final coat to be white, near white, or beige. CONTRACTOR shall submit color chart to ENGINEER for selection of color. 5. The total DFT of this outside paint system shall not be less than 10 mils in the field and 12 mils at welds. 6. CONTRACTOR is not required to apply this outside coating system in only three full coats. He may, if he so chooses, apply each full coat in multiple applications in order to achieve the minimum DFT required for that particular coat. CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to build up any low millage of the coating system by applying an “extra heavy” last coat. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 6 C. CONTRACTOR will be required to high-pressure water wash (minimum 1200 psi) all painted exterior surfaces just prior to top coating to remove all dust, blast products and soluble salt deposits. PART 9 REPAIR OF DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE AREAS A. CONTRACTOR will repair all painted areas damaged due to his operations and all areas rejected by the ENGINEER due to the CONTRACTOR’S unsatisfactory paint application by removing the damaged or defective paint by re-blasting and re-painting as originally specified. B. This includes scratched, abraded, or burned areas as well as premature failures like rusting, peeling, blistering, heavy runs, sags, delaminations, debris embedded in the paint, drips, over spray, and other similar conditions. C. Repairs of small damaged spots and along the edges of large damaged areas will be feather- edged by hand or power sanding the adjacent areas to provide a smooth and continuous surface texture and to be invisible after the final coat is applied. PART 10 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Surface Preparation 1. Prior to the start of blasting operations and with the ENGINEER present, CONTRACTOR will abrasive blast one “test” area (about 4'x4') on the tank at ground level for the measurement of anchor pattern and to establish inspection criteria for surface cleanliness. One-half of the test area will have the primer coat applied to demonstrate adequate coverage. The test area shall remain intact as long as possible during the abrasive blasting operations. 2. The ENGINEER must approve all abrasive blasted and cleaned surfaces prior to the application of paint. 3. The ENGINEER reserves the right to use the following standards when determining the acceptability of blast cleaned surfaces. a. SSPC, “Surface Preparation Standards”, latest edition. b. SSPC-VIS 1, “Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel”, 2002 Edition. c. NACE Visual Standards. d. Spring micrometer and profile replica tape. B. Painting 1. All painting and repairs to painted surfaces will be subject to inspection by the ENGINEER. Particular attention will be paid to hard to reach areas such as handrail parts, bolted connections, angles, ladders, rods, nozzles, and threaded joints. The guidelines as outlined in this SPECIFICATION, the referenced standards and commonly recognized industry standards will be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection of the cleaning and painting operations. The ENGINEER reserves the right to use thickness gauges, electrical holiday detectors, or any other such instruments deemed necessary to determine the acceptability of paint application. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and use these same type test instruments during his painting operations to insure Contractor Quality Control and that the coatings are being applied at the proper thicknesses and free of discontinuities. CONTRACTOR shall be required to perform his own tests for paint thickness, holidays, and pinholes. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 7 These tests shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER. All final testing for acceptance of surface preparation, paint application and film thickness shall be performed by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER’S decision as to soundness and thickness of coatings, uniformity of color, and overall appearance will be final. All coatings not meeting the requirements of this SPECIFICATION shall be repaired, or removed, and replaced to the requirements of this SPECIFICATION at the CONTRACTOR’S expense. 2. Dry Film Thickness (DFT) Measurements a. Each paint applicator will have available and be proficient in the use of a Wet Film Thickness (WFT) gauge when applying paint. Readings shall be taken during the application of each coat, and at least one measurement for each 100 square feet covered shall be made. b. WFT gauges will be kept clean at all times to insure accurate readings. 3. Holiday and Pinhole Testing a. All interior surfaces of the water compartment and riser shall be made holiday free. b. CONTRACTOR is required to furnish a sponge-type, low voltage DC holiday detector for his own Quality Control. c. The water compartment coating system will be checked for holidays by the ENGINEER at the following times: 1) Prior to the final full coat of epoxy, a “spot” check may be performed by the ENGINEER to reveal any defects or discontinuities which may exist so that corrective measures can be taken early. The ENGINEER will not accept or reject this unfinished coating system solely on the basis of this “spot” check. However, the ENGINEER does reserve the right to have the CONTRACTOR repair any problem areas, if, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the number of defects or discontinuities is considered excessive. 2) After the final coat of epoxy is applied and the CONTRACTOR has completed his own holiday checking and touch-up painting. C. Any inspection or testing performed by the CONTRACTOR does not replace, nor imply acceptance of, the inspection or testing which the ENGINEER will perform for final acceptance. D. Problem areas noted by the CONTRACTOR must be plainly marked and brought to the attention of the ENGINEER. Marking is to be done with colored, non-staining chalk only. No marking is to be done with contaminating type markers such as grease pencils, felt pens, metal-markers, etc. PART 11 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM A. CONTRACTOR must implement and carry out his own surface preparation and painting quality control procedures under the direct supervision of the CONTRACTOR’S Quality Control Supervisor. B. The CONTRACTOR’S QC Supervisor is responsible for ensuring quality work each day and providing documentation that both workmanship and materials are in accordance with this SPECIFICATION. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 8 C. CONTRACTOR will monitor and keep written and accurate documentation (available to the ENGINEER) of the following information: 1. Material quality assurance. 2. Surface preparation. 3. Coating application. 4. Temperatures. 5. Wind direction and speed. 6. Humidity and dew point. 7. Testing (WFT, DFT, holiday detection, etc.). 8. Crew and equipment resources. PART 12 QUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR A. The CONTRACTOR must meet the following requirements: 1. Must be qualified and have sufficient experience, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, in the field-cleaning and painting of elevated composite water tanks. 2. Must be qualified and have sufficient experience, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, in the installation and maintenance of the required Environmental Protection Systems. 3. Must have completed the field-cleaning and painting of at least five (5) elevated water tanks requiring blast containment in the last three (3) years. 4. CONTRACTOR must, if requested by the ENGINEER, be prepared to submit a list of elevated water tanks painted by his firm. B. Failure to furnish sufficient proof, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, of the CONTRACTOR’S past experience and ability to fully meet the PROJECT requirements will be grounds for rejection of the CONTRACTOR’S BID PROPOSAL. PART 13 PAINT APPLICATION - GENERAL A. All surfaces, just prior to and during application of paint, shall be free from all dirt, dust, over spray, salt deposits, blast products, mud, oil, grease, rust, mill scale, contamination from power stage air motor exhausts, and any other objectionable substances. Particular attention must be addressed to all “hard to reach” surfaces. B. CONTRACTOR must comply with all recommendations of the paint manufacturer in regard to drying time for each coat, technique of application, ventilation, thinning, safety precautions, etc. It will be the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to fully inform himself and all members of his field crew of these recommendations and to comply with them in all respects. C. All paint shall be applied by workmen skilled in the painting of elevated water tanks. D. No paint shall be applied to any surface under any of the following weather conditions: 1. Ambient temperature below 50°F. 2. Steel surface temperature below 50°F. 3. When surface temperature is less than 5°F above the Dew Point. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 9 4. When the relative humidity is above 85%. 5. During wet, damp, or foggy weather. Exceptions to the above must be approved by the ENGINEER for each separate incident. E. No paint shall be applied to any surface when there is a possibility that windblown dust, dirt, debris, or insects will collect on freshly applied paint or when high winds will adversely affect the painting operations. F. All coating materials, blast material, and all equipment used in surface preparation and painting shall be subject to inspection at all times by the ENGINEER. Air compressors, blasting and painting equipment must be equipped with moisture traps, gauges, regulators, etc. G. Blast hoses shall be equipped with automatic control devices (dead men) at the nozzles. H. All paint shall be delivered to the jobsite in originally labeled and unopened containers, shall be stored inside, and shall be protected against freezing. No adulterant, unauthorized thinner, or other material not included in the paint formulation shall be added, unless approved in writing by the paint manufacturer and the ENGINEER. I. Paint shall be thoroughly mixed by means of mechanical agitation only. The mixing and use of partial units will not be permitted. Unless otherwise authorized, all paint shall be factory mixed to proper consistency and viscosity for hot weather application without thinning. Thinning of paint will be permitted only to obtain recommended coverage at lower application temperatures. In no case shall the WFT of applied paint be reduced, by the addition of thinner or otherwise, below that for the recommended coverage rate. J. Care shall be taken to prevent paint from being dropped, spilled, or windblown onto concrete or masonry surfaces, buildings, structures, cars, or other property or facilities. All surfaces so damaged shall be cleaned, repaired, replaced, or painted to the satisfaction of the OWNER and ENGINEER. K. The first full primer coat must cover the anchor pattern completely with no peaks exposed after normal drying time. L. Do not paint over any surfaces not fully blasted or cleaned. M. Care must be taken to avoid dry over spray. Dry over spray must be removed by hand sanding prior to coating application to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. N. CONTRACTOR will be allowed to apply more than one coat to a particular area of the tank before proceeding to the adjacent areas provided this procedure is discussed and approved by the ENGINEER at the Pre-Construction Meeting. CONTRACTOR will be required to “hold back” each succeeding coat at least 6" from the edge of the preceding coat. O. All small parts such as ladders, handrails, bolted connections, etc. must be fully blast-cleaned and primed in one operation. CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to prime one side of any small item and then come back at a later date and prime the other side of that same item. P. CONTRACTOR must provide adequate forced ventilation on the interior of the tank designed to prevent over spray build-up during the interior painting operations. Q. Dust and blast products will be removed from all surfaces prior to coating by blowing, brushing, and/or water washing with potable water only. Care must be taken to prevent blown dust particles from settling back on the surfaces to be coated. When using water to remove blast products and dust from painted surfaces, ample time will be allowed for drying before starting the next coat. Should the painted surfaces become contaminated by any Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 10 foreign materials prior to the application of the next coat, the CONTRACTOR will be required to remove the contaminants by a procedure approved by the ENGINEER prior to the start of decontamination. R. CONTRACTOR will carefully observe the minimum and maximum re-coat times as specified by the paint manufacturer. S. Any coating which has set past the maximum re-coat time shall be prepared for top coating in strict accordance with the recommendations of the paint manufacturer. T. CONTRACTOR is to notify the ENGINEER and get a preliminary acceptance of each major part of the painting before proceeding to the next major part. PART 14 INTERIOR VENTILATION AND CURE A. CONTRACTOR must be aware that adequate ventilation during the curing period of the interior coating system (minimum of 7 days) is critical to the curing mechanism of the coating materials. Therefore, it is mandatory that solvent vapors released during and after the application of the coatings be completely and continuously removed from the water compartment. B. During paint application, the capacity of ventilating fans shall be at least 300 cfm per gallon of coating applied per hour. C. After paint application and during the specified curing period, continuous (24 hours a day) and forced ventilation at a rate of at least one (1) complete air exchange every four (4) hours shall be provided. D. The ventilation system must be in accordance with the coating manufacturer’s recommendations and designed to completely eliminate any “dead” areas in the interior, especially in the lower portions of the water compartment. PART 15 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS A. Non-paintable surfaces such as galvanized parts, insulation, valve stems, gauges, safety devices, lights, control panels, etc. shall be protected against damage from abrasives and paint. B. The CONTRACTOR is not to drill, cut, burn holes in or weld any temporary attachments to any structural part of the tank unless approved in writing by the ENGINEER prior to the drilling, cutting or welding operation. C. After the inside coating system has been fully cured, and until the tank is ready to be disinfected, hydro tested and placed in service, CONTRACTOR shall not allow manways, roof vents or any other openings in the tank to remain open. D. CONTRACTOR is to provide a suitable cover or plug for the inlet/outlet lines to prevent entrance of blast products, debris, or any other foreign matter. Leave covers or plugs in place from beginning of the job until just prior to filling the tank. E. CONTRACTOR must prevent the escape of over spray during the interior painting operations by employing filters, collection systems, etc. at all tank openings. PART 16 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No measurement will be performed for this item. Payment will be on a lump sum basis, complete in place, and in accordance with this specification, and to include all incidental items, appurtenances, rigging, etc. to complete this item of work. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 11 PART 17 ONE YEAR INSPECTION A. Owner shall set date for one year inspection. B. Inspection will be attended by owners representative, engineer, and painting contractor. C. Any deficiencies in the coatings system will be repaired at the CONTRACTOR’S expense. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 09 91 00 – 12 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks ‐ Citywide  Painting (Architectural Surfaces)  (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012  09 91 01 – 1  SECTION 09 91 01 PAINTING (ARCHITECTURAL SURFACES) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation and field application of paints and coatings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. B. AWWA (American Water Works Association) - C204 -Chlorinated Rubber-Alkyd Paint Systems for the Exterior of Above Ground Steel Water Piping. C. NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) -Industrial Maintenance Painting. D. NPCA (National Paint and Coatings Association) - Guide to U.S. Government Paint Specifications. E. PDCA (Painting and Decorating Contractors of America) -Painting - Architectural Specifications Manual. F. SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council) - Steel Structures Painting Manual. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide all labor, material and equipment for painting the following: 1. Exterior and interior primed or unprimed ferrous metal. 2. Exterior and interior galvanized surfaces and sheet metal. 3. Interior wood or Smart Siding Panels. 4. Elevated Tank (specified elsewhere under Elevated Tank Specification not a part of this specification section). B. Following items are not to be painted: 1. Concrete Elevated Tank Base. 2. Concrete Floor. 3. Pre-finished metal. 4. Stainless steel. 5. Copper (piping and flashing). 6. Prefinished equipment that is factory primed and painted to suitable finish, unless specifically shown to be job painted for color coordination purposes. C. It is intended that all interior and exterior exposed surfaces be finished; except Concrete Elevated Tank base and floor either factory prefinished or coated/painted on the job. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum ten years documented experience. Elevated Water Storage Tanks ‐ Citywide  Painting (Architectural Surfaces)  (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012  09 91 01 – 2  B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for finishes. B. Materials used on this project shall contain no lead. 1.07 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field sample of paint. B. Locate where directed. C. Accepted sample may remain as part of the Work. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under General Requirement 01 31 00. B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. C. Container label to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 60 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under Special Provisions requirements. B. Provide 1 gallon of each color, type, and surface texture to Owner. C. Label each container with color, type, texture, room locations, and in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers - Paint 1. Glidden. 2. Devoe. 3. Sherwin-Williams. B. Manufacturers - Primer Sealers Elevated Water Storage Tanks ‐ Citywide  Painting (Architectural Surfaces)  (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012  09 91 01 – 3  1. Glidden 2. Devoe. 3. Sherwin-Williams. C. Manufacturers - Field Catalyzed Coatings 1. Glidden. 2. Devoe. 3. Sherwin-Williams. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 31 14. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating; good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. C. Patching Materials: Latex filler. D. Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler. 2.03 FINISHES A. Refer to schedule at end of section for surface finish schedule. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. C. Seal with shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. F. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. G. Copper Surfaces Scheduled for a Paint Finish: Remove contamination by steam, high pressure water, or solvent washing. Apply vinyl etch primer immediately following Elevated Water Storage Tanks ‐ Citywide  Painting (Architectural Surfaces)  (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012  09 91 01 – 4  cleaning. H. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with SSPC lacquer thinner or solvent wipe. Apply coat of etching primer. I. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. J. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Prime metal items including shop primed items. K. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust, grit, and foreign matter prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. L. Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal top and bottom edges with primer. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Apply each coat to uniform finish. D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. E. Sand wood and metal lightly between coats to achieve required finish. F. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. Use tack cloth just prior to applying next coat. G. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. H. Prime concealed surfaces of interior woodwork with primer paint. 3.04 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Prime and paint exposed pipes, conduit, bores, brackets, collars and supports except where items are pre-finished. B. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. C. Refer to schedule of color coating and identification for piping. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under Special Provisions requirements. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean work under Special Provisions requirements. B. Collect waste material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 3.07 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES (d.f.t. = dry film thickness) A. Steel - Unprimed. 1. One coat Glidden #5205 primer, or Devoe 13101 Mirro Lac Rust Penetrating Primer, 1.5 mils d.f.t. 2. Two coats Glidden #800 Series Alkyd Urethane Enamel, or Devoe 70xx Mirro Lac Elevated Water Storage Tanks ‐ Citywide  Painting (Architectural Surfaces)  (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012  09 91 01 – 5  Alkyd Urethane Enamel. 1.5 mils d.f.t. each coat. B. Steel - Shop Primed. 1. Touch-up with Glidden #5205 primer or Devoe 13101 Mirro Lac Rust Penetrating Primer. 2. Two coats I.C.I. "Devshield" #4328 Alkyd Urethane Gloss Enamel. C. Steel - Galvanized 1. One coat etching primer vinyl butyryl wash, .5 mil d.f.t. 2. One coat Glidden #5205 Primer or Devoe 13201 Galvanized Iron Primer. 3. Two coats I.C.I. "Devshield" #4328 Alkyd Urethane Gloss Enamel. 3.08 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES A. Wood - Painted 1. One coat Glidden #310 prime sealer or Devoe 51501 De-Vo-Ko Q/D Enamel Undercoat. 2. Two coats I.C.I. "Devshield" #4328 Alkyd Urethane Gloss Enamel. B. Smart Siding Panels 1. Two coats 100% Acrylic or Latex C. Steel - Unprimed. 1. One coat Glidden #5205 Primer, or Devoe 13101 Mirro Lac Rust Penetrating Primer, 1.5 mils d.f.t. 2. Two coats I.C.I. "Devshield" #4328 Alkyd Urethane Gloss Enamel. D. Steel - Primed. 1. Touch-up with Glidden #5205 primer or Devoe 13101 Mirro Lac Rust Penetrating Primer. 2. Two coats I.C.I. "Devshield" #4328 Alkyd Urethane Enamel. E. Steel - Galvanized 1. One coat etching primer vinyl butyryl wash, .5 mil d.f.t. 2. One coat Glidden #5205 primer, or Devoe 13201 Galvanized Alkyd Primer, 1.5 mils d.f.t. 3. Two coats I.C.I. "Devshield" #4328 Alkyd Urethane Enamel. 3.09 SCHEDULE - COLORS A. Colors to be selected by Engineer and approved by Owner. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks ‐ Citywide  Painting (Architectural Surfaces)  (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012  09 91 01 – 6  (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 1  SECTION 09 96 00 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS (PIPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Field applied high performance coatings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NSF International (NSF): 1. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. B. SSPC – Society for Protective Coatings: 1. SSPC SP1 - Solvent Cleaning. 2. SSPC SP2 - Hand Tool Cleaning. 3. SSPC SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning. 4. SSPC SP5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning. 5. SSPC SP6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning. 6. SSPC SP7 - Brush-Off Blast Cleaning. 7. SSPC SP10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning. 8. SSPC SP 11 - Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. 9. SSPC-SP 12 - High- and Ultrahigh-Pressure Water Jetting. C. Underwriters' Laboratory (UL): 1. UL 3P83 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. D. National Association of Pipe Fabricators: 1. NAPF 500-03 Surface Preparation Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings in Exposed Locations Receiving Special External Coatings and /or Special Internal Linings. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Submerged Metal: Steel or iron surfaces below tops of channel or structure walls which will contain water even when above expected water level. B. Submerged Concrete and Masonry Surfaces: Surfaces which are or will be: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 2  1. Underwater. 2. In structures which normally contain water. 3. Below tops of walls of water containing structures. C. Dry Film Thickness (DFT): Thickness of fully cured coating, measured in mils. D. Volatile Organic Compound: Volatile Organic Compound (VOC): Content of air polluting hydrocarbons in uncured coating product measured in units of grams per liter or pounds per gallon. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Coating materials for concrete and metal surfaces shall be especially adapted for use in water treatment plants. B. Coating materials used in conjunction with potable water supply systems shall be certified to NSF 61 or UL 3P83. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. Shop Drawings: Include schedule of where and for what use coating materials are proposed in accordance with requirements for Product Data. C. Product Data: Include description of physical properties of coatings including solids content and ingredient analysis, VOC content, temperature resistance, typical exposures and limitations, and manufacturer's standard color chips. 1. Regulatory Requirements: Include requirements concerning the following a. Volatile organic compound limitations. b. Coatings containing lead compounds. c. Abrasives and abrasive blast cleaning techniques, and disposal. d. NSF or UL certification of coatings for use in potable water supply systems. D. Samples: Samples: Include 8 inch square draw-downs or brush-outs of topcoat finish when requested. Identify each sample as to finish, formula, color name and number and sheen name and gloss units. E. Certificates: Submit in accordance with requirements for Product Data. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include the following 1. Special requirements for transportation and storage. 2. Mixing instructions. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 3  3. Shelf Life. 4. Pot life of material. 5. Precautions for applications free of defects. 6. Surface preparation. 7. Method of application. 8. Recommended number of coats. 9. Recommended thickness of each coat. 10. Recommended total thickness. 11. Drying time of each coat, including prime coat. 12. Required prime coat. 13. Compatible and non-compatible prime coats. 14. Recommended thinners, when recommended. 15. Limits of ambient conditions during and after application. 16. Time allowed between coats. 17. Required protection from sun, wind and other conditions. 18. Touch-up requirements and limitations. G. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit for ENGINEER's record only. H. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit as specified in Special Provisions. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Applicator: 1. Minimum of 5 years experience applying specified type or types of coatings under conditions similar to those of the Work. 2. Manufacturer approved applicator when manufacturer has approved applicator program. 3. Approved and licensed by polymorphic polyester resin manufacturer to apply polymorphic polyester resin coating system. 4. Applicator of off-site application of coal tar epoxy shall have successfully applied coal tar epoxy on similar surfaces in material, size, and complexity as on the Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing agencies’ regulations by using coatings that do not exceed permissible volatile organic compound limits and do not contain lead. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 4  1. Do not use coal tar epoxy in contact with drinking water. C. Field Samples: Prepare and coat a minimum 100 square foot area between corners or limits such as control or construction joints of each system. Approved field sample may be part of Work. D. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct as specified. E. Compatibility of Coatings: Use products by same manufacturer for prime coats, intermediate coats, and finish coats on same surface, unless specified otherwise. F. Services of Coating Manufacturers Representative: Arrange for coating manufacturers representative to attend pre-installation conferences and to make periodic visits to the project site to provide consultation and inspection services during surface preparation and application of coatings. 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Remove unspecified and unapproved paints from Project site immediately. C. Deliver containers with labels identifying the manufacturer's name, brand name, product type, batch number, date of manufacturer, expiration date or shelf life, color, and mixing and reducing instructions. D. Store coatings in well-ventilated facility that provides protection from the sun, weather, and fire hazards. Maintain ambient storage temperature between 45 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit, unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. E. Take precautions to prevent fire and spontaneous combustion. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Surface Moisture Contents: Do not paint surfaces that exceed manufacturer specified moisture contents, or when not specified by the manufacturer, the following moisture contents: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete and Concrete Block: 12 percent. 3. Interior Located Wood: 15 percent. 4. Concrete Floors: 7 percent. B. Do Not Paint or Coat: 1. Under dusty conditions. 2. When light on surfaces measures less than 15 foot-candles. 3. When ambient or surface temperature is less than 45 degrees Fahrenheit. 4. When relative humidity is higher than 85 percent. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 5  5. When surface temperature is less than 5 degrees Fahrenheit above dew point. 6. When surface temperature exceeds the manufacturer's recommendation. 7. When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, unless manufacturer allows a higher temperature. 8. Apply clear finishes at minimum 65 degrees Fahrenheit. C. Provide fans, heating devices, or other means recommended by coating manufacturer to prevent formation of condensate or dew on surface of substrate, coating between coats and within curing time following application of last coat. D. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain minimum 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours before, during and 72 hours after application of finishes. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence and Schedule: As directed by the Engineer. 1.10 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Deliver in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Include minimum 1 gallon of each type and color of coating applied. 1. When manufacturer packages material in gallon cans, deliver unopened labeled cans as comes from factory. 2. When manufacturer does not package material in gallon cans, deliver material in new gallon containers, properly sealed and identified with typed labels indicating brand, type and color. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Special Coatings: One of the following or equal: 1. Tnemec: Tnemec Co., Kansas City, MO. 2. S-W: Sherwin-Williams Co., Cleveland, OH. 2.02 PREPARATION AND PRETREATMENT MATERIALS A. Metal Pretreatment: As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. Tnemec: Tneme-Grip 32-1210. 2. S-W: B71Y1 DTM Wash. B. Surface Cleaner and Degreaser: As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. Simple Green Heavy Duty Cleaner Degreaser. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 6  2.03 COATING MATERIALS A. High Build Epoxy: As manufactured by the following or equal: 1. Tnemec: Series 141 Epoxoline 2. Sherwin-Williams: Macropoxy 5500 Epoxy (B58-740 Series) B. Aliphatic or Aliphatic-acrylic Polyurethane: As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. Tnemec: Series 1075, Semi-Gloss Endura-Shield II. 2. Sherwin-Williams Hi Solids Polyurethane (B65-300 Series) C. Epoxy Primer/Intermediate Coat: 1. Tnemec: Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 2. Sherwin-Williams: Macropoxy 5500 Epoxy (B58-740 Series) D. Asphalt Varnish: 1. Tnemec: Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol 2.04 MIXES A. Mix epoxy parts in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from coatings and damage. Repair damage resulting from inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish sufficient drop cloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from fouling surfaces not being coated and in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton waste, cloths and material that may constitute fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings, prior to application of coating operations. Carefully store, clean and replace on completion of coating in each area. Do not use solvent or degreasers to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. 3.02 GENERAL PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions, unless more stringent requirements are specified in this Specification. B. Protect following surfaces from abrasive blasting by masking, or other means: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 7  1. Threaded portions of valve and gate stems. 2. Machined surfaces for sliding contact. 3. Surfaces to be assembled against gaskets. 4. Surfaces of Shafting on which sprockets are to fit. 5. Surfaces of shafting on which bearings are to fit. 6. Machined surfaces of bronze trim, including those slide gates. 7. Cadmium-plated items except cadmium-plated, zinc-plated, or sherardized fasteners used in assembly of equipment requiring abrasive blasting. 8. Galvanized items, unless scheduled to be coated. C. Protect installed equipment, mechanical drives, and adjacent coated equipment from abrasive blasting to prevent damage caused by entering sand or dust. D. Concrete: Clean concrete surfaces of dust, mortar, fins, loose concrete particles, form release materials, oil, and grease. Fill voids so that surface is smooth. Etch or brush off-blast clean SSPC SP-7) as recommended by coating manufacturer. E. Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Remove grease and oil in accordance with SSPC SP-1. 2. Remove rust, scale, and welding slag and spatter, and prepare surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-2 through SP-10. 3. Abrasive blast surfaces prior to coating. 4. When abrasive blasted surfaces rust or discolor before coating, abrasive blast surfaces again to remove rust and discoloration. 5. When metal surfaces are exposed because of coating damage, abrasive blast surfaces before touching-up. F. Ferrous Metal Surfaces Not to be Submerged: Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-6, unless blasting may damage adjacent surfaces, prohibited or specified otherwise. Where not possible to abrasive blast, power tool clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-3. G. Ferrous Metal Surfaces to be Submerged: Unless specified otherwise, abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-10 or better to clean and provide roughened surface profile of not less than 2 mils and not more than 4 mils in depth when measured with Elcometer 123, or as recommended by the coating manufacturer. H. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings to be lined or Coated: Abrasive blast clean in accordance with NAPF-500-03. I. Sherardized Aluminum, Copper, and Bronze Surfaces: Prepare in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 8  J. Galvanized Surface: 1. Degrease or solvent clean to remove oily residue. 2. Remove all soluble and insoluble contaminants. Remove any storage stains per Section 6.2 of ASTM d6386. Abrasive blast as per ASTM D 6386 to achieve a 2.0 mil angular anchor profile. 3. Power tool or hand tool clean or whip abrasive blast. 4. Apply metal pretreatment within 24 hours before coating galvanized surfaces that cannot be thoroughly abraded physically, such as bolts, nuts, or preformed channels. K. Shop Primed Metal: 1. Remove shop primer from metal to be submerged by abrasive blasting in accordance with SSPC SP-10, unless manufacturer of coating system requires greater degree of surface preparation. 2. Correct abraded, scratched or otherwise damaged areas of shop prime coat by sanding or abrasive blasting in accordance with SSPC SP-6. 3. When entire shop priming fails or has weathered excessively, or when recommended by coating manufacturer, abrasive blast shop prime coat to remove entire coat and prepare surface in accordance with SSPC SP-10. 4. When incorrect prime coat is applied, remove incorrect prime coat by abrasive blasting in accordance with SSPC SP-10. 5. When prime coat not authorized by ENGINEER is applied, remove unauthorized prime coat by abrasive blasting in accordance with SSPC SP-10. 6. Shop Applied Bituminous Paint Asphalt Varnish: Abrasive blast clean shop applied bituminous paint or asphalt varnish from surfaces scheduled to receive non-bituminous coatings. L. Abrasive blast cadmium-plated, zinc-plated, or sherardized fasteners in same manner as unprotected metal when used in assembly of equipment designated for abrasive blasting. M. Abrasive blast components to be attached to surfaces that cannot be abrasive blasted before components are attached. N. Grind sharp edges to approximately 1/8-inch radius. O. Remove and grind smooth all excessive weld material and weld spatter before blast cleaning. 3.03 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Identify equipment, ducting, piping, and conduit in accordance with Section 26 05 53. B. Remove grilles, covers and access panels for mechanical and electrical system from location and paint separately. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 9  C. Finish paint primed equipment with color selected by the OWNER. D. Prime and paint insulated and bare pipes, conduits, boxes, insulated and bare ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, except where items are plated or covered with prefinished coating. E. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered. F. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to limit of sight line. G. Paint dampers exposed immediately behind louvers, grilles, convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. H. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas with color and texture to match adjacent surfaces. I. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing backboards and mounting equipment on them. J. Color code equipment, piping, conduit and exposed ductwork and apply color banding and identification, such as flow arrows, naming and numbering, in accordance with DIVISIONS 26. 3.04 GENERAL PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces not to be coated from spatter and droppings with drop cloths and other coverings. 1. Mask off surfaces of items not to be coated or remove items from area. 3.05 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coat metal unless specified otherwise. C. Verify metal surface preparation immediately before applying coating in accordance with SSPC Pictorial Surface Preparation Standard. D. Allow surfaces to dry, except where coating manufacturer requires surface wetting before coating. E. Wash coat and prime sherardized, aluminum, copper, and bronze surfaces, or prime with manufacturers recommended special primer. F. Prime shop primed metal surfaces. Spot prime exposed metal of shop primed surfaces before applying primer over entire surface. G. Apply minimum number of specified coats. H. Apply coats to thicknesses specified, especially at edges and corners. I. Apply additional coats when necessary to achieve specified thicknesses. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 10  J. Coat surfaces without drops, ridges, waves, holidays, laps, or brush marks. K. Remove spatter and droppings after completion of coating. L. When multiple coats of same material are specified, tint prime coat and intermediate coats with suitable pigment to distinguish each coat. M. Dust coatings between coats. Lightly sand and dust surfaces to receive high gloss finishes, unless instructed otherwise by coating manufacturer. N. Apply coating by brush, roller, trowel, or spray, unless particular method of application is required by coating manufacturer's instructions or these Specifications. O. Spray Application: 1. When using spray application, apply coating to thickness not greater than that suggested in coating manufacturer's instructions for brush coat application. 2. Use airless spray method, unless air spray method is required by coating manufacturer's instruction or these Specifications. 3. Conduct spray coating under controlled conditions. Protect adjacent construction and property from coating mist or spray. P. Drying and Recoating: 1. Provide fans, heating devices, or other means recommended by coating manufacturer to prevent formation of condensate or dew on surface of substrate, coating between coats and within curing time following application of last coat. 2. Limit drying time to that required by these Specifications or coating manufacturer's instructions. 3. Do not allow excessive drying time or exposure that may impair bond between coats. 4. Recoat epoxies within time limits recommended by epoxy manufacturer. 5. When time limits are exceeded, abrasive blast coat prior to applying another coat. 6. When limitation on time between abrasive blasting and coating cannot be met before attachment of components to surfaces that cannot be abrasive blasted, coat components before attachment. 7. Ensure primer and intermediate coats of coating are unscarred and completely integral at time of application of each succeeding coat. 8. Touch up suction spots between coats and apply additional coats where required to produce finished surface of solid, even color, free of defects. 9. Leave no holidays. 10. Sand and recoat scratched, contaminated, or otherwise damaged coating surfaces so damages are invisible to naked eye. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 11  3.06 CYCLOALIPHATIC AMINE EPOXY SYSTEM A. Preparation: 1. Prepare surfaces in accordance with general preparation requirements and as follows: a. Abrasive blast ferrous metal surfaces to be submerged at jobsite in accordance with SSPC SP-10 prior to coating. When cleaned surfaces rust or discolor, abrasive blast surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-10. b. Abrasive blast non-submerged ferrous metal surfaces at jobsite in accordance with SSPC SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning, prior to coating. When cleaned surfaces rust or discolor, abrasive blast surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-6. c. Abrasive blast clean ductile iron surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-7. B. Application: 1. Apply coatings in accordance with general application requirements and as follows: a. Apply minimum 2-coat system with total dry film thickness of 10 mils. b. Recoat or apply succeeding epoxy coats within time limits recommended by manufacturer. Prepare surfaces for recoating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. c. Coat metal to be submerged before installation when necessary, to obtain acceptable finish and to prevent damage to other surfaces. d. Coat entire surface of support brackets, stem guides, pipe clips, fasteners, and other metal devices bolted to concrete. e. Coat surface of items to be exposed and adjacent 1 inch to be concealed when embedded in concrete or masonry. 3.07 EPOXY AND POLYURETHANE COATING SYSTEM A. Preparation: 1. Prepare surfaces in accordance with general preparation requirements and as follows: a. Touch up shop primed steel and miscellaneous iron. b. Abrasive blast ferrous metal surfaces at jobsite in accordance with SSPC SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning, prior to coating. When cleaned surfaces rust or discolor, abrasive blast surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-6. c. Degrease or solvent clean, whip abrasive blast, power tool, or hand tool clean galvanized metal surfaces. d. Lightly abrasive blast or sand fiberglass and plastic to be coated to roughen surfaces prior to coating. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 12  e. Abrasive blast clean ductile iron surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-7. B. Application: 1. Apply coatings in accordance with general application requirements and as follows: 2. Apply 3 coat system consisting of: a. Primer: 4 to 5 mils dry film thickness cycloaliphatic amine epoxy primer, b. Intermediate Coat: 4 to 5 mils dry film thickness cycloaliphatic amine epoxy intermediate coat, and c. Top Coat: 2.5 to 3.5 mils dry film thickness aliphatic or aliphatic-acrylic polyurethane topcoat. 3. Recoat or apply succeeding epoxy coats within 30 days or within time limits recommended by manufacturer, whichever is shorter. Prepare surfaces for recoating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.08 ASPHALT VARNISH A. Preparation: 1. Prepare surfaces in accordance with general preparation requirements. B. Application: 1. Apply coatings in accordance with general application requirements and as follows: a. Apply minimum 2 coats. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Each coat will be inspected. Strip and remove defective coats, prepare surfaces and recoat. When approved, apply next coat. B. Control and check dry film thicknesses and integrity of coatings. C. Measure dry film thickness with calibrated thickness gauge. Dry film thicknesses may be checked with Elcometer or Positector 6000. D. Verify coat integrity with low-voltage holiday detector. Allow ENGINEER to use detector for additional checking. E. Check wet film thickness before coal tar epoxy coating cures on concrete or non-ferrous metal substrates. 3.10 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS NOT REQUIRING COATING A. General: Unless specified otherwise, the following items do not require coating. 1. Items that have received final coat at factory and not listed to receive coating in field. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 13  2. Aluminum, brass, bronze, copper, plastic, rubber, stainless steel, chrome, everdur, or lead. 3. Buried or encased piping or conduit. 4. Exterior Concrete. 5. Galvanized pipe trays and cable trays. 6. Grease fittings. 7. Fiberglass ducting or tanks in concealed locations. 8. Steel to be encased in concrete or masonry. 3.11 SCHEDULE OF SURFACES TO BE COATED IN THE FIELD A. In general, apply coatings to steel, iron, and wood surfaces unless specified or otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Coat concrete surfaces and anodized aluminum only when specified or indicated on the Drawings. B. Following schedule is incomplete. Coat unlisted surfaces with same coating system as similar listed surfaces. Verify questionable surfaces. C. Metals: 1. Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy and Polyurethane System: exterior and interior non- immersed ferrous metal surfaces including: a. Doors, doorframes, ventilators, louvers, grilles, exposed sheet metal, and flashing. b. Pipe, valves, pipe hangers, supports and saddles, conduit, cable tray hangers, and supports. c. Motors and motor accessory equipment. d. Drive gear, drive housing, coupling housings, and miscellaneous gear drive equipment. e. Valve and gate operators and stands. f. Structural steel including galvanized structural steel. g. Crane and hoist rails. h. Exterior of tanks and other containment vessels. i. Mechanical equipment supports, drive units, and accessories. j. Pumps not submerged. k. Other miscellaneous metals. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide                   High Performance Coatings (Piping and Mechanical Equipment) (ACR Implementation Phase 2)  City Project No. E11012  09 96 00 – 14  2. Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy System: a. Field priming of Ferrous metal surfaces with defective shop prime coat where no other prime coat is specified; for non-immersion service. b. Exterior of submerged piping and valves other than stainless steel or PVC piping. c. Submerged pipe supports and hangers. d. Stem guides. e. Other submerged iron and steel metal unless specified otherwise. f. Interior surface of AWWA C504 Butterfly Valves. g. Interior surface of pumps that have interior coating. h. Submerged piping. i. Interior of steel fabricated fittings on discharge piping. j. Submerged pumps. 3. Asphalt Varnish: a. Underground valves and valve boxes. D. Fiberglass and Plastic Surfaces: 1. Epoxy and Polyurethane: a. Plastic piping. b. Plastic exposed to sunlight. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 1 SECTION 13 50 01 SCADA SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide a complete and functioning SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) system for monitoring and control of elevated tanks B. The work will include the following elements: 1. Rand Morgan and Holy road Elevated Tank Sites a. Provide SCADA panel b. Provide SCADA PLC programming c. Provide network connections from City MIS cabinet to SCADA PLC and to UPS’s 2. ONSWTP a. Provide HMI programming modifications as described herein for monitoring and control of elevated tanks. 1.02 STANDARDS A. All work under this specification section shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of applicable codes and standards of the following organizations: 1. Instrument Society of America (ISA) 2. National Electric Code (NEC) 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. Electronic Industries Association (EIA) / Telecommunications Wiring Standard (TIA) 7. Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, As Amended (OSHA) 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE A. The SCADA system shall be installed an established SCADA Contractor of recognized ability, having a minimum of five years experience in the installation of SCADA systems for water supply and distribution projects using network communications. 1.04 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The drawings and specifications are complementary. Work shown on the drawings and not described herein, and work described herein and not shown on the drawings, shall be executed in the most thorough manner and with the best materials as though fully described by both drawings and specifications. B. Field verification of scale dimensions on drawings is directed since actual locations, distances, and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 2 C. The Contractor shall review foundation, structural, piping, mechanical, and electrical drawings and shall adjust his work to conform to all conditions indicated thereon. D. All materials, equipment, apparatus, or other products not specifically mentioned in the specifications or noted on the drawings, which are obviously necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. 1.05 SCADA DOCUMENTATION A. The Contractor shall provide the following documentation in accordance with City of Corpus Christi Engineering Standard E-13420 1. P&ID of elevated tank 2. Instrument index 3. Instrument data sheets 4. Loop circuit diagrams 5. Logic diagrams in ladder diagram or functional block format 6. SCADA network architecture diagram B. The Contractor shall provide full documentation for field instruments, UPS and for all City furnished materials and equipment including complete manuals for installation, operation, calibration, troubleshooting, software and hardware. Documentation shall be neatly organized, legible and complete. C. The Contractor shall provide complete as-built drawings, describing the SCADA system and the related wiring interface details accurately and completely. Wiring diagrams shall include complete, detailed as-built wiring diagrams and loop sheets for the new SCADA panels .The Contractor shall provide fully detailed loop sheets, which identify each of the components connected to the radio and PLC equipment. The loop sheets shall identify components, terminals and location of each device associated with each loop. D. The Contractor shall provide SCADA network architecture diagrams for both the elevated storage tanks. The diagrams shall include all networked devices, cabling and wiring, port numbers and network address assignments. E. The Contractor shall provide a narrative operating description of the completed system with all operating set-points and functional time delay settings. F. The Contractor shall provide two sets of documentation when the project is ready to be punched out. These two sets shall be for review and comment by the Engineer and/or Owner’s representative. The Contractor shall incorporate any engineering review comments into the final documentation. The Contractor shall provide 4 sets of final documentation to the Owner and 1 set to the Engineer. 1.06 SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: 1. Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions. 2. Provide one (1) complete submittal containing all items required herein. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 3 3. Partial or incomplete submittals or submittals not complying with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 will be returned Disapproved without comment. B. The shop drawing submittals shall provide detailed information specific to the project requirements as outlined below: 1. Component Data Sheets shall be provided for each individual component, device, system or subsystem supplied on this project. Catalog sheets shall include complete data, descriptive literature, application information, operating ranges, accuracy, specifications, calibration requirements, wiring diagrams, power sources, options and accessories. Where multiple items, catalog numbers or options are indicated on a Data Sheet, it shall be clearly marked to indicate specifically what is being furnished on this project. 2. A Bill of Materials shall be provided, which shall list all of the instruments, equipment, panels and devices supplied by Contractor and by the City on this project, grouped by location, and identified by code numbers consistently and systematically. The tabulation shall include as a minimum the instrument name and model, tag number, service description, options and accessories provided and the quantities. 3. Panel Drawings shall be provided for each enclosure or control panel provided. Drawings shall include front panel elevations and layout of the internal panel components, drawn to scale. Panel drawings shall be fully detailed showing hinges, doors, latches, sub panels, components, cut-outs, panel face mounted devices, nameplates and service legends. 4. Field Wiring Diagrams shall be provided showing wiring interconnections between equipment, panels, junction boxes and field mounted devices. The wiring diagram shall identify each cable and conductor by overall cable identification, size and type (i.e., gage, THHN, twisted shielded, coaxial, etc.), as well as color code and numbering. 5. Loop Sheets shall be completed for each I/O device. Related devices may be combined onto one loop sheet. Loop diagrams shall be 11” x 17” and in the electronic format AutoCAD. The loop sheets shall be numbered for identification with the loop number. In summary the loop sheet shall contain the information to connect, calibrate and replace/trouble shoot the instrument without reference to any other materials. The loop diagram shall identify electrical, piping and information to completely represent the uses and connection of the equipment. The loop diagram shall use the same symbols and identifiers used in the P&ID’s. Tagging or numbering must correspond with the P&ID. The loop diagram shall contain at a minimum the following information: a. Identification of the loop components shown on the P&ID’s. Components of the loop shall be shown and identified. b. Word description of loop functions shall be shown within the title. If not adequate, use a supplemental note. Identify any special features. c. Indication of the interrelation to other instrument loops, including overrides, interlocks, cascaded set point, shutdowns, and safety circuits. d. Point-to-point interconnections with identifying numbers and colors of electrical cables, (both overall cable and individual wire trays), pneumatic multitubes, and Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 4 individual pneumatic and hydraulic tubing. This identification of interconnections including junction boxes, terminals, bulkheads, ports, shield and grounding connections. e. General location of devices such as field devices, panels, auxiliary equipment racks, termination cabinets, and the I/O cabinets, etc. f. Energy sources such as electrical power, air supply, and hydraulic fluid supply. Identif y voltage, pressure and other applicable requirements. For electrical sources, identify circuits. g. Process lines and equipment sufficient to describe the process side of the loop and provide clarity of control action. Included what was being input or output. h. Shelf state, normal operating state, fail-safe state (electronic, pneumatic, or both) of control devices such as relays, controllers, switched control valves, solenoid valve, and transmitters. i. Process equipment, lines, and their identification numbers, source, designation, or flow direction. j. Reference to supplementary records and drawings, such as installation details, P&ID’s, location drawings, wiring diagrams, and instrument specifications. k. Instrument data sheet information (instrumentation data sheets are not required). l. Cross-references between loops that share common components. m. References to equipment descriptions, including set point values for switches, alarm and shutdown devices. n. Signal ranges and calibration information, including set point values for transmitter switches, alarm and shutdown devices. o. Software references numbers, such as I/O addresses, control block types and names, network interfaces, point names, etc. 6. Logic Diagrams – The Contractor shall provide logic diagrams adequately defining the system logic. Logic diagrams may be in any commonly accepted format. Software generated logic diagrams are acceptable. The logic diagrams shall be included in the documentation. 7. Instrument Index – The Contractor shall develop an Instrument Index for assigning instrument numbers. The Instrument Index shall be included with the documentation. 8. Installation Details shall be provided for each field mounted device, which shall include mounting details, piping, tubing, wiring connections and other necessary for proper equipment of the device. 9. Test Procedures shall be provided for each functional area of the SCADA System. Copies of all test procedures to be used for factory, field and functional tests shall be submitted no later than 15 days before the associated test is scheduled to be performed. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 5 1.07 SUBMITTALS - RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00. B. Product Data: 1. Final as-built drawings and information for items listed in Paragraph 1.06. C. Instructions: 1. Installation, operation and maintenance instructions for all panel components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SCADA PANEL A. Enclosure: Provide NEMA 4X type 316 stainless steel enclosure with stainless steel back panel as indicated on the drawings. B. Components: Provide all panel components, terminal strips and wiring devices as indicated on the drawings. C. Accessories 1. Luminaire: Provide one (1) 4 foot, 1 lamp, 120 VAC fluorescent strip lighting fixture inside the enclosure controlled by a single pole switch. 2. Receptacle: Provide one (1) 125-volt, single phase, 15 amp duplex receptacle inside enclosure for the UPS input power connection 3. Heater: Provide a 120 VAC thermostatically controlled panel heater with suitable perforated metal guard. D. Conductors and Cables: 1. Power and Control Wiring: a. Materials: Stranded, soft annealed copper. b. Insulation: 600V type MTW. c. Minimum Sizes: 1) Primary power distribution: 12 AWG. 2) Secondary power distribution: 14 AWG. 3) Control: 16 AWG. d. Color: 1) AC power (line and load): BLACK. 2) AC power (neutral): WHITE. 3) AC control: RED. 4) DC power and control: BLUE. 5) Ground: GREEN. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 6 2. Signal Cables: a. Materials: Stranded, soft annealed copper. b. Insulation: 600V, PVC outer jacket. c. Minimum Size: 16 AWG paired or triad. d. Overall aluminum shield (tape). e. Copper drain wire. f. Color: 1) 2 Conductor: a) Positive (+): BLACK. b) Negative (-): WHITE, RED. 2) 3 Conductor: a) Positive (+): BLACK. b) Negative (-): RED. c) Signal: WHITE. g. Insulate the foil shielding and exposed drain wire for each signal cable with heat shrink tubing. 3. Data Communications a. Ethernet: Category 5e duplex patch cords E. General Wiring Requirements: 1. The SCADA panel shall be completely shop assembled and prewired with field wiring limited to the required external wiring connections. 2. Wiring Methods: Wiring methods and materials for panels shall be in accordance with the NEC requirements for General Purpose (no open wiring) unless otherwise specified. 3. Install all components in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions included in the listing and labeling. 4. Provide transformers, protective devices, and power supplies required to convert the supply voltage to the needed utilization voltage. 5. Provide surge protection device on input supply power. 6. Provide nonmetallic ducts for routing and organization of conductors and cables: a. Size ducts for ultimate build-out of the panel, or for 20 percent spare, whichever is greater. b. Provide separate ducts for signal and low voltage wiring from power and 120 VAC control wiring: c. 120 VAC: Grey colored ducts. d. 24 VDC: White colored ducts. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 7 7. Cables shall be fastened with cable mounting clamps or with cable ties supported by any of the following methods: a. Screw-on cable tie mounts. b. Hammer-on cable tie mounting clips. c. Fingers of the nonmetallic duct. 8. The free ends of cable ties shall be cut flush after final adjustment and fastening. 9. Provide supports at the ends of cables to prevent mechanical stresses at the termination of conductors. 10. Support panel conductors where necessary to keep them in place. 11. Wiring to rear terminals on panel-mount instruments shall be run in nonmetallic duct secured to horizontal brackets run adjacent to the instruments. 12. Conductors and cables shall be run from terminal to terminal without splice or joints. Exceptions: a. Factory applied connectors molded onto cables shall be permitted. Such connectors shall not be considered as splices or joints. 13. The control panel shall be the source of power for all 120 VAC devices interconnected with the control panel including, but not limited to Instruments both mounted in the control panel and remotely connected to the control panel. 14. Identify all conductors and cables (including network cables) with wire markers in accordance with specification Section 26 05 23. a. Wire numbers used on conductor Identification labels shall match those shown on the final approved schematic and wiring drawings. F. Nameplates 1. Provide a nameplate on the cover of the control panel in accordance with National Electrical Code Article 409. 2. Provide nameplates for all interior and exterior mounted components and devices. 3. Nameplate legends shall match the description as indicated on the approved final shop drawings. 4. Nameplates shall be in accordance with specification Section 26 05 53. 2.02 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY A. SCADA UPS: 700 VA/500 watt, 120 VAC input 120VAC output, Powerware Ferrups type, Cat. No. FE700VA. Battery run time shall be 35 minutes at 50% rated load. B. Web Adapter: Web/SNMP adapter, RS-232 to Ethernet, Powerware Part No. 116750225-001 2.03 FIELD INSTRUMENTS A. Field instruments including pressure transmitters, pressure gauges and chlorine analyzer shall be provided as indicated on the drawings. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 8 2.04 TUBING A. Instrument pressure sensing lines shall be 1/2", Type 316L stainless steel or as otherwise noted on design drawings. B. Fittings shall be SwageLok, Type 316 stainless steel or as otherwise specified on the design drawings 2.05 PLC SOFTWARE A. PLC Software: Provide a licensed copy of PLC programming an operating software. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and supervision required to carry out the installation, calibration, programming, testing and start-up of the SCADA system in a manner in keeping with the best standard practices available and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 SCADA PANEL A. Install enclosures so that their surfaces are plumb and level within ±1/8 inch over the entire surface of the panel; anchor securely to floor at each corner, minimum. Direct attachment to dry wall is not permitted. B. Provide floor stand kits for wall-mount enclosures larger than 48 inches high. C. Make all required power, grounding, control, instrumentation and data communications field wiring connections SCADA panel as required. 3.03 FIELD INSTRUMENTS A. Install all field instruments in accordance with the drawings and with manufacturer’s instructions. B. All instrument installations shall be calibrated for zero and span in place and noted as such by record to the Owner's Representative. All connections shall be checked for operational integrity such as leaks and continuity. C. The Contractor shall check all applicable measuring or control loops for proper operation and provide to the Owner's Representative for his acceptance, a dated record of the procedure. 3.04 PROGRAMMING A. GENERAL 1. Provide system programming to accomplish the control strategy as described in the City of Corpus Christi Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 9 2. Use the tag and loop identifications as indicated on the final approved P&IDs for all tags used and/or assigned as part of the application software work. 3. Provide system upgrades and maintenance fixes for a period of 1 year from project acceptance B. SCADA PLC 1. The control system logic program shall reside at the PLC level. 2. Program the PLC logic using ladder diagram or functional block method. 3. Provide all manufacturers’ original application software and documentation to the City of Corpus Christi Water Department representative at the completion of the project. Provide PLC application program in native format. C. HMI 1. Modify the existing O.N. Stevens HMI software, National Instruments Lookout Ver. 6.1, to incorporate the system changes and additions made on this project. 2. Furnish a minimum of 3 screens, as directed by the City of Corpus Water Department representative. 3. Station Graphics: a. Graphics shall generally match existing graphics for the Coral Vines (Padre Island) elevated storage tank. b. Configure the graphic display for each device at the elevated tanks to include but not limited to: c. Symbols for: 1) Elevated Tank 2) Valves. 3) Major instruments. d. Alarm symbols e. Relevant test and operational data. f. Status for each controller or controlled device: 1) Hand. 2) Off. 3) Automatic. 4) Local. 5) Remote. 6) Run. 7) Call. 8) Fail. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 10 9) Open. 10) Close. g. Depict a change of state of pumps and valves by a change in color. 4. Production and Usage Bar Graph: a. Depict the production for each site and/or piece of equipment, as determined during the requisite graphics meeting, within the treatment plant, summarized to type, and total usage, with a bar graph and numeric value for each analog value. 5. System Level Summary: a. Show the level for the tank influent and effluent production, etc, via a display using bar graphs and numbers, as determined during the requisite graphics meeting 6. Furnish a minimum of 3 screens, as directed by the City of Corpus Water Department representative. 3.05 WIRING AND CABLE REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall provide and install all conductors, conduits, and cables required throughout as required for a complete and functioning system. The manufacturing and installation of the SCADA System assemblies shall also comply with all other related technical specifications sections. B. Contractor shall be responsible for quality assurance with his installers and for overseeing and providing the appropriate materials. C. Analog signals shall be installed in shielded signal cables, with the shield and drain properly grounded at one end. Shielded signal cables shall be run in conduit separate and physically separated from all power wiring. Minimum requirement for signal conductors shall be 16 gauge twisted and shielded. D. Wiring shall run without breaks or splices from origin to destination. If in-line terminations are required a suitable junction box with terminal blocks shall be provided for that purpose. Conductors and cables shall be identified by unique wire numbers at each termination and/or junction box. Junction boxes and terminations shall be installed properly and in such a way to avoid entry of water. E. Wiring and conduit shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, in accordance with all applicable codes and standards. When installing buried conduits, care should be taken to avoid existing utilities. If existing utilities are disturbed, they shall be promptly repaired. 3.06 FIELD TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE A. Functional Test. Following connection, check-out and final adjustment of all equipment in the field, a performance check shall be made on each item as follows: 1. Analog signals shall be tested at 0 %, 25 %, 50%, and 100% of scale, as required. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 11 2. Discrete signals shall be tested in both states. 3. Each control loop shall be tested. Testing shall be done from the signal source and include field wiring. 4. If, during running of the tests, one or more points appear to be out by more than the specified amount, the Contractor’s servicemen shall make such adjustment or alterations as are necessary to bring the equipment up to the specification performance. Following such adjustment, the tests shall be repeated to demonstrate compliance. B. Field Acceptance Test Subsequent to the field check-out tests, a complete system field test shall be performed. The system shall operate without failure for a period of 100 hours before this test shall be considered successful. Before this test is started, the Contractor shall satisfy himself that the system is operating correctly with live data. Any malfunction during the test shall be analyzed and corrections made by the Contractor. The test witnesses will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently serious to warrant a repeat of this test. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) SCADA System City Project No. E11012 13 50 01 – 12 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Basic Piping Materials and Methods City Project No. E11012 22 05 00 – 1 SECTION 22 05 00 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Basic piping materials and methods. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A 53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless. 2. A 106 - Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service. 3. D 2240 - Test Method for Rubber Property Durometer Hardness. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Aboveground Piping: Piping within buildings, tunnels, or other structures without regard to elevation of piping, or exposed piping outside buildings and structures. B. Underground Piping: Piping actually buried in soil or cast in concrete. C. Underwater Piping: Piping below tops of walls in basins or concrete tanks containing water. D. Wet Wall: Wall with water on at least one side. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Piping Drawings: 1. Except in details, piping is indicated diagrammatically. Not every offset and fitting, or structural difficulty that may be encountered has been indicated on the Drawings. Sizes and locations are indicated on the Drawings. 2. Perform minor modifications to piping alignment where necessary to avoid structural, mechanical, or other type of obstructions that cannot be removed or changed. a. Modifications are intended to be of minor scope, not involving a change to the design concept or a change to the Contract Price or Contract Times. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Venting Piping Under Pressure: a. Lay piping under pressure flat or at a continuous slope without air traps, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. b. Install plug valves as air bleeder cocks at high points in piping. Provide one- inch plug valves for waterlines, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Basic Piping Materials and Methods City Project No. E11012 22 05 00 – 2 c. Provide additional pipe taps with plug cocks and riser pipes along piping as required for venting during initial filling, disinfecting, and sampling. d. Before piping is placed into service, close plug valves and install plugs. Protect plugs and plug valves from corrosion in accordance with Section 09 96 00. 2. Restraining Piping: a. Restrain piping at valves and at fittings where piping changes direction, changes sizes, and at ends. 1) When piping is underground, use concrete thrust block or mechanical restraints. 2) When piping is aboveground or under water, use mechanical or structural restraints. 3) Determine thrust forces by multiplying the nominal cross sectional area of the piping by design test pressure of the piping. b. Provide restraints with ample size to withstand thrust forces resulting from test pressures. 1) During testing, provide suitable temporary restraints where piping does not require permanent restraints. c. Place concrete thrust blocks against undisturbed soil. Place concrete so piping joints, fittings, and other appurtenances are accessible for assembly and disassembly. d. Provide underground mechanical restraints where specified in the Piping Schedule. 3. Connections to Existing Piping: a. Expose existing piping to which connections are to be made with sufficient time to permit, where necessary, field adjustments in line, grade, or fittings. 1) Protect domestic water supplies from contamination. a) Make connections between domestic water supply and other water systems in accordance with requirements of public health authorities. b) Provide devices approved by OWNER of domestic water supply system to prevent flow from other sources into the domestic supply system. b. Make connections to existing piping and valves after sections of new piping to be connected have been tested and found satisfactory. c. Provide sleeves, flanges, nipples, couplings, adapters, and other fittings needed to install or attach new fittings to existing piping and to make connections to existing piping. 4. Connections to In-service Piping: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Basic Piping Materials and Methods City Project No. E11012 22 05 00 – 3 a. Shutdown in-service piping in accordance with the plans and specifications. 1) Establish procedures and timing in a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and OWNER of the in-service piping. b. Where operation and maintenance of existing facilities require that a shutdown be made during hours other than normal working hours, perform the related work in coordination with the hours of actual shutdown. c. Additional provisions regarding shutdown of existing facilities are specified in the plans and specifications. 5. Connections at Dissimilar Metals: a. Connect ferrous and nonferrous metal piping, tubing, and fittings with dielectric couplings especially designed for the prevention of chemical reactions between dissimilar metals. b. Nonferrous metals include aluminum, copper, and copper alloys. C. Piping Alternatives: 1. Provide piping in accordance with this Section, unless indicated on the Drawings or specified otherwise. 2. Alternative Pipe Ratings: Piping with greater pressure rating than specified may be substituted in lieu of specified piping without changes to the Contract Price. Piping of different material may not be substituted in lieu of specified piping. 3. Alternative Joint Types: Ductile iron piping with mechanical joints or push-on joints may be substituted in lieu of bell and spigot joints. 4. Valves in Piping Sections: Capable of withstanding specified test pressures for piping sections and fabricated with ends to fit piping. 5. For flanged joints, where one of the joining flanges is raised face type, provide a matching raised face type flange for the other joining flange. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ESCUTCHEONS A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Dearborn Brass Company, Model Number 5358. 2. Keeney Manufacturing Company, Model Number 102 or Number 105. B. Material: Chrome plated steel plate. 2.02 LINK TYPE SEALS A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Calpico, Inc. 2. Thunderline Corporation, Link-Seal. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Basic Piping Materials and Methods City Project No. E11012 22 05 00 – 4 B. Characteristics: 1. Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking EPDM or synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall opening. 2. Assemble links solely with stainless steel bolts and nuts to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe. 3. Provide a stainless steel or glass reinforced nylon pressure plate under each bolt head and nut. Isolate pressure plate from contact with wall sleeve. 2.03 GASKETS A. Gaskets for Non-steam Cleaned Ductile Iron and Steel Piping: 1. Suitable for pressures equal to and less than 150 pounds per square inch gauge, temperatures equal to and less than 250 degrees Fahrenheit, and raw sewage service. 2. Gasket Material: a. EPDM elastomer with minimum Shore A hardness value of 70. b. Reinforcement: Inserted 13-ounce nylon fabric cloth for pipes 20 inches or larger. c. Thickness: Minimum 3/32-inch thick for less than 10-inch pipe; minimum 1/8-inch thick for 10-inch and larger pipe. 3. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Pipe 20 inches in Diameter and Larger: 1) Garlock, Style 8798. 2) John Crane, similar product. b. Pipe less than 20 inches in Diameter: 1) Garlock, Style 7797. 2) John Crane, similar product. B. Gaskets for Steam Cleaned Nonglass-lined Ductile Iron and Steel Piping: 1. Suitable for pressures equal and less than 150 pressure square inch gauge temperatures equal and less than 360 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. Material: a. EPDM elastomer, compressed, non-asbestos fiber reinforcement. 3. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Garlock, Blue-Gard Style 3300. b. John Crane, similar product. C. Gaskets for Flanged Joints in Polyvinyl Chloride and Polyethylene Piping: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Basic Piping Materials and Methods City Project No. E11012 22 05 00 – 5 1. Suitable for pressures equal and less than 150 pounds per square inch gauge, with low flange bolt loadings, temperatures equal and less than 120 degrees Fahrenheit, polymer, chlorine, caustic solutions, and other chemicals, except chemicals which liberate free fluorine including fluorochemicals and gaseous fluorine. 2. Material: Viton Rubber; 0.125-inch thick. 3. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Garlock. b. John Crane, similar product. D. Gaskets for Flanged Joints in Ductile Iron, or Steel Water Piping: 1. Suitable for hot or cold water, pressures equal and less than 150 pounds per square inch gauge, and temperatures equal and less than 160 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. Material: a. EPDM elastomer, compressed, non-asbestos fiber reinforcement. b. Teflon ring; or teflon envelope with nonasbestos filler. 3. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Bluegard, Style 3300. b. Garlock. c. John Crane, similar product. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINAT ION A. Verification of Existing Conditions: 1. Locate and expose existing structures, piping, conduits, and other facilities and obstructions which may affect construction of underground piping before starting excavation for new underground piping and appurtenances. 2. Verify sizes, elevations, locations, and other relevant features of existing facilities and obstructions. Determine conflicts for the construction of the new underground piping and appurtenances. 3. Make piping location and grade adjustments to resolve conflicts between new piping and existing facilities and obstructions. 3.02 WALL AND SLAB PENETRATIONS A. Provide sleeves for piping penetrations through aboveground masonry and concrete walls, floors, ceilings, roofs, pilasters, columns, piers, and beams unless specified or otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. For piping 1 inch in nominal diameter and larger, provide sleeves with minimum inside diameters of 1 inch plus outside diameter of piping. For piping smaller than 1 inch in nominal diameter, provide sleeve of minimum twice the outside diameter of piping. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Basic Piping Materials and Methods City Project No. E11012 22 05 00 – 6 1. Arrange sleeves and adjacent joints so piping can be pulled out of sleeves and replaced without disturbing the structure. 2. Cut ends of sleeves flush with surfaces of concrete, masonry, or plaster. 3. Conceal ends of sleeves with escutcheons where piping runs through floors, walls, or ceilings of finished spaces within buildings. 4. Seal spaces between pipes and sleeves with link-type seals when not otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. C. Cast couplings or wall pieces in walls for penetrations of buried rigid piping including cast iron, ductile iron, reinforced concrete, and vitrified clay through structures. 1. Provide couplings or wall pieces with mechanical push-ons, or similar flexible joints at outside faces of walls. 2. Provide additional similar joints in piping at transition points between trenches and structure excavations. D. Link Seal: Use 2 link seals where seal is used to seal at wet wall sleeves. Mount one seal on the inside face of the wall and the other on the outside face of the wall. Coordinate the inside diameter of the wall sleeve with the size of the seal to provide watertight sealing. E. Where not indicated on the Drawings, penetrations for conditions other than those specified under the preceding subparagraphs shall be 1 of the 3 types specified in such subparagraphs found by ENGINEER to be the most suitable for the particular conditions. 3.03 EXPOSED PIPING A. Install exposed piping in straight runs parallel to the axes of structures, unless indicated otherwise. 1. Install piping runs plumb and level, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Slope plumbing drain piping with 1/8-inch per foot downward in the direction of flow. B. Install exposed piping after installing equipment and after piping and fitting locations have been determined. C. Support piping in accordance with Section 22 05 29. 1. Do not transfer pipe loads and strain to equipment. D. In addition to the joints indicated on the Drawings, provide unions, flexible couplings, flanged joints, and other types of joints or means which are compatible with and suitable for the piping system, and necessary to allow ready assembly and disassembly of the piping. E. Assemble piping without distortion or stresses caused by misalignment. 1. Match and properly orient flanges, unions, flexible couplings, and other connections. 2. Do not subject piping to bending or other undue stresses when fitting piping. Do not correct defective orientation or alignment by distorting flanged joints or subjecting flange bolts to bending or other undue stresses. 3. Flange bolts, union halves, flexible connectors, and other connection elements shall slip freely into place. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Basic Piping Materials and Methods City Project No. E11012 22 05 00 – 7 4. Alter piping assembly to fit when proper fit is not obtained. 5. Install eccentric reducers or increasers with the top horizontal for pump suction piping. 3.04 BURIED PIPING A. Bury piping with minimum 3-foot cover without air traps, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. Where two similar services run parallel to each other, piping for such services may be laid in the same trench. Lay piping with sufficient room for assembly and disassembly of joints, for thrust blocks, for other structures, and to meet any separation requirements of public health authorities having jurisdiction. C. Laying Piping: 1. Lay piping in finished trenches free from water or debris. Begin at the lowest point with bell ends up slope. 2. Place piping with top or bottom markings with markings in proper position. 3. Lay piping on an unyielding foundation with uniform bearing under the full length of barrels. 4. Where joints require external grouting, banding, or pointing, provide space under and immediately in front of the bell end of each section laid with sufficient shape and size for grouting, banding, or pointing of joints. 5. At the end of each day's construction, plug open ends of piping temporarily to prevent entrance of debris or animals. 3.05 CLEANING A. Piping Cleaning: 1. Upon completion of installation, clean piping interior of foreign matter and debris. Perform special cleaning when required by the Contract Documents. B. Cleaning Potable Water Piping: 1. Flush and disinfect potable water piping in accordance with Section 33 13 01. 3.06 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Abbreviations: 1. The following abbreviations used in the column of test method refer to the respective methods specified in Section 33 11 02. AM Air method GR Gravity method HH High head method LH Low head method SC Special case Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Basic Piping Materials and Methods City Project No. E11012 22 05 00 – 8 2. Abbreviations to designate piping include the following: CCP Concrete Cylinder Pipe CI Cast iron Cl Class, followed by the designation DIP Ductile iron piping Ga Gauge, preceded by the designation GE Grooved end joint NPS Nominal pipe size, followed by the number in inches pounds per square inch Pounds per square inch, gauge PEC Polyurethane and epoxy coating system PEE Polyethylene Encasement PVC Polyvinyl Chloride RCP Reinforced Concrete Pipe Sch. Schedule, followed by the designation SS Stainless steel (The PIPING SCHEDULE is found below.) PIPING SCHEDULE Use Piping Joints/Fittings Test Pres Method Test Riser, Overflow, and Drain Piping inside tank pedestal Type 304L Stainless Steel, Schedule 10S AWWA C226, C228 standard flanged w/ ANSI B16.5 Class 150- lb drilling 150 HH Inlet/Outlet Piping (Above Ground) DIP CI.52 cement- mortar lined, coated PEC. AWWA C110, C115 standard flanged w/ANSI B16.1 150-lb drilling. 150 HH Inlet/Outlet Piping (Below Ground) PVC DR 18 Push-on, MJ restrained & flanged adapters if flanged connection is required 150 HH END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Pipe Supports City Project No. E11012 22 05 29 – 1 SECTION 22 05 29 PIPE SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Supports for pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standard Institute or Manufacturer's Standardization Society (ANSI/MSS): 1. SP-58 - Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, and Manufacture. 2. SP-69 - Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include schedule, indicating where supports will be installed, and drawings of pipe support system components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE SUPPORTS A. Concrete Inserts for Pipes under 30 Inch Diameter: ANSI/MSS SP-69 Type 18. Minimum 1,140 pounds capacity with 5/8-inch diameter rod. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 282. b. Carpenter and Paterson, Figure CP-109. B. Concrete Inserts for Pipe 30 Inch Diameter and Larger: Hot-dip galvanized steel body with 3/4 inch diameter National Coarse zinc plated square nut, anchor insert to steel concrete reinforcement. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Connection Specialties, Inc., Model 6MD350. C. Hanger Rods: Sized to match suspended pipe hanger, or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Manufacturers: One of following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 140. b. Bergen-Paterson, Part 5000. c. B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3205. D. Hanger Rods, Continuously Threaded: Sized to match suspended pipe hanger, or as indicated on the Drawings. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Pipe Supports City Project No. E11012 22 05 29 – 2 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 146. b. Bergen-Paterson, Part BP-5006. E. Eye Bolts: Welded and rated equal to full load capacity of rod. F. Welded Eyebolt Rod: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 278. b. Bergen-Paterson, Part 5004. c. B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3210. G. Adjustable Ring Hangers: ANSI/MSS SP 69 Type 7. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell. b. B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3172. H. Adjustable Clevis Hangers: ANSI/MSS PS 69, Type 1. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 260. b. Bergen-Paterson, Part 6750. c. B-Line systems, Inc., Figure B3100 or B3105. I. Brackets: ANSI/MSS SP-69 Type 32 with back plate; rated for 1,500 pounds. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 195. b. B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3066. J. Standard U-bolt: ANSI/MSS SP-69 Type 24. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 137. b. Bergen-Paterson, Part 6502. K. Riser Clamps: ANSI/MSS SP-69 Type 8. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 261. b. Bergen-Paterson, Part 6302. c. B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3373. L. Pipe Clamps: ANSI/MSS SP 69 Type 4. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Pipe Supports City Project No. E11012 22 05 29 – 3 a. Grinnell, Figure 212. b. Bergen-Paterson, Part 6100. c. B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3140. M. Adjustable Offset Pipe Clamp: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 100. b. B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3149. N. Offset Pipe Clamp: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 103. b. B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3148. O. Floor Stand or Stanchion Saddles: ANSI/MSS SP-69 Type 37. Provided with U-bolt hold down yokes. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 259. b. Bergen-Paterson, Part 6652. c. Piping Technology and Products, Figure 48. P. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 264 b. Piping Technology and Products, Figure 46 c. Bergen Paterson, Part 6651. Q. Spring Supports: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Bergen-Paterson, Part 3200. b. Grinnell, Figure B-268. R. One Hole Pipe Clamps: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 126. b. Carpenter and Paterson, Figure 237. S. Welded Beam Attachment: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 66. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Pipe Supports City Project No. E11012 22 05 29 – 4 b. Bergen-Paterson, Part 1047. c. B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3083. T. Heavy Pipe Clamp: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Grinnell, Figure 216. b. Bergen-Paterson, Part 6101. U. Anchor Bolts, Flush Shells, Powder Actuated Fasteners, and Concrete Anchors: Contractor shall submit for Engineer’s approval. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Pipe Supports: 1. Stainless Steel (type 304 or 316): Use in all submerged locations, above water level but below top of wall inside water bearing structures and where specifically indicated on the Drawings. 2. Hot-dip Galvanized Steel: Use in areas other than above and where specifically indicated on the Drawings. Hot-dip galvanize pipe support after fabrication. 3. Plastic, Aluminum, FRP and Other Miscellaneous Materials: Use where specifically indicated on the Drawings. B. Fasteners: 1. Contractor shall submit for Engineer’s approval. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Properly support, suspend or anchor exposed pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances to prevent sagging, overstressing, or movement of piping; and to prevent thrusts or loads on or against connected pumps, blowers, and other equipment. B. Carefully determine locations of inserts. Anchor to formwork prior to placing concrete. C. Use flush shells only where indicated on the Drawings. D. Do not use anchors relying on deformation of lead alloy. E. Do not use stud type powder actuated fasteners for securing metallic conduit or steel pipe larger than 1 inch to concrete, masonry, or wood. F. Suspend pipe hangers from hanger rods. Secured with double nuts. G. Install continuously threaded hanger rods only where indicated on the Drawings. H. Use adjustable ring hangers; or adjustable clevis hangers, for 6 inch and smaller diameter pipe. I. Use adjustable clevis hangers for pipe larger than 6 inches in diameter. J. Secure pipes with galvanized double-nutted U-bolts or suspend pipes from hanger rods and hangers. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Pipe Supports City Project No. E11012 22 05 29 – 5 K. Support Spacing: 1. Support 2 inch and smaller piping on horizontal and vertical runs at maximum 5 feet on center, unless otherwise specified. 2. Support larger than 2 inch piping on horizontal and vertical runs at maximum 10 feet on center, unless otherwise specified. 3. Support exposed polyvinyl chloride and other plastic pipes at maximum 5 feet on center, regardless of size. 4. Support tubing, copper pipe and tubing, fiber-reinforced plastic pipe or duct, and rubber hose and tubing at intervals close enough to prevent sagging greater than 1/4-inch between supports. L. Install Supports At: 1. Horizontal bends. 2. Both sides of flexible pipe connections. 3. Base of risers. 4. Floor penetrations. 5. Connections to pumps, blowers and other equipment. 6. Valves and appurtenances. M. Securely anchor plastic pipe, valves, and headers to prevent movement during operation of valves. N. Anchor plastic pipe between expansion loops and direction changes to prevent axial movement through anchors. O. Provide ductile iron elbows or tees supported from floors with base fittings where indicated on the Drawings. P. Support base fittings with metal supports or where indicated on the Drawings, concrete piers. Q. Size hanger rods, supports, clamps, anchors, brackets, and guides in accordance with ANSI/MSS SP 58 and SP 69. R. Do not use chains, plumbers' straps, wire, or similar devices for permanently suspending, supporting, or restraining pipes. S. Support plumbing drainage and vents in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code. T. Supports, Clamps, Brackets, and Portions of Support System Bearing Against Copper Pipe: Copper plated, copper throughout, or isolated with EPDM or polyvinyl chloride tape. U. Where pipe is insulated, install over-sized supports and hangers. V. Install insulation shield in accordance with ANSI/MSS SP 69, Type 40. Shield shall be galvanized steel unless specified elsewhere. W. Install riser clamps at floor penetrations and where indicated on the Drawings. X. Paint or Coat support system components as specified in Section 09 91 01. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Pipe Supports City Project No. E11012 22 05 29 – 6 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Dehumidification City Project No. E11012 23 84 16 – 1 SECTION 23 84 16 DEHUMIDIFICATION PART 1 HUMIDITY CONTROL Dehumidification equipment is required to control the environment in the tank 24 hours a day during the blasting, cleaning, coating application, and coating cure of the interior of the tank. PART 2 EQUIPMENT A desiccant dehumidifier will be required for this project. The desiccant dehumidifier will be a solid desiccant design having a single rotary desiccant wheel of fully automatic continuous operation. PART 3 INTERNAL ENVIRONMENT During the blasting operation, dehumidification equipment will continuously maintain a relative humidity not to exceed 40% to 50% and a differential of 17 degrees to 25 degrees inside air temperature at the surface. Dehumidification will control the environment inside the tank to aide in the curing process of the coating but dehumidification is not responsible for curing the coating. Dehumidification will be required to aide in the curing of the coating for seven days after the final coat. PART 4 SUPPLIER Dehumidification must be provided by Munters Moisture Control @ (1-800-I-CAN-DRY or 1-800-422-6379) or approved equal. PART 5 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS For this project for the City of Corpus Christi the CONTRACTOR will provide a gas fired HC-2250 desiccant dehumidifier. PART 6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT This item will not be paid for separately, but will be considered subsidiary to other lump sum bid items. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Dehumidification City Project No. E11012 23 84 16 – 2 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical General Provisions City Project No. E11012 26 00 00 – 1 SECTION 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. The Contractor shall submit his bid on the basis of executing all work as hereinafter specified, as shown on the drawings or as necessary to provide complete and functioning systems. All items of labor, material, or equipment not required in detail by the specifications or drawings, but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of all phases of work described herein, or reasonably implied in connection therewith, shall be furnished as if called for in detail by the specifications or drawings. 1.02 LAWS AND ORDINANCES: A. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of the federal, state, and local laws and ordinances having jurisdiction at the jobsite. The installation shall be in strict accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and City of Corpus Christi Electrical Code. All modifications to the work, which may be required by an authority having legal jurisdiction over the work, shall be made by the Contractor at no increase in contract price. 1.03 LICENSES, FEES AND PERMITS: A. The Contractor must have an electrical contractor (EC) license issued by the state of Texas. The Contractor must have at least one (1) full-time employee with a Master Electrician (ME) license issued by the state of Texas. Additionally and at all times while work is being performed, for every three (3) or less craftsman working on the project site, at least one (1) craftsman must have a Journeyman Electrician (JE) license issued by state of Texas. The Contractor and all Journeyman Electricians (JE) performing work on this project shall have a minimum of ten (10) years experience in installing and modifying electrical power, lighting, control and communications systems in industrial facilities. Personal résumés documenting such experience shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance. B. A city electrical construction permit will not be required for this project. 1.04 THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. The drawings and specifications shall be interpreted together, and any and all work included in either, though not in both, shall be part of the contracted work. The drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the project and existing job site conditions will permit. Any changes due to equipment supplied, conflict with the work of other trades or to make this work conform to the National Electrical Code shall be made by the Contractor at no increase in contract price. 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS: A. Before submitting his bid, the Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize himself with all existing conditions and his bid shall be based on accepting conditions as they exist. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical General Provisions City Project No. E11012 26 00 00 – 2 1.06 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be new. Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such materials and equipment. Where two or more units of the same item are required, they shall be products of a single manufacturer. The Contractor shall unload and properly store all electrical materials and equipment delivered to the jobsite. 1.07 UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE: A. Not Required B. The Contractor shall make arrangements for connection with the electrical utility company which will serve the jobsite and shall comply with all the rules, regulations, and requirements of the utility company. The Contractor shall examine the site, confer with the utility company, and verify the requirements for connections prior to bidding the work. The Contractor shall verify with the utility company the exact location of service tie-in points, cable routes, etc. Failure of the Contractor to contact the utility company and obtain such information prior to bidding the work shall not be considered as a basis for additional compensation. C. Where outages to existing electrical service or circuits are required, the Contractor shall coordinate the timing and duration of such outages with Owner's representative. 1.08 SAFETY: A. It shall be the responsibility of the electrical Contractor to initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions required by local, state, and federal laws, including OSHA. 1.09 SUBMITTALS: A. Submittals for Approval: 1. Submit in accordance with Specification Section 01 33 00, Submittals, except as otherwise stated herein. 2. Within thirty (30) calendar days after award of contract or after receipt of a completed change order, the Contractor shall furnish seven (7) hard copy sets and one (1) electronic file copy in PDF format of drawings and data as described herein for Engineer approval. No item of equipment or material shall be ordered or shipped to the job site until written approval of the submittal data has been given by the Engineer. 3. The submittal data for each item shall include descriptive literature, performance data, shop drawings technical literature, and any other necessary data to readily identify that the equipment will meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. See individual technical specification sections for specific data, drawings and documents to be submitted. 4. One complete submittal of drawings and data shall be made for all required items. Partial or incomplete submittals will be returned without comment. All copies furnished shall be manufacturer’s original copies of good quality, legible photocopies, or blue line prints. Copies transmitted by facsimile machine are not acceptable. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical General Provisions City Project No. E11012 26 00 00 – 3 5. Submittal documents shall be job specific. Where manufacturer’s standard drawings or catalog sheets are provided, they shall be marked to show specifically what is being furnished. Drawings shall be marked to show Owner’s name, plant location, project description, and equipment designation. 6. Substitutions for specified products shall be in compliance with Paragraph 1.10. 7. The Contractor shall review all manufacturers’ submittals for completeness, accuracy, and compliance with project specifications before submitting to Engineer. 8. The Engineer will review the complete submittal package and return one (1) set to the Contractor with individual items marked in one of the following three forms: Approved as Submitted. Approved as Noted. Disapproved. Items which are disapproved shall be corrected as required and shall be resubmitted to the Engineer for approval. 9. The Engineer will review the original submittal and one (1) resubmittal. If additional resubmittals are necessary due to non-compliance with the drawings and specifications or due to Contractor’s failure to submit complete or accurate information, then the Contractor will be charged for the cost of additional reviews. Refer to Section A, Special Provisions, A-36, Paragraph 1R. B. Approval of submittals, etc. shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor from further responsibility, but rather as a means to coordinate the work and to aid in the proper selection and installation of the materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be subject to final acceptance by the Engineer at completion of the project. C. Submittal of Record Data: 1. Upon completion of the project, submit record data in accordance with Section 01 33 03 except as otherwise stated herein. 2. Record Data: Provide seven (7) sets of record data books containing hard copies of the information listed below. See the individual technical specification sections for additional specific record data information to be furnished. The material shall be bound into appropriately sized 3 ring binders, organized with dividers and index sheets. The binders shall be appropriately labeled with the Owner’s name, project name, and location. The data books shall include: a. Certified as-built shop drawings for all fabricated equipment. b. Approved product data for all items required in Paragraph 1.09A. c. Spare parts lists d. Test records. In addition to the hard copies, each binder shall contain a CD with electronic files of the hard copy information, both in PDF and in native file format as applicable. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical General Provisions City Project No. E11012 26 00 00 – 4 3. Record Drawings: Provide one (1) set of project drawings marked neatly and legibly in colored pencil to show any significant deviation between actual conditions and original design layout. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide documentation in electronic format as described in Specification Section 01 33 00, Equipment Documentation Requirements. 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Requirements for Substitutions: It is the intention of the drawings and specifications to establish a definite standard when a particular manufacturer's product is mentioned. Written request for substitutions of equivalent products will be considered provided all the following conditions are met. Substitutions for specified products will not be permitted unless all of the following conditions are met: 1. Written request shall be received in the Engineer's office prior to the mandatory pre- bid conference. Requests after the mandatory pre-bid conference will not be considered. 2. Request shall include complete technical data. 3. Request shall include a complete comparison of differences and similarities between the proposed and specified product. 4. Space and clearance requirements are adequate for products mentioned. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify space and clearance requirements for products proposed for substitution. 5. If modifications to the drawings and specifications are necessary for the proper installation of a product proposed for substitution, the request shall explain such in detail, accompanied by drawings if necessary. B. Approval: If the above has been complied with, and in the Engineer's opinion the product proposed for substitution is equivalent to that mentioned, the product will be approved for substitution and all prospective bidders will be so notified. 1.11 PROTECTION: A. All new work, equipment, and materials shall be protected at all times to prevent damage or breakage, either in transit, storage, installation, or testing. All openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All materials and equipment shall be covered and protected against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical injury. This shall include the erection of all required temporary shelters, cribbing of any apparatus above floor construction and covering of apparatus in incomplete buildings with tarpaulins or other protective covering. Temporary electric heaters shall be installed to keep apparatus dry. All rotating equipment and/or machinery shall be properly lubricated and rotated on a regular basis. All electrical materials and equipment damaged during handling, storage, installation and until the project has been accepted by the Owner shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor with no increase in contract price. 1.12 COORDINATION: A. The Contractor shall not hinder and/or delay any work being accomplished by other construction companies at or near the general construction site; nor shall the Contractor Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical General Provisions City Project No. E11012 26 00 00 – 5 impede normal operation of the City of Corpus Christi at any time except as otherwise indicated. 1.13 WORKMANSHIP: A. All labor shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their particular trades. All installations shall be complete in both effectiveness and appearance whether finally enclosed or left exposed. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the removal or replacement of any item which, in his opinion, does not present a reasonably neat or workmanlike appearance, providing that same can be properly installed in an orderly way by usual methods for such work. All specialties and appurtenances shall be installed to conform to the manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise specified. 1.14 CUTTING AND REPAIRING: A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work to eliminate cutting of the construction except as specified. Where it becomes necessary to cut through the construction to permit the installation of work or the repair of defective work, it shall be done by mechanics skilled in the trade of erecting the type of work involved. The cost of cutting and repairing shall be paid by the Contractor without additional compensation. No cutting shall be done to any structural members unless specific permission is granted, in writing, by the Engineer. 1.15 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CONNECTIONS: A. The Contractor shall install all electrical equipment and provide all necessary disconnects, overcurrent protection, wiring and connections required for the proper installation and functioning of all electrical equipment regardless of which specification division the equipment is furnished under. B. Where the actual equipment furnished is different than what is indicated on the design drawings, the Contractor shall provide all required labor, materials, supervision and technical design to properly install the furnished equipment and make the necessary wiring changes as required for proper system operation. 1.16 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC POWER AND LIGHTING: A. General: Temporary electric power and lighting facilities shall be provided as necessary to enable the Contractor and Subcontractor to complete the work and to enable the Engineer to observe the work as it is being performed. Illumination levels shall meet or exceed IES recommendations. B. Power Source: 1. Electrical power may be obtained from existing plant facilities where feasible and where permitted by plant operating personnel. The cost of electrical energy usage for plant power connections will not be charged to the Contractor. C. Responsibilities: 1. Provide and maintain temporary electric power and lighting facilities in accordance with NEC requirements. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical General Provisions City Project No. E11012 26 00 00 – 6 2. Remove temporary electric power and lighting facilities upon completion of the project. 3. Where separate electrical service is required, make arrangements for service with the local utility company. Pay for all costs associated with separate service. Comply with all utility company rules and regulations. Contractor’s temporary office facilities shall be served from a separate utility connection and meter. 4. Register temporary service meter in Contractor’s name. 1.17 SLEEVES, INSERTS, SUPPORTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, FLASHING AND FOUNDATIONS: A. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, supports, anchor bolts, flashing, counter flashing, and foundations required for the proper installation of the proposed work. 1.18 CLEANING: A. All debris resulting from the construction shall be removed from the project site daily. Upon completion of the project, unused materials and equipment shall be removed from the project site. All visible labels, dirt overspray, paint, grease, and stains shall be removed from all electrical equipment. Labels indicating testing laboratory approval or giving parts numbers shall be left in place. 1.19 INSPECTIONS: A. The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide assistance to the Engineer or the Engineer's Inspector in making periodic and final inspections of the work. This assistance shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the furnishing of labor, tools, etc. to operate equipment and demonstrate its proper functioning. Also included shall be the removal of outlet, junction box and panel covers, etc. as necessary for the Engineer to inspect the work. 1.20 GUARANTEE: A. A guarantee shall be included that provides protection for the project and all component parts and workmanship. The guarantee shall remain in effect for a minimum of twelve months after final acceptance of the project by the City of Corpus Christi and not less than the period as determined by B-8-11 Maintenance Guaranty of the General Provisions and Requirements for Municipal Contracts. The warranty shall cover transportation, engineering, labor, and material cost required to correct deficiencies. B. Any defects from imperfect or improper materials or faults arising from improper workmanship which may appear during the guarantee period shall be amended and made good by the Contractor at his own cost. Any defects or faults shall be attended to within ten (10) days after receiving written notice from the Engineer. Failure to promptly attend to said defects or faults shall be sufficient cause for the Owner to correct the problem with the Owner's forces or the forces of others and invoice the Contractor for any and all charges, including management and overhead, related to correcting said problem. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical General Provisions City Project No. E11012 26 00 00 – 7 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical General Provisions City Project No. E11012 26 00 00 – 8 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Wire and Cable City Project No. E11012 26 05 23 – 1 SECTION 26 05 23 WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes copper wire, cable, associated connectors, and termination hardware used on systems operating at 600 volts or less. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. B8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium Hard, Or Soft. B. National Electrical Contractor Association (NECA) 1. Standard of Installation C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 44 Rubber-Insulated Wires and Cables 2. 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables 3. 486A Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper Conductors 4. 486C Splicing Wire Connectors 5. 510 Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape 1.03 SUBMITTALS – FOR APPROVAL A. Procedures: 1. Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions. 2. Provide one (1) complete submittal containing all items required herein. 3. Partial or incomplete submittals or submittals not complying with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 will be returned Disapproved without comment. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Wire and Cable City Project No. E11012 26 05 23 – 2 B. Product Data: Submit for each type of wire and cable, terminal lugs, connectors, and cable fittings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS – RECORD DATA A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish wire, cable, associated connectors, and termination hardware bearing UL label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BUILDING WIRE A. Single conductor, soft drawn, annealed copper conductor, Class B stranded. Insulation shall be 600 volt, type THHN/THWN-2 per UL 83 or type XHHW -2 per UL 44. 2.02 MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE: Okonite type FMR Okolon type TC cable having the following construction features. A. Conductor: Bare, soft annealed copper, Class B Stranded per ASTM B-8 and tin coated per ASTM B-33. B. Insulation: 600 volt ethylene propylene rubber color coded per ICEA method 1 for sizes 14 through 10 AWG. Surface printed numbers per ICEA method 4 for No. 8 AWG and larger. C. Grounding Conductor: Bare, annealed, stranded copper per ASTM B-8. D. Assembly: Multiple insulated conductors with equipment grounding conductor, non- hygroscopic fillers with overall binder tape per UL 1569. E. Jacket: Black, sunlight resistant, vulcanized chlorosolfinated polyethylene. 2.03 TYPE MC CABLE: Okonite type CLX multi-conductor cable having the following construction features: A. Conductor: Bare, soft annealed copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8. B. Insulation: Cross-linked polyethylene, 600 volt, type XHHW -2 with printed number and/or color identification. C. Grounding conductor: Three bare, annealed, stranded copper conductors per ASTM B-8 (omit for control cable). D. Assembly: Multiple insulated conductors with grounding conductor, non-hygroscopic fillers and overall binder tape per UL 1569. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Wire and Cable City Project No. E11012 26 05 23 – 3 E. Sheath: Close fitting, impervious, continuous welded, corrugated aluminum CLX per UL 1569. F. Jacket: Black, sunlight resistant PVC. 2.04 VFD MOTOR SUPPLY CABLE A. Belden 1000 V UL Flexible Motor Supply Cable, listed as TC-VFD on cable schedule. B. Sizes No. 12 through No. 2 AWG: 1. Conductors: 3 – flexible stranded tinned copper conductors, 2. Insulation: XLPE, cross-linked polyethylene, 1000 volt 3. Grounding conductor: 1 symmetrical stranded copper conductor, PVC insulated 4. Outer Shield: DuofoilTM aluminum foil-polyester copper tape shield, 100% coverage with tinned copper braid shield, 85% coverage 5. Jacket: Black, sunlight resistant PVC C. Sizes No. 3 through No. 4/0 AWG: 1. Conductors: 3 – flexible stranded tinned copper conductors, 2. Insulation: XLPE, cross-linked polyethylene, 1000 volt 3. Grounding conductor: 3 symmetrical bare copper conductor, 7x19x23 stranded 4. Outer Shield: 2 spiral copper tape shields, 100% coverage each 5. Jacket: Black, sunlight resistant PVC 2.05 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Belden 2. Okonite B. Single Pair/Triad: Stranded copper conductor, No.16 AWG, 600 volt PVC insulation, color coded black-white twisted single pair or black-white-red twisted single triad, aluminum polyester overall shield with stranded copper drain wire and overall black PVC jacket, rated 900 C dry/750 C wet – Okonite Okoseal-N Type P-OS, UL listed as type TC for cable tray use. C. Multi-Pair/Triad: Stranded copper conductor, No. 18 AWG, 600 volt PVC insulation, color coded black-white twisted pairs or black-white-red twisted triads, aluminum-polyester shield over each group with stranded copper drain wire, 100% isolation between groups, multiple groups assembled with overall aluminum-polyester shield and coated stranded Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Wire and Cable City Project No. E11012 26 05 23 – 4 copper drain wire, overall black PVC jacket, rated 900 C dry/750 C wet, 600 volts, - Okonite Okoseal-N Type SP-OS, UL listed as type TC for cable tray use. 2.06 CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS A. Insulated Crimp Type Connectors and Terminals: Nylon insulated, Burndy INSULINK and INSULUG, or Thomas & Betts Sta-Kon. B. Split Bolts: High-conductivity copper alloy, Burndy SERVIT or Thomas & Betts Split-Bolt. C. Two Bolt Connectors: High-conductivity copper alloy, Burndy OKLIP, Type KVS or Blackburn 2BU. D. Compression Terminals: Copper, long barrel, Burndy HYLUG or Thomas & Betts Color- Keyed. E. Bolted Terminals: Cast copper alloy, Burndy QIKLUG or Thomas & Betts Locktite. F. Spring Wire Connectors: Insulated, twist-on type, Ideal Wire Nut or 3M Scotchlok 2.07 CABLE TERMINATIONS A. Multiconductor Cable: Crouse Hinds type CGB connectors, aluminum. B. Type MC Cable: Crouse Hinds type TMC connectors, aluminum. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS A. Tape: UL 510 1. Vinyl Plastic: 3M Scotch 33+ or Scotch 88. 2. Varnished Cambric (VC): 3M Irvington 2920. 3. Friction: Black friction tape. B. Pulling Lubricants: Ideal Yellow 77 or Polywater Type J. C. Wire Markers: 1. Individual Wires: Heat shrink, machine printed, Raychem. 2. Multi-Conductor Cables or Groups of Wires as a Cable: Nylon tie on marker, Thomas & Betts Nylon I.D. Ties, Ty-Raps. D. Wire and Cable Ties: Thomas & Betts Ty-Raps. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Wire and Cable City Project No. E11012 26 05 23 – 5 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Size Verifications: 1. Contractor shall verify all wire and cable conductor sizes and quantities and conduit requirements with the ratings and details of equipment actually furnished on the project and shall furnish accordingly. Any discrepancies between what is shown on the design drawings and what is required based upon the ratings and/or details of equipment actually furnished on the project shall immediately be brought to the Engineer’s attention B. Wire and Cable: 1. THWN-2 or XHHW -2 for AC power wiring and control wiring in conduit. 2. XHHW -2 for 125 VDC application installed conduit. 3. TW or THW for equipment grounding conductor. 4. Multi-conductor cable Type TC jacketed for power and control applications installed in cable tray in accordance with NEC Article 318. 5. Multi-conductor shielded VFD motor supply cable for all VFD applications 6. No. 12 AWG minimum for power circuits and No. 14 AWG minimum for control circuits unless indicated otherwise on drawings or cable schedule. 7. Single pair No. 16 AWG for 24 VDC I/O to the RTU. C. Splices and Taps: 1. Use insulated spring wire connectors for lighting and receptacle branch circuits No. 10 AWG and smaller. 2. Use solderless pressure connectors for branch circuit conductors No. 8 AWG and larger. 3. Do not make splices or taps in feeder circuits or control circuits except where specifically indicated on drawings. D. Terminals: 1. Use copper compression terminals, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 4 AWG and smaller, NEMA 2 hole for sizes No. 2 AWG through 350 MCM, NEMA 4 for 500 MCM and larger. 2. Use insulated, ring tongue terminals for signal and control conductors. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install wire and cable in accordance with the NECA Standard of Installation. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Wire and Cable City Project No. E11012 26 05 23 – 6 B. Installation in Conduit: 1. Swab conduits completely and thoroughly before pulling in conductors. 2. Pull all conductors into conduit at same time. 3. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire No. 4 AWG and larger. 4. Do not pull in conductors until conduit system is completed. Do not pull through boxes, fittings or enclosures where a change of conduit alignment or direction occurs. 5. Limit pulling tension to maximum values as recommended by manufacturer. 6. Do not combine circuits into a common conduit other than as indicated on the drawings. C. Compression Connectors and Terminals: 1. Install on wire and cable with approved tool and die to recommended compression pressure. Do not cut strands from conductors to fit lugs or terminals. D. Bolted Connectors and Terminals: 1. Torque to manufacturer’s recommended foot-pounds for size and class of connector. 2. Where manufacturer’s published torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with UL 486A torque values. 3. Use galvanized steel bolts, nuts, split-lock washers and flat washers on terminal connections. E. Wiring in Enclosures: 1. Form and tie conductors in panelboards, cabinets, control panels, motor controllers, wireways, and wiring troughs in a neat and orderly manner. 2. Use Thomas & Betts wire and cable ties of appropriate size and type. 3. Limit spacing between ties to not more than 6 inches. F. Installation In Tray 1. Furnish and install cables which are suitable and rated for cable tray installation. 2. Use cable rollers, sheaves and tuggers strategically placed so as to permit cable installation without exceeding manufacturer’s recommended limits on pulling tension, sidewall pressure and bending radius. 3. Secure cables to tray rungs with heavy duty, sunlight resistant, black plastic interlocking straps at intervals not exceeding 36 inches. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Wire and Cable City Project No. E11012 26 05 23 – 7 4. Where cables transition from tray to equipment enclosures, provide rigid galvanized steel conduit risers from enclosure to tray. Size conduit risers according to quantity and size of cables enclosed. Provide separate conduit risers for each voltage class of circuit entering enclosure. Provide an insulating grounding type bushing on each conduit riser. Provide heat shrink tubing to seal cable entry into riser conduits after final checkout and acceptance of system. 5. Where low voltage power, control and instrumentation cables transition from control cable tray to switchgear in the PCR building, provide conduit risers properly sized for the quantity and sizes of the cables to be installed. 6. Where tray cables penetrate building walls, tag each cable both on interior and exterior side of wall penetration. G. Taping: 1. Above Ground and Dry Locations: Fill voids and irregularities with half-lapped layers of VC (two minimum) or electrical insulation putty. Insulate with three half- lapped layers of vinyl plastic and one half-layer of friction tape. 2. In damp or wet locations, wrap insulated spring wire connectors with 2 layers of vinyl plastic tape. 3.03 COLOR CODING A. Power Wiring: Provide color coding for single and multi-conductor power circuits as follows: Voltage ∅A ∅B ∅C Neutral 240 volts and below Black Red Blue White 250 – 600 volts Brown Orange Yellow Gray 1. For specified insulation and jackets not manufactured with integral colors, use conductors with black insulation or jacket and color coding tape. 2. Color code conductors entering boxes, troughs, cabinets, and other enclosures. 3. Color code conductors in wireways, trenches, and other locations where conductors are continuously accessible at intervals not exceeding 5 feet. B. Insulated Equipment Ground: Green. 3.04 WIRING IDENTIFICATION A. Instrumentation and Control Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each field wiring termination and at each end of control panel internal wiring. Identifying numbers shall match approved schematic and wiring diagrams. B. Feeder and Branch Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each termination. Identifying numbers shall include source panel designation and circuit number. 3.05 FIELD TESTS A. Test conductors after installation is complete and prior to connection to equipment. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Wire and Cable City Project No. E11012 26 05 23 – 8 B. Perform insulation resistance test on each conductor phase-to-ground with adjacent conductors grounded and test conductor disconnected from equipment. Applied potential shall be 1000 volts dc for one minute. Minimum acceptable test values shall be 50 megohms. Investigate deviations in test values between adjacent phases. C. Verify tightness of bolted connections with a calibrated torque wrench. Torque values shall be terminal lug manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.06 WARRANTY: A. A warranty shall be included that provides protection for the cable and all component parts against all manufacturing and design defects. The warranty shall remain in effect for a minimum of twelve months after final acceptance of the project by the City of Corpus Christi and not less than the period as determined by B-8-11 Maintenance Guaranty of the General Provisions and Requirements for Municipal Contracts. The warranty shall cover transportation, engineering, labor, and material cost required to correct deficiencies. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Grounding City Project No. E11012 26 05 26 – 1 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Solid grounding of electrical systems, equipment, machine frames, enclosures, appliances and structures. 2. Basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. 3. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B3 Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 2. B8 Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard or Soft. 3. B33 Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. National Electrical Code 2. Lightning Protection Code C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS – FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: 1. Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions. 2. Provide one (1) complete submittal containing all items required herein. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Grounding City Project No. E11012 26 05 26 – 2 3. Partial or incomplete submittals or submittals not complying with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 will be returned Disapproved without comment. B. Product Data: Submit for grounding conductors, ground rods, clamps, connectors, wells and insulating materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS – RECORD DATA: A. Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. C. Test Reports 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this Section shall be listed or labeled by UL. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Provide components and installation as required by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, Article 250. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Provide products in quantities, sizes, and ratings to comply with the NEC or the design drawings, whichever requirements are more stringent. B. Conductor Materials: Copper C. Connector Materials: Copper or bronze, tin-plated where required for corrosion resistance. 2.02 CONDUCTORS: A. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, 600 volt TW, THW or THWN insulation. Size per NEC 250-95. B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8 except that conductor sizes Nos. 12 and 10 AWG used in lighting and receptacle branch circuits may be solid conductor. All conductors shall have 600 volt, TW, THW, THWN, or XHHW insulation. C. Grounding Grid Conductor: Medium hard drawn bare copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, No. 4/0 AWG or as otherwise indicated on the drawings. D. Color Code: Insulation color shall be green, except that sizes No. 2 AWG and larger may be black with green colored tape spirally applied over all visible surfaces within enclosures. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Grounding City Project No. E11012 26 05 26 – 3 2.03 WIRE CONNECTORS: A. Terminal Lugs: Copper alloy, tin-plated, compression type, Burndy type, YA, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 6 through No. 1/0 AWG. Burndy type YGHA, NEMA 2 hole pad for sizes No. 2/0 AWG and larger. B. Split Bolt Connectors: Burndy SERVIT, type KS C. Taps and Splices: 1. Grounding Grid below Grade: Exothermic type (Cadweld) or compression type (Burndy Hyground). 2. Above Grade: Compression type. 2.04 CONDUIT CONNECTORS: A. Conduit Clamps: Burndy type GAR or GD. B. Grounding Bushings: 0-Z/GEDNEY 2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES: A. Ground Rods: ¾-inch diameter, 10 feet long, 304 stainless steel. B. Rod Connectors: 1. Exothermic type: Cadweld 2. Mechanical type: Burndy type GAR or GD 2.06 INSULATING MATERIALS: A. Tape: Scotch 33+ vinyl plastic. B. Mastic Pads: Scotch EZ – Seal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Provide grounding of systems, equipment, and structures in accordance with NEC Article 250, the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction and the design drawings. B. Service Entrance: 1. Provide a main bonding jumper between the service neutral conductor, the service equipment ground bus, and the service equipment enclosure. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Grounding City Project No. E11012 26 05 26 – 4 2. Provide a grounding electrode conductor to connect the service neutral conductor to the main grounding electrode. C. Building Steel and Piping: 1. Provide bonding jumper from the service neutral to the building steel and metallic piping systems. D. Separately Derived Systems: 1. Transformers: The neutral of each transformer secondary shall be bonded to the case and a grounding electrode conductor shall be connected from the neutral to the grounding system. E. Equipment Grounding: 1. Provide a green insulated equipment grounding conductor in all branch circuits and feeder conduits and cable trays. Size conductor in accordance with NEC 250-95 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 2. Connect the equipment grounding conductor to panelboard or switchgear ground bus and to all metallic raceways, outlet boxes, lighting fixtures, equipment enclosures, appliances and motor frames. 3. Where metallic raceways are installed, both the raceway and the internal equipment grounding conductor shall be utilized for equipment grounding. 4. Where cables transition from cable tray to conduits, provide a bonding clamp to clamp the conduit to the cable tray or a conduit grounding bushing with a bonding jumper to the cable tray and cable tray ground conductor. F. Grounding Grid Electrodes: 1. Excavate and backfill for main grounding grid conductor. Locate conductors at least 3 feet away from foundations. Conductor depth shall be 18 to 24 inches below finished grade. 2. Install ground rods vertically in undisturbed soil so that the top of the rod is 18 to 24 inches below finished grade, except that in test wells the top of rods shall be 6 to 8 inches below grade. Space rods a minimum of 10 feet apart. 3. Make underground cable to cable connections using either exothermic or compression type connections. 4. Provide test wells where indicated on the drawings. Install top of test well flush with finished grade or pavement. Use only bolted type rod connectors in test wells. 5. In addition to equipment grounding conductor connections, make connections from the grounding grid to the following items using green, insulated conductors: a. Electrical equipment ground busses b. Electrical equipment enclosures c. Motor frames d. Transformers tanks and enclosures Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Grounding City Project No. E11012 26 05 26 – 5 e. Steel support frames for electrical equipment and cable trays f. Building steel frame g. Cable trays 6. Grounding conductors stubbed up from below grade shall be enclosed in a 1 inch Schedule 40 PVC protective sleeve. G. Conduit: 1. Provide grounding bushings where metallic conduits connect to non-metallic enclosures or stub-up into open-bottom, floor-mounted enclosures. 2. Provide conduit grounding clamps where metallic conduit stub-ups are connected to non-metallic underground conduits. 3.02 TESTING A. Verify continuity of all branch circuit and equipment grounding conductors. B. Field testing shall be performed in accordance with Technical Specification Section 16600, Electrical Acceptance Testing. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Grounding City Project No. E11012 26 05 26 – 6 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Raceways City Project No. E11012 26 05 33 – 1 SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. PVC-Coated Rigid Aluminum Conduit (CRAL) 2. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) 3. PVC Conduit (PVC) 4. Flexible Conduit 5. Associated Fittings 6. Wireways 7. Pull and Junction Boxes 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C80.5 Rigid Aluminum Conduit B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. TC 2 Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80) 2. TC 3 PVC Fitting for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 1 Flexible Metal Conduit 2. 5 Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings 3. 5A Nonmetallic Surface Raceways and Fittings 4. 6 Rigid Metal Conduit 5. 360 Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Raceways City Project No. E11012 26 05 33 – 2 6. 514B Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes 7. 870 Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings 8. 886 Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations 9. 1660 Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit 1.03 SUBMITTALS – FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: 1. Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions. 2. Provide one (1) complete submittal containing all items required herein. 3. Partial or incomplete submittals or submittals not complying with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 will be returned Disapproved without comment. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of conduit, fitting, connector, pull and junction box, and wireway used on the project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS – RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC - SCHEDULE 40): A. Conduit: Conduit, elbows and couplings shall be Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit per NEMA TC 2 with a 900 UL rating, and shall be the standard product of Krayloy or Carlon or approved equal. B. Fittings: Fittings and accessories for use with Schedule 40 PVC conduit shall conform to NEMA TC 3 and shall be of the same material and manufacturer as the conduit. 2.02 PVC COATED RIGID ALUMINUM (CRAL): A. Conduit: Prior to coating, all conduit, including elbows, couplings and nipples shall be standard weight, threaded, rigid aluminum 6063 alloy, with a copper content not to exceed 0.20%. The conduit shall have a silicon or lacquer coating inside. B. Fittings: Prior to coating, fittings, accessories and device boxes for aluminum conduit systems shall be the standard threaded type as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, or equal. Both fittings and covers shall be aluminum containing less than 0.4 of 1% copper. All screws shall be stainless steel. Covers shall be gasketed. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Raceways City Project No. E11012 26 05 33 – 3 D. PVC Coating: Conduit, fittings, boxes and accessories shall be Plasti-Bond 2 coated, as produced by Robroy Industries Inc. or an approved equal. Before coating, the aluminum surfaces shall be coated with an epoxy-acrylic primer. Exterior surfaces shall have a 40 mil PVC coating applied by dip method. Interior surfaces of conduits, fittings, boxes, etc. shall have a fusion bonded phenolic coating with a thickness of 4-6 mils. E. Fasteners and Supports: U-bolts, conduit clamps, straps, modular framing channels shall be 1-5/8” & 1-5/8” minimum section dimensions, Type 316 stainless steel, and shall be the product of Unistrut. Fasteners and attachment hardware shall be Type 316stainless steel. 2.03 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT: A. Conduit: Conduit, including elbows, couplings and nipples shall be standard weight, threaded, rigid aluminum 6063 alloy, with a copper content not to exceed 0.20%. The conduit shall have a silicon or lacquer coating inside. B. Fittings: Fittings, accessories and device boxes for aluminum conduit systems shall be the standard threaded type as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, or equal. Both fittings and covers shall be aluminum containing less than 0.4 of 1% copper. All screws shall be stainless steel. Covers shall be gasketed. C. Fasteners: All straps and clamps used to support aluminum conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron, with a 40 mil fused PVC coating, Plastibond, Ocal or equivalent. Strut type framing channels shall be either PVC coated galvanized steel or fiberglass. D. Hardware: Nuts, bolts, screws, washers, etc. shall be stainless steel. Galvanized or cadmium-plated hardware will not be acceptable for use with aluminum conduit. 2.04 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: A. Flexible Conduit: Flexible conduit shall have a spiraled, flexible, galvanized steel inner core and an outer jacket of neoprene. Sizes 3/8" through 4" shall have a continuous, internal copper ground. Liquid-tight connectors shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron with neoprene sealing gaskets, external ground lugs and insulated throats. Connectors shall be Appleton type STB or Gedney or equal. 2.05 WIREWAYS: A. Sheet Metal: 1. Indoor, dry locations: NEMA 1, sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. Finish to be manufacturer’s standard gray enamel. 2. Outdoor and damp locations: NEMA 3R, galvanized sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. B. Non-Metallic: 1. NEMA 4X, Robroy Industries fiberglass trough with gasketed cover attached with non-metallic fasteners. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Raceways City Project No. E11012 26 05 33 – 4 C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, hubs, elbows, adapters, end caps and other fittings to match and mate with type of wireway furnished as required for a complete system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. General: 1. All field wiring shall be installed in conduit except as otherwise indicated. 2. Minimum conduit size shall be 1 inch nominal diameter. 3. Contractor to verify size requirements of all conduits in accordance with NEC fill requirements and with the actual conductors and cables furnished or required and furnish and install accordingly B. Exposed: 1. Conduits installed exposed outdoors shall be rigid aluminum. 2. Conduit installed exposed indoors shall be rigid aluminum. C. Underground: 1. Conduit installed underground shall be Schedule 40 PVC with a reinforced steel concrete encasement. 2. Elbows used for underground conduit stub-ups from below grade shall be PVC coated rigid aluminum. D. Conduit Risers to Cable Trays 1. Contractor to provide conduit take-offs from cable trays in sufficient quantities and sizes for the conductors and cables furnished or required for each installation. E. Flexible Connections: 1. Indoor-dry areas: Flexible metal conduit. Liquid-tight, flexible metal conduit. 2. Indoor-wet, damp areas: Liquid-tight, flexible metal conduit. 3. Outdoors: Liquid-tight, flexible metal conduit. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Installation Methods: Conduit shall be installed exposed or underground as indicated on the drawings. 2. Cleaning: All conduit systems shall be completed and shall be swabbed clean before conductors are pulled in. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Raceways City Project No. E11012 26 05 33 – 5 3. Field cuts: Do not cut conduit with pipe cutters. 4. Bends: Field made bends and offsets shall be made with a hickey or conduit bending machine. Crushed or deformed raceways shall not be installed. The maximum number of 90° bends, or equivalent between pulling points in any conduit run shall be three. Pull and junction fittings and/or boxes shall be provided as necessary to satisfy this requirement. 5. Protection: The ends of all conduit runs shall be closed immediately after installation to prevent the accumulation of water, dirt and other foreign material. 6. Locknuts: Conduits shall be fastened to all sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two locknuts. Locknuts shall have sharp edges for digging into the wall of metal enclosures. Bushings shall be installed on the ends of all conduits and shall be the insulating type. 7. Spare conduits: Spare conduits shall have a pull cord installed. The pull cord shall be plastic with a minimum tensile strength of 200 pounds. Not less that 12 inches of slack shall be left at each end of the pull cord. 8. Supports: Conduits shall be rigidly supported between couplings, on either side of bends and at terminations and fittings. 9. Boxes: Boxes shall be provided in the raceway system as indicated on the drawings and also wherever required for pulling of wires or making connections. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, boxes installed in normally wet locations or on the outside of exterior surfaces shall be NEMA 4X, stainless steel sheet construction. Boxes shall be furnished with hinged and gasketed doors and stainless steel back panels. Each box shall have the volume required by the NEC for the number of conductors enclosed in the box. All boxes shall be securely anchored in place. 10. Flexible Connections: Flexible connections of short length shall be provided for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission or movement. A separate ground conductor shall be provided across all flexible connections. Flexible conduit connections shall be rigidly and securely supported in an approved manner at intervals not exceeding 24 inches in length and within 12 inches of each conduit termination. Lengths of not more than 36 inches may be installed without such supports where flexibility is required. 11. Identification: Identify conduits in accordance with Technical Specification Section 16075, Electrical Identification. 12. PVC: PVC conduit joints shall be solvent cement welded and shall be watertight. All PVC conduits shall have a separate grounding conductor installed. Where transition is made to the metallic conduit or enclosures, the grounding conductor shall be bonded to the metal conduit or enclosure. 13. Hazardous Areas: Provide conduits fittings suitable for the area classification. Provide conduit seals at locations as required by NEC Article 500 and 501. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Raceways City Project No. E11012 26 05 33 – 6 B. Exposed Conduit: 1. Routing: Exposed conduit shall be run straight and true to structure lines. Changes in direction of runs shall be made with fittings or symmetrical bends. Conduit in damp locations or outdoors shall be exposed to the air on all sides and shall not be installed tight against walls, ceilings and structural members, etc. Clamp backs and/or offsets shall be used as necessary to maintain uniform clearances. 2. Supports: Acceptable supporting and clamping materials for exposed conduit include one-hole straps and clampback, "U" bolts, parallel or right angle conduit clamps, hot-dipped galvanized structural steel frames or modular stainless steel channel as manufactured by Unistrut or equal. Perforated steel tape, stamped steel one- and two-hole straps shall not be used. Conduits shall be supported in accordance with NEC 346-12. 3. Obstructions: Conduit shall be routed so as not to create any tripping or head banging hazard and so as not to create any obstruction to Owner's operation and maintenance activities. 4. Hubs: Watertight conduit hubs shall be installed where conduits enter the tops or sides of sheet metal or non-metallic enclosures. 5. Drains: Drain fittings shall be installed at low points throughout the conduit system where condensation is likely to occur. C. PVC Coated Conduit: 1. PVC coated conduit requires special care to minimize damage to the PVC coating during cutting, threading, bending and installation. Contractor shall install conduit in accordance with manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for providing strap wrenches, cutting dies, vises, and other special tools required to install PVC coated conduit. Standard pipe wrenches, chain wrenches or channel locks shall not be used. Conduit bending equipment shall have the proper diameter shoes or dies to allow for the thickness of the PVC coating. 3. PVC coated conduit shall be supported with Type 304 stainless steel clamps, straps, hangers and supports. Attachment hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 4. All PVC coated conduit and fittings that have teeth marks, cuts, nicks or are otherwise damaged shall be repaired by coating damaged area with a liquid PVC touch-up compound. Spray-type compound is not acceptable. 5. Unistrut channel supports and related accessories for use with PVC coated conduit shall be Type 304 stainless steel. D. Aluminum: 1. Aluminum conduit shall not be installed in direct contact with earth, concrete, steel, copper, brass or bronze. Where aluminum conduit comes into contact with dissimilar metals or passes through concrete walls or floors, it shall be wrapped with 2 layers, half-lapped, of corrosion preventative pipe tape, Scotch 50 or equal. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Raceways City Project No. E11012 26 05 33 – 7 2. Aluminum conduit threads shall have a Penetrox, No-Ox-ld or equal, applied when installed. E. Underground Conduit: 1. Concrete Encasement: a. Underground conduit runs shall be encased in or covered with red concrete as indicated on the drawings. b. Where conduits rise above grade, the concrete encasement shall extend to 6 inches above grade. Exposed concrete shall be natural color, not red. Where conduits run through equipment foundations or floor slabs, the concrete encasement shall butt the underside of the slab. c. The top of concrete encasement shall be a minimum of 36 inches below grade, unless otherwise indicated and must go below conflicts, such as yard piping, if the 36 inches minimum depth cannot be met. Compact trench backfill to original density. d. The concrete encasement shall be reinforced with a minimum of four (4) No. 4 steel reinforcing bars. 2. Separation: Minimum separation between the outside edges of adjacent conduits shall be 3 inches. 3. Elbows: All elbows shall be long radius type. 4. Spacers: Conduit spacers shall be installed at 5 feet on centers. 5. Expansion Fittings: Provide expansion fittings in above-ground, vertical portion of each underground conduit stub-up. 6. Bonding and Grounding: Metal conduits connected to underground PVC conduits shall be suitably bonded and grounded by connection to the equipment grounding conductor at the first above ground conduit termination or by an external grounding clamp and connection to a grounding electrode. F. Conduit Risers to Cable Trays 1. Contractor to provide conduit risers (take-offs) from cable trays in sufficient quantities and sizes for the conductors and cables furnished or required for each installation. The Contractor shall size each conduit riser in accordance with NEC conduit fill requirements. 2. Conduit risers shall terminate at or near the cable trays in such a manner that the unsupported cable lengths do not exceed 24 inches. 3. In wet locations, provide a drip loop on cables entering conduit risers and provide an aluminum CGB cable connector or an insulating bushing with a heat shrink sleeve or other means of preventing moisture entry into the conduit. 4. Conduit risers shall be properly bonded to the cable tray grounding system. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Raceways City Project No. E11012 26 05 33 – 8 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical Identification City Project No. E11012 26 05 53 – 1 SECTION 26 05 53 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment and structure nameplates and labels 2. Warning and caution signs 3. Operational instruction signs 4. Identification labeling of conduits, cables B. Related Sections: 1. Additional identification requirements are specified in other Sections of Division 16. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1. 29CFR1910.145 Specification for Accident Prevention Signs B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: 1. Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions. 2. Provide one (1) complete submittal containing all items required herein. 3. Partial or incomplete submittals or submittals not complying with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 will be returned Disapproved without comment. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of product used on project. C. Schedules: Nameplate engraving schedule. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical Identification City Project No. E11012 26 05 53 – 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: A. Engraved Nameplates and Signs: 1. Material: 3 ply plastic laminate, matte-finish, 0.125 inch thickness, white with black center core except that material used for warning signs shall be red with white center core. Provide punched mounting holes for mechanical fasteners. 2. Size: Minimum size to be 1 inch by 2.5 inches, rectangular shape with square corners. 3. Engraving: Accurately align lettering and engrave into center core. Lettering shall be normal block style. Character size shall be 3/8 inch high for grouped equipment and load designation and ¼ inch for individual equipment, loads and devices. B. Structure Tags: 1. Material: 316 stainless steel, 1/32 inch minimum thickness, with no sharp edges. Tag shall have a 1/8 inch hole for attachment with wire to structure. Attachment wire shall be #14 solid, 316 stainless steel wire. 2. Size: Minimum size to be 4 inches by 9 inches, rectangular shape with slightly rounded corners. 3. Embossing: Accurately align lettering around the center of the tag with STL number on top line and structure number on bottom line. Lettering shall be normal block style with character size of 1 inch high. Letters shall be all capitals. C. Warning Signs: 1. Fiberglass reinforced polyester, non-adhesive backed, indoor-outdoor with punched mounting holes, Brady B-120. 2. Polyester overlaminated with plastic coating, adhesive-backed, indoor-outdoor, Brady B-302. 3. High Voltage warning signs to read “Danger-High Voltage-Keep Out.” 4. Provide identical signs for each application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Provide labels and signs in accordance with NEC requirements. 2. Install labels and signs at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical Identification City Project No. E11012 26 05 53 – 3 3. All nameplates and signs used on the project shall be of similar size, style and appearance. B. Equipment Nameplates: 1. Provide engraved identification nameplates for each of the following: a. Switchgear assemblies b. Motor control centers (MCC) c. Adjustable frequency drive units d. Panelboards e. Circuit breakers f. Switches g. Motor Controllers h. Transformers i. Contactors j. Transfer switches k. Control panels l. Control stations m. Pull and junction boxes n. Terminal boxes o. Remote Terminal Units (RTU’s) 2. Nameplate legends shall include the equipment identification number as indicated on the design drawings and an appropriate service description. 3. Nameplates for switchgear assemblies, MCC’s, panelboards and separately enclosed breakers, switches, starters and contactors shall include the operating voltage. 4. Attach engraved nameplates to equipment with self-tapping, stainless steel, round head screws. Use adhesive attachment only where the substrate material is not suitable for screw attachment. C. Warning and Operational Signs: 1. Voltage warning signs where required by the NEC, where indicated on drawing and as follows: a. Equipment Rooms: On all doors to equipment rooms containing equipment or circuits over 600 volts or containing exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 7 inches x 10 inches. b. Pull Boxes: On removable covers for all pull and junction boxes containing circuits over 600 volts. c. Equipment: On front and rear compartment access doors and covers enclosing live parts. Signs provided as part of equipment which meet these requirements are acceptable. d. Fences: On each gate and on each side of fences which enclose equipment or circuits over 600 volts or exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 10 inches by 14 inches. Locate at intervals not exceeding 30 feet. 2. Multiple Source Signs: a. Where enclosures contain voltages from more than one source which are not interrupted by opening the local unit disconnecting means, provide an engraved nameplate bearing the following (or similar) legend: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical Identification City Project No. E11012 26 05 53 – 4 “WARNING – MULTIPLE ELECTRICAL SOURCES EXIST WITHIN THIS ENCLOSURE” OR “WARNING – VOLTAGE MAY BE PRESENT WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH OPEN” 3. Hazardous Operation: a. Where operation of an electric switch or control device may create an unsafe or undesirable operating condition, provide an engraved plastic sign with appropriate warning statement. 4. Emergency Operation: a. Provide engraved plastic sign with appropriate instructions for power restoration, power transfer, load shedding or other emergency operation. 5. Normal Operation: a. Provide engraved plastic sign with appropriate instruction for normal operation of equipment and circuits and to indicate normal positions of all selector switches. Signs for normal operation shall be yellow with black letters. D. Multiple Services: 1. Where multiple services exist, provide each service disconnect with an additional sign which states the name and location of other service disconnects. E. Conduits: 1. Identify conduits at each termination and at all transitions from exposed to concealed or underground installation. 2. Provide an engraved plastic nameplate or other suitable permanent tag for each cable or cable assembly. Attach with self-locking nylon cable tie. 3. Mark conduits legibly with a permanent marker pen. 4. Conduit identification shall indicate the STL number and cable number as indicated on the final approved cable schedule. F. Cables: 1. Identify cables in pull and junction boxes, vaults, manholes, bulkheads (inside and out), cable trays, where entering/exiting equipment and where entering/exiting conduit. Each side of a bulkhead or building entry shall be clearly tagged. Provide tags for each cable in the cable tray at each location where cables leave or enter the cable tray. 2. Provide an engraved plastic nameplate or other suitable permanent tag for each cable or cable assembly. Attach with self-locking, UV resistant, nylon cable tie. Location shall be as visible as possible standing at grade. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical Identification City Project No. E11012 26 05 53 – 5 3. Cable identification shall include the STL number and cable number as indicated on the final approved cable schedule. G. Cable Tray Supports: 1. Identify each cable tray support structures. Provide a tag for each structure. Two legged structures shall require only one tag. Cable tray bridges shall require a tag at each end of the bridge. 2. Provide an embossed stainless steel tag and secure it to the structure at four feet above the base plate with #14 solid, stainless steel wire. 3. Cable identification shall include the STL number and structure number as indicated on the final approved structure schedule. H. Field Instruments: 1. Provide a stainless steel tag for each field instrument to indicate the instrument tag number and service description. 2. Attach the tag with minimum No. 9 stainless steel tie wire. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Electrical Identification City Project No. E11012 26 05 53 – 6 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Instrumentation City Project No. E11012 26 09 00 – 1 SECTION 26 09 00 INSTRUMENTATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for: 1. Water Quality Analyzers 2. Magnetic Flowmeters 3. Level Transmitters B. Related Sections: 1. The Contract Documents are a single integrated document, and as such all Divisions and Sections apply. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and its Sub-Contractors to review all sections to ensure a complete and coordinated project. 2. Section 33 12 33 – Flow Measurement C. Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Documents. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Procedure: 1. Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions. 2. Provide one (1) complete submittal containing all items required herein. 3. Partial or incomplete submittals or submittals not complying with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 will be returned Disapproved without comment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Examine the complete set of Contact Documents and verify that the instruments are compatible with the installed conditions including: 1. Process conditions: Fluids, pressures, temperatures, flows, materials, etc. 2. Physical conditions: a. Installation and mounting requirements. b. Location within the process. c. Accessories: Verify that all required accessories are provided and are compatible with the process conditions and physical installation. B. Notify the ENGINEER if any installation condition does not meet the instrument manufacturer’s recommendations or specifications. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Refer to Section 01 33 03. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Instrumentation City Project No. E11012 26 09 00 – 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SCOPE A. Provide instruments as scheduled on the drawings. B. Substitution of specified products will not be permitted. C. Factory calibrate each instrument at a facility that is traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). 2.02 WATER QUALITY ANALYZERS A. Water quality analyzers shall be provide for sensing and measurement of total chlorine, pH, temperature, total ammonia and monochloramine in two separate sample streams at each elevated tank. Water quality analyzers shall be designed to function without the use of a reagent in the sample stream. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install instruments in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Coordinate the installation with all trades to ensure that the mechanical system has all necessary appurtenances including weld-o-lets, valves, etc. for proper installation of instruments. C. Provide all required sample and drain piping including valves, fittings, tubing and connections as required for proper installation in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide manufacturer’s services to inspect for proper installation and to perform start-up and calibration and verification of proper operation. B. Provide a copy of manufacturer representative’s field service report with record data. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Verify factory calibration of all instruments in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions: 1. Return factory calibrated devices to the factory if they do not meet the field verification requirements for calibration. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Instrumentation City Project No. E11012 26 09 00 – 3 3.04 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Demonstrate performance of all instruments to the ENGINEER before commissioning. B. Furnish 4 hours of OWNER training for each different type of instrument provided. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Instrumentation City Project No. E11012 26 09 00 – 4 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Panelboards City Project No. E11012 26 24 00 – 1 SECTION 26 24 00 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. Furnish and install panelboards as specified herein and as indicated on the drawings. B. Panelboard types included in this Section are: 1. Power distribution panelboards 2. Lighting and appliance panelboards 1.02 REFERENCES: A. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) 1. Standard of Installation B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2. PB 1 Panelboards 3. PB1.1 General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 50 Cabinets and Boxes 2. 67 Panelboards 1.03 SUBMITTALS - FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 26 00 00. B. Product Data: 1. Descriptive bulletins 2. Enclosure outline drawing with complete dimensions 3. Breaker layout drawing 4. Component list 5. Conduit entry/exit locations 6. Assembly ratings including: a. Short circuit current b. Voltage c. Continuous current 7. Cable terminal sizes. 8. Installation Instructions Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Panelboards City Project No. E11012 26 24 00 – 2 1.04 SUBMITTALS – RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 26 00 00. B. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes: 1. Final (as-built) drawings and information for items listed in Paragraph 1.03 2. Installation, operation and maintenance instruction 3. Spare parts list 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: A. The manufacturer of the panelboard shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly, including circuit breakers. B. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9000, 9001 or 9002 certified. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Cutler-Hammer B. Square D 2.02 RATINGS: A. Panelboards rated 240 Vac or less shall have short circuit ratings as indicated on the drawings or as herein scheduled, but not less than 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. B. Panelboards rated 480 Vac shall have short circuit ratings as indicated on the drawings or as herein scheduled, but not less than 14,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. C. Panelboards shall be labeled with a UL short circuit rating. All panelboards shall be fully rated. Series ratings shall not be used. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION: A. Interiors shall be completely factory assembled devices. They shall be designed such that switching and protective devices can be replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Panelboards City Project No. E11012 26 24 00 – 3 B. Trims for lighting and appliance panelboards shall be supplied with a hinged door covering all circuit breaker handles. Doors in panelboard trims shall not uncover any live parts. Doors shall have a semi flush, cylinder lock and catch assembly. Doors over 48 inches in height shall have auxiliary fasteners. C. Distribution panelboard trims shall cover all live parts. Switching device handles shall be accessible. D. Surface trims shall be same height and width as box. Flush trims shall overlap the box by 3/4 inch on all sides. Trims shall be secured to box with concealed clamps. E. A directory card with a clear plastic cover shall be supplied and mounted on the inside of each door in a metal frame. F. All locks shall be keyed alike. 2.04 BUS: A. Main bus bars shall be tin-plated copper, sized in accordance with UL standards to limit temperature rise on any current carrying part to a maximum of 650 C above an ambient of 400 C maximum. B. A bolted ground bus shall be included in all panels. C. Full-size (100%-rated) insulated neutral bars shall be included for panelboards indicated to have a neutral bus. Bus bar taps for panels with single-pole branches shall be arranged for sequence phasing of the branch circuit devices. Neutral busing shall have a suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring a neutral connection. 200%-rated neutrals shall be supplied for panels designated on drawings with oversized neutral conductors. 2.05 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS: A. Distribution panelboards including circuit breakers contained therein shall have fully rated interrupting ratings as indicated on the drawings. Panelboards shall have bolt-on, molded case circuit breakers as indicated below. B. Molded case circuit breakers shall provide circuit overcurrent protection with inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics. Ground fault protection shall be provided where indicated. C. Circuit breakers shall be operated by a toggle-type handle and shall have a quick-make, quick-break, over-center switching mechanism that is mechanically trip-free. Automatic tripping of the breaker shall be clearly indicated by the handle position. Contacts shall be nonwelding silver alloy and arc extinction shall be accomplished by means of arc chutes. A push-to-trip button on the front of the circuit breaker shall provide a local manual means to exercise the trip mechanism. D. Where indicated, circuit breakers shall be current limiting. E. Circuit breakers 400-ampere frame and below shall have thermal-magnetic trip units and inverse time-current characteristics. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Panelboards City Project No. E11012 26 24 00 – 4 F. Circuit breakers 600-ampere through 1200-ampere frame shall be provided with microprocessor-based RMS sensing trip units. 1. Each molded case circuit breaker microprocessor-based tripping system shall consist of three (3) current sensors, a trip unit, and a flux-transfer shunt trip. The trip unit shall use microprocessor-based technology to provide the adjustable time-current protection functions. True RMS sensing circuit protection shall be achieved by analyzing the secondary current signals received from the circuit breaker current sensors and initiating trip signals to the circuit breaker trip actuators when predetermined trip levels and time delay settings are reached. 2. Interchangeable rating plugs shall establish the continuous trip ratings of each circuit breaker. Rating plugs shall be fixed or adjustable as indicated. Rating plugs shall be interlocked so they are not interchangeable between frames, and interlocked such that a breaker cannot be closed and latched with the rating plug removed. 3. The microprocessor-based trip unit shall have thermal memory capabilities to prevent the breaker from being reset following an overload condition until after a preset time delay. 4. When the adjustable instantaneous setting is omitted, the trip unit shall be provided with an instantaneous override. Internal ground fault protection adjustable pick-up ratings shall not exceed 1200 amperes. Provide neutral ground fault current sensor for four-wire loads. 5. Breakers shall have built-in test points for testing the long-time delay, instantaneous, and ground fault functions of the breaker, by means of a 120-volt operated test set. Provide one test set capable of testing all breakers 400-ampere frame and above. 6. System coordination shall be provided by the following microprocessor-based, time-current curve shaping adjustments: Adjustable long-time pick-up Adjustable short-time pick-up and delay, with selective curve shaping Adjustable instantaneous pick-up Adjustable ground fault pick-up and delay, with selective curve shaping. G. Where indicated, provide circuit breakers UL listed for application at 100% of their continuous ampere rating in their intended enclosure. H. Provide shunt trips, bell alarms, and auxiliary switches as indicated on the drawings. I. Circuit breakers supplying air conditioning branch circuits shall be UL listed as type HACR. 2.06 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS: A. The minimum integrated short circuit rating for branch circuit panelboards shall be indicated on the drawings. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Panelboards City Project No. E11012 26 24 00 – 5 B. Bolt-in type, heavy-duty, quick-make, quick-break, single- and multi-pole circuit breakers of the types specified herein, shall be provided for each circuit with toggle handles that indicate when unit has tripped. C. Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic type with common type handle for all multiple pole circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall be minimum 100-ampere frame and through 100-ampere trip sizes shall take up the same pole spacing. Circuit breakers shall be UL listed as type SWD for lighting circuits. 1. Circuit breaker handle locks shall be provided for all circuits that supply exit signs, emergency lights, energy management and control system (EMCS) panels and fire alarm panels. 2.07 ENCLOSURE: A. General: Enclosures shall be at least 20 inches wide and made from galvanized steel. Provide minimum gutter space in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where feeder cables supplying the mains of a panel are carried through its box to supply other electrical equipment, the box shall be sized to include the additional required wiring space. At least four interior mounting studs with adjustable nuts shall be provided. Enclosures shall be provided with blank ends. B. Rating: 1. NEMA type 1 enclosure for dry, indoor locations 2. NEMA type 4X stainless steel enclosure for outdoor locations 2.08 FINISH: A. Surfaces of the trim assembly shall be properly cleaned, primed, and a finish coat of gray ANSI 61 paint applied. 2.09 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION A. Provide factory mounted transient voltage surge protection for each panelboard. as specified in Section 16671. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Confirm installation space and clearance requirements for panelboards in accordance with NEC requirements. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Panelboards City Project No. E11012 26 24 00 – 6 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install panelboards as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s published instructions, NEMA PB 1.1, and NECA “Standard of Installation”. B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 6 feet 2 inches above finished floor, except as otherwise indicated. C. Mounting: 1. Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. 2. Mount flush panels uniformly flush with wall finish. D. Circuit Directory: Typed directory indicating final circuit connections. Obtain approval before installing. E. Install filler plates in unused breaker spaces. F. Provisions for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: 1. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panel into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in future. 2. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab other than slabs on grade. G. Wiring in Panel Gutters: Train conductors neatly in groups, bundle, and wrap with wire ties after completion of load balancing. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION: A. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide unit nameplate in accordance with Section 26 05 53. 3.04 GROUNDING: A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as required in Section 26 05 26. B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus. 3.05 CONNECTIONS: A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in accordance with manufacturer’s published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer’s torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. 3.06 FIELD TESTING: 1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Panelboards City Project No. E11012 26 24 00 – 7 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition of equipment and components. 3. Inspect for proper installation and grounding. 4. Verify proper operation of each breaker mechanism. 5. Verify proper breaker trip rating. 6. Perform insulation resistance test on panel bus and on each device pole, phase- to-phase and phase-to-ground with device closed and across open contacts of each device. Performs tests at 1000 VDC for one minute. 7. Verify tightness of bolted connections with a calibrated torque wrench. 8. Operate each breaker a minimum of three (3) times to insure proper operation. 3.07 CLEANING: A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. B. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. C. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. D. Clean interior of panelboard. 3.08 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS: A. Balancing Loads: Prior to final acceptance, conduct load-balancing measurements and circuit changes as follows: 1. Perform measurements during period of normal working load as advised by Owner. 2. Advise Engineer of load imbalances exceeding 20% or of loads exceeding 70% of circuit ratings. Reconnect branch circuit loads as directed by Engineer. 3. Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside the normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility. Make special arrangements with Owner to avoid disrupting critical circuits. 4. Recheck loads after circuit changes during normal load period. Record load readings before and after changes and submit test records. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Panelboards City Project No. E11012 26 24 00 – 8 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 1 SECTION 26 56 00 EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior street light and floodlight l fixtures 2. Lamps 3. Ballasts 4. Poles and mounting brackets 5. Accessories 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) 1. 05.1-2002 Specifications and Dimensions (for Wood Poles) B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. LTS-4M Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals, 4th Edition and 2002 Interim 2. LTS-4-I2 2003 Revisions To The Standard Specifications For Structural Supports For Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signal, 4TH Edition C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C2-02 National Electrical Safety Code 2. C78.1 to C78.1502 Lamps 3. C82.4-02 Ballasts for High - Intensity - Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supply Type) 4. C136.13-04 Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Metal Brackets For Wood 5. 05.1-02 Wood Poles – Specifications and Dimensions (s/s by ATIS 05.1) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 2 D. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): 1. 7-02 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A36/A36M-04 Standard Specification For Carbon Structural Steel 2. A82-02 Standard Specification For Steel Wire, Plain, For Concrete Reinforcement 3. A153/A153M-04 Standard Specification For Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) On Iron And Steel 4. A416/A416M-02 Standard Specification For Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire For Prestressed Concrete 5. A500-03A Standard Specification For Cold-Formed Welded And Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing In Rounds And Shapes 6. A615/A615M-04B Standard Specification For Deformed And Plain Carbon Steel Bars For Concrete Reinforcement 7. B209-00 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum- Alloy Sheet and Plate 8. B429-02 Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube 9. C150-04A Standard Specification for Portland Cement 10. C494/C494M-04 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 11. C1089-97 Standard Specification for Spun Cast Prestressed Concrete Poles F. American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA): 1. C1-03 All Timber Products – Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 2. C4-99 Poles - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes G. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): 1. C62.41-91 Recommended Practice for Surge Voltages in Low- Voltage AC Power Circuits Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 3 H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70-05 National Electrical Code I. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST): J. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 1. 29 CFR 1910.7 Definition and Requirements for a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory K. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 96-94 Lightning Protection Components 2. 773-02 Standard for Safety Plug-In Locking Type Photocontrols for Use with Area Lighting 3. 844-95 Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations 4. 935-01 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts 5. 1029-94 High Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts 6. 1598-04 Luminaires L. U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Bulletin: 1. 1728F-700-93 RUS Specification for Wood Poles, Stubs and Anchor Logs 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. Fixture: Complete lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and/or parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply. B. Lighting Unit: Fixture or assembly of fixtures with common support, including pole or bracket plus mounting and support accessories. C. Luminaire: Fixture. D. Average Life: Time after which 50% will have failed and 50% will have survived under normal conditions. E. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): The root mean square (RMS) of all the harmonic current components divided by total fundamental (60 Hz) current. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Procedures: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 4 1. Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions. 2. Provide one (1) complete submittal containing all items required herein. 3. Partial or incomplete submittals or submittals not complying with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 will be returned Disapproved without comment. B. Product Data: 1. Describe fixtures, lamps, ballasts, poles, accessories. 2. Arrange product data for fixtures in order of fixture designation. 3. Include data on features, poles and accessories and the following information: a. Outline drawings of fixtures and poles indicating dimensions and principal features. b. Electrical ratings and photometric data with specified lamps and certified results of independent laboratory tests. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fixtures and poles indicating dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. D. Calculations: 1. Calculation of wind load ratings in accordance with ASCE 7 2. Required pole setting depth based upon wind load calculations E. Test Results: 1. Certified reports of field tests and observations. F. Supplies: 1. Submit sample of fixture if different than specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term “NRTL” shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. Terms “listed and “labeled” shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 5 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. 2. Comply with ANSI C2, “National Electrical Safety Code.” C. Fixtures for Hazardous Locations: Conform to UL 844 or get Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM) certification for the class and division of hazard. D. Manufacturers’ Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing lighting units that are similar to those indicated for this Project and that have record of successful in-service performance. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Poles: 1. General: Store poles on decay-resistant treated skids at least 1 foot above grade and vegetation. Support pole to prevent distortion and arrange to provide free air circulation. 2. Metal Poles: Retain factory-applied wrappings until just before pole installation. For poles with nonmetallic finishes, handle with web fabric straps. B. Lighting Fixtures: 1. Deliver lighting fixtures in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which properly protect fixtures from damage. 2. Store lighting fixtures in original packaging. Store inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, and humidity; laid flat and blocked off ground. 3. Handle lighting fixtures carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scarring of finishes. Do not install damaged units or components; replace with new. 1.07 MAINTENANCE: A. Extra Materials: 1. Furnish extra materials matching products installed, as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. a. Lamps: 10 lamps for each 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. b. Glass and Plastic Diffusers, Lenses, Covers and other Optical Parts: 1 for each 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. c. Ballasts: 1 for each 100 of type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. d. Globes and Guards: 1 for each 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 6 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL: A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum , except as indicated. Form and support components to prevent warping and sagging. C. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed fixtures. D. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating and free from light leakage under operating conditions. Arrange to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position. Provide for door removal for cleaning or replacing lens. Arrange for door opening to disconnect ballast. E. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel. F. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectances as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85% 2. Specular Surfaces: 83% 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75% G. Plastic Parts: Resistant to yellowing and other changes due to aging and exposure to heat and UV radiation. H. Lenses and Refractors: Materials as indicated. Use heat- and aging-resistant, resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lens and refractor mounting in fixture doors. I. Photoelectric Relay: UL 773. 1. Contact Relays: Single-throw, arranged to fail in the “on” position and factory set to turn light unit on at 1.5 to 3 foot-candles and off at 4.5 to 10 foot-candles with 15-second minimum time delay. 2. Relay Mounting: In fixture housing. 2.02 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) FIXTURES: A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Lithonia Lighting. (Nora) 2. Substitutions: Reference Technical Section 26 00 00, Paragraph 1.10, Substitutions. Written request for substitutions on specified products must be Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 7 received in the Engineer's office prior to the mandatory pre-bid conference. Requests after the mandatory pre-bid conference will not be considered. B. Fixtures: Conform to UL 1598. C. Ballasts: Conform to UL 1029 and ANSI C82.4. Provide ballasts with following features, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) or regulator, high-power-factor type. 2. Operating voltage rating matches system voltage. 3. Single-Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of –30° C. 4. Normal ambient operating temperature is 40° C. 5. Construct ballasts so open circuit operation will not reduce average life. 6. Noise Suppression: Manufacturer’s standard epoxy encapsulated model designed to minimize audible fixture noise. D. Instant Restrike Device: Solid-state potted module, mounted inside fixture and compatible with mogul-based HPS lamps, ballasts, and sockets up to 150 watts. 1. Restrike ranges: 105 to 130 VAC. 2. Output voltage does not exceed 250V or 150 VAC RMS 2.03 WOOD POLES A. Southern Yellow Pine per ATIS 05.1 and RUS 1728F-700... Poles shall be gained, bored and roofed before treatment. Poles shall be treated full length with chromated copper arsenate (CCA) or ammonia cal copper arsenate (ACA) according to AWPA C1 and AWPA C4 as referenced in RUS 1728F-700. Poles shall be branded by manufacturer with manufacturer’s mark and date of treatment, height and class of pole, wood species, preservative code and retention. Place the brand so that the bottom of brand or disc is 10 feet from the pole butt for poles up to 50 feet long and 14 feet from the butt for poles over 50 feet long. 2.04 CONCRETE POLES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Lonestar Prestress Mfg., Inc. (Nora) 2. Substitutions: Reference Technical Section 26 00 00, Paragraph 1.10, Substitutions. Written request for substitutions on specified products must be received in the Engineer's office prior to the mandatory pre-bid conference. Requests after the mandatory pre-bid conference will not be considered. B. Design: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 8 1. The complete assembly including poles, light fixtures, crossarms, ballast boxes and all upper luminaries shall be designed considering application of wind load and dead load. 2. The complete assembly including poles, light fixtures, crossarms, ballast boxes and all upper luminaries shall be designed to withstand a constant wind speed of 130 MPH at a 1.3 wind gust. 3. Wind loads shall be determined in accordance with ASCE 7-98; nominal 3- second gust, wind speed = 130 mph, exposure category D, Importance factor = 1.00. 4. Embedment depths and/or widths/diameters of pole or their foundations shall be sufficient to limit lateral movements at the ground line to one inch or less. 5. Shop drawings shall be prepared by the pole manufacturer and shall be submitted for review prior to fabrication. All drawings shall be prepared under the direct supervision of a licensed structural professional engineer and bear the engineers seal and signature. The engineer shall be licensed in the state of Texas. 6. Inspections should be made in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance criteria and the contractor shall provide Form WPI-8 (windstorm certificates) to the owner at the end of the project. C. Materials: 1. Concrete – The pole shall achieve a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 12,000 psi. Cement shall conform to the latest requirements of Type III Portland Cement in accordance with ASTM-C150. Maximum size aggregate may be ¾” inch (19mm) or ¾” of the clear spacing between reinforcing steel and surface of pole. Any water reducers, retarders, or accelerating admixtures shall conform to ASTM-C494. Water shall be free from foreign materials in amounts harmful to concrete and embedded steel. In areas subject to frequent freeze/thaw conditions an air entrapment admixture shall be used to produce a 6% + 1% air content in the mix as measured prior to spinning. 2. Reinforcing Steel – Deformed steel reinforcement shall conform to requirements of ASTM A615 for Grade 60 Rebar. 3. Prestressing Steel - Prestressing steel reinforcement shall conform to uncoated 7-wire, stress relieved strand; ASTM-A416. 4. Spiral Reinforcement – Steel spiral reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM-A82 and shall not be less than 150 inch diameter. 5. Hardware – All structural steel shall conform to ASTM-A36 and zinc alloy AC41A shall conform to ASTM-B240. The finish shall be hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. 6. Electrical Ground – All sports lighting poles shall be supplied with a #4 stranded copper ground wire shall be cast into the pole. The ground wire shall be terminated in a copper tank ground at the top platform/crossarm level and Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 9 approximately 12 inches below grade. The copper tank ground shall provide a ½ inch tapped insert for the grounding system, combined with the lightning rod, shall meet NFPA and UL96 and UL96 requirements. 7. Poles shall be designed such that the deflection does not exceed 1.1% of the free height of the pole at its maximum EPA under a wind loading equivalent to ½ the designated ultimate wind speed, including a 1.3 gust factor. 8. The natural frequency of the pole shall be limited to 0.8 cycles/sec. The manufacturer shall provide calculations verifying the above requirements. D. Manufacturing: 1. All manufacturing tolerance, details of reinforcement, and finishes shall be in accordance with the Guide Specification for Prestressed Concrete Poles as published in the May-June, 1982 issue of the Journal of the Prestressed Concrete Institute. 2. A concrete cylinder test shall be performed for each 100 cubic yards of concrete poured. A final quality control check shall be carried out on each pole after manufacturing is complete. All quality control procedures shall be mandated in a written manual and be available for inspection. E. General: 1. Poles shall be prestressed concrete, tapered, cylindrical or square section as indicated on the drawings. 2. Cylindrical poles shall be prestressed and the concrete placed in steel molds by the centrifugal spinning process. This method of manufacture ensures maximum compression of concrete resulting in increased durability. 3. Poles shall have a smooth natural form finish, soft gray in color. 4. Poles shall be designed and constructed so that all wiring and grounding facilities are concealed within the pole. All handholes, couplings, inserts for step bolts, thru-bolt holes and ground wire shall be cast into the pole during the manufacturing process. Separate PVC conduits shall be embedded within the concrete for each different circuit type to be installed. Where only one circuit is required within the pole, such as street lighting, the circuit may be routed in the interior open cell in the pole. 5. Poles shall be round in cross section and provide a continuous taper of 18” per foot of length and provide a minimum ¾” of concrete coverage over the longitudinal steel. 6. All cable entry holes shall be in accordance with the location and sizes as required by the buyer and shall be free from sharp edges for passages of electrical wiring. All handhole frames shall be composed of a non-metallic, non- conductive injection molded material. a. A 4” x 10” conduit entrance opening centered 18” below grade. b. A 3.5” x 10.5” handhole frame with flush cover centered 3’6” above grade. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 10 c. A 2.5” x 8.5” handhole frame with flush cover located 180 degrees from disconnect switches. d. Top wiring will be through a 2” or 1 ½” threaded coupling which ever is suitable for the diameter of the pole with access by way of a 2 ½” x 8” handhold frame with flush cover located at crossarm level for use during installation and maintenance of electrical wiring. A J” hook wire hanger will be provided at top coupling location for use with kellems grip. e. All poles shall be provided with a fish wire to facilitate cable installation. 7. A corrosion resistant nameplate cast into the wall of the pole approximately 4’-6” above the groundline identifying the manufacturer, manufacture date, length, weight, class, customer, fabrication # and P.O. #. 8. Each pole shall have a galvanized steel cap. The pole base shall be plugged to provide extra bearing surface. 9. Center of gravity shall be marked on the pole to assist with proper pole installation. 2.05 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS: A. Arm, Bracket, and Tenon Mount Materials: Galvanized steel per ASTM A-153. Match to the pole and fixture type. B. Mounting, Fastenings, and Appurtenances: Corrosion-resistant components compatible with poles and fixtures that will not cause galvanic action at contact points. Provide mountings that will correctly position luminaire to provide indicated light distribution. 2.06 LAMPS: A. Conform to ANSI Standards, C78 series, applicable to each type of lamp. Provide fixtures with indicated lamps. Where lamps are not indicated, provide lamps recommended by manufacturer. 2.07 FINISH: A. Metal Parts: Manufacturer’s standard finish except as otherwise indicated. Finish applied over corrosion-resistant primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters, and similar defects. Remove poles, fixtures, and accessories showing evidence of corrosion or finish failure during Project warranty period and replace with new items. B. Other Parts: Manufacturer’s standard finish except as otherwise indicated. 2.08 FIXTURES FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS: A. Conform to UL 844 or provide units that have Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM) certification for indicated class and division of hazard. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 11 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Set units plumb, square, and level according to manufacturer’s printed instructions and approved submittals. B. Make branch circuit wiring connections with conductors having an insulation temperature rating suitable for the fixture. C. Install lamp units according to manufacturer’s instructions and fixture schedule. 3.02 POLES: A. Embedded Poles: Set poles to depth required by manufacturer’s calculations, but not less than the minimum setting depths indicated herein . Dig holes large enough to permit use of tampers full depth of hole. Backfill in 6 inch layers and thoroughly tamp each layer so compaction of backfill is equal to or greater than that of undisturbed earth. B. Minimum Setting Depth (unless indicated otherwise orn the drawings): Length of Pole, Ft. Setting Depth, Ft. 20 5.5 25 6.0 30 6.0 35 6.5 40 6.5 45 7.0 50 7.5 55 8.0 60 8.5 C. Pole Installation: Use fabric web slings (not chain or cable) to raise and set poles. D. Fixture Attachment: Fasten to indicated structural supports. E. Fixture Attachment with Adjustable Features or Aiming: Attach fixtures and supports to allow aiming for indicated light distribution. F. Lamp fixtures with indicated lamps according to manufacturer’s instructions. Replace malfunctioning lamps. 3.03 GROUNDING: A. Ground fixtures and metal poles according to Section 26 05 26. 1. Poles: Install 10-ft. driven ground rod at each pole. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Exterior Lighting City Project No. E11012 26 56 00 – 12 2. Nonmetallic Poles: Ground metallic components of lighting unit and foundations. Connect fixtures to grounding system with No. 6 AWG conductor. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged units and components. B. Provide advance notice of dates and times for field tests. C. Provide instruments to make and record test results. D. Tests: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing fixtures and energizing circuits with normal power source. Include the following: 1. Photometric Tests: Measure light intensities at locations where specific illumination performance is indicated. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. 2. Check for excessively noisy ballasts. 3. Check for uniformity of illuminations. 4. Written report of tests indicating actual illumination results. E. Replace or repair damaged and malfunctioning units and retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Clean components upon completion of installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. C. Set and adjust photocells and/or time switches for proper operation as directed by Owner. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Foundation for Elevated Storage Tanks City Project No. E11012 31 60 00 – 1 SECTION 31 60 00 FOUNDATION FOR ELEVATED STORAGE TANKS PART 1 SCOPE This SECTION 31 60 00 of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS provides for the following: A. Material Requirements B. Submittals C. Certifications D. Geotechnical Report PART 2 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS 2.01 CONCRETE The concrete for the foundation shall have a compressive strength of 4,000 psi or greater within 28 days. When placed, the concrete shall have a slump no greater than 4". All above grade concrete shall be chamfered at all corners and have a broom finish. All form work for the concrete shall be true and plumb, braced sufficiently to prevent blowouts. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL All reinforcing steel shall be grade 60. All lap splices shall meet the most current ACI Code or 30 bar diameters whichever is more. The reinforcing steel shall have a minimum of 3" of cover at all locations. The use of bricks, rocks, etc. shall not be allowed to keep rebar off the ground or to keep mats of steel separated. Only steel rebar chairs with plastic bonded to them will be allowed. PART 3 SUBMITTALS 3.01 MIX DESIGN The proposed concrete mix design shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for his review a minimum of 14 days prior to placing concrete. 3.02 REINFORCING STEEL The proposed reinforcing steel layouts shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for his review a minimum of 14 days prior to installing steel. 3.03 FOUNDATION The proposed foundation drawings shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for his review a minimum of 14 days prior to beginning excavation for the foundation. The drawings shall include finish footing elevations, dimensions, steel spacing and sizing, and anchor bolt locations. Also include in these drawings compaction requirements if any, for the subgrade, and if the foundation has a continuous beam between footings, show details of the inlet/outlet pipe penetration. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Foundation for Elevated Storage Tanks City Project No. E11012 31 60 00 – 2 PART 4 CERTIFICATION 4.01 FOUNDATION DESIGN The CONTRACTOR shall have the foundation designed by a Texas Licensed Engineer. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the design calculations and drawings to the Project ENGINEER. The drawings and calculations shall be signed and sealed by the CONTRACTOR’S Engineer. 4.02 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION The CONTRACTOR shall have the foundation certified (By a Professional Engineer registered in the state of Texas) as meeting the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance (T.D.I.) Windstorm requirements and shall obtain a T.D.I. Windstorm Certificate for submittal to the ENGINEER. PART 5 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT 5.01 REPORT See Appendix for the Geotechnical Report. PART 6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No measurements will be taken since payment for this item of work will be lump sum. Payment for this work will include all designs, certifications, labor, materials, equipment and incidentals to complete this item of work. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 1 SECTION 32 12 01 RESERVOIR HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING SYSTEM (HMS) PART 1 GENERAL A. The Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) is defined as a supplemental system installed within a potable water storage reservoir which passively utilizes the energy provided by the inlet water supply (via pumped or gravity head) and generates a sufficient inlet momentum to achieve a complete homogeneous blending of the water volume within the reservoir with the inlet supply flow. Determination of Complete Homogeneous Blending shall be defined by the modeling requirements and supporting hydraulic analysis as conducted by each individual manufacturer for their specific system configuration as defined within these specifications. System submittals not providing this validation shall not be considered as a viable Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) and shall not be accepted as an equivalent to this system specification. B. The specifications in this section include all components of the Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) consisting of a bi-directional flow manifold equipped with variable orifice duckbill inlet nozzles and outlet flow check valves that are NSF61 certified. The HMS manufacturer shall be responsible for designing the system in accordance with the hydrodynamic criteria defined within these specifications and submit design calculations verifying compliance in accordance with the submittal requirements. The following is a description of the Hydrodynamic Mixing System. C. The complete Hydrodynamic Mixing System shall be supplied by the variable orifice nozzle manufacturer to maintain single source responsibility for the system. The complete system shall be defined as all piping and appurtenances within the tank downstream of the tank penetration. Appurtenances include pipe, fittings, horizontal and vertical pipe supports, expansion joints, variable orifice duckbill check valves, and any other equipment specified within this section of the specifications. Approved manufacturer is Tideflex Technologies, Carnegie, PA, or Engineer approved equal. D. The following describes the design principles of the Hydrodynamic Mixing System and the validation of its effectiveness: 1. To only require one tank penetration for reservoirs that operate in fill-then-draw unless a separate outlet pipe is required. When a separate outlet pipe is required, the HMS shall function as an inlet diffuser. 2. To comprise one manifold pipe with duckbill inlet nozzles and outlet check valves in order to minimize the amount of pipe, fittings and appurtenances required to separate the inlet and outlet. 3. To not have any horizontal piping that requires bracing to the tank shell other than at the bottom of the reservoir. 4. To be passive operating and not require any outside energy source. 5. To utilize the existing differential pressure between distribution system pressure and tank head to fill the reservoir thru the inlet nozzles and draw fluid from the reservoir thru the outlet check valves. 6. To achieve complete mixing via multiple turbulent inlet jets (Jet-induced mixing). Scale modeling has shown that multiple ports provide faster mixing than a single inlet port [Roberts, et al (2005)]. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 2 7. To utilize variable orifice inlet nozzles that provides a non-linear jet velocity vs. flow characteristic. This maximizes the inlet momentum at all flow rates. The inlet momentum is the kinetic energy solely responsible for mixing. This also ensures the rise height of negatively buoyant inlet jets will be maximized when the inlet water is colder than the tank water. 8. To have less than ten (10) inlet ports. Scale modeling has shown diminishing returns with greater port quantities [Roberts, et al (2005)]. 9. To have inlet ports that discharge an elliptically shaped jet that provides faster mixing and dilution of the inlet water into the tank water. 10. To have outlet check valves separated spatially from the inlet nozzles to mitigate short circuiting. 11. To have a configuration based on Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) modeling, conducted by the manufacturer, of a similar configuration in the same tank style. 12. To have multiple sampling studies conducted by water utilities that have conducted “before” and “after” spatial sampling of disinfectant residual and/or temperature that have proven the effectiveness of the HMS. Data can be submitted based upon the request of the engineer. PART 2 REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS Abromaitis, A.T., and Raftis, S.G. (1995). Development and Evaluation of a Combination Check Valve/Flow Sensitive Variable Orifice Nozzle for use on Effluent Diffuser Lines. Water Environment Federation 68th Annual Conference, 1995, Miami Beach, FL. Barsotti, M.G., Duer, M.J. and Gagne, J. (2003). Investigating a Standpipe Mixing System as a Tool for Managing Retention Time and DBP Formation. AWWA WQTC, Nov. 2003. AWWA, Denver CO. Champion, R., et al, (1996). Study of Discharge Concentration from Variable Area Nozzles by Planar Laser-Induced Fluorescence. Oregon State University Formal Report. March, 1996. Duer, M.J., (1998). Use of Variable Orifice Duckbill Valves for Hydraulic and Dilution Optimization of Multiport Diffusers. Water Science and Technology, Vol. 38, No. 10, pp. 277-284. Duer, M.J., (2003). Use of CFD to Analyze the Effects of Buoyant Inlet Jets on Mixing in Standpipes. Proc. 2003 AWWA Annual Conference, Anaheim, CA. Duer, M.J., (2004). Maintaining Disinfectant Residuals in Distribution Storage Tanks. Presented at 2004 AWWA DSS - Distribution & Plant Operations Conference, Sept. 27, 2004. Chicago, IL. Grayman, W.M. et al, (2000). Water Quality Modeling of Distribution System Storage Facilities. AWWA, Denver. Kirmeyer, G.J. et al, (1999). Maintaining Water Quality if Finished Water Storage Facilities. AWWA, Denver. Knutson, R. (2003). Preventing Water Stagnation in Storage Tanks – Lakeshore Reservoir Case Study. Presented at Washington State Public Utility Water Meeting, Leavenworth, WA. September 2003. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 3 Lee J.H.W., Karandikar J., and Horton, P.R. (1997a). Hydraulics of Duckbill Valve Jet Diffusers. Proc. 13th Australian Coastal and Ocean Engineering Conference, Sept. 1997, New Zealand. Lee J.H.W., Karandikar J., and Horton, P.R. (1997b). Hydraulics of “Duckbill” Elastomer Check Valves. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE. Nevins, T. (2002). Inlet-Outlet Piping for Circular Distribution Reservoirs. Presented at 2002 PNWS- AWWA Annual Conference. May 3, 2002. Rossman, L.A. and W.M. Grayman. (1999). Scale-Model Studies of Mixing in Drinking Water Storage Tanks, J.EE, ASCE, Vol. 125, No. 8, August 1999. Roberts, R., (1998). The Effects of Nozzle Geometry on Jet Mixing. Formal Report on Modeling Conducted at Georgia Institute of Technology. Roberts, P.J.W., Tian, X., Sotiropoulos, F., and Duer, M.J. (2005). Physical Modeling of Mixing in Water Storage Tanks. Draft Final Report for AwwaRF Project No. E20-J08. Zavalia, M. and M.J. Duer (2002). Kinney Ave. Water Tank Mixing System – How to Make Good Water Better. Presented at 2002 New England Water Works Association Annual Conference. PART 3 REFERENCED STANDARDS 3.01 AMERICAN NATIONAL ST ANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings B36.10 - American National Standard Weights and Dimensions of Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe 3.02 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) A53 – Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless A234 – Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service A240 – Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications A285 – Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength A351 – Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex), for Pressure-Containing Parts A778 – Standard Specification for Welded, Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubular Products C110 – Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. through 48 In. for Water D1330 – Standard Specification for Rubber-Sheet Gaskets Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 4 D1784 – PVC/CPVC Pipe Compounds D1785 – PVC Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 & 120 D2466 – PVC Solvent Cement D2855 – PVC Solvent Joints D3261 – Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Fittings D3915 – PVC Pipe Fitting Compounds 3.03 AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI) AISI 304 - 304 Stainless Steel Plate AISI 316 - 316 Stainless Steel Plate AISI 1040 - Carbon Steel Plate 3.04 AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) C110 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. through 48 In. for Water C200 - AWWA Standard for Steel Water Pipe 6” and Larger C207 - Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service – Size 4 In. to 144 In. C220 - AWWA Standard for Stainless Steel Pipe, 4” and Larger C900 - AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. Through 12 In. for Water Distribution C905 - AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 In Through 48 In. for Water Transmission and Distribution C906 - AWWA Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. Through 63 In. for Water Distribution 3.05 AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION RESEARCH FOUNDATION (AWWARF) Project No. E20-J08 - Physical Modeling of Mixing in Water Storage Tanks (Forthcoming) 3.06 NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION (NSF) NSF Standard 14 - Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials NSF Standard 61 - Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 5 PART 4 VARIABLE ORIFICE INLET NOZZLES A. Inlet ports/nozzles shall be duckbill-style check valves that allow fluid to enter the reservoir during fill cycles and prevent flow in the reverse direction through the nozzle during draw periods. Inlet ports/nozzles may not be fixed-diameter ports or pipes. B. The duckbill valves shall be NSF61 certified. C. Inlet ports/nozzles shall have a variable diameter vs. flow hydraulic profile that provides a non- linear jet velocity vs. flow characteristic and a linear headloss vs. flow characteristic. The hydraulic characteristics of the duckbill valves shall be defined by “Catalog Number”. D. The inlet ports/nozzles shall discharge an elliptically shaped jet. The nozzle must have been modeled by an independent laboratory using Laser Induced Fluorescence (LIF). E. Manufacturer shall have conducted independent hydraulic testing to determine headloss and jet velocity characteristics on a minimum of eight (8) sizes of duckbill valves ranging from 2” through 48”. The testing must include multiple constructions (stiffness) within each size and must have been conducted for free discharge (discharge to atmosphere) and submerged conditions. F. Manufacturer shall have conducted an independent hydraulic test where multiple valves (at least four) of the same size and construction (stiffness) were tested to validate the submitted headloss characteristics and to prove the repeatability of the manufacturing process to produce the same hydraulic characteristics. G. Manufacturer shall have conducted independent hydraulic testing to study the flow distribution characteristics of duckbill valves installed on multiport manifolds. H. Manufacturer to have conducted Finite Element Analysis (FEA) on various duckbill valves to determine deflection, stress, and strain characteristics under various load conditions. Modeling must have been done for flowing conditions (positive differential pressure) and reverse differential pressure. I. Manufacturer must have conducted in-house backpressure testing on duckbill valves ranging from ¾” to 48”. J. Manufacturer shall have at least fifteen (15) years experience in the manufacturing of “duckbill” style elastomeric valves. K. Manufacturer must have duckbill valves installed on manifold piping systems in at least 100 distribution system reservoirs. L. Manufacturer must have representative inspection videos showing the duckbill valves discharging water into the reservoir during an initial fill (unsubmerged). Manufacturer must also have representative underwater inspection videos showing the operation of the valves when submerged. Representative videos can be submitted upon request from the engineer. M. The duckbill style nozzles shall be one-piece elastomer matrix with internal fabric reinforcing designed to produce the required discharge velocity and minimum headloss requirements as stipulated in the Submittals section. The flange portion shall be an integral portion of the nozzle with fabric reinforcing spanning across the joint between the flange and nozzle body. N. The elastomer used in construction of the duckbill valves must have been tested by an accredited independent laboratory that confirmed there is no degradation in the elastomer when exposed to chlorine and chloramine per the ASTM D471-98 “Standard Test Method for Rubber Property – Effect of Liquids.” Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 6 O. The manufacturer’s name, plant location, serial number and product part number which designates nozzle size, material and construction specifications shall be bonded onto the surface of the nozzle. PART 5 OUTLET CHECK VALVES A. The outlet flow valves shall be perforated plate type with elastomeric membrane closure disc. B. The valves shall be NSF61 certified. C. The perforated disc shall be fabricated of stainless steel plate with welded support gussets. The disc shall be flanged and drilled to mate with ANSI B16.1, Class 125/ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges. The disc shall have three (3) tapped holes used for fastening the membrane and support rod to the disc with stainless steel bolts, nuts, and lock washers. The top of the disc shall be tapped and supplied with lifting eyebolt for installation. D. The membrane closure disc shall be circular, one piece rubber construction with fabric reinforcement. The diameter of the membrane shall allow adequate clearance between the membrane O.D. and the pipe I.D. The membrane shall be vulcanized with a specified convex radius to produce a compression set to allow the membrane to seal against the perforated disc at low reverse differential pressure. E. The support rod shall be stainless steel and drilled with three (3) longitudinal holes to allow fastening of rod to membrane and perforated disc. F. When line pressure inside the valve exceeds the backpressure outside the valve, the line pressure forces the membrane to open, allowing flow to pass through the perforations in the disc. When backpressure exceeds the line pressure, the membrane seats on the perforated disc preventing backflow. G. The valve shall provide forward flow of the fill water and prevent flow in the reverse direction through the valve during draw periods. H. The elastomer used in construction of the membrane must have been tested by an accredited independent laboratory that confirmed there is no degradation in the elastomer when exposed to chlorine and chloramine per the ASTM D471-98 “Standard Test Method for Rubber Property – Effect of Liquids.” I. The manufacturer’s name, plant location, serial number and product part number which designates membrane size, material and construction specifications shall be bonded onto the surface of the membrane. PART 6 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Stainless steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the associated standards listed in Section 3.0: Reference Standards. B. Dimensions for stainless steel fittings shall conform to AWWA C226, unless otherwise specified. C. Wall thickness for stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be specified by Schedule conforming to ANSI B36.10-1985. D. Wall thickness and dimensions of stainless steel tubing shall be given in exact dimensions in fractions of an inch, not by gage number. E. All flanges shall be stainless steel ring flanges conforming to AWWA C228. Flange drilling pattern shall be in accordance with ANSI B16.1/B16.5 standards. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 7 F. Ring flanges shall be continuously welded on both sides. G. Welding of stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with the Reference standards. H. All butt welds shall be fully penetrated with gas shielding to the interior and exterior of the joint. I. Welded cross-sections shall have a thickness equal to or greater than the welded material. J. Field welding of stainless steel pipe and fittings will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. K. All welded joints shall be free of sharp edges and burrs. PART 7 FLANGE GASKETS A. Flange gaskets shall be full-faced and shall be in accordance with ASTM D1330. B. Flange gasket drilling pattern shall conform to ANSI B16.1/B16.5. C. Flange gaskets shall be 1/16” thick for flanges up to 14” diameter. 1/8” thick gaskets shall be provided for flanges over 14” diameter. D. Gasket material shall be EPDM. E. Isolation Kit between carbon steel & SS interface. PART 8 FASTENERS A. 10.1 Hex head bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel 316 conforming to ANSI/ASME B18.2.1 and ANSI/ASME B18.2.2. PART 9 VERTICAL PIPING SUPPORT BRACKETS (ADJUSTABLE) A. All components of the bracket assembly shall be stainless steel 304 in accordance with the associated standards. B. The bracket assembly shall provide a minimum of 2” of lateral adjustment for alignment of the vertical pipe section with the connection to the lateral piping and/or tank penetration. C. The bracket assemblies shall consist of two weldments: 1. A base plate weldment that consists of a base plate with a center-located tubular guide. 2. A top-works weldment that consists of a support plate formed to provide 120º contact area with the pipe, and a center-located pipe stub welded to the bottom of the support plate. U-bolt(s) and hex nuts are provided with the top-works. 3. The pipe stub shall be inserted into the tubular guide of the base plate weldment during installation of the assemblies. D. The base plate weldment shall be anchored to the concrete shell with stud type expansion anchors, the pull-out rating of the combined anchors shall be a minimum of 10 times greater than the static weight of the vertical pipe section. E. The base plate of the base plate weldment shall be field welded to the tank shell. The location of the base plate shall avoid welded joints and rivets in the tank shell. F. A 1/8” thick EPDM strip with a length equivalent to the circumferential support length of the support plate shall be placed between the pipe and the pipe supports. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 8 G. The base plate weldment and top-works weldment shall be joined by field welding following proper horizontal adjustment of the assembly. PART 10 HORIZONTAL PIPING SUPPORT BRACKETS (ADJUSTABLE) A. All components of the bracket assembly shall be stainless steel 304 in accordance with the associated standards. B. The bracket assembly shall provide a minimum of 2” of vertical adjustment for alignment of the horizontal pipe section with reservoir floor. C. The bracket assemblies shall consist of two weldments: 1. A base plate weldment that consists of a base plate with a center-located tubular guide. 2. A top-works weldment that consists of a support plate formed to provide 120º contact area with the pipe, and a center-located pipe stub welded to the bottom of the support plate. U-bolt(s) and hex nuts are provided with the top-works. 3. The pipe stub shall be inserted into the tubular guide of the base plate weldment during installation of the assemblies. D. The base plate of the base plate weldment shall be field welded to the tank floor. The location of the base plate shall avoid welded joints in the tank floor. E. A 1/8” thick EPDM strip with a length equivalent to the circumferential support length of the support plate shall be placed between the pipe and pipe supports. F. The base plate weldment and top-works weldment shall be joined by field welding following proper vertical adjustment of the assembly. PART 11 VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS (NON-ADJUSTABLE) A. Non-adjustable vertical pipe supports consist of a piece of pipe approximately 1/3 the riser diameter to be welded between the riser and tank shell. Alternatively, two carbon steel angle irons welded between the vertical riser and the tank shell. B. The angle irons shall be field cut and welded in place at 45º angles on each side of the vertical pipe centerline. The included angle between the angle irons shall be 90º. C. The location of the pipe supports (pipe or angle irons) shall avoid welded joints and rivets in the tank shell. PART 12 COATINGS A. Following installation of the manifold system, all carbon steel and ductile iron pipe, fittings, bolted connections, pipe supports, and appurtenances shall be coated according to the interior tank paint specification as specified by the Engineer. B. Surface preparation and coating procedures shall be provided by the Engineer and the coating supplier. PART 13 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND MATERIAL HANDLING A. Individual nozzles and outlet valves shall be packaged separately from the piping equipment. B. All flanges shall be protected by using plastic inserts or plank wood, pipe sections are to be fully supported to prevent pipe deflection or damage to fittings or connections. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 9 C. All equipment shall be shipped on pallets capable of fully supporting the pipe sections across their entire length. Pallets should be accessible for fork lift transport or strap and hoist means without causing any load to the pipe equipment. D. All stainless steel components shall be stored separately away from any carbon steel components or other materials that could stain or deface the stainless steel finish from run-off of oxidized ferrous materials. E. All pipe equipment should be covered and stored in areas free from contact with construction site sediment erosion to prevent accumulation of materials within the pipe and fittings. F. Duckbill nozzles should be protected from contact with rigid objects during handling and storage. The contractor shall be responsible for replacing any duckbill nozzles or elastomeric components that are damaged after arrival on the site through installation and start-up of the system. PART 14 SUBMITTALS A. NSF61 Certification 1. Copy of the NSF61 Certified listing for the valves used in the Hydraulic Mixing System (HMS). 2. The valves themselves must be NSF61 certified, not just the elastomer used in construction of the valves. B. Test Report on Elastomer Exposure to Chlorine and Chloramine 1. Copy of test report from an accredited independent laboratory that confirmed there is no degradation in the elastomer when exposed to chlorine and chloramine per the ASTM D471-98 “Standard Test Method for Rubber Property – Effect of Liquids.” C. System Installation Drawings 1. The HMS manufacturer shall be responsible for providing engineering installation drawings of the complete manifold piping system as supplied by the manufacturer. These drawings shall include plan view piping arrangement, sections and elevations as required, support bracket installation details, duckbill nozzle orientation details, and all dimensions required for locating the system within the specified dimensions of the tank. 2. Drawings shall be a minimum of 11 x 17 inches. 3. Six (6) sets of plans shall be provided to the Engineer for review and approval. 4. Two (2) sets of final fabrication and installation drawings shall be included with the shipment of the manifold piping equipment. D. Design Calculations 1. The HMS manufacturer MUST include within the submittal package the following design calculations and reference information: a. Calculations showing the fill time required, under isothermal conditions, for the HMS system to achieve complete mix of the reservoir volume at minimum, average and peak fill rates. Complete mixing defined as 95% homogenous solution. The theory and equations used in calculating the mixing times must be as described in the Rossman, L.A. and W.M. Grayman (1999) reference. b. A representative Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) model evaluation of the proposed HMS system configuration applied within a reservoir of similar Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 10 geometry. Model output documentation shall include all design variables applied for the simulation, plot of the 3-D geometry showing the mesh definition, velocity magnitude vector and contour plots at different cross-sections throughout the water volume, simulated tracer animations showing the spatial and temporal distribution of inlet water in real time during the fill cycle. c. Hydraulic curves for each inlet nozzle showing headloss, jet velocity, and effective open area all versus flow rate. d. Hydraulic calculations showing the resulting jet velocities of each inlet nozzle at minimum, average, and peak fill rates. e. Hydraulic calculations showing the flow distribution among all inlet ports at minimum, average, and peak fill rates. f. Manifold hydraulic calculations showing the total headloss of the HMS at minimum, average, and peak fill and draw rates. Headloss shall include all minor losses and headloss of nozzles and outlet check valves. g. Hydraulic curves for each outlet check valves showing headloss vs. flow. h. Calculations showing the terminal rise height of the jets that discharge at an angle above horizontal. The terminal rise height shall be calculated assuming 10ºF and 20ºF colder inlet water and calculated at minimum, average and peak fill rates. The theory and equations used to calculate the terminal rise height shall be included. i. If the calculations and supporting data provided do not show compliance with the hydrodynamic requirements of the system as interpreted by the Engineer or Owner then the submittal shall be rejected. E. Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Within 30 days of final approval of the installation drawings, by the Engineer, the HMS valve manufacturer shall provide four (4) sets of the installation portion of the Installation, Operation and Maintenance (IOM) Manuals for the applicable system. Within 30 days of final approval, by the Engineer, of the installed system the manufacturer shall provide six (6) copies of the complete Installation, Operation and Maintenance (IOM) Manual for final review and approval. 2. The manuals shall be in the following format and include the listed required information as a minimum: a. Enclosed in a 3-ring binder with project title and system designation shown on the front cover and side binder. b. Table of contents c. Copy of design calculations for the manifold system as defined in the previous section. d. Copy of complete set of the installation plans. e. Copy of NSF61 Certified Listing for the valves f. Parts and equipment list with specification numbers for ordering of replacement parts. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 11 g. Product specification sheets for nozzles, outlet valves, expansion joints, concrete anchors, and any other specialized items supplied with the system. h. Installation guidelines for the HMS manifold system. i. Operational procedures for the HMS manifold system. j. Guidelines for repair of system components. k. Schedule for suggested periodic maintenance of the manifold system. PART 15 INSTALLATION A. Installation of the manifold system shall be in accordance with the guidelines provided by the HMS manufacturer as specified in the installation section of the IOM manual. Refer to section on Submittals for quantities and delivery schedules of the documents. PART 16 START -UP AND TESTING PROCEDURES A. The TMS manufacturer shall provide one (1) day start-up services by a factory representative to verify that the system has been installed in accordance with the design specifications and requirements listed within this section. B. Leveling of Lateral Piping 1. The centerline elevation of all lateral distribution piping shall be installed at the same elevation across the entire system unless eccentric reducers are utilized, then the governing elevation point shall be the bottom invert of the pipes. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a leveling instrument during installation of the piping for maintaining manifold pipe constant elevation as specified on the installation drawings. 3. The elevation variance shall not exceed +/-1” difference of the specified elevation on the installation drawings. C. Start-Up Flow Testing 1. Following installation of the complete manifold piping system, the contractor shall open the upstream isolation valve to allow flow into the tank through the manifold system. The isolation valve must be opened slowly to prevent surge or over-pressurization of the manifold system. The isolation valve must be fully opened to inspect the flow characteristics of the manifold system. 2. The contractor shall visually inspect the entire piping system for leakage. 3. The contractor shall visually inspect all of the inlet nozzles to ensure flow is being discharged into the tank through all nozzles. PART 17 SPARE PARTS A. Spare parts are not required, unless otherwise specified. PART 18 WARRANTY A. The complete manifold piping system shall be supplied by the HMS manufacturer to maintain single source responsibility for the system. The complete system shall be defined as all piping and appurtenances within the tank downstream of the tank penetration. Appurtenances include Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Reservoir Hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 32 12 01 – 12 pipe, fittings, horizontal and vertical pipe supports, expansion joints, duckbill valves, and any other equipment specified within this section of the specifications. B. All piping, pipe support brackets, joint connections, expansion joints, and anchors shall be warranted by the HMS manufacturer against failure under design conditions for a period of one (1) year from the date of final installation approval by the Engineer. C. Inlet nozzles and outlet valves shall be warranted by the manufacturer against failure under design operating conditions for a period of one (1) year from the date of final installation approval by the Engineer. Elastomer components damaged as a result of maintenance activities, foreign debris, or excessive exposure to direct ultraviolet and thermal radiation shall be excluded warranted coverage. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Chain Link Security Fence City Project No. E11012 33 31 13 – 1 SECTION 32 31 13 CHAIN LINK SECURITY FENCE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work and materials required for providing chain link security fence for this project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Wire Fabric fencing shall be 9 gauge steel with a minimum tensile strength of 80,000 psi. Mesh size shall be 2 inch 1/16 inch between parallel wires. Top edge of fabric shall be twisted and barbed on 6 foot height fencing and shall be knuckled salvage on 4 foot fencing. Bottom edge of all fencing shall be twisted and barbed. B. Tie clips of 9 gauge aluminum shall be furnished in sufficient quantity to fasten fabric to top tension wire or to top rail at 24 inch intervals. Ties shall be furnished to fasten the fabric to bottom tension wire at 24 inch intervals. The fabric shall be tied to line posts at 15 inch intervals. C. Line Post shall be provided at a maximum spacing of 10 feet and be of the following sizes: Fabric Height Pipe Size H-Beam Section Embedment Length Size Wt./Ft. Size Wt./Ft. 4 ft. 1.90" O.D. 2.72# 1.875" x 1.625" 2.70# 24" 6 ft. 2.375" O.D. 3.65# 2.25" x 1.95" 4.10# 30" 8 ft. 2.375" O.D. 3.65# 2.25" x 1.95" 4.10# 42" D. Corner Post and End Post shall be of the following sizes: Fabric Height Pipe Section Embedment Length Size Wt./Ft. 4 ft. 2.375" O.D. 3.65# 30" 6 ft. 2.875" O.D. 5.79# 34" 8 ft. 2.875" O.D. 5.79# 42" E. Post caps for pipe sections shall be designed to exclude all moisture. Where barbed wire is specified, extension arms shall be integral with post caps. Where top rail is specified, post caps shall have an opening for top rail. All posts caps shall have a 2 inch skirt for rigidity. F. Top rail, where called for, shall be 1.625 inch O.D. steel pipe weighing 2.27#/foot. Top rail shall be furnished in random lengths not less than 18 feet per section and shall be joined with outside sleeve, steel couplings not less than 6 inches long and having a wall Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Chain Link Security Fence City Project No. E11012 33 31 13 – 2 thickness of not less than 0.70 inch. Couplings shall be designed to allow for expansion movement of the top rail. G. Tension wire for top finish, where no top rail is specified, shall be 7 gauge high carbon steel wire. Tension wire shall be furnished for bottom edge of all fence fabric. H. Trussed bracing shall be furnished for each panel adjacent to a terminal, pull, corner, or gate post. Compression member shall be 1.625 inch O.D. pipe as specified for top rail material. Tension members shall be 3/8 inch diameter steel rods with turnbuckles. I. For 6-foot and 8-foot fences with top tension wire, braced panels shall consist of horizontal pipe brace, located approximately 4 inches below top of fabric, a diagonal pipe brace, attached at the midpoint of the terminal post and at the bottom of the adjacent line post, and a truss rod, attached to the top of the adjacent line post, extending diagonally to the bottom of the terminal post. J. For 6-foot and 8-foot fences with top rail, braced panels shall consist of a horizontal pipe brace, midway between top and bottom of fence fabric, with a truss rod expending from midpoint of the line post diagonally to bottom of terminal post. K. For 4-foot fences with top rail shall be braced with a truss rod connected to the bottom of the terminal post and extending to top of adjacent line posts. L. For 4-foot fences without top rail shall have a horizontal brace pipe at the top of adjacent line posts. M. Four 4-foot fences without top rail shall have a horizontal brace pipe at the top of the fabric and a diagonal truss rod installed as described above. N. Barbed wire, where specified, shall be 12-1/2 gauge with barbs spaced approximately 5 inches apart. Three strands of barbed wire will be required where barbed wire top is specified. O. Barbed wire support arms shall be at an angle of 45 degrees from vertical and shall have clips for attaching 3 strands of barbed wire. Each support arm shall be of sufficient strength to support a 200 lb. weight applied at the outer strand of barbed wire. P. Stretcher bars shall not be less than 3/16" x 3/4" flat steel and not more than 2 inches shorter than the fabric height. One stretcher bar shall be provided for each gate and end post. Two stretcher bars shall be provided for each corner and pull posts. Stretcher bars shall be attached to terminal posts with 1 inch x 1/8 inch flat steel bands with 3/8 inch carriage bolts at intervals not exceeding 15 inches. Q. Miscellaneous fittings and fasteners shall be furnished in sufficient quantities to erect all fencing materials in a proper manner. R. Approval of fence materials shall be obtained from the Engineer prior to erection. S. Galvanizing and Aluminum Coating: All material used in "Chain Link Security Fence" shall be hot dip zinc coated as specified by the following, except that the fabric may be aluminum coated. 1. All posts and pipe: ASTM Designation: A 120 (1.8 oz/sf). 2. All H-beam sections: ASTM Designation: A 123 (2.0 oz/sf). Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Chain Link Security Fence City Project No. E11012 33 31 13 – 3 3. Fence fabric: ASTM Designation: A 392, Class 1 (1.2 oz/sf) or ASTM Designation: A 491 (0.40 oz/sf). 4. Tension wire, barbed wire: ASTM Designation: A 121, Class III (0.80 oz/sf). 5. Post caps, stretcher bars, miscellaneous fittings: ASTM Designation: A 153. T. Weight of zinc coating for all items shall be determined in accordance with ASTM Test Designation: A 90 except for core wire which shall have a galvanized coating weighing not less than 0.35 ounces of zinc per square foot. Field welds and cuts shall be touched- up with an approved zinc coating. U. Vinyl coating shall be per ASTM F668-99a, Section 1.2.3 Class 2b consisting of polymer coating fused and adhered to zinc-coated steel wire. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Clearing and Grading: The Contractor shall perform all clearing of brush, rocks and debris which may be necessary for the installation of this fencing. The Engineer will stake out the locations for corner posts and terminal posts in this installation. The fencing panels between corner and terminal posts shall generally follow the finished ground elevations. However, the Contractor shall grade off minor irregularities in the path of the fencing as necessary to limit the variation of grade under the bottom edge of fence fabric to a distance of not more than six inches and not less than two inches to the ground. B. Post Spacing: Maximum spacing for line posts shall be 10 feet 0 inches. Pull posts shall be located not more than 500 feet apart and at each change in direction exceeding 20 degrees, both horizontally and vertically. Runs of fencing over 500 feet but less than 1,000 feet shall have a pull post in the center of the run. C. Postholes: Holes for concrete footings for all posts shall be drilled to the dimensions listed in the following tables: Holes for Line and End Posts Type Post Fabric Height Min. Hole Min. Hole Post Embedment Diameter Depth Line 4' 9" 30" 24" Line 6' 10" 36" 30" Line 8' 12" 42" 38" End 4' 12" 36" 30" End 6' 12" 48" 42" End 8' 12" 48" 42" D. Where solid rock is encountered without an overburden of soil, line posts shall be set a minimum depth of 12 inches, and end, corner, gate and pull posts a minimum of 18 inches into the solid rock. The hole shall have a minimum diameter one inch greater than the largest dimension of the post section to be set. After the post is set and plumbed, the hole shall be filled with grout consisting of one part Portland cement and three parts clean, well graded sand. Other grouting materials may be used if approved or specified Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Chain Link Security Fence City Project No. E11012 33 31 13 – 4 by the Engineer. The grout shall be thoroughly worked into the hole so as to leave no voids. The grout shall be crowned to carry water from the post. E. Where solid rock is covered by an overburden of soil or loose rock, the posts shall be set to the full depth shown in Table above unless the penetration into solid rock reaches the minimum depths specified above, in which case, the depth of penetration may be terminated. Concrete footings shall be constructed from the solid rock to the top of the ground. Grouting will be required on the portion of the post in solid rock. F. Excavated material from footings shall be removed from the job site by the Contractor. G. Concrete for Footings: Concrete for footings shall be Class "B" concrete in accordance with Standard Specification Section 030020, unless otherwise specified on plans. All concrete footings shall be cast up to finish grade and crowned 2 inches to shed water. Excess concrete not used in the footings, and any other construction debris, shall be removed from the site. H. Fabric Erection: The fence fabric shall be erected by securing one end and applying sufficient tension to the other end to remove all slack before making attachments. The fabric shall be cut and each span shall be attached independently at all corner posts and pull posts. Fastening to end, pull, corner and gate posts shall be with stretcher bars which shall be secured to the posts with stretcher bar bands at intervals not exceeding 15 inches. Fence fabric shall generally follow the finished contour of the site with the bottom edge of fabric located 2 inches above the grade. In uneven areas, the ground shall be graded so that the maximum distance between bottom of fabric and ground in limited to 6 inches. I. Electric grounds: Grounding rods shall be at least 5/8 inch diameter by 8 feet long "copperweld" rods driven or drilled into the soil so that the top of the rod is approximately 6 inches below grade. A No. 6 solid copper conductor shall be clamped to the ground rod and the bottom tension wire of the fence with cast bronze clamps with bronze or stainless steel bolts and washers. Each 1,000 foot of fence shall be provided with a ground located near the center of the run. At least one electrical ground shall be installed for each fenced closure. A ground shall be provided directly under the point where a power line passes over the fence. 3.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Chain Link Security Fence shall be measured by the linear foot. Measurement shall include but not be limited to furnishing and erecting all fence materials, gates, caps, concrete, ground wires, and cleanup. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all materials required, all labor, all tools, all equipment and all other incidentals required to complete the work as shown on the contract drawings and as specified herein. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Chain Link Cantilever Slide Gate City Project No. E11012 32 31 13.53 – 1 SECTION 32 31 13.53 CHAIN LINK CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Chain link cantilever slide gate. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Specifications - Changes in specification may not be made after the bid date. B. Shop Drawings – Layout of fences and gates with dimensions, details, and finishes of components, accessories, and post foundations. C. Product Data – Manufacturer’s catalog cuts indicating material compliance and specified options. D. Samples – Color selection for polymer finishes. If requested, samples of materials (e.g., fabric, wires, and accessories). 1.03 SPECIAL WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer’s standard limited warranty covering cantilever slide gate and truck assembly against failure resulting from normal use for period of 5 years from date of purchase. Failure is defined as any defect in manufacturing that prevents the gate from operating in a normal manner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Products from qualified manufacturers having a minimum of 5 years experience manufacturing chain link fencing will be acceptable by the Engineer as equal, if approved in writing, ten days prior to bidding, and if they meet all of the following specifications for design, size gauge of metal parts and fabrication. 2.02 CHAIN LINK CANTILEVER SLIDE GATES A. Gate Frames – Fabricate cantilever slide gates using (2) 2” (50 mm) square aluminum members, ASTM B 221, alloy and temper 6063-T6, weighing 1.88 lb.ft (2.78 kg.m). Weld members together forming rigid one-piece frame integral with top rack. (no substitution). Provide 2 truck assemblies for each gate leaf. For gates over 15’-0” Opening: Internal Uprights: 1’ x 2” (25 mm x 50 mm) aluminum measures welded in gate frames at maximum 6’-2” (1880 mm) face to face, subdividing frame into panels. Gates under 15’- 0” will have (2) equal panels. Gates Leaf Size Cantilever Support (Overhang) 15 ft. (4572 mm) to 22 ft (6706 mm) 10’ 0” (3048 mm) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Chain Link Cantilever Slide Gate City Project No. E11012 32 31 13.53 – 2 B. Gate Panel – 9 gauge galvanized steel with vinyl coating per ASTM F668-99a, Section 1.2.3 Class 2b consisting of polymer coating fused and adhered to zinc-coated steel wire. C. Bracing – Provide diagonal adjustable length truss rods, of 3/8” (9.5 mm) galvanized steel, in each panel of gate frames. D. Top track/rail – Enclosed combination one-piece track and rail, aluminum extrusion with weight of 3.72 lb/ft (5.54 kg/m). Track to withstand reaction load of 2,000 lb (907.2 kg). E. Truck assembly – Swivel type, zinc dye cast, with 4 sealed lubricant ballbearing rollers, 2” (50 mm) in diameter by 9/16” (14 mm) in width, and 2 side rolling wheels to ensure truck alignment in track (no substitution). Mount trucks on post brackets using 7/8” (22 mm) diameter ball bolts with ½” (13 mm) shank. Truck assembly to withstand same reaction load as track, 2,000 lb (907.2 kg). F. Gate hangers, latches, brackets, guide assemblies, and stops – Malleable iron or steel, black powder coated after fabrication. Provide positive latch with provisions for padlocking. G. Bottom guide wheel assemblies – Each assembly shall consist of two, 4” (100 mm) diameter rubber wheels, straddling bottom horizontal gate rail, allowing adjustment to maintain gate frame plumb and in proper alignment. Attach one assembly to each guide post. H. Gate Posts – Black Powder Coated steel (4” (100 mm) square, weighing 5.77 lb/ft (8.57 kg/m). Provide 1 latch post and 2 support posts for single slide gate. I. Accessories – Preassemble panels with ornamental accessories attached to prevent removal and vandalism. J. Finish – After components have been galvanized (inside and out) to provide maximum corrosion resistance, clean and pretreat with phosphate to form amorphous structure on galvanized surface for superior powder coating adhesion. Give phosphate coated surface a thorough water rinse to prepare surface for seal rinse. Seal rinse with non- chromated solution to improve corrosion resistance and adhesion of finish coat. Bake metal dry, prior to application of powder coating. Apply 2.5 mil (0.0635 mm) thickness of polyester resin based powder coating by electrostatic spray process. Color shall be black. Bake finish for 20 minutes (1.2 Ks) at 450°F (232°C), metal temperature. 2.03 SETTING MATERIALS A. Concrete – Minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi (20 MPa) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify areas to receive fencing are completed to final grades and elevations. B. Verify areas to assure sufficient space to receive gate in open position (gate and overhang). C. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Chain Link Cantilever Slide Gate City Project No. E11012 32 31 13.53 – 3 3.02 CHAIN LINK GATE FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Install gate posts in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. B. Concrete set gate posts – Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. Holes shall have diameter 6 times greater than outside dimension of post, and depths approximately 6” (152 mm) inches deeper that post bottom. Excavation deeper as required for adequate support in soft and loose soils, and for posts with heavy lateral loads. Set post bottom 48” (914 mm) below surface when in firm, undisturbed soil. Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour, tamp for consolidation. Trowel finish around post and slope to direct water away from posts. C. Gate posts and hardware: Set keepers, stops, sleeves and other accessories into concrete. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and maintain in position during placement and finishing operations. 3.03 GATE IN STALLATION A. Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. B. Attach hardware by means, which will prevent unauthorized removal. C. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean up debris and unused material, and remove from the site. END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (> 24” Diameter) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 11 00 – 1 SECTION 33 11 00 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS ( > 24” DIAMETER) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for water lines. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. No separate payment will be made for ductile iron pipe and fittings under this Section. Include cost in unit prices for water lines and fittings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A 21.4 (AWWA C 104) - Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings, for Water. B. ANSI A 21.10 (AWWA C 110) - Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3-in. through 48-in. C. ANSI A 21.11 (AWWA C 111) - Standard for Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. D. ANSI A 21.15 (AWWA C 115) - Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. E. ANSI A 21.16 (AWWA C 116) - Protective Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile Iron and Grey iron Fittings for Water Supply Service. F. ANSI A 21.50 ( AWWA C 150) - Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe. G. ANSI A 21.51 (AWWA C 151) - Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water and Other Liquids. H. ANSI A 21.53 (AWWA C 153) - Standard for Ductile Iron Compact Fittings, 3 inches through 24 inches and 54 inches through 64 inches for Water Service. I. ASME B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. J. ASTM D 1248 - Standard Specification Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable. K. ASTM F 477 - Elastomeric Seals (gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. L. ASTM G 62 - Standard Test Methods for Holiday Detection in Pipeline Coatings. M. AWWA C 105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. N. AWWA C 300 - Standard for Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type, for Water and other Liquids. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (> 24” Diameter) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 11 00 – 2 O. AWWA C 600 - Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. P. SSPC-SP 6 - Steel Structures Painting Council, Commercial Blast Cleaning. Q. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association (AREMA) Manual for Railway Engineering. R. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of General Requirement 01 33 00 – Document Management B. For pipes 16 inches and greater submit shop drawings signed and sealed by Professional Engineer registered in State of Texas showing the following: 1. Manufacturer’s pipe design calculations. 2. Provide lay schedule of pictorial nature indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fitting, flange, and special details, with plan and profile view of each pipe segment sketched, detailing pipe invert elevations, horizontal bends, restrained joints, and other critical features. Indicate station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings. Do not start production of pipe and fittings prior to review and approval by the Engineer. Provide final approved lay schedule on CD-ROM in Adobe portable document format (*.PDF). 3. Calculations and limits of thrust restraint. 4. Class and length of joint. C. Submit manufacturer's certifications that ductile iron pipe and fittings meet provisions of this Section and have been hydrostatically tested at factory and meet requirements of ANSI A 21.51. D. Submit certifications that pipe joints have been tested and meet requirements of ANSI A 21.11. E. Submit affidavit of compliance in accordance with ANSI A21.16 for fittings with fusion bonded epoxy coatings or linings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Ductile Iron Pipe Barrels: Shall conform to AWWA C115, C150 and C151 and bear mark of Underwriters' Laboratories approval; minimum pressure Class 200 for water lines, or as shown on Drawings. Provide minimum pressure Class 250 for flanged pipe. B. Provide pipe sections in standard lengths, not less than 18 feet long, except for special fittings and closure sections as indicated on shop drawings. C. For use of pressure class pipe for water lines, design pipe and fittings to withstand most critical simultaneous application of external loads and internal pressures. Base design on minimum of AASHTO HS-20 loading, AREMA E-80 loads and depths of bury as indicated on Drawings. Design pipes with Marston's earth loads for a transition width trench for zero to 16 feet of cover. Use Marston's earth loads for a trench width of O.D. (of pipe) + 4 feet for pipe Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (> 24” Diameter) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 11 00 – 3 greater than 16 feet of cover. Use Marston's equations for a trench condition in both open- cut and tunnel applications. Design for most critical groundwater level condition. Pipe design conditions: 1. Working pressure = 90 psi. 2. Hydrostatic field test pressure = 150 psi. 3. Maximum pressure due to surge = 150 psi. 4. Minimum Pressure due to surge = -10 psi. 5. Design tensile stress due to surge or hydrostatic test pressure: No greater than 50% minimum yield. 6. Design bending stress due to combined earth loads and surge or hydrostatic test pressure: No greater than 48,000 psi. 7. Unit weight of fill ≥ 120 pcf. 8. Deflection lag factor (Dl) = 1.2. 9. Bedding constant (K) = 0.1. 10. Moment coefficient = 0.16. 11. Fully saturated soil conditions hw = h = depth of cover above top of pipe. D. Hydrostatic Test of Pipe: AWWA C 151, Section 5.2.1, at point of manufacture. Hold test for a minimum 2 minutes for thorough inspection of pipe. Repair or reject pipe revealing leaks or cracks. E. Pipe Manufacturer for large diameter water lines: Minimum of 5 years of successful pipe installations in continuous service. Manufacturer must maintain on site or in plant enough fittings to satisfy the following requirements: Line Diameter Required Bends* 20 and 24 inches Four 45° (degree) bends per 5,000 LF of water line > 24 inches Four 22.5° (degree) bends per 10,000 LF of water line *Based on total length of contract (minimum of four). Any combination of bends may be substituted at manufacturer’s option (i.e. two 22.5° bends are equivalent to one 45° bend) and will be counted as one fitting. Manufacturer or supplier must be capable of delivering bends to job site within 12 hours of notification. Use fittings at direction of the Engineer where unforeseen obstacles are encountered during construction. These fittings are in addition to any fittings called out in construction documents and must be available at all times. F. Provide flange adapter with insulating kit as required when connecting new piping to existing piping and piping of different materials, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. G. Clearly mark pipe section to show location and thickness/pressure class color coded. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (> 24” Diameter) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 11 00 – 4 2.02 JOINTS A. Joint Types: ANSI A 21.11 push-on; ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint; or ANSI A 21.16 flanged end. Provide push-on joints unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or required by these specifications. For bolted joints, conform to requirements of AWWA C111; provide minimum 304 stainless steel for restraint joints. B. Where required by Drawings, provide approved restrained joints for buried service. C. Threaded or grooved-type joints which reduce pipe wall thickness below minimum required are not acceptable. D. Provide for restrained joints designed to meet test pressures required under Technical Specification Section 33 11 02 - Piping System Testing, as applicable. Provide restrained joints for test pressure or maximum surge pressure as specified, whichever is greater for water lines. Do not use passive resistance of soil in determining minimum restraint lengths. Provide restrained joints between stations identified in Article 3.03 RESTRAINED PIPE REQUIREMENTS. E. Electrical Bond Wires: Use stranded, copper cable furnished with high molecular weight polyethylene insulation (HMWPE). Use wire gauge (AWG) as shown on drawings. F. Make curves and bends by deflecting joints. Do not exceed maximum deflection recommended by pipe manufacturer for pipe joints or restrained joints. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for consideration by the Engineer. When other methods are deemed satisfactory, install at no additional cost to City. 2.03 GASKETS A. Furnish, when no contaminant is identified, plain rubber (SBR) gasket material in accordance with ANSI A21.11 or ASTM F 477 (One Bolt only); for flanged joints 1/8-inch-thick gasket in accordance with ANSI A 21.15. B. For pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, see General Requirement 01 57 00 – Temporary Controls. Notify Engineer prior to installation. 2.04 FITTINGS A. Use fittings of same size as pipe. Reducers are not permitted to facilitate an off-size fitting. Reducing bushings are also prohibited. Make reductions in piping size by reducing fittings. Line and coat fittings as specified for pipe they connect to. B. Push-on Fittings: ANSI A 21.10 (AWWA C110) standard or ANSI A 21.53 (AWWA C153); ductile iron ANSI A 21.11 joints, gaskets and lubricants; for all sizes and pressure rated at 250 psig. C. Flanged Fittings: ANSI 21.10; ductile iron ANSI A 21.11 joints, gaskets, and lubricants; pressure rated at 250 psig. D. Mechanical Joint Fittings: ANSI A 21.11; pressure rated at 250 psi. E. Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water Lines: Shall conform to AWWA C153 and shall be: 1. Fusion bonded epoxy lined or 2. Cement mortar lined Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (> 24” Diameter) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 11 00 – 5 2.05 COATINGS AND LININGS A. Water line Interiors: ANSI A21.4, cement lined with seal coat; ANSI A 21.16 fusion bonded epoxy coating for interior; comply with NSF 61. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Conform to installation requirements of Technical Specification Section 33 11 01 - Water Lines, except as modified in this Section. B. Install in accordance with AWWA C 600 and manufacturer's recommendations. C. Install all ductile iron pipe in double polyethylene wrap, unless cathodic protection is provided. Do not use polyethylene wrap with a cathodic protection system. D. Holiday Testing. 1. Fusion Bonded Epoxy: Conform to requirements for new fittings in ANSI A 21.16. E. Provide electrical continuity bonding across buried mechanical and push-on joint assemblies, except where insulating flanges are required by drawings. 1. Provide minimum number of bond wires shown on drawings. Remove one inch of HMWPE insulation from each end of bond wire prior to attaching. 2. Secure wire onto pipe using approved Termite Welding procedures. 3. Coat bare metal and weld metal after weld is secure. Use coal-tar compound or other compatible coating. For polyurethane coated pipe, use compatible polyurethane coating. 4. Visually inspect Thermite Weld connections for electrical continuity, strength and suitable coating prior to backfilling or placing pipe in augered hole or casing. 3.02 FIELD REPAIR OF COATINGS A. Fusion Bonded Epoxy: Conform to requirements for new fittings in ANSI A 21.16. 3.03 RESTRAINED PIPE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide restrained mechanical joints 75’ upstream and downstream of all pipe bends or fittings. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (> 24” Diameter) (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 11 00 – 6 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 1 SECTION 33 11 01 WATER LINES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of water lines. B. Specifications identify requirements for both small diameter water lines and large diameter water lines. When specifications for large diameter water lines differ from those for small diameter water lines, large diameter specifications will govern for large diameter pipe. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. Refer to General Requirement 01 29 01 – Measurement and Basis for Payment. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). Not used. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A 21.11/AWWA C111- Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile - Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. B. ANSI/NSF Standard 61 - Drinking Water System -Health Components. C. ASTM A 36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel D. ASTM A 536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings E. ASTM A 126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. F. ASTM B 21 - Standard Specification for Naval Brass Rod, Bar, and Shapes. G. ASTM B 98 - Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes. H. ASTM B 301 - Standard Specification for Free-Cutting Copper Rod and Bar. I. ASTM B 584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Casting for General Application. J. ASTM E 165 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination K. ASTM E 709 - Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination L. ASTM F 1674 - Standard Test Method for Joint Restraint Products for Use with PVC Pipe. M. AWWA C 206 - Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. N. AWWA C 207 - Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 Inches through 144 Inches. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of General Requirement – 01 33 00 Document Management. B. Conform to submittal requirements of applicable Section for type of pipe used. C. Submit Texas One-Call notification transmittal number prior to beginning excavation. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 2 D. Submit, a minimum of 15 days before beginning pipe laying operations, layout drawing identifying proposed sections for disinfecting, hydrostatic testing and site restoration for entire project for review and approval. Layout drawing to identify sequence for: 1. Disinfection: Disinfection and transfer of services; to immediately follow sequence of hydrostatic testing. 2. Site restoration; not to exceed limits specified; Sequence in order of disturbance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIALS A. Pipe shall be product of one manufacturer that has not less than five (5) years of successful and verifiable experience manufacturing pipe of the particular type and size indicated with proposed type joint. The Engineer reserves the right to request third party verification of this experience. Pipe manufacturer must have a certified quality assurance program. Certified program shall be ISO 9001: 2000 or other equivalent nationally recognized program as approved by Engineer. B. Where Carnegie joints are used in thrust restraint areas, weld bell and spigot ring onto steel cylinder, inside and outside. C. When adjoining proposed large diameter water line to existing large diameter water line of different pipe material and/or coating, provide a flanged connection. D. Provide electrical isolation when adjoining to pipe with different material or coating. Coating on the welded restrained portions of the piping shall be identical to the coating on the adjoining pipe sections. E. Provide bends and fittings as required to comply with invert elevations shown in profile view of Drawings. Call outs for bends and fittings are not identified on Drawings in profile view. F. Install pipe materials that conform to following: 1. Technical Specification Section 33 11 00 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2. Standard Specification Section 026210- Polyvinyl Chloride (AWWA C900 &C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Sanitary Sewer Force Mains. 3. Technical Specification Section 33 11 04 - Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines. 4. Technical Specification Section 33 11 03 - Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Pipe. G. Conform to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 61 and have certified by an organization accredited by ANSI. H. Type of pipe materials used is Contractor's option unless specifically identified on Drawings. I. Provide minimum of 3/8 inch inside joint recess between ends of pipe in straight pipe sections. 2.02 WELDED JOINT PROTECTION FITTING FOR SMALL DIAMETER STEEL PIPE A. Cylindrical Corrosion Barrier: Provide approved cylindrical corrosion barrier. B. O-rings: Conform to National Sanitary Foundation requirements. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 3 2.03 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Ductile-Iron Pipe: See Technical Specification Section 33 11 00 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. B. Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Pipe and Steel Pipe: Welded joints 1. Where Carnegie joints are used in thrust restraint areas, weld bell and spigot ring onto steel cylinder, inside and outside. 2. Also, see Paragraph 3.06 E. C. Restrained Joints where required on DIP and PVC pipe: 1. Restraint devices: Manufacture of high strength ductile iron, ASTM A 536 up to 24 inches, and ASTM A 36 for sizes greater than 30 inches. Working pressure rating twice that of design test pressure. 2. Bolts and connecting hardware: High strength low alloy material in accordance with ANSI A21.11/AWWA C111. Utilize SS 316 hardware for underground piping. 2.04 COUPLINGS AND APPURTENANCES FOR LARGE DIAMETER WATERLINE A. Flexible (Dresser-type) Couplings. 1. Install where shown on Drawings or where allowed by the Engineer for Contractor's convenience. Use galvanized flexible couplings when installed on galvanized pipe which is cement lined, or when underground. Provide gaskets manufactured from Neoprene or Buna-N. 2. For steel pipe; provide approved sleeve-type flexible couplings. Thickness of middle ring equal to or greater than thickness of pipe wall. 3. Provide approved flanged adapter couplings for steel pipe 4. Use Type 316 stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers where flexible couplings are installed underground. Coat entire coupling with 20-mil of approved coal tar coating. B. Access Manways. 1. Provide access manways where shown on the drawings, at air valve locations, and as required for interior welding. 2. Access manways to be shop fabricated, 24-inch diameter, flanged outlets with blind flange covers. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, fabricate covers from steel plate with thickness as required. Fabricate two handles of ½-inch diameter steel rod. Field modifications to be made only by the manufacturer’s representative. 3. Within restrained joint sections, provide access manways a maximum of 250-feet apart. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Conform to applicable installation specifications for types of pipe used. B. Employ workmen who are skilled and experienced in laying pipe of type and joint configuration being furnished. Provide watertight pipe and pipe joints. C. Lay pipe to lines and grades shown on Drawings. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 4 D. Confirm that nine feet minimum separation from gravity sanitary sewers and manholes or separation of four feet minimum from force mains as specified in this Section in all directions unless special design is provided on Drawings. E. Where above clearances cannot be attained, and special design has not been provided on Drawings, obtain direction from the Engineer before proceeding with construction. F. Inform the Engineer if unmetered sprinkler or fire line connections exist which are not shown on Drawings. Make transfer only after approval by the Engineer. G. For projects involving multiple subdivisions or locations, limit water line installation to maximum of two project site locations. Maximizing 2 pipe installation crews shall be permitted, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. H. City of Corpus Christi will handle, at no cost to Contractor, operations involving opening and closing valves for wet connections and for chlorination. Contractor is responsible for handling necessary installations and removal of chlorination and testing taps and risers. I. If asbestos-cement (A.C.) pipe is encountered, follow safety practices outlined in American Water Works Association's publication, "Work Practices for A/C Pipe". Strictly adhere to "recommended practices" contained in this publication and make them "mandatory practices" for this Project. J. For pipe diameters 36 inches and greater, clearly mark each section of pipe and fitting with unique designation on inside of pipe along with pressure class. Locate unique identifying mark minimum of five feet away from either end of each section of pipe. Provide one unique identifying mark in middle of each fitting. Place markings at consistent locations. Use permanent black paint and minimum letter height of 4 inches to mark designations. K. Contractor is responsible for assuring chosen manufacturer fulfills requirements for extra fittings and, therefore, is responsible for costs due to downtime if requirements are not met. L. Do not remove plugs or clamps during months of peak water demands; June, July and August, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3.02 HANDLING, CLEANING AND INSPECTION A. Handling: 1. Place pipe along project site where storm water or other water will not enter or pass through pipe. 2. Load, transport, unload, and otherwise handle pipe and fittings to prevent damage of any kind. Handle and transport pipe with equipment designed, constructed and arranged to prevent damage to pipe, lining and coating. Do not permit bare chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids or cradles to come in contact with coatings. Provide pipe and fittings with sufficient interior strutting or cross bracing to prevent deflection under their own weight. 3. Hoist pipe from trench side into trench by means of sling of smooth steel cable, canvas, leather, nylon or similar material. 4. For large diameter water lines, handle pipe only by means of sling of canvas, leather, nylon, or similar material. Sling shall be minimum 36 inches in width. Do not tear or wrinkle tape layers. 5. Use precautions to prevent injury to pipe, protective linings and coatings. a. Package stacked pipe on timbers. Place protective pads under banding straps at time of packaging. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 5 b. Pad fork trucks with carpet or other suitable material. Use nylon straps around pipe for lift when relocating pipe with crane or backhoe. c. Do not lift pipe using hooks at each end of pipe. d. Do not place debris, tools, clothing, or other materials on pipe. 6. Repair damage to pipe or protective lining and coating before final acceptance. 7. For cement mortar line and coated steel pipe and PCCP, permit no visible cracks longer than 6 inches, measured within 15 degrees of line parallel to pipe longitudinal axis of finished pipe, except: a. In surface laitance of centrifugally cast concrete. b. In sections of pipe with steel reinforcing collars or wrappers. c. Within 12 inches of pipe ends. 8. Reject pipe with visible cracks (not meeting exceptions) and remove from project site. B. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean and dry interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter before installation, and keep interior clean until Work has been accepted. Keep joint contact surfaces clean until jointing is completed. Do not place debris, tools, clothing or other materials in pipe. After pipe laying and joining operations are completed, clean inside of pipe and remove debris. C. Inspection: Before installation, inspect each pipe and fitting for defects. Reject defective, damaged or unsound pipe and fittings and remove them from site. 3.03 EARTHWORK A. Conform to applicable provisions of Technical Specification Section 33 23 23 – Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Bedding: Use bedding materials in conformance with the Drawings C. Backfill: Use bank run sand or earth or native soil as specified in Technical Specification Section 33 23 23 – Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Backfill excavated areas in same day excavated. When not possible, cover excavated areas using steel plates on paved areas and other protective measures elsewhere. D. Place material in uniform layers of prescribed maximum loose thickness and wet or dry material to approximately optimum moisture content. Compact to prescribed density; Water tamping is not allowed. E. Pipe Embedment: Including 6-inch pipe bedding and backfill to 12 inches above top of pipe. 3.04 PIPE CUTTING A. Cut pipe 12 inches and smaller with standard wheel pipe cutters. Cut pipe larger than 12 inches in manner approved by the Engineer. Make cuts smooth and at right angles to axis of pipe. Bevel plain end with heavy file or grinder to remove sharp edges. 3.05 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Requirements: 1. Lay pipe in subgrade free of water. 2. Make adjustments of pipe to line and grade by scraping away subgrade or filling in with granular material. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 6 3. Properly form bedding to fully support bell without wedging or blocking up bell. 4. Open Cut Construction: Keep pipe trenches free of water which might impair pipe laying operations. Grade pipe to provide uniform support along bottom of pipe. Excavate for bell holes after bottom has been graded and in advance of placing pipe. Lay not more than nominal city block length of not more than 300 feet of pipe in trench ahead of backfilling operations. Cover or backfill laid pipe if pipe laying operations are interrupted and during non-working hours. Place backfill carefully and simultaneously on each side of pipe to avoid lateral displacement of pipe and damage to joints. If adjustment of pipe is required after it has been laid, remove and re-lay as new pipe. B. Install pipe continuously and uninterrupted along each street on which work is to be performed. Obtain approval of the Engineer prior to skipping any portion of Work. C. Protection of Pipeline: Securely place stoppers or bulkheads in openings and in end of line when construction is stopped temporarily and at end of each day's work. D. Perform Critical Location as shown on Drawings. Refer to Technical Specification Section 33 23 23 – Excavation and Backfill for Utilities for additional requirements at critical locations. E. Laying Large Diameter Water Line 1. Lay not more than 50 feet of pipe in trench ahead of backfilling operations. 2. Dig trench proper width as shown. When trench width below top of pipe becomes 4 feet wider than specified, install higher class of pipe or improved bedding, as determined by the Engineer. No additional payment will be made for higher class of pipe or improved bedding. 3. Use adequate surveying methods and equipment; employ personnel competent in use of this equipment. Horizontal and vertical deviations from alignment as indicated on Drawings shall not exceed 0.10 feet. Measure and record "as-built" horizontal alignment and vertical grade at maximum of every 100 feet on record drawings. 4. Prevent damage to coating when placing backfill. Use backfill material free of large rocks or stones, or other material which could damage coatings. 5. Before assembling couplings, lightly coat pipe ends and outside of gaskets with cup grease or liquid vegetable soap to facilitate installation. 6. Prior to proceeding with critical tie-ins submit sequence of work based on findings from "critical location" effort. F. For tie-ins to existing water lines, submit manufacturer’s product data, instructions, shop drawings, and certifications to engineer and owner for review and approval prior to construction. A minimum of two weeks notice shall be provided to the City prior to connecting to the existing water line. All necessary material shall be on hand to facilitate connection prior to connecting to the existing water line. Refer to Technical Specification 33 12 16.17 Tapping Sleeves and Valves for additional requirements. 3.06 JOINTS AND JOINTING A. Rubber Gasketed Bell-and-Spigot Joints for Bar Wrapped Pipe, PVC, Steel, and DIP: 1. After rubber gasket is placed in spigot groove of pipe, equalize rubber gasket cross section by inserting tool or bar recommended by manufacturer under rubber gasket and moving it around periphery of pipe spigot. 2. Lubricate gaskets with nontoxic water-soluble lubricant before pipe units are joined. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 7 3. Fit pipe units together in manner to avoid twisting or otherwise displacing or damaging rubber gasket. 4. After pipe sections are joined, check gaskets to ensure that no displacement of gasket has occurred. If displacement has occurred, remove pipe section and remake joint as for new pipe. Remove old gasket, inspect for damage and replace if necessary before remaking joint. 5. Where preventing movement of 16-inch diameter or greater pipe is necessary due to thrust, use restrained joints as shown on Drawings. a. Include buoyancy conditions for soil unit weight when computing thrust restraint calculations. b. Do not include passive resistance of soil in thrust restraint calculations. 6. Except for PVC pipe, provide means to prevent full engagement of spigot into bell as shown on Drawings. Means may consist of wedges or other types of stops as approved by the Engineer. B. Flanged Joints where required on Concrete Cylinder Pipe, Bar Wrapped Pipe, Ductile Iron Pipe, or Steel Pipe: 1. AWWA C 207. Prior to installation of bolts, accurately center and align flanged joints to prevent mechanical prestressing of flanges, pipe and equipment. Align bolt holes to straddle vertical, horizontal or north-south center line. Do not exceed 3/64 inch per foot inclination of flange face from true alignment. 2. Use full-face gaskets for flanged joints. Provide 1/8-inch-thick cloth inserted rubber gasket material. Cut gaskets at factory to proper dimensions. 3. Use galvanized or black nuts and bolts to match flange material. Use cadmium- plated steel nuts and bolts underground. Tighten bolts progressively to prevent unbalanced stress. Maintain at all times approximately same distance between two flanges at points around flanges. Tighten bolts alternately (180° apart) until all are evenly tight. Draw bolts tight to ensure proper seating of gaskets. Provide Densco petroleum based tape or approved equal for all exposed portions of nuts, bolts and pipe. 4. Full length bolt isolating sleeves and washers shall be used with flanged connections. 5. For in-line flange joints 30 inches in diameter and greater and at butterfly valve flanges, provide Pyrox G-10 with nitrite seal, conforming to ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint gaskets. For in-line flange joints sized between 12 inches in diameter and greater and 24 inches in diameter and smaller, provide Phenolic PSI with nitrite seal gasket conforming to ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint gaskets. C. Welded Joints (Concrete Cylinder Pipe, Bar Wrapped Pipe, Steel Pipe): 1. Prior to starting work, provide certification of qualification for welders employed on project for type of work procedures and positions involved. 2. Joints: AWWA C 206. Full-fillet, single lap-welded slip-type either inside or outside, or double butt-welded type; use automatic or hand welders; completely penetrate deposited metal with base metal; use filler metal compatible with base metal; keep inside of fittings and joints free from globules of weld metal which would restrict flow or become loose. Do not use mitered joints. For interior welded joints, complete backfilling before welding. For exterior field-welded joints, provide eighteen (18) inches working room under and beside pipe. Use exterior welds for 30-inch and smaller. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 8 3. Furnish welded joints with trimmed spigots and interior welds for 30-inch and larger pipe. 4. Bell-and-spigot, lap-welded slip joints: Deflection may be taken at joint by pulling joint up to 3/4 inch as long as 1 ½ inch minimum lap is maintained. Spigot end may be miter cut to take deflections up to 5 degrees as long as joint tolerances are maintained. Miter end cuts of both ends of butt-welded joints may be used for joint deflections of up to 5 degrees. 5. Align piping and equipment so that no part is offset more than 1/8 inch. Set fittings and joints square and true, and preserve alignment during welding operation. For butt welded joints, align abutting ends to minimize offset between surfaces. For pipe of same nominal wall thickness, do not exceed 1/16 inch offset. Use line-up clamps for this purpose; however, take care to avoid damage to linings and coatings. 6. Protect coal-tar-epoxy lining during welding by draping an 18-inch-wide strip of heat resistant material over top half of pipe on each side of lining holdback to avoid damage to lining by hot splatter. Protect tape coating similarly if external welding is required. 7. Welding rods: Compatible with metal to be welded to obtain strongest bond, E-70XX. 8. Deposit metal in successive layers to provide at least 2 passes or beads for automatic welding and 3 passes or beads for manual welding in completed weld. 9. Deposit no more than 1/4 inch of metal on each pass. Thoroughly clean each individual pass with wire brush or hammer to remove dirt, slag or flux. 10. Do not weld under weather condition that would impair strength of weld, such as wet surface, rain or snow, dust or high winds, unless work is properly protected. 11. Make tack weld of same material and by same procedure as completed weld. Otherwise, remove tack welds during welding operation. 12. Remove dirt, scale, and other foreign matter from inside piping before tying in sections, fittings, or valves. 13. Welded Joints for Large Diameter Water Lines: a. Furnish pipe with trimmed spigots and interior or exterior welds for 36-inch and larger pipe. Use exterior welds for 30-inch and smaller. b. Provide full circumferential welds on joints required to be welded. c. Only one end may be miter cut. Miter end cuts of both ends of butt-welded joints may be used for joint deflections of up to 2 ½ degrees. d. For large diameter water lines, the City will employ an independent certified testing laboratory, approved by Engineer, to perform weld acceptance tests on welded joints. The testing laboratory will furnish copies of test reports to Engineer for review. Engineer has final decision as to suitability of welds tested. 1) Weld acceptance criteria: a) Conduct in accordance with ASTM E165- Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination and ASTM E709 Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination. Use X-ray methods for butt welds, for 100 percent of joint welds. b) Examine welded surfaces for the following defects: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 9 i) Cracking. ii) Lack of fusion/penetration. iii) Slag which exceeds one-third (t) where (t) equals material thickness. iv) Porosity/Relevant rounded indications greater than 3/16 inch; rounded indication is one of circular or elliptical shape with length equal to or less than three times its width. v) Relevant linear indications in which length of linear indication exceeds three times its width. vi) Four or more relevant 1/16-inch rounded indications in line separated by 1/16 inch or less edge to edge. 14. After pipe is joined and prior to start of welding procedure, make spigot and bell essentially concentric by jacking, shimming or tacking to obtain clearance tolerance around periphery of joint except for deflected joints. 15. Furnish each welder employed steel stencil for marking welds, so work of each welder can be identified. Mark pipe with assigned stencil adjacent to weld. When welder leaves job, stencil must be voided and not duplicated. Welder making defective welds must discontinue work and leave project site. Welder may return to project site only after re-certification. 16. Provide cylindrical corrosion barriers for epoxy lined steel pipe 24-inch diameter and smaller, unless minimum wall thickness is 0.5 inches or greater. a. In addition to welding requirements contained here in Paragraph 3.06, conform to protection fitting manufacturer's installation recommendations. b. Provide services of technical representative of manufacturer available on site at beginning of pipe laying operations. Representative to train welders and advise regarding installation and general construction methods. Welders must have 12 months prior experience installing protection fittings. c. All steel pipe is to have cutback 3/4 inch to no greater than 1 inch of internal diameter coating from weld bevel. d. Furnish steel fittings with cylindrical corrosion barriers with shop welded extensions to end of fittings. Extension length to measure no less than diameter of pipe. Shop apply lining in accordance with AWWA C 210 or AWWA C 213. e. All steel pipe receiving field adjustments are to be cold cut using standard practices and equipment. No cutting using torch is to be allowed. D. Harnessed Joints (Concrete Cylinder Pipe, Bar Wrapped Pipe): 1. Use of snap-ring type restrained joints on pipe is limited to 20-inch through 48-inch diameters. 2. Position snap-ring joint bolt on top (12 o'clock portion). Provide minimum 2-inch joint recess. Use joint "diapers" minimum of 12 inches wide. 3. For field adjustments with deflections beyond manufacturer's recommendations: a. Field trim spigot. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 10 b. Do not engage ring. 4. Harnessed joints are not permitted in areas defined on Drawings as potentially petroleum contaminated material, in tunnels, or at bend greater than 5 degrees. 5. Install harness type joints including snap rings at straight sections of pipe. E. Restrained Joints 1. Restrained joints within 2 feet of a casing or fixed point shall be restrained by clamps, bolts retaining rings, bolt harness assemblies, or other means acceptable to the ENGINEER. Design of harness bolts, if used, shall be based on a maximum stress of 40,000 psi over the tensile stress area of the bolt. A rolled type harness shall not be permitted. Welding joint rings at locations where the pipe enters or exits a casing or other fixed points will not be acceptable. All restrained joints at other locations shall be welded as described above. 2. For existing water lines and water lines less than 16 inches in diameter, restrain pipe joints with concrete thrust blocks. 3. Thrust restraint lengths shown on drawings and/or in the Technical Specifications are minimum anticipated lengths. These lengths are based on deflections indicated. Adjustments in deflections may result in reduction or increase of required thrust lengths. Perform calculations by pipe manufacturer to verify proposed thrust restraint lengths. Submit calculations for all pipe materials sealed by a licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas for review by Engineer. Make adjustments in thrust restraint lengths at no additional cost to City. 4. Passive resistance of soil will not be permitted in calculation of thrust restraint. 5. For 16-inch lines and larger use minimum 16-foot length of pipe in and out of joints made up of beveled pipe where restraint joint lengths are not identified on Drawings. Otherwise, provide restraint joints for a minimum length of 16 feet on each side of beveled joints. 6. Installation. a. Install restrained joints mechanism in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. b. Examine and clean mechanism; remove dirt, debris and other foreign material. c. Apply gasket and joint NSF 61 FDA food grade approved lubricant. d. Verify gasket is evenly seated. e. Do not over stab pipe into mechanism. 7. Prevent any lateral movement of thrust restraints throughout pressure testing and operation. 8. Place 2500 psi concrete conforming to Standard Specification Section 030020 - Portland Cement Concrete for blocking at each change in direction of existing water lines, to brace pipe against undisturbed trench walls. Finish placement of concrete blocking, made from Type I cement, 4 days prior to hydrostatic testing of pipeline. Test may be made 2 days after completion of blocking if Type II cement is used. F. Joint Grout (Concrete Cylinder Pipe, Bar Wrapped Pipe, Steel Pipe): 1. Mix cement grout mixture by machine except when less than 2 cubic yard is required. When less than 2 cubic yard is required, grout may be hand mixed. Mix Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 11 grout only in quantities for immediate use. Place grout within 20 minutes after mixing. Discard grout that has set. Retempering of grout by any means is not permitted. 2. Prepare grout in small batches to prevent stiffening before it is used. Do not use grout which has become so stiff that proper placement cannot be assured without retempering. Use grout for filling grooves of such consistency that it will adhere to ends of pipe. 3. Surface Preparation: Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material from concrete surfaces with wire brush or hammer to sound, clean surface. Remove rust and foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. 4. Follow established procedures for hot and cold weather concrete placement. 5. Complete joint grout operations and backfilling of pipe trenches as closely as practical to pipe laying operations. Allow grouted exterior joints to cure at least 1 hour before compacting backfill. 6. Grouting exterior joint space: Hold wrapper in place on both sides of joint with minimum 5/8-inch-wide steel straps or bands. Place no additional bedding or backfill material on either side of pipe until after grout band is filled and grout has mechanically stiffened. Pull ends of wrapper together at top of pipe to form access hole. Pour grout down one side of pipe until it rises on other side. Rod or puddle grout to ensure complete filling of joint recess. Agitate for 15 minutes to allow excess water to seep through joint band. When necessary, add more grout to fill joint completely. Protect gap at top of joint band from backfill by allowing grout to stiffen or by covering with structurally protective material. Do not remove band from joint. Proceed with placement of additional bedding and backfill material. 7. Interior Joints for Pipe 24 Inches and Smaller: Circumferentially butter bell with grout prior to insertion of spigot, strike off flush surplus grout inside pipe by pulling filled burlap bag or inflated ball through pipe with rope. After joint is engaged, finish off joint grout smooth and clean. Use swab approved by Engineer for 20-inch pipe and smaller. 8. Protect exposed interior surfaces of steel joint bands by metallizing, by other approved coatings, or by pointing with grout. Joint pointing may be omitted on potable water pipelines if joint bands are protected by zinc metallizing or other approved protective coatings. 9. Remove and replace improperly cured or otherwise defective grout. 10. Strike off grout on interior joints and make smooth with inside diameter of pipe. 11. When installed in tunnel or encasement pipe and clearance within casing does not permit outside grout to be placed in normal manner, apply approved flexible sealer, such as Flex Protex or equal, to outside joint prior to joint engagement. Clean and prime surfaces receiving sealer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply sufficient quantities of sealer to assure complete protection of steel in joint area. Fill interior of joint with grout in normal manner after joint closure. 12. Interior Joints for Water Lines 30 Inches and Larger: Clean joint space, wet joint surfaces, fill with stiff grout and trowel smooth and flush with inside surfaces of pipe using steel trowel so that surface is smooth. Accomplish grouting at end of each work day. Obtain written acceptance from the Engineer of inside joints before proceeding with next day's pipe laying operation. During inspection, insure no delamination of joint mortar has occurred by striking joint mortar lining with rubber mallet. Remove and replace delaminated mortar lining. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 12 13. Work which requires heavy equipment to be over water line, must be completed before mortar is applied to interior joints. G. Large Diameter Water Main Joint Testing: In addition to testing individual joints with feeler gauge approximately 2 inch wide and 0.015-inch thick, use other joint testing procedure approved or recommended by pipe manufacturer which will help ensure watertight installation prior to backfilling. Perform tests at no additional cost to City. H. Make curves and bends by deflecting joints or other method as recommended by manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends which exceed manufacturer's recommended deflection prior to installation. 1. Deflection of pipe joints shall not exceed maximum deflection recommended by pipe manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2. If deflection exceeds that specified but is less than 5 percent, repair entire deflected pipe section such that maximum deflection allowed is not exceeded. 3. If deflection is equal to or exceeds 5 percent from that specified, remove entire portion of deflected pipe section and install new pipe. 4. Replace, repair, or reapply coatings and linings as required. 5. Assessment of deflection may be measured by Engineer at location along pipe. Arithmetical averages of deflection or similar average measurement methods will not be deemed as meeting intent of standard. 6. When rubber gasketed pipe is laid on curve, join pipe in straight alignment and then deflect to curved alignment. I. Closures Sections and Approved Field Modifications to Steel, Concrete Cylinder Pipe, Bar Wrapped Pipe and Fittings: 1. Apply welded-wire fabric reinforcement to interior and exterior of exposed interior and exterior surfaces greater than 6 inches in diameter. Welded-wire fabric: minimum W1; maximum spacing 2 inches by 4 inches; 3/8 inch from surface of steel plate or middle third of lining or coating thickness for mortar thickness less than 3/4 inch. 2. Fill exposed interior and exterior surfaces with non-shrink grout. 3. For pipe diameters 36 inches and greater, perform field welds on interior and exterior of pipe. 4. For large diameter water lines, provide minimum overlap of 4 inches of butt strap over adjacent piece on butt-strap closures. 3.07 CATHODIC PROTECTION APPURTENANCES A. Where identified on Drawings, modify pipe for cathodic protection as detailed on Drawings and specified. Unless otherwise noted, provide insulation kits including test stations at connections to existing water system or at locations to isolate one type of cathodic system from another type, between water line, access manhole piping and other major openings in water line, or as shown on Drawings. B. Bond joints for pipe installed in tunnel or open cut, except where insulating flanges are provided. Weld strap or clip between bell and spigot of each joint or as shown on Drawings. No additional bonding required where joints are welded for thrust restraint. Repair coatings as specified by appropriate AWWA standard, as recommended by manufacturer, and as approved by the Engineer. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 11 01 – 13 C. Bonding Strap or Clip: Free of foreign material that may increase contact resistance between wire and strap or clip. 3.08 SECURING, SUPPORTING AND ANCHORING A. Support piping as shown on Drawings and as specified in this Section, to maintain line and grade and prevent transfer of stress to adjacent structures. B. Where shown on Drawings, anchor pipe fittings and bends installed on water line by welding consecutive joints of pipe together to distance each side of fitting. Restrained length, as shown on Drawings, assumes that installation of pipe and subsequent hydrostatic testing begin upstream and proceed downstream, with respect to normal flow of water in pipe. If installation and testing differs from this assumption, submit for approval revised method of restraining pipe joints upstream and downstream of device used to test against (block valve, blind flange or dished head plug). C. Use adequate temporary blocking of fittings when making connections to distribution system and during hydrostatic tests. Use sufficient anchorage and blocking to resist stresses and forces encountered while tapping existing water line. 3.09 POLYETHYLENE WRAP FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Double wrap pipe and appurtenances (except fire hydrants and fusion bond or polyurethane coated fittings) with 8-mil polyethylene film. B. Do not use polyethylene wrap if pipe is cathodically protected. 3.10 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION A. Provide cleanup and restoration crews to work closely behind pipe laying crews, and where necessary, during disinfection and hydrostatic testing, service transfers, abandonment of old water lines, backfill and surface restoration. B. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, comply with the following; 1. W ater line is installed to limits approved in layout submitted, immediately begin preparatory work for disinfection effort. 2. No later than three days after completing disinfection preparatory work, submit to City appropriate request for disinfection. 3. Immediately after transfer of services, begin site restoration. 3.11 CLEANING PIPING SYSTEMS A. Remove construction debris or foreign material and thoroughly broom clean and flush piping systems. Provide temporary connections, equipment and labor for cleaning. City must inspect water line for cleanliness prior to filling. 3.12 DISINFECTION OF WATER LINES A. Conform to requirements of Technical Specification Section 33 13 01 - Disinfection of Water Lines. 3.13 FIELD HYDROSTATIC TESTS A. Conform to requirements of Technical Specification Section 33 11 02 - Piping Systems Testing. END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Piping Systems Testing City Project No. E11012 33 11 02 – 1 SECTION 33 11 02 PIPING SYSTEMS TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Test requirements for piping systems. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC). B. National Fuel Gas Code: ANSI Z 223.1 or NFPA 54. C. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ANSI/ASME): 1. B31.8 - Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems. 2. B31.1 - Power Piping. 3. B31.3 - Process Piping. D. Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC). 1.03 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. General Requirements: 1. Testing requirements are stipulated in Laws and Regulations; are included in the Piping Schedule in Section 22 05 00; are specified in the specifications covering the various types of piping; and are specified herein. 2. Requirements in Laws and Regulations supersede other requirements of Contract Documents, except where requirements of Contract Documents are more stringent, including higher test pressures, longer test times, and lower leakage allowances. 3. Test plumbing piping in accordance with Laws and Regulations, the Uniform Plumbing Code, and UL requirements. 4. When testing with water, the specified test pressure is considered to be the pressure at the highest point of the piping section under test. Lower test pressure as necessary to prevent testing the lowest point above a safe test pressure. B. Furnish necessary personnel, materials, and equipment, including bulkheads, restraints, anchors, temporary connections, pumps, water, pressure gauges, and other means and facilities required to perform tests. C. Water for Testing, Cleaning, and Disinfecting: 1. Water for testing, cleaning, and disinfecting will be provided as specified in Special Provisions. D. Pipes to be Tested: Test only those portions of pipes that have been installed as part of this Contract. Test new pipe sections prior to making final connections to existing piping. Furnish and install test plugs, bulkheads, and restraints required to isolate new pipe sections. Do not use existing valves as test plug or bulkhead. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Piping Systems Testing City Project No. E11012 33 11 02 – 2 E. Unsuccessful Tests: 1. Where tests are not successful, correct defects or remove defective piping and appurtenances and install piping and appurtenances that comply with the specified requirements. 2. Repeat testing until tests are successful. F. Test Completion: Drain and leave piping clean after successful testing. G. Test Water Disposal: Dispose of testing water in accordance with requirements of federal, state, county, and city regulations governing disposal of wastes in the location of the Project and disposal site. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule and Notification of Tests: 1. Submit a list of scheduled piping tests by noon of the working day preceding the date of the scheduled tests. 2. Notification of Readiness to Test: Immediately before testing, notify ENGINEER in writing of readiness, not just intention, to test piping. Have personnel, materials, and equipment specified in place before submitting notification of readiness. 1.05 SEQUENCE A. Clean piping before pressure or leak tests. B. Test gravity piping underground, including sanitary sewers, for visible leaks before backfilling and compacting. C. Underground pressure piping may be tested before or after backfilling when not indicated or specified otherwise. D. Backfill and compact trench, or provide blocking that prevents pipe movement before testing underground piping with a maximum leakage allowance. E. Test underground piping before encasing piping in concrete or covering piping with slab, structure, or permanent improvement. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING ALIGNMENT, GRADE, AND DEFLECTION A. Visually inspect the interior of gravity piping with artificial light, reflected light, or laser beam. B. Consider inspection complete when no broken or collapsed piping, no open or poorly made joints, no grade changes that affect the piping capacity, or no other defects are observed. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Piping Systems Testing City Project No. E11012 33 11 02 – 3 3.02 AIR TESTING METHOD FOR PRESSURE PIPING A. Air test piping, indicated with "AM" in the Piping Schedule, with air or another nonflammable or inert gas. B. Test gas, air, liquefied petroleum gas, liquid chlorine, and chlorine gas piping by the air test method. 1. Test chlorine piping with dry air or nitrogen having a dew point of minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit or less. Supply temporary air driers as necessary. C. Test at pressure as specified in Piping Schedule in Section 22 05 00. 1. Provide temporary pressure relief valve for piping under test. Set at the lesser of 110 percent of the test pressure or 50 pounds per square inch gauge over the test pressure. 2. Air method test pressures shall not exceed 110 percent of the piping maximum allowable working pressure calculated in accordance with the most stringent of ANSI/ASME B31.1, ANSI/ASME B31.3, ANSI/ASE B31.8, or the pipe manufacturer's stated maximum working pressure. 3. Gradually increase test pressure to an initial test pressure equal to the lesser of one-half the test pressure or 25 pounds per square inch gauge. 4. Perform initial check of joints and fittings for leakage. 5. Gradually increase test pressure in steps no larger than the initial pressure. Check for leakage at each step increase until test pressure reached. 6. At each step in the pressure, examine and test piping being air tested for leaks with soap solution. 7. Consider examination complete when piping section under test holds the test pressure for 15 minutes without losses. 3.03 TESTING GRAVITY FLOW PIPING A. Test Gravity Flow Piping Indicated with "GR" in the Piping Schedule, as Follows: 1. Unless Specified Otherwise, Subject Gravity Flow Piping to the Following Tests: a. Alignment and grade. b. For plastic piping test for deflection. c. Visible leaks and pressure with maximum leakage allowance, except for storm drains and culverts. 2. Inspect piping for visible leaks before backfilling. Provide temporary restraints when needed to prevent movement of piping. Pressure test piping with maximum leakage allowance after backfilling. 3. With the lower end plugged, fill piping slowly with water while allowing air to escape from high points. Keep piping full under a slight head for the water at least 24 hours. a. Examine piping for visible leaks. Consider examination complete when no visible leaks are observed. b. Maintain piping with water, or allow a new water absorption period of 24 hours for the performance of the pressure test with maximum leakage allowance. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Piping Systems Testing City Project No. E11012 33 11 02 – 4 c. After successful completion of the test for visible leaks and after the piping has been restrained and backfilled, subject piping to the test pressure for minimum of four hours while accurately measuring the volume of water added to maintain the test pressure. 1) Consider the test complete when leakage is equal to or less than the following maximum leakage allowances: a) For Concrete Piping with Rubber Gasket Joints: 80 gallons per day per inch of diameter per mile of piping under test. i) Advise manufacturer of concrete piping with rubber gasket joints of more stringent than normal maximum leakage allowance. b) For Vitrified Clay and Other Piping: 500 gallons per day per inch of diameter per mile of piping under test. 3.04 TESTING HIGH-HEAD PRESSURE PIPING A. Test piping for which the specified test pressure in the Piping Schedule is 20 pounds per square inch gauge or greater, by the high head pressure test method, indicated "HH" in the Piping schedule. B. General: 1. Test connections, hydrants, valves, blowoffs, and closure pieces with the piping. 2. Do not use installed valves for shutoff when the specified test pressure exceeds the valve's maximum allowable seat differential pressure. Provide blinds or other means to isolate test sections. 3. Do not include valves, equipment or piping specialties in test sections if test pressure exceeds the valve, equipment or piping specialty safe test pressure allowed by the item's manufacturer. 4. During the performance of the tests, test pressure shall not vary more than plus or minus 5 pounds per square inch gauge with respect to the specified test pressure. 5. Select the limits of testing to sections of piping. Select sections that have the same piping material and test pressure. 6. When Test Results Indicate Failure of Selected Sections, Limit Tests to Piping: a. Between valves. b. Between a valve and the end of the piping. c. Less than 500 feet long. 7. Test piping for minimum 2 hours for visible leaks test and minimum 2 hours for the pressure test with maximum leakage allowance. C. Testing Procedures: 1. Fill piping section under test slowly with water while venting air. Use potable water for all potable waterlines and where noted on the Piping Schedule 2. Before pressurizing for the tests, retain water in piping under slight pressure for a water absorption period of minimum 24 hours. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Piping Systems Testing City Project No. E11012 33 11 02 – 5 3. Raise pressure to the specified test pressure and inspect piping visually for leaks. Consider visible leakage testing complete when no visible leaks are observed. D. Pressure Test with Maximum Leakage Allowance: 1. Leakage allowance is zero for piping systems using flanged, National Pipe Thread threaded and welded joints. 2. Pressure test piping after completion of visible leaks test. 3. For piping systems using joint designs other than flanged threaded or welded joints, accurately measure the makeup water necessary to maintain the pressure in the piping section under test during the pressure test period. a. Consider the pressure test to be complete when makeup water added is less than the allowable leakage and no damage to piping and appurtenances has occurred. b. Successful completion of the pressure test with maximum leakage allowance shall have been achieved when the observed leakage during the test period is equal or less than the allowable leakage and no damage to piping and appurtenances has occurred. c. When leakage is allowed, calculate the allowable leakage by the following formula: L = S x D x P1/2 x 133,200-1 wherein the terms shall mean: L = Allowable leakage in gallons per hour. S = Length of the test section in feet. D = Nominal diameter of the piping in inches. P = Average observed test pressure in pounds per square inches, gauge, at the lowest point of the test section, corrected for elevation of the pressure gauge. x = The multiplication symbol. 3.05 TESTING LOW-HEAD PRESSURE PIPING A. Test piping for which the specified test pressure is less than 20 pounds per square inch gauge, by the low head pressure test method, indicated "LH" in the Piping Schedule. B. General: 1. Test pressures shall be as scheduled in Section 22 05 00. 2. During the performance of the tests, test pressure shall not vary more than plus or minus 2 pounds per square inch gauge with respect to the specified test pressure. 3. Test connections, blowoffs, vents, closure pieces, and joints into structures, including existing bell rings and other appurtenances, with the piping. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Piping Systems Testing City Project No. E11012 33 11 02 – 6 4. Test piping for minimum 2 hours for visible leaks test and minimum 2 hours for the pressure test with maximum leakage allowance. C. Visible Leaks Test: 1. Subject piping under test to the specified pressure measured at the lowest end. 2. Fill piping section under test slowly with potable water while venting air. 3. Before pressurizing for the tests, retain water in piping under slight pressure for the water absorption period of minimum 24 hours. 4. Raise pressure to the specified test pressure and inspect piping visually for leaks. Consider testing complete when no visible leaks are observed. D. Pressure Test with Maximum Leakage Allowance: 1. Pressure test piping after completion of visible leaks test. 2. Accurately measure the makeup water necessary to maintain the pressure in the piping section under test during the pressure test period. a. Consider the pressure test to be complete when makeup water added is less than the allowable leakage of 80 gallons per inch of nominal diameter, per mile of piping section under test after 24 hours and no damage to piping and appurtenances has occurred. b. Successful completion of the leakage test shall have been achieved when the observed leakage is equal or less than the allowable leakage and no damage to piping and appurtenances has occurred. E. Optional Joint Test: 1. When Joint Testing Is Allowed by Note in the Piping Schedule, the Procedure Shall Be as Follows: a. Joint testing will be allowed only for low head pressure piping. 2. Joint testing may be performed with water or air. 3. Joint test piping after completion of backfill and compaction to the top of the trench. 4. Joint Testing with Water: a. Measure test pressure at the invert of the pipe. Apply pressure of 4 feet plus the inside diameter of the pipe in water column within 0.20 feet in water column. b. Maintain test pressure for one minute. c. Base the allowable leakage per joint on 80 gallons per inch nominal diameter, per mile of piping, per 24 hours equally distributed to the actual number of joints per mile for the type of piping. d. Consider the pressure test to be complete when makeup water added is less than the allowable leakage. e. Successful completion of the joint test with water shall have been achieved when the observed leakage is equal or less than the allowable leakage. 5. Joint Testing with Air: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Piping Systems Testing City Project No. E11012 33 11 02 – 7 a. Apply test pressure of 3 pounds per square inch gauge with a maximum variation of plus 0.20 and minus 0.00 pounds per square inch. b. Maintain test pressure for 2 minutes. c. Consider the pressure test to be complete when the test pressure does not drop below 2.7 pounds per square inch for the duration of the test. END OF SECTION Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 1 SECTION 33 11 04 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR LARGE DIAMETER WATER LINES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Large diameter (24 inches and greater) steel pipe and fittings for water lines and pumping facilities. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. No payment will be made for steel pipe and fittings under this Section. Include cost in unit price for water lines, pumping facilities, and encasement sleeves 2. Refer to General Requirement 01 29 01 - Measurement and Basis for Payment B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). Not used. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO - Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. B. AREMA - Manual for Railway Engineering, Volume II, Chapter 15ASTM A 36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel C. ASTM A 36 - Standard Specification for Structural Steel ASTM A 126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. D. ASTM A 53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless ASTM B 98 - Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes. E. ASTM A 135 - Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe ASTM B 584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Casting for General Application. F. ASTM A 139 - Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (ARC) - Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over) G. ASTM E 709 - Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination H. ASTM A 570 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled, Structural Quality AWWA C 206 - Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. I. ASTM C 33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. J. ASTM C 35 - Standard Specification for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster K. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement L. ASTM C 494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete M. ASTM C 595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements N. ASTM C 881 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 2 O. ASTM C 1107 - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non- shrink) P. ASTM D 512 - Standard Test Methods for Chloride Ion in Water Q. ASTM D 1293 - Standard Test Methods for pH of Water R. ASTM D 3363 - Standard Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test S. ASTM D 4541 - Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Tests T. ASTM D 4752 - Standard Test Method for Measuring MEK Resistance of Ethyl Silicate (Inorganic) Zinc-Rich Primers by Solvent Rub U. AWWA C 200 - Steel Water Pipe 6 in. and Larger V. AWWA C 205 - Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe W. AWWA C 206 - Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe X. AWWA C 207 - Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 in. through 144 in Y. AWWA C 208 - Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings; Addendum C 208A Z. AWWA C 209 - Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines AA. AWWA C 210 - Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines BB. AWWA C 214 - Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines CC. AWWA C 602 - Cement-Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines - 4 in. (100 mm) and Larger - In Place DD. AWWA M 11 - Steel Pipe-A Guide for Design and Installation EE. SSPC Good Painting Practice, Volume 1 FF. SSPC SP 1 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 1 Solvent Cleaning GG. SSPC SP 5 - Joint Surface Preparation Standard White Blast Cleaning HH. SSPC SP 6 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 6 Commercial Blast Cleaning II. SSPC SP 10 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 10 Near-White Blast Cleaning JJ. SSPC VIS 1 - Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of General Requirement 01 33 00 – Document Management of applicable Section for type of pipe used. B. Submit shop drawings signed and sealed by Professional Engineer registered in State of Texas showing following: 1. Manufacturer's pipe design calculations 2. Provide lay schedule of pictorial nature indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, welding procedures, fabrication, fitting, flange, and special details, with Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 3 plan view of each pipe segment sketched, detailing pipe invert elevations, horizontal bends, welded joints, and other critical features. Indicate station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings. Do not start production of pipe and fittings prior to review and approval by the Engineer. Provide final approved lay schedule on CD-ROM in Adobe portable document format (*.PDF). 3. Include hot tapping procedure. 4. Submit certification from manufacturer that design was performed for project in accordance with requirements of this section. Certification to be signed and sealed by professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. C. Submit manufacturer's certifications that pipe and fittings have been hydrostatically tested at factory in accordance with AWWA C 200, Section 3.4. D. Submit certification from NACE Certified Coatings Inspector, under supervision of inspector having Level III certification for coatings and linings, that steel pipe furnished on project was properly inspected and defective coatings detected properly repaired. E. Submit inspection procedures to be used by manufacturer and for quality control and assurance for materials and welding. Submit at least 30 days prior to repair work, procedures that describe in details shop and field work to be performed. Repair defects such as substandard welds, excessive radial offsets (misalignment), pitting, gouges, cracks, etc. F. Submit following for non-shrink grout for special applications: 1. Manufacturer's technical literature including specifications for mixing, placing, and curing grout. 2. Results of tests performed by certified independent testing laboratory showing conformance to ASTM C 1107, Non-shrink Grout and requirements of this specification. 3. Certification product is suitable for use in contact with potable water. G. Submit proof of certification for welders. Indicate certified procedures and position each welder is qualified to perform. Ensure welder and welding operator have been certified within past 6 months in accordance with AWWA C206. H. Within 45 calendar days after manufacturing of all pipe, submit affidavit of compliance that materials and work furnished comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards and these specifications. Make available copy of physical and chemical testing reports. I. Within 45 days of manufacturing of all pipe, submit manufacturer's affidavits that coatings and linings comply with applicable requirements of this Section and: 1. Polyurethane coatings were applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation and allowed to cure at temperature 5 degrees above dew point. 2. Mortar coatings and linings were applied and allowed to cure at temperature above 32 degrees F. 3. Test Results a. Compressive strength (7 and 28 day) test results for mortar coating b. Hydrostatic testing, and x-ray weld test reports as required J. Prior to start of field-applied cement mortar lining operation, submit comprehensive plan which identifies and describes as minimum: 1. Equipment used for batching, weighing, mixing transporting and placing mortar. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 4 2. Qualifications and specific experience of machine operators. 3. Source and type of cement, pozzolan, sand and admixtures used and certifications from suppliers that materials meet specifications. 4. Mix proportions to be used and slump limits (max. and min.). 5. A quality control plan which identifies quality control material tests and documented inspections necessary to ensure compliance with specified requirements. K. Submit certification showing calibration within last 12 months for equipment such as scales, measuring devices, and calibration tools used in manufacture of pipe. Each device used in manufacture of pipe is required to have tag recording date of last calibration. Devices are subject to inspection by the Engineer. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer to provide permanent quality control department and laboratory facility capable of performing inspections and testing as required by Specifications. Material testing, inspection procedures, and manufacturing process are subject to inspection by the Engineer. Perform manufacturer's tests and inspections required by referenced standards and these Specifications, including the following. Correct nonconforming conditions. 1. Steel Plate and Coils: Review mill certifications for conformance to requirements of Specifications; perform physical and chemical testing of each heat of steel for conformance to applicable ASTM standards. 2. Pipe: a. Inspect thickness, circumference, roundness, strength and size of seam welds (spiral or longitudinal), and squareness of pipe ends to verify compliance with AWWA C200. b. Inspect physical dimensions and overall conditions of all joints for compliance with AWWA C200, approved submittals, and Specifications. c. Hydrostatically test finished pipe section to 75 percent of specified minimum yield strength of steel being used with zero leakage. d. For wall thickness greater than 2-inch, perform Charpy V-Notch (CVN) Test in accordance with AWWA C200. 3. Linings: a. Inspect unlined pipe for overall condition of inside barrel. Maintain inside barrel free of corrosive products, oil, grease, dirt, chemical, and deleterious material. b. Inspect lined pipe for physical dimensions and overall condition of lining, visible surface defects, thickness of lining, and adhesion to steel surface. c. Review certifications by manufacturers of lining components for conformance to AWWA standards and these Specifications. 4. Coatings: Measure temperature and dew point of ambient air before applying coatings. Inspect physical dimensions and overall condition of coatings. Inspect for visible surface defects, thickness, and adhesion of coating to surface and between layers. 5. Final Inspection: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 5 a. Before shipment, inspect finished pipe, fittings, specials and accessories for markings, metal, coating thickness, lining thickness (if shop applied), joint dimensions, and roundness. b. Inspect for coating placement and defects. Test exterior coating for holidays. c. Inspect linings for thickness, pitting, scarring, and adhesion. B. Shop-applied coatings and linings; provide services of independent coating and lining inspection service or testing laboratory with qualified coating inspectors. Perform inspection by NACE trained inspectors under supervision of NACE Level III Certified Coatings Inspector. C. Ensure workmen engaged in manufacturing are qualified and experienced in performance of their specific duties. D. Cast four standard test cylinders each day for each 50 cubic yards of mortar coating or portion thereof for each coating and lining placed in a day. Perform compressive strength test at 28 days. No cylinder test result will be less than 80 percent of specified strength. E. Dented steel cylinders will result in rejection of pipe. F. Make available copy of physical and chemical testing reports for steel cylinders and provide reports at request of the Engineer. G. Check physical dimensions of pipe and fittings. Physical dimensions to include at least pipe lengths, pipe I.D., pipe O.D. and bend angles. 1.06 INSPECTION A. The Engineer and/or Owner’s representative may witness manufacture and fabrication of pipe and appurtenances. Independent testing laboratory under contract to the Engineer or Owner may perform tests at direction of the Engineer to verify compliance with these specifications. Provide assistance to accomplish such testing, including equipment and personnel, at no additional cost to City. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL PIPE A. Furnish pipe by same manufacturer. B. Fabricate and supply miscellaneous steel pipe and fittings with nominal diameter of 24 inches and larger in accordance with AWWA C200, C207, C208 and AWWA M11 except as modified herein. Steel to be minimum of ASTM A 36, ASTM A 570 Grade 36, ASTM A 53 Grade B, ASTM A 135 Grade B, or ASTM A 139 Grade B. C. Provide pipe sections in lengths no greater than 50 feet and no less than 10 feet except as required for special fittings or closure sections. D. Provide shop-coated and shop-lined steel pipe with minimum of one coat of shop-applied primer approved for use in potable water transmission on all exposed steel surfaces. Primer for tape-coated steel pipe to be used for field-applied coatings shall have no less than 5 percent solids. Provide primer compatible with coating system and in accordance with coating manufacturer’s recommendations. E. Provide closure sections and short sections of steel pipe not less than 4 feet in length unless indicated on Drawings or specifically permitted by the Engineer. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 6 F. Square flanges with pipe with bolt holes straddling both horizontal and vertical axis. Provide 2 -inch gap between pipe ends to be coupled with sleeve coupling unless otherwise indicated on Drawings: 1. Provide standard ring or hub type flanges, conforming to AWWA C207, Class D. 2. Apply Densco petroleum -based tape or approved equal to exposed portions of nuts and bolts. G. Pipe Design Conditions: 1. Design: Design pipe and fittings to withstand most critical simultaneous application of external loads and internal pressures. Base design on minimum of AASHTO HS 20 loading, AREMA E 80 loads and depths of bury as indicated on Drawings. Design pipes with Marston's earth loads for transition width trench for all heights of cover. 2. Groundwater Level: Design for most critical ground water level condition, 3. Working pressure = 90 psi. 4. Hydrostatic field test pressure = 150 psi. 5. Maximum pressure due to surge = 150 psi. 6. Minimum pressure due to surge = -10 psi. 7. Modulus of elasticity (E) = 30,000,000 psi. 8. Maximum deflection from specified diameter: Two percent for mortar coating; three percent for flexible coatings and three percent for mortar lining. 9. Design stress due to working pressure to be no greater than 50 percent of minimum yield, and stress not to exceed 16,500 psi for mortar coated pipe. 10. Design stress due to maximum hydraulic surge pressure to be no greater than 75 percent of minimum yield, and stress not to exceed 24,750 psi for mortar coated pipe. 11. Modulus of soil reaction (E) < 1500 psi. If E > 1000 psi, do not use silty sand (SM) for embedment. 12. Unit weight of fill (w) > 120 pcf. 13. Deflection lag factor (D1) = 1.2. 14. Bedding constant (K) = 0.1. 15. Fully saturated soil conditions: hw = h = depth of cover above top of pipe. 16. Do not allow diameter (D) over thickness (t) ratio to be greater than 230. 17. Inside diameter of casing or tunnel liner must be minimum of 4" or greater than diameter of carrier pipe for small diameter water lines. Inside diameter of casing or tunnel liner must be minimum of 8"or greater than diameter of carrier pipe for large diameter water lines.. 18. Exclude structural benefits associated with primary liner in design of pipe in tunnel installations. a. Design pipe and joints to carry loads including overburden and lateral earth pressures, subsurface soil and water loads, grouting, other conditions of service, thrust of jacks, and stresses anticipated during handling and construction loads during installation of pipe. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 7 b. Do not use internal removable stiffeners for pipe in tunnel, unless approved by the Engineer. c. External welded steel stiffeners will be permitted in design calculations for steel pipe, provided wall thickness is minimum of 2 inch. Minimum clearances specified between exterior pipe wall and tunnel liner applies to distance between outside diameter of external welded stiffener and tunnel liner. 19. Nominal Allowable Steel-wall Thickness for Water Lines: Provide in accordance with following table for HS 20 live loads and depths of cover of up to 16 feet. Net internal diameter (including inside linings) to be no less than net inside diameter listed. Contractor to review design for conditions more extreme than those indicated by this specification and design accordingly. If, in opinion of the Engineer, proposed pipe wall thicknesses appear inadequate for indicated loading conditions, submittal of design calculations will be required for review. Pipe wall not to be less than that defined in following table. Net Inside Diameter (Inches) Minimum Wall Thickness (Inches) Flexible Coating Mortar Coating 96 0.484 0.464 90 0.454 0.430 84 0.423 0.395 78 0.393 0.359 72 0.362 0.320 66 0.333 0.295 60 0.301 0.268 54 0.271 0.250 48 0.235 0.215 42 0.207 0.189 36 0.178 0.163 30 0.149 0.136 24 0.149 0.136 Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 8 H. Fittings for Water Lines: Fabricate in accordance with AWWA M11, Section 13.3-13.7, and AWWA C208: 1. Wall Thickness: Equal to or greater than pipe to which fitting is to be welded. 2. Elbows: 2-piece for 0 degrees to 22 1/2 degrees; 3-piece for 23 degrees to 45 degrees; 4-piece for 46 degrees to 67 1/2 degrees; and 5-piece for 68 degrees to 90 degrees, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 3. Outlets: Reinforced in accordance with AW WA M11, Sections 13.3 13.7, AWWA C200, and AWWA C208. Provide interior lining and exterior coating in accordance with paragraphs on coating and lining and matching pipe to access inlets, service outlets, test inlets, and air-vacuum valve and other outlets, including riser pipes. 4. Radius: Minimum radius of two and one-half times pipe diameter. 5. Butt Straps for Closure Piece: Minimum 12-inch-wide split butt strap; minimum plate thickness equal to thinnest member being joined; fabricated from material equal in chemical and physical properties to thinnest member being joined. Provide minimum lap of 4 inches between member being joined and edge of butt strap, welded on both inside and outside, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Provide minimum 6 inch welded outlet for inspecting each closure section, unless access manway is within 40 feet of closure section. 6. Joints are to be double-welded and butt or lap joints as shown on drawings. Use flanged joints at valves. 7. Provide double-welded lap field joints or full penetration butt-welded joints for tee fitting supported on pier foundation, aboveground piping and field welds for risers including vertical portion of crossover piping. I. Joints: 1. Standard field joint for steel pipe: AWWA C206. Rubber gasket Carnegie shape joint or rolled-groove rubber gasket and O-ring joint, 66-inch maximum diameter. Joints may be lap-welded slip type in accordance with AWWA C206, except where flanged joints or butt strap joints are required. 2. Provide double-welded butt joints at aerial crossings and where noted on Drawings. 3. Pipe Manufacturer: Minimum of 5 years of successful service with proposed field joint or submit results from joint tests determined by the Engineer. Tests which may be required include tensile strength or yield tests of base material and spiral welded sections (API 5L), flattening tests, chemical analysis, impact and hardness tests. The Engineer’s decisions as to acceptability of joint is final. 4. Capable of withstanding jacking forces. 5. Design restrained joints for test pressure or maximum surge pressure as specified, whichever is greater. 6. Provide full circumferential welds at joints required to be welded. Where Carnegie joints are used in thrust restraint areas, weld bell and spigot ring onto steel cylinder, inside and outside. 7. Use wire and flux from same manufacturer throughout entire project. 8. Rubber Gasketed Bell-and-Spigot Joints. a. Bells: Formed by either expansion of pipe end, or by segmental expander which stretches steel past its elastic limit, or by attaching sized weld-on bell Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 9 rings. Spigot ends: Sized prior to rolling gasket groove. Joints: Interchangeable and match up during installation, even if used out of sequence. Weld-on bell rings: AWWA M11; AWWA C200; attached with single or double, full thickness fillet welds (double weld in areas of thrust restraint). b. Provide bells and spigots with dimensions and tolerances in accordance with AWWA C200, as modified herein. Difference in diameter between I.D. of bell and O.D. of spigot shoulder at point of full engagement with allowable deflection range of 0.00 inch to 0.04 inch as measured on circumference with diameter tape. Minimum thickness of completed bell ring is equal to thickness of pipe wall in barrel of pipe between joint ends. c. Furnish joint suitable for safe working pressure equal to class of pipe and will operate satisfactorily with deflection, tangent of which is not to exceed 0.75 inch/D where D is outside diameter of pipe in inches or with pull-out of 3/4 inch. d. Design clearance between bells and gasketed spigots so, when joint is assembled, it will be self-centered and gasket will be restrained or confined to annular space in such manner that movement of pipe or hydrostatic pressure cannot displace it. Compression of gasket when joint is completed will not be dependent upon water pressure in pipe and will provide watertight joints under operating conditions when properly installed. J. Manufacturer must maintain on site or in plant enough fittings to satisfy the following requirements: Line Diameter Required Bends* 20 and 24 inches Four 45º bends per 5,000 LF of water line > 24 inches Four 22.5º bends per 10,000 LF of water line *Based on total length of contract (minimum of four). Any combination of bends may be substituted at manufacturer's option (i.e. two 22.5º bends are equivalent to one 45º bend) and will be counted as one fitting. K. Manufacturer must be capable of delivering bends to job site within 12 hours of notification. Use fittings at direction of the Engineer where unforeseen obstacles are encountered during construction. These fittings are in addition to fittings called out on Drawings and must be available at all times. Use same product throughout entire project. L. Perform x-ray or ultrasonic testing of manual welds on special pipe and fittings. M. Hydrostatic Test of Pipe: 1. AWWA C200, Section 3.5.3, at point of manufacture. Hold test for minimum 2 minutes and conduct thorough inspection of pipe. Repair or reject pipe revealing leaks or cracks. N. Provide forged steel threaded outlets of approved design where required for use in passing hose or lead wires into pipe. Tap plugs with standard pipe threads and weld to pipe in approved manner and use solid forged steel plugs for closure. O. Flanges: Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 10 1. Fabricate flanges with oversize bolt holes, with flanges drilled in pairs, to accommodate insulating sleeves. 2. Test, coat, line and ship each shop-assembled insulated flange assembly to field as fitting. Use no less than two snug-fitting alignment pins to assist in aligning flanges during assembly. Do not remove pins until bolts have been installed in all remaining holes and have been drawn up tight. After insulating joints have been assembled, subject each assembly (fitting) to shop hydrostatic test pressure of 150 psi and electrically test to ensure that insulated sections are effective. After assembly has been tested, coat insulating joint and adjacent steel pipe as specified for below- ground installation. Line assembly as specified for interior surfaces and in accordance with details shown on Drawings. P. Dished Head Plugs: Design dished head plugs (test plugs) to withstand field hydrostatic test pressure from either side of plug. Design stress due to hydrostatic pressure to be no greater than 50 percent of minimum yield. Pipe on opposite side of hydrostatic test may or may not contain water. Manufacturer of the steel pipe to hydrostatically test plug at factory. Q. Make curves and bends by deflecting joints, or by using beveled joints, or by combination of two methods, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or permitted by the Engineer. Do not exceed deflection angle at joint as recommended by pipe manufacturer. Make penetration of spigot into bell at all points of circumference at least equal to minimum required penetration shown on Drawings. Beveled pipe sections used in curved alignment to be of standard length except when shorter sections are required to limit radius of curvature, in which case all sections throughout curve are to be of equal length. Do not allow bevel to exceed 5 degrees. 2.02 INTERNAL LINING SYSTEMS FOR STEEL PIPE, ALL INSTALLATIONS A. Supply steel pipe with either epoxy lining or cement-mortar lining, capable of conveying water at temperatures not greater than 140 degrees F. Provide linings conforming to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NFS) Standard 61, and certification to be from organization accredited by ANSI. Unless otherwise noted, coat all exposed (wetted) steel parts of flanges, blind flanges, bolts, access manhole covers, with epoxy lining, as specified. B. Epoxy Lining: 1. AWWA C210, color White, or approved equal for shop and field joint applied, except as modified in this Section. Provide materials from same manufacturer. a. Protect interior surface with approved liquid two-part chemically cured epoxy primer specified for interior surfaces. Surface Preparation SSPC-SP5 White Blast Clean 2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile. Prime Coat 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT NSF Certified Epoxy - Buff, or approved equal Intermediate Coat 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT NSF Certified Epoxy - Buff, or approved equal Finish Coat 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT NSF Certified Epoxy - White, or approved equal Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 11 2. Total allowable dry film thickness for system: a. Minimum: 12.0 mils. b. Maximum: 18.0 mils 3. Provide dry film thicknesses for approved alternate products in accordance with product's manufacturer recommendations. 4. Lining system may consist of three or more coats of same approved alternate epoxy lining without use of separate primer. 5. Perform adhesion test on pipe 48 inches in diameter and larger in accordance with ASTM D 4541. Minimum field adhesion: 700 psi. Perform test on pipe for project at frequency of one for every 1000 square feet of epoxy lining. Perform cure test in accordance with ASTM D 4752 (solvent rub test) and ASTM D 3363 (pencil hardness) for each section of pipe. Repair tested areas with approved procedures. C. Shop-applied Cement-mortar Lining: 1. AWWA C205; except as specified herein: 2 inch minimum thickness for pipe diameters 42 inches and larger; 3/8-inch minimum thickness for pipe diameters 36 inches and smaller. Cut back lining from joint ends no more than 2 inches to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. 2. Apply cement-mortar lining to inside of pipe by centrifugally spinning. For special sections (shape of which precludes application by spinning method) accomplish by mechanical placement or pneumatic placement and finish to produce smooth, dense surface comparable to centrifugally spinning. 3. Use galvanized wire mesh when shop-applied mortar is not applied by machine. Do not extend wire mesh across welded portion of mitered fittings. Crimp mesh to provide integral chair so wire does not fully rest against steel cylinder. 4. Make repairs of cement-mortar lining for widths exceeding 6 inches by bonding to steel and adjacent faces of lining with bonding agent conforming to ASTM C 881, Type II. 5. Restrict usage of sprinkler heads during moist curing to prevent over spraying onto lining. No alternative curing methods are allowed as described in Section 4.4.7.4 of AWWA C205. 6. Satisfy the Engineer that above requirements can be accomplished by manufacturer prior to shipment of pipe. D. Field-applied Cement-mortar Lining (for pipe > 48 inches in diameter): Provide field-applied internal cement-mortar linings in accordance with AWWA C602, latest edition, except as modified in this Section. 1. Lining: Applied in one-course application of cement-mortar by machine that centrifugally places mortar against wall of pipe and mechanically trowel lining to smooth finish. 2. Steel pipe, fittings, receive cement-mortar lining. 3. Cement-mortar for lining. a. Cement-mortar: Dense, smooth, and of uniform quality and consistency to assure efficient machine operation and uniform cement-mortar lining on pipe wall. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 12 b. Water-cement ratio: Kept as low as possible; consistent with proper plasticity for application, allowing slight variations dependent upon temperature, length of haul for mortar, and moisture condition in pipe. c. Mortar: Mixture of one part cement with not less than one or more than 1 1/2 parts of dry screened sand, by volume. After determining mixture, control materials to within plus or minus 2 1/2 percent by weight throughout entire work. d. Comply with following materials for cement-mortar: 1) Provide Type II low-alkali Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150, or Type IP (MS) Portland-Pozzolan cement conforming to ASTM C 595, unless otherwise specified. Conform to low alkali requirements of Table IA of ASTM C 150. Type IP (MS) cement to contain no more than 20 percent Pozzolan, to be inter-ground with clinker. 2) Use suitable facilities approved by the Engineer when available for handling and weighing bulk cement. Otherwise, deliver cement in original unopened sacks that have been filled by manufacturer. Plainly mark sacks with manufacturer's name or brand, cement type lot number and weight. Discard unused cement. Use unopened bags of cement for each new batch. 3) Material storage: Store cement to permit ready access for inspection and sampling. Protect cement and sand against contamination or moisture. Do not use and remove from site cement delivered with evidence of contamination or otherwise unsuitable. Store admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 4) Use Portland cement of same brand and type unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 5) Pozzolanic material: AWWA C602, Paragraph 2.2. 6) Sand: AWWA C205, Section 2.3, except gradation of sand to yield fineness modulus of approximately 1.7; having no material coarser than that passing No. 16 sieve. Submit certification for compliance of sand with these specifications at least 10 calendar days before start of lining placement. 7) Water: Clean; free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis or organic materials; total dissolved solids less than 1000 mg/l; ASTM D 512 chloride ions less than 100 mg/l for slurry and mortar cure; ASTM D 1293 pH greater than 6.5. 2.03 GROUT FOR JOINTS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS A. Cement Grout Mixture: One part cement to two parts of fine, sharp clean sand. Mix interior joint mortar with as little water as possible until very stiff but workable. Mix exterior joint mortar with water until it has consistency of thick cream. Mix cement grout to specific gravity of 19 lb/gallon or greater as measured by grout/slurry balance. Use balance manufactured grout/slurry by Baroid or approved equal. Perform test in presence of and at request of the Engineer. Add additional cement grout or water to mixed cement grout to bring mix to proper moisture content or specific gravity. Discard cement grout that has been mixed more than 20 minutes and is not at proper specific gravity or moisture content. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 13 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II with a maximum of 5% tricalcium aluminate or use Type V. Provide one type of cement for entire project. 2. Sand: a. Interior joints: ASTM C 35 fine graded plaster sand. b. Exterior joints: ASTM C 33; natural sand with 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve. 3. Water: Potable water with total dissolved solids less than 1000 mg/l; ASTM D 512 chloride ions less than 100 mg/l for slurry and mortar cure; ASTM D 1293 pH greater than 6.5. Use potable water with 250 ppm limit on chlorides and sulfates B. Provide approved Non-shrink Grout for Special Applications, Patches and Repairs 1. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 1107, Non-shrink Grout. 2. Pre-blended factory-packaged material manufactured under rigid quality control, suitable for use in joints of prestressed concrete cylinder pipe. 3. Contain non-metallic natural aggregate and be non-staining and non-corrosive. 4. Meeting NSF 61 Standard suitable for use in contact with potable water supply. 5. Exterior: Highly flowable to fill joint wrapper without leaving voids or trapped air. Interior capable of being placed with plastic consistency. 6. Compressive strength: ASTM C 1107 2500 psi minimum 7-day unconfined; 5000 psi minimum 28-day unconfined. 7. Non-bleeding and non-segregating at fluid consistency. 8. Contain no chlorides or additives which may contribute to corrosion of steel pipe. 9. Free of gas-producing, gas-releasing agents. 10. Resist attack by oil or water. 11. Mix, place, and cure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Upon 72 hours' notice, provide services of qualified representative of non-shrink grout manufacturer to aid in assuring proper use of product under job conditions. Representative to be on site when product is first used. 12. Mix cement grout to specific gravity of 17.7 lb/gallon or greater as measured by grout/slurry balance. Use balance manufactured grout/slurry by Baroid or approved equal. Perform test in presence of and at request of the Engineer. Add additional cement grout to mixed cement grout or water to bring mix to proper moisture content or specific gravity. Discard cement grout that has been mixed more than 20 minutes and is not at proper specific gravity or moisture content. 13. Compressive strength: ASTM C 1107 2500 psi minimum 7-day unconfined; 5000 psi minimum 28-day confined. C. Finished surface of lining and interior joint to be comparable to surface rubbed with No. 16 Carborundum stone. Rub joint mortar sufficiently to bring paste to surface, to remove depressions and projections, and to produce smooth, dense surface. Add cement to form surface paste as necessary. Leave interior with clean, neat and uniform-appearing finish. D. Joint Wrapper: Minimum width of 9 inches for 33-inch diameter and smaller; minimum width of 12 inches for diameters greater than 33-inch hemmed at edge to allow threading with Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 14 minimum 5/8-inch wide steel strap. Provide minimum 6-inch wide Ethafoam strip sized, positioned, and sewn such that two circumferential edges of Ethafoam are 12-inches from outer edge of wrapper. 2.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF COATINGS A. Perform electrical inspection on inner layer of tape before intermediate layer of tape is applied. B. If holidays are detected, repair holidays immediately before applying outer layer of tape. Clear holiday area of material and reprime if necessary. Recoat area with inner wrap tape. Overlap inner wrap tape onto surrounding inner wrap coating by at least 2 inches. Perform electrical retest at repaired area after repairing holiday, and before outer wrap is continued. C. Shrink Wrap: Perform electrical inspection on shrink wrap to check for holidays. Perform peel tests over heat effected zone. Minimum acceptable result: 15 lbs-ft/in. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Conform to applicable provisions of Technical Specification Section 33 11 01 - Water Lines, except as modified in this Section. B. Comply with following: 1. In the event of conflict between Technical Specification Section 05 58 00 – Welding Spec for Water Dept Projects, and the requirements of this specification, Technical Specification Section 05 58 00 will govern. 2. Make available services of manufacturer's representative when deemed necessary by the Engineer. Representative to advise in aspects of installation, including but not limited to handling and storing, cleaning and inspecting, coating and lining repair, and general construction methods as applicable to pipe. 3. Install stulls prior to placement of pipe, bends, and fittings to prevent deflection during installation. Provide stulls consisting of timber struts with end blocks shaped to fit curvature of interior surface of pipe or other appropriate configuration and material. Firmly edge and secure stulls to blocks so that they will remain intact position during handling and installation. Provide stulls adequate to resist loads encountered without structural failure to stull members or damage to pipe. Where applicable, place stulls at such lengths so as to elongate vertical diameter of pipe as required to suit trench conditions encountered. 4. Handling and Storage: Install padded struts or stulls prior to shipping, horizontally and vertically at 10-foot intervals, or as proposed by manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. Spiders: Installed in joint ends of fittings. Stulls to remain in place, horizontally and vertically positioned under following conditions: a. During storage and shipping. b. Until welding is complete. 5. Reject and remove immediately from site pipe that arrives at site with defects in lining, including sand pockets, voids, and oversanded areas. 6. Store pipe at job-site with securely-fastened plastic end caps to maintain moist pipe interior. Promptly replace damaged end caps to avoid shrinkage or cracking of cement-mortar lining. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 15 7. Immediately replace damaged plastic end caps. Do not leave uncapped for more than 4 hours. 8. Bedding and Backfilling: a. Conform to requirements of Technical Specification Section 31 23 23 – Backfill for Utilities. b. Align pipe at proper grade prior to joint connection and do not shift after jointing operation has been completed. c. Take necessary precautions during bedding and backfilling operations to prevent deformation or deflection of cylindrical shape of pipe by more than allowable pipe deflection. Do not move trench support system (trench safety system) once bedding material is compacted. d. Excavate outside specified trench section for bell holes, and for spaces sufficient to permit removal of slings. Provide bell holes at proper locations for unrestricted access to joint. Form bell holes large enough to facilitate joint wrapping and to permit visual examination of process. Enlargement of bell holes as required or directed by the Engineer. Subsequent backfilling thereof will not be considered as authorized additional excavation and backfill. Backfill bell holes and spaces to satisfaction of the Engineer. e. Blocking may be removed 24 hours after placing backfill to top of pavement or natural ground level. 9. Pipe Deflection: After backfill is complete, test pipe for excessive deflection by measuring actual inside vertical diameter. For maximum deflection allowable, see Section 2.01. a. Deflection may be measured by the Engineer at location along pipe. Arithmetical averages of deflection are not acceptable. b. If deflection exceeds that specified, do one of the following: 1) Remove backfill and side support. Reround the pipe and properly replace compacted backfill and side support. Review cement mortar lining to assure that no harmful damage has occurred. Or, 2) Remove entire portion of deflected pipe section and install new pipe as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to City. 10. Move pipe in such manner not to damage pipe or coating. Do not roll pipe nor drag on ground. Inspect and repair coating abrasions before pipe is lowered into trench. 11. Use of dogs, clips, lugs, or equivalent devices welded to steel pipe for purpose of forcing it into position will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer. Remove foreign matter and protective material from surfaces that are to be in contact at joints. Leave surfaces of joint areas thoroughly clean for metal-to-metal contact of field joints C. Static Electricity: 1. Properly ground steel pipeline during construction as necessary to prevent build-up of static electricity. 2. Electrically test where required after installation of pipeline is complete Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 16 D. Deviation of installed pipe in one pipe section from line and grade shown on approved shop drawing layout will not exceed 2 inches from grade and 3 inches from line. No deviation from line and grade at contact interfaces are allowed. E. Use adequate surveying methods, procedures and employ competent surveying personnel to ensure pipe sections are laid to line and grade and within stipulated tolerances. Measure and record, in form approved by the Engineer and submit copy of data to the Engineer at end of that day. Survey data to include unique pipe number, deflection angle at pipe joint and whether beveled ends were used, invert elevation at pipe joint, deviation of joint from project line, deviation of joint from project grade, inside pipe joint lap measured at top, bottom, and at springline (each side). F. Any time that laying of additional pipe is stopped for more than eight hours, plug ends of installed pipe and take proper precautions against flotation of pipe segments. 3.02 JOINTS AND JOINTING A. Rubber Gasketed Bell-and-Spigot Joints: 1. Use O-ring gasket with sufficient volume to approximately fill area of groove and gasket material in accordance with AWWA C200. Check each splice in gasket by stretching gasket to at least twice original length of gasket. Visually check stretched splice by rotating 360 degrees. Reject splices showing visible separation or cracks. 2. Equalize rubber gasket cross section after rubber gasket is placed in spigot groove of pipe by inserting tool or bar such as large screwdriver under rubber gasket and moving it around periphery of pipe spigot. Lubricate gaskets with nontoxic water- soluble lubricant before pipe units are joined. Fit pipes together in manner to avoid twisting or otherwise displacing or damaging rubber gasket. Check gaskets after pipe sections are joined with feeler gauge to ensure that no displacement of gasket has occurred at point around circumference after joining. If displacement has occurred, remove pipe section and remake joint as if for new pipe. Remove old gasket and replace before remaking joint.. B. Welded Joints: 1. Conform to requirements of Technical Specification Section 33 11 01 - Water Lines. 2. Field weld to be double-welded lap field joints or full penetration butt welded joints for steel pipe and encasement sleeves for entire circumference. 3. The City will employ independent certified testing laboratory, approved by the Engineer, to perform weld acceptance tests on welded joints. The laboratory will furnish copies of all test reports to the Engineer for review. Test by magnetic particle test method for lap welds and fillet welds or by X ray methods for butt welds, for 100 percent of all joint welds. The Engineer has final decision as to suitability of welds tested C. Flanged Joints: Conform to requirements of Technical Specification Section 33 11 00 - Water Lines. D. Joint Grouting and Testing: Conform to requirements of Technical Specification Section 33 11 00 - Water Lines. E. Do not allow steel plugs for threaded outlets to project beyond inner surface of pipe shell and seal weld by at least two passes. Apply weld around outside of plug after it has been inserted in final position. Coat outlets and plugs inside and outside as required at field joints on pipe. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 17 3.03 FIELD-APPLIED CEMENT-MORTAR LINING A. Entrances Into Pipeline: 1. Establish means to permit entry and exit of labor, materials and equipment necessary for progress of work, as approved by the Engineer. 2. Provide dikes and channeling for diversion of flood and drainage waters away from these openings in pipeline. Use temporary airtight covers over openings to provide proper curing conditions in completed sections of lined pipe. Where operation of equipment requires that end of pipe be left open, install temporary bulkhead inside pipe to eliminate direct draft through pipe over completed sections. 3. Brace closure sections of pipeline left out to facilitate field lining above ground to conform as nearly as possible to shape of pipe in ground and then place cement- mortar lining by machine or hand trowel to same thickness as in adjoining machine- lined sections. Bulkhead sections immediately after being lined to maintain proper curing conditions for period of not less than 48 hours before sections are installed in pipeline. Install these sections of steel pipe. 4. Coat exterior surface of buttstraps and uncoated exterior surface area of steel pipe within excavations in accordance specifications. Place cement-mortar lining inside areas of joints in accordance with specifications. B. Mixing of Cement-mortar: Mix ingredients for cement-mortar for not less than 1-1/2 and not more than 6 minutes; use mortar promptly after mixing for lining pipe. Do not use mortar that has attained its initial for lining. Do not retemper mortar. Add water to mix last. C. Placing Cement-mortar Lining: 1. Complete joint work, backfill and welding before cement-mortar lining begins. After cement-mortar lining has cured hydrostatic testing of pipe can begin. 2. Provide provisions necessary for the Engineer to conduct inspections of work in safe and thorough manner during and after initial application of mortar and after necessary repairs made. Include, as minimum, space on application machine, and adequate lighting to inspect gross surface areas 3. Comply with ASTM C 494 and with manufacturer's recommendations when using chemical admixtures, bonding agents, accelerators, and other additives. 4. Remove dirt, debris, oil, grease and loose mill scale and rust from interior surfaces of pipe, and scrape or brush surface with stiff bristle brush and/or water blast as may be necessary, and approved by the Engineer, to ensure clean surfaces for successful application of cement-mortar lining. Interior surfaces to be approved by the Engineer prior to placing lining. 5. Provide cement-mortar lining uniform in thickness along entire length of pipe. Provide cement-mortar no less than 2 inch over all surfaces with tolerance of plus 1/8 inch, and no allowance for minus tolerance. 6. Mechanically control travel of machine and rates of discharge of mortar to produce uniform thickness of lining without segregation around perimeter and along length of pipe. 7. Check finished surface by placing 12-inch straightedge parallel to axis of pipe along surface of straight section of lining. At no point will space between lined surface and straightedge be greater than 1/16 inch. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 18 8. Provide smooth finished surface, within tolerances specified. Repair or replace surface irregularities including corrugations, ripples, or pits in any direction, to satisfaction of the Engineer. Remove defective lining material, including, sand pockets, voids, oversanded areas, blisters, delaminations, or unbounded areas, cracked areas, irregular surfaces, and unsatisfactory thin spots. Remove to pipe wall and area repaired to full thickness of mortar lining. 9. Repair cracks 1/16 inch and larger to satisfaction of the Engineer. 10. Place cement-mortar lining by machine having following features: a. An applicator head which can be centered within pipe and which will centrifugally project mortar against wall of pipe at high velocity producing dense, uniformly distributed mortar on wall of pipe. b. Equipped with mechanically driven, rotating steel trowels that immediately follow applicator, providing smooth, hard surface without spiral shoulders. Compensate for torque so that machine will sit true in pipe and trowel faces will not vary in angle with mortar face during complete 360-degree cycle. Clean trowels at frequent intervals to prevent accumulated mortar from obtaining initial set resulting in sanded or unglazed finish. Continuously operate trowels during application of cement-mortar and forward progress of lining machine. c. Design applicator so that nothing will come in contact with troweled surface until it has attained final set, and so that forward progress of machine and mechanical placing of mortar can be controlled to assure uniform thickness of lining. 11. Cement-mortar Lining: Adhere to steel at all points; provide consistent thickness except that lining of bell end of pipe where lining is to be thicker in order to fill depression and make smooth surface. 12. Immediately prior to application of cement-mortar lining, sweep and clean off slime, dirt, loose rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign materials. Free interior surface of pipe after cleaning of accumulated water on pipe wall or at joints. 13. After receiving its finish troweling, do not roughen lining by rebound material or by mortar direct from machine. 14. Temporarily close outlets in pipeline with easily removable stoppers to prevent spun mortar from being thrown into such openings. After lining is applied, remove stoppers from outlets and repair lining damaged by removal of stoppers. Point outlet openings up to provide smooth flow D. Hand Finishing: 1. Repair defective areas in machine-applied lining and unlined joints by hand patching to yield lining equal to that required for machine-applied troweled lining. 2. Provide non-shrink grout for patching or lining joints as specified in this Section. 3. Clean defective areas of loose foreign material and moisten with water just prior to application of hand-applied mortar. 4. Use steel finishing trowels for hand application of cement-mortar. 5. Complete hand finishing required in given pipe section not later than day following machine application of mortar lining to that particular pipe section, whether normal working day or otherwise. Slow down or stop machine application of mortar lining to allow time for hand patching. Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 19 E. Curing of Lining: Begin curing operations immediately after completing any portion of mortar lining. Close pipe by airtight bulkheads, and maintain moist atmosphere in completed section of pipe to keep lining damp and to prevent evaporation of entrained water from mortar lining. Humidify air introduced into pipe for ventilating or curing purposes and maintain moist atmosphere inside pipe until the Engineer accepts Work. 3.04 INSPECTION (EXCEPT MORTAR COATED PIPE) A. Include cost of inspection described in Paragraph 3.08, Inspection, in contract unit price for water line. Furnish copies of certified inspection reports to the Engineer for review. B. Holiday Test and Adhesion Test: Provide services of independent coating and lining inspection service or testing laboratory with qualified coating inspectors. Provide inspections by NACE trained inspectors under supervision of NACE Certified Coatings Inspector having Level III Certification. 3.05 COATINGS AND LININGS INSPECTION RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor is responsible for quality control of coatings and linings applications and testing and inspection stipulated in this Section. The Engineer is responsible for quality assurance and reserves right to inspect or acquire services of independent third-party inspector who is fully knowledgeable and qualified to inspect surface preparation and application of high- performance coatings at phases of coatings and linings, field- or shop-applied. Contractor is responsible for proper application and performance of coatings and linings whether or not the Engineer provides such inspection B. Cement Mortar Lining and Joint Finish: Finished surface of lining and joint to be comparable to surface rubbed with No. 16 Carborundum stone. Rub joint mortar sufficiently to bring paste to surface, to remove depressions and projections, and to produce smooth, dense surface. Add cement to form surface paste as necessary. Leave interior with clean, neat and uniform -appearing finish. 3.06 FIELD REPAIR PROCEDURES AND SPECIAL FITTINGS APPLICATION FOR CEMENT MORTAR LINING A. Areas less than or equal to 6 inches in diameter: Patch honeycomb and minor defects in concrete surfaces with non-shrink grout. Repair defects by cutting out unsatisfactory material and replacing with non-shrink grout, securely bonded to existing concrete. Finish to make junctures between patches and existing concrete as inconspicuous as possible. After each patch has stiffened sufficiently to allow for greatest portion of shrinkage, strike off grout flush with surrounding surface: B. Areas greater than 6 inches in diameter: 1. Remove defective lining down to bare steel by chipping, making sure care is taken to prevent further lining damage. Ends of lining where defective lining is removed are to be left square and uniform not feathered. 2. Clean bare steel with wire brush to remove loose or other foreign matter. 3. Remove existing wire reinforcement and replace. Overlap new reinforcement to existing reinforcement by 2 inch. Secure reinforcement, against wall of pipe, at frequent intervals, by tack welding to pipe. 4. Prepare cement mortar mixture. Mixture to compose of Portland Type II cement, sand, and water. Proportions of sand to cement not to exceed 3 parts sand to 1 part cement, by weight. Use only enough water to obtain proper placement characteristics. Set up time before mixture is to be discarded is to be no longer than Elevated Water Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Steel Pipe and Fittings City Project No. E11012 33 11 04 – 20 2 hour. Non-shrink grout may also be used. Do not use combination of cement mortar and non-shrink grout within same repair. 5. Apply WELD-CRETE, or approved equal, concrete bonding agent to bare steel and interface of existing lining. After bonding agent is applied to steel and lining new mix must be applied within 10 minutes. 6. Apply cement mortar to repair area 2 inch thick then hand trowel to achieve smooth dense finish, making sure wire is not left exposed. To ensure proper thickness while placing new mortar, check thickness with 2 inch long wire gauge. 7. Curing: Place plastic sheeting over repair area, use tape to adhere plastic to area surrounding repair area. Let cure for 4 days then remove plastic sheeting.. 3.07 FIELD REPAIR OF CEMENT MORTAR COATING A. Coating damage as determined by Engineer shall be repaired in accordance with AWWA C205 and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions prior to lowering the pipe in to the trench. B. Do not use repair procedures with extensive chipping or routing of the cracks which may cause cracks to deepen and lengthen as well as damage the bond or adhesion between the coating and the cylinder. 3.08 FIELD APPLICATION OF EPOXY LINING A. Installation of internal epoxy lining shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations by a manufacturer’s certified applicator according to Section 2.02. B. Prepare surface as noted in Section 2.02 B. C. Contractor shall measure and record temperature and humidity readings on a daily basis to show conformance with Section 1.05A. D. Contractor shall measure and record thickness readings to show conformance with Section 2.02 B as well as perform tests per Section 2.02 B.5. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valve and Gate Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 02 – 1 SECTION 33 12 02 VALVE AND GATE OPERATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Valve and Gate Operators. 2. Handwheel Operators. 3. Key Operated Valves. 4. Bench Stands. 5. Floor Stands. 6. Accessory Equipment and Floor Boxes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Aluminum Association (AA): 1. DAF-45 - Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include shop drawings for hydraulic gate lifts with shop drawings for gates as integrated units. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide valve operators integral with valve or gate, except for valve operators utilizing T-wrenches or keys, and portable operators intended to operate more than 1 valve. B. Provide similar operators by one manufacturer. C. Provide gates and hand operating lifts by one manufacturer. D. Provide hydraulic gate lifts by one manufacturer. E. Provide hydraulic valve operators and motorized operators by one manufacturer. 1.05 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: 1. Key Operated Valve Keys or Wrenches: Furnish a minimum 4 keys with 4-foot shafts and 3-foot pipe handles or wrenches with 4-foot shafts and 3-foot handles for operating key operated valves. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valve and Gate Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 02 – 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE AND GATE OPERATORS A. Stem Covers: 1. Aluminum pipe; threaded cap on top; bolted aluminum flange on bottom; 1 by 12 inch slots cut at 18 inches on center in front and back of pipe; capable of covering threaded portion of greased stems that project above operators when gates or valves are opened or closed. B. Stem Cover Flanges, Pipes and Caps: 1. Etched and anodized to produce chemical finishes in accordance with AA C 22, medium matte finish, and AA A 41 clear anodic coating, or described in AA publication 45, after fabrication. C. Gate Stem Covers: Concentric with stem. D. Position Indicators: 1. Tail rods on hydraulic cylinders, or dial indicators with clear full-open and closed position indicators, calibrated in number of turns or percentage of opening. E. Manual or Power Operator Size: 1. Sized to deliver maximum force required under most severe specified operating condition, including static and dynamic forces, seat and wedge friction, and seating and unseating forces with safety factor of 5, unless otherwise specified. F. Operator Size: Capable of supporting weight of suspended shafting unless carried by bottom thrust bearings; shaft guides with wall mounting brackets. G. Provisions for Alternate Operation: Where specified or indicated on Drawings, position and equip crank or handwheel operated geared valve operators or lifts for alternate operation with tripod mounted portable gate operators. H. Operation: Counterclockwise to open with suitable and adequate stops, capable of resisting at least twice normal operating force to prevent overrun of valve or gate in open or closed position. I. Open Direction Indicator: Cast arrow and legend indicating direction to rotate operator on handwheel, chain wheel rim, crank, or other prominent place. J. Buried Operator Housing: Oil and watertight, specifically designed for buried service, factory packed with suitable grease, completely enclosed space between operator housing and valve body so that no moving parts are exposed to soil; provide operators with 2-inch square AWWA operating nut. K. Worm Gear Operators: Provide gearing on worm gear operators that is self-locking with gear ratio such that torque in excess of 160 foot-pounds will not need to be applied to operate valve at most adverse conditions for which valve is designed. L. Traveling Nut Operators: Capable of requiring maximum 100 foot-pounds of torque when operating valve under most adverse condition; limit stops on input shaft of manual operators Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valve and Gate Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 02 – 3 for fully open and closed positions; non-moving vertical axis of operating nut when opening or closing valve. 2.02 HANDWHEEL OPERATORS A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Rodney Hunt Company. 2. Waterman Industries, Incorporated. B. Mounting: Floor stand or bench stand. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings position operator 36 inches (nominal) above top of walkway surface. C. Bearings above and below Finished Threaded Bronze Operating Nut: Ball or roller. D. Wheel Diameter: Minimum 24-inch. E. Indicator: Counterclockwise opening with arrow, and word OPEN cast on top of handwheel indicating direction for opening. F. Pull to Operate: Maximum 40-pounds pull at most adverse design condition. G. Stem Travel Limiting Device: Setscrew locked stop nuts above and below lift nut. H. Grease Fittings: Suitable for lubrication of bearings. 2.03 HAND-CRANKED GEARED OPERATORS A. Type: Single removable crank; fully enclosed. B. Mounting: Floor and Bench Stand. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings position operator 36 inches (nominal) above top of walkway surface. C. Operating Nut: When scheduled for portable operators. D. Geared Lifts: 2-speed with minimum ratio of 4 to 1. E. Teeth on Gears, Spur Pinions, Bevel Gears, and Bevel Pinions: Cut. F. Lift Nuts: Cast manganese bronze. G. Exterior Surfaces on Cast Iron Lift Parts: Smooth. H. Bearings above and below Flange on Lift Nuts: Ball or roller; capable of taking thrust developed by opening and closing of gates under maximum operating head; with bronze sleeve bearings and sufficient grease fittings for lubrication of moving parts, including bearings and gears. I. Crank Rotation Indicator: Cast arrow with word OPEN in prominent location readily visible indicating correct rotation of crank to open gate. J. Hand Cranks: 15-inch radius; requiring maximum 25 pounds pull to operate gate at maximum operating head; with: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valve and Gate Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 02 – 4 1. Revolving brass sleeves. 2. Gears, spur pinions, bevel gears, and bevel pinions with cut teeth. 3. Cast manganese bronze lift nuts. 4. Cast-iron lift parts with smooth exterior surfaces. K. Indicator: Dial position type mounted on gear operator; enclosed in cast iron or aluminum housing with clear plastic cover; marked with fully open, 3/4, 1/2, 1/4, and closed positions. 2.04 FLOOR BOXES A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Waterman industries, Inc. 2. Rodney Hunt Company. B. Floor Boxes: Cast iron; with: 1. Counter type indicator. 2. Hinged, lockable lid with directional arrow. 3. 2-inch square AWWA operating nut. 4. Packing gland providing drip-tight seal around valve shaft. 2.05 FLOOR STAND A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Rodney Hunt Company. 2. Waterman industries, Inc. B. Floor Stand Assemblies: Heavy-duty cast iron, suitable for mounting specified operator. 2.06 BENCH STANDS A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Rodney Hunt Company. 2. Waterman industries, Inc. B. Bench Stands: Handwheel operators or hand crank, geared operators conforming to hand- cranked geared operator requirements, except capacity to be mounted on haunch, wall bracket, or self-contained gate yoke. 2.07 ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT A. Wall Brackets or Haunches: As indicated on the Drawings. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valve and Gate Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 02 – 5 B. Stems: Stainless steel; sized to match output of operator; minimum gate or valve operating stem diameter; maximum 200 slenderness ratio. C. Stem Couplings: Stainless steel; internally threaded to match stem; lockable to stem by set screw. D. Stem Guides: Cast iron with silicon bronze bushing; maximum 200 slenderness ratio; capable of being mounted with wall bracket; adjustable in 2 directions. E. Wall Brackets: Cast iron, capable of withstanding output of operator, adjustable in 2 directions. F. Stem Stuffing Boxes: Cast iron, with adjustable gland and packing. G. Fasteners and Anchor Bolts: 316 stainless steel. H. Geared Valve Operators: Provided with cut gears, either spur or worm; sized to operate valves at most adverse design condition; with maximum 40 pound pull at handwheel or chain wheel rim. I. Geared Valve Traveling Nut Operators: Acceptable only where specified or indicated on the Drawings. J. Accessory Equipment for Valves and Gates Requiring Remote Operators: Operating stems, stem couplings, stem guides, wall brackets, and stem stuffing boxes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install floor boxes in concrete floor with lid flush with floor. B. After installation of gate and stem covers, mark stem covers at point where top of stems are at full-open position and at closed position. C. Attach floor stand to structure with stainless steel anchor bolts D. Install stem stuffing boxes where operating stems pass through intermediate concrete floor slabs. 3.02 SCHEDULES A. Geared Operators: Provide geared operators for following valves: 1. Butterfly valves larger than 6 inches, nominal size, on liquid service. 2. Butterfly valves larger than 10 inches, nominal size, on gas and air service. 3. Plug valves 6 inches, nominal size, and larger. B. Handwheel Operators: Provide handwheel operators for valves mounted 6 feet or less above floors. C. Chain Wheel Operators: Provide chain wheel operators for valves mounted more than 6 feet to centerline above floors. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valve and Gate Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 02 – 6 D. Gate Operators: Provide geared operators with floor stand for all gates. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Motorized Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 03 – 1 SECTION 33 12 03 MOTORIZED OPERATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Motorized gate and valve operators, and mechanical, gear type limit switches. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association (AWWA). B. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Design Data: Submit operating torque calculations for each valve size and class. B. Manufacturer's Published Instructions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Motorized Operators for Gates and Valves: The product of a single supplier for each type of gate or valve. B. Ascertain that valve manufacturer provides limit switches with valves. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MOTORIZED OPERATOR A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Limitorque Corporation. B. Design: 1. Sized to move gates or valves from full open to closed position at minimum 12 inches per minute, plus or minus 10 percent, under maximum load. a. Measure rate of closure for butterfly valve discs at disc edge on diameter at right angle to valve shaft. 2. Actuator: Provide with built-in device to allow motor to reach full speed before engaging valve load; in manual operating mode when motor is not energized; in electrical operating mode when motor is energized. 3. Handwheels for Manual Operation: Metallic with arrows to indicate "open" rotation; incapable of rotation during motor operation; unaffected by fused motor; maximum 80-pound pull on rim when rotating. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Motorized Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 03 – 2 4. Declutch Lever: Padlockable, capable of mechanically disengaging motor and related gearing positively when motor is de-energized and freeing handwheel for manual operation. C. Actuator Gearing: 1. Valve Actuator Gearing: Multiple reduction type with hardened alloy steel spur or helical gears and self-locking, alloy bronze worm gear set in drive train to maintain valve position. 2. Gate Actuator Gearing: Multiple reduction type with hardened alloy steel spur gear, bevel pinion and bevel gears; self-locking to maintain gate position. 3. Power Gearing: Hardened alloy steel; accurately cut to assure minimum backlash; anti-friction bearing with caged balls or rollers throughout. 4. Stem Nuts: High tensile manganese bronze; accurately machined and mounted in heavy ball or roller bearings; minimum 2 1/4 times stem diameter for length of thread in lift nuts. 5. Actuator Gear Housing: Ductile iron. 6. Lubrication: Rotating power train components immersed in grease with provisions for inspection and re-lubrication without disassembly. a. Lubricants: Suitable for ambient conditions of minus 20 degrees Fahrenheit to plus 150 degrees Fahrenheit. b. Provide seals on shafting. D. Motors: 1. Type: Specifically designed for valve actuator service with high starting torque, totally enclosed non-ventilated construction. 2. Motor Insulation: Minimum NEMA Class F, with a maximum continuous temperature rating of 155 degrees Centigrade rise, plus ambient. 3. Motor Windings: Epoxy treated. 4. Size: Sufficient to open and close valves at maximum stated torque. 5. Voltage Tolerance: Capable of operating at within 10 percent of specified voltage. 6. Motor Duty Ratings: 15-minute duty rating for open and close service; continuous duty rating for modulating service. 7. Accessories: Internal thermal contacts, heaters in motor and switch compartment, and ground lug. 8. Power Supply: As scheduled or as indicated on the Drawings. 9. Enclosures for Motors, Switches, and Other Electrical Compartments: a. Provide NEMA 4X enclosures. E. Controls: 1. Voltage Transformer: As required to step down power supply to control voltage. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Motorized Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 03 – 3 2. Control Station: a. Integral with operator or mounted in separate enclosure. 1) Provide NEMA 4X enclosure. b. Provide with additional contacts for remote indication of hand switch position where indicated on the Drawings. c. Provided with Following Devices: 1) Lockout LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE hand switch. 2) OPEN, STOP, and CLOSE push buttons. 3) OPEN and CLOSE indicating lights. 3. Position Limit Switches and Associated Gearing: Integral with valve actuator. a. Gearing: Intermittent type; bronze or stainless steel; grease lubricated; totally enclosed. b. Contacts: Heavy duty and silver-plated with wiping action. c. Remote Indication Contacts: As indicated on the Drawings. d. Switches: Adjustable; allowing for trip points from fully open to closed positions of valve travel; not subject to breakage or slippage due to over- travel; permits visible verification of switch position without disassembly. 4. Torque Limit Switch: a. Capable of interrupting control circuit in both opening and closing when valve torque overload occurs. b. Silver-plated contacts. c. Graduated dials for both open and close directions of travel, each independently adjustable. d. Positive means to limit adjustability to avoid exceeding actuator output torque capability with Belleville activating spring pack. e. Permits visible verification of switch position without disassembly. F. Operation: 1. Open-close Service: a. Operators shall operate automatically by remote signal specified and as indicated on the Drawings. b. Remote signal shall control, with hand switch in REMOTE position, self- contained electromechanical reversing starter shall cause valve or gate to open or close. c. In LOCAL position, control motorized operator with local control station. 2. Modulating Service: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Motorized Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 03 – 4 a. Actuator Controller: Microprocessor based and using proportional-integral derivative algorithm to calculate actuator response. b. Controller shall compare 4 to 20 milliampere direct-current analog command signal to analog feedback signal and move actuator accordingly. c. Microprocessor-based controller shall control integrally mounted solid state reversing starter. 3. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide 4 to 20 milliampere direct-current analog output signal for continuous remote monitoring of position. 4. Controller System: Rated for continuous duty. G. Valve Limit Switches: 1. Type: Mechanical cam gear for remote operation, indication, and other control; compatible with associated operation and suitable for service intended; for valves specified and indicated on the Drawings; with racks, gears, cam, linkages mountings, and accessories. 2. Mechanical Limit Switches: 2-pole, 3-pole, or 4-pole, gang-mounted in required multiples, and with necessary mechanical linkage. 3. Contact Ratings: 120 volt alternating current, 20 amperes at 75 to 100 percent power factor, and 24 volt direct current, 5 amperes minimum. 4. Enclosures: Watertight and oiltight for normal service. 5. Valve box: Large enough to contain and to allow easy adjustment of limit switch without switch's removal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install operators in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Locate valve boxes where indicated on the Drawings. 3.02 SCHEDULE A. Do not rely on the following schedule to determine number and types of operators required for the Project only major process operators are scheduled. B. Abbreviations Relating to Valve or Gate Type: 1. BFV = Butterfly Valve. 2. RBFV = Rectangular Butterfly Valve. 3. BV = Ball Valve. 4. DV = Diaphragm Valve. 5. PV = Plug Valve. 6. GV = Gate Valve. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Motorized Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 03 – 5 7. NRS = Non-rising Stem. 8. SLG = Sluice Gate. 9. SG = Slide Gate. C. Abbreviations Relating to Operator Function: 1. O/C = Open and Close Service. 2. MOD = Modulating Service. Equip. Tag Valve or Gate Size, Inches Valve or Gate Type Operator Function Power Supply Remarks EDV-503 30 BFV DISCRETE 240V Actuated Primary Service Valve Notes: 1. Size electric actuators for butterfly valves in accordance with AWWA C504. 2. Calculate butterfly valve operating torque in accordance with AWWA C504, Appendix A, for the AWWA Class specified in this Schedule. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Motorized Operators City Project No. E11012 33 12 03 – 6 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Air Release Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 16 – 1 SECTION 33 12 16 AIR RELEASE VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE This specification shall govern for all work necessary to furnish and install the air release valves and accessories required to complete the project. 1.02 SPECIFICATION TYPE This specification is a performance specification. 1.03 GENERAL All valves and equipment furnished and installed shall comply with the drawings, specifications, and recommendations of the equipment manufacturer, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. The valves furnished and installed shall conform to the applicable requirements of AWWA C512. 1.04 SUBMITTAL DATA Before shipping, the Contractor shall submit six (6) sets of detailed drawings, detailed specifications, installation instructions and maintenance instructions for the Engineer's review and approval. Complete assembly drawings, together with detailed specifications and date covering materials used and accessories forming a part of the valves furnished, shall be submitted in accordance with the submittals sections. The Contractor shall also submit an affidavit of compliance per AWWA C504 from the manufacturer of the valves. A. Approved Manufacturer(s) The manufacturers listed below are tentatively approved for use on this project provided that equipment meets all requirements of these specifications. If it is found, after bidding (or within one year after installation and acceptance), that equipment to be furnished does not meet these specifications or fails to operate as intended, the Engineer shall have the right to reject the equipment or require the Contractor to modify the equipment to bring it into compliance at no increase in cost to the Contract. Air release valves shall be: 1. APCO combination air valve Model 145C or 147C for water mains less than 36" in diameter or APCO Vacuum Relief/Air Inlet Valves Model 1503C, 1503TC or 1504C for water mains greater than 36" in diameter. 2. CLA-VAL series VB/AR 3. G-A Industries Fig. 990 4. Approved equals Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Air Release Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 16 – 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS/MATERIALS The materials for construction of the valves shall comply with the governing standard unless stated otherwise in this specification. The use of stressed thermoplastic components will not be acceptable. Valve Component Material Valve Trim Bronze or austenitic stainless steel. Float Austenitic stainless steel or foamed polypropylene. Shop Coatings: Coal Tar Carboline "Kop-Coat Bitumastic Super Service Black" ro Tnemec "46-465 H.B. Tnemecol". Epoxy Kop-Coat "Hi-Gard Epoxy", Tnemec "Series 20 Pota-Pox" or NSF61 certified valve epoxy Coryal 10-5112. Coarrosion Prevention Houghton "Rust Veto 344" PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 INSTALLATION Valves shall be installed as indicated on the drawings in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The configuration of valve vent piping shall be as shown on the drawings. 3.02 VALVE SCHEDULE The quantity and location of valves furnished shall be as shown on the drawings. Each air release valve shall have a 2", 3" or 4" threaded inlet opening as specified and shall operate at a working pressure of 110 psi. 3.03 PROTECTIVE COATING The interior and exterior metal surfaces of valves (except stainless steel components) shall be shop coated for corrosion protection. The valves shall be coated as follows: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Air Release Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 16 – 3 Surface Coating Type Min. Dry Film Thickness Interior Epoxy 6 mils Exterior (Valves to be Installed in Manholes or Valve Vaults) Coal tar 10 mils Valves with polished or machined surfaces will be coated with a Rust-Preventive compound. The epoxy paint used to coat interior surfaces shall comply with AWWA C550 and shall be free of holidays. 3.04 SHUT-OFF VALVES To facilitate removal for maintenance, each air release valve shall incorporate a shut off valve in the inlet piping. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Air Release Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 16 – 4 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks ‐ Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves City Project No. E11012  33 12 16.17 – 1  SECTION 33 12 16.17 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work and materials required for furnishing and installing tapping sleeves, sleeves and valves required to complete the project. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Prior to Installation: 1. For tie-ins to existing waterlines, submit manufacturer’s product data, installation instructions and sequence, shop drawings, and certifications to Engineer and Owner for review and approval prior to construction. A minimum of two (2) weeks notice shall be provided to the City prior to connecting to the existing water line. 1.03 MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT A. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall be measured on a per each basis for each size installed. Payment for tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box, box extension, cover, concrete collar, and all other related items such as bolting, wrapping, cement-stabilized sand encasing, backfilling and compacting; and shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Tapping sleeves shall have a Class 125 ANSI B16.1 outlet flange of cast iron, ductile iron or stainless steel. Sleeves shall be of ductile iron or 304 or 316 stainless steel. Lugs, bolts, washers and nuts shall be of 304 or 316 stainless steel. Iron sleeves shall be of the mechanical joint or caulked joint type as manufactured by Mueller, Clow, or approved equal. Stainless steel sleeves shall be of the compression gasket type capable of providing full support of the tapped pipe, as manufactured by Ford, Smith Blair, Romac, or approved equal. Gasket materials shall be of material suitable for potable water systems. B. Tapping sleeves shall be sized for the type and size of pipe to be tapped. The class of asbestos cement pipe that will most likely be encountered in the water will be Class 200 for pipes 6 inches in diameter and smaller, and Class 150 for larger pipes. It should be understood that existing pipes to be tapped may not be of the type of material and/or size that is shown on the drawings. The proper size and type of tapping sleeve shall be provided and installed regardless of what is encountered. Elevated Water Storage Tanks ‐ Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves City Project No. E11012  33 12 16.17 – 2  C. Tapping valves shall conform to AWWA Standards and City Standard Specification Section 026411, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". D. Valve boxes shall be as described in City Standard Specification Section 026411, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Construction methods shall adhere to those set out in Technical Specification Section 33 11 01 "Waterlines", and Technical Specification Section 33 23 23 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities". END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 17 – 1 SECTION 33 12 17 VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Basic requirements for valves. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ANSI/ ASME): 1. B16.21 - Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. 2. B16.34 - Valves - Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A 126 - Specification for Gray Iron Casting for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 2. A 167 - Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 3. A 536 - Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 4. E 527 - Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS). C. American National Standards Institute/American Water Works Association (ANSI/AWWA): 1. C 111/A21.11 - Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe Fittings. D. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C 504 - Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. E. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): 1. SP 2 - Surface Preparation Specification for Hand Tool Cleaning. 2. SP10 - Surface Preparation Specification for Near-White Blast Cleaning. 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Pressure Rating: 1. Suitable for service under minimum working pressures of 150 pounds per square inch gauge. 2. When a piping system is specified in the Piping Schedule to be tested at a pressure greater than 150 pounds per square inch gauge, provide valves for that piping system with design working pressure which is sufficient to withstand the test pressure. B. Valve to Piping Connections: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 17 – 2 1. Valves 3-Inch Nominal Size and Larger: Flanged ends. 2. Valves less than 3-Inch Nominal Size: Screwed ends. 3. Plastic Valves in Plastic Piping: a. Up to 2.5 inches: Provide solvent or heat welded unions. b. 3 Inches and Above: Provide solvent or heat welded flanges. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Prior to Installation: 1. Product Data: Submit detailed technical information relating to the valve including description of component parts, materials of construction, performance, dimensions, and weights. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Furnish bound sets of installation, operation, and maintenance instructions for each type of valve 4 inch in nominal size and larger. Include information on valve operators in operation and maintenance instruction manual. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Valves: Manufactured by manufacturers whose valves have had successful operational experience in comparable service. 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect valves and protective coatings from damage during handling and installation; repair coating where damaged. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167, Type 316, or Type 304, UNS Alloy S31600 or S30400. B. Valve, Gate, and Operator Bolts and Nuts: 1. Fabricated of stainless steel for the following installation conditions: a. Submerged in sewage or water. b. In an enclosed space above sewage or water. c. In structures containing sewage or water, below top of walls. d. At openings in concrete or metal decks. 2. Where dissimilar metals are being bolted, use stainless steel bolts with isolation bushings and washers. 3. Underground Bolts: Low-alloy steel in accordance with AWWA C 111/A21.11. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 17 – 3 C. Bronze and Brass Alloys: Use bronze and brass alloys with not more than 6 percent zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum in the manufacture of valve parts; UNS Alloy C83600 or C92200 unless specified otherwise. D. Valve Bodies: Cast iron in accordance with ASTM A 126 Class 30 minimum or ductile iron in accordance with ASTM A 536 Grade 65-45-12 minimum unless specified otherwise. 2.02 INTERIOR PROTECTIVE COATING A. Provide valves with type of protective coating specified in the particular valve specification. B. Apply protective coating to interior, non-working surfaces, except stainless steel surfaces. C. Coating Types: 1. Powder Epoxies: a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Tnemec Pota-Pox, NSF-61, certified for drinking water use. 2) 3-M Company, ScotchKote 134; certified to NSF 61 for drinking water use. b. Clean surfaces to meet SSPC-SP-10, near-white metal blast cleaning, with grit of size recommended by epoxy manufacturer. c. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. d. Coating Thickness: 0.010 to 0.012 inches except that: 1) Coating Thickness in Grooves for Gaskets: 0.005 inches. 2) Do not coat seat grooves in valves with bonded seat. e. Quality Control: 1) Coating Thickness: Measured with a non-destructive magnetic type thickness gauge. 2) Verify coating integrity with a wet sponge testing unit operating at approximately 60 volts. 3) Consider tests successful when coating thickness meets specified requirements and when no pinholes are found. 4) Correct defective coating disclosed by unsuccessful tests, and repeat test. 5) Repair pinholes with liquid epoxy recommended by manufacturer of the epoxy used for coating. 2. High Solids Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy: a. Product: Contractor shall submit for Engineer’s approval. b. Quality Control: After coating is cured, check coated surface for porosity with a holiday detector set at 1,800 volts. 1) Repair holidays and other irregularities and retest coating. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 17 – 4 2) Repeat procedure until holidays and other irregularities are corrected. 2.03 UNDERGROUND VALVES A. Provide underground valves with flanged, mechanical, or other type of joint required for the type of pipe to which the valve is to be connected. B. Coating and Wrapping: 1. Prior to installation, coat buried valves with 2 coats of protective coal tar. 2. After installation, wrap valves with polyethylene as specified for ductile iron piping in Technical Specification Section 33 11 00. a. Ascertain that polyethylene wrapping does not affect operation of valve. 2.04 VALVE BOXES A. Provide cast-iron valve boxes at each buried valve to access valve and valve operators. B. Do not support boxes on valve, valve operator, or pipe. C. Boxes: 1. 2-piece, fabricated of cast-iron; provide cover, with asphalt varnish or enamel protective coating. 2. Adjustable to grade, install centered around the upper portions of the valve and valve operator. D. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Tyler Pipe Industries, Inc. 2. Neenah Foundry Company. 2.05 VALVE OPERATORS A. Valve Operator "Open" Direction: Open counterclockwise. B. Provide valves located below operating level or deck with extensions for key operation or floor stands and handwheels. C. Provide manually operated valves and gates located not more than 6 feet above the operating level with tee handles, wrenches, or handwheels. 1. Make the valve operator more conveniently accessible by rolling valves, located more than 5 feet but less than 6 feet above the operating level, toward the operating side. 2. Secure tee handles and wrenches to the valve head or stem, except where a handle or wrench so secured constitutes a hazard to personnel; in which case, stow handle or wrench immediately adjacent to the valve on or in a suitable hanger, bracket, or receptacle. D. Fit valves located more than 6 feet above operating level with chain operated handles or valve wheels. 1. Chains: Sufficient length to reach approximately 4 feet above the operating level. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 17 – 5 2. Where chains constitute a nuisance or hazard to operating personnel, provide hold-backs or other means for keeping the chains out of the way. E. Provide an operator shaft extension from valve or valve operator to finish grade or deck level when buried valves, and other valves located below the operating deck or level, are specified or indicated on the Drawings to be key operated; provide 2 inch square AWWA operating nut, and box and cover as specified, or a cover where a box is not required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Preparation: Required Information Prior to Installation: 1. Install valves after the required submittal on installation has been accepted. 2. Determine, after flanged valves and flanged check valves are selected, the face- to-face dimensions of flanged valves and flanged check valves. B. Fabricate piping to lengths taking into account the dimensions of flanged valves and flanged check valves. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide incidental work and materials necessary for installation of valves including flange gaskets, flange bolts and nuts, valve boxes and covers, concrete bases, blocking, and protective coating. B. Where needed, furnish and install additional valves for proper operation and maintenance of equipment and plant facilities under the following circumstances: 1. Where such additional valves are required for operation and maintenance of the particular equipment furnished by CONTRACTOR. 2. Where such additional valves are required as a result of a substitution or change initiated by CONTRACTOR. C. Install Valves with their stems in vertical position above the pipe, except as follows: 1. Butterfly valves, gate valves aboveground, globe valves, ball valves, and angle valves may be installed with their stems in the horizontal position. D. Install valves so that handles clear obstructions when the valves are operated from fully open to fully closed. E. Place top of valve boxes flush with finish grade or as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. F. Valves with Threaded Connections: 1. Install valves by applying wrench on end of valve nearest the joint to prevent distortion of the valve body. 2. Apply pipe joint compound and Teflon tape on external (male) threads to prevent forcing compound into valve seat area. G. Valves with Flanged Connections: 1. Align flanges and gasket carefully before tightening flange bolts. 2. When flanges are aligned, install bolts and hand tighten. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 17 – 6 3. Tighten nuts opposite each other with equal tension before moving to next pair of nuts. H. Valves with Soldered Connections: 1. Do not overheat connection to prevent damage to resilient seats and metal seat rings. 2. Position valves in full open position before starting soldering procedure. 3. Apply heat to piping rather than to valve body. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Butterfly Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 18 – 1 SECTION 33 12 18 BUTTERFLY VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Metal body butterfly valves and manual valve operators. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ANSI/ASME): 1. ANSI/ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. 2. ANSI/ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A 126 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 2. D 429 - Test Methods for Rubber Property - Adhesion to Rigid Substrates. C. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C 110 - Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings 3 Inches through 48 Inches for Water and Other Liquids. 2. C 504 - Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. General Purpose Butterfly Valves: a. Design Standard: In accordance with AWWA C 504 as modified and complemented herein. b. Class: 1) Valves 3”-20”: AWWA Class 150B, when not otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. 2) Valves 24”-72”: AWWA Class 75B, when not otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. 2. Design Requirements for General Purpose Butterfly Valves and High Performance Butterfly Valves: a. Design valves and actuators for maximum operating torque, in accordance with and using safety factors required in AWWA C 504 and its Appendix A, using the following values: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Butterfly Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 18 – 2 1) Maximum Water Velocity: 16 feet per second with valve fully open. 2) Maximum pressure differential across the closed valve in accordance with AWWA Class designation, or as indicated on the Butterfly Valve Schedule. 3) System head loss characteristic, exclusive of valve, proportional to the velocity head. 4) Coefficient for seating and unseating torque, dynamic torque, and bearing friction in accordance with valve manufacturer's published recommendations. b. Valve Disc: Seat in an angular position of 90 degrees to the pipe axis and rotate an angle of 90 degrees between fully open and closed positions. 1) Do not supply valves with stops or lugs cast with or mechanically secured to the body of the valve for limiting the disc travel. c. Unacceptable Thrust Bearings: Do not provide valves with thrust bearings exposed to the fluid in the line and consisting of a metal bearing surface in rubbing contact with an opposing metal bearing surface. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Tight shutoff at the AWWA rated class with flow in either direction. 2. Suitable for the following service conditions: a. Throttling. b. Frequent operation. c. Operation after long periods of inactivity. d. Installation in any position and flow in either direction. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include certified drawings and material specifications in accordance with AWWA C 504. B. Include description of the method of attachment of the edge to the valve disc. C. Product Data: Include manufacturer's published recommendations for seating and unseating torque coefficient, dynamic torque, and bearing friction for calculation of maximum operating torque. D. Test Reports: Records of tests performed in accordance with AWWA C 504 requirements. E. Certificates: Affidavit of compliance specified in AWWA C 504. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL PURPOSE BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Butterfly Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 18 – 3 1. DeZurik. 2. Henry Pratt Company. 3. Kennedy Valve. B. Valve Body: 1. Material: Cast-iron ASTM A 126, Class B. a. Flanges: 125 pound ANSI/ASME B16.1. b. Mechanical Joint Ends: In accordance with AWWA C 110. 2. Body Design: a. Provide short body or long body valves at contractor's option, subject to: 1) Location in the piping system so that when the valve is operated, its operation will not interfere with, nor be impaired by, adjacent fittings, valves, equipment or other installations. b. Valves 30 Inches in Nominal Size and Larger: Valve port diameter not reduced more than 1-1/2 inches from the nominal valve diameter. 3. Valve Ends: Compatible with piping system. C. Disc Materials: 1. Stainless steel or nickel-chrome mating edge on a cast-iron or ductile iron disc. D. Shaft and Bearings: 1. Shaft: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. 2. Thrust Bearings: Self-lubricating, sleeve type; Teflon lined with fiberglass backing, or polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) with phenolic or stainless steel backing. 3. Provide valves with polytetrafluoroethylene with phenolic or stainless steel backing. E. Disc Pins: Secure valve disc to shaft by means of solid, smooth sided, Type 316 stainless steel or monel, taper or dowel pin. 1. Extend pins through shaft and mechanically secure in place. F. Seats: 1. For valves less than 24 inches nominal size, bond or vulcanize seats into the valve body. 2. For valves 24 inches nominal size and larger, mechanically retain seats in the valve body. a. Achieve retaining effect by an epoxy injection method that expands the seat into the body, or by segmented clamping tee lock ring with adjusting screws. b. Provide means to prevent nuts and screws used to retain rubber seats from loosening due to vibration or cavitation. c. Seat Retainers: Type 316 stainless Steel. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Butterfly Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 18 – 4 3. Resilient Seat: Withstand 75 pound pull when tested in accordance with ASTM D 429, Method B. 4. Do not provide valve with seats retained by a snap ring. 5. Seat Materials: a. EPDM. G. Valve Packing: 1. Valves 4 Inch to 48 Inch in Nominal Size: Self-adjusting V-type packing or chevron type packing. 2. Valves 54 Inch in Nominal Size and Larger: Adjustable V-type packing with bronze packing gland or self-adjusting V-type packing. 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVE OPERATORS A. Motorized and other types of operators are specified in Sections 33 12 02 and 33 12 03. B. Provide underground valves 6 inches in nominal size and larger with a totally enclosed worm gear operator mounted on the valve. 1. Valve Shaft: Extend from the valve to the operator and be as specified for valve shafts. 2. Operator: Gasketed for watertightness. 3. Provide a 2-inch AWWA operating nut for those valves scheduled for portable operators. C. Manual Operators on Aboveground Butterfly Valves Larger than 6 Inches in Nominal Size: Worm geared; valves 10 inches in nominal size and smaller on low pressure air service may be lever operated. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop coat interior and exterior ferrous metal surfaces of valves and accessories, except as follows: 1. Finished surfaces. 2. Bearing surfaces. 3. Stainless steel components. B. Surface Coatings: 1. Unfinished Surfaces: a. Interior Surfaces: High solids cycloaliphatic amine epoxy. b. Exterior Surfaces: 1) Submerged Valves: High solids cycloaliphatic amine epoxy. 2) Buried Valves and Valves in Manholes and Vaults: Coal tar. 3) Other Valves: High solids epoxy and polyurethane system. 2. Polished and Machined Surfaces: Rust-preventive compound. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Butterfly Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 18 – 5 3. Actuators and Accessories: Rust-inhibitive primer. C. Coating Materials: 1. High Solids Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy: a. Application: Shop apply to iron and steel surfaces, except stainless steel. b. Product: Contractor shall submit for Engineer’s approval. c. Quality Control: After coating is cured, check coated surface for porosity with a holiday detector set at 1,800 volts. 1) Repair holidays and other irregularities and retest coating. 2) Repeat procedure until holidays and other irregularities are corrected. d. Additional field coating, other than touchup coating of damaged surfaces, will not be required. 1) Perform touchup coating within the recoat time recommended by the paint manufacturer. 2) When touchup coating is required after expiration of the recoat time, precede coating by blast cleaning or other surface preparation recommended by the manufacturer of the coating material for satisfactory adhesion between coats. 2. Rust-inhibitive Primer: a. Rust-inhibitive Primers: Contractor shall submit for Engineer’s approval. b. Surface Preparation: Contractor shall submit for Engineer’s approval. 3. Rust-preventive Compound: One of the following or equal: a. Houghton, Rust Veto 344. b. Rust-Oleum, R-9. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with valve shafts horizontal, unless a vertical shaft is required to suit a particular installation, and unless a vertical shaft is indicated on the Drawings. B. Install pipe spools or valve spacers in locations where butterfly valve disc travel may be impaired by adjacent pipe lining, pipe fittings, valves, or other equipment. 3.02 SCHEDULE A. The Butterfly Valve Schedule is not a valve take off list. 1. Only major process control valves are included in the Schedule. B. Abbreviations: The following apply to the Butterfly Valve Schedule: 1. Service: See process abbreviations list indicated in the Piping Schedule in Section 22 05 00. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Butterfly Valves City Project No. E11012 33 12 18 – 6 2. Valve Ends: a. F = Flanged end. b. MJ = Mechanical joint end. c. VIC = Grooved coupling end. 3. AWWA Class: In accordance with AWWA C 504. 4. Type of Operator: a. M = Manual operator. b. E = Electric operator. c. P = Portable operator (2-inch square AWWA operating nut). 5. Disc Orientation: a. V = Vertical b. H = Horizontal 6. Limit Switches: Provide limit switches on manually operated valves where indicated on the Drawings. a. Limit switches are specified in Section 33 12 03. C. See Drawings for locations of Butterfly Valves. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Flow Measurement – Magnetic Flowmeters (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 12 33 – 1 SECTION 33 12 33 FLOW MEASUREMENT- MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for: 1. Full-body magnetic flowmeters. B. Related Sections: 1. The Contract Documents are a single integrated document, and as such all Divisions and Sections apply. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and its Sub-Contractors to review all sections to ensure a complete and coordinated project. C. Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 45 00. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. B. Examine the complete set of Contact Documents and verify that the instruments are compatible with the installed conditions including: 1. Process conditions: Fluids, pressures, temperatures, flows, materials, etc. 2. Physical conditions: a. Installation and mounting requirements. b. Location within the process. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Flow Measurement – Magnetic Flowmeters (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 12 33 – 2 c. Accessories: Verify that all required accessories are provided and are compatible with the process conditions and physical installation. C. Notify the ENGINEER if any installation condition does not meet the instrument manufacturer’s recommendations or specifications. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. 1.07 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. One of the following or equal. 1. Toshiba – LF. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Magnetic Flowmeter: 1. General: a. Magnetic flowmeters obtain the flow velocity by measuring the changes of induced voltage of the conductive fluid passing across a controlled magnetic field. b. Complete zero stability shall be an inherent characteristic of the flowmeter system. c. Include for each magnetic flow metering system: 1) A metering tube with electrodes (sensor). 2) Signal cable. 3) Transmitter - remote mounted. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Flow Measurement – Magnetic Flowmeters (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 12 33 – 3 4) Flowmeter grounding rings. 2. Performance requirements: a. Accuracy: 1) 0.5 percent of flow rate from 10 to 100 percent of full scale for velocities ranging between 0 to 32.8 feet per/second. b. Repeatability: 1) 0.5 percent of rate. 3. Element: c. Metering Tube: 1) Constructed of carbon (unless specifically noted otherwise in the Instrument Data Sheets or Instrument Index) with flanged connections to match with piping material. 2) Liner in conformance with: a) Manufacturer’s recommendations for the intended service. b) NSF Certified. 1) Electrodes in conformance with: a) Manufacturer’s recommendations for the intended service. b) Utilize a minimum of 2, self-cleaning electrodes 1) Meter terminal housing NEMA 6P a) IP68 conduit connections. 1) Meter coating consisting of epoxy painted finish. 2) Components: a) 2 grounding rings: i). Which are in conformance with the manufacturer’s bore and material recommendation for the meter’s intended service. ii). Designed to protect and shield from abrasion of the liner’s edge interface at the meter’s end. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Flow Measurement – Magnetic Flowmeters (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 12 33 – 4 4. Transmitter: a. Power supply: 1) 24 VDC. 2) Power consumption: 60 VA maximum. b. Outputs: 1) Isolated 4-20mA DC with HART communication protocol. c. Microprocessor-based signal converter/transmitter. d. Utilize DC pulse technique to drive flux-producing coils. e. Contain a 6-digit display for flow rate, percent of span, and totalizer. f. Operator keypad interface. g. Integral zero return to provide a consistent zero output signals in response to an external dry contact closure. h. Integral low flow cut-off zero return. i. Bi-directional flow. j. Programmable parameters including: 1) Meter size. 2) Full-scale flow rate. 3) Magnetic field frequency. 4) Time constant. k. Data retention for a minimum of 5 years without auxiliary main or battery power. l. Self-diagnostics and automatic data checking. m. Protected terminals and fuses in a separate compartment which isolates field connection from electronics. n. Ambient operating temperature limits of 14 to 140 degrees Fahrenheit (- 10 to 60 degrees Celsius). 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Stainless steel tag – labeled to match the Contract Documents. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Flow Measurement – Magnetic Flowmeters (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 12 33 – 5 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. B. Factory calibrate each flowmetering system at a facility that is traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). C. A real-time computer generated printout of the actual calibration data indicating apparent and actual flows at 20 percent, 40 percent, 60 percent, 80 percent and 100 percent of the calibrated range shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at least 30 days before shipment of the meters to the project site. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. B. Coordinate the installation with all trades to ensure that the mechanical system has all necessary appurtenances including weld-o-lets, valves, etc. for proper installation of instruments. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. B. Provide manufacturer’s services to perform start-up and calibration or verification. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Verify factory calibration of all instruments in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions: 1. Return factory calibrated devices to the factory if they do not meet the field verification requirements for calibration. 3.04 CLEANING A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. B. Demonstrate performance of all instruments to the ENGINEER before commissioning. C. Furnish 4 hours of OWNER training. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Refer to Section 01 45 00. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Flow Measurement – Magnetic Flowmeters (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 12 33 – 6 3.07 SCHEDULES A. The provided information does not necessarily include all required instruments. Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Documents: 1. Instruments may be shown on the Drawings, in the Specifications or both. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide Flow Measurement – Magnetic Flowmeters (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 33 12 33 – 7 END OF SECTION A/E: LNV, Inc. MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS Sheet 1 of 1 Spec. No. Rev. Contractor: No By Date Revision 33 12 33 Project: Elevated Storage Tanks - Citywide Contract Date Customer: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Plant: Req. P.O. Location: Corpus Christi, Texas BOM No.: By Chk App File: 1 Instrument Tag No. 2 Service Water 3 P&ID 4 C Line Size / Schedule 30” 5 O Line Material 6 N Connection Type Flanged 7 N Connection Materials 8 Tube Size 30” E 9 M Tube Material Stainless Steel L 10 E Liner Material Hard Rubber (NSF Cert.) E 11 T Electrode Type Self-Cleaning M 12 E Electrode Material Suitable for process fluid E 13 R Meter Casing Carbon Steel N 14 Power Supply By Transmitter T 15 Grounding Type & Matl. Ground Rings, 316 SS 16 Enclosure Class NEMA 6P Submersible Type 17 Other 18 Fluid Water 19 F Max Flow 17,600 GPM 20 L Min Velocity 1.5 Ft/S 21 U Min Flow Norm Flow 3,300 GPM 10,500 GPM 22 I Min Temp Max Temp 23 deg F 176 deg F 23 D Min Press Max Press 24 Vacuum Possibility No 25 Conductivity T 26 Function Pulsed DC R 27 Mounting Remote A 28 Enclosure Class NEMA 4X N 29 Length Signal Cable S 30 Type Span Adjustment Mfr. Std. M 31 Power Supply 24 VDC I 32 Transmitter Output 4-20mA T 33 Accuracy 0.5% of flow rate T 33 Calibrated Range E 34 Other R 33 Display Scale Size Range 16 Char. LCD Adjustable 34 Alarm Contact No. Form Mfr. Std. Mfr. Std. 35 Manufacturer 36 Model No. Notes: Refer to Specification 33 12 33 for additional requirements. Meter shall read bi-directionally. Elevated Storage Tanks – Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 (THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Tank Disinfection and Hydro Testing City Project No. E11012 33 13 00 – 1 SECTION 33 13 00 TANK DISINFECTION AND HYDRO TESTING PART 1 SCOPE This Section 33 13 00 of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS provides for the following: A. Preparation of the tank interior for disinfection B. Disinfection procedures C. Testing by the OWNER PART 2 PREPARATIONS TO TANK INTERIOR A. CONTRACTOR shall remove from the water compartment and riser all construction equipment, scaffolding, rigging, rags, paint containers, blast products, dirt, debris, or any other loose items not a part of the steel tank. B. CONTRACTOR shall ventilate the inside of the tank in strict accordance with the coating manufacturer's curing recommendations and Section 09 91 00, PAINTING. During this time, the CONTRACTOR shall not leave the roof manway or other roof fittings open or uncovered at any time there is a chance of rainfall. C. CONTRACTOR shall hose down all interior surfaces of the water compartment and riser with potable water under pressure to flush out blast products and any remaining debris from all hard to reach areas. PART 3 DISINFECTION A. All inside surfaces of the tank shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA Std. C652-02, DISINFECTION OF WATER STORAGE FACILITIES, using the No. 3 Method as described in Section 4.2 of Std. C652-02. Generally, this method consists of a spray application of a solution of calcium hypochlorite (HTH) containing approximately 65% available chlorine by weight. The solution of 200 mg/L (1.9 oz./50 gal. water) available chlorine shall be applied directly to all interior surfaces, including those above the high water level. B. The surfaces disinfected shall remain in contact with the chlorine solution for at least one (1) hour. These surfaces shall then be thoroughly flushed by hosing down all surfaces with clean potable water. PART 4 TESTING A. The OWNER will fill the tank to overflow imm ediately after completion of the disinfection operations by the CONTRACTOR. B. While the tank is at overflow, the water compartment and riser will be inspected for leaks by the ENGINEER. C. If leaks resulting from the CONTRACTOR'S erection or painting work are found, then the tank will be drained (by OWNER) and the necessary remedial work will be performed by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense. The CONTRACTOR will once again disinfect the tank, if requested by the OWNER, as specified in Paragraph No. 3.0, above. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Tank Disinfection and Hydro Testing City Project No. E11012 33 13 00 – 2 D. After hydro testing and before the tank is placed in service, water from the full tank shall be sampled and tested by the OWNER in accordance with TCEQ requirements. Testing of the water is to be paid for by the OWNER. E. Should the tests fail, then the tank will be drained (by OWNER) and the disinfection procedures as outlined above shall be repeated by the CONTRACTOR until acceptable test samples are obtained. F. The OWNER will place the tank into service. PART 5 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement will be made for this item. Payment will be subsidiary to various bid items. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Disinfection of Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 13 01 – 1 SECTION 33 13 01 DISINFECTION OF WATER LINES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Disinfection of water lines, bacteriological testing, and flushing of lines at completion of treatment. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. AWWA C 651 - Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. B. APHA/AWWA/WEF - Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Disinfection Test Plan Which Details Procedure to be Utilized to Disinfect Water Lines Including: 1. Method and locations of disinfectant application. 2. Locations of sampling points. 3. Method of flushing and location of flushing ports. 4. Method of dechlorination. 5. Disposal location for dechlorinated water. B. Submit Disinfection Reports and Include the Following: 1. Date issued. 2. Project name and location. 3. Treatment subcontractor's name, address, and phone number. 4. Type and form of disinfectant used. 5. Time and date of disinfectant injection start. 6. Time and date of disinfectant injection completion. 7. Test locations. 8. Initial and 24 hour disinfectant residuals in parts per million for each outlet tested. 9. Time and date of flushing start. 10. Time and date of flushing completion. 11. Disinfectant residual after flushing in parts per million for each outlet tested. C. Submit Bacteriological Reports and Include the Following: 1. Date issued. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Disinfection of Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 13 01 – 2 2. Project name and location. 3. Laboratory's name, certification number, address, and phone number. 4. Time and date of water sample collection. 5. Name of person collecting samples. 6. Test locations. 7. Time and date of laboratory test start. 8. Coliform bacteria test results for each outlet tested. 9. Certification that water conforms or fails to conform to bacterial standards of Federal Safe Drinking Water Act. 10. Bacteriologist's signature and bacteriological laboratory's evidence of certification. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Bacteriological Laboratory: Certified by state in which Project is located. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect against damage and contamination. B. Maintain caution labels on hazardous materials. C. Maintain storage room dry and with temperatures as uniform as possible between 60 degrees Fahrenheit and 80 degrees Fahrenheit. 1.06 PROTECTION A. Provide necessary signs, barricades, and notices to prevent persons from accidentally consuming water or disturbing system being treated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Disinfectant: Free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet, or gas form. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING WATER LINES A. Prior to chlorination, remove by flushing or other means, soil, and debris from the water lines. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Verify that water line system is completed and cleaned. B. Start disinfection of water lines when conditions are satisfactory. 3.03 SYSTEM TREATMENT A. Perform disinfection of water lines in accordance with AWWA C 651 and as specified in this Section. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Disinfection of Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 13 01 – 3 B. Starting at outlet closest to water source, bleed water from each outlet until water produces odor of disinfectant. Repeat process at each outlet throughout system. C. Test for disinfectant residual at each of following locations and other locations in accordance with submitted disinfection test plan: 1. Ends of piping runs. 2. Remote outlets. 3. Tanks. 4. At least two outlets on each building floor where directed. D. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. E. When disinfectant residual is less than 25 parts per million after 24 hours, repeat system treatment. 3.04 FLUSHING A. Remove disinfectant from water lines. B. Flush water lines with potable water containing no more disinfectant residual than the active distribution system or 1.0 parts per million, whichever is greater. C. Continue flushing until water at designated flushing ports contains disinfectant residual equal to concentration specified above. 3.05 DISPOSAL OF CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of chlorinated water in accordance with the submitted disinfection test plan and applicable requirements of federal, state, county, and city having jurisdiction over disposal of hazardous wastes in location of the Project and disposal site. 3.06 BACTERIOLOGICAL TEST A. The bacteriological test shall be performed by the O.N. Stevens Water Treatment Laboratory and shall be paid by the City. B. Instruct bacteriological laboratory to take water samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing system. C. At the end of 24 hours and before the water main or structure is placed in service, collect bacteriological quality samples at each of following locations and other locations in accordance with the submitted disinfection test plan and Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater: 1. Where water enters system. 2. Ends of piping runs. 3. Remote outlets. 4. Tanks. 5. At least two outlets on each building floor. D. Analyze water samples in accordance with Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Disinfection of Water Lines City Project No. E11012 33 13 01 – 4 E. When bacteriological test proves water quality to be unacceptable, repeat disinfection treatment. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 1 SECTION 33 16 19 COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work Included 1. This contract will provide for the construction of two (2) Composite Elevated Storage Tanks, a 0.75 MG Tank at the southeast corner of the intersection of Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road, 9359 Leopard Street, in Corpus Christi and a 3.0 MG Tank at the existing Holly Pump Station, 4925 Holly Road in Corpus Christi. 2. The work to be performed under this contract shall include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to design, fabricate, deliver, erect, clean, test, disinfect, and paint the tank as shown on the plans and specifications. The work shall also include all labor, materials, and tools necessary for design and construction of the foundation including excavation, backfill, and site work as shown on the plans and specifications. 3. This section covers the design, construction, testing, and commissioning of a composite elevated tank and related work including foundations, painting, electrical, mechanical, and appurtenances. B. Related Documents 1. Drawings and the general provisions of this document, including General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Special Provisions and other sections apply to work in this section. C. Related Sections 1. Standard Specification Section 030020 - Portland Cement Concrete 2. Standard Specification Section 032020 – Reinforcing Steel 3. Technical Specification Section 09 91 00 – Painting (For Elevated Storage Tank Container). 4. Technical Specification Section 32 12 01 – Reservoir hydrodynamic Mixing System (HMS) 5. Technical Specification Section 31 60 00 – Foundation for Elevated Storage Tanks 1.02 REFERENCES The following Specifications, Codes and Standards are referenced in this section. A. The latest version of the following American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 2. 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting & Placing Concrete 3. 305.1 Hot Weather Concreting 4. 306.1 Cold Weather Concreting 5. 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 2 6. 347R Guide to Formwork for Concrete B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1. 360 Specification for Structural Steel Buildings C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ASME B16.1/ASME B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 2. ASCE/SEI 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings & Other Structures D. American Petroleum Institute (API) 1. 650 Welded Steel Tanks for Fuel Storage E. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. A123 Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 2. A240 Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General applications 3. A285 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength 4. A774 As-Welded Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Fittings for General Corrosive Service at Low and Moderate Temperatures 5. A778 Welded, Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubular Products F. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. D100 Welded Carbon Steel Tanks for Water Storage 2. D102 Coating Steel Water-Storage Tanks 3. C652 Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities G. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) 1. 70/7460-1K Obstruction Marking and Lighting H. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) 1. SP0178 Fabrication Details, Surface Finish Requirements, and Proper Design Considerations for Tanks and Vessels to be lined for Immersion Service I. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electric Code 2. 780 Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems J. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 1. 61 Standard for Drinking W ater System Components K. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 1. 29 CFR Part 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction L. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 1. VIS-9 Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 3 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Elevated Tank The Composite elevated tanks shall consist of the following: foundation, reinforced concrete support structure and a welded steel water tank. The support structure shall extend vertically from the foundation as a circular concrete wall. A domed concrete slab shall be provided as structural support for the steel tank within the perimeter of the wall. A reinforced concrete ring beam shall be provided to connect the steel tank, concrete dome and concrete support wall. The elevated tank shall be in accordance with the shape, dimensions and details required by these specifications and drawings. B. Operating Parameters Rand Morgan EST Minimum capacity within operating range 750,000 gallon Maximum operating range 50 ft Maximum fill rate 17,000 gpm Elevation - overflow/top capacity level 225 ft - grade slab 67 ft - final ground 66.5 ft Support wall diameter 28 ft Holly EST Minimum capacity within operating range 3,000,000 gallon Maximum operating range 45 ft Maximum fill rate 17,000 gpm Elevation - overflow/top capacity level 196.65 ft - grade slab 25 ft - final ground 24.5 ft Support wall diameter 60 ft C. General Design Standards Structural design of the elevated storage tank shall conform to the following design standards except as modified by this section. 1. Foundations and Support Structure ACI 318 and ASCE 7 2. Composite Tank AWWA D107 D. Design Loads Design loads shall be in accordance with ASCE 7 for Category IV (essential facility) structure. 1. Dead load shall be the estimated weight of all permanent construction. 2. Water load shall be the weight of water when the tank is filled to overflow. 3. Roof live load in addition to snow load shall be in accordance with ASCE 7. 4. Wind loads shall be in accordance with ASCE 7 for wind exposure C, occupancy category IV, and basic wind speed of 130 mph. (see Figure 6-1 in ASCE 7). Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 4 Horizontal and vertical seismic loads shall be in accordance with ASCE 7 and the Site Class as determined in the soil investigation report. Importance factor I = 1.50. 5. Response Modification Coefficient R = 3.0 in accordance with ASCE 7. E. Combination of Loads 1. The effect of combination of loads shall be considered in accordance with the following. 1.4D + 1.6F + 1.6(L+S) 1.2D + 1.2F + L + 0.5S + 1.6W 1.2D + 1.2F + L + E 0.9D + 1.6W 0.9D + F + E D = Effect of dead load. F = Effect of water load. L = Effect of interior or roof live load. S = Effect of roof snow load. W = Effect of wind load. F. Foundation Design 1. The foundations shall be designed by the Contractor to safely support the structure based on the recommendations of the geotechnical report. The foundation design must be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Foundations shall be sized in accordance with AWWA D107, Section 7, “Foundations”. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Proposal – Submit the following with the proposal: 1. Experience List - A completed contracts summary shall demonstrate minimum ten (10) years experience and list a minimum of five (5) composite elevated tanks of equal or greater capacity in successful operation for at least five (5) years. These tanks shall be of the same design described in paragraph 1.03.A. Provide the location, capacity, Owner contact with phone number and year completed. Failure to provide this information shall be cause for rejection of the bid. 2. A preliminary section view drawing of the tank proposed for this project. The drawing shall include sufficient details to illustrate tank geometry, materials of construction, primary dimensions, support wall thickness and pour height, domed concrete slab thickness, the elevation of low and high water levels, interior wet, interior dry and exterior paint areas, and other information required to show compliance with the specification. If the proposed design does not comply with the specifications, the bid shall be rejected. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 5 B. Construction Drawings 1. Provide elevation, plan and sectional view drawings of the foundation, support structure, tank and all appurtenant equipment and accessories. Show the location, dimensions, material specifications and finish requirements. The submission shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. 2. Foundation details shall include excavation, soil protection and backfill. 3. Reinforced concrete details shall include construction joints, openings and inserts. Reinforcement shall be clearly indicated on the structural drawings and identified by mark numbers that are used on the fabrication schedule. Location, spacing and splice dimensions shall be shown. Placement and fabrication details shall conform to ACI 318. 4. Steel tank details shall include weld joints and a layout showing all primary and secondary shop and field welds. C. Construction Procedures 1. Provide design, detail drawings and procedures for the support structure forming system. Details shall include location of form and construction joints, rustications and ties. Procedures shall include form removal criteria and minimum elapsed time for adjacent concrete placement. 2. Provide shop and field weld procedures for all structural joints on the steel tank. D. Design Data 1. Provide a table showing capacity of the tank in gallons at all levels in one foot increments. 2. Provide a summary of the design for the foundation, support structure, tank and other components. Include the design basis, loads and load combinations and results. 3. Provide a finite element analysis that accurately models the intersecting elements of the interface region. The interface region includes those portions of the concrete support structure and steel tank affected by the transfer of forces from the tank cone and the tank floor to the concrete support wall. The analysis shall provide results including the shear, moment, and compression or tension caused by the intersecting elements in the interface region. E. Product Data 1. Provide a separate concrete mix design for each concrete compressive strength required or specified. 2. Provide technical data and color samples of all coating products. 3. Provide manufacturers descriptive information for appurtenant equipment and accessories that are not detailed on the construction drawings. F. Reports/Certification 1. Provide documentation of all tests, inspections and certifications required by this section. 2. Provide qualifications of all welders. G. Operation/Maintenance 1. Provide operating instructions and maintenance procedures for the elevated tank and applicable appurtenant equipment, mechanical components and accessories. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 6 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer 1. The work described in this section shall be performed by an elevated tank manufacturer that has a minimum of ten (10) years experience in composite tank design and construction. The manufacturer shall have designed, constructed and commissioned a minimum of five (5) composite elevated tanks (with structural concrete domes) of equal or greater capacity, all in satisfactory operation for at least five (5) years. These tanks shall be of the same design and constructed using forming systems as required by this specification. 2. Elevated tank design, concrete support structure construction and steel tank construction shall not be subcontracted. These items shall be self performed by the Contractor. 3. The Contractor shall directly employ a full time professional engineer with a minimum five (5) years cumulative experience in the design and construction of composite elevated tanks as described in paragraph 1.03.A. The engineer shall be registered in the State of Texas and shall be in responsible engineering charge of the work. 4. A qualified supervisor directly employed by the Contractor shall be on site at all times during construction of the foundation, support structure and steel tank. B. Pre-Qualification of Tank Contractor 1. Bids will only be received from pre-qualified contractors. Acceptable contractors pre- qualified to perform the work specified herein are: a. Landmark Structures b. CB&I Constructors, Inc. 2. No further submittal is required from these contractors for pre-qualification to perform the work of this section. Other contractors may be considered for pre-qualification only if they can demonstrate full conformance with the experience criteria and the capability of meeting all the requirements in these specifications. 3. To demonstrate compliance with the above requirements and be considered for pre- qualification, a written request must be submitted to the Engineer a minimum of fourteen days prior to the date of the opening of the bids. The following must be submitted with the pre-qualification submittal: a. A completed contracts summary demonstrating minimum ten (10) years experience and listing a minimum of five (5) composite elevated tanks of equal or greater capacity in successful operation for at least five (5) years. Provide the location, capacity, Owner contact with phone number, and year completed. Provide photographs. b. A preliminary section view drawing of the tank proposed for this project. The drawing shall include sufficient detail to illustrate tank geometry, materials of construction, primary dimensions, support wall thickness and pour height, domed concrete slab thickness, the elevation of low and high water levels, and other information required to show compliance with the specification. c. Detail drawings and/or photographs of the equipment and systems to be used for construction of the concrete support structure and erection of the steel tank. Submittal shall describe the forming system, concrete placement equipment and method, the location of form and construction joints, rustications, ties, methods used to prevent grout leakage, steel erection method. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 7 d. Written procedures for concrete and steel quality control, form alignment, segmented wall pour, and dimension control. e. A sample finite element analysis of the tank interface region. f. A written affidavit confirming that no exceptions are taken to the requirements and procedures described in the specifications. g. Photographic evidence that the concreting systems and procedures employed result in architectural concrete. Uniform color, uniform surface density and uniform alignment of rustication are primary measure. Photographs shall provide adequate detail to prove absence of surface defects at construct joints and structure penetrations. Submit a photograph resume of ten projects with a minimum of four images each project proving the architectural concrete requirements have been attained. 4. No consideration for pre-qualification of alternate bidders will be considered after the date of 14 days prior to the bid opening. The Engineer and/or Owner shall be the sole and final judge as to the acceptability of a tank contractor’s qualifications. Bidders failing to obtain pre-qualification will be considered non-responsive and their bid will not be opened. C. Regulatory Requirements 1. The specifications, codes and standards referenced in paragraph 1.02 shall govern the work with regard to materials, design, construction, inspection and testing to the extent specified. 2. Personnel safety equipment shall be provided in accordance with OSHA requirements and manufacturers documentation. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. Handling and Shipping The Contractor shall handle materials and fabricated components in a manner that will protect them from damage. Allow painted materials adequate cure time prior to stacking or shipping. B. Storage and Protection Protect delivered materials and equipment from damage. Store in well drained areas and provide blocking to minimize contact with the ground. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Permits and Easements Permits, licenses, and easements required for permanent structures, changes in existing facilities or advancement of the construction as specified shall be secured and paid for by the Owner prior to the start of construction. These include building permits, airspace authority approval, site access easements, highway crossing permits, etc. Licenses or permits of a temporary nature required by specific trades shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Existing Conditions A geotechnical investigation has been carried out for each site and a report has been incorporated within these specifications. The net allowable bearing pressure of shallow foundations and/or the allowable capacity of deep foundation elements have been defined Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 8 in this report. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing any further geotechnical information required beyond that provided in this report. C. Access The Contractor shall provide access from public roads to the tank site unless otherwise specified. D. Working Conditions Safety and Health - The Contractor shall comply with safe working practices and all health and safety regulations of OSHA, state and local health regulatory agencies and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). Provide protective and lifesaving equipment for persons working at the site. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule See General Requirement sections 01 33 04 and 01 35 00 for schedule and sequencing requirements. B. Notification The Contractor shall provide notification of the intent to start work at least seven days prior to commencing each major phase of work. C. Certifications Provide certification from the engineer of record that the elevated tank has been designed in accordance with the requirements of the specification. Provide certification that testing and inspection requirements of 3.04 have been performed and the results comply with the requirements of the specification. 1.09 GUARANTEES The Contractor shall guarantee the structure, appurtenant equipment and accessories provided under this section against defective design, workmanship or materials for a period of one year from the date that the Acceptance Memorandum is issued to the Contractor per General Requirement Specification 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. If notified within this period, the Contractor shall repair any defects at no cost to the Owner. Defects caused by damaging service conditions are not covered. All guarantees for materials, equipment and accessories provided under this section shall be obtained by the Contractor and submitted. 1.10 INSURANCE In addition to any requirements specified in the General and/or Special Provisions, the Contractor shall maintain Professional Liability insurance with a minimum limit of $2,000,000 each occurrence and aggregate. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 9 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforced Concrete Concrete materials and reinforcement shall comply with ACI 318, except as modified in this section. B. Steel Tank Steel tank components, including steel plates, sheets, structural shapes and filler metals shall be in accordance with AWWA D107, Section 5, and "Steel Tank". 2.02 CONCRETE FOUNDATION The concrete foundation shall be designed in accordance with ACI 318. Minimum specified compressive strength shall be 4,000 psi at 28 days. The service load reinforcement tension stress shall not exceed 30,000 psi under dead plus water load unless flexural cracking is otherwise controlled in accordance with ACI 318. 2.03 CONCRETE SUPPORT STRUCTURE The concrete support structure shall be designed in accordance with ACI 318. The specified compressive strength of concrete shall be as required by design, but not less than 4,000 psi at 28 days. The maximum specified compressive strength of concrete for the wall and dome shall be 5,500 and 4,500 psi respectively. A. Support Wall Support wall shall be reinforced concrete with a minimum thickness of 8 inches exclusive of any architectural relief. Wall thickness shall be provided such that the average compressive stress due to the weight of the structure and stored water is limited to 25% of specified compressive strength, but not greater than 1,000 psi. A minimum total wall reinforcement of 0.15% vertically and 0.20% horizontally shall be distributed approximately equally to each face. A minimum of 0.75% vertical reinforcement shall be provided in the top 6 ft. of the wall extending into the concrete ring beam. Minimum concrete cover for interior / exterior faces shall be 1 inch and 1-1/2 inches respectively. B. Tank Floor Tank floor shall be a reinforced concrete dome not less than 8 inches thick. The average compressive stress due to the weight of the structure and stored water shall not exceed 13% of the specified compressive strength, nor greater than 600 psi. Minimum total reinforcement in orthogonal directions shall be 0.40% distributed approximately equally to each face. Additional reinforcement shall be provided for stress caused by edge restraint effects. C. Openings The effects of openings in the wall shall be considered in the design. Not less than 60% of the interrupted reinforcement in each direction shall be placed each side of the opening. Reinforcement shall extend past the opening not less than half the transverse opening dimension. Openings wider than 3 ft. 6 in. shall be subjected to a rigorous analysis taking into account the stress concentrations and diminished lateral support that exist in the vicinity Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 10 of such openings. Each side of the opening shall be designed as a column in accordance with ACI 318. Openings 8 ft. 0 in. or wider used for vehicle access shall be strengthened against vehicle impact and local buckling by means of an internal buttress located on each side of the opening. The buttress shall consist of a thickened, reinforced concrete wall section that is integrally formed and placed with the support wall. The buttress section shall be not less than 3 ft. 0 in. wide and 6 in. thicker than the nominal wall dimension. 2.04 CONCRETE SUPPORT STRUCTURE / STEEL TANK INTERFACE A. Interface Region The interface region includes those portions of the concrete support structure and steel tank affected by the transfer of forces from the tank cone and the tank floor to the concrete support wall. This includes a ring beam and connection details. The Contractor shall provide evidence that a thorough review of the interface region has been performed. Finite element and finite difference analyses are the required methods for examining such local stresses in detail. The geometry of the interface shall provide for positive drainage and not allow either condensate or precipitation to accumulate at the top of the concrete wall or ring beam. B. Ring Beam The ring beam shall be reinforced concrete with a nominal width and height of at least two times the support wall thickness. Minimum radial and circumferential reinforcement shall be 0.25%. For direct tension, reinforcement shall be provided such that the average service load stress in tension reinforcement due to the weight of the structure and stored water does not exceed 12,750 psi. Ring beam design shall consider unbalanced forces from the steel tank cone and concrete dome, load conditions varying with water level, eccentricity of loads resulting from design geometry, and allowance for variations due to construction imperfection and tolerance. 2.05 STEEL TANK A. General The steel tank shall be all welded construction and shall be designed in accordance with applicable sections of AWWA D107, Section 5, “Steel Tank”. The required capacity and dimensions of the tank are noted on the drawings and in this section of the specifications. All exposed lap joints shall be fully seal welded on both sides. B. Plate Thickness All members shall be designed to safely withstand the maximum stress to which they may be subjected during erection and operation. The minimum thickness of any steel plate not in contact with water shall be 3/16 in. and 1/4 in. for plate in contact with water. C. Roof Support All structural members supporting the roof of the steel tank shall be flat bar or sealed square tubular sections. I-beams or other sections with horizontal projections may be used if the nominal depth is 10 in. or greater. Support beams shall be seal welded to the underside of the roof plate along the entire length of the beam. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 11 D. Cone For areas of the elevated tank where the water is supported by a steel cone, the Contractor shall submit evidence that the design is in accordance with AW WA D-107, Section 5, “Steel Tank”. 2.06 APPURTENANCES AND ACCESSORIES A. General Accessories shall comply with the minimum requirements of the Specifications, Codes and Standards listed in 1.02, current applicable safety regulations, and the operating requirements of the structure. B. Ladder Access Ladders shall be provided from the slab on grade inside the base of the support wall to the upper walkway platform located below the tank floor. The tank floor manhole shall be provided with ladder access from the upper platform. A ladder shall extend from the upper platform, through the access tube interior to the roof. A ladder mounted on the access tube exterior shall be provided for access to the tank interior, extending from the roof manhole to the tank floor. Ladders that terminate at platforms or landings shall extend a minimum of 48 in. above the platform elevations. A safety extension shall be provided at the top of the ladder under hatch(s). The safety extension shall be a Ladder Up Safety Post as manufactured by Bilco or equal. The post shall extend 42-inches above the top of the ladder and be constructed of hot dip galvanized steel. Mounting hardware shall be galvanized. Ladders located in the concrete support structure and access tube interior shall be galvanized steel. Tank interior ladders shall be coated in accordance with the tank interior coating system. Ladder side rails shall be a minimum 3/8 in. by 2 in. with a 16 in. clear spacing. Rungs shall be minimum 3/4 in. diameter, spaced at 12 in. centers and plug welded into holes drilled in the side rails. Tank interior ladders shall be provided with 1 in. diameter rungs and 1/2 in. x 2 in. side rails and shall be fully seal welded. Ladder shall be secured to the adjacent structure by brackets located at intervals not exceeding 10 ft. Brackets shall be of sufficient length to provide a minimum distance of 7 in. from the center of rung to the nearest permanent object behind the ladder. Ladder brackets located on the access tube exterior shall be reinforced at the access tube shell so that potential ice damage is confined to the ladder and bracket and not the access tube shell. C. Safe Climbing Device (SCD) Install T-rail type SCD’s on all ladders. SCD’s shall be stainless steel on interior of Tank container and galvanized inside pedestal & access tube. A caution sign shall be provided at the lowest point of access to the ladder requiring safe climbing devices. The sign shall read “CAUTION – Safety Equipment Required When Climbing Ladder”. The sign shall be secured to the wall. D. Rest Platforms One rest platform shall be provided at the midpoint along the support wall ladder. The platform shall be a minimum 3 ft by 5 ft and complete with handrails, mid rails, and toe Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 12 plates in accordance with OSHA requirements. Grating shall be used for the walking surface and shall be suitably hinged at the ladder penetration. Platforms shall be arranged for straight run ladder and operable without removing safe climbing device. All components shall be galvanized steel. E. Platforms A 4 ft. wide upper walkway platform shall be located at the top of the support wall to provide access from the support wall ladder to the roof access ladder located on the interior of the access tube. Platforms shall be provided with handrails, mid rails and toe plates in accordance with OSHA requirements. Grating shall be used for the walking surface. All components shall be galvanized steel. F. Support Wall Doors 1. Personnel Door - Door frames shall be 16-gauge with concealed reinforcement at hardware locations. Expansion type anchors for existing openings shall be installed near the top, bottom and intermediate point of each jamb to rigidly secure the frame. Doors shall be 1 3/4 in. thick insulated, reinforced, full, flush type with 18-gauge face sheets and concealed reinforcement at hardware locations. All edges shall be finished flush with watertight seams. Shop applied finish for the frame and door shall be baked on rust inhibitive primer. Field finish shall be compatible with the tank exterior. Standard hardware shall be stainless steel and include three 4 1/2 in. by 4 1/2 in. hinges, industrial duty closer and lockset. Quantity and location of personnel door(s) shall be as shown on the drawings. 2. Overhead Vehicle Door - Door installation shall be on the interior face of the support wall. The door frame shall be a steel plate fabrication suitably detailed, fastened and reinforced to accept the door. Operation shall be manual with a chain hoist. The curtain shall be formed of 22-gauge steel interlocking slats with end locks and wind locks designed for a wind loading of 20 psf. Torsion springs shall be mounted on a solid torsion rod, which is attached to an exterior mounted spring tension adjustment wheel. A 24-gauge steel hood shall be provided with a weather seal to protect the assembly. Steel brackets shall be installed to the interior face of the wall with expansion anchors which enclose and support the counterbalance assembly with sealed bearings. Steel curtain guides are mounted to the brackets. The curtain, bottom bar, brackets, guides, hood, pipe and chain shall be galvanized. Provide with locking device. Size, quantity and location of vehicle door(s) shall be as shown on the drawings. G. Tank Openings 1. Floor - Provide a 30 in. diameter manhole through the tank floor. The manhole shall be operable from a ladder located on the upper platform and shall be designed to withstand the pressure of the tank contents without leakage. The manhole assembly shall include a stainless steel hand wheel operator and threaded components. 2. Roof - Provide two 36 in. square weather proof access hatches on the roof of the tank. One hatch shall allow egress from the access tube to the roof. The second hatch, located adjacent to the first, shall allow access to the interior of the tank via the ladder mounted on the exterior of the access tube. The opening shall have a minimum 4 in. curb. Provide aluminum covers with a 2 in. down turned edge, stainless steel hardware, hold open arm and a locking mechanism. H. Access Tube Provide a minimum 60 in. diameter centrally located access tube through the steel tank to provide access to the tank roof from the upper walkway platform. The access tube shall Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 13 incorporate a 2 in. by 2 in. channel to collect condensation that may form on the interior surface. A flexible 3/4 in. PVC hose complete with backflow preventer shall drain the channel to the overflow pipe. I. Roof Railing A 42 in. high roof handrail shall be provided to enclose all centrally located roof accessories. The roof railing shall be a minimum of 18 ft. in diameter. J. Rigging Access Provide a 24 in. x 36 in. opening at the top of the support wall. This opening shall be accessible from a platform and shall provide access to the exterior rigging rail located at the tank/support wall intersection. The access opening shall be provided with a hinged stainless steel cover or a removable vent in accordance with 2.06.M.2. A minimum 24 in. diameter opening shall be provided on the tank roof to provide access to the tank interior rigging rail. K. Rigging Rails Provide permanently installed rigging rails suitable for rolling trolleys at the interior of the tank at the wall/roof and access tube/roof connections. Provide an exterior rigging rail at the base of the tank adjacent to the support structure. L. Piping 1. Inlet/Outlet Pipe - Provide a 30” inch diameter inlet/outlet pipe that extends from the base of the support structure to the tank floor elevation. Provide a minimum 6 in. high removable silt stop where the inlet/outlet pipe enters the tank. The bottom capacity level of the tank's operating range shall be at or above the elevation of the top of the silt stop. Pipe material within the support structure shall be Schedule 10S Type 304L stainless steel. Piping below the grade slab shall be flanged cement lined ductile iron, steel, or bar- wrapped steel suitably restrained to prevent movement. The inlet/outlet pipe shall be designed to support all related static and dynamic loads. Suitable galvanized steel brackets, guides and hangers shall be provided on the support wall and tank floor at intervals not exceeding 20 feet. The inlet/outlet pipe shall be designed and constructed to accommodate any differential movement caused by settlement and by thermal expansion and contraction over the range of extreme temperature differences expected for the support wall and pipe. The required flexibility shall be provided by an expansion joint located near grade in the vertical section of pipe. 2. Overflow Pipe – The contractor shall have a Professional Engineer licensed in the state of Texas design the overflow pipe based on the maximum fill rate. The calculation must be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The top of the overflow shall be located within the tank at the overflow elevation. It shall run vertically beside the central access tube and extend through the tank floor, at which point it shall turn 90° and run under the tank floor to the support wall. This horizontal run shall be sloped to drain. The pipe shall then turn 90° and run vertically beside the support wall to grade. A base elbow shall direct the overflow through the support wall, where the pipe shall be terminated with a flap valve. Pipe material within the support structure shall be Type 304L (minimum 11 gauge) stainless steel. If the top of overflow is located above top capacity level, the tank shall be designed for the additional capacity provided by the difference. The entrance to the overflow pipe shall be designed for the maximum inlet flow rate specified in 1.03.B. The design shall be based on the water level cresting Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 14 within 6 in. above the overflow elevation. A conical weir shall be provided if the entrance capacity of the overflow pipe diameter is not adequate. A vortex prevention device shall be used. The overflow shall be designed to support all related static and dynamic loads. Suitable galvanized steel brackets, guides and hangers shall be provided on the support wall and tank floor at intervals not exceeding 20 ft. The overflow pipe and weir section within the tank shall be carbon steel and supported by the central access tube. The overflow pipe shall be designed and constructed to accommodate any differential movement caused by settlement and by thermal expansion and contraction over the range of extreme temperature differences expected for the support wall and pipe. A layout with sufficient upper offset to accommodate differential movement is acceptable. If this method is not applicable, the required flexibility shall be provided by an expansion joint located near grade in the vertical section of pipe. The overflow pipe shall penetrate the support wall approximately 1 ft. above grade and discharge through a flap valve onto the concrete splash pad. 3. Stainless Steel Requirements - Pipe and fittings shall be Type 304L stainless steel fabricated from material meeting the requirements of ASTM A-240. Fabrication, inspection, testing, marking and certification of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM A-778 and A-774 respectively. All fittings less than 18 inches shall be smooth flow; fittings larger than 18 inches may be of five section mitre construction. Backing flanges shall be in accordance with ASTM A285-C drilled to ANSI B16.5 Class 150. Pipe, fittings and welds shall be cleaned and passivated. Pipe, fittings and flange thickness shall be in accordance with the manufacturers certified pressure rating for the applicable service pressures. The design pressure rating shall be minimum 150 psi for piping located within closed or valve sections. 4. Tank Drain – A tank drain shall be provided to completely drain the tank contents if the inlet/outlet pipe does not intersect the low point of the tank. An eight inch drain pipe located at the low point of the tank floor shall be fitted with a threaded plug and tee handle. Flexible stainless steel piping shall connect and drain to the overflow pipe. M. Ventilation 1. Tank Ventilation - A tank vent shall be provided, located centrally on the tank roof above the maximum weir crest elevation. It shall consist of stainless steel or aluminum components, including a support frame, screened area and cap. The support shall be fastened to a flanged opening in the tank roof. The vent cap shall be provided with sufficient overhang to prevent the entrance of wind driven debris and precipitation. A minimum of 4 in. shall be provided between the roof surface and the vent cap. The tank vent shall have an intake and relief capacity sized to prevent excessive pressure differential during the maximum flow rate of water, either entering or leaving the tank. The overflow pipe will not be considered as a vent. The maximum flow rate of water entering the tank is specified in 1.03.B. The maximum flow rate of water exiting the tank shall be calculated assuming a break in the inlet/outlet at grade when the tank is full. The vent shall be provided with an insect screen. Vent capacity shall be determined based on open area provided by the screen. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 15 In addition to the tank vent, a pressure/vacuum relief mechanism shall be provided that will operate in the event of vent failure. The mechanism shall be designed to return automatically to its original position after operation. The pressure/vacuum relief mechanism shall be located on the tank roof above the maximum weir crest elevation, and may be incorporated in the vent assembly. 2. Support Structure Ventilation - Ventilation within the support structure shall comply with the governing building code requirements, based on occupancy classification. As a minimum, one louvered vent shall be provided at the top of the support wall. This vent shall be accessible from the upper platform and may also be designed to provide access to the exterior rigging rails located at the tank/support wall intersection. Vents shall be accessible from the interior ladders, platforms or floors provided. Vents shall be stainless steel or aluminum and provided with a removable insect screen. N. Interior Floors 1. Slab on Grade - Provide a 6 in. thick, 4000 psi concrete floor slab in the base of the support structure. The slab shall be supported on compacted granular fill and shall be reinforced with #4 reinforcing steel at 12 in. centers each way. Provide 1/2 in. expansion joint between floor slab and support wall and at pipes and supports that extend through the floor. Place cap strip and sealant over the expansion joint. The slab shall be sloped at 0.5% toward the truck door for drainage. O. Level Monitoring 1. General - Provide six 3/4 in. couplings welded to the inlet/outlet pipe. Plans identify approximate location and exact location to be determined by engineer in the field. Each coupling shall be provided with a stainless steel nipple and an isolation valve. 2. Pressure Gauge - Provide a pressure gauge in accordance with ASME B40.1 Grade 2A. The dial shall be 6 inch diameter with black markings on white background. Pressure range is 0-100 psi. P. Lightning Protection 1. Provide a lightning protection system for the elevated tank structure and any roof mounted equipment that may be damaged by lightning. 2. Minimum requirements include two 28 strand by 14 gauge copper conductors bonded to the steel tank 180 degrees apart. The conductors shall be fastened to the interior support wall at 3 foot minimum spacing, and shall terminate with buried 5/8 inch diameter by 8 foot long copper clad ground rods. 3. Lightning protection for obstruction lights shall consist of an air terminal mounted on the support and formed to fit around the fixture. The 1/2 inch diameter copper air terminal shall extend a minimum of 10 inches above the light fixture and shall connect to a copper conductor that terminates in a bonding plate secured to the tank roof. Q. Pedestal Drain Line 1. The tank Contractor shall provide a drain line as shown in the drawings to accommodate drainage from the Water Quality Analyzers and Electrical Room Air Conditioner condensate. Contractor shall submit the complete drain design showing all components required to drain the Water Quality Analyzers and Electrical Room Air Conditioner condensate for Engineer’s approval. Payment for the drain line required within the pedestal shall be subsidiary to the 2” Drain Line bid item. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 16 2.07 ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING A. See Electrical Drawings & Specifications All work shall be performed and all materials shall be provided in accordance with National Electric Code and the governing electrical, safety and inspection codes, regulations and ordinances. 2.08 STEEL TANK PAINTING Refer to Section 09 91 00 for tank painting. Galvanized, stainless steel and concrete surfaces are not coated. 2.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests Review mill test certifications of all steel plate, structural components and reinforcement to ensure compliance with specification requirements. B. Inspections Provide inspection of shop fabricated components in accordance with AWWA D107, Section 9, “Inspection and Testing”. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FOUNDATION A. Excavation The foundation bearing surface and excavation shall be inspected by a representative of the geotechnical engineer prior to foundation construction. Verification of the applicable design and construction recommendations is required. The geotechnical engineer shall be retained by the City. After verification of the foundation bearing surface, provide a 2 in. thick concrete working slab within the lower excavation limits. Grade the site to prevent runoff from entering the excavation. B. Concrete Construction For shallow foundations, reinforcement placed adjacent to a concrete working slab shall have a 2 in. minimum cover, and shall be supported by precast concrete block, metal or plastic bar supports. The sides of foundations shall be formed using any suitable system conforming to ACI 318. Earth cuts shall not be used as forms for vertical surfaces. Forms shall be provided on top sloping surfaces steeper than 2.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Straight form panels may be used to form circular foundation shapes. The minimum design radius shall be maintained at all sections. C. Finish Formed surfaces shall have a smooth form finish when exposed and a rough form finish when not exposed. Unformed surfaces shall have a troweled finish when exposed and floated finish when not exposed. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 17 3.02 CONCRETE SUPPORT STRUCTURE A. Architectural Concrete Construction The exposed exterior surface of the concrete support wall is designated architectural concrete. The concrete and formwork requirements of this section shall be strictly enforced to ensure concrete of the highest practicable structural and architectural standard. Concrete proportioning, placing, and finishing shall be in accordance with the ACI 301, Chapter 18, except as modified by this Section. Formwork design, installation and removal shall comply with the minimum requirements of ACI 318, ACI 117 and the applicable requirements of ACI 347, except as modified by this Section. Attention shall be given to ensure the same concrete design mix is used throughout the support wall. The proportion, type and source of cement and aggregates shall not be changed. Uniform moisture content and placing consistency shall be maintained. Drop chutes shall be used in all wall concreting operations. Concrete shall be placed directly between reinforcement layers to prevent aggregate segregation and form splatter with the resulting surface finish variations. Placement methods that introduce concrete horizontally through wall reinforcement are strictly prohibited. Vertical pour rate shall be a minimum of 15 feet per hour. Support wall reinforcement shall be installed with plastic supports. Maximum spacing of supports for welded wire fabric shall be 5 ft. centers, horizontal and vertically. Forming systems shall be designed with the provision of ties and bracing such that concrete components conform to the correct dimensions, shape, alignment and elevation. Embedded items shall be properly positioned and secured. Form surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of concrete residue and coated with a release agent prior to placing reinforcement. Do not allow excessive release agent to accumulate on the form. Steel forms shall be coated with a non-staining, rust preventative form oil or otherwise protected. Rust stained steel formwork shall not be used. The forming system for the pedestal wall shall be fully engineered and detailed with procedures to meet the increased demands of architectural concrete. The support wall shall be constructed with a jump form process using form segments prefabricated to match the wall curvature. Concrete pour height shall be a minimum of 6 ft. and a maximum of 10 ft. Form panels shall extend the full height of the concrete pour using only vertical panel joints. Form system shall be designed to lap and be secured to the previous wall pour. The space between the form and the previous pour shall be sealed to prevent grout leakage. Wall forms shall incorporate a positive means of adjustment to maintain dimensional tolerances specified. Wall forms shall be adjusted for vertical plumb and circularity and locked into position with through wall form ties prior to concrete placement. Panels shall be designed for lateral pressures associated with full height plastic concrete head, and support and bracing shall be provided for construction related impact loads and wind loads. Working platforms that allow safe access for inspection and concrete placement shall be provided. Form surfaces shall be steel, plastic or fiberglass coated material. The form system shall incorporate a uniform pattern of vertical and horizontal rustications to provide architectural relief to the exterior wall surface. Rustication strips shall be sealed to the form face to eliminate the grout leakage that results in broken corners, color variations and rock pockets. Broken edges and chamfers will not be accepted. All construction joints and panel joints shall be located in rustications. Vertical panel joints shall be sealed using closures which combine with the form pattern to eliminate grout Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 18 leakage and panel joint lines. All joints shall be grout tight. The vertical and horizontal rustications shall be proportioned and combined to impart a symmetrical architectural pattern to the completed structure. Form ties shall be located in a uniform pattern. No architectural form treatment is required on the interior surface. Support wall concreting shall incorporate segmented placement procedures. Temporary vertical bulkheads shall divide the wall pour into segments corresponding to a single batch (truckload) of concrete. The bulkheads shall be located at rustications, braced rigid and tight to maintain vertical alignment under concrete load without grout leakage. Wall segment concrete shall be placed continuously to full form height from a single load. Placement from multiple batches is not permitted. Temporary bulkheads shall not be removed until adjacent concrete is placed. Support wall concreting operations shall occur a maximum of once per day. Multiple form movements and concrete placements within a day are not permitted. Wall forms shall not be disturbed or removed until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to prevent forming operations or environmental loads from causing surface damage or excessive stress. Form removal shall be based on early age concrete strength testing. The minimum concrete strength shall be established by the Contractor, based on an analysis of stress at critical stages throughout the forming and concrete operations. Early age concrete testing shall be in accordance with ACI 228.1R-95. Pull Out testing in accordance with ASTM C 900-99, Maturity Method testing in accordance with ASTM C 1074-93, or field cured cylinders compressive strength tested in accordance with ASTM C 172 are the acceptable methods to determine early concrete strength. The formwork system for the domed structural floor shall be designed to support all construction loads. Adequate shoring and bracing shall be provided to transfer loads without appreciable movements. Form surfaces shall be steel, plastic or fiberglass coated material. Shoring and forms for the structural dome slab shall remain in place until the concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry the floor weight without damaging deflections. Concrete surfaces shall be protected in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 306 until the component attains 35% of the specified compressive strength. At this time, protection may be removed subject to the allowable temperature differential. A reasonable temperature differential shall be defined, based on component thickness and restraint conditions. B. Finish Provide a smooth form finish without rub for the interior and exterior support wall. Tie holes shall be plugged using grout on the interior and manufactured plugs on the exterior which match the color of the cured concrete as closely as possible. Provide a light sandblast to the exposed exterior concrete support wall surface. Provide a smooth form finish without rub for the interior dome slab. The unformed surface shall have a floated finish. C. Dimensional Tolerances Support structure concrete construction shall conform to the following: Variation in thickness: wall ..................................................................................... -3.0% to +5.0% dome ................................................................................... -6.0% to +10% Support wall variation from plumb: in any 5 feet of height ......................................................................... 1 inch in any 50 feet of height ....................................................................... 2 inch Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 19 maximum in total height ................................................................. 3 inches Support wall diameter variation ........................................................................ 0.4% not to exceed .................................................................................. 3 inches Dome floor radius variation .............................................................................. 1.0% Level alignment variation: from specified elevation ..................................................................... 1 inch from horizontal plane ....................................................................... 1/2 inch Offset between adjacent pieces of formwork: exterior exposed surfaces…. .......................................................... 1/8 inch interior exposed surfaces….. .......................................................... 1/4 inch D. Mock Up Panel A mock up panel shall be constructed using the proposed form work, concrete and placement methods. Minimum size will be 4 ft wide by 6 ft high. This panel shall be agreed upon by the Contractor and Engineer as the reference standard with which to judge surface quality, appearance and uniformity of texture and color. Review and acceptance of formed concrete surface must be made immediately upon form removal. Succeeding pours shall not be placed until the most recent wall pour has been stripped and the form surface approved. The Contractor shall be responsible to inform the Engineer as to pour schedule. Contractor shall meet all requirements of standard specification 030020. Concrete with surface defects exceeding limitations specified herein or not meeting the standard represented by the mock-up panel shall be repaired to meet that standard, or removed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.03 STEEL TANK A. Welding Welding procedures and general welding requirements shall be in accordance with AWWA D107, Section 9.5, "Welding". No structural welding is permitted to any steel embedded in hardened concrete, unless the weld is at least 2 ft. from the embedment interface. Grinding of weld contour shall approximate Condition "D" of NACE Standard RP0178. B. Fabrication Layout, cutting, forming, edge preparation and workmanship for steel tank components and fabrications shall be in accordance with AWWA D107, Section 5.4, "Fabrication and Construction Requirements". C. Tank Erection Steel tank erection procedures and general requirements shall be in accordance with AWWA D107, Section 5.4, "Fabrication and Construction Requirements". D. Tolerances Steel tank tolerances shall be in accordance with the requirements of API 650, Section 5.5. Steel cone shall be constructed to the following tolerance. The deviation from the theoretical conical surface shall not exceed 0.032 √RT, when measured in the radial direction over length 4√RT, where R is the radius normal to the plate surface at the point of consideration, and T is the plate thickness. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Composite Elevated Storage Tank City Project No. E11012 33 16 19 – 20 E. Grouting The interface between the steel tank floor plate and the supporting structural concrete slab shall be constructed with a minimum 1 in. void. Subsequent to testing, the void shall be filled with a flowable grout mix. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Concrete Testing and Inspection The evaluation and acceptance of concrete shall be in accordance with Section 030020 of this specification. The support wall radius, plumb and thickness shall be verified for each concrete lift at 60 degree intervals. Vertical alignment and radius shall be checked using a visible beam laser. Measurement shall be made to the outside form surface. Daily measurements shall be provided to resident inspector. An inspection report certified by the tank designer shall be provided to the Owner at project completion. B. Steel Tank Testing & Inspection Inspection procedures for the steel tank shall be as required by AWWA D107, Section 9, "Inspection and Testing". Radiographic inspection of full penetration butt-welded joints shall be made by an independent inspection company retained by the Contractor. Erection tolerance of the steel cone in the radial direction shall be measured. Provide field measurements at 30 degree intervals. Weld joints of plate over the structural concrete floor shall be tested for leaks by vacuum box / soap solution testing, or equivalent method prior to grouting. 3.05 CLEANING A. Site The project site shall be kept in a clean and safe condition at all times. The Contractor shall remove all construction equipment and debris at project completion. B. Tank Disinfection Water and sufficient pressure for flushing, cleaning, initial testing and disinfection shall be supplied by the Owner at no cost to the Contractor. Disinfection shall be in accordance with AWWA C652. Tank leakage test shall be performed during disinfection. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Excavation and Backfill for Utilities City Project No. E11012 33 23 23 – 1 SECTION 33 23 23 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES PART 1 DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all excavation for waterlines, wastewater lines, and storm sewer lines sewer structures appurtenances and connections, utility pipe or conduits, and for backfilling to the level of the original ground, all in conformity with the locations, lines, and grades shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer. This specification also governs for the necessary pumping or bailing and drainage, and all sheathing and bracing of trench walls, the furnishing and placing of cement stabilized backfill, and hauling and disposition of surplus materials, and the bridging of trenches and other provisions for traffic or access as provided herein. PART 2 CONSTRUCTION 2.01 GENERAL Unless otherwise specified on the plans or permitted by the Engineer, all sewers, pipe, and conduit shall be constructed in open cut trenches with vertical sides. Trenches shall be sheathed and braced as necessary throughout the construction period. Sheathing and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor (Standard Specification Section 022022). Trenches shall have a maximum width of one foot beyond the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe and parallel thereto on each side unless otherwise specified or as shown in the plans. The Contractor shall not have more than 200 feet of open trench left behind the trenching operation and no more than 500 feet of ditch behind the ditching machine that is not compacted as required by the plans and specification. No trench or excavation shall remain open after working hours. For all utility conduit and sewer pipe to be constructed in fill above natural ground, the embankment shall first be constructed to an elevation not less than one foot above the top of the pipe or conduit after which excavation for the pipe or conduit shall be made. If quicksand, muck, or similar unstable material, is encountered at the bottom of the excavation, the following procedure shall be used unless other methods are called for on the plans. If the unstable condition is a result of ground water, it shall be controlled by the Contractor, prior to additional excavation. After stable conditions have been achieved, unstable soil shall be removed or stabilized to a depth of 2 feet below the bottom of pipe for pipes 2 feet or more in height; and to a depth equal to the height of pipe, 6 inch minimum, for pipe less than 2 feet in height. Such excavation shall be carried at least 1 foot beyond the horizontal limits of the structure on all sides. All unstable soil to be removed shall be replaced with select material, placed in uniform layers of suitable depth as directed by the Engineer, and each layer shall be wetted, if necessary, and compacted by mechanical tamping as required to provide a stable foundation for the structure. For unstable trench conditions requiring outside forms, seals, sheathing, and bracing, or where groundwater is encountered and additional excavation and backfill is required, the work shall be done at the contractor's expense. 2.02 SHAPING OF TRENCH BOTTOM The trench bottom shall be undercut a minimum depth sufficient to accommodate the bedding as indicated in the plans and specification. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Excavation and Backfill for Utilities City Project No. E11012 33 23 23 – 2 2.03 DEWATERING TRENCH Pipe or conduit shall not be constructed or laid in a trench in the presence of water. All water shall be removed from the trench sufficiently prior to the pipe or conduit operation to insure a relatively dry (no standing water), firm bed. The trench shall be maintained in such dewatered condition until the trench has been backfilled to a height at least one foot above the top of pipe. Removal of water may be accomplished by bailing, pumping, or by a well-points installation as conditions warrant. Removal of well points shall be at the rate of 1/3 per 24 hours (every third well-point). 2.04 EXCAVATION IN STREETS Excavation in streets, together with the maintenance of traffic where specified, and the restoration of the pavement riding surface shall be in accordance with plan details or as required by other applicable specification. 2.05 REMOVING OLD STRUCTURES When old masonry structures or foundations are encountered in the excavation, such obstructions shall be removed for the full width of the trench and to a depth of 1-foot below the bottom of the trench. When old inlets or manholes are encountered and no plan provision is made for adjustment or connection to the new sewer, such manholes and inlets shall be removed completely to a depth 1-foot below the bottom of the trench. In each instance, the bottom to the trench shall be restored to grade by backfilling and compacting by the methods provided hereinafter for backfill. Where the trench cuts through storm or wastewater pipes, which are known to be abandoned, these pipes shall be cut flush with sides of the trench and blocked with a concrete plug in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 2.06 PROTECTION OF UTILITIES The Contractor shall conduct his work such that a reasonable minimum of disturbance to existing utilities will result. Particular care shall be exercised to avoid the cutting or breakage of water and gas line. Such lines, if broken, shall be restored promptly by the Contractor. When active wastewater lines are cut in the trenching operations, temporary flumes shall be provided across the trench, while open, and the lines shall be restored when the backfilling has progressed to the original bedding lines of the line so cut. The Contractor shall inform utility owners sufficiently in advance of the Contractor's operations to enable such utility owners to reroute, provide temporary detours, or to make other adjustments to utility lines in order that the Contractor may proceed with his work with a minimum of delay and concerned in effecting any utility adjustments necessary and shall not hold the City liable for any expense due to delay or additional work because of conflicts. 2.07 EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL All materials from excavation not required for backfilling the trench shall be removed, by the Contractor, from the job site promptly following the completion of work involved. 2.08 BACKFILL A. Backfill Procedure Around Pipe All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes or conduits are properly laid. In addition to the specified pipe bedding material, the backfill around the pipe as applicable, shall be select material as described by specification "Select Material", free of large hard lumps, rock fragments or other debris. The backfill shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Excavation and Backfill for Utilities City Project No. E11012 33 23 23 – 3 trench, in layers not to exceed eight (8) inches (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by mechanical tampers. A thoroughly compacted material shall be in place between the external wall of the pipe and the undisturbed sides of the trench and to a level twelve (12) inches above the top of the pipe as indicated on the plans. B. Backfill Over One Foot Above Pipe The backfill for that portion of trench over (1) foot above the pipe or conduit shall be selected excavated material free of hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris, placed in layers not more than 8 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density and not less than 95% Std. Proctor. Flooding of backfill is not allowed. Jetting of backfill will be allowed in sandy soils and in soils otherwise approved by the Engineer. Regardless of backfill method, no lift shall exceed one foot and density shall not be less than 95% Std. Proctor. The last four feet of backfill shall be placed in layers of not more than 6 inches and compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural back density and not less than 95% Std. Proctor. A period of not less than twenty-four (24) hours shall lapse between the time of jetting and the placing of the top four (4) feet of backfill. When indicated on the plans or at utility line crossings that are under pavements, trenches shall be backfilled to the road base with cement stabilized sand containing a minimum of 12 sacks of standard Type I Portland cement per cubic yard of sand. C. Trench Width Pipe trench width to be per details as shown on plans. D. Bedding and Backfill Materials Bedding and backfill of pipe to be per details as shown on plans. 1. Sand Backfill Sand Backfill shall meet the following gradation limits: Sieve Size % Passing 1/2"100 3/8"90-100 #4 80-100 200 < 20% Sand Backfill shall have a PI from non-plastic to maximum of 10 and a maximum liquid limit of 30. Place sand backfill at 2%, plus or minus, from optimum moisture in lifts not to exceed 8” (loose measurement). Compact with mechanical tamps to a minimum of 95% of Standard Proctor Density. 2. Select Material (See Standard Specification 022100 Select Material) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Excavation and Backfill for Utilities City Project No. E11012 33 23 23 – 4 Select Material not from the excavation shall be a mixture of sand and clay or other suitable granular material. The material shall be free from vegetation, debris and clay lumps. That portion of the select material passing a 40-mesh sieve shall have a liquid limit of 45 maximum, a plasticity index range from 6 to 13, and a calculated linear shrinkage of 8.5 maximum. Select material shall be mixed uniformly and placed in layers not to exceed 8” loose depth. The material shall be brought within 2% of optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% modified Proctor Density. Each layer shall be complete before the succeeding layer is placed. 3. Select Excavated Material Select material from the excavation shall be free of vegetation, debris, and rocks with a diameter over 1.5 inches and clay lumps. This material shall not include soils with a Unified System Classification of OL, MH, OH, CH, and PT or soils with an AASHTO classification of A-7. Select excavated material shall be placed in layers not to exceed 8” loose depth. The material shall be brought to within 2% of optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% modified Proctor Density. Each layer shall be complete before the succeeding layer is placed. 4. Cement Stabilized Sand Cement stabilized sand shall be a mixture of a minimum of 1.5 sacks of Standard Type I of Portland Cement per cubic yard of sand. Mix for use as sanitary sewer embedment within nine (9) feet of waterlines shall contain 2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. The sand-cement mixture should be placed in 6 to 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compacted to at least 95% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D558 procedures unless otherwise specified by the engineer. During placement and compaction, cement-stabilized sand should be slightly dry (2%) of the materials laboratory determined optimum moisture content. The material should be placed and compacted to the required density within 3 to 4 hours of mixing. The cement-stabilized sand mixture should produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 50 psi in 48 hours and 100 psi in seven (7) days when compacted to 95% in accordance to ASTM D558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D1633. 5. Crushed Stone Crushed Stone shall be well graded angular crushed stone in the general size range of 3/4” to 1/16” which has good stability. Crushed stone shall be graded in accordance with Size #67 and #68 of AASHTO M 43, ASTM D 448. 6. Gravel Gravel shall be gravel with less than 10% by weight fines. The sieve analysis of gravel shall be in accordance with Size #67 or #68 of AASHTO M43, ASTM D 448. 7. Concrete Concrete shall be Class B concrete in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 for “Portland Cement Concrete”. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Excavation and Backfill for Utilities City Project No. E11012 33 23 23 – 5 PART 3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Excavation and Bedding & Backfill materials shall not be measured for payment, but shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Excavation and Backfill for Utilities City Project No. E11012 33 23 23 – 6 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Submersible Mixer City Project No. E11012 44 44 36 – 1 SECTION 44 44 36 SUBMERSIBLE MIXER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers submersible tank mixing systems up to 0.5 HP in size intended for continuous use while submersed in potable water storage tanks. Each mixer shall have the ability to function continuously on a year-round basis, regardless of drain and fill cycles. Each mixer shall consist of a water-filled submersible motor, an impeller and a non- submersible control center that houses all control electronics. 1.02 THE REQUIREMENT A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish a PWM400V2 PAX Water Mixer with a PCC405V2 PAX Control Center and install submersible mixing system together with controls and accessories necessary for a complete and operable system. B. UTILITY shall furnish electrical conduit with either 115VAC or 230VAC Single Phase voltage based on System configuration, a Safety disconnect switch and a 15 Amp non-GFCI circuit breaker up to the point of installation of the mixing system control center. C. UTILITY shall also provide conduit from control center to tank penetration for submersible motor cable and penetration through tank for same cable. 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the General Requirements B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA C. NSF/ ANSI Standard 61 D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc., UL 508 1.04 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. NSF Certification 1. Copies of the NSF-61 certified listing for all material being placed inside the tank and headspace, including the motor and power cable. B. Installation, Operations, and Maintenance Manuals shall be obtained from the equipment manufacturer and submitted. The following sections shall be included: 1. General equipment specifications and data sheets 2. Installation, start-up, operation, and maintenance instructions 3. Factory-recommended maintenance schedule 4. Wiring diagrams specifying what electrical wiring needs to be done onsite during and prior to the installation, and by which responsible party 5. List of equipment or tooling necessary for diagnostics, trouble-shooting, repair or general maintenance Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Submersible Mixer City Project No. E11012 44 44 36 – 2 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Each mixing system shall be tested prior to deployment according to standard engineering practices at the factory testing facilities. 1.06 WARRANTY A. For the period of time beginning with shipment to Buyer and ending on the time periods listed below, the Product is warranted to be substantially free from defects in material and workmanship and to conform to Seller’s specifications applicable to the Product – 1. Five (5) years on all supplied parts 2. One hundred twenty (120) days labor PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE A. Mixing system shall completely mix reservoir according to the following minimum performance requirements. These requirements can be measured and validated after installation by operators with readily-available tools such as temperature probes and total chlorine grab samplers. 1. Temperature Uniformity For tanks up to 4,000,000 gallons in volume: All temperatures shall converge to within 0.50°C (0.9°F) within 24 hours after mixer is installed and activated. 2. Disinfectant Residual Uniformity For tanks up to 4,000,000 gallons in volume: Disinfectant residual within top five feet of tank and bottom five feet of tank will converge to within 0.20 ppm within 3 days after mixer is installed and activated. During continuous operation of the mixer, under normal disinfectant dosing parameters, disinfectant residual will converge to within 0.20 ppm at least once every 24 hours. 2.02 GENERAL A. Mixing system consists of an impeller mounted on a submersible motor and supported approximately three feet in height from the tank floor in order for it to launch a jet of water from the bottom of the tank up toward the surface of the water. Mixer control and operation shall be independent of tank drain and fill cycles to ensure constant mixing. Wet-side of Mixer shall weigh less than 75 pounds (~34 kg) and dry-side shall weigh less than 50 pounds (~22 kg). Both wet-side and dry-side shall be able to be hoisted, installed, and/or removed by on-site personnel without additional equipment needed, and so that there is no crush hazard or entanglement hazard present, and so that weight of mixer on tank floor does not cause damage to interior coating. B. Mixing system active components shall be elevated at a minimum of 18 inches above tank floor to avoid disturbing accumulated tank sediment or entraining particles and causing accelerated wear of moving parts. C. Mixers using submersible pump with slit or “water sheet” or horizontal motor mounting designs are not acceptable. D. Power source for mixer shall be 115VAC or 230VAC single phase grid power to allow unit to continue 24/7 operation where necessary. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Submersible Mixer City Project No. E11012 44 44 36 – 3 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Components – wet-side: shall be NSF/ANSI Standard 61 certified. Equipment entering tank shall not adhere to, scratch or otherwise cause damage to internal tank coating or put undue stress on the materials of the tank construction. Equipment shall fit through a standard hatch of size 18x18 or larger. UTILITY may prefer to puncture side- wall or ceiling of tank (in place of puncturing the hatch-way) to allow motor cable entry into the tank for ease of installation and protection against freezing/ice damage. Each submersible mixer shall consist of the following components, regardless of the power source selected: 1. Impeller AISI Type 316 Stainless Steel Balanced to within 0.5 gram-inches Passivated per ASTM A380 to minimize corrosion Not more than 8 inches in overall height Not more than 4.5 inches in diameter Not more than 2.4 lbs. in weight Shall not create cavitation at any rotational speed up to 2500 RPM 2. Motor AISI Type 304 Stainless Steel body Chlorine/Chloramine resistant rubber seals Fully submersible Low power (0.5 HP maximum) Water-filled motor Water-lubricated motor 3. Mounting AISI Type 316 Stainless Steel Three detachable legs or pedestal mount NSF/ANSI Standard 61 certified EPDM rubber, non-skid, non-scratch feet or insulating pad Attachments secure motor cable away from impeller Overall weight of wet-side unit not to exceed 75 lbs. to avoid damaging tank floor Overall height of unit not to exceed 5 ft B. Components – dry-side: Each 115VAC or 230VAC control center shall consist of the following components: 1. Enclosure Lockable Weather Resistant Overall weight of control center not to exceed 50 lbs. Green and Red LED Indicator lights show motor status 2. Motor Controller/VFD Rated to 0.5 HP Operating temperature range -4 ºF to 129 ºF (-20 ºC to 54 ºC) Manual speed control Thermal shut-off protection built-in Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Submersible Mixer City Project No. E11012 44 44 36 – 4 Current overload protection built-in SCADA outputs included: Digital Output signal indicating motor running Digital Output signal indicating fault Digital Input/output signal allowing remote motor on/off RS-485 or Dry Contact connections 3. GFCI-protection 115/230VAC, single-phase, with a 300mA trip level GFCI included inside control center 2.04 CONTROLS A. Each unit shall be equipped with all necessary controls, inter-wired, to provide the following minimum functions: 1. On/Off switch to control power to mixer. 2. Automatically-activated motor shut-off if water level drops below motor height in tank. 3. Any other controls shown on electrical and instrumentation drawings. 2.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. PAX Water Technologies (Richmond, California) or pre-approved alternate. B. Acceptable alternates must be able to demonstrate data meeting blend time performance output and be approved (in-writing) by Engineer at least ten (10) days prior to bid opening. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish services of a factory-trained installation contractor or crew having experience with installation procedures and operation and maintenance requirements for the type of equipment installed under these specifications. Mixer must be able to be installed through an 18x18 inch hatch. Mixer must be able to be installed without draining tank or taking tank out of service. Wet-side of Mixer shall weigh less than 75 pounds (~34 kg) and dry-side shall weigh less than 50 pounds (~22 kg). Both wet-side and dry-side shall able to be hoisted, installed, and/or removed by on-site personnel without additional equipment needed, and so that there is no crush hazard or entanglement hazard present, and so that weight of mixer on tank floor does not cause damage to interior coating. B. Tank penetration is recommended to be above tank water line, typically through the hatch side-wall. 1. Fitting will prevent moisture intrusion into tank and ideally be horizontally oriented. 2. Fitting shall be 1 inch diameter fitting to allow cable to pass through. 3. Strain relief for power cable shall be part of the contractor-supplied fitting for tanks more than 30 feet in depth. 4. For tanks more than 70 feet in depth, or at customer’s discretion, a water-tight penetration may be installed under the water-line. C. Installation of the in-tank (“wet-side”) components may be performed in any of the following ways: 1. Installation by a factory-trained and drinking-water-certified potable water tank diver. 2. Installation by personnel with confined space training while the tank is drained and empty. Elevated Water Storage Tanks - Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Submersible Mixer City Project No. E11012 44 44 36 – 5 3. Installation by tank manufacturer personnel during tank manufacture. 4. Installation below a hatch opening in a full tank utilizing a chain. D. Installation of the outside-of-tank (“dry-side”) components may be performed by: 1. Third party representatives or CONTRACTORS according to the manual provided. 2. UTILITY personnel according to the manual provided E. The mixer and control center shall be installed in accordance with approved procedures submitted and as shown, unless otherwise approved in writing from the Factory. 3.02 TRAINING A. PAX Water Technologies staff (or their representatives) will instruct designated UTILITY personnel in the safe and proper operation of the PAX Water Mixer. This training will reference the operations manual provided with equipment, and show how to check for proper functioning of the equipment. APPENDICES APPENDIX A RAND MORGAN TANK SITE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT October 22, 2015 City of Corpus Christi Capital Programs P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Attention: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E., Director of Capital Programs SUBJECT: SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION, LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM AND FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Intersection of Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job No. – G115176B Dear Mr. Edmonds, In accordance with our agreement, we have conducted a subsurface investigation, laboratory testing program and foundation evaluation for the above referenced project. The results of this investigation, together with our recommendations, are to be found in the accompanying report, one electronic copy of which is being transmitted herewith for your records and distribution to the design team. Often, because of design and construction details that occur on a project, questions arise concerning soil conditions, and Rock Engineering and Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL), Texas Professional Engineering Firm No. – 2101, would be pleased to continue its role as Geotechnical Engineer during the project implementation. RETL also has great interest in providing materials testing and observation services during the construction phase of this project. If you will advise us of the appropriate time to discuss these engineering services, we will be pleased to meet with you at your convenience. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please contact us at (361) 883-4555. Sincerely, Mark C. Rock, P.E. Vice President of Operations SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION, LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM AND FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) INTERSECTION OF LEOPARD STREET AND RAND MORGAN ROAD CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RETL REPORT NUMBER: G115176B PREPARED FOR CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CAPITAL PROGRAMS P.O. BOX 9277 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78469 OCTOBER 22, 2015 PREPARED BY: ROCK ENGINEERING AND TESTING LABORATORY, INC. 6817 LEOPARD STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78409 PHONE: (361) 883-4555; FAX: (361) 883-4711 TEXAS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING FIRM NO. 2101 Brian J. Geiger, P.E. Mark C. Rock, P.E. Geotechnical Engineer Vice President of Operations 906 370 5196 361 438 8755 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................ 1 Authorization ....................................................................................... 1 Purpose and Scope ............................................................................ 1 General ............................................................................................... 1 DESCRIPTION OF SITE ................................................................................ 2 FIELD EXPLORATION .................................................................................. 2 Scope ................................................................................................. 2 Drilling and Sampling Procedures ....................................................... 3 Field Tests and Observations ............................................................. 3 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM .......................................................... 4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ....................................................................... 4 General ............................................................................................... 4 Soil Conditions .................................................................................... 5 Seismic Site Class .............................................................................. 6 Groundwater Observations ................................................................. 6 OSHA Soil Type Classification ............................................................ 6 FOUNDATION DISCUSSION ........................................................................ 7 Project Description ............................................................................. 7 PVR Discussion .................................................................................. 8 FOUNDATION TYPES CONSIDERED ........................................................ 10 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS ........................................................ 10 Mat Foundations ............................................................................... 10 Drilled Piers ...................................................................................... 10 Deep Foundation Lateral Analysis .................................................... 11 SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS ............................................................... 12 Concrete Flatwork Construction Considerations ............................... 12 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Page CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS........................................................ 15 Drilled, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations .................. 15 Drilled with Slurry, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations . 16 Augered, Cast-in-Place, Pile Construction Considerations ............... 17 Site Preparation ................................................................................ 18 Select Fill .......................................................................................... 18 Earthwork and Foundation Acceptance ............................................ 18 Utilities .............................................................................................. 19 Expansion Joints .............................................................................. 19 GENERAL COMMENTS .............................................................................. 19 APPENDIX Boring Location Plan Boring Logs B-5 through B-7 Key to Soil Classifications and Symbols October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 1 of 18 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of a soils exploration, laboratory testing program and foundation analysis for the proposed Elevated Water Storage Tank to be constructed near the southeast corner of the intersection of Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road in Corpus Christi, Texas. This study was conducted for the City of Corpus Christi. Authorization The work for this project was performed in accordance with RETL proposal number P081214A (Revision No. 1) dated March 16, 2015. The proposal was approved by an executed Agreement provided by the City of Corpus Christi for Elevated Water Storage Tanks (Project No. E11012) dated July 17, 2015. The agreement also included the Holly Pump Station site which is addressed in RETL Report Number: G115176A. Purpose and Scope The purpose of this exploration was to evaluate the soil and groundwater conditions at the site and to provide foundation recommendations suitable for the proposed project. The scope of the exploration and analysis included the subsurface exploration, field and laboratory testing, engineering analysis and evaluation of the subsurface soils, provision of foundation recommendations and preparation of this report. The scope of services did not include an environmental assessment. Any statements in this report, or on the boring logs, regarding odors, colors, unusual or suspicious items or conditions are strictly for the information of the client. General The exploration and analysis of the subsurface conditions reported herein are considered sufficient in detail and scope to provide foundation recommendations for the proposed project. The information submitted for the proposed project is based on project details provided by LNV Engineering, Inc. and the soil information obtained at the boring locations. If the designers require additional soil parameters to complete the design of the proposed foundation system and this information can be obtained from the soil data and laboratory tests performed within the scope of work included in our proposal for this project, then RETL will provide the additional information requested as a supplement to this report. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 2 of 18 The Geotechnical Engineer states that the findings, recommendations, specifications or professional advice contained herein have been presented after being prepared in a manner consistent with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the Geotechnical Engineer’s profession practicing contemporaneously under similar conditions in the locality of the project. RETL operates in general accordance with “Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction, (ASTM D3740).” No other representations are expressed or implied, and no warranty or guarantee is included or intended. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of the City of Corpus Christi for the specific purpose of the Elevated Water Storage Tank to be constructed near the southeast corner of the intersection of Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road in Corpus Christi, Texas. DESCRIPTION OF SITE The Rand Morgan Site is located southeast of the intersection of Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road located in Corpus Christi, Texas. The site is relatively level and the surface of the project site is primarily covered with grass. Existing brush and small trees were observed at the site. At the time of our field investigation, the condition of the ground surface was firm and did not pose any significant difficulties to the drill crew moving their equipment. FIELD EXPLORATION Scope The field exploration, to evaluate the engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials, included reconnaissance of the project site, performing the boring operations and obtaining disturbed samples and relatively undisturbed Shelby-tube samples. During the sample recovery operations the soils encountered were classified and recorded on the boring logs in accordance with “Standard Guide for Field Logging of Subsurface Exploration of Soil and Rock, (ASTM D5434).” Three borings were performed at this site for the purpose of providing geotechnical information. The table below provides the boring identification, boring location, boring depth, and GPS Coordinates at the boring locations: SUMMARY OF BORING INFORMATION Boring Identification Boring Location Boring Depth (ft) GPS Coordinates B-5 Rand Morgan Site 100 N 27.8248863° W 97.5471017° B-6 Rand Morgan Site 100 N 27.8248478° W 97.5470277° B-7 Rand Morgan Site 100 N 27.8249240° W 97.5470271° October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 3 of 18 RETL in coordination with LNV Engineering, Inc, determined the scope of the field work. RETL staked the boring locations in the field and performed the drilling operations. Upon completion of the drilling operations and obtaining the groundwater observations, the drill holes were backfilled with excavated soil and the site cleaned as required. A Boring Location Plan is provided with this report. The borings performed for this project were used to determine the classification and strengths of the subgrade soils. This information is provided on the boring logs and includes boring locations, boring depth, soil classification, soil strengths and laboratory test results. The boring logs are included in the Appendix. Drilling and Sampling Procedures The borings were performed using a drilling rig equipped with a rotary head turning hollow stem augers and after groundwater was encountered, mud rotary drilling operations were utilized to complete the borings to the required termination depths. The sampling operations were performed in accordance with the procedures for “Standard Practice for Soil Exploration and Sampling by Auger Borings, (ASTM D1452).” Disturbed soil samples were obtained using split-barrel sampling procedures in general accordance with the procedures for “Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils, (ASTM D1586).” Undisturbed soil samples were obtained using thin-wall tube sampling procedures in accordance with “Thin Walled Tube Sampling of Soils, (ASTM D1587).” The samples obtained by this procedure were extruded by a hydraulic ram and classified in the field. All of the samples were placed in plastic bags, marked according to boring number, depth and any other pertinent field data, stored in special containers and delivered to the laboratory for testing. Field Tests and Observations Penetration Tests – During the sampling procedures, standard penetration tests (SPT) were performed to obtain the standard penetration value of the soil at selected intervals. The standard penetration value (N) is defined as the number of blows of a 140-pound hammer, falling 30-inches, required to advance the split-barrel sampler 1- foot into the soil. The sampler is lowered to the bottom of the previously cleaned drill hole and advanced by blows from the hammer. The number of blows is recorded for each of three successive 6-inch penetrations. The “N” value is obtained by adding the second and third 6-inch increment number of blows. The results of standard penetration tests indicate the relative density of cohesionless soils and comparative consistency of cohesive soils, thereby providing a basis for estimating the relative strength and compressibility of the soil profile components. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 4 of 18 Water Level Observations – Water level observations were obtained during the test boring operations. Water level observations are noted on the boring logs provided in the Appendix. In relatively pervious soils, such as sandy soils, the indicated depths are usually reliable groundwater levels. In relatively impervious soils, a suitable estimate of the groundwater depth may not be possible, even after several days of observation. Seasonal variations, temperature, land-use, proximity to a creek, river or lake and recent rainfall conditions may influence the depth to the groundwater. The amount of water in open boreholes largely depends on the permeability of the soils encountered at the boring locations. Ground Surface Elevations – The ground surface elevations at the boring locations were not provided. Therefore, all depths referred to in this report are measured from the ground surface at the boring locations during the time of our field investigation unless specified otherwise. LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM In addition to the field investigation, a laboratory testing program was conducted to determine additional pertinent engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials necessary in analyzing the behavior of the foundation system for the proposed project. The laboratory testing program included supplementary visual classification (ASTM D2487) and water content tests (ASTM D2216) on all samples. In addition, selected samples were subjected to Atterberg limits tests (ASTM D4318) and percent material finer than the #200 sieve tests (ASTM D1140). The shear strength of selected cohesive soil samples were evaluated from unconfined compressive strength tests (ASTM D2166). The estimated soil strengths were obtained using a hand penetrometer. All phases of the laboratory testing program were conducted in general accordance with applicable ASTM Specifications. The results of these tests are to be found on the accompanying boring logs provided in the Appendix. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS General The types of foundation bearing materials encountered in the test borings have been visually classified and are described in detail on the boring logs. The results of the standard penetration tests, strength tests, water level observations and other laboratory tests are presented on the boring logs in numerical form. Representative samples of the soils were placed in polyethylene bags and are now stored in the laboratory for further analysis, if desired. Unless notified to the contrary, all samples will be disposed of three months after issuance of this report. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 5 of 18 The stratification of the soil, as shown on the boring logs, represents the soil conditions at the actual boring locations. Variations may occur between, or beyond, the boring locations. Lines of demarcation represent the approximate boundary between different soil types, but the transition may be gradual, or not clearly defined. It should be noted that, whereas the test borings were drilled and sampled by experienced drillers, it is sometimes difficult to record changes in stratification within narrow limits. In the absence of foreign substances, it is also difficult to distinguish between discolored soils and clean soil fill. Soil Conditions The soil conditions encountered at the project site have been summarized and soil properties including soil classification, undrained shear strength, angle of internal friction and effective unit weight are provided in the following tables: Soil Profile Table D Generalized Soil Description LL PI C φ γe -#200 N PP 0-28 Lean/Sandy Lean/Fat CLAY 38-62 24-47 3,300 0 120 77-95 7-10 4.5+ 28-42 Sandy Lean/Fat CLAY --- --- 4,200 0 120 26-82 23-54 --- 42-48 Silty SAND --- --- 0 36 115 --- 37-50/5” --- 48-88 Fat/Lean/Sandy Lean CLAY & CLAYEY Sand --- --- 5,200 0 60 18-95 23-50/6” 3.0-4.5+ 88-100 Silty SAND --- --- 0 36 55 75 28-50/6” --- Where: D = Depth in feet below existing grade LL = Liquid limit (%) PI = Plasticity index C = Soil Cohesion, psf (undrained) φ = Angle of Internal Friction, deg. (undrained) γe = Effective soil unit weight, pcf Minus No. 200 = Percent passing the No. 200 sieve (%) N = Standard Penetration Test (blows per foot) PP = Pocket penetrometer value range, tsf Exceptions to the stratigraphy provided in the soil profile tables above were observed. • Stratum of silty sand at boring location B-5 from 58-feet to 67-feet, • Stratum of lean clay at boring location B-5 between 92-feet and the boring termination depth of 100-feet, and • Stratum of silty sand at boring location B-6 from 32-feet to 37-feet. Detailed descriptions of the soils encountered at the boring locations are provided on the boring logs included in the Appendix. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 6 of 18 Seismic Site Class As stated on Page 205, Chapter 20, “SITE CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SEISMIC DESIGN” of ASCE/SEI 7-05. Table 20.3-1-Site Classification provides that the soil undrained shear strength for Site Class D soils should have an average Standard Penetration Resistance between 15 and 50, and an average undrained shear strength between 1000 psf and 2000 psf. These soils are present in the upper 100-feet at these sites. Therefore, the soils at these sites should be classified as Site Class D. Groundwater Observations Groundwater (GW) observations and the depths the borings caved are provided in the following tables: GROUNDWATER (GW) OBSERVATIONS; RAND MORGAN SITE BORING NO. DURING DRILLING DELAYED READING AFTER 24 HOURS B-5 --- GW at 48-feet and Caved at 48½-feet B-6 47½-feet GW at 47½-feet and Caved at 48-feet B-7 48-feet GW at 48-feet and Caved at 48½-feet Groundwater observations could not be obtained at the completion of drilling operations due to the use of mud rotary drilling techniques. Based on observations made in the field and moisture contents obtained in the laboratory, it appears as if the average depth to groundwater at this site is near the 48-foot depth at the time of our field investigation. It should be noted that water levels in open boreholes may require several hours to several days to stabilize depending on the permeability of the soils and that groundwater levels at this site may be subject to seasonal conditions, recent rainfall, and drought or temperature effects. OSHA Soil Type Classification The table below provides a summary of the OSHA Soil Type Classifications for the soils encountered at the sites to the depth of 20-feet at the boring locations: D DESCRIPTION OSHA Soil Type Classification 0-20 Hard Clay Above Water Table Type B It should be noted that the contractor’s “responsible person” shall make the final determination of the OSHA Soil Type during excavation of the soils at the jobsite. The maximum allowable slopes during construction for soil OSHA soil types are provided in the following table: October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 7 of 18 GUIDELINES FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES Soil or Rock Type Max. Allow. Slopes for Excavations < Than 20’ Deep Stable Rock Vertical Type A ¾: Horizontal : 1 Vertical Type B 1 Horizontal : 1 Vertical Type C 1½ Horizontal : 1 Vertical Guidelines for maximum allowable slopes were obtained from OSHA documents, but do not take into account any recent revisions or the stability of long term unprotected slopes. Long term unprotected slopes will likely require flatter slopes. The guidelines presented herein for slopes does not imply RETL is taking responsibility for construction site safety, this responsibility falls entirely upon the contractor and his responsible person. RETL is assuming that the contractor will comply with all rules, ordinances and other requirements to comply with safe construction practices. In no case should slope height, slope inclination or excavation depth, including utility trench excavation depth, exceed those specified in local, state, and federal safety regulations. Specifically, the current OSHA Health and Safety Standards for Excavations, 29 CFR Part 1926 should be followed. It is our understanding that these regulations are being strictly enforced and if they are not closely followed, the owner and the contractor could be liable for substantial penalties. The contractor's "competent person", as defined in 29 CFR Part 1926, should evaluate the soil exposed in the excavations as part of the contractor's safety procedures. For excavations, including a trench, extending to a depth of more than 20-feet, it will be necessary to have the side slopes designed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. The contractor's "competent person" should establish a minimum lateral distance from the crest of the slope for all vehicles and spoil piles. Likewise, the contractor's "responsible person" should establish protective measures for exposed slope faces. FOUNDATION DISCUSSION Project Description Based on information provided to RETL, the project will include the construction a new 750,000 Gallon Elevated Water Storage Tank at this site. The proposed tank will have a height of approximately 157-feet and a pedestal diameter of approximately 28-feet. The anticipated total permanent load is in the order of 8,200 kips and the governing shear load is anticipated in the order of 100 kips. If this information changes, RETL should be notified to reevaluate the recommendations provided herein. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 8 of 18 PVR Discussion The laboratory test results indicate that the subsoils in the active zone at this site are moderate to high in plasticity. The maximum calculated total potential vertical rise (PVR) at this site is on the order of 3 to 3¼-inches. The PVR was calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX-124E and took into account the depth of the active zone, estimated to extend to a depth of approximately 12-feet, and the Atterberg limits test results of the soils encountered within the active zone. The estimated PVR values provided are based on the floor system applying a sustained surcharge load of approximately 1.0 pound per square inch on the subgrade soils as well as the sustained surcharge load exerted by 1-foot of properly compacted select fill placed at the site to raise the grade 1-foot above the average existing grade at the site resulting in a 6-inch concrete floor slab elevation 1½-feet above the average grade elevation at the site at the time of our field investigation. The value represents the vertical rise that can be experienced by dry subsoils if they are subjected to conditions that allow them to become saturated, such as poor drainage. Using dry soil conditions to calculate the PVR is generally considered the worst case scenario. The actual movement of the subsoils is dependent upon their change in moisture content. Differential vertical movements can potentially be equal to the expected total movements. Worst case scenario can result in differential vertical movements at this site equal to the calculated PVR over a distance equal to the depth of the active zone, within the footprint of a slab-on-grade if dry soil conditions exist and a localized water source such as ponding water or a plumbing leak occurs resulting in non-uniform moisture conditions. Undercutting the natural expansive soils at this site and replacing them with properly compacted non-expansive select fill soils will reduce the PVR. The resulting reduction in PVR for slabs constructed 1½-feet above grade at this site, utilizing undercutting and replacement operations, are included in the following table: UNDERCUT AND REPLACEMENT; RAND MORGAN SITE Required Undercut Depth (ft) Select Fill Thickness (ft) Calculated PVR (in) 1 2 2.5 2 3 1.9 3 4 1.4 4 5 1.1 5 6 0.8 Based on our calculations, in order to reduce the PVR to approximately 1-inch for finished concrete floor slabs constructed 1½-feet above grade, it will be necessary to remove the expansive soils to a depth of 4½-feet, moisture condition and compact the exposed subgrade soils, and place a minimum of 5½-feet of properly compacted non- expansive select fill soils in the excavation. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 9 of 18 Additional undercutting and replacement may be required to further reduce the PVR based on architectural or structural design considerations or if the finished concrete floor slab elevation is something other than that listed above. If the finished floor slab elevation is something other than that listed above, RETL should be given the opportunity to revisit the recommendations provided herein to determine if supplemental recommendations are warranted. FOUNDATION TYPES CONSIDERED Based on the existing soil conditions and the type of structure proposed, the Elevated Water Storage Tank may be supported on mat or deep foundations. Mat Foundations – A mat foundation is used most advantageously when it is necessary to distribute comparatively heavy structural and working loads onto the supporting foundation materials. In view of the loading conditions and the prevailing soil conditions at this site, it appears that a mat foundation would be a suitable foundation system for the elevated water storage tank. Drilled Piers – Conventional straight shaft drilled piers can be utilized at this site. Temporary steel casing will be required to install straight shaft drilled piers at this site to depths greater than 47-feet. Temporary steel casing will require a competent clay stratum to seal the casing. The use of temporary steel casing may be required throughout the depth of straight shaft drilled piers during installation. Augered Cast-in-Place Piles – Augered cast-in-place piles are generally most economical when it is necessary to transmit loads through expansive soils into strata of high strength soils. These conditions are present at this site, and the use of temporary steel casing is not required for auger cast-in-place pile installations. Therefore, the site conditions and the magnitudes of the typical loads for similar type structures indicate that augered cast-in-place piles would provide a suitable foundation system, providing their installation is carefully monitored. If it essential to demand the highest level of performance from the foundation then RETL recommends utilizing a deep foundation system. FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS Mat Foundations The tank foundation may be designed as a mat. The recommended net allowable unit bearing pressures for a mat foundation founded approximately 5 to 10-feet below the existing grade at this location is 4,500 psf. The net allowable bearing pressure provided include safety factors of 3. The structural designer may utilize a Modulus of Subgrade Reaction (K) of 75 pci for the soils supporting the mat foundation at a depth of 5 to 10- feet. Mats should be reinforced to make them as rigid as possible to resist any slight movements caused by the surrounding soils. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 10 of 18 Mat designed using the net allowable unit soil pressures provided could expect total settlements to be approximately 4-inches and differential settlements to be approximately one half that of the total settlement. In order to minimize the effects of any slight differential movement that may occur due to variations in the character of the supporting soils, it is recommended that the mat be suitably reinforced to make the mat as rigid as possible. In areas where a mat foundation will be constructed to support the proposed column load the existing soil and all loose or excessively organic materials shall be removed to a minimum depth of 5-feet below the ground surface. Foundation excavations may be neat cut with conventional excavation equipment, preferably with a smooth-mouthed bucket. If a toothed bucket is used, excavation with this equipment should be stopped 12-inches above the final grade and the foundation excavation completed with a smooth-mouthed bucket or by hand labor to provide a firm undisturbed clean bearing surface to support the proposed mat. All debris and loose material in the bottom of the excavation should be removed prior to steel placement. The exposed subgrade soils shall be compacted to a minimum density of 95-percent of the maximum dry density of the subgrade soils, as determined by the standard Proctor (ASTM D698), and at, or above the optimum moisture content. It may be beneficial to place a lean concrete seal slab to prevent excessive wetting and desiccation of the subgrade soils at the bearing elevation for the foundation. Drilled Piers The soil properties at the sites are suitable for straight shaft drilled piers and auger cast-in-place piles. Straight shaft drilled piers will likely require temporary steel casing or the slurry method of installation below the depth of 47-feet. Temporary steel casing will require a competent clay stratum to seal the casing. A consistent, competent clay stratum for sealing the casing exists from 68 to 85-feet at this site. For the purpose of this report, the recommendations provided herein for straight shaft drilled piers are also applicable to auger cast-in-place piles except where specifically addressed in the “Auger Cast-in-Place Piles” section provided in the “CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS” section of this report. The structural designer can utilize the allowable unit skin friction values for the range in depths included in the following tables for straight shaft drilled piers to resist the axial loads given the strengths of the subsurface soils encountered: ALLOWABLE UNIT SKIN FRICTION VALUES RAND MORGAN SITE Depth Below Existing Grade (ft) Allowable Unit Skin Friction (psf) 0-5 Neglect 5-96 900 October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 11 of 18 All depths are referenced from the existing ground surface elevations at the boring locations during the time of our field investigation. The allowable unit skin friction values provided above are based on the strengths of the in-situ soils and utilize a safety factor of 2 to prevent shear failure. The minimum depth of a straight shaft drilled pier required to resist uplift forces from the expansive soils encountered at this site, assuming a minimum load of 25 kips, is 17-feet and the maximum termination depth for straight shaft drilled piers is 83-feet for piers installed with temporary steel casing and 96-feet for other deep foundation systems. If the minimum load on any pier is less than 25-kips, RETL should be given the opportunity to revisit the minimum depth recommendations for straight shaft drilled piers at this site. Resistance to uplift from transient loads can be calculated by taking 60-percent of the axial capacity of a straight shaft drilled pier. Settlement of a properly designed and constructed straight shaft drilled pier can be expected to experience settlement on the order of 1-percent of the shaft diameter of the pier and differential settlements of equally loaded same size drilled shafts should experience differential settlements on the order of 0.5-percent of the pier shaft diameters. Straight shaft drilled piers should be spaced no closer than three pier diameters apart measured center to center. Drilled piers at this site should be adequately reinforced with a minimum of 1 percent of the cross-sectional area of the pier shaft throughout the depth of the pier to withstand uplift forces. Slabs designed to distribute the load or the top of piers should be a minimum depth of 4½-feet below the existing site grades. Deep Foundation Lateral Analysis Deep foundation lateral analysis programs such as L-pile will require the following soil parameters for these sites: Lateral Pier Analysis Parameters; Rand Morgan Site D Description C φ γε K E50 0-5 CLAY Neglect 5-28 CLAY 3,300 0 120 1000 0.005 28-42 CLAY 4,200 0 120 2000 0.004 42-48 SAND 0 36 115 225 -- 48-88 CLAY 5,200 0 60 2000 0.004 88-96 SAND 0 36 55 125 --- October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 12 of 18 Where: D = depth (ft) γε = effective unit weight, pcf C = shear strength, psf φ = angle of internal friction, deg. K = modulus of subgrade reaction (pci) E50 = 50% strain value The upper 5-feet of soil below the ground surface should be neglected for the lateral analysis. SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS Concrete Flatwork Construction Considerations The change in moisture content of the plastic clay soils is the primary mechanism resulting in the volumetric changes of the supporting soils. Provisions in the site development should be made in order to maintain relative uniform moisture contents of the supporting soils. A number of measures may be used to attain a reduction in subsoil moisture content variations, thus reducing the soil's shrink/swell volume change potential. Some of these measures are outlined below:  During construction, positive drainage schemes should be implemented to prevent ponding of water on the subgrade.  Positive drainage should be maintained around the structure and flatwork through roof/gutter systems connected to piping or directed to paved surfaces, transmitting water away from the foundation perimeter and flatwork. In addition, positive grades sloping away from the foundation and flatwork should be designed and implemented. We recommend that effective site drainage plans be devised by others prior to commencement of construction to provide positive drainage away from the site improvements and off the site, both during, and after construction.  The top 2-feet of utility trenches should be backfilled with low plasticity clays to assure the trenches do not serve as aqueducts that could transport water beneath the structure and flatwork due to excessive surface water infiltration.  Vegetation placed in landscape beds that are adjacent to the structure and flatwork should be limited to plants and shrubs that will not exceed a mature height of 3-feet. Large bushes and trees should be planted away from the slab foundations and flatwork at a distance that will exceed their full mature height and canopy width.  Individual concrete panels of concrete sitework should be dowelled together to minimize trip hazards as a result of differential movements within the flatwork. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 13 of 18  All efforts should be made to avoid having situations where site flatwork panels are partially supported on properly compacted select fill soils and partially supported on natural in-situ highly plastic soils which will result in differential movement and may also result in a negative slope back to the building causing ponding of water next to the structures. • Pavements should be designed to drain quickly with a minimum positive slope of 1-percent. Planter islands should incorporate a 12-inch clay cap at the surface and the curbs should be designed to prevent moisture from entering the pavement base materials.  In areas where flatwork is planned for construction and extending 5-feet outside the plan area of the flatwork, all surface organics and deleterious materials shall be removed, the upper 12-inches of exposed subgrade soils should be scarified, moisture conditioned to a minimum of 2-percent above the optimum moisture content and then compacted to at least 90-percent and not more than 95-percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). This does not apply to flatwork supporting car or truck traffic. All project features beyond the scope of those discussed above should be planned and designed similarly to attain a region of relatively uniform moisture content within the foundation and flatwork areas. Poor drainage schemes are generally the primary cause of foundation and flatwork problems on clay soils. CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS Drilled, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations Based on observations made in the field, it appears as if temporary steel casing or the slurry method will be required to successfully install straight shaft drilled piers at this site to depths greater than approximately 47-feet. Temporary steel casing will require a competent clay stratum to seal the casing. Competent clay strata for sealing the casing exists from 68 to 85-feet at this site. It may be necessary to overdrive the casing and to utilize casing throughout the pier excavation depth. The cost of temporary steel casing should be included by the drilled pier contractor as a unit price per linear foot of pier installation in the event it is required at this site to successfully install straight shaft drilled piers. Concrete should be readily available on the site and should be placed as soon as possible after all loose material has been removed, the pier excavation inspected and reinforcing steel installed. A relatively high slump concrete mix (6 to 7-inches) is suggested to minimize aggregate segregation caused by the reinforcing steel. Free fall of concrete into the pier excavation is permitted provided the concrete can be placed into the pier excavation without striking the sides of the excavation or hitting the rebar. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 14 of 18 It should be noted that research has shown that free fall concrete guided at the top of the excavation to avoid contact with the sides of the pier excavation and reinforcing steel can drop more than 80-feet without any measurable segregation and the strength of the concrete was not adversely affected as long as the concrete was falling through air. In situations where it is impossible for the concrete to fall freely without striking the rebar cage or sides of the pier excavation the free fall should be limited to 10-feet, or placed with a tremie. Pier excavations should not be allowed to stay open overnight. The success of a drilled pier foundation system is highly dependent upon the expertise of the drilled pier foundation contractor and upon the expedient placement of concrete. A test pier excavation should be performed at the site prior to drilling production piers to verify the drilling subcontractor’s construction methods and to identify any potential installation problems. The RETL Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should be present to witness the installation of all the drilled piers, including the test pier excavations. Drilled with Slurry, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations For deep drilled pier construction at these site, the slurry displacement pier excavation method may be necessary to prevent groundwater and soils from infiltrating into the pier excavation prior to placing reinforcing steel and pier concrete. It is RETL’s opinion that groundwater will be encountered near the 47-foot depth at this site. The foundation contractor can utilize the slurry displacement method of installing straight shaft drilled piers at this site. The slurry displacement method of performing the pier excavation is applicable for any situation requiring casing. It is required if it is not possible to get an adequate water seal with the casing to keep groundwater out of the shaft cavity. Note that it is essential in this method that there is a sufficient slurry head available (or that the slurry density can be increased as needed) so the inside pressure is greater than that from the groundwater table or the tendency of the soil to cave. Bentonite is most commonly used with water to produce the slurry (“bentonite slurry”). Some experimentation may be required to obtain optimum percentage for a site but amounts in the range of 4 to 6-percent by weight are usually adequate. The bentonite should be well mixed with water so that the mixture is not lumpy. The slurry should be capable of forming a filter cake on the shaft wall and to carry the smaller (say, under 6mm) excavated particles in suspension. With the slurry method it is generally desirable to: • Prevent having the slurry in the shaft too long to prevent an excessively thick filter cake which is difficult to displace with concrete during shaft filling. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 15 of 18 • Pump the slurry and screen out the larger soil particles in suspension then the “conditioned” slurry can be returned to the shaft prior to concreting. • Care should be exercised in excavating clay through the slurry so that pulling a large fragment does not cause sufficient negative pore pressure, or suction, to develop and collapse a part of the shaft. W hen the shaft is complete the rebar cage is set in place and a tremie installed (this sequence is usually necessary so that the tremie does not have to be pulled to set the cage and then reinserted-almost certain to produce a slurry film discontinuity in the shaft). Concrete is pumped with great care taken that the tremie is always well submerged in the concrete so a minimum surface area is exposed and contaminated with slurry. Studies have shown that the concrete will adequately displace slurry particles from the rebar cage so a good bond can be obtained, and as previously noted, if the shaft is not open too long the filter cake on the pier wall is reasonably displaced as well. Care must be taken during concrete placement and casing removal to ensure that sufficient concrete head is maintained inside the casing to prevent soil intrusions in the pier concrete. Concrete should be placed as soon as possible after the pier excavation is inspected and reinforcing steel installed. A relatively high slump concrete mix (6 to 7 inches) is recommended. The soils engineer should be present to witness the test pier excavation. The pier excavation should not be allowed to stay open overnight. The successful placement of a pier foundation is dependent on the expertise of the drilled pier foundation contractor. The Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should be present to witness the installation of all of the production piers. Augered, Cast-in-Place, Pile Construction Considerations Successful augered cast-in-place pile installations will depend upon the expertise of the contractor and the techniques used. Whereas this installation can be monitored to determine that the piles are installed in general accordance with the specification, it is not possible to make an absolute determination of the capacity of each individual pile. Therefore, the contractor should be required to guarantee or certify his work and provide sufficient references for similar type projects. Because of the possibility of soil intrusions during auger withdrawal and nonvertical or “dog-leg” piles, the job specifications must be carefully prepared and a continuous inspection of the installation maintained during installation to monitor depths and the amount of concrete pumped versus the rate of auger withdrawal. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 16 of 18 If these piles will be subject to uplift due to wind load and etc., they must be provided with adequate reinforcing steel throughout their length. A single piece of rebar can usually be installed the complete depth of an auger cast-in-place pile. A cage system of rebar can usually be installed after completion of the pile and generally can be pushed to a depth of 10 to 15-feet. Concern over the possibility of defective piles warrants extraordinary efforts during construction to achieve sound piles with the desired physical dimensions to support the proposed loads. RETL recommends that the drilled pier contractor utilize a PIR-A during construction and an automatic pump stroke counter to be recorded after each pile installation and reset prior to commencing construction on the next pile. PIR-A will provide the real time grout factor verses depth to the pile installation contractor so that deficiencies can be addressed prior to completion of the pile. In addition RETL recommends that a minimum of 25-percent of the piles be subjected to PIT testing upon completion of the pile installation program. Provisions for the contractor to address pile deficiencies shall be approved by the project Structural Engineer. Site Preparation In areas where it is necessary to reduce the PVR to 1-inch for shallow soil-supported slabs all soil, vegetation and all loose or excessively organic materials shall be removed to a minimum depth of 4½-feet below the ground surface. The excavation should extend a minimum distance of 5-feet outside the perimeter of the proposed structure and any appurtenances (including porches, attached sidewalks, stoops, etc.). The upper 1-foot of exposed subgrade soil shall be compacted to a minimum density of 95- percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor (ASTM D698) and at, or above, the optimum moisture content. If any soft areas are identified, the soils should be removed and recompacted in place. Upon completion of the subgrade preparations, a minimum of 5½-feet of properly compacted non-expansive select fill soils shall be placed in the excavation in order to achieve the desired finished concrete floor slab elevation a minimum of 1½-feet above the average existing grade at the site during the time of our field investigation. Select fill shall be placed in such a manner to provide a uniform select fill pad thickness supporting the proposed structure. Excavation of grade beams may proceed after placement of the select fill is complete. Select Fill Imported select fill material used at this site shall be homogenous, free from organics, and clay balls, and other deleterious materials and shall have a maximum liquid limit of 40-percent and a plasticity index (PI) between 7 and 18. The select fill soils shall have a minimum of 35-percent passing the #200 sieve and no soil particles exceeding 1½- inches will be permitted. The fill shall be placed in no greater than 8-inch thick loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density of 95-percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by the standard Proctor (ASTM D698), and at, or above, the optimum moisture content. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 17 of 18 Earthwork and Foundation Acceptance Exposure to the environment may weaken the soils at the foundation bearing levels if excavations remain open for long periods of time. Therefore, it is recommended that the foundation excavations be extended to final grade and the foundation be constructed as soon as possible to minimize potential damage to the bearing soils. The foundation bearing levels should be free of loose soil, ponded water or debris and should be observed prior to concreting by the Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative. Foundation concrete should not be placed on soils that have been disturbed by rainfall or seepage. If the bearing soils are softened by surface water intrusion, or by desiccation, the unsuitable soils must be removed and be replaced with properly compacted soils as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. The Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should monitor subgrade preparation. As a guideline, density tests should be performed on the exposed subgrade soils and each subsequent lift of compacted select fill soils at a rate of one test per 3,000 square feet or a minimum of three in-place nuclear tests per testing interval, whichever is greater. Any areas not meeting the required compaction should be recompacted and retested until compliance is met. Utilities Utilities that project through a slab should be designed with either some degree of flexibility, or with sleeves, in order to prevent damage to these lines should vertical movement occur. Expansion Joints Expansion joints should be designed and placed in various portions of the structures. Properly planned placement of these joints will assist in controlling the degree and location of material cracking that normally occurs due to material shrinkage, thermal affects, soil movements and other related structural conditions. GENERAL COMMENTS If significant changes are made in the character or location of the proposed project, a consultation should be arranged to review any changes with respect to the prevailing soil conditions. At that time, it may be necessary to submit supplementary recommendations. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas 18 of 18 It is recommended that the services of RETL be engaged to test and evaluate the soils in the foundation excavations prior to concreting in order to verify that the bearing soils are consistent with those encountered in the borings. RETL cannot accept any responsibility for any conditions that deviate from those described in this report, nor for the performance of the foundations if not engaged to also provide construction observation and testing for this project. If it is required for RETL to accept any liability, then RETL must agree with the plans and perform such observation during construction as we recommend. All sheeting, shoring, and bracing of trenches, pits and excavations should be made the responsibility of the contractor and should comply with all current and applicable local, state and federal safety codes, regulations and practices, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. APPENDIX ROCK ENGINEERING AND TESTING LABORATORY, INC. 6817 LEOPARD STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409 (361) 883-4555 BORING LOCATION PLAN October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Leopard Street and Rand Morgan Road RETL Job No.: G115176B Corpus Christi, Texas N= 10 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ N= 31 N= 50 N= 38 N= 80 N= 43 N= 48 N= 53 N= 50/6 N= 26 N= 62 N= 44 N= 25 N= 42 N= 28 N= 30, 50/5 6 17 17 17 13 19 15 14 7 18 19 23 13 15 22 20 29 18 21 18 22 14 -- SS S-1 SH S-2 SH S-3 SH S-4 SH S-5 SH S-6 SH S-7 SH S-8 SS S-9 SS S-10 SS S-11 SS S-12 SS S-13 SS S-14 SS S-15 SS S-16 SS S-17 SS S-18 SS S-19 SS S-20 SS S-21 SS S-22 SS S-23 62 53 53 6.0 7.4 SANDY LEAN CLAY dark gray, dry, stiff. FAT CLAY, dark gray, moist, hard. (CH) Same as above, brown and gray. Same as above, brown. (CH) Same as above. Same as above. (CH) SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. Same as above. CLAYEY SAND, brown, dry, hard. Same as above, moist. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, very dense. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. Same as above. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, very dense. Same as above. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. Same as above. Same as above, very stiff. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, dense. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. Same as above, hard. Boring was terminated at a depth of 100-feet. 81 79 95 26 87 68 18 50 15 12 17 47 41 36 116 113 LOG OF BORING B-5 SA M P L E N U M B E R PI PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X MO I S T U R E C O N T E N T ( % ) LL LI Q U I D L I M I T FIELD DATA N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE T - POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH CLIENT: PROJECT: LOCATION: NUMBER: SHEET 1 of 1 DRILLING METHOD(S): GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: DATE(S) DRILLED: 8/4/15 - 8/4/15 SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A REMARKS: ATTERBERG LIMITS Hollow Stem Auger/ Mud Rotary Groundwater (GW) was not encountered during dry augering. 24-Hour Delayed Reading: GW at 48-feet and Caved at 48½-feet. Boring location was determined by City of Corpus Christi and boring depth was determined by RETL. Drilling operations were perfomred by RETL at GPS coordinates N 27.8248863° W 97.5471017°. Boring Location: Rand Morgan Site Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 City of Corpus Christi Elevated Water Storage Tanks (E11012) Leopard St and Rand Morgan Rd; Corpus Christi, TX G115176B N: B L O W S / F T P: T O N S / S Q F T T: T O N S / S Q F T PE R C E N T R E C O V E R Y / RO C K Q U A L I T Y D E S I G N A T I O N SA M P L E S LABORATORY DATA CO M P R E S S I V E ST R E N G T H (T O N S / S Q F T ) MI N U S N O . 2 0 0 S I E V E ( % ) DR Y D E N S I T Y PO U N D S / C U . F T DE P T H ( F T ) DESCRIPTION OF STRATUMSO I L S Y M B O L PL A S T I C L I M I T PL LO G _ O F _ B O R I N G G 1 1 5 1 7 6 B E W S T R A N G M O R G A N . G P J R O C K _ E T L . G D T 1 0 / 1 3 / 1 5 N= 7 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ N= 25 N= 29 N= 30 N= 37, 50/3 N= 30 N= 30 N= 28 N= 50/6 P= 4.5+ N= 26 N= 38 P= 3.5 N= 50/4 N= 69 N= 50/6 5 14 16 15 13 15 15 13 10 5 21 4 13 20 19 22 23 23 25 22 13 13 19 SS S-1 SH S-2 SH S-3 SH S-4 SH S-5 SH S-6 SH S-7 SH S-8 SS S-9 SS S-10 SS S-11 SS S-12 SS S-13 SS S-14 SS S-15 SS S-16 SH S-17 SS S-18 SS S-19 SH S-20 SS S-21 SS S-22 SS S-23 54 38 7.2 3.7 0.6 SANDY LEAN CLAY, dark gray, dry, firm. FAT CLAY, dark gray, dry, hard. Same as above, brown. (CH) SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, dry, hard. Same as above. (CL) Same as above, moist. Same as above. Same as above, dry. Same as above, very stiff. SILTY SAND, brown, dry, medium. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. SILTY SAND, brown, dry, very dense. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. Same as above, hard. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. Same as above. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, firm, slickensided. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, very dense. Same as above. Same as above. Boring was terminated at a depth of 100-feet. 84 77 82 77 95 18 14 36 24 119 103 100 LOG OF BORING B-6 SA M P L E N U M B E R PI PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X MO I S T U R E C O N T E N T ( % ) LL LI Q U I D L I M I T FIELD DATA N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE T - POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH CLIENT: PROJECT: LOCATION: NUMBER: SHEET 1 of 1 DRILLING METHOD(S): GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: DATE(S) DRILLED: 8/5/15 - 8/5/15 SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A REMARKS: ATTERBERG LIMITS Hollow Stem Auger/ Mud Rotary Groundwater (GW) encountered at 47½-feet during drilling. 24-Hour Delayed Reading: GW at 47½-feet and Caved at 48-feet. Boring location was determined by City of Corpus Christi and boring depth was determined by RETL. Drilling operations were perfomred by RETL at GPS coordinates N 27.8248478° W 97.5470277°. Boring Location: Rand Morgan Site Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 City of Corpus Christi Elevated Water Storage Tanks (E11012) Leopard St and Rand Morgan Rd; Corpus Christi, TX G115176B N: B L O W S / F T P: T O N S / S Q F T T: T O N S / S Q F T PE R C E N T R E C O V E R Y / RO C K Q U A L I T Y D E S I G N A T I O N SA M P L E S LABORATORY DATA CO M P R E S S I V E ST R E N G T H (T O N S / S Q F T ) MI N U S N O . 2 0 0 S I E V E ( % ) DR Y D E N S I T Y PO U N D S / C U . F T DE P T H ( F T ) DESCRIPTION OF STRATUMSO I L S Y M B O L PL A S T I C L I M I T PL LO G _ O F _ B O R I N G G 1 1 5 1 7 6 B E W S T R A N G M O R G A N . G P J R O C K _ E T L . G D T 1 0 / 1 3 / 1 5 N= 8 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ N= 23 N= 54 N= 47 N= 50/5 N= 50/4 P= 4.5+ N= 33 N= 70 P= 3.0 N= 23 N= 32 N= 29 N= 63 N= 51 N= 50/6 9 16 14 15 11 15 15 15 14 14 22 23 21 14 21 20 20 23 28 18 21 15 19 SS S-1 SH S-2 SH S-3 SH S-4 SH S-5 SH S-6 SH S-7 SH S-8 SS S-9 SS S-10 SS S-11 SS S-12 SS S-13 SH S-14 SS S-15 SS S-16 SH S-17 SS S-18 SS S-19 SS S-20 SS S-21 SS S-22 SS S-23 61 47 42 5.3 5.3 3.9 SANDY LEAN CLAY, dark gray and brown, dry, stiff. FAT CLAY, brown, dry, hard. (CH) LEAN CLAY, brown, dry, hard. Same as above, moist. (CL) Same as above, dry. Same as above, moist. (CL) Same as above. Same as above. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, very stiff. Same as above, hard. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, hard. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, very dense. Same as above. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, hard. Same as above. Same as above. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. Same as above. Same as above, hard. Same as above, very stiff. Same as above, hard. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, with clay traces, very dense. Same as above. Boring was terminated at a depth of 100-feet. 82 78 77 40 34 40 74 75 17 15 15 44 32 27 115 121 102 LOG OF BORING B-7 SA M P L E N U M B E R PI PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X MO I S T U R E C O N T E N T ( % ) LL LI Q U I D L I M I T FIELD DATA N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE T - POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH CLIENT: PROJECT: LOCATION: NUMBER: SHEET 1 of 1 DRILLING METHOD(S): GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: DATE(S) DRILLED: 8/6/15 - 8/6/15 SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A REMARKS: ATTERBERG LIMITS Hollow Stem Auger/ Mud Rotary Groundwater (GW) encountered at 48-feet during drilling. 24-Hour Delayed Reading: GW at 48-feet and Caved at 48½-feet. Boring location was determined by City of Corpus Christi and boring depth was determined by RETL. Drilling operations were perfomred by RETL at GPS coordinates N 27.8249240° W 97.5470271°. Boring Location: Rand Morgan Site Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 City of Corpus Christi Elevated Water Storage Tanks (E11012) Leopard St and Rand Morgan Rd; Corpus Christi, TX G115176B N: B L O W S / F T P: T O N S / S Q F T T: T O N S / S Q F T PE R C E N T R E C O V E R Y / RO C K Q U A L I T Y D E S I G N A T I O N SA M P L E S LABORATORY DATA CO M P R E S S I V E ST R E N G T H (T O N S / S Q F T ) MI N U S N O . 2 0 0 S I E V E ( % ) DR Y D E N S I T Y PO U N D S / C U . F T DE P T H ( F T ) DESCRIPTION OF STRATUMSO I L S Y M B O L PL A S T I C L I M I T PL LO G _ O F _ B O R I N G G 1 1 5 1 7 6 B E W S T R A N G M O R G A N . G P J R O C K _ E T L . G D T 1 0 / 1 3 / 1 5 NO. BLOWS/FT. STANDARD PEN. TEST DESCRIPTIVE TERM NO. BLOWS/FT. STANDARD PEN. TEST DESCRIPTIVE TERM COARSE GRAINED SOILS TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY OF SOIL KEY TO SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND SYMBOLS NAME Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Very Dense SYMBOLS FOR TEST DATA 0 - 4 4 - 10 10 - 30 30 - 50 over 50 Very Soft Soft Firm Stiff Very Stiff Hard < 2 2 - 4 4 - 8 8 - 15 15 - 30 over 30 FINE GRAINED SOILS SAND AND SANDY SOILS SILTS AND CLAYS LL > 50 MAJOR DIVISIONS < 0.25 0.25 - 0.50 0.50 - 1.00 1.00 - 2.00 2.00 - 4.00 over 4.00 UNCONFINED COMPRESSION TONS PER SQ. FT. FINE GRAINED SOILS TERMS CHARACTERIZING SOIL STRUCTURE Silty Sands, Sand-Silt Mixtures Inorganic Clays of low to medium plasticity, Gravelly Clays, Sandy Clays, Silty Clays, Lean Clays Organic Silts and Organic Silt-Clays of low plasticity Inorganic Silts, Micaceous or Diatomaceous fine Sandy or Silty soils, Elastic Silts Inorganic Clays of high plasticity, Fat Clays Organic Clays of medium to high plasticity, Organic Silts Peat and other Highly Organic soils GM SP SC ML CL OL MH CH OH PT COARSE GRAINED SOILS GRAVEL AND GRAVELLY SOILS SILTS AND CLAYS LL < 50 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS Auger Sample SPT Samples Shelby Tube Sample Groundwater Level (Final Reading) Groundwater Level (Initial Reading) Rock Core Poorly Graded Gravels or Gravel-Sand mixtures, little or no fines Silty Gravels, Gravel-Sand-Silt mixtures Well Graded Sands or Gravelly Sands, little or no fines Poorly Graded Sands or Gravelly Sands, little or no fines Clayey Sands, Sand-Clay mixtures Inorganic Silts and very fine Sands, Rock Flour, Silty or Clayey fine Sands or Clayey Silts GW GC SW SM SYMBOL Field Classification for "Consistency" is determined with a 0.25" diameter penetrometer Well Graded Gravels or Gravel-Sand mixtures, little or no fines Clayey Gravels, Gravel-Sand-Clay Mixtures GP Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 SLICKENSIDED - having inclined planes of weakness that are slick and glossy in appearance FISSURED - containing shrinkage cracks, frequently filled with fine sand or silt; usually more or less vertical LAMINATED (VARVED) - composed of thin layers of varying color and texture, usually grading from sand or silt at the bottom to clay at the top CRUMBLY - cohesive soils which break into small blocks or crumbs on drying CALCAREOUS - containing appreciable quantities of calcium carbonate, generally nodular WELL GRADED - having wide range in grain sizes and substantial amounts of all intermediate particle sizes POORLY GRADED - predominantly of one grain size uniformly graded) or having a range of sizes with some intermediate size missing (gap or skip graded) Engineering & Testing Laboratory, Inc. APPENDIX B HOLLY TANK SITE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT December 1, 2015 City of Corpus Christi Capital Programs P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Attention: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E., Director of Capital Programs SUBJECT: SUPPLEMENT No. 1 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION, LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM AND FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Holly Pump Station 4925 Holly Road Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job No. – G115176A Dear Mr. Edmonds, In accordance with a request from Mr. Grady Atkinson, P.E., representing LNV, concerning mat foundations for the subject project , Rock Engineering and Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL), Texas Professional Engineering Firm No. – 2101, is providing this Supplement No. 1. The recommendations provided in this Supplement No. 1 supersede any conflicting recommendations provided in the original report for this project dated October 22, 2015. Background Information RETL understands that the proposed project will include the installation of a mat foundation to support an above-ground pipe support system. The proposed mat is estimated to be on the order of 28-feet by 6-feet by 2-feet. The support system will consist of four evenly spaced supports with an estimated maximum vertical load of approximately 6,000-pounds per support. It is understood that maximum vertical movement for the mat is required to be less than 1 -inch based on structural considerations. December 1, 2015 Supplement No. 1; ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 2 of 3 PVR Discussion The laboratory test results indicate that the subsoils in the active zone at this site are non-plastic to low in plasticity. The maximum calculated total potential vertical rise (PVR) at this site is less than 1-inch for a mat foundation founded approximately 2 to 3-feet below the existing site grade. The PVR was calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX-124E and took into account the depth of the active zone, estimated to extend to a depth of approximately 7-feet, and the Atterberg limits test results of the soils encountered within the active zone. Mat Foundations The above-ground pipe support foundation may be designed as a mat. The recommended net allowable unit bearing pressures for a mat fo undation founded approximately 2 to 3-feet below the existing grade at this location is 1,500 psf. The net allowable bearing pressure provided includes a safety factor of 3 and can be increased by 33-percent for maximum transient loads. The structural designer may utilize a Modulus of Subgrade Reaction (K) of 75 pci for the soils supporting the mat foundation at a depth of 2 to 3-feet. Mats should be reinforced to make them as rigid as possible to resist any slight movements caused by the surrounding soils. The maximum depth for a mat foundation designed using the allowable bearing pressure and sizes provided above is 3-feet. If larger mat dimensions are required, or the mat is required to bear at a depth deeper than the maximum depth provided above, RETL should be provided with the mat depth, dimensions, and loads in order to provide a revised bearing capacity. Mat designed using the net allowable unit soil pressures provided could expect total settlements to be approximately 1-inch and differential settlements to be approximately one half that of the total settlement. In order to minimize the effects of any slight differential movement that may occur due to variations in the character of the supporting soils, it is recommended that the mat be suitably reinforced to make the mat as rigid as possible. December 1, 2015 Supplement No. 1; ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 3 of 3 In areas where a mat foundation will be constructed to support the proposed aboveground pipe support, the existing soil and all loose or excessively organic materials shall be removed to a minimum depth of 2-feet below the ground surface. Foundation excavations may be neat cut with conventional excavation equipme nt, preferably with a smooth-mouthed bucket. If a toothed bucket is used, excavation with this equipment should be stopped 12 -inches above the final grade and the foundation excavation completed with a smooth-mouthed bucket or by hand labor to provide a f irm undisturbed clean bearing surface to support the proposed mat. All debris and loose material in the bottom of the excavation should be re moved prior to steel placement. The exposed subgrade soils shall be compacted to a minimum density of 95 -percent of the maximum dry density of the subgrade soils , as determined by the standard Proctor (ASTM D698), and at, or above the optimum moisture content. It may be beneficial to place a lean concrete seal slab to prevent excessive wetting and desiccation of the subgrade soils at the bearing elevation for the foundation. Site Preparation In areas where a soil-supported mat is to be constructed, soil, vegetation and all loose or excessively organic materials shall be removed to a minimum depth of 2-feet below the ground surface. The excavation is recommended to extend a minimum distance of 5-feet outside the perimeter of the proposed structure and any appurtenances (including porches, attached sidewalks, stoops, etc.). The upper 1 -foot of exposed subgrade soil shall be compacted to a minimum density of 95 -percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor (ASTM D698) and the moisture content shall be maintained at, or above, the optimum moisture content. If any soft areas are identified, the soils should be removed and recompacted in place. Closing Often, because of design and construction details that occur on a project, questions arise concerning soil conditions, and RETL would be pleased to continue its role as Geotechnical Engineer during the project implementation. RETL also has great interest in providing materials testing and observation services during the construction phase of this project. If you will advise us of the appropriate time to discuss these engineering services, we will be pleased to meet with you at your convenience. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please contact us at (361) 883-4555. Sincerely, Brian Geiger, P.E. Geotechnical Engineer October 22, 2015 City of Corpus Christi Capital Programs P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Attention: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E., Director of Capital Programs SUBJECT: SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION, LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM AND FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Holly Pump Station 4925 Holly Road Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job No. – G115176A Dear Mr. Edmonds, In accordance with our agreement, we have conducted a subsurface investigation, laboratory testing program and foundation evaluation for the above referenced project. The results of this investigation, together with our recommendations, are to be found in the accompanying report, one electronic copy of which is being transmitted herewith for your records and distribution to the design team. Often, because of design and construction details that occur on a project, questions arise concerning soil conditions, and Rock Engineering and Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL), Texas Professional Engineering Firm No. – 2101, would be pleased to continue its role as Geotechnical Engineer during the project implementation. RETL also has great interest in providing materials testing and observation services during the construction phase of this project. If you will advise us of the appropriate time to discuss these engineering services, we will be pleased to meet with you at your convenience. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please contact us at (361) 883-4555. Sincerely, Mark C. Rock, P.E. Vice President of Operations SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION, LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM AND FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) HOLLY PUMP STATION 4925 HOLLY ROAD CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RETL REPORT NUMBER: G115176A PREPARED FOR: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CAPITAL PROGRAMS P.O. BOX 9277 CORPUS CHRSITI, TEXAS 78469 OCTOBER 22, 2015 PREPARED BY: ROCK ENGINEERING AND TESTING LABORATORY, INC. 6817 LEOPARD STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78409 PHONE: (361) 883-4555; FAX: (361) 883-4711 TEXAS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING FIRM NO. 2101 Brian J. Geiger, P.E. Mark C. Rock, P.E. Geotechnical Engineer Vice President of Operations 906 370 5196 (Cell) 361 438 8755 (Cell) TABLE OF CONTENTS Page INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................ 1 Authorization ....................................................................................... 1 Purpose and Scope ............................................................................ 1 General ............................................................................................... 1 DESCRIPTION OF SITE ...................................................................................... 2 FIELD EXPLORATION ........................................................................................ 2 Scope ................................................................................................. 2 Drilling and Sampling Procedures ....................................................... 3 Field Tests and Observations ............................................................. 4 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM ................................................................ 4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ............................................................................. 5 General ............................................................................................... 5 Soil Conditions .................................................................................... 5 Seismic Site Class .............................................................................. 6 Groundwater Observations ................................................................. 6 OSHA Soil Type Classification ............................................................ 7 FOUNDATION DISCUSSION .............................................................................. 8 Project Description ............................................................................. 8 PVR Discussion .................................................................................. 8 FOUNDATION TYPES CONSIDERED ................................................................ 9 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................... 9 Drilled Piers ........................................................................................ 9 Deep Foundation Lateral Analysis .................................................... 11 SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS ..................................................................... 11 Concrete Flatwork Construction Considerations ............................... 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Page CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................. 13 Drilled, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations .................. 13 Drilled with Slurry, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations . 13 Augered, Cast-in-Place, Pile Construction Considerations ............... 15 Earthwork and Foundation Acceptance ............................................ 15 Utilities .............................................................................................. 16 Expansion Joints .............................................................................. 16 GENERAL COMMENTS .................................................................................... 16 APPENDIX Boring Location Plan Boring Logs B-1 through B-4 Key to Soil Classifications and Symbols October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 1 of 16 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of a soils exploration, laboratory testing program and foundation analysis for the proposed Elevated Water Storage Tank to be constructed at the existing Holly Pump Station located at 4925 Holly Road in Corpus Christi, Texas. This study was conducted for the City of Corpus Christi. Authorization The work for this project was performed in accordance with RETL proposal number P081214A (Revision No. 1) dated March 16, 2015. The proposal was approved by an executed Agreement provided by the City of Corpus Christi for Elevated Water Storage Tanks (Project No. E11012) dated July 17, 2015. The agreement also included the Rand Morgan Road site which is addressed in RETL Report Number: G115176B. Purpose and Scope The purpose of this exploration was to evaluate the soil and groundwater conditions at the site and to provide foundation recommendations suitable for the proposed project. The scope of the exploration and analysis included the subsurface exploration, field and laboratory testing, engineering analysis and evaluation of the subsurface soils, provision of foundation recommendations and preparation of this report. The scope of services did not include an environmental assessment. Any statements in this report, or on the boring logs, regarding odors, colors, unusual or suspicious items or conditions are strictly for the information of the client. General The exploration and analysis of the subsurface conditions reported herein are considered sufficient in detail and scope to provide foundation recommendations for the proposed project. The information submitted for the proposed project is based on project details provided by LNV Engineering, Inc. and the soil information obtained at the boring locations. If the designers require additional soil parameters to complete the design of the proposed foundation systems and this information can be obtained from the soil data and laboratory tests performed within the scope of work included in our proposal for this project, then RETL will provide the additional information requested as a supplement to this report. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 2 of 16 The Geotechnical Engineer states that the findings, recommendations, specifications, or professional advice contained herein have been presented after being prepared in a manner consistent with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the Geotechnical Engineer’s profession practicing contemporaneously under similar conditions in the locality of the project. RETL operates in general accordance with “Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction, (ASTM D3740).” No other representations are expressed or implied, and no warranty or guarantee is included or intended. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of the City of Corpus Christi for the specific purpose of the Elevated Water Storage Tanks to be constructed at the existing Holly Pump Station located at 4925 Holly Road in Corpus Christi, Texas. DESCRIPTION OF SITE The site is located at 4925 Holly Road in Corpus Christi, Texas. The site is an existing pump station and required special access to enter. Existing structures and pavement associated with the pump station along with above ground utilities and evidence of underground utilities were observed at the site. At the time of our field investigation, the condition of the ground surface was firm and did not pose any significant difficulties to the drill crew moving their equipment. FIELD EXPLORATION Scope The field exploration, to evaluate the engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials, included reconnaissance of the project site, performing the boring operations and obtaining disturbed samples and relatively undisturbed Shelby tube samples. During the sample recovery operations the soils encountered were classified and recorded on the boring logs in accordance with “Standard Guide for Field Logging of Subsurface Exploration of Soil and Rock, (ASTM D5434).” Four borings were performed at this site for the purpose of providing geotechnical information. The table below provides the boring identification, boring location, boring depth, and GPS Coordinates at the boring locations: October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 3 of 16 SUMMARY OF BORING INFORMATION Boring Identification Boring Location Boring Depth (ft) GPS Coordinates B-1 Holly Pump Station 125 N 27.7024418° W 97.3880258° B-2 Holly Pump Station 100 N 27.7024842° W 97.3879463° B-3 Holly Pump Station 100 N 27.7024818° W 97.3881068° B-4 Holly Pump Station 100 N 27.7023593° W 97.3880243° RETL in coordination with LNV Engineering, Inc. determined the scope of the field work. RETL staked the boring locations in the field and performed the drilling operations. Upon completion of the drilling operations and obtaining the groundwater observations, the drill holes were backfilled with excavated soil and the site cleaned as required. A Boring Location Plan is provided with this report. The borings performed for this project were used to determine the classification and strengths of the subgrade soils. This information is provided on the boring logs and includes boring locations, boring depth, soil classification, soil strengths and laboratory test results. The boring logs are included in the Appendix. Drilling and Sampling Procedures The borings were performed using a drilling rig equipped with a rotary head turning hollow stem augers and after groundwater was encountered, mud rotary drilling operations were utilized to complete the borings to the required termination depths. The sampling operations were performed in accordance with the procedures for “Standard Practice for Soil Exploration and Sampling by Auger Borings, (ASTM D1452).” Disturbed soil samples were obtained using split-barrel sampling procedures in general accordance with the procedures for “Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils, (ASTM D1586).” Undisturbed soil samples were obtained using thin-wall tube sampling procedures in accordance with “Thin Walled Tube Sampling of Soils, (ASTM D1587).” The samples obtained by this procedure were extruded by a hydraulic ram and classified in the field. All of the samples were placed in plastic bags, marked according to boring number, depth and any other pertinent field data, stored in special containers and delivered to the laboratory for testing. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 4 of 16 Field Tests and Observations Standard Penetration Tests – During the sampling procedures, standard penetration tests (SPT) were performed to obtain the standard penetration value of the soil at selected intervals. The standard penetration value (N) is defined as the number of blows of a 140-pound hammer, falling 30-inches, required to advance the split-barrel sampler 1-foot into the soil. The sampler is lowered to the bottom of the previously cleaned drill hole and advanced by blows from the hammer. The number of blows is recorded for each of three successive 6-inch penetrations. The “N” value is obtained by adding the second and third 6-inch increment number of blows. The results of standard penetration tests indicate the relative density of cohesionless soils and comparative consistency of cohesive soils, thereby providing a basis for estimating the relative strength and compressibility of the soil profile components. Water Level Observations – Water level observations were obtained during the test boring operations. Water level observations are noted on the boring logs provided in the Appendix. In relatively pervious soils, such as sandy soils, the indicated depths are usually reliable groundwater levels. In relatively impervious soils, a suitable estimate of the groundwater depth may not be possible, even after several days of observation. Seasonal variations, temperature, land-use, proximity to a creek, river or lake and recent rainfall conditions may influence the depth to the groundwater. The amount of water in open boreholes largely depends on the permeability of the soils encountered at the boring locations. Ground Surface Elevations – The ground surface elevations at the boring locations were not provided. Therefore, all depths referred to in this report are measured from the ground surface at the boring locations during the time of our field investigation unless specified otherwise. LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM In addition to the field investigation, a laboratory testing program was conducted to determine additional pertinent engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials necessary in analyzing the behavior of the foundation system for the proposed project. The laboratory testing program included supplementary visual classification (ASTM D2487) and water content tests (ASTM D2216) on all samples. In addition, selected samples were subjected to Atterberg limits tests (ASTM D4318) and percent material finer than the #200 sieve tests (ASTM D1140). The shear strength of selected cohesive soil samples were evaluated from unconfined compressive strength tests (ASTM D2166). The estimated soil strengths were obtained using a hand penetrometer. All phases of the laboratory testing program were conducted in general accordance with applicable ASTM Specifications. The results of these tests are to be found on the accompanying boring logs provided in the Appendix. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 5 of 16 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS General The types of foundation bearing materials encountered in the test borings have been visually classified and are described in detail on the boring logs. The results of the standard penetration tests, strength tests, water level observations and other laboratory tests are presented on the boring logs in numerical form. Representative samples of the soils were placed in polyethylene bags and are now stored in the laboratory for further analysis, if desired. Unless notified to the contrary, all samples will be disposed of three months after issuance of this report. The stratification of the soil, as shown on the boring logs, represents the soil conditions at the actual boring locations. Variations may occur between, or beyond, the boring locations. Lines of demarcation represent the approximate boundary between different soil types, but the transition may be gradual, or not clearly defined. It should be noted that, whereas the test borings were drilled and sampled by experienced drillers, it is sometimes difficult to record changes in stratification within narrow limits. In the absence of foreign substances, it is also difficult to distinguish between discolored soils and clean soil fill. Soil Conditions The soil conditions encountered at the project site have been summarized and soil properties including soil classification, undrained shear strength, angle of internal friction and effective unit weight are provided in the following tables: Soil Profile Table D Generalized Soil Description LL PI C φ γe -#200 N PP 0-7 Sandy Lean CLAY & CLAYEY Sand 25-44 14-29 1,400 0 120 43-54 3-14 1.0-3.75 7-10 Sandy Lean CLAY & CLAYEY Sand 34-48 20-34 750 0 60 37-54 4-10 --- 10-15 Silty SAND --- --- 0 31 55 12 10-27 --- 15-58 Fat/Lean/Sandy Lean CLAY & CLAYEY Sand --- --- 2,300 0 60 67-99 14-40 2.5-4.5+ 58-66 Silty Clayey SAND --- --- 0 36 55 27-34 15-50/6” --- 66-76 Lean/Sandy Lean CLAY & CLAYEY Sand --- --- 3,100 0 60 21 16-40 --- 76-90 Silty SAND --- --- 0 36 55 21-48 26-50/6” --- 90-100 Fat/Lean CLAY --- --- 2,500 0 60 90 16 4.0-4.5+ 100-125 Fat/Lean CLAY --- --- 3,100 0 60 80 17-28 4.5+ October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 6 of 16 Where: D = Depth in feet below existing grade LL = Liquid limit (%) PI = Plasticity index C = Soil Cohesion, psf (undrained) φ = Angle of Internal Friction, deg. (undrained) γe = Effective soil unit weight, pcf -#200 = Percent of soils passing the #200 sieve N = Standard Penetration Test (blows per foot) PP = Pocket Penetrometer value range, tsf Exceptions to the stratigraphy provided in the soil profile tables above were observed. • A stratum of silty sand was encountered at boring location B-3 between the depths of 66-feet to 76-feet and • A stratum of clayey sand was encountered at boring location B-2 between the depths of 80-feet and 84-feet. Detailed descriptions of the soils encountered at the boring locations are provided on the boring logs included in the Appendix. Seismic Site Class As stated on Page 205, Chapter 20, “SITE CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SEISMIC DESIGN” of ASCE/SEI 7-05. Table 20.3-1-Site Classification provides that the soil undrained shear strength for Site Class E soils should have an average Standard Penetration Resistance between less than 15, and an average undrained shear strength between less than 1,000 psf. These soils are present in the upper 100- feet at this site. Therefore, the soils at this site should be classified as Site Class E. Groundwater Observations Groundwater (GW) observations and the depths the borings caved are provided in the following tables: GROUNDWATER (GW) OBSERVATIONS BORING NO. DURING DRILLING DELAYED READING AFTER 24 HOURS B-1 8-feet GW at 7-feet and Caved at 10½-feet B-2 8-feet GW at 7-feet and Caved at 10½-feet B-3 8-feet GW at 7-feet and Caved at 10½-feet B-4 8-feet GW at 7-feet and Caved at 10½-feet October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 7 of 16 Based on observations made in the field and moisture contents obtained in the laboratory, it appears as if the average depth to groundwater at this site is near the 7 to 8-foot depth at the time of our field investigation. It should be noted that water levels in open boreholes may require several hours to several days to stabilize depending on the permeability of the soils and that groundwater levels at this site may be subject to seasonal conditions, recent rainfall, and drought or temperature effects. OSHA Soil Type Classification The table below provides a summary of the OSHA Soil Type Classifications for the soils encountered at the site to the depth of 20-feet at the boring locations: D DESCRIPTION OSHA Soil Type Classification 0-8 Stiff Clay Above Water Table Type B 8-10 Firm Clay Below Water Table Type C 10-15 Sand Below Water Table Type C 15-20 Stiff Clay Below Water Table Type C It should be noted that the contractor’s “responsible person” shall make the final determination of the OSHA Soil Type during excavation of the soils at the jobsite. The maximum allowable slopes during construction for soil OSHA soil types are provided in the following table: GUIDELINES FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES Soil or Rock Type Max. Allow. Slopes for Excavations < Than 20’ Deep Stable Rock Vertical Type A ¾: Horizontal : 1 Vertical Type B 1 Horizontal : 1 Vertical Type C 1½ Horizontal : 1 Vertical Guidelines for maximum allowable slopes were obtained from OSHA documents, but do not take into account any recent revisions or the stability of long term unprotected slopes. Long term unprotected slopes will likely require flatter slopes. The guidelines presented herein for slopes does not imply RETL is taking responsibility for construction site safety, this responsibility falls entirely upon the contractor and his responsible person. RETL is assuming that the contractor will comply with all rules, ordinances and other requirements to comply with safe construction practices. In no case should slope height, slope inclination or excavation depth, including utility trench excavation depth, exceed those specified in local, state, and federal safety regulations. Specifically, the current OSHA Health and Safety Standards for Excavations, 29 CFR Part 1926 should be followed. It is our understanding that these regulations are being strictly enforced and if they are not closely followed, the owner and the contractor could be liable for substantial penalties. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 8 of 16 The contractor's "competent person", as defined in 29 CFR Part 1926, should evaluate the soil exposed in the excavations as part of the contractor's safety procedures. For excavations, including a trench, extending to a depth of more than 20-feet, it will be necessary to have the side slopes designed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. The contractor's "competent person" should establish a minimum lateral distance from the crest of the slope for all vehicles and spoil piles. Likewise, the contractor's "responsible person" should establish protective measures for exposed slope faces. FOUNDATION DISCUSSION Project Description Based on information provided to RETL, the project will include the construction of a 3.0 Million-Gallon Elevated Water Storage Tank at the Holly Pump Station. The anticipated total permanent load is in the order of 33,200 kips and the governing shear load is anticipated in the order of 300 kips. PVR Discussion The laboratory test results indicate that the subsoils in the active zone at the Holly Pump Station site are non-plastic to low in plasticity. The maximum calculated total potential vertical rise (PVR) at this site is less than 1-inch. The PVR was calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX-124E and took into account the depth of the active zone, estimated to extend to a depth of approximately 7-feet, and the Atterberg limits test results of the soils encountered within the active zone. The estimated PVR values provided are based on the floor system applying a sustained surcharge load of approximately 1.0 pound per square inch on the subgrade soils as well as the sustained surcharge load exerted by 1-foot of properly compacted select fill placed at the site to raise the grade 1-foot above the average existing grade at the site resulting in a 6-inch concrete floor slab elevation 1½-feet above the average grade elevation at the site at the time of our field investigation. The value represents the vertical rise that can be experienced by dry subsoils if they are subjected to conditions that allow them to become saturated, such as poor drainage. Using dry soil conditions to calculate the PVR is generally considered the worst case scenario. The actual movement of the subsoils is dependent upon their change in moisture content. Differential vertical movements can potentially be equal to the expected total movements. Worst case scenario can result in differential vertical movements at this site equal to the calculated PVR over a distance equal to the depth of the active zone, within the footprint of a slab-on-grade if dry soil conditions exist and a localized water source such as ponding water or a plumbing leak occurs resulting in non-uniform moisture conditions. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 9 of 16 Given that the PVR is less than 1-inch, a PVR value typically considered acceptable for structures similar to the type being constructed at this site, it is RETL’s opinion that PVR is not a design consideration for the Holly Pump Station site. FOUNDATION TYPES CONSIDERED Due to the relatively shallow groundwater and low soil strengths at this site and based on the proposed structure, RETL recommends that the Elevated Water Storage Tank be supported on deep foundations in an effort to minimize undesirable movements. Drilled Piers – Conventional straight shaft drilled piers can be utilized at this site. Temporary steel casing will be required to install straight shaft drilled piers at this site. Temporary steel casing will require a competent clay stratum to seal the casing. The use of temporary steel casing will likely be required throughout the depth of straight shaft drilled piers during installation. Augered Cast-in-Place Piles – Augered cast-in-place piles are generally most economical when it is necessary to transmit loads through weak, compressible or expansive soils, to and into, strata of high strength soils. These conditions are present at this site, and the use of temporary steel casing is not required for auger cast-in-place pile installations. Therefore, the site conditions and the magnitudes of the typical loads for similar type structures indicate that augered cast-in-place piles would provide a suitable foundation system, providing their installation is carefully monitored. If it essential to demand the highest level of performance from the foundation then RETL recommends utilizing a deep foundation system in conjunction with a structural floor slab. FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS Drilled Piers The soil properties at the sites are suitable for straight shaft drilled piers and auger cast-in-place piles. Straight shaft drilled piers will likely require temporary steel casing or the slurry method of installation below the depth of 7-feet for this site. Temporary steel casing will require a competent clay stratum to seal the casing. A consistent, competent clay stratum for sealing the casing exists near 15 to 56-feet and from 92 to the maximum boring termination depth of 125-feet. For the purpose of this report, the recommendations provided herein for straight shaft drilled piers are also applicable to auger cast-in-place piles except where specifically addressed in the “Auger Cast-in- Place Piles” section provided in the “CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS” section of this report. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 10 of 16 The structural designer can utilize the allowable unit skin friction values for the range in depths included in the following tables for straight shaft drilled piers to resist the axial loads given the strengths of the subsurface soils encountered: ALLOWABLE UNIT SKIN FRICTION VALUES HOLLY PUMP STATION Depth Below Existing Grade (ft) Allowable Unit Skin Friction (psf) 0-5 Neglect 5-15 200 15-58 625 58-90 800 90-100 650 100-120 850 All depths are referenced from the existing ground surface elevations at the boring locations during the time of our field investigation. The allowable unit skin friction values provided above are based on the strengths of the in-situ soils and utilize a safety factor of 2 to prevent shear failure. The maximum termination depth of a straight shaft drilled pier is 120-feet. Resistance to uplift can be calculated by taking 60-percent of the axial capacity of a straight shaft drilled pier when using the unit skin friction values provided in the table above. Deep foundations designed as skin friction elements with a safety factor of a 2 can expect total settlement to be on the order of 0.2-percent of the shaft diameter with differential movement between equally loaded adjacent piers to be approximately half of the total settlement. Straight shaft drilled piers should be spaced no closer than three pier diameters apart measured center to center. Drilled piers at this site should be adequately reinforced with a minimum of 1 percent of the cross-sectional area of the pier shaft throughout the depth of the pier to withstand uplift forces. A soil supported floor slab is subject to vertical movements, as discussed earlier in this report. Even slight differential movements on the order of 1-inch can cause distress. This amount of movement should be understood and addressed during the design phase of the proposed structure planned for construction at this site. The floor system may be either a structural slab or a floating floor slab. A minimum 4- inch void space should be constructed beneath the structural slab and all grade beams spanning between the piers. Grade beams spanning between piers should be structurally connected to the piers. A floating floor slab is permissible provided some differential movement between the slab and foundation is acceptable. A structural slab shall be used in areas that are sensitive to movement. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 11 of 16 Slabs designed to distribute the load or the top of piers should be a minimum depth of 1-foot below the existing site grade. Deep Foundation Lateral Analysis Deep foundation lateral analysis programs such as L-pile will require the following soil parameters for this site: Lateral Pier Analysis Parameters; Holly Pump Station Site D Description C φ γε K E50 0-5 CLAY Neglect 5-7 CLAY 1,400 0 120 500 0.007 7-10 CLAY 750 0 60 100 0.01 10-15 SAND 0 31 55 60 -- 15-58 CLAY 2,300 0 60 1000 0.005 58-66 SAND 0 36 55 125 -- 66-76 CLAY 3,100 0 60 1000 0.005 76-90 SAND 0 36 55 125 -- 90-100 CLAY 2,500 0 60 1000 0.005 100-120 CLAY 3,100 0 60 1000 0.005 Where: D = depth (ft) γε = effective unit weight, pcf C = shear strength, psf φ = angle of internal friction, deg. K = modulus of subgrade reaction (pci) E50 = 50% strain value The upper 5-feet of soil below the ground surface should be neglected for the lateral analysis. SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS Concrete Flatwork Construction Considerations The change in moisture content of the plastic clay soils is the primary mechanism resulting in the volumetric changes of the supporting soils. Provisions in the site development should be made in order to maintain relative uniform moisture contents of the supporting soils. A number of measures may be used to attain a reduction in subsoil moisture content variations, thus reducing the soil’s shrink/swell volume change potential. Some of these measures are outlined below:  During construction, positive drainage schemes should be implemented to prevent ponding of water on the subgrade. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 12 of 16  Positive drainage should be maintained around the structure and flatwork through roof/gutter systems connected to piping or directed to paved surfaces, transmitting water away from the foundation perimeter and flatwork. In addition, positive grades sloping away from the foundation and flatwork should be designed and implemented. We recommend that effective site drainage plans be devised by others prior to commencement of construction to provide positive drainage away from the site improvements and off the site, both during, and after construction.  The top 2-feet of utility trenches should be backfilled with low plasticity clays to assure the trenches do not serve as aqueducts that could transport water beneath the structure and flatwork due to excessive surface water infiltration.  Vegetation placed in landscape beds that are adjacent to the structure and flatwork should be limited to plants and shrubs that will not exceed a mature height of 3-feet. Large bushes and trees should be planted away from the slab foundations and flatwork at a distance that will exceed their full mature height and canopy width.  Individual concrete panels of concrete sitework should be dowelled together to minimize trip hazards as a result of differential movements within the flatwork.  All efforts should be made to avoid having situations where site flatwork panels are partially supported on properly compacted select fill soils and partially supported on natural in-situ highly plastic soils which will result in differential movement and may also result in a negative slope back to the building causing ponding of water next to the structures.  Pavements should be designed to drain quickly with a minimum positive slope of 1-percent. Planter islands should incorporate a 12-inch clay cap at the surface and the curbs should be designed to prevent moisture from entering the pavement base materials.  In areas where flatwork is planned for construction and extending 5-feet outside the plan area of the flatwork, all surface organics and deleterious materials shall be removed, the upper 12-inches of exposed subgrade soils should be scarified, moisture conditioned to a minimum of 2-percent above the optimum moisture content and then compacted to at least 90-percent and not more than 95-percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). This does not apply to flatwork supporting car or truck traffic. All project features beyond the scope of those discussed above should be planned and designed similarly to attain a region of relatively uniform moisture content within the foundation and flatwork areas. Poor drainage schemes are generally the primary cause of foundation and flatwork problems on clay soils. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 13 of 16 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS Drilled, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations Based on observations made in the field, it appears as if temporary steel casing or the slurry method will be required to successfully install straight shaft drilled piers at this site. Temporary steel casing will require a competent clay stratum to seal the casing. Competent clay strata for sealing the casing exists near 15 to 56-feet and from 93 to the maximum boring termination depth of 125-feet. It may be necessary to overdrive the casing and to utilize casing throughout the pier excavation depth. The cost of temporary steel casing should be included by the drilled pier contractor as a unit price per linear foot of pier installation in the event it is required at this site to successfully install straight shaft drilled piers. Concrete should be readily available on the site and should be placed as soon as possible after all loose material has been removed, the pier excavation inspected and reinforcing steel installed. A relatively high slump concrete mix (6 to 7-inches) is suggested to minimize aggregate segregation caused by the reinforcing steel. Free fall of concrete into the pier excavation is permitted provided the concrete can be placed into the pier excavation without striking the sides of the excavation or hitting the rebar. It should be noted that research has shown that free fall concrete guided at the top of the excavation to avoid contact with the sides of the pier excavation and reinforcing steel can drop more than 80-feet without any measurable segregation and the strength of the concrete was not adversely affected as long as the concrete was falling through air. In situations where it is impossible for the concrete to fall freely without striking the rebar cage or sides of the pier excavation the free fall should be limited to 10-feet, or placed with a tremie. Pier excavations should not be allowed to stay open overnight. The success of a drilled pier foundation system is highly dependent upon the expertise of the drilled pier foundation contractor and upon the expedient placement of concrete. A test pier excavation should be performed at the site prior to drilling production piers to verify the drilling subcontractor’s construction methods and to identify any potential installation problems. The RETL Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should be present to witness the installation of all the drilled piers, including the test pier excavations. Drilled with Slurry, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations For deep drilled pier construction at these site, the slurry displacement pier excavation method may be necessary to prevent groundwater and soils from infiltrating into the pier excavation prior to placing reinforcing steel and pier concrete. It is RETL’s opinion that groundwater will be encountered near the 7-foot depth at the project site. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 14 of 16 The foundation contractor can utilize the slurry displacement method of installing straight shaft drilled piers at this site. The slurry displacement method of performing the pier excavation is applicable for any situation requiring casing. It is required if it is not possible to get an adequate water seal with the casing to keep groundwater out of the shaft cavity. Note that it is essential in this method that there is a sufficient slurry head available (or that the slurry density can be increased as needed) so the inside pressure is greater than that from the groundwater table or the tendency of the soil to cave. Bentonite is most commonly used with water to produce the slurry (“bentonite slurry”). Some experimentation may be required to obtain optimum percentage for a site but amounts in the range of 4 to 6-percent by weight are usually adequate. The bentonite should be well mixed with water so that the mixture is not lumpy. The slurry should be capable of forming a filter cake on the shaft wall and to carry the smaller (say, under 6mm) excavated particles in suspension. With the slurry method it is generally desirable to: • Prevent having the slurry in the shaft too long to prevent an excessively thick filter cake which is difficult to displace with concrete during shaft filling. • Pump the slurry and screen out the larger soil particles in suspension then the “conditioned” slurry can be returned to the shaft prior to concreting. • Care should be exercised in excavating clay through the slurry so that pulling a large fragment does not cause sufficient negative pore pressure, or suction, to develop and collapse a part of the shaft. W hen the shaft is complete the rebar cage is set in place and a tremie installed (this sequence is usually necessary so that the tremie does not have to be pulled to set the cage and then reinserted-almost certain to produce a slurry film discontinuity in the shaft). Concrete is pumped with great care taken that the tremie is always well submerged in the concrete so a minimum surface area is exposed and contaminated with slurry. Studies have shown that the concrete will adequately displace slurry particles from the rebar cage so a good bond can be obtained, and as previously noted, if the shaft is not open too long the filter cake on the pier wall is reasonably displaced as well. Care must be taken during concrete placement and casing removal to ensure that sufficient concrete head is maintained inside the casing to prevent soil intrusions in the pier concrete. Concrete should be placed as soon as possible after the pier excavation is inspected and reinforcing steel installed. A relatively high slump concrete mix (6 to 7 inches) is recommended. The soils engineer should be present to witness the test pier excavation. The pier excavation should not be allowed to stay open overnight. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 15 of 16 The successful placement of a pier foundation is dependent on the expertise of the drilled pier foundation contractor. The Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should be present to witness the installation of all of the production piers. Augered, Cast-in-Place, Pile Construction Considerations Successful augered cast-in-place pile installations will depend upon the expertise of the contractor and the techniques used. Whereas this installation can be monitored to determine that the piles are installed in general accordance with the specification, it is not possible to make an absolute determination of the capacity of each individual pile. Therefore, the contractor should be required to guarantee or certify his work and provide sufficient references for similar type projects. Because of the possibility of soil intrusions during auger withdrawal and nonvertical or “dog-leg” piles, the job specifications must be carefully prepared and a continuous inspection of the installation maintained during installation to monitor depths and the amount of concrete pumped versus the rate of auger withdrawal. If these piles will be subject to uplift due to wind load etc., they must be provided with adequate reinforcing steel throughout their length. A single piece of rebar can usually be installed the complete depth of an auger cast-in-place pile. A cage system of rebar can usually be installed after completion of the pile and generally can be pushed to a depth of 10 to 15-feet. Concern over the possibility of defective piles warrants extraordinary efforts during construction to achieve sound piles with the desired physical dimensions to support the proposed loads. RETL recommends that the drilled pier contractor utilize a PIR-A during construction and an automatic pump stroke counter to be recorded after each pile installation and reset prior to commencing construction on the next pile. PIR-A will provide the real time grout factor verses depth to the pile installation contractor so that deficiencies can be addressed prior to completion of the pile. In addition RETL recommends that a minimum of 25-percent of the piles be subjected to PIT testing upon completion of the pile installation program. Provisions for the contractor to address pile deficiencies shall be approved by the project Structural Engineer. Earthwork and Foundation Acceptance Exposure to the environment may weaken the soils at the foundation bearing levels if excavations remain open for long periods of time. Therefore, it is recommended that the foundation excavations be extended to final grade and the foundation be constructed as soon as possible to minimize potential damage to the bearing soils. The foundation bearing levels should be free of loose soil, ponded water or debris and should be observed prior to concreting by the Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative. October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas 16 of 16 Foundation concrete should not be placed on soils that have been disturbed by rainfall or seepage. If the bearing soils are softened by surface water intrusion, or by desiccation, the unsuitable soils must be removed and be replaced with properly compacted soils as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. The Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should monitor subgrade preparation. As a guideline, density tests should be performed on the exposed subgrade soils and each subsequent lift of compacted select fill soils at a rate of one test per 3,000-square feet or a minimum of three in-place nuclear tests per testing interval, whichever is greater. Any areas not meeting the required compaction should be recompacted and retested until compliance is met. Utilities Utilities that project through a floor should be designed with either some degree of flexibility, or with sleeves, in order to prevent damage to these lines should vertical movement occur. Expansion Joints Expansion joints should be designed and placed in various portions of the structure. Properly planned placement of these joints will assist in controlling the degree and location of material cracking that normally occurs due to material shrinkage, thermal affects, soil movements and other related structural conditions. GENERAL COMMENTS If significant changes are made in the character or location of the proposed project, a consultation should be arranged to review any changes with respect to the prevailing soil conditions. At that time, it may be necessary to submit supplementary recommendations. It is recommended that the services of RETL be engaged to test and evaluate the soils in the foundation excavations prior to concreting in order to verify that the bearing soils are consistent with those encountered in the borings. RETL cannot accept any responsibility for any conditions that deviate from those described in this report, nor for the performance of the foundation if not engaged to also provide construction observation and testing for this project. If it is required for RETL to accept any liability, then RETL must agree with the plans and perform such observation during construction as we recommend. All sheeting, shoring, and bracing of trenches, pits and excavations should be made the responsibility of the contractor and should comply with all current and applicable local, state and federal safety codes, regulations and practices, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. APPENDIX ROCK ENGINEERING AND TESTING LABORATORY, INC. 6817 LEOPARD STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409 (361) 883-4555 BORING LOCATION PLAN October 22, 2015 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK (E11012) Attn.: Mr. J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Holly Pump Station: 4925 Holly Road RETL Job No.: G115176A Corpus Christi, Texas N= 12 P= 2.5 P= 1.0 N= 10 N= 14 N= 21 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.0 P= 4.0 P= 4.5+ N= 40 P= 3.75 P= 4.5+ N= 18 N= 42 N= 28 N= 37 N= 26 N= 60 N= 50/6 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ 16 16 18 20 25 23 28 22 23 26 15 24 18 17 20 20 27 15 20 22 22 22 18 SS S-1 SH S-2 SH S-3 SS S-4 SS S-5 SS S-6 SH S-7 SH S-8 SH S-9 SH S-10 SH S-11 SS S-12 SH S-13 SH S-14 SS S-15 SS S-16 SS S-17 SS S-18 SS S-19 SS S-20 SS S-21 SH S-22 SH S-23 33 48 2.3 3.7 2.8 3.8 SANDY LEAN CLAY, dark gray and reddish, moist, stiff. Same as above, brown, very stiff. (CL) CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, stiff. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. (CL) SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium. Same as above. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, hard. Same as above, very stiff, slickensided. Same as above. Same as above. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, hard. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. Same as above, very stiff. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium. Same as above, dense. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, very stiff. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, dense. Same as above, very dense. Same as above. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff, slickensided. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. 52 43 54 12 99 29 25 14 14 19 34 102 109 104 LOG OF BORING B-1 SA M P L E N U M B E R PI PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X MO I S T U R E C O N T E N T ( % ) LL LI Q U I D L I M I T FIELD DATA N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE T - POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH CLIENT: PROJECT: LOCATION: NUMBER: SHEET 1 of 2 DRILLING METHOD(S): GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: DATE(S) DRILLED: 8/17/15 - 8/18/15 SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A REMARKS: ATTERBERG LIMITS Hollow Stem Auger/ Mud Rotary Groundwater (GW) encountered at 8-feet during drilling. 24-Hour Delayed Reading: GW at 7-feet and Caved at 10½-feet. Boring location was determined by City of Corpus Christi and boring depth was determined by RETL. Drilling operations were perfomred by RETL at GPS coordinates N 27.7024418° W 97.3880258°. Boring Location: Holly Pump Station Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 City of Corpus Christi Elevated Water Storage Tanks (E11012) 4925 Holly Road; Corpus Christi, Texas G115176A N: B L O W S / F T P: T O N S / S Q F T T: T O N S / S Q F T PE R C E N T R E C O V E R Y / RO C K Q U A L I T Y D E S I G N A T I O N SA M P L E S LABORATORY DATA CO M P R E S S I V E ST R E N G T H (T O N S / S Q F T ) MI N U S N O . 2 0 0 S I E V E ( % ) DR Y D E N S I T Y PO U N D S / C U . F T DE P T H ( F T ) DESCRIPTION OF STRATUMSO I L S Y M B O L PL A S T I C L I M I T PL LO G _ O F _ B O R I N G G 1 1 5 1 7 6 A E W S T H O L L Y P U M P S T A T I O N . G P J R O C K _ E T L . G D T 1 0 / 1 3 / 1 5 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ N= 17 P= 4.5+ N= 28 13 30 28 13 24 SH S-24 SH S-25 SS S-26 SH S-27 SS S-28 Same as above. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, hard. Same as above, very stiff. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. Boring was terminated a depth of 125-feet. 80 LOG OF BORING B-1 SA M P L E N U M B E R PI PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X MO I S T U R E C O N T E N T ( % ) LL LI Q U I D L I M I T FIELD DATA N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE T - POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH CLIENT: PROJECT: LOCATION: NUMBER: SHEET 2 of 2 DRILLING METHOD(S): GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: DATE(S) DRILLED: 8/17/15 - 8/18/15 REMARKS: ATTERBERG LIMITS Hollow Stem Auger/ Mud Rotary Groundwater (GW) encountered at 8-feet during drilling. 24-Hour Delayed Reading: GW at 7-feet and Caved at 10½-feet. Boring location was determined by City of Corpus Christi and boring depth was determined by RETL. Drilling operations were perfomred by RETL at GPS coordinates N 27.7024418° W 97.3880258°. Boring Location: Holly Pump Station Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 110 120 City of Corpus Christi Elevated Water Storage Tanks (E11012) 4925 Holly Road; Corpus Christi, Texas G115176A N: B L O W S / F T P: T O N S / S Q F T T: T O N S / S Q F T PE R C E N T R E C O V E R Y / RO C K Q U A L I T Y D E S I G N A T I O N SA M P L E S LABORATORY DATA CO M P R E S S I V E ST R E N G T H (T O N S / S Q F T ) MI N U S N O . 2 0 0 S I E V E ( % ) DR Y D E N S I T Y PO U N D S / C U . F T DE P T H ( F T ) DESCRIPTION OF STRATUMSO I L S Y M B O L PL A S T I C L I M I T PL LO G _ O F _ B O R I N G G 1 1 5 1 7 6 A E W S T H O L L Y P U M P S T A T I O N . G P J R O C K _ E T L . G D T 1 0 / 1 3 / 1 5 N= 11 P= 3.0 N= 3 N= 8 N= 12 N= 10 N= 14 P= 2.5 P= 3.5 P= 3.75 P= 4.5 N= 17 P= 4.5 P= 4.5+ N= 17 N= 39 N= 25 N= 47 N= 33 N= 50/6 N= 50/6 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ 14 14 19 18 21 22 27 26 25 25 16 19 17 14 18 24 25 18 20 18 24 23 22 SS S-1 SH S-2 SS S-3 SS S-4 SS S-5 SS S-6 SS S-7 SH S-8 SH S-9 SH S-10 SH S-11 SS S-12 SH S-13 SH S-14 SS S-15 SS S-16 SS S-17 SS S-18 SS S-19 SS S-20 SS S-21 SH S-22 SH S-23 32 34 3.3 6.4 SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. Same as above, very stiff. Same as above, soft. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, firm. (SC) SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium. Same as above. FAT CLAY, greenish gray, moist, stiff. Same as above, brown, very stiff. Same as above, stiff, slickensided. Same as above, very stiff. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. Same as above, very stiff. Same as above. Same as above, hard. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, stiff. Same as above, hard. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, hard. SILTY CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, dense. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, hard. SILTY CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, very dense. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, hard. Same as above. Boring was terminated at a depth of 100-feet. 54 41 93 68 34 21 48 90 12 14 20 20 108 LOG OF BORING B-2 SA M P L E N U M B E R PI PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X MO I S T U R E C O N T E N T ( % ) LL LI Q U I D L I M I T FIELD DATA N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE T - POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH CLIENT: PROJECT: LOCATION: NUMBER: SHEET 1 of 1 DRILLING METHOD(S): GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: DATE(S) DRILLED: 8/16/15 - 8/17/15 SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A REMARKS: ATTERBERG LIMITS Hollow Stem Auger/ Mud Rotary Groundwater (GW) encountered at 8-feet during drilling. 24-Hour Delayed Reading: GW at 7-feet and Caved at 10½-feet. Boring location was determined by City of Corpus Christi and boring depth was determined by RETL. Drilling operations were perfomred by RETL at GPS coordinates N 27.7024842° W 97.3879463°. Tv= 1.0 tsf, c= 2,000 psf Boring Location: Holly Pump Station Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 City of Corpus Christi Elevated Water Storage Tanks (E11012) 4925 Holly Road; Corpus Christi, Texas G115176A N: B L O W S / F T P: T O N S / S Q F T T: T O N S / S Q F T PE R C E N T R E C O V E R Y / RO C K Q U A L I T Y D E S I G N A T I O N SA M P L E S LABORATORY DATA CO M P R E S S I V E ST R E N G T H (T O N S / S Q F T ) MI N U S N O . 2 0 0 S I E V E ( % ) DR Y D E N S I T Y PO U N D S / C U . F T DE P T H ( F T ) DESCRIPTION OF STRATUMSO I L S Y M B O L PL A S T I C L I M I T PL LO G _ O F _ B O R I N G G 1 1 5 1 7 6 A E W S T H O L L Y P U M P S T A T I O N . G P J R O C K _ E T L . G D T 1 0 / 1 3 / 1 5 N= 14 P= 2.5 P= 1.0 N= 7 N= 27 N= 21 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ P= 4.0 P= 4.5+ P= 3.0 N= 14 P= 4.5+ P= 0.5 N= 16 N= 24 N= 40 N= 31 N= 27, 50/6 N= 44 P= 4.0 N= 16 5 18 18 24 21 25 28 24 26 28 17 21 23 22 19 25 23 16 21 22 30 29 24 SS S-1 SH S-2 SH S-3 SS S-4 SS S-5 SS S-6 SH S-7 SH S-8 SH S-9 SH S-10 SH S-11 SH S-12 SS S-13 SH S-14 SH S-15 SS S-16 SS S-17 SS S-18 SS S-19 SS S-20 SS S-21 SH S-22 SS S-23 33 42 1.3 1.1 4.0 2.1 CLAYEY SAND, dark gray, dry, stiff. Same as above, brown, moist, very stiff. (SC) Same as above, stiff. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, firm. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, very stiff. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, stiff, slickensided. Same as above, hard. Same as above. Same as above, very stiff. SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. Same as above, very stiff. Same as above, stiff. (CL) Same as above, very stiff. Same as above, soft. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium. Same as above. Same as above, dense. Same as above. Same as above, very dense. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, hard. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff, slickensided. Same as above. Boring was terminated at a depth of 100-feet. 48 47 52 67 30 21 13 15 20 27 98 118 106 92 LOG OF BORING B-3 SA M P L E N U M B E R PI PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X MO I S T U R E C O N T E N T ( % ) LL LI Q U I D L I M I T FIELD DATA N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE T - POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH CLIENT: PROJECT: LOCATION: NUMBER: SHEET 1 of 1 DRILLING METHOD(S): GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: DATE(S) DRILLED: 8/13/15 - 8/14/15 SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A REMARKS: ATTERBERG LIMITS Hollow Stem Auger/ Mud Rotary Groundwater (GW) encountered at 8-feet during drilling. 24-Hour Delayed Reading: GW at 7-feet and Caved at 10½-feet. Boring location was determined by City of Corpus Christi and boring depth was determined by RETL. Drilling operations were perfomred by RETL at GPS coordinates N 27.7024818° W 97.3881068°. Boring Location: Holly Pump Station Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 City of Corpus Christi Elevated Water Storage Tanks (E11012) 4925 Holly Road; Corpus Christi, Texas G115176A N: B L O W S / F T P: T O N S / S Q F T T: T O N S / S Q F T PE R C E N T R E C O V E R Y / RO C K Q U A L I T Y D E S I G N A T I O N SA M P L E S LABORATORY DATA CO M P R E S S I V E ST R E N G T H (T O N S / S Q F T ) MI N U S N O . 2 0 0 S I E V E ( % ) DR Y D E N S I T Y PO U N D S / C U . F T DE P T H ( F T ) DESCRIPTION OF STRATUMSO I L S Y M B O L PL A S T I C L I M I T PL LO G _ O F _ B O R I N G G 1 1 5 1 7 6 A E W S T H O L L Y P U M P S T A T I O N . G P J R O C K _ E T L . G D T 1 0 / 1 3 / 1 5 N= 8 P= 3.75 N= 5 N= 4 N= 10 N= 23 P= 3.5 P= 3.5 P= 3.5 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ N= 19 P= 1.5 P= 4.5+ N= 15 N= 28 N= 27 N= 38 N= 30 N= 49 N= 50/6 P= 4.5+ P= 4.5+ 16 13 22 21 22 24 24 25 24 26 24 35 22 19 21 21 20 16 17 22 28 15 SS S-1 SH S-2 SS S-3 SS S-4 SS S-5 SS S-6 SH S-7 SH S-8 SH S-9 SH S-10 SH S-11 SS S-12 SH S-13 SH S-14 SS S-15 SS S-16 SS S-17 SS S-18 SS S-19 SS S-20 SS S-21 SH S-22 SH S-23 40 25 1.4 2.6 2.3 SANDY LEAN CLAY, dark gray, moist, stiff. Same as above, brown, very stiff. CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, firm. Same as above. Same as above, stiff. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium. FAT CLAY, greenish gray, moist, very stiff. Same as above, brown. Same as above, stiff, slickensided. Same as above, hard. Same as above, very stiff, slickensided. Same as above. Same as above, stiff. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium. Same as above. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, very stiff. Same as above, hard. Same as above, very stiff. SILTY SAND, brown, moist, dense. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. FAT CLAY, brown, moist, hard. LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. Boring was terminated at a depth of 100-feet. 43 37 27 23 11 11 29 14 97 104 106 LOG OF BORING B-4 SA M P L E N U M B E R PI PL A S T I C I T Y I N D E X MO I S T U R E C O N T E N T ( % ) LL LI Q U I D L I M I T FIELD DATA N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE T - POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH CLIENT: PROJECT: LOCATION: NUMBER: SHEET 1 of 1 DRILLING METHOD(S): GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: DATE(S) DRILLED: 8/18/15 - 8/18/15 SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A REMARKS: ATTERBERG LIMITS Hollow Stem Auger/ Mud Rotary Groundwater (GW) encountered at 8-feet during drilling. 24-Hour Delayed Reading: GW at 7-feet and Caved at 10½-feet. Boring location was determined by City of Corpus Christi and boring depth was determined by RETL. Drilling operations were perfomred by RETL at GPS coordinates N 27.7023593° W 97.3880243°. Boring Location: Holly Pump Station Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 City of Corpus Christi Elevated Water Storage Tanks (E11012) 4925 Holly Road; Corpus Christi, Texas G115176A N: B L O W S / F T P: T O N S / S Q F T T: T O N S / S Q F T PE R C E N T R E C O V E R Y / RO C K Q U A L I T Y D E S I G N A T I O N SA M P L E S LABORATORY DATA CO M P R E S S I V E ST R E N G T H (T O N S / S Q F T ) MI N U S N O . 2 0 0 S I E V E ( % ) DR Y D E N S I T Y PO U N D S / C U . F T DE P T H ( F T ) DESCRIPTION OF STRATUMSO I L S Y M B O L PL A S T I C L I M I T PL LO G _ O F _ B O R I N G G 1 1 5 1 7 6 A E W S T H O L L Y P U M P S T A T I O N . G P J R O C K _ E T L . G D T 1 0 / 1 3 / 1 5 NO. BLOWS/FT. STANDARD PEN. TEST DESCRIPTIVE TERM NO. BLOWS/FT. STANDARD PEN. TEST DESCRIPTIVE TERM COARSE GRAINED SOILS TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY OF SOIL KEY TO SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND SYMBOLS NAME Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Very Dense SYMBOLS FOR TEST DATA 0 - 4 4 - 10 10 - 30 30 - 50 over 50 Very Soft Soft Firm Stiff Very Stiff Hard < 2 2 - 4 4 - 8 8 - 15 15 - 30 over 30 FINE GRAINED SOILS SAND AND SANDY SOILS SILTS AND CLAYS LL > 50 MAJOR DIVISIONS < 0.25 0.25 - 0.50 0.50 - 1.00 1.00 - 2.00 2.00 - 4.00 over 4.00 UNCONFINED COMPRESSION TONS PER SQ. FT. FINE GRAINED SOILS TERMS CHARACTERIZING SOIL STRUCTURE Silty Sands, Sand-Silt Mixtures Inorganic Clays of low to medium plasticity, Gravelly Clays, Sandy Clays, Silty Clays, Lean Clays Organic Silts and Organic Silt-Clays of low plasticity Inorganic Silts, Micaceous or Diatomaceous fine Sandy or Silty soils, Elastic Silts Inorganic Clays of high plasticity, Fat Clays Organic Clays of medium to high plasticity, Organic Silts Peat and other Highly Organic soils GM SP SC ML CL OL MH CH OH PT COARSE GRAINED SOILS GRAVEL AND GRAVELLY SOILS SILTS AND CLAYS LL < 50 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS Auger Sample SPT Samples Shelby Tube Sample Groundwater Level (Final Reading) Groundwater Level (Initial Reading) Rock Core Poorly Graded Gravels or Gravel-Sand mixtures, little or no fines Silty Gravels, Gravel-Sand-Silt mixtures Well Graded Sands or Gravelly Sands, little or no fines Poorly Graded Sands or Gravelly Sands, little or no fines Clayey Sands, Sand-Clay mixtures Inorganic Silts and very fine Sands, Rock Flour, Silty or Clayey fine Sands or Clayey Silts GW GC SW SM SYMBOL Field Classification for "Consistency" is determined with a 0.25" diameter penetrometer Well Graded Gravels or Gravel-Sand mixtures, little or no fines Clayey Gravels, Gravel-Sand-Clay Mixtures GP Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 Fax: 361-883-4711 SLICKENSIDED - having inclined planes of weakness that are slick and glossy in appearance FISSURED - containing shrinkage cracks, frequently filled with fine sand or silt; usually more or less vertical LAMINATED (VARVED) - composed of thin layers of varying color and texture, usually grading from sand or silt at the bottom to clay at the top CRUMBLY - cohesive soils which break into small blocks or crumbs on drying CALCAREOUS - containing appreciable quantities of calcium carbonate, generally nodular WELL GRADED - having wide range in grain sizes and substantial amounts of all intermediate particle sizes POORLY GRADED - predominantly of one grain size uniformly graded) or having a range of sizes with some intermediate size missing (gap or skip graded) Engineering & Testing Laboratory, Inc. APPENDIX C RAND MORGAN TANK SITE RADIUS REPORT Radius Report Satellite view Target Property: Leopard at Rand Morgan 9359 LEOPARD ST CORPUS CHRISTI, Nueces County, Texas 78409 Prepared For: LNV Engineering Order #: 45873 Job #: 100218 Project #: 90024.003.2 Date: 01/27/2015 0 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property Summary 1 Database Findings Summary 2 Locatable Database Findings 6 Radius Map 1 10 Radius Map 2 11 Ortho Map 12 Topographic Map 13 Report Summary of Locatable Sites 14 Unlocatable Summary 90 Environmental Records Definitions 92 Unlocatable Report See Attachment Zip Report See Attachment Disclaimer This report was designed by GeoSearch to meet or exceed the records search requirements of the All Appropriate Inquires Rule (40 CFR §312.26) and the current version of the ASTM International E1527, Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process or, if applicable, the custom requirements requested by the entity that ordered this report. The records and databases of records used to compile this report were collected from various federal,state and local governmental entities. It is the goal of GeoSearch to meet or exceed the 40 CFR §312.26 and E1527 requirements for updating records by using the best available technology. GeoSearch contacts the appropriate governmental entities on a recurring basis. Depending on the frequency with which a record source or database of records is updated by the governmental entity, the data used to prepare this report may be updated monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. The information provided in this report was obtained from a variety of public sources. GeoSearch cannot ensure and makes no warranty or representation as to the accuracy, reliability, quality, errors occurring from data conversion or the customer's interpretation of this report. This report was made by GeoSearch for exclusive use by its clients only. Therefore, this report may not contain sufficient information for other purposes or parties. GeoSearch and its partners, employees, officers And independent contractors cannot be held liable For actual, incidental, consequential, special or exemplary damages suffered by a customer resulting directly or indirectly from any information provided by GeoSearch. www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERALEnvironmental Records Definitions - STATE (TX)Environmental Records Definitions - TRIBALTable of Contents Leopard at Rand Morgan 9359 LEOPARD ST CORPUS CHRISTI, Nueces County, Texas 78409 USGS Quadrangle: Annaville, TX Target Property Geometry: Area Target Property Longitude(s)/Latitude(s): (-97.547677, 27.825537), (-97.547572, 27.825624), (-97.546647, 27.825200), (-97.546652, 27.824649), (-97.547693, 27.824652), (-97.547677, 27.825537) County/Parish Covered: Nueces (TX) Zipcode(s) Covered: Corpus Christi TX: 78409, 78410 State(s) Covered: TX *Target property is located in Radon Zone 3. Zone 3 areas have a predicted average indoor radon screening level less than 2 pCi/L (picocuries per liter). This report may have unlocatable records. Please see the Unlocatables Report, attached to this file. 1 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property Summary FEDERAL LISTING Database Acronym Locatable Unlocatable Search Radius (miles) AEROMETRIC INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM / AIR FACILITY SUBSYSTEM AIRSAFS 0 0 TP/AP BIENNIAL REPORTING SYSTEM BRS 0 1 TP/AP CLANDESTINE DRUG LABORATORY LOCATIONS CDL 0 0 TP/AP EPA DOCKET DATA DOCKETS 0 0 TP/AP FEDERAL ENGINEERING INSTITUTIONAL CONTROL SITES EC 0 0 TP/AP EMERGENCY RESPONSE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM ERNSTX 0 0 TP/AP FACILITY REGISTRY SYSTEM FRSTX 0 1 TP/AP HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENT REPORTING SYSTEM HMIRSR06 0 0 TP/AP INTEGRATED COMPLIANCE INFORMATION SYSTEM (FORMERLY DOCKETS) ICIS 0 0 TP/AP INTEGRATED COMPLIANCE INFORMATION SYSTEM NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM ICISNPDES 0 0 TP/AP LAND USE CONTROL INFORMATION SYSTEM LUCIS 0 0 TP/AP MATERIAL LICENSING TRACKING SYSTEM MLTS 0 0 TP/AP NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM NPDESR06 0 0 TP/AP PCB ACTIVITY DATABASE SYSTEM PADS 0 0 TP/AP PERMIT COMPLIANCE SYSTEM PCSR06 0 0 TP/AP RCRA SITES WITH CONTROLS RCRASC 0 0 TP/AP CERCLIS LIENS SFLIENS 0 0 TP/AP SECTION SEVEN TRACKING SYSTEM SSTS 0 0 TP/AP TOXICS RELEASE INVENTORY TRI 0 0 TP/AP TOXIC SUBSTANCE CONTROL ACT INVENTORY TSCA 0 0 TP/AP NO LONGER REGULATED RCRA GENERATOR FACILITIES NLRRCRAG 0 0 0.1250 RESOURCE CONSERVATION & RECOVERY ACT - GENERATOR FACILITIES RCRAGR06 0 1 0.1250 HISTORICAL GAS STATIONS HISTPST 0 0 0.2500 BROWNFIELDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BF 0 0 0.5000 COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION & LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM CERCLIS 0 0 0.5000 DELISTED NATIONAL PRIORITIES LIST DNPL 0 0 0.5000 NO FURTHER REMEDIAL ACTION PLANNED SITES NFRAP 0 0 0.5000 NO LONGER REGULATED RCRA NON-CORRACTS TSD FACILITIES NLRRCRAT 0 0 0.5000 OPEN DUMP INVENTORY ODI 0 0 0.5000 RESOURCE CONSERVATION & RECOVERY ACT - TREATMENT, STORAGE & DISPOSAL FACILITIES RCRAT 0 1 0.5000 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE SITES DOD 0 0 1.0000 FORMERLY USED DEFENSE SITES FUDS 0 0 1.0000 2 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings Summary Database Acronym Locatable Unlocatable Search Radius (miles) NO LONGER REGULATED RCRA CORRECTIVE ACTION FACILITIES NLRRCRAC 0 0 1.0000 NATIONAL PRIORITIES LIST NPL 0 0 1.0000 PROPOSED NATIONAL PRIORITIES LIST PNPL 0 0 1.0000 RESOURCE CONSERVATION & RECOVERY ACT - CORRECTIVE ACTION FACILITIES RCRAC 2 0 1.0000 RECORD OF DECISION SYSTEM RODS 0 0 1.0000 SUB-TOTAL 2 4 3 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings Summary STATE (TX) LISTING Database Acronym Locatable Unlocatable Search Radius (miles) GROUNDWATER CONTAMINATION CASES GWCC 0 0 TP/AP HISTORIC GROUNDWATER CONTAMINATION CASES HISTGWCC 0 0 TP/AP TCEQ LIENS LIENS 0 0 TP/AP MUNICIPAL SETTING DESIGNATIONS MSD 0 0 TP/AP NOTICE OF VIOLATIONS NOV 0 0 TP/AP STATE INSTITUTIONAL/ENGINEERING CONTROL SITES SIEC01 0 0 TP/AP SPILLS LISTING SPILLS 0 0 TP/AP TIER I I CHEMICAL REPORTING PROGRAM FACILITIES TIERII 0 0 TP/AP DRY CLEANER REGISTRATION DATABASE DCR 0 0 0.2500 INDUSTRIAL AND HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES IHW 1 0 0.2500 PERMITTED INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES PIHW 0 0 0.2500 PETROLEUM STORAGE TANKS PST 4 0 0.2500 AFFECTED PROPERTY ASSESSMENT REPORTS APAR 0 0 0.5000 BROWNFIELDS SITE ASSESSMENTS BSA 0 0 0.5000 CLOSED & ABANDONED LANDFILL INVENTORY CALF 0 0 0.5000 DRY CLEANER REMEDIATION PROGRAM SITES DCRPS 0 0 0.5000 INNOCENT OWNER / OPERATOR DATABASE IOP 0 0 0.5000 LEAKING PETROLEUM STORAGE TANKS LPST 4 0 0.5000 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE LANDFILL SITES MSWLF 0 0 0.5000 RAILROAD COMMISSION VCP AND BROWNFIELD SITES RRCVCP 0 0 0.5000 RADIOACTIVE WASTE SITES RWS 0 0 0.5000 VOLUNTARY CLEANUP PROGRAM SITES VCP 0 0 0.5000 RECYCLING FACILITIES WMRF 0 0 0.5000 INDUSTRIAL AND HAZARDOUS WASTE CORRECTIVE ACTION SITES IHWCA 4 1 1.0000 STATE SUPERFUND SITES SF 0 0 1.0000 SUB-TOTAL 13 1 4 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings Summary TRIBAL LISTING Database Acronym Locatable Unlocatable Search Radius (miles) UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS ON TRIBAL LANDS USTR06 0 0 0.2500 LEAKING UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS ON TRIBAL LANDS LUSTR06 0 0 0.5000 OPEN DUMP INVENTORY ON TRIBAL LANDS ODINDIAN 0 0 0.5000 INDIAN RESERVATIONS INDIANRES 0 0 1.0000 SUB-TOTAL 0 0 TOTAL 15 5 5 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings Summary FEDERAL LISTING Acronym Search Radius (miles) TP/AP (0 - 0.02) 1/8 Mile (> TP/AP) 1/4 Mile (> 1/8) 1/2 Mile (> 1/4) 1 Mile (> 1/2)> 1 Mile Total AIRSAFS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 BRS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 CDL 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 DOCKETS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 EC 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 ERNSTX 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 FRSTX 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 HMIRSR06 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 ICIS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 ICISNPDES 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 LUCIS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 MLTS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 NPDESR06 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 PADS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 PCSR06 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 RCRASC 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 SFLIENS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 SSTS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 TRI 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 TSCA 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 NLRRCRAG 0.1250 0 NS NS NS NS 0 RCRAGR06 0.1250 0 NS NS NS NS 0 HISTPST 0.2500 0 0 NS NS NS 0 BF 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 CERCLIS 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 DNPL 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 NFRAP 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 NLRRCRAT 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 ODI 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 RCRAT 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 DOD 1.0000 0 0 0 0 NS 0 FUDS 1.0000 0 0 0 0 NS 0 NLRRCRAC 1.0000 0 0 0 0 NS 0 NPL 1.0000 0 0 0 0 NS 0 PNPL 1.0000 0 0 0 0 NS 0 RCRAC 1.0000 0 0 0 2 NS 2 6 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database Findings Acronym Search Radius (miles) TP/AP (0 - 0.02) 1/8 Mile (> TP/AP) 1/4 Mile (> 1/8) 1/2 Mile (> 1/4) 1 Mile (> 1/2)> 1 Mile Total RODS 1.0000 0 0 0 0 NS 0 SUB-TOTAL 0 0 0 2 0 2 7 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database Findings STATE (TX) LISTING Acronym Search Radius (miles) TP/AP (0 - 0.02) 1/8 Mile (> TP/AP) 1/4 Mile (> 1/8) 1/2 Mile (> 1/4) 1 Mile (> 1/2)> 1 Mile Total GWCC 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 HISTGWCC 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 LIENS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 MSD 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 NOV 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 SIEC01 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 SPILLS 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 TIERII 0.0200 NS NS NS NS NS 0 DCR 0.2500 0 0 NS NS NS 0 IHW 0.2500 1 0 NS NS NS 1 PIHW 0.2500 0 0 NS NS NS 0 PST 0.2500 2 2 NS NS NS 4 APAR 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 BSA 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 CALF 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 DCRPS 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 IOP 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 LPST 0.5000 2 1 1 NS NS 4 MSWLF 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 RRCVCP 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 RWS 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 VCP 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 WMRF 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 IHWCA 1.0000 0 0 0 4 NS 4 SF 1.0000 0 0 0 0 NS 0 SUB-TOTAL 5 3 1 4 0 13 8 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database Findings TRIBAL LISTING Acronym Search Radius (miles) TP/AP (0 - 0.02) 1/8 Mile (> TP/AP) 1/4 Mile (> 1/8) 1/2 Mile (> 1/4) 1 Mile (> 1/2)> 1 Mile Total USTR06 0.2500 0 0 NS NS NS 0 LUSTR06 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 ODINDIAN 0.5000 0 0 0 NS NS 0 INDIANRES 1.0000 0 0 0 0 NS 0 SUB-TOTAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 TOTAL 0 5 3 1 6 0 15 NOTES: NS = NOT SEARCHED TP/AP = TARGET PROPERTY/ADJACENT PROPERTY 9 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database Findings .2 Click here to access Satellite view 10 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsRadius Map 1 .3 Click here to access Satellite view 11 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsRadius Map 2 .4 Click here to access Satellite view 12 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsOrtho Map .5 Click here to access Satellite view 13 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsTopographic Map Map ID# Database Name Site ID#Distance From Site Site Name Address City, Zip Code PAGE # 1 PST 28704 0.04 N STRIPES 7130 9360 LEOPARD ST CORPUS CHRISTI, 78409 15 1 LPST 0028704 0.04 N COASTAL MAVERICK 3130 9360 LEOPARD CORPUS CHRISTI, 78409 27 2 PST 54023 0.1 N J R VIOLA CLEANERS WAREHOUSE 2426 RAND MORGAN RD CORPUS CHRISTI, 78410 36 2 LPST 0054023 0.1 N J R VIOLA CLEANERS WAREHOUSE 2426 RAND MORGAN CORPUS CHRISTI, 78410 40 3 IHW 88050 0.1 SE CON CAN 9225 LEOPARD ST CORPUS CHRISTI, 78409 43 4 PST 77966 0.15 NW CON CAN CONSTRUCTION 9522 LEOPARD ST CORPUS CHRISTI, 78410 44 5 PST 48916 0.24 S FIRE 2120 RAND MORGAN RD CORPUS CHRISTI, 78410 46 5 LPST 0048916 0.24 S FIRE STATION NO 12 2120 RAND MORGAN RD CORPUS CHRISTI, 78410 48 6 LPST 0032941 0.47 NW DIAMOND SHARMROCK 00137 9702 LEOPARD CORPUS CHRISTI, 78410 50 7 RCRAC TXD069450278 0.74 SE CELANESE 1901 N CLARKWOOD RD CORPUS CHRISTI, 78409 57 7 IHWCA 30483 0.74 SE CORPUS CHRISTI TECHNICAL CENTER 1901 N CLARKWOOD RD CORPUS CHRISTI, 78409 70 8 IHWCA T3121 0.82 E KOCH PIPELINE 8606 IH 37 CORPUS CHRISTI, 78409 71 8 IHWCA T3010 0.82 E KOCH PIPELINE JEFFERSON COUNTY 8606 IH 37 CORPUS CHRISTI, 78409 72 9 RCRAC TXD088474663 0.9 NE FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WES 2825 SUNTIDE RD CORPUS CHRISTI, 78409 73 9 IHWCA 30529 0.9 NE FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WES 2825 SUNTIDE RD CORPUS CHRISTI, 78409 90 14 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable Sites MAP ID# 1 Distance from Property: 0.04 mi. N FACILITY INFORMATION CONTACT INFORMATION ID#: 28704 NAME: RICK MENDOZA NAME: STRIPES 7130 TITLE: NOT REPORTED ADDRESS: 9360 LEOPARD ST ORGANIZATION: STRIPES 7130 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409-2507 MAIL ADDRESS: MAILING ADDRESS NOT REPORTED COUNTY: NUECES CITY NOT REPORTED REGION: 14 PHONE: (361) 6938889 TYPE: RETAIL BEGIN DATE: 01/01/80 STATUS: ACTIVE EXEMPT STATUS: NO RECORDS OFF-SITE: YES NUMBER OF ACTIVE UNDERGROUND TANKS: 2 NUMBER OF ACTIVE ABOVEGROUND TANKS: NOT REPORTED APPLICATION INFORMATION: RECEIVED DATE ON EARLIEST REGISTRATION FORM: 05/20/14 SIGNATURE DATE ON EARLIEST REGISTRATION FORM: 04/30/14 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG SCOTTON, NOT REPORTED ENFORCEMENT ACTION DATE: NOT REPORTED OWNER OWNER NUMBER: CN603241563 NAME: STRIPES LLC CONTACT ADDRESS: 4525 AYERS ST CORPUS CHRISTI TX 78415 TYPE: CORPORATION/COMPANY BEGIN DATE: 09/24/2001 CONTACT ROLE: OWNCON CONTACT NAME: NOT REPORTED CONTACT TITLE: NOT REPORTED ORGANIZATION: STRIPES LLC PHONE: NOT REPORTED FAX: NOT REPORTED EMAIL: NOT REPORTED OPERATOR OPERATOR NUMBER: CN603241563 NAME: STRIPES LLC CONTACT ADDRESS: 4525 AYERS ST CORPUS CHRISTI TX 78415 TYPE: CORPORATION/COMPANY BEGIN DATE: 09/24/01 CONTACT ROLE: OPRCON CONTACT NAME: MICHAEL CHOATE CONTACT TITLE: DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION 15 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) ORGANIZATION: STRIPES LLC PHONE: (361) 6938828 FAX: NOT REPORTED EMAIL: MCHOATE@SUSSER.COM SELF-CERTIFICATION SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 236588 SIGNATURE DATE: 04/30/14 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG SCOTTON, DIR OF PET SERV FILING STATUS: AMENDMENT REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 229098 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/23/13 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG E SCOTTON, ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGE FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73179 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/12/12 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG E SCOTTON, DIRECTOR OF PETROLEU FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73178 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/15/11 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG E SCOTTON, ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGE FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73177 SIGNATURE DATE: 01/10/11 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG E SCOTTON, SR. DIR. PETROLEUM FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73176 SIGNATURE DATE: 01/11/10 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG E SCOTTON, DIRECTOR PETROLEUM M FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73175 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/11/08 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG E SCOTTON, DIRECTOR OF PETROLEU FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73174 SIGNATURE DATE: 01/16/08 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG E SCOTTON, DIRECTOR PETROLEUM M FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73173 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/22/06 16 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: CRAIG E SCOTTON, DIRECTOR PETROLEUM M FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73172 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/19/05 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: ROBERT MUIR, V.P. FACILITIES MGMT FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73171 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/30/04 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: ROBERT MUIR, V.P. FACILITIES MGMT FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73170 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/11/03 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: ROBERT MUIR, V.P FACILITIES MGMT. FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73169 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/20/02 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: RED KLUCK, ENVIRO MGR FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73168 SIGNATURE DATE: 12/14/01 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: RED KLUCK, ENVIRO MGR FILING STATUS: RENEWAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73167 SIGNATURE DATE: 10/16/01 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: RED KLUCK, ENVIRO MGR FILING STATUS: INITIAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES SELF-CERTIFICATION ID: 73166 SIGNATURE DATE: 01/16/01 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: JOHN R LEFTWICH, VP FILING STATUS: INITIAL REGISTRATION FLAG: YES CONSTRUCTION NOTIFICATION NOTIFICATION CONSTRUCTION ID: 25506 APPLICATION RECEIVED DATE: 03/28/14 SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION DATE: 04/28/14 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION: REMOVE CURRENT UST SYSTEM AND INSTALL A NEW UST SYSTEM WITH ASSOCIATED PIPING. NOTIFICATION CONSTRUCTION ID: 6870 APPLICATION RECEIVED DATE: 02/20/13 SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION DATE: 02/21/13 17 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION: REPLACE THE SHEAR VALVES ON DISPENSER 7/8 (UNLEADED AND PREMIUM) NOTIFICATION CONSTRUCTION ID: 6871 APPLICATION RECEIVED DATE: 10/05/11 SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION DATE: 10/06/11 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION: REPAIR BOND WIRE TO UST 1. UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK TANK ID: 1 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76185 TANK ID: 1 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE,FLOW RESTRICTOR VALUE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE 18 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) TANK ID: 1 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76185 TANK ID: 1 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 2 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: 19 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76186 TANK ID: 2 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: VAPOR MONITORING,AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE,FLOW RESTRICTOR VALUE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 2 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE 20 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76186 TANK ID: 2 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: VAPOR MONITORING SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 3 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76187 TANK ID: 3 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT 21 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE,FLOW RESTRICTOR VALUE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 3 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76187 TANK ID: 3 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: DIESEL OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES 22 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 4 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 2 INSTALLATION DATE: 04/25/2014 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/20/2014 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 20000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/25/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL NONMETTALIC JACKET EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 187145 TANK ID: 4 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 14000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,INTERSTITIAL MONITORING WITHIN SECONDARY WALL/JACKET,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 4 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 2 INSTALLATION DATE: 04/25/2014 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/20/2014 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 20000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/25/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES 23 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL NONMETTALIC JACKET EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 187146 TANK ID: 4 COMPARTMENT LETTER: B SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 6000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,INTERSTITIAL MONITORING WITHIN SECONDARY WALL/JACKET,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 5 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 2 INSTALLATION DATE: 04/25/2014 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/20/2014 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 20000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/25/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL NONMETTALIC JACKET EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG 24 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 187147 TANK ID: 5 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 8000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,INTERSTITIAL MONITORING WITHIN SECONDARY WALL/JACKET,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 5 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 2 INSTALLATION DATE: 04/25/2014 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/20/2014 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 20000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/25/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL NONMETTALIC JACKET EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 187148 TANK ID: 5 COMPARTMENT LETTER: B SUBSTANCES: DIESEL OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED 25 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,INTERSTITIAL MONITORING WITHIN SECONDARY WALL/JACKET,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK INFORMATION NO ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY Back to Report Summary 26 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST) MAP ID# 1 Distance from Property: 0.04 mi. N FACILITY INFORMATION Geosearch ID: 0028704 FACILITY ID: 0028704 NAME: COASTAL MAVERICK 3130 ADDRESS: 9360 LEOPARD CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409 FACILITY DETAILS LPST ID#: 101248 NAME: COASTAL MAVERICK 3130 FACILITY LOCATION: 9360 LEOPARD PRIORITY CODE: (4.1) GROUNDWATER IMPACTED, NO APPARENT THREATES OR IMPACTS TO RECEPTORS STATUS CODE: (6A) FINAL CONCURRENCE ISSUED, CASE CLOSED REPORTED DATE: 12/13/91 ENTERED DATE: 12/20/91 PRP INFORMATION NAME: COASTAL MART INC ADDRESS: 1001 LOUISIANA HOUSTON TX 77002 CONTACT: DAVID W ZUVANICH PHONE: 713/420-3414 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK TANK ID: 1 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76185 TANK ID: 1 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A 27 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE,FLOW RESTRICTOR VALUE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 1 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76185 TANK ID: 1 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) 28 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 2 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76186 TANK ID: 2 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: VAPOR MONITORING,AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE,FLOW RESTRICTOR VALUE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 2 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 29 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76186 TANK ID: 2 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: VAPOR MONITORING SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 3 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL 30 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76187 TANK ID: 3 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE,FLOW RESTRICTOR VALUE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 3 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/23/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS 31 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) UST COMPARTMENT ID: 76187 TANK ID: 3 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: DIESEL OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 10000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 4 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 2 INSTALLATION DATE: 04/25/2014 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/20/2014 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 20000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/25/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL NONMETTALIC JACKET EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 187145 TANK ID: 4 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 14000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,INTERSTITIAL MONITORING WITHIN SECONDARY WALL/JACKET,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE 32 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 4 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 2 INSTALLATION DATE: 04/25/2014 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/20/2014 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 20000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/25/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL NONMETTALIC JACKET EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 187146 TANK ID: 4 COMPARTMENT LETTER: B SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 6000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,INTERSTITIAL MONITORING WITHIN SECONDARY WALL/JACKET,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG 33 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 5 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 2 INSTALLATION DATE: 04/25/2014 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/20/2014 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 20000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/25/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL NONMETTALIC JACKET EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 187147 TANK ID: 5 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 8000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,INTERSTITIAL MONITORING WITHIN SECONDARY WALL/JACKET,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 5 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 2 INSTALLATION DATE: 04/25/2014 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/20/2014 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 20000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 04/25/2014 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES 34 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL NONMETTALIC JACKET EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 187148 TANK ID: 5 COMPARTMENT LETTER: B SUBSTANCES: DIESEL OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGE TEST & INVENTORY CONTROL,INTERSTITIAL MONITORING WITHIN SECONDARY WALL/JACKET,SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,DELIVERY SHUT-OFF VALVE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK INFORMATION NO ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY Back to Report Summary 35 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) MAP ID# 2 Distance from Property: 0.10 mi. N FACILITY INFORMATION CONTACT INFORMATION ID#: 54023 NAME: J R VIOLA NAME: J R VIOLA CLEANERS WAREHOUSE TITLE: OWNER ADDRESS: 2426 RAND MORGAN RD ORGANIZATION: J R VIOLA CLEANERS WAREHOUSE CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78410-1540 MAIL ADDRESS: MAILING ADDRESS NOT REPORTED COUNTY: NUECES CITY NOT REPORTED REGION: 14 PHONE: (512) 9932465 TYPE: OTHER BEGIN DATE: 06/13/90 STATUS: INACTIVE EXEMPT STATUS: NO RECORDS OFF-SITE: NO NUMBER OF ACTIVE UNDERGROUND TANKS: NOT REPORTED NUMBER OF ACTIVE ABOVEGROUND TANKS: NOT REPORTED APPLICATION INFORMATION: RECEIVED DATE ON EARLIEST REGISTRATION FORM: 06/08/90 SIGNATURE DATE ON EARLIEST REGISTRATION FORM: 06/05/90 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: J R VIOLA, OWNER ENFORCEMENT ACTION DATE: NOT REPORTED OWNER OWNER NUMBER: CN600957831 NAME: VIOLA J R CONTACT ADDRESS: OWNER ADDRESS NOT REPORTED CITY NOT REPORTED TYPE: ORGANIZATION BEGIN DATE: 06/13/1990 CONTACT ROLE: NOT REPORTED CONTACT NAME: NOT REPORTED CONTACT TITLE: NOT REPORTED ORGANIZATION: NOT REPORTED PHONE: NOT REPORTED FAX: NOT REPORTED EMAIL: NOT REPORTED OPERATOR NO OPERATOR INFORMATION REPORTED SELF-CERTIFICATION -NO SELF-CERTIFICATION INFORMATION REPORTED- CONSTRUCTION NOTIFICATION NO CONSTRUCTION NOTIFICATION DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK TANK ID: 1 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1972 REGISTRATION DATE: 06/08/1990 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 8000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY 36 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST) STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 07/14/1989 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 129174 TANK ID: 1 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 8000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 2 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1972 REGISTRATION DATE: 06/08/1990 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 4000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 07/14/1989 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED 37 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 129173 TANK ID: 2 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 4000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 3 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1972 REGISTRATION DATE: 06/08/1990 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 4000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 07/14/1989 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 129172 TANK ID: 3 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE 38 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST) OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 4000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK INFORMATION NO ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY Back to Report Summary 39 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST) MAP ID# 2 Distance from Property: 0.10 mi. N FACILITY INFORMATION Geosearch ID: 0054023 FACILITY ID: 0054023 NAME: J R VIOLA CLEANERS WAREHOUSE ADDRESS: 2426 RAND MORGAN CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78410 FACILITY DETAILS LPST ID#: 093579 NAME: J R VIOLA CLEANERS WAREHOUSE FACILITY LOCATION: 2426 RAND MORGAN PRIORITY CODE: (4A) SOIL CONTAMINATION ONLY, REQUIRES FULL SITE ASSESSMENT & REMEDIAL ACTION PLAN (RAP) STATUS CODE: (6A) FINAL CONCURRENCE ISSUED, CASE CLOSED REPORTED DATE: 08/04/89 ENTERED DATE: 09/13/89 PRP INFORMATION NAME: VIOLA J R ADDRESS: 5505 SARATOGA CORPUS CHRISTI TX 78413 CONTACT: J R VIOLA PHONE: 512/993-2465 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK TANK ID: 1 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1972 REGISTRATION DATE: 06/08/1990 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 8000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 07/14/1989 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 129174 TANK ID: 1 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A 40 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 8000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 2 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1972 REGISTRATION DATE: 06/08/1990 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 4000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 07/14/1989 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 129173 TANK ID: 2 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 4000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: 41 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 3 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1972 REGISTRATION DATE: 06/08/1990 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 4000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 07/14/1989 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 129172 TANK ID: 3 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 4000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: EXTERNAL DIELECTRIC COATING/LAMINATE/TAPE/WRAP PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK INFORMATION NO ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY Back to Report Summary 42 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) MAP ID# 3 Distance from Property: 0.10 mi. SE FACILITY INFORMATION OWNER INFORMATION REGISTRATION#: 88050 EPA ID: TXR000076422 NAME: CON CAN TNRCC ID #: 120621 ADDRESS: 9225 LEOPARD ST NAME: CON CAN CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409 ADDRESS: 9225 LEOPARD ST PHONE: 1-361-2419669 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409 CONTACT: BRIAN MITCHELL PHONE: 361-2419669 BUSINESS DESCRIPTION: NON-HAZARDOUS WASTE COLLECTION - SOLID INDUSTRIAL WASTE PERMIT #: NOT REPORTED MUNICIPAL WASTE PERMIT #: NOT REPORTED SIC CODE: NOT REPORTED WASTE GENERATOR: NO WASTE RECEIVER: NO WASTE TRANSPORTER: YES TRANSFER FACILITY: NO MAQUILADORA (MEXICAN FACILITY): NO STATUS: ACTIVE AMOUNT OF WASTE GENERATED: NOT REPORTED GENERATOR TYPE: NOT REPORTED THIS FACILITY IS A NOTIFIER THIS FACILITY IS NOT A STEERS REPORTER - (STATE OF TEXAS ENVIRONMENTAL ELECTRONIC REPORTING SYSTEM) THIS FACILITY IS NOT REQUIRED TO SUBMIT AN ANNUAL WASTE SUMMARY REPORT THIS FACILITY IS NOT INVOLVED IN RECYCLING ACTIVITIES LAST UPDATE TO TRACS (TCEQ REGULATORY ACTIVITIES AND COMPLIANCE SYSTEM): 10/10/2006 ACTIVITIES ACTIVITY TYPE: UNKNOWN ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION: NOT REPORTED WASTE NO RECORDS Back to Report Summary 43 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW) MAP ID# 4 Distance from Property: 0.15 mi. NW FACILITY INFORMATION CONTACT INFORMATION ID#: 77966 NAME: BRIAN MITCHELL NAME: CON CAN CONSTRUCTION TITLE: OWNER ADDRESS: 9522 LEOPARD ST ORGANIZATION: CON CAN CONSTRUCTION CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78410-1606 MAIL ADDRESS: MAILING ADDRESS NOT REPORTED COUNTY: NUECES CITY NOT REPORTED REGION: 14 PHONE: (361) 2411001 TYPE: FLEET REFUELING BEGIN DATE: 08/31/87 STATUS: ACTIVE EXEMPT STATUS: NO RECORDS OFF-SITE: NO NUMBER OF ACTIVE UNDERGROUND TANKS: NOT REPORTED NUMBER OF ACTIVE ABOVEGROUND TANKS: 1 APPLICATION INFORMATION: RECEIVED DATE ON EARLIEST REGISTRATION FORM: 05/11/06 SIGNATURE DATE ON EARLIEST REGISTRATION FORM: 04/10/06 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: LES SHOOK, OWNER ENFORCEMENT ACTION DATE: NOT REPORTED OWNER OWNER NUMBER: CN602284838 NAME: KAPALUA FUEL & MARINE SERVICES INC CONTACT ADDRESS: OWNER ADDRESS NOT REPORTED CITY NOT REPORTED TYPE: CORPORATION/COMPANY BEGIN DATE: 08/31/1987 CONTACT ROLE: NOT REPORTED CONTACT NAME: NOT REPORTED CONTACT TITLE: NOT REPORTED ORGANIZATION: NOT REPORTED PHONE: NOT REPORTED FAX: NOT REPORTED EMAIL: NOT REPORTED OPERATOR OPERATOR NUMBER: CN603308966 NAME: MITCHELL CONTACT ADDRESS: OPERATOR ADDRESS NOT REPORTED CITY NOT REPORTED TYPE: INDIVIDUAL BEGIN DATE: 04/10/06 CONTACT ROLE: NOT REPORTED CONTACT NAME: NOT REPORTED CONTACT TITLE: NOT REPORTED 44 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST) ORGANIZATION: NOT REPORTED PHONE: NOT REPORTED FAX: NOT REPORTED EMAIL: NOT REPORTED SELF-CERTIFICATION -NO SELF-CERTIFICATION INFORMATION REPORTED- CONSTRUCTION NOTIFICATION NO CONSTRUCTION NOTIFICATION DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK NO UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK INFORMATION AST ID #: 206657 MULTIPLE COMPARTMENT FLAG: NO TANK ID: 1 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/11/06 INSTALLATION DATE: 09/01/05 STATUS BEGIN DATE: 09/01/05 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 6000 REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED STATUS: IN USE SUBSTANCES: DIESEL MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION STEEL: NO CORRUGATED METAL: NO FIBERGLASS: NO CONCRETE: YES ALUMINIUM: NO CONTAINMENT EARTHEN DIKE: NO CONCRETE: NO CONTAINMENT LINER: NO NONE: YES STAGE I VAPOR RECOVERY: EXEMPT BY TCEQ RULE STAGE I INSTALLATION DATE: NOT REPORTED Back to Report Summary 45 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST) MAP ID# 5 Distance from Property: 0.24 mi. S FACILITY INFORMATION CONTACT INFORMATION ID#: 48916 NAME: NOT REPORTED NAME: FIRE TITLE: NOT REPORTED ADDRESS: 2120 RAND MORGAN RD ORGANIZATION: FIRE CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78410-1334 MAIL ADDRESS: MAILING ADDRESS NOT REPORTED COUNTY: NUECES CITY NOT REPORTED REGION: 14 PHONE: (512) 8528683 TYPE: UNKNOWN BEGIN DATE: 08/18/89 STATUS: INACTIVE EXEMPT STATUS: NO RECORDS OFF-SITE: NO NUMBER OF ACTIVE UNDERGROUND TANKS: NOT REPORTED NUMBER OF ACTIVE ABOVEGROUND TANKS: NOT REPORTED APPLICATION INFORMATION: RECEIVED DATE ON EARLIEST REGISTRATION FORM: 08/15/89 SIGNATURE DATE ON EARLIEST REGISTRATION FORM: 08/10/89 SIGNATURE NAME & TITLE: SAME, SAME ENFORCEMENT ACTION DATE: NOT REPORTED OWNER OWNER NUMBER: CN600131858 NAME: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTACT ADDRESS: OWNER ADDRESS NOT REPORTED CITY NOT REPORTED TYPE: OTHER GOVERNMENT BEGIN DATE: 08/18/1989 CONTACT ROLE: NOT REPORTED CONTACT NAME: NOT REPORTED CONTACT TITLE: NOT REPORTED ORGANIZATION: NOT REPORTED PHONE: NOT REPORTED FAX: NOT REPORTED EMAIL: NOT REPORTED OPERATOR NO OPERATOR INFORMATION REPORTED SELF-CERTIFICATION -NO SELF-CERTIFICATION INFORMATION REPORTED- CONSTRUCTION NOTIFICATION NO CONSTRUCTION NOTIFICATION DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK TANK ID: 1128 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1969 REGISTRATION DATE: 08/15/1989 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 550 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY 46 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST) STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 12/20/1990 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 63391 TANK ID: 1128 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 550 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK INFORMATION NO ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY Back to Report Summary 47 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST) MAP ID# 5 Distance from Property: 0.24 mi. S FACILITY INFORMATION Geosearch ID: 0048916 FACILITY ID: 0048916 NAME: FIRE STATION NO 12 ADDRESS: 2120 RAND MORGAN RD CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78410 FACILITY DETAILS LPST ID#: 097614 NAME: FIRE STATION NO 12 FACILITY LOCATION: 2120 RAND MORGAN RD PRIORITY CODE: (4A) SOIL CONTAMINATION ONLY, REQUIRES FULL SITE ASSESSMENT & REMEDIAL ACTION PLAN (RAP) STATUS CODE: (6A) FINAL CONCURRENCE ISSUED, CASE CLOSED REPORTED DATE: 12/28/90 ENTERED DATE: 01/02/91 PRP INFORMATION NAME: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI ADDRESS: PO BOX 9277 CORPUS CHRISTI TX 78469 CONTACT: JAMES DODSON PHONE: 512/880-3412 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK TANK ID: 1128 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1969 REGISTRATION DATE: 08/15/1989 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 550 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 12/20/1990 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 63391 TANK ID: 1128 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A 48 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 550 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK INFORMATION NO ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY Back to Report Summary 49 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) MAP ID# 6 Distance from Property: 0.47 mi. NW FACILITY INFORMATION Geosearch ID: 0032941 FACILITY ID: 0032941 NAME: DIAMOND SHARMROCK 00137 ADDRESS: 9702 LEOPARD CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78410 FACILITY DETAILS LPST ID#: 094249 NAME: DIAMOND SHARMROCK 00137 FACILITY LOCATION: 9702 LEOPARD PRIORITY CODE: (4A) SOIL CONTAMINATION ONLY, REQUIRES FULL SITE ASSESSMENT & REMEDIAL ACTION PLAN (RAP) STATUS CODE: (6A) FINAL CONCURRENCE ISSUED, CASE CLOSED REPORTED DATE: 11/17/89 ENTERED DATE: 01/08/90 PRP INFORMATION NAME: DIAMOND SHAMROCK REF & MKTG CO ADDRESS: PO BOX 696000 SAN ANTONIO TX 78269 CONTACT: LYN HOLMES PHONE: 512/641-8869 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK TANK ID: 1 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 11/01/1989 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 11/01/1989 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: COMPOSITE CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 99908 TANK ID: 1 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A 50 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FLOW RESTRICTOR VALUE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 1A NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 08/31/1987 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 3000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 08/31/1987 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 99902 TANK ID: 1A COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 3000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED 51 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 2 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 11/01/1989 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 11/01/1989 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: COMPOSITE CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 99907 TANK ID: 2 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FLOW RESTRICTOR VALUE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 2A NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 08/31/1987 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 6000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY 52 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 08/31/1987 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 99903 TANK ID: 2A COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 6000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 3 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 12/01/1989 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: IN USE STATUS BEGIN DATE: 12/01/1989 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: YES TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: YES TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: COMPOSITE CORROSION PROTECTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION - FIELD INSTALLATION 53 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 99906 TANK ID: 3 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: SIR (STAT. INVENTORY RECONCILIATION) & INVENTORY CONTROL SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: TIGHT-FILL FITTING CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FACTORY - BUILT SPILL CONTAINER/BUCKET/SUMP,FLOW RESTRICTOR VALUE PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: FRP TANK OR PIPING (NONCORRODIBLE) PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: YES CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 3A NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 08/31/1987 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 6000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 08/31/1987 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 99905 TANK ID: 3A COMPARTMENT LETTER: A 54 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 6000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE TANK ID: 4 NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS: 1 INSTALLATION DATE: 01/01/1980 REGISTRATION DATE: 05/08/1986 TANK CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 EMPTY TANK: NOT EMPTY STATUS: REMOVED FROM GROUND STATUS BEGIN DATE: 01/01/1980 INTERNAL PROTECTION DATE: NOT REPORTED REGULATORY STATUS: FULLY REGULATED TANK DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO TANK DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN SINGLE WALL: NO PIPE DESIGN DOUBLE WALL: NO TANK DETAILS MATERIAL: STEEL CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED TANK COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE COMPARTMENT DETAILS UST COMPARTMENT ID: 99904 TANK ID: 4 COMPARTMENT LETTER: A SUBSTANCES: GASOLINE OTHER SUBSTANCES: NOT REPORTED CAPACITY (GAL): 12000 COMPARTMENT RELEASE DETECTION: NOT REPORTED SPILL CONTAINMENT AND OVERFILL PREVENTION: NOT REPORTED PIPING SYSTEMS MATERIAL: FRP CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED EXTERNAL CONTAINMENT: NOT REPORTED CONNECTORS & VALVES: 55 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) NOT REPORTED CORROSION PROTECTION: NOT REPORTED PIPE COMPLIANCE FLAG CORROSION PROTECTION COMPLIANCE FLAG: NO CORROSION PROTECTION VARIANCE: NO VARIANCE ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK INFORMATION NO ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK DATA REPORTED FOR THIS FACILITY Back to Report Summary 56 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST) MAP ID# 7 Distance from Property: 0.74 mi. SE FACILITY INFORMATION EPA ID#: TXD069450278 OWNER TYPE: PRIVATE NAME: CELANESE OWNER NAME: CELANESE LTD ADDRESS: 1901 N CLARKWOOD RD OPERATOR TYPE: PRIVATE CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409-2417 OPERATOR NAME: CELANESE LTD CONTACT NAME: KEN ROBERTS CONTACT ADDRESS: PO BOX 428 BISHOP TX 783430428 CONTACT PHONE: 361-584-6570 NON-NOTIFIER: NOT A NON-NOTIFIER DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 05/13/2014 CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION NAME:CERTIFICATION TITLE:CERTIFICATION SIGNED DATE: KEN ROBERTS EHSA TEAM LEADER 05/13/2014 KEN ROBERTS EHSA TEAM LEADER 03/28/2014 TAMMY ROBERTS SR ENVIRONMENTA 01/15/2008 KEN ROBERTS SR ENVIRONMENTA 11/06/2007 KEN ROBERTS UNKNOWN 11/29/2005 KEN ROBERTS AUTHORIZEDAGENT 03/01/2004 KEN ROBERTS AUTHORIZEDAGENT 03/01/2002 KEN ROBERTS AUTHORIZED COMP 01/25/2000 KEN ROBERTS AUTHORIZED AGNT 01/25/1998 GARY E WILLIAMS V.P.,TECH&BUS 02/17/1994 HANK E KIEFFER TECH DIR-CCTC 02/17/1992 INDUSTRY CLASSIFICATION (NAICS) 32511 - PETROCHEMICAL MANUFACTURING 325188 - ALL OTHER BASIC INORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING 325199 - ALL OTHER BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING SITE HISTORY (INCLUDES GENERATORS AND NON-GENERATORS) DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 05/13/2014 NAME: CELANESE GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/28/2014 NAME: CELANESE GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/15/2008 NAME: CELANESE LTD GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: NOT A GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 11/06/2007 NAME: CELANESE LTD GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: NOT A GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 11/29/2005 NAME: CELANESE LTD 57 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: NOT A GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/2004 NAME: CELANESE LTD GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 04/08/2002 NAME: CELANESE LTD GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/2002 NAME: CELANESE LTD GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/25/2000 NAME: CELANESE LTD. GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/31/1998 NAME: CELANESE LTD GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/25/1998 NAME: CELANESE LTD. GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/1996 NAME: HOECHST CELANESE CORPORATION GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 02/17/1994 NAME: HOECHST CELANESE CORPORATION GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 02/17/1992 NAME: HOECHST CELANESE CORP - CORPUS CHRISTI GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/1990 NAME: HOECHST CELANESE CORP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR CURRENT ACTIVITY INFORMATION GENERATOR STATUS: LARGE QUANTITY GENERATOR LAST UPDATED DATE: 05/20/2014 SUBJECT TO CORRECTIVE ACTION UNIVERSE: YES TDSFs POTENTIALLY SUBJECT TO CORRECTIVE ACTION UNDER 3004 (u)/(v) UNIVERSE: YES TDSFs ONLY SUBJECT TO CORRECTIVE ACTION UNDER DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITIES UNIVERSE: NO NON TSDFs WHERE RCRA CORRECTIVE ACTION HAS BEEN IMPOSED UNIVERSE: NO CORRECTIVE ACTION WORKLOAD UNIVERSE: YES IMPORTER: NO UNDERGROUND INJECTION: NO MIXED WASTE GENERATOR: NO UNIVERSAL WASTE DESTINATION FACILITY: NO RECYCLER: NO TRANSFER FACILITY: NO TRANSPORTER: NO USED OIL FUEL BURNER: NO ONSITE BURNER EXEMPTION: NO USED OIL PROCESSOR: NO FURNACE EXEMPTION: NO USED OIL FUEL MARKETER TO BURNER: NO USED OIL REFINER: NO SPECIFICATION USED OIL MARKETER: NO 58 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) USED OIL TRANSFER FACILITY: NO USED OIL TRANSPORTER: NO COMPLIANCE, MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT INFORMATION EVALUATIONS 05/13/2014 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 01/28/2008 GME GROUNDWATER MONITORING EVALUATION 04/16/2007 FRR FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 09/14/2006 FCI FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTION 11/14/2002 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 01/31/2000 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 01/14/1999 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 01/26/1998 GME GROUNDWATER MONITORING EVALUATION 05/23/1997 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 01/25/1996 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 06/08/1995 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 01/06/1995 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 03/26/1993 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 07/17/1992 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 01/06/1992 OAM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSPECTION 05/02/1991 CAC CORRECTIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE EVALUATION 05/02/1991 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 02/15/1990 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 06/01/1989 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 03/02/1989 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 02/13/1989 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 01/24/1989 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 12/07/1988 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 11/14/1988 FCI FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTION 11/14/1988 GME GROUNDWATER MONITORING EVALUATION 04/19/1988 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE VIOLATIONS 05/13/2014 262.D GENERATORS - RECORDS/REPORTING 11/14/2002 262.A GENERATORS - GENERAL 11/14/2002 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 01/14/1999 262.A GENERATORS - GENERAL 05/23/1997 262.A GENERATORS - GENERAL 01/06/1995 262.A GENERATORS - GENERAL 01/06/1995 264.A TSD - GENERAL 01/06/1995 264.G TSD - CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE 03/26/1993 262.B GENERATORS - MANIFEST 03/26/1993 264.A TSD - GENERAL 03/26/1993 268.A LDR - GENERAL 03/26/1993 270.C PERMITS - CONDITIONS 07/17/1992 268.A LDR - GENERAL 01/06/1992 270.C PERMITS - CONDITIONS 05/02/1991 264.A TSD - GENERAL 59 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) 05/02/1991 268.A LDR - GENERAL 02/15/1990 264.A TSD - GENERAL 02/15/1990 264.E TSD - MANIFEST/RECORDS/REPORTING 02/15/1990 265.F TSD IS-GROUND-WATER MONITORING 02/15/1990 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 03/02/1989 264.A TSD - GENERAL 03/02/1989 265.F TSD IS-GROUND-WATER MONITORING 03/02/1989 268.A LDR - GENERAL 03/02/1989 FEA FORMAL ENFORCEMENT AGREEMENT OR ORDER 03/02/1989 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 02/13/1989 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 01/24/1989 264.A TSD - GENERAL 01/24/1989 264.E TSD - MANIFEST/RECORDS/REPORTING 04/19/1988 264.A TSD - GENERAL 04/19/1988 FEA FORMAL ENFORCEMENT AGREEMENT OR ORDER 04/19/1988 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION ENFORCEMENTS 06/16/2014 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 11/14/2002 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 02/10/1999 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 03/31/1998 210 INITIAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE 03/31/1998 310 FINAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE ORDER 02/01/1995 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 01/06/1995 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 07/01/1993 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 06/03/1993 141 REFERRAL TO ESC ENFORCEMENT SCREEN COMM. 08/18/1992 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 01/06/1992 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 08/02/1991 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 07/11/1991 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 03/15/1990 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 05/03/1989 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 05/01/1989 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 03/02/1989 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 02/13/1989 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 01/26/1989 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 06/03/1988 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL HAZARDOUS WASTE D000 D001 IGNITABLE WASTE D002 CORROSIVE WASTE D003 REACTIVE WASTE D004 ARSENIC 60 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) D005 BARIUM D006 CADMIUM D007 CHROMIUM D008 LEAD D009 MERCURY D010 SELENIUM D011 SILVER D018 BENZENE D019 CARBON TETRACHLORIDE D021 CHLOROBENZENE D022 CHLOROFORM D023 O-CRESOL D024 M-CRESOL D025 P-CRESOL D026 CRESOL D028 1,2-DICHLOROETHANE D029 1,1-DICHLOROETHYLENE D035 METHYL ETHYL KETONE D036 NITROBENZENE D038 PYRIDINE D039 TETRACHLOROETHYLENE F001 THE FOLLOWING SPENT HALOGENATED SOLVENTS USED IN DEGREASING: TETRACHLOROETHYLENE,TRICHLORETHYLENE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE, 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE ANDCHLORINATED FLUOROCARBONS; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS USED IN DEGREASING CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE HALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F002, F004, AND F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. F002 THE FOLLOWING SPENT HALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TETRACHLOROETHYLENE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE,TRICHLOROETHYLENE, 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE,CHLOROBENZENE, 1,1,2-TRICHLORO-1,2,2- TRIFLUOROETHANE, ORTHO-DICHLOROBENZENE, TRICHLOROFLUOROMETHANE, AND 1,1,2, TRICHLOROETHANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE HALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001,F004, AND F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. F003 THE FOLLOWING SPENT NON-HALOGENATED SOLVENTS: XYLENE, ACETONE, ETHYL ACETATE, ETHYL BENZENE, ETHYL ETHER, METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE, N-BUTYL ALCOHOL, CYCLOHEXANONE, AND METHANOL; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, ONLY THE ABOVE SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS; AND ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS, AND A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001, F002, F004, AND F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. F004 THE FOLLOWING SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS: CRESOLS, CRESYLIC ACID, AND NITROBENZENE; AND THE STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SOLVENTS; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001,F002, AND F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. F005 THE FOLLOWING SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TOLUENE, METHYL ETHYL KETONE,CARBON DISULFIDE, ISOBUTANOL, PYRIDINE,BENZENE, 2-ETHOXYETHANOL, AND 2-NITROPROPANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001,F002, OR F004; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. K009 DISTILLATION BOTTOMS FROM THE PRODUCTION OF ACETALDEHYDE FROM ETHYLENE. K010 DISTILLATION SIDE CUTS FROM THE PRODUCTION OF ACETALDEHYDE FROM ETHYLENE. 61 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) P003 ACROLEIN P005 2-PROPEN-1-OL P005 ALLYL ALCOHOL P010 ARSENIC ACID H3ASO4 P012 ARSENIC OXIDE AS2O3 P012 ARSENIC TRIOXIDE P015 BERYLLIUM P022 CARBON DISULFIDE P023 ACETALDEHYDE, CHLORO- P023 CHLOROACETALDEHYDE P024 BENZENAMINE, 4-CHLORO- P024 P-CHLORANILINE P028 BENZENE, (CHLOROMETHYL)- P028 BENZYL CHLORIDE P030 CYANIDES (SOLUBLE CYANIDE SALTS), NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED P053 P054 AZIRIDINE P054 ETHYLENEIMINE P069 2-METHYLLACTONITRILE P069 PROPANENITRILE, 2-HYDROXY-2-METHYL- P098 POTASSIUM CYANIDE P098 POTASSIUM CYANIDE K(CN) P100 P105 SODIUM AZIDE P106 SODIUM CYANIDE P106 SODIUM CYANIDE NA(CN) P119 AMMONIUM VANADATE P119 VANADIC ACID, AMMONIUM SALT P120 VANADIUM OXIDE V2O5 P120 VANADIUM PENTOXIDE U001 ACETALDEHYDE (I) U001 ETHANAL (I) U002 2-PROPANONE (I) U002 ACETONE (I) U003 ACETONITRILE (I,T) U004 ACETOPHENONE U004 ETHANONE, 1-PHENYL- U006 ACETYL CHLORIDE (C,R,T) U007 2-PROPENAMIDE U007 ACRYLAMIDE U008 2-PROPENOIC ACID (I) U008 ACRYLIC ACID (I) U009 2-PROPENENITRILE U009 ACRYLONITRILE U011 1H-1,2,4-TRIAZOL-3-AMINE 62 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) U011 AMITROLE U012 ANILINE (I,T) U012 BENZENAMINE (I,T) U013 U015 AZASERINE U015 L-SERINE, DIAZOACETATE (ESTER) U017 BENZAL CHLORIDE U017 BENZENE, (DICHLOROMETHYL)- U018 BENZ[A]ANTHRACENE U019 BENZENE (I,T) U020 BENZENESULFONIC ACID CHLORIDE (C,R) U020 BENZENESULFONYL CHLORIDE (C,R) U023 BENZENE, (TRICHLOROMETHYL)- U023 BENZOTRICHLORIDE (C,R,T) U028 1,2-BENZENEDICARBOXYLIC ACID, BIS(2-ETHYLHEXYL) ESTER U028 DIETHYLHEXYL PHTHALATE U029 METHANE, BROMO- U029 METHYL BROMIDE U031 1-BUTANOL (I) U031 N-BUTYL ALCOHOL (I) U033 CARBON OXYFLUORIDE (R,T) U033 CARBONIC DIFLUORIDE U034 ACETALDEHYDE, TRICHLORO- U034 CHLORAL U037 BENZENE, CHLORO- U037 CHLOROBENZENE U041 EPICHLOROHYDRIN U041 OXIRANE, (CHLOROMETHYL)- U043 ETHENE, CHLORO- U043 VINYL CHLORIDE U044 CHLOROFORM U044 METHANE, TRICHLORO- U045 METHANE, CHLORO- (I,T) U045 METHYL CHLORIDE (I,T) U048 O-CHLOROPHENOL U048 PHENOL, 2-CHLORO- U052 CRESOL (CRESYLIC ACID) U052 PHENOL, METHYL- U053 2-BUTENAL U053 CROTONALDEHYDE U055 BENZENE, (1-METHYLETHYL)- (I) U055 CUMENE (I) U056 BENZENE, HEXAHYDRO- (I) U056 CYCLOHEXANE (I) U057 CYCLOHEXANONE (I) 63 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) U066 1,2-DIBROMO-3-CHLOROPROPANE U066 PROPANE, 1,2-DIBROMO-3-CHLORO- U067 ETHANE, 1,2-DIBROMO- U067 ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE U068 METHANE, DIBROMO- U068 METHYLENE BROMIDE U069 1,2-BENZENEDICARBOXYLIC ACID, DIBUTYL ESTER U069 DIBUTYL PHTHALATE U070 BENZENE, 1,2-DICHLORO- U070 O-DICHLOROBENZENE U071 BENZENE, 1,3-DICHLORO- U071 M-DICHLOROBENZENE U075 DICHLORODIFLUOROMETHANE U075 METHANE, DICHLORODIFLUORO- U076 ETHANE, 1,1-DICHLORO- U076 ETHYLIDENE DICHLORIDE U077 ETHANE, 1,2-DICHLORO- U077 ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE U078 1,1-DICHLOROETHYLENE U078 ETHENE, 1,1-DICHLORO- U080 METHANE, DICHLORO- U080 METHYLENE CHLORIDE U088 1,2-BENZENEDICARBOXYLIC ACID, DIETHYL ESTER U088 DIETHYL PHTHALATE U092 DIMETHYLAMINE (I) U092 METHANAMINE, N-METHYL- (I) U093 BENZENAMINE, N,N-DIMETHYL-4-(PHENYLAZO)- U093 P-DIMETHYLAMINOAZOBENZENE U096 ALPHA,ALPHA-DIMETHYLBENZYLHYDROPEROXIDE (R) U096 HYDROPEROXIDE, 1-METHYL-1-PHENYLETHYL-(R) U098 1,1-DIMETHYLHYDRAZINE U098 HYDRAZINE, 1,1-DIMETHYL- U102 1,2-BENZENEDICARBOXYLIC ACID, DIMETHYL ESTER U102 DIMETHYL PHTHALATE U103 DIMETHYL SULFATE U103 SULFURIC ACID, DIMETHYL ESTER U107 1,2-BENZENEDICARBOXYLIC ACID, DIOCTYL ESTER U107 DI-N-OCTYL PHTHALATE U108 1,4-DIETHYLENEOXIDE U108 1,4-DIOXANE U110 1-PROPANIMINE, N-PROPYL-(I) U110 DIPROPYLAMINE (I) U112 ACETIC ACID, ETHYL ESTER (I) U112 ETHYL ACETATE (I) U113 2-PROPENOIC ACID, ETHYL ESTER (I) 64 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) U113 ETHYL ACRYLATE (I) U115 ETHYLENE OXIDE (I,T) U115 OXIRANE (I,T) U117 ETHANE, 1,1'-OXYBIS-(I) U117 ETHYL ETHER (I) U119 ETHYL METHANESULFONATE U119 METHANESULFONIC ACID, ETHYL ESTER U120 FLUORANTHENE U122 FORMALDEHYDE U123 FORMIC ACID (C,T) U124 FURAN (I) U124 FURFURAN (I) U125 2-FURANCARBOXALDEHYDE (I) U125 FURFURAL (I) U133 HYDRAZINE (R,T) U134 HYDROFLUORIC ACID (C,T) U134 HYDROGEN FLUORIDE (C,T) U135 HYDROGEN SULFIDE U135 HYDROGEN SULFIDE H2S U138 METHANE, IODO- U138 METHYL IODIDE U140 1-PROPANOL, 2-METHYL- (I,T) U140 ISOBUTYL ALCOHOL (I,T) U144 ACETIC ACID, LEAD(2+) SALT U144 LEAD ACETATE U147 2,5-FURANDIONE U147 MALEIC ANHYDRIDE U151 MERCURY U154 METHANOL (I) U154 METHYL ALCOHOL (I) U159 2-BUTANONE (I,T) U159 METHYL ETHYL KETONE (MEK) (I,T) U160 2-BUTANONE, PEROXIDE (R,T) U160 METHYL ETHYL KETONE PEROXIDE (R,T) U161 4-METHYL-2-PENTANONE (I) U161 METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE (I) U161 PENTANOL, 4-METHYL- U162 2-PROPENOIC ACID, 2-METHYL-, METHYL ESTER (I,T) U162 METHYL METHACRYLATE (I,T) U163 GUANIDINE, N-METHYL-N'-NITRO-N-NITROSO- U163 MNNG U165 NAPHTHALENE U166 1,4-NAPHTHALENEDIONE U166 1,4-NAPHTHOQUINONE U169 BENZENE, NITRO- 65 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) U169 NITROBENZENE (I,T) U170 P-NITROPHENOL (I,T) U170 PHENOL, 4-NITRO- U171 2-NITROPROPANE (I,T) U171 PROPANE, 2-NITRO- (I,T) U182 1,3,5-TRIOXANE, 2,4,6-TRIMETHYL- U182 PARALDEHYDE U188 PHENOL U189 PHOSPHORUS SULFIDE (R) U189 SULFUR PHOSPHIDE (R) U190 1,3-ISOBENZOFURANDIONE U190 PHTHALIC ANHYDRIDE U191 2-PICOLINE U191 PYRIDINE, 2-METHYL- U194 1-PROPANAMINE (I,T) U194 N-PROPYLAMINE (I,T) U196 PYRIDINE U197 2,5-CYCLOHEXADIENE-1,4-DIONE U197 P-BENZOQUINONE U201 1,3-BENZENEDIOL U201 RESORCINOL U204 SELENIOUS ACID U204 SELENIUM DIOXIDE U209 1,1,2,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE U209 ETHANE, 1,1,2,2-TETRACHLORO- U210 ETHENE, TETRACHLORO- U211 CARBON TETRACHLORIDE U211 METHANE, TETRACHLORO- U213 FURAN, TETRAHYDRO-(I) U213 TETRAHYDROFURAN (I) U214 ACETIC ACID, THALLIUM(1+) SALT U214 THALLIUM(I) ACETATE U217 NITRIC ACID, THALLIUM(1+) SALT U217 THALLIUM(I) NITRATE U218 ETHANETHIOAMIDE U218 THIOACETAMIDE U219 THIOUREA U220 BENZENE, METHYL- U220 TOLUENE U222 BENZENAMINE, 2-METHYL-, HYDROCHLORIDE U222 O-TOLUIDINE HYDROCHLORIDE U226 ETHANE, 1,1,1-TRICHLORO- U226 METHYL CHLOROFORM U227 1,1,2-TRICHLOROETHANE U227 ETHANE, 1,1,2-TRICHLORO- 66 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) U238 CARBAMIC ACID, ETHYL ESTER U238 ETHYL CARBAMATE (URETHANE) U239 BENZENE, DIMETHYL- (I,T) U239 XYLENE (I) U353 BENZENAMINE, 4-METHYL- U353 P-TOLUIDINE UNIVERSAL WASTE WASTE TYPE:ACCUMULATED WASTE ON-SITE: GENERATED WASTE ON-SITE: SOURCE TYPE: BATTERIES NO NO ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT BATTERIES UNKNOWN UNKNOWN ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT LAMPS NO NO ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT LAMPS UNKNOWN UNKNOWN ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT PESTICIDES NO NO ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT PESTICIDES UNKNOWN UNKNOWN ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT MERCURY CONTAINING EQUIPMENT NO NO ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT MERCURY CONTAINING EQUIPMENT UNKNOWN UNKNOWN ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT CORRECTIVE ACTION AREA (RELEASE) AREA NAME:AIR:GROUNDWATER:SOIL:SURFACE WASTE: ENTIRE FACILITY -----Y Y ----- CLOSURE PONDS 5.7,8,9,10 -----Y Y ----- OFF-SITE GW -----Y ---------- AREAS ADDRESSED AFTER 9/1/2002 -------------------- AREAS ADDRESSED THROUGH 8/31/2002 -------------------- CORRECTIVE ACTION EVENT CA EVENT:DATE:EVENT DESCRIPTION: CA050 10/28/1987 RFA COMPLETED CA070YE 10/28/1987 DETERMINATION OF NEED FOR AN INVESTIGATION-INVESTIGATION IS NECESSARY CA075HI 02/24/1992 CA PRIORITIZATION-HIGH CA PRIORITY CA100 03/03/1988 INVESTIGATION IMPOSITION CA100DC 03/31/1988 RFI IMPOSITION-FOCUSED DATA COLLECTION REQ STAB EVAL CA110 01/26/1990 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 03/25/1995 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 04/08/1988 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 06/07/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA120 01/10/1995 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN MODIFICATION REQ BY AGENCY CA140 05/02/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN NOTICE OF DEFICIENCY ISSUED CA140 11/30/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN NOTICE OF DEFICIENCY ISSUED CA150 05/04/1995 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN APPROVED CA150 09/17/1990 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN APPROVED CA155 06/15/1999 INVESTIGATION SUPPLEMENTAL INFO REQ BY AGENCY 67 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) CA155 08/05/1998 INVESTIGATION SUPPLEMENTAL INFO REQ BY AGENCY CA160 01/26/1990 INVESTIGATION SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION RECEIVED CA160 06/02/1989 INVESTIGATION SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION RECEIVED CA170 12/14/1999 INVESTIGATION SUPPLEMENTAL INFO DEEMED SATISFACT CA190 01/02/1992 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 01/19/1999 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 02/16/1999 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 03/26/1996 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 05/31/1995 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 07/17/1996 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 12/01/1999 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA191 03/28/2000 RFI DRAFT REPORT COMMENTS CA191 08/05/1998 RFI DRAFT REPORT COMMENTS CA200 01/02/1997 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 01/10/1995 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 06/15/1999 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 07/08/1998 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 11/09/2005 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 11/19/2002 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 12/10/2002 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA210OT 07/23/1997 REFERRED TO A NON-RCRA AUTHORITY-OTHER CA225YE 11/10/1994 STABILIZATION MEASURES EVALUATION-FACILITY IS AMENABLE TO STABILIZATION CA370 05/31/1995 PETITION FOR NO FUR. ACTION RECEIPT DATE CA370 12/27/1985 PETITION FOR NO FUR. ACTION RECEIPT DATE CA375 01/02/1997 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 04/01/1997 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 06/15/1999 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 07/23/1997 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 08/05/1998 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 11/19/2002 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 12/14/1999 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA380 06/14/1994 DATE FOR PUBLIC NOTICE ON PROPOSED REMEDY CA380 12/21/2005 DATE FOR PUBLIC NOTICE ON PROPOSED REMEDY CA400 01/10/2006 REMEDY DECISION CA400 06/25/1997 REMEDY DECISION CA400 11/08/1985 REMEDY DECISION CA481OR 11/08/1985 CMI WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA481RV 06/30/1993 CMI WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA500 09/07/1994 CMI WORKPLAN APPROVED-IMPLEMENTED FOLLOWING AN RFI CA532OR 03/26/1996 CMI REPORT CA532OR 06/25/1997 CMI REPORT CA532OR 09/23/1990 CMI REPORT CA532OR 12/01/1990 CMI REPORT CA532OR 12/31/1990 CMI REPORT CA550 04/01/1997 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION 68 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) CA550 06/15/1999 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION CA550 07/23/1997 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION CA550RC 01/10/2006 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION-REMEDY CONSTRUCTED CA550RC 02/23/2006 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION-REMEDY CONSTRUCTED CA600SR 06/15/1999 STABILIZATION/INTERIM MEASURES DECISION-PRIMARY MEAS IS SOURCE REMOVL &/OR TRT CA624OR 08/13/1999 STABILIZATION MEASURES REPORT RECEIVED CA650 12/14/1999 STABILIZATION CONSTRUCTION COMPLETED CA725IN 07/29/1997 HUMAN EXPOSURES CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-MORE INFORMATION NEEDED CA725YE 01/13/2000 HUMAN EXPOSURES CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-YES, APPLICABLE AS OF THIS DATE CA750IN 01/13/2000 RELEASE TO GW CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-MORE INFORMATION NEEDED CA750IN 07/29/1997 RELEASE TO GW CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-MORE INFORMATION NEEDED CA750YE 08/28/2002 RELEASE TO GW CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-YES, APPLICABLE AS OF THIS DATE CA750YE 09/01/1998 RELEASE TO GW CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-YES, APPLICABLE AS OF THIS DATE CA770GW 02/23/2006 ENGINEERING CONTROL IN PLACE WITH INSTITUTIONAL CONTROL- GROUNDWATER TREATMENT CA770GW 08/01/2003 ENGINEERING CONTROL IN PLACE WITH INSTITUTIONAL CONTROL- GROUNDWATER TREATMENT CA770NG 04/01/1997 ENGINEERING CONTROLS ESTABLISHED-NON-GROUNDWATER CONTROL CA772ID 07/23/1997 INSTITUTIONAL CONTROL EVALUATED, SELECTED & IMPLEMENTED - INFORMATION DEVICE CA999NF 11/19/2002 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-NO FURTHER ACTION CA999RM 04/01/1997 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES COMPLETE CA999RM 07/23/1997 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES COMPLETE Back to Report Summary 69 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) MAP ID# 7 Distance from Property: 0.74 mi. SE PROGRAM ID: 30483 RN NUMBER: RN101449775 NAME: CORPUS CHRISTI TECHNICAL CENTER ADDRESS: 1901 N CLARKWOOD RD CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409 STATUS: ACTIVE STATUS DATE: 12/08/98 LOCATION DESCRIPTION: 1901 CLARKWOOD RD, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX Back to Report Summary 70 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA) MAP ID# 8 Distance from Property: 0.82 mi. E PROGRAM ID: T3121 RN NUMBER: RN106994825 NAME: KOCH PIPELINE ADDRESS: 8606 IH 37 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409 STATUS: INACTIVE STATUS DATE: 12/10/13 LOCATION DESCRIPTION: NOT REPORTED Back to Report Summary 71 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA) MAP ID# 8 Distance from Property: 0.82 mi. E PROGRAM ID: T3010 RN NUMBER: RN105553614 NAME: KOCH PIPELINE JEFFERSON COUNTY ADDRESS: 8606 IH 37 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409 STATUS: INACTIVE STATUS DATE: 07/06/12 LOCATION DESCRIPTION: NOT REPORTED Back to Report Summary 72 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA) MAP ID# 9 Distance from Property: 0.90 mi. NE FACILITY INFORMATION EPA ID#: TXD088474663 OWNER TYPE: PRIVATE NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT OWNER NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI LL ADDRESS: 2825 SUNTIDE RD OPERATOR TYPE: PRIVATE CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409-2100 OPERATOR NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI LL CONTACT NAME: BRAD GENZER CONTACT ADDRESS: 4111 E 37TH ST N WICHITA KS 672203203 CONTACT PHONE: 361-242-5403 NON-NOTIFIER: NOT A NON-NOTIFIER DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 08/26/2014 CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION NAME:CERTIFICATION TITLE:CERTIFICATION SIGNED DATE: BRAD GENZER LEAD WASTE ENGINEER 08/26/2014 BRAD GENZER LEAD WASTE ENGINEER 06/09/2014 BRAD GENZER LEAD WASTE ENGINEER 04/04/2014 BRAD GENZER LEAD WASTE ENGINEER 03/04/2014 BRAD GENZER AUTHORIZED COMPANY AGENT 03/01/2014 BRAD GENZER LEAD WASTE ENGINEER 11/04/2013 BRAD GENZER LEAD WASTE ENGINEER 10/04/2013 BRAD GENZER LEAD WASTE ENGINEER 09/03/2013 BRAD GENZER ENV MGR 07/17/2012 BRAD GENZER AUTHORIZED COMPANY AGENT 03/01/2012 JOE ROSS ENV MGR 01/03/2012 JOE ROSS WASTE MGMT SUPERVISOR 07/12/2011 JOE ROSS WASTE MGMT SUPERVISOR 06/17/2011 JOE ROSS WASTE MGMT SUPERVISOR 01/18/2011 JOE ROSS WASTE MGMT SUPERVISOR 12/14/2010 JOE ROSS WASTE MGMT SUPERVISOR 10/05/2010 JOE ROSS UNKNOWN 09/14/2010 JOE ROSS AUTHORIZED COMPANY AGENT 03/01/2010 LISA ROSS WASTE MGMT SUPE 01/19/2010 LISA ROSS WASTE MGMT SUPE 11/03/2009 LISA YOSKO WASTE MGMT COOR 07/21/2009 PAM MCIVER WASTE MGMT COOR 04/28/2009 PAM MCIVER WASTE MGMT COOR 09/30/2008 PAM MCIVER WASTE MGMT COOR 09/23/2008 PAM MCELROY WASTE MGMT COOR 08/26/2008 PAM MCELROY WASTE MGMT COOR 08/19/2008 PAM MCELROY WASTE MGMT COOR 03/18/2008 PAM BROWN AUTHORIZEDAGENT 03/01/2008 PAM MCELROY WASTE MGMT COOR 02/19/2008 73 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) PAM BROWN WASTE MGMT COOR 12/11/2007 PAM BROWN WASTE MGMT COOR 11/20/2007 PAM BROWN WASTE MGMT COOR 10/30/2007 PAM BROWN WASTE MGMT COOR 08/21/2007 PAM BROWN WASTE MGMT COOR 04/03/2007 PAM BROWN WASTE MGMT COOR 02/27/2007 PAM BROWN UNKNOWN 10/31/2006 PAM BROWN UNKNOWN 10/18/2006 PAM BROWN UNKNOWN 10/10/2006 PAM BROWN UNKNOWN 09/26/2006 PAM BROWN UNKNOWN 09/05/2006 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 08/22/2006 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 08/08/2006 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 07/25/2006 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 07/18/2006 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 05/24/2006 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 04/10/2006 PAM BROWN AUTHORIZEDAGENT 03/01/2006 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 02/27/2006 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 01/18/2006 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 11/29/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 09/30/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 08/10/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 07/27/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 07/09/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 06/07/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 05/26/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 05/17/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 04/26/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 04/11/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER UNKNOWN 02/17/2005 TAMMY BUXKAMPER AUTHORIZEDAGENT 03/01/2004 DAVID CANTU AUTHORIZEDAGENT 03/01/2002 DAVID CANTU AUTHORIZED COMP 01/25/2000 DAVID CANTU AUTHORIZED AGNT 01/25/1998 JOHN R KAMPFHENKEL MANAGER 01/21/1994 JOHN KAMPFLENKEL MGR ENV ENGINEE 02/24/1992 INDUSTRY CLASSIFICATION (NAICS) 32411 - PETROLEUM REFINERIES SITE HISTORY (INCLUDES GENERATORS AND NON-GENERATORS) DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 08/26/2014 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 06/09/2014 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT 74 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 04/04/2014 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/04/2014 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/2014 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 11/04/2013 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 10/04/2013 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 09/03/2013 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 07/17/2012 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI LLC - WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/2012 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/03/2012 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI LLC GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 07/12/2011 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 06/17/2011 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/18/2011 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 12/14/2010 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 10/05/2010 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 09/14/2010 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP 75 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/2010 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/19/2010 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 11/03/2009 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 07/21/2009 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 04/28/2009 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 09/30/2008 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 09/23/2008 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 08/26/2008 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 08/19/2008 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/18/2008 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/2008 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 02/19/2008 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 12/11/2007 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 11/20/2007 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 10/30/2007 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP 76 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 08/21/2007 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 04/03/2007 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 02/27/2007 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 10/31/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 10/18/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 10/10/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 09/26/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 09/05/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 08/22/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 08/08/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 07/25/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 07/18/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 05/24/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 04/10/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP 77 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 02/27/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/18/2006 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 11/29/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 09/30/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 08/10/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 07/27/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 07/09/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 06/07/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 05/26/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 05/17/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 04/26/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 04/11/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 02/17/2005 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 12/02/2004 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 10/07/2004 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP 78 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 05/10/2004 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 04/22/2004 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/2004 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 02/23/2004 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/21/2004 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WES GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/2002 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/25/2000 NAME: KOCH PETROLEUM GROUP, L.P. GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/25/1998 NAME: KOCH REFINING COMPANY, L. P. - WEST REFI GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 04/30/1997 NAME: KOCH REFINING CO LP GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/1996 NAME: KOCH REFINING COMPANY GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 01/21/1994 NAME: KOCH REFINING CO. GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 02/24/1992 NAME: KOCH REFINING CO. GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR DATE RECEIVED BY AGENCY: 03/01/1990 NAME: KOCH REFINING CO GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION: CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT SMALL QUANTITY GENERATOR CURRENT ACTIVITY INFORMATION GENERATOR STATUS: LARGE QUANTITY GENERATOR LAST UPDATED DATE: 09/03/2014 SUBJECT TO CORRECTIVE ACTION UNIVERSE: YES TDSFs POTENTIALLY SUBJECT TO CORRECTIVE ACTION UNDER 3004 (u)/(v) UNIVERSE: YES TDSFs ONLY SUBJECT TO CORRECTIVE ACTION UNDER DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITIES UNIVERSE: NO 79 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) NON TSDFs WHERE RCRA CORRECTIVE ACTION HAS BEEN IMPOSED UNIVERSE: NO CORRECTIVE ACTION WORKLOAD UNIVERSE: YES IMPORTER: NO UNDERGROUND INJECTION: NO MIXED WASTE GENERATOR: NO UNIVERSAL WASTE DESTINATION FACILITY: NO RECYCLER: NO TRANSFER FACILITY: NO TRANSPORTER: NO USED OIL FUEL BURNER: NO ONSITE BURNER EXEMPTION: NO USED OIL PROCESSOR: NO FURNACE EXEMPTION: NO USED OIL FUEL MARKETER TO BURNER: NO USED OIL REFINER: NO SPECIFICATION USED OIL MARKETER: NO USED OIL TRANSFER FACILITY: NO USED OIL TRANSPORTER: NO COMPLIANCE, MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT INFORMATION EVALUATIONS 01/29/2013 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 12/05/2011 OAM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSPECTION 05/24/2011 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 04/20/2010 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 12/21/2009 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 01/27/2009 FCI FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTION 08/15/2007 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 01/17/2006 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 12/03/2004 GME GROUNDWATER MONITORING EVALUATION 08/04/2004 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 08/04/2003 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 02/05/2002 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 03/01/2000 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 08/26/1999 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 03/08/1999 GME GROUNDWATER MONITORING EVALUATION 11/17/1998 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 11/12/1997 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 10/17/1996 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 02/16/1996 SNN NOT A SIGNIFICANT NON-COMPLIER 12/20/1995 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 07/11/1994 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 05/03/1994 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 12/29/1993 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 10/28/1993 GME GROUNDWATER MONITORING EVALUATION 07/12/1993 CAC CORRECTIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE EVALUATION 07/12/1993 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 07/24/1992 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 07/17/1992 CDI CASE DEVELOPMENT INSPECTION 05/08/1992 FRR FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 09/27/1991 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 06/13/1991 CAC CORRECTIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE EVALUATION 06/13/1991 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 06/13/1991 SNY SIGNIFICANT NON-COMPLIER 80 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) 08/22/1990 FCI FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTION 03/21/1990 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 03/05/1990 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW 12/14/1989 OAM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSPECTION 11/01/1989 FCI FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTION 01/31/1989 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 04/11/1988 FCI FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTION 02/04/1988 CEI COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITE 04/16/1984 NRR NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEW VIOLATIONS 12/05/2011 264.F TSD - RELEASES FROM SWMUS 12/21/2009 262.A GENERATORS - GENERAL 12/21/2009 262.B GENERATORS - MANIFEST 12/21/2009 264.B TSD - GENERAL FACILITY STANDARDS 12/21/2009 266.F SPECIFIC - PRECIOUS METAL RECOVERY 12/09/2004 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 03/01/2000 264.S TSD - CORRECTIVE ACTION FOR SWMUS 03/01/2000 270.C PERMITS - CONDITIONS 03/08/1999 264.S TSD - CORRECTIVE ACTION FOR SWMUS 11/17/1998 262.A GENERATORS - GENERAL 11/17/1998 264.A TSD - GENERAL 11/17/1998 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 11/12/1997 264.A TSD - GENERAL 11/12/1997 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 05/03/1994 262.A GENERATORS - GENERAL 05/03/1994 270.C PERMITS - CONDITIONS 05/03/1994 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 10/28/1993 265.F TSD IS-GROUND-WATER MONITORING 10/28/1993 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 07/12/1993 262.A GENERATORS - GENERAL 07/12/1993 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 07/24/1992 262.A GENERATORS - GENERAL 07/24/1992 264.A TSD - GENERAL 07/24/1992 265.F TSD IS-GROUND-WATER MONITORING 07/24/1992 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 07/17/1992 264.J TSD - TANK SYSTEM STANDARDS 07/17/1992 264.K TSD - SURFACE IMPOUNDMENT STANDARDS 05/08/1992 264.H TSD - FINANCIAL REQUIREMENTS 06/13/1991 264.A TSD - GENERAL 06/13/1991 268.A LDR - GENERAL 06/13/1991 FEA FORMAL ENFORCEMENT AGREEMENT OR ORDER 06/13/1991 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 03/21/1990 264.A TSD - GENERAL 03/21/1990 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 12/14/1989 265.F TSD IS-GROUND-WATER MONITORING 81 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) 01/31/1989 264.A TSD - GENERAL 01/31/1989 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 02/04/1988 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION 04/16/1984 264.G TSD - CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE 04/16/1984 XXS STATE STATUTE OR REGULATION ENFORCEMENTS 02/08/2012 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 02/19/2010 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 03/01/2000 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 05/12/1999 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 12/07/1998 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 11/17/1998 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 11/18/1997 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 11/12/1997 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 02/16/1996 310 FINAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE ORDER 02/14/1996 124 STATE LEVEL ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER 01/12/1995 123 STATE LEVEL PETITION 05/24/1994 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 05/03/1994 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 01/25/1994 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 09/16/1993 141 REFERRAL TO ESC ENFORCEMENT SCREEN COMM. 09/16/1993 851 NOT REPORTED 07/30/1993 310 FINAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE ORDER 07/12/1993 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 07/12/1993 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 02/18/1993 210 INITIAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE 09/29/1992 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 09/29/1992 210 INITIAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE 09/03/1992 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 07/23/1992 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 05/08/1992 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 07/18/1991 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 04/18/1990 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 03/30/1990 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 10/06/1989 310 FINAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE ORDER 07/28/1989 210 INITIAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE 04/14/1989 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 03/09/1988 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL 11/13/1985 110 VERBAL INFORMAL 05/08/1984 120 WRITTEN INFORMAL HAZARDOUS WASTE D001 IGNITABLE WASTE D002 CORROSIVE WASTE 82 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) D003 REACTIVE WASTE D004 ARSENIC D005 BARIUM D006 CADMIUM D007 CHROMIUM D008 LEAD D009 MERCURY D010 SELENIUM D011 SILVER D018 BENZENE D019 CARBON TETRACHLORIDE D022 CHLOROFORM D030 2,4-DINITROTOLUENE D035 METHYL ETHYL KETONE D039 TETRACHLOROETHYLENE D040 TRICHLORETHYLENE F001 THE FOLLOWING SPENT HALOGENATED SOLVENTS USED IN DEGREASING: TETRACHLOROETHYLENE,TRICHLORETHYLENE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE, 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE ANDCHLORINATED FLUOROCARBONS; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS USED IN DEGREASING CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE HALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F002, F004, AND F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. F002 THE FOLLOWING SPENT HALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TETRACHLOROETHYLENE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE,TRICHLOROETHYLENE, 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE,CHLOROBENZENE, 1,1,2-TRICHLORO-1,2,2- TRIFLUOROETHANE, ORTHO-DICHLOROBENZENE, TRICHLOROFLUOROMETHANE, AND 1,1,2, TRICHLOROETHANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE HALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001,F004, AND F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. F003 THE FOLLOWING SPENT NON-HALOGENATED SOLVENTS: XYLENE, ACETONE, ETHYL ACETATE, ETHYL BENZENE, ETHYL ETHER, METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE, N-BUTYL ALCOHOL, CYCLOHEXANONE, AND METHANOL; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, ONLY THE ABOVE SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS; AND ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS, AND A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001, F002, F004, AND F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. F004 THE FOLLOWING SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS: CRESOLS, CRESYLIC ACID, AND NITROBENZENE; AND THE STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SOLVENTS; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001,F002, AND F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. F005 THE FOLLOWING SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TOLUENE, METHYL ETHYL KETONE,CARBON DISULFIDE, ISOBUTANOL, PYRIDINE,BENZENE, 2-ETHOXYETHANOL, AND 2-NITROPROPANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001,F002, OR F004; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES. F017 83 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) F037 PETROLEUM REFINERY PRIMARY OIL/WATER/SOLIDS SEPARATION SLUDGE - ANY SLUDGE GENERATED FROM THE GRAVITATIONAL SEPARATION OF OIL/WATER/SOLIDS DURING THE STORAGE OR TREATMENT OF PROCESS WASTEWATERS AND OILY COOLING WASTEWATERS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES. SUCH SLUDGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE GENERATED IN OIL/WATER/SOLIDS SEPARATORS; TANKS AND IMPOUNDMENTS; DITCHES AND OTHER CONVEYANCES; SUMPS; AND STORM WATER UNITS RECEIVING DRY WEATHER FLOW. SLUDGES GENERATED IN STORM WATER UNITS THAT DO NOT RECEIVE DRY WEATHER FLOW, SLUDGES GENERATED IN AGGRESSIVE BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT UNITS AS DEFINED IN SECTION 261.31(B)(2)(INCLUDING SLUDGES GENERATED IN ONE OR MORE ADDITIONAL UNITS AFTER WASTEWATERS HAVE BEEN TREATED IN AGGRESSIVE BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT UNITS), AND K051 WASTES ARE EXEMPTED FROM THIS LISTING. F038 PETROLEUM REFINERY SECONDARY (EMULSIFIED) OIL/WATER/SOLIDS SEPARATION SLUDGE - ANY SLUDGE AND/OR FLOAT GENERATED FROM THE PHYSICAL AND/OR CHEMICAL SEPARATION OF OIL/WATER/SOLIDS IN PROCESS WASTEWATERS AND OILY COOLING WASTEWATERS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES. SUCH WASTES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, ALL SLUDGES AND FLOATS GENERATED IN INDUCED AIR FLOTATION (IAF) UNITS, TANKS AND IMPOUNDMENTS, AND ALL SLUDGES GENERATED IN DAF UNITS. SLUDGES GENERATED IN STORMWATER UNITS THAT DO NOT RECEIVE DRY WEATHER FLOW, SLUDGES GENERATED IN AGGRESSIVE BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT UNITS AS DEFINED IN SECTION 261.31(B)(2) (INCLUDING SLUDGES GENERATED IN ONE OR MORE ADDITIONAL UNITS AFTER WASTEWATERS HAVE BEEN TREATED IN AGGRESSIVE BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT UNITS), AND F037, K048, AND K051 WASTES ARE EXEMPTED FROM THIS LISTING. K048 DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION (DAF) FLOAT FROM THE PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY. K049 SLOP OIL EMULSION SOLIDS FROM THE PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY. K050 HEAT EXCHANGER BUNDLE CLEANING SLUDGE FROM THE PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY. K051 API SEPARATOR SLUDGE FROM THE PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY. K052 TANK BOTTOMS (LEADED) FROM THE PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY. K087 DECANTER TANK TAR SLUDGE FROM COKING OPERATIONS. K169 K170 K171 K172 P018 BRUCINE P018 STRYCHNIDIN-10-ONE, 2,3-DIMETHOXY- P110 PLUMBANE, TETRAETHYL- P110 TETRAETHYL LEAD U013 U019 BENZENE (I,T) U055 BENZENE, (1-METHYLETHYL)- (I) U055 CUMENE (I) U080 METHANE, DICHLORO- U080 METHYLENE CHLORIDE U122 FORMALDEHYDE U123 FORMIC ACID (C,T) U135 HYDROGEN SULFIDE U135 HYDROGEN SULFIDE H2S U151 MERCURY U154 METHANOL (I) U154 METHYL ALCOHOL (I) U159 2-BUTANONE (I,T) U159 METHYL ETHYL KETONE (MEK) (I,T) U165 NAPHTHALENE U210 ETHENE, TETRACHLORO- 84 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) U219 THIOUREA U220 BENZENE, METHYL- U220 TOLUENE U225 BROMOFORM U225 METHANE, TRIBROMO- U239 BENZENE, DIMETHYL- (I,T) U239 XYLENE (I) UNIVERSAL WASTE WASTE TYPE:ACCUMULATED WASTE ON-SITE: GENERATED WASTE ON-SITE: SOURCE TYPE: BATTERIES NO NO ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT BATTERIES UNKNOWN UNKNOWN ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT LAMPS NO NO ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT LAMPS UNKNOWN UNKNOWN ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT PESTICIDES NO NO ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT PESTICIDES UNKNOWN UNKNOWN ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT MERCURY CONTAINING EQUIPMENT NO NO ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT MERCURY CONTAINING EQUIPMENT UNKNOWN UNKNOWN ANNUAL/BIENNIAL REPORT CORRECTIVE ACTION AREA (RELEASE) AREA NAME:AIR:GROUNDWATER:SOIL:SURFACE WASTE: COMPLIANCE RFI -------------------- PERMIT RFIS -------------------- ENTIRE FACILITY -----Y Y ----- EAST PLANT SLUDGE BEDS - NO RELEASE -------------------- WEST PLANT SLUDGE BEDS ----------Y ----- PLUMMERS PARK (SPLIT FROM CARSONS PIT) -------------------- CARSON PIT -----Y Y ----- EAST PLANT SLUDGE CLOSURE - NO RELEASE -------------------- EQUALIZATION BASIN -----Y Y ----- LOWER POND ----------Y ----- STYRENE DISPOSAL ----------Y ----- 9TH SLUDGE DRYING BEDS ----------Y ----- MID TERMINAL A-0 -----Y Y ----- AREAS ADDRESSED AFTER 9/1/2002 -------------------- TANK 15FB507 N N N N CORRECTIVE ACTION EVENT CA EVENT:DATE:EVENT DESCRIPTION: CA050 04/10/1986 RFA COMPLETED CA070YE 04/10/1986 DETERMINATION OF NEED FOR AN INVESTIGATION-INVESTIGATION IS NECESSARY CA075HI 02/24/1992 CA PRIORITIZATION-HIGH CA PRIORITY 85 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) CA100 08/31/1988 INVESTIGATION IMPOSITION CA100DC 06/07/1988 RFI IMPOSITION-FOCUSED DATA COLLECTION REQ STAB EVAL CA110 02/27/1996 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 03/08/1991 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 05/05/1992 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 05/18/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 06/01/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 07/15/1988 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 08/01/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 08/17/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 08/21/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 08/28/1991 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 09/01/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 09/06/1991 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 09/29/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 10/01/1988 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 10/07/1988 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA110 10/28/1997 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA140 04/19/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN NOTICE OF DEFICIENCY ISSUED CA140 07/10/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN NOTICE OF DEFICIENCY ISSUED CA140 08/09/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN NOTICE OF DEFICIENCY ISSUED CA140 08/27/1991 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN NOTICE OF DEFICIENCY ISSUED CA140 10/09/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN NOTICE OF DEFICIENCY ISSUED CA150 03/14/1990 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN APPROVED CA150 05/09/2008 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN APPROVED CA150 09/24/1991 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN APPROVED CA150 09/28/1989 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN APPROVED CA150 11/08/1995 INVESTIGATION WORKPLAN APPROVED CA155 08/04/2000 INVESTIGATION SUPPLEMENTAL INFO REQ BY AGENCY CA170 10/21/1997 INVESTIGATION SUPPLEMENTAL INFO DEEMED SATISFACT CA190 01/24/1995 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 02/04/1991 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 02/05/1991 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 02/11/1998 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 02/25/1991 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 02/25/1998 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 03/15/1991 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 04/27/1990 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 05/28/1992 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 06/01/1992 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 06/06/1995 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 06/11/2001 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 08/25/2000 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA190 09/05/2000 INVESTIGATION REPORT RECEIVED CA191 03/29/2002 RFI DRAFT REPORT COMMENTS 86 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) CA191 08/04/2000 RFI DRAFT REPORT COMMENTS CA200 01/31/1996 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 07/27/2011 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 09/06/2000 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 09/13/2002 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 09/19/2000 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 10/17/1991 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 11/06/1992 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 11/08/1995 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 11/20/1992 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA200 12/15/1992 INVESTIGATION COMPLETE CA225IN 04/05/1993 STABILIZATION MEASURES EVALUATION-FURTHER INVESTIGATION NECESSARY CA225YE 06/26/1995 STABILIZATION MEASURES EVALUATION-FACILITY IS AMENABLE TO STABILIZATION CA250 09/19/1990 CMS IMPOSITION CA250 11/20/1992 CMS IMPOSITION CA250 12/15/1992 CMS IMPOSITION CA260 09/19/1990 CMS WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA260 12/10/1990 CMS WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA271 10/23/1990 CMS WORKPLAN NOD CA300 01/02/1991 CMS WORKPLAN APPROVED CA305 08/13/1993 CMS SUPPLEMENTAL INFO REQ BY AGENCY CA320 03/12/1993 CMS SUPPLEMENT INFO DEEMED SATISFACTORY CA330 05/13/1997 CMS IMPLEMENTATION BEGUN CA340 01/24/1995 CMS REPORT RECEIVED CA340 01/28/1993 CMS REPORT RECEIVED CA340 05/13/1998 CMS REPORT RECEIVED CA340 05/14/1993 CMS REPORT RECEIVED CA340 05/22/1991 CMS REPORT RECEIVED CA340 06/06/1995 CMS REPORT RECEIVED CA340 07/05/1991 CMS REPORT RECEIVED CA341 08/14/1991 CMS REPORT NOD CA341 09/04/1994 CMS REPORT NOD CA341 12/28/2005 CMS REPORT NOD CA350 03/16/2006 CMS COMPLETE CA350 06/11/1993 CMS COMPLETE CA350 06/14/2001 CMS COMPLETE CA350 06/15/2006 CMS COMPLETE CA350 06/22/2007 CMS COMPLETE CA350 07/12/2000 CMS COMPLETE CA350 10/17/1991 CMS COMPLETE CA370 02/04/1991 PETITION FOR NO FUR. ACTION RECEIPT DATE CA370 05/22/1991 PETITION FOR NO FUR. ACTION RECEIPT DATE CA370 07/01/1994 PETITION FOR NO FUR. ACTION RECEIPT DATE CA375 01/31/1996 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION 87 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) CA375 05/13/1997 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 05/19/1998 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 08/20/2003 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 09/11/1998 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 10/17/1991 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA375 12/17/1991 INTERIM DECISION FOR NO FURTHER ACTION CA380 02/24/1997 DATE FOR PUBLIC NOTICE ON PROPOSED REMEDY CA380 05/01/1998 DATE FOR PUBLIC NOTICE ON PROPOSED REMEDY CA380 05/05/2008 DATE FOR PUBLIC NOTICE ON PROPOSED REMEDY CA380 05/17/1996 DATE FOR PUBLIC NOTICE ON PROPOSED REMEDY CA380 06/16/1997 DATE FOR PUBLIC NOTICE ON PROPOSED REMEDY CA400 01/31/1996 REMEDY DECISION CA400 05/09/2008 REMEDY DECISION CA400 06/11/1993 REMEDY DECISION CA400 06/17/1993 REMEDY DECISION CA400 08/27/2007 REMEDY DECISION CA400 09/04/2001 REMEDY DECISION CA400 09/19/1990 REMEDY DECISION CA400 11/29/2007 REMEDY DECISION CA481OR 03/23/1992 CMI WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA481OR 05/17/1996 CMI WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA481OR 06/28/1993 CMI WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA481OR 09/19/1990 CMI WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA481RV 03/26/1997 CMI WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA481RV 10/14/1993 CMI WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA481RV 12/10/1990 CMI WORKPLAN RECEIVED CA484 03/29/2002 CMI WORKPLAN NOD CA484 09/09/2003 CMI WORKPLAN NOD CA484 10/23/1990 CMI WORKPLAN NOD CA500 01/02/1991 CMI WORKPLAN APPROVED-IMPLEMENTED FOLLOWING AN RFI CA500 02/13/1997 CMI WORKPLAN APPROVED-IMPLEMENTED FOLLOWING AN RFI CA500 02/13/2004 CMI WORKPLAN APPROVED-IMPLEMENTED FOLLOWING AN RFI CA500 05/13/1997 CMI WORKPLAN APPROVED-IMPLEMENTED FOLLOWING AN RFI CA500 07/13/1993 CMI WORKPLAN APPROVED-IMPLEMENTED FOLLOWING AN RFI CA500 09/19/2000 CMI WORKPLAN APPROVED-IMPLEMENTED FOLLOWING AN RFI CA532OR 05/05/1998 CMI REPORT CA532OR 05/22/1991 CMI REPORT CA532OR 07/01/1994 CMI REPORT CA532RV 05/19/1995 CMI REPORT CA532RV 05/20/1998 CMI REPORT CA532RV 07/05/1991 CMI REPORT CA533 08/14/1991 FINAL CORRECTIVE MEASURE FIELD OVERSIGHT CA550 01/04/2001 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION CA550 05/13/1997 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION CA550 09/11/1998 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION 88 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) CA550 09/12/2003 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION CA550 10/17/1991 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION CA550NR 07/27/2011 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION-NO REMEDY CONSTRUCTED CA550RC 05/09/2008 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION-REMEDY CONSTRUCTED CA550RC 08/27/2007 REMEDY CONSTRUCTION-REMEDY CONSTRUCTED CA600SR 06/17/1993 STABILIZATION/INTERIM MEASURES DECISION-PRIMARY MEAS IS SOURCE REMOVL &/OR TRT CA600SR 12/16/1994 STABILIZATION/INTERIM MEASURES DECISION-PRIMARY MEAS IS SOURCE REMOVL &/OR TRT CA604OR 01/24/1995 STABILIZATION MEASURES WORKPLAN RECD CA604OR 06/28/1993 STABILIZATION MEASURES WORKPLAN RECD CA604RV 05/17/1995 STABILIZATION MEASURES WORKPLAN RECD CA614 07/13/1993 -MISSING EVENT NAME- CA614 09/07/1995 -MISSING EVENT NAME- CA624OR 07/01/1994 STABILIZATION MEASURES REPORT RECEIVED CA624OR 12/10/1996 STABILIZATION MEASURES REPORT RECEIVED CA624RV 05/19/1995 STABILIZATION MEASURES REPORT RECEIVED CA650 09/11/1998 STABILIZATION CONSTRUCTION COMPLETED CA650 10/18/1995 STABILIZATION CONSTRUCTION COMPLETED CA725IN 09/01/1998 HUMAN EXPOSURES CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-MORE INFORMATION NEEDED CA725YE 02/08/2000 HUMAN EXPOSURES CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-YES, APPLICABLE AS OF THIS DATE CA750IN 02/08/2000 RELEASE TO GW CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-MORE INFORMATION NEEDED CA750IN 09/01/1998 RELEASE TO GW CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-MORE INFORMATION NEEDED CA750YE 12/31/2003 RELEASE TO GW CONTROLLED DETERMINATION-YES, APPLICABLE AS OF THIS DATE CA999NF 07/27/2011 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-NO FURTHER ACTION CA999RM 05/09/2008 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES COMPLETE CA999RM 05/13/1997 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES COMPLETE CA999RM 05/19/1998 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES COMPLETE CA999RM 07/24/2001 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES COMPLETE CA999RM 07/25/2001 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES COMPLETE CA999RM 09/11/1998 CA PROCESS IS TERMINATED-REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES COMPLETE Back to Report Summary 89 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC) MAP ID# 9 Distance from Property: 0.90 mi. NE PROGRAM ID: 30529 RN NUMBER: RN100235266 NAME: FLINT HILLS RESOURCES CORPUS CHRISTI WEST PLANT ADDRESS: 2825 SUNTIDE RD CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78409 STATUS: ACTIVE STATUS DATE: 12/08/98 LOCATION DESCRIPTION: NOT REPORTED Back to Report Summary 90 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA) This list contains sites that could not be mapped due to limited or incomplete address information. Database Name Site ID#Site Name Address City/State/Zip/County BRS TXP490318390*B RS 401 BENAVIDES #2 FEED LINE W SIDE OF LEOPARD ST BETWEEN C CORPUS CHRISTI 78409 Nueces FRSTX 110017284240 401 BENAVIDES #2 FEED LINE W SIDE OF LEOPARD ST BETWEEN C CORPUS CHRISTI 78409 Nueces IHWCA 95725 EF90 CORPUS CHRISTI FACILITY BORDERED BY UP RIVER ROAD, HWY 37 FRONTAGE ROAD AND SOUTHERN RCRAGR06 TXP490318390*G 401 BENAVIDES #2 FEED LINE W SIDE OF LEOPARD ST BETWEEN C CORPUS CHRISTI 78409 Nueces RCRAT TXP490318390*T 401 BENAVIDES #2 FEED LINE W SIDE OF LEOPARD ST BETWEEN C CORPUS CHRISTI 78409 Nueces 91 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable Summary AIRSAFS Aerometric Information Retrieval System / Air Facility Subsystem VERSION DATE: 10/20/14 The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) modified the Aerometric Information Retrieval System (AIRS) to a database that exclusively tracks the compliance of stationary sources of air pollution with EPA regulations: the Air Facility Subsystem (AFS). Since this change in 2001, the management of the AIRS/AFS database was assigned to EPA's Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance. BRS Biennial Reporting System VERSION DATE: 12/31/11 The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), in cooperation with the States, biennially collects information regarding the generation, management, and final disposition of hazardous wastes regulated under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), as amended. The Biennial Report captures detailed data on the generation of hazardous waste from large quantity generators and data on waste management practices from treatment, storage and disposal facilities. Currently, the EPA states that data collected between 1991 and 1997 was originally a part of the defunct Biennial Reporting System and is now incorporated into the RCRAInfo data system. CDL Clandestine Drug Laboratory Locations VERSION DATE: 04/14/14 The U.S. Department of Justice ("the Department") provides this information as a public service. It contains addresses of some locations where law enforcement agencies reported they found chemicals or other items that indicated the presence of either clandestine drug laboratories or dumpsites. In most cases, the source of the entries is not the Department, and the Department has not verified the entry and does not guarantee its accuracy. Members of the public must verify the accuracy of all entries by, for example, contacting local law enforcement and local health departments. The Department does not establish, implement, enforce, or certify compliance with clean-up or remediation standards for contaminated sites; the public should contact a state or local health department or environmental protection agency for that information. DOCKETS EPA Docket Data VERSION DATE: 12/22/05 The United States Environmental Protection Agency Docket data lists Civil Case Defendants, filing dates as far back as 1971, laws broken including section, violations that occurred, pollutants involved, penalties assessed and superfund awards by facility and location. Please refer to ICIS database as source of current data. EC Federal Engineering Institutional Control Sites VERSION DATE: 05/21/14 This database includes site locations where Engineering and/or Institutional Controls have been identified as part 92 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERAL of a selected remedy for the site as defined by United States Environmental Protection Agency official remedy decision documents. A site listing does not indicate that the institutional and engineering controls are currently in place nor will be in place once the remedy is complete; it only indicates that the decision to include either of them in the remedy is documented as of the completed date of the document. Institutional controls are actions, such as legal controls, that help minimize the potential for human exposure to contamination by ensuring appropriate land or resource use. Engineering controls include caps, barriers, or other device engineering to prevent access, exposure, or continued migration of contamination. ERNSTX Emergency Response Notification System VERSION DATE: 11/09/14 This National Response Center database contains data on reported releases of oil, chemical, radiological, biological, and/or etiological discharges into the environment anywhere in the United States and its territories. The data comes from spill reports made to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, U.S. Coast Guard, the National Response Center and/or the U.S. Department of Transportation. FRSTX Facility Registry System VERSION DATE: 09/30/14 The United States Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Environmental Information (OEI) developed the Facility Registry System (FRS) as the centrally managed database that identifies facilities, sites or places subject to environmental regulations or of environmental interest. The Facility Registry System replaced the Facility Index System or FINDS database. HMIRSR06 Hazardous Materials Incident Reporting System VERSION DATE: 10/28/14 The HMIRS database contains unintentional hazardous materials release information reported to the U.S. Department of Transportation located in EPA Region 6. This region includes the following states: Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. ICIS Integrated Compliance Information System (formerly DOCKETS) VERSION DATE: 10/20/14 ICIS is a case activity tracking and management system for civil, judicial, and administrative federal Environmental Protection Agency enforcement cases. ICIS contains information on federal administrative and federal judicial cases under the following environmental statutes: the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act - Section 313, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, and the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act. 93 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERAL ICISNPDES Integrated Compliance Information System National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System VERSION DATE: 08/01/12 In 2006, the Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS) - National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) became the NPDES national system of record for select states, tribes and territories. ICIS-NPDES is an information management system maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Compliance to track permit compliance and enforcement status of facilities regulated by the NPDES under the Clean Water Act. ICIS-NPDES is designed to support the NPDES program at the state, regional, and national levels. LUCIS Land Use Control Information System VERSION DATE: 09/01/06 The LUCIS database is maintained by the U.S. Navy and contains information for former Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) properties across the United States. MLTS Material Licensing Tracking System VERSION DATE: 04/14/14 MLTS is a list of approximately 8,100 sites which have or use radioactive materials subject to the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) licensing requirements. NPDESR06 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System VERSION DATE: 04/01/07 Information in this database is extracted from the Water Permit Compliance System (PCS) database which is used by United States Environmental Protection Agency to track surface water permits issued under the Clean Water Act. This database includes permitted facilities located in EPA Region 6. This region includes the following states: Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. The NPDES database was collected from December 2002 until April 2007. Refer to the PCS and/or ICIS-NPDES database as source of current data. PADS PCB Activity Database System VERSION DATE: 07/01/14 The PCB Activity Database System (PADS) is used by the United States Environmental Protection Agency to monitor the activities of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) handlers. PCSR06 Permit Compliance System VERSION DATE: 08/01/12 94 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERAL The Permit Compliance System is used in tracking enforcement status and permit compliance of facilities controlled by the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) under the Clean Water Act and is maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Compliance. PCS is designed to support the NPDES program at the state, regional, and national levels. This database includes permitted facilities located in EPA Region 6. This region includes the following states: Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. RCRASC RCRA Sites with Controls VERSION DATE: 05/23/14 This list of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act sites with institutional controls in place is provided by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. SFLIENS CERCLIS Liens VERSION DATE: 06/08/12 A Federal CERCLA ("Superfund") lien can exist by operation of law at any site or property at which United States Environmental Protection Agency has spent Superfund monies. These monies are spent to investigate and address releases and threatened releases of contamination. CERCLIS provides information as to the identity of these sites and properties. This database contains those CERCLIS sites where the Lien on Property action is complete. SSTS Section Seven Tracking System VERSION DATE: 12/31/09 The United States Environmental Protection Agency tracks information on pesticide establishments through the Section Seven Tracking System (SSTS). SSTS records the registration of new establishments and records pesticide production at each establishment. The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) requires that production of pesticides or devices be conducted in a registered pesticide-producing or device- producing establishment. ("Production" includes formulation, packaging, repackaging, and relabeling.) TRI Toxics Release Inventory VERSION DATE: 12/31/13 The Toxics Release Inventory, provided by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, includes data on toxic chemical releases and waste management activities from certain industries as well as federal and tribal facilities. This inventory contains information about the types and amounts of toxic chemicals that are released each year to the air, water, and land as well as information on the quantities of toxic chemicals sent to other facilities for further waste management. TSCA Toxic Substance Control Act Inventory VERSION DATE: 12/31/06 95 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERAL The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) was enacted in 1976 to ensure that chemicals manufactured, imported, processed, or distributed in commerce, or used or disposed of in the United States do not pose any unreasonable risks to human health or the environment. TSCA section 8(b) provides the United States Environmental Protection Agency authority to "compile, keep current, and publish a list of each chemical substance that is manufactured or processed in the United States." This TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory contains non-confidential information on the production amount of toxic chemicals from each manufacturer and importer site. NLRRCRAG No Longer Regulated RCRA Generator Facilities VERSION DATE: 10/09/14 This database includes RCRA Generator facilities that are no longer regulated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or do not meet other RCRA reporting requirements. This listing includes facilities that formerly generated hazardous waste. Large Quantity Generators: Generate 1,000 kg or more of hazardous waste during any calendar month; or Generate more than 1 kg of acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month; or Generate more than 100 kg of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, or acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month; or Generate 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulate more than 1kg of acutely hazardous waste at any time; or Generate 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulated more than 100 kg of that material at any time. Small Quantity Generators: Generate more than 100 and less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste during any calendar month and accumulate less than 6000 kg of hazardous waste at any time; or Generate 100 kg or less of hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulate more than 1000 kg of hazardous waste at any time. Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity Generators: Generate 100 kilograms or less of hazardous waste per calendar month, and accumulate 1000 kg or less of hazardous waste at any time; or Generate one kilogram or less of acutely hazardous waste per calendar month, and accumulate at any time: 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste; or 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, or acutely hazardous waste; or Generate 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, or acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulate at any time: 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste; or 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely hazardous waste. RCRAGR06 Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Generator Facilities VERSION DATE: 10/09/14 This database includes sites listed as generators of hazardous waste (large, small, and exempt) in the RCRAInfo system. The United States Environmental Protection Agency defines RCRAInfo as the comprehensive information system which provides access to data supporting the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. RCRAInfo replaces the 96 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERAL data recording and reporting abilities of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System (RCRIS) and the Biennial Reporting System (BRS). This database includes sites located in EPA Region 6. This region includes the following states: Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. Large Quantity Generators: Generate 1,000 kg or more of hazardous waste during any calendar month; or Generate more than 1 kg of acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month; or Generate more than 100 kg of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, or acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month; or Generate 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulate more than 1kg of acutely hazardous waste at any time; or Generate 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulated more than 100 kg of that material at any time. Small Quantity Generators: Generate more than 100 and less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste during any calendar month and accumulate less than 6000 kg of hazardous waste at any time; or Generate 100 kg or less of hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulate more than 1000 kg of hazardous waste at any time. Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity Generators: Generate 100 kilograms or less of hazardous waste per calendar month, and accumulate 1000 kg or less of hazardous waste at any time; or Generate one kilogram or less of acutely hazardous waste per calendar month, and accumulate at any time: 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste; or 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, or acutely hazardous waste; or Generate 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, or acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulate at any time: 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste; or 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely hazardous waste. HISTPST Historical Gas Stations VERSION DATE: 07/01/30 This historic directory of service stations is provided by the Cities Service Company. The directory includes Cities Service filling stations that were located throughout the United States in 1930. BF Brownfields Management System VERSION DATE: 10/01/14 Brownfields are real property, the expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of which may be complicated by the presence or potential presence of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant. Cleaning up and reinvesting in these properties takes development pressures off of undeveloped, open land, and both improves and protects the environment. The United States Environmental Protection Agency maintains this database to track activities in the various brown field grant programs including grantee assessment, site cleanup and site redevelopment. CERCLIS Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & Liability Information System VERSION DATE: 10/25/13 97 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERAL CERCLIS is the repository for site and non-site specific Superfund information in support of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA). This United States Environmental Protection Agency database contains an extract of sites that have been investigated or are in the process of being investigated for potential environmental risk. DNPL Delisted National Priorities List VERSION DATE: 10/25/13 This database includes sites from the United States Environmental Protection Agency’s Final National Priorties List (NPL) where remedies have proven to be satisfactory or sites where the original analyses were inaccurate, and the site is no longer appropriate for inclusion on the NPL, and final publication in the Federal Register has occurred. NFRAP No Further Remedial Action Planned Sites VERSION DATE: 10/25/13 This database includes sites which have been determined by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, following preliminary assessment, to no longer pose a significant risk or require further activity under CERCLA. After initial investigation, no contamination was found, contamination was quickly removed or contamination was not serious enough to require Federal Superfund action or NPL consideration. NLRRCRAT No Longer Regulated RCRA Non-CORRACTS TSD Facilities VERSION DATE: 10/09/14 This database includes RCRA Non-Corrective Action TSD facilities that are no longer regulated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or do not meet other RCRA reporting requirements. This listing includes facilities that formerly treated, stored or disposed of hazardous waste. ODI Open Dump Inventory VERSION DATE: 06/01/85 The open dump inventory was published by the United States Environmental Protection Agency. An “open dump” is defined as a facility or site where solid waste is disposed of which is not a sanitary landfill which meets the criteria promulgated under section 4004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6944) and which is not a facility for disposal of hazardous waste. This inventory has not been updated since June 1985. RCRAT Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facilities VERSION DATE: 10/09/14 This database includes Non-Corrective Action sites listed as treatment, storage and/or disposal facilities of hazardous waste in the RCRAInfo system. The United States Environmental Protection Agency defines RCRAInfo as the comprehensive information system which provides access to data supporting the Resource 98 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERAL Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. RCRAInfo replaces the data recording and reporting abilities of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System (RCRIS) and the Biennial Reporting System (BRS). DOD Department of Defense Sites VERSION DATE: 12/01/05 This information originates from the National Atlas of the United States Federal Lands data, which includes lands owned or administered by the Federal government. Army DOD, Army Corps of Engineers DOD, Air Force DOD, Navy DOD and Marine DOD areas of 640 acres or more are included. FUDS Formerly Used Defense Sites VERSION DATE: 06/01/14 The 2012 Formerly Used Defense Sites (FUDS) inventory includes properties previously owned by or leased to the United States and under Secretary of Defense Jurisdiction, as well as Munitions Response Areas (MRAs). The remediation of these properties is the responsibility of the Department of Defense. This data is provided by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), the boundaries/polygon data are based on preliminary findings and not all properties currently have polygon data available. DISCLAIMER: This data represents the results of data collection/processing for a specific USACE activity and is in no way to be considered comprehensive or to be used in any legal or official capacity as presented on this site. While the USACE has made a reasonable effort to insure the accuracy of the maps and associated data, it should be explicitly noted that USACE makes no warranty, representation or guaranty, either expressed or implied, as to the content, sequence, accuracy, timeliness or completeness of any of the data provided herein. For additional information on Formerly Used Defense Sites please contact the USACE Public Affairs Office at (202) 528-4285. NLRRCRAC No Longer Regulated RCRA Corrective Action Facilities VERSION DATE: 10/09/14 This database includes RCRA Corrective Action facilities that are no longer regulated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or do not meet other RCRA reporting requirements. NPL National Priorities List VERSION DATE: 10/25/13 This database includes United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Priorities List sites that fall under the EPA's Superfund program, established to fund the cleanup of the most serious uncontrolled or abandoned hazardous waste sites identified for possible long-term remedial action. PNPL Proposed National Priorities List VERSION DATE: 10/25/13 99 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERAL This database contains sites proposed to be included on the National Priorities List (NPL) in the Federal Register. The United States Environmental Protection Agency investigates these sites to determine if they may present long-term threats to public health or the environment. RCRAC Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities VERSION DATE: 10/09/14 This database includes hazardous waste sites listed with corrective action activity in the RCRAInfo system. The Corrective Action Program requires owners or operators of RCRA facilities (or treatment, storage, and disposal facilities) to investigate and cleanup contamination in order to protect human health and the environment. The United States Environmental Protection Agency defines RCRAInfo as the comprehensive information system which provides access to data supporting the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. RCRAInfo replaces the data recording and reporting abilities of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System (RCRIS) and the Biennial Reporting System (BRS). RODS Record of Decision System VERSION DATE: 07/01/13 These decision documents maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency describe the chosen remedy for NPL (Superfund) site remediation. They also include site history, site description, site characteristics, community participation, enforcement activities, past and present activities, contaminated media, the contaminants present, and scope and role of response action. 100 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERAL GWCC Groundwater Contamination Cases VERSION DATE: 12/31/12 This report contains a listing of groundwater contamination cases which were documented for the 2012 calendar year. Texas Water Code, Section 26.406 requires the annual report to describe the current status of groundwater monitoring activities conducted or required by each agency at regulated facilities or associated with regulated activities. The agencies reporting these contamination cases include the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, Railroad Commission of Texas, Texas Alliance of Groundwater Districts, and Department of State Health Services. HISTGWCC Historic Groundwater Contamination Cases VERSION DATE: NR This historic report contains all agency groundwater contamination cases documented from 1994 to 2011. The agencies that reported these contamination cases included the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, Railroad Commission of Texas, Texas Alliance of Groundwater Districts, and Department of State Health Services. LIENS TCEQ Liens VERSION DATE: 07/14/14 Liens filed upon State and/or Federal Superfund Sites by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. MSD Municipal Setting Designations VERSION DATE: 08/18/14 The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality defines an MSD as an official state designation given to property within a municipality or its extraterritorial jurisdiction that certifies that designated groundwater at the property is not used as potable water, and is prohibited from future use as potable water because that groundwater is contaminated in excess of the applicable potable-water protective concentration level. The prohibition must be in the form of a city ordinance, or a restrictive covenant that is enforceable by the city and filed in the property records. The MSD property can be a single property, multi-property, or a portion of property. NOV Notice of Violations VERSION DATE: 08/14/14 This database containing Notice of Violations (NOV) is maintained by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. An NOV is a written notification that documents and communicates violations observed during an inspection to the business or individual inspected. 101 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERALEnvironmental Records Definitions - STATE (TX) SIEC01 State Institutional/Engineering Control Sites VERSION DATE: 08/19/14 The Texas Risk Reduction Program (TRRP) requires the placement of institutional controls (e.g., deed notices or restrictive covenants) on affected property in different circumstances as part of completing a response action. In its simplest form, an institutional control (IC) is a legal document that is recorded in the county deed records. In certain circumstances, local zoning or ordinances can serve as an IC. This listing may also include locations where Engineering Controls are in effect, such as a cap, barrier, or other engineering device to prevent access, exposure, or continued migration of contamination. The sites included on this list are regulated by various programs of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). SPILLS Spills Listing VERSION DATE: 08/13/14 This Texas Commission on Environmental Quality database includes releases of hazardous or potentially hazardous materials into the environment. TIERII Tier I I Chemical Reporting Program Facilities VERSION DATE: 12/31/12 The Texas Tier II Chemical Reporting Program in the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) is the state repository for EPCRA-required Emergency Planning Letters (EPLs), which are one-time notifications to the state from facilities that have certain extremely hazardous chemicals in specified amounts. The Program is also the state repository for EPCRA/state-required hazardous chemical inventory reports called Texas Tier Two Reports. This data contains those facility reports for the 2005 through the 2012 calendar years. DCR Dry Cleaner Registration Database VERSION DATE: 10/01/14 The database includes dry cleaning drop stations and facilities registered with the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. IHW Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites VERSION DATE: 08/01/14 Owner and facility information is included in this database of permitted and non-permitted industrial and hazardous waste sites. Industrial waste is waste that results from or is incidental to operations of industry, manufacturing, mining, or agriculture. Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in federal waste regulations. The IHW database is maintained by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. 102 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERALEnvironmental Records Definitions - STATE (TX) PIHW Permitted Industrial Hazardous Waste Sites VERSION DATE: 08/01/14 Owner and facility information is included in this database of all permitted industrial and hazardous waste sites. Industrial waste is waste that results from or is incidental to operations of industry, manufacturing, mining, or agriculture. Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in federal waste regulations. Permitted IHW facilities are regulated under 30 Texas Administrative Code Chapter 335 in addition to federal regulations. The IHW database is maintained by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. PST Petroleum Storage Tanks VERSION DATE: 08/01/14 The Petroleum Storage Tank database is administered by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). Both Underground storage tanks (USTs) and Aboveground storage tanks (ASTs) are included in this report. Petroleum Storage Tank registration has been a requirement with the TCEQ since 1986. APAR Affected Property Assessment Reports VERSION DATE: 09/16/14 As regulated by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, an Affected Property Assessment Report is required when a person is addressing a release of chemical of concern (COC) under 30 TAC Chapter 350, the Texas Risk Reduction Program (TRRP). The purpose of the APAR is to document all relevant affected property information to identify all release sources and COCs, determine the extent of all COCs, identify all transport/exposure pathways, and to determine if any response actions are necessary. The Texas Administrative Code Title 30 §350.4(a)(1) defines affected property as the entire area (i.e. on-site and off-site; including all environmental media) which contains releases of chemicals of concern at concentrations equal to or greater than the assessment level applicable for residential land use and groundwater classification. BSA Brownfields Site Assessments VERSION DATE: 08/19/14 The Brownfields Site Assessments database is maintained by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). The TCEQ, in close partnership with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and other federal, state, and local redevelopment agencies, and stakeholders, is facilitating cleanup, transferability, and revitalization of brownfields through the development of regulatory, tax, and technical assistance tools. CALF Closed & Abandoned Landfill Inventory VERSION DATE: 11/01/05 The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, under a contract with Texas State University, and in cooperation with the 24 regional Council of Governments (COGs) in the State, has located over 4,000 closed 103 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERALEnvironmental Records Definitions - STATE (TX) and abandoned municipal solid waste landfills throughout Texas. This listing contains "unauthorized sites". Unauthorized sites have no permit and are considered abandoned. The information available for each site varies in detail and this historical information is not updated. Please refer to the specific regional COG for the most current information. DCRPS Dry Cleaner Remediation Program Sites VERSION DATE: 09/01/14 This list of DCRP sites is provided by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). According to the TCEQ, the Dry Cleaner Remediation Program (DCRP) establishes a prioritization list of dry cleaner sites and administers the Dry Cleaning Remediation fund to assist with remediation of contamination caused by dry cleaning solvents. IOP Innocent Owner / Operator Database VERSION DATE: 08/19/14 Texas Innocent Owner / Operator (IOP), created by House Bill 2776 of the 75th Legislature, provides a certificate to an innocent owner or operator if their property is contaminated as a result of a release or migration of contaminants from a source or sources not located on the property, and they did not cause or contribute to the source or sources of contamination. The IOP database is maintained by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. LPST Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks VERSION DATE: 12/01/13 The Leaking Petroleum Storage Tank listing is derived from the Petroleum Storage Tank (PST) database and is maintained by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. This listing includes aboveground and underground storage tank facilities with reported leaks. MSWLF Municipal Solid Waste Landfill Sites VERSION DATE: 10/10/14 The municipal solid waste landfill database is provided by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. This database includes active landfills and inactive landfills, where solid waste is treated or stored. RRCVCP Railroad Commission VCP and Brownfield Sites VERSION DATE: 10/15/14 According to the Railroad Commission of Texas, their Voluntary Cleanup Program (RRC-VCP) provides an incentive to remediate Oil & Gas related pollution by participants as long as they did not cause or contribute to the contamination. Applicants to the program receive a release of liability to the state in exchange for a successful cleanup. 104 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERALEnvironmental Records Definitions - STATE (TX) RWS Radioactive Waste Sites VERSION DATE: 07/11/06 This Texas Commission on Environmental Quality database contains all sites in the State of Texas that have been designated as Radioactive Waste sites. VCP Voluntary Cleanup Program Sites VERSION DATE: 08/19/14 The Texas Voluntary Cleanup Program (VCP) provides administrative, technical, and legal incentives to encourage the cleanup of contaminated sites in Texas. Since all non-responsible parties, including future lenders and landowners, receive protection from liability to the state of Texas for cleanup of sites under the VCP, most of the constraints for completing real estate transactions at those sites are eliminated. As a result, many unused or underused properties may be restored to economically productive or community beneficial uses. The VCP database is maintained by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. WMRF Recycling Facilities VERSION DATE: 11/01/12 This listing of recycling facilities is provided by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality’s Recycle Texas Online service. The company information provided in this database is self-reported. Since recyclers post their own information, a facility or company appearing on the list does not imply that it is in compliance with TCEQ regulations or other applicable laws. This database is no longer maintained and includes the last compilation of the program participants before the Recycle Texas Online program was closed. IHWCA Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites VERSION DATE: 08/19/14 This database is provided by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). According to the TCEQ, the mission of the industrial and hazardous waste corrective action program is to oversee the cleanup of sites contaminated from industrial and municipal hazardous and industrial nonhazardous wastes. The goals of this program are to: Ensure that sites are assessed and remediated to levels that protect human health and the environment; Verify that waste management units or facilities are taken out of service and closed properly; and to Facilitate revitalization of contaminated properties. SF State Superfund Sites VERSION DATE: 12/11/14 The state Superfund program mission is to remediate abandoned or inactive sites within the state that pose an unacceptable risk to public health and safety or the environment, but which do not qualify for action under the federal Superfund program (NPL - National Priority Listing). As required by the Texas Solid Waste Disposal Act, Texas Health and Safety Code, Chapter 361, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality identifies and 105 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERALEnvironmental Records Definitions - STATE (TX) evaluates these facilities for inclusion on the state Superfund registry. This registry includes any recent developments and the anticipated action for these sites. 106 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERALEnvironmental Records Definitions - STATE (TX) USTR06 Underground Storage Tanks On Tribal Lands VERSION DATE: 10/30/13 This database, provided by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), contains underground storage tanks on Tribal lands located in EPA Region 6. This region includes the following states: Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. LUSTR06 Leaking Underground Storage Tanks On Tribal Lands VERSION DATE: 10/30/13 This database, provided by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), contains leaking underground storage tanks on Tribal lands located in EPA Region 6. This region includes the following states: Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. ODINDIAN Open Dump Inventory on Tribal Lands VERSION DATE: 11/08/06 This Indian Health Service database contains information about facilities and sites on tribal lands where solid waste is disposed of, which are not sanitary landfills or hazardous waste disposal facilities, and which meet the criteria promulgated under section 4004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6944). INDIANRES Indian Reservations VERSION DATE: 01/01/00 The Department of Interior and Bureau of Indian Affairs maintains this database that includes American Indian Reservations, off-reservation trust lands, public domain allotments, Alaska Native Regional Corporations and Recognized State Reservations. 107 of 107 www.geo-search.com 888-396-0042 Order# 45873 Job# 100218 Target Property SummaryDatabase Findings SummaryLocatable Database FindingsReport Summary of Locatable SitesPetroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites (IHW)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Petroleum Storage Tanks (PST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks (LPST)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities (RCRAC)Industrial and Hazardous Waste Corrective Action Sites (IHWCA)Unlocatable SummaryEnvironmental Records Definitions - FEDERALEnvironmental Records Definitions - STATE (TX)Environmental Records Definitions - TRIBAL APPENDIX D HOLLY TANK SITE RADIUS REPORT Target Property: Prepared For: Radius Report CORPUS CHRISTI, Nueces County, Texas 78412 2MG Elevated Storage Tank - Holly Road LNV Engineering Job #: 14833 Order #: 6438 Date: 03/02/2010 http://www.geo-search.net/QuickMap/index.htm?DataID=Standard0000014833 Click on link above to access the map and satellite view of current property 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 · www.geo-search.net TARGET PROPERTY SUMMARY CORPUS CHRISTI, Nueces County, Texas 78412 2MG Elevated Storage Tank - Holly Road *Target property is located in Radon Zone 3. Zone 3 areas have a predicted average indoor radon screening level less than 2 pCi/L. County/Parish Covered: Zipcode(s) Covered: State(s) Covered: Nueces (TX) Corpus Christi TX: 78412, 78414 TX Target Property Geometry:Area Target Property Longitude(s)/Latitude(s): (-97.333082, 27.677124), (-97.333082, 27.677124), (-97.331024, 27.676110), (-97.329859, 27.678032), (-97.331811, 27.679046), (-97.333052, 27.677109), (-97.333082, 27.677124) USGS Quadrangle:Oso Creek Ne, TX Disclaimer - The information provided in this report was obtained from a variety of public sources. GeoSearch cannot ensure and makes no warranty or representation as to the accuracy, reliability, quality, errors occurring from data conversion or the customer’s interpretation of this report. This report was made by GeoSearch for exclusive use by its clients only. Therefore, this report may not contain sufficient information for other purposes or parties. GeoSearch and its partners, employees, officers And independent contractors cannot be held liable For actual, incidental, consequential, special or exemplary damages suffered by a customer resulting directly or indirectly from any information provided by GeoSearch. 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 DATABASE FINDINGS SUMMARY (SOURCE) DATABASE ACRONYM LOCA- TABLE SEARCH RADIUS (miles) UNLOCA- TABLE FEDERAL AIRSAFS 0 Target PropertyAEROMETRIC INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM / AIR FACILITY SUBSYSTEM 0 BRS 0 Target PropertyBIENNIAL REPORTING SYSTEM 0 CDL 0 Target PropertyCLANDESTINE DRUG LABORATORY LOCATIONS 0 DOCKETS 0 Target PropertyEPA DOCKET DATA 0 EC 0 Target PropertyFEDERAL ENGINEERING INSTITUTIONAL CONTROL SITES 0 ERNS 0 Target PropertyEMERGENCY RESPONSE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM 0 FRS 0 Target PropertyFACILITY REGISTRY SYSTEM 0 HMIRS 0 Target PropertyHAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENT REPORTING SYSTEM 0 ICIS 0 Target PropertyINTEGRATED COMPLIANCE INFORMATION SYSTEM (FORMERLY DOCKETS) 0 ICISNPDES 0 Target PropertyINTEGRATED COMPLIANCE INFORMATION SYSTEM NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM 0 MLTS 0 Target PropertyMATERIAL LICENSING TRACKING SYSTEM 0 NPDES 0 Target PropertyNATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM 0 PADS 0 Target PropertyPCB ACTIVITY DATABASE SYSTEM 0 PCS 0 Target PropertyPERMIT COMPLIANCE SYSTEM 0 SFLIENS 0 Target PropertyCERCLIS LIENS 0 SSTS 0 Target PropertySECTION SEVEN TRACKING SYSTEM 0 TRI 0 Target PropertyTOXICS RELEASE INVENTORY 0 TSCA 0 Target PropertyTOXIC SUBSTANCE CONTROL ACT INVENTORY 0 NLRRCRAG 0 Target Property and AdjoiningNO LONGER REGULATED RCRA GENERATOR FACILITIES 0 RCRAG 0 Target Property and AdjoiningRESOURCE CONSERVATION & RECOVERY ACT - GENERATOR FACILITIES 0 BF 0 0.5000BROWNFIELDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 0 CERCLIS 0 0.5000COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION & LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM 0 LUCIS 0 0.5000LAND USE CONTROL INFORMATION SYSTEM 0 NFRAP 0 0.5000NO FURTHER REMEDIAL ACTION PLANNED SITES 0 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 FINDINGS 1 DATABASE FINDINGS SUMMARY (SOURCE) DATABASE ACRONYM LOCA- TABLE SEARCH RADIUS (miles) UNLOCA- TABLE NLRRCRAT 0 0.5000NO LONGER REGULATED RCRA NON-CORRACTS TSD FACILITIES 0 ODI 0 0.5000OPEN DUMP INVENTORY 0 RCRAT 0 0.5000RESOURCE CONSERVATION & RECOVERY ACT - TREATMENT, STORAGE & DISPOSAL FACILITIES 0 DNPL 0 1.0000DELISTED NATIONAL PRIORITIES LIST 0 DOD 0 1.0000DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE SITES 0 FUDS 0 1.0000FORMERLY USED DEFENSE SITES 0 NLRRCRAC 0 1.0000NO LONGER REGULATED RCRA CORRECTIVE ACTION FACILITIES 0 NPL 0 1.0000NATIONAL PRIORITIES LIST 0 PNPL 0 1.0000PROPOSED NATIONAL PRIORITIES LIST 0 RCRAC 0 1.0000RESOURCE CONSERVATION & RECOVERY ACT - CORRECTIVE ACTION FACILITIES 0 RODS 0 1.0000RECORD OF DECISION SYSTEM 0 0SUB-TOTAL 0 STATE (TX) GWCC 0 Target PropertyGROUNDWATER CONTAMINATION CASES 0 HISTGWCC 0 Target PropertyHISTORIC GROUNDWATER CONTAMINATION CASES 0 LIENS 0 Target PropertyTCEQ LIENS 0 MSD 0 Target PropertyMUNICIPAL SETTING DESIGNATIONS 0 NOV 0 Target PropertyNOTICE OF VIOLATIONS 0 SIEC01 0 Target PropertySTATE INSTITUTIONAL/ENGINEERING CONTROL SITES 0 SPILLS 0 Target PropertySPILLS LISTING 0 DCR 0 0.2500DRY CLEANER REGISTRATION DATABASE 0 IHW 0 0.2500INDUSTRIAL AND HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES 0 PIHW 0 0.2500PERMITTED INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES 0 PST 0 0.2500PETROLEUM STORAGE TANKS 0 APAR 0 0.5000AFFECTED PROPERTY ASSESSMENT REPORTS 0 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 FINDINGS 2 DATABASE FINDINGS SUMMARY (SOURCE) DATABASE ACRONYM LOCA- TABLE SEARCH RADIUS (miles) UNLOCA- TABLE BSA 0 0.5000BROWNFIELDS SITE ASSESSMENTS 0 CALF 0 0.5000CLOSED & ABANDONED LANDFILL INVENTORY 0 IOP 0 0.5000INNOCENT OWNER / OPERATOR DATABASE 0 LPST 0 0.5000LEAKING PETROLEUM STORAGE TANKS 0 MSWLF 0 0.5000MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE LANDFILL SITES 0 RRCVCP 0 0.5000RAILROAD COMMISSION VCP AND BROWNFIELD SITES 0 RWS 0 0.5000RADIOACTIVE WASTE SITES 0 TIERII 0 0.5000TIER I I CHEMICAL REPORTING PROGRAM FACILITIES 0 VCP 0 0.5000VOLUNTARY CLEANUP PROGRAM SITES 0 WMRF 0 0.5000RECYCLING FACILITIES 0 SF 0 1.0000STATE SUPERFUND SITES 0 0SUB-TOTAL 0 TRIBAL USTR06 0 0.2500UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS ON TRIBAL LANDS 0 LUSTR06 0 0.5000LEAKING UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS ON TRIBAL LANDS 0 ODINDIAN 0 0.5000OPEN DUMP INVENTORY ON TRIBAL LANDS 0 INDIANRES 0 1.0000INDIAN RESERVATIONS 0 0SUB-TOTAL 0 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 FINDINGS 3 0TOTAL 0 DATABASE FINDINGS SUMMARY (DETAIL) ACRONYM SEARCH RADIUS (miles) Target Property 1/8 Mile (> TP) 1/4 Mile (> 1/8) 1/2 Mile (> 1/4) 1 Mile (> 1/2) > 1 Mile Total FEDERAL AIRSAFS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 BRS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 CDL .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOCKETS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 EC .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 ERNS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 FRS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 HMIRS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 ICIS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 ICISNPDES .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 MLTS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 NPDES .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 PADS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 PCS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 SFLIENS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 SSTS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 TRI .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 TSCA .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 NLRRCRAG .1250 0 0 0 0 0 0 RCRAG .1250 0 0 0 0 0 0 BF .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 CERCLIS .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 LUCIS .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 NFRAP .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 NLRRCRAT .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 ODI .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 RCRAT .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 FINDINGS 1 DATABASE FINDINGS SUMMARY (DETAIL) ACRONYM SEARCH RADIUS (miles) Target Property 1/8 Mile (> TP) 1/4 Mile (> 1/8) 1/2 Mile (> 1/4) 1 Mile (> 1/2) > 1 Mile Total DNPL 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOD 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 FUDS 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 NLRRCRAC 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 NPL 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 PNPL 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 RCRAC 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 RODS 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0SUB-TOTAL 00000 STATE (TX) GWCC .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 HISTGWCC .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 LIENS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSD .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOV .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 SIEC01 .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 SPILLS .0200 0 0 0 0 0 0 DCR .2500 0 0 0 0 0 0 IHW .2500 0 0 0 0 0 0 PIHW .2500 0 0 0 0 0 0 PST .2500 0 0 0 0 0 0 APAR .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 BSA .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 CALF .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 IOP .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 LPST .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSWLF .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 FINDINGS 2 DATABASE FINDINGS SUMMARY (DETAIL) ACRONYM SEARCH RADIUS (miles) Target Property 1/8 Mile (> TP) 1/4 Mile (> 1/8) 1/2 Mile (> 1/4) 1 Mile (> 1/2) > 1 Mile Total RRCVCP .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 RWS .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 TIERII .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 VCP .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 WMRF .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 SF 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0SUB-TOTAL 00000 TRIBAL USTR06 .2500 0 0 0 0 0 0 LUSTR06 .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 ODINDIAN .5000 0 0 0 0 0 0 INDIANRES 1.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0SUB-TOTAL 00000 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 FINDINGS 3 TOTAL 0 00000 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 - Austin, Texas 78746 - phone: 866-396-0042 - fax: 512-472-9967 RADIUS MAP 1 Mile 1/2 Mile 1/4 Mile 1/8 Mile Oso Bay S o u t h b a y D r S i l v e r S a n d s D r Wooldridge Rd V i c t o r i a P a r k D r E nnis Joslin R d P a u l J o n e s A v e Holly Rd S t a t e H w y 3 5 7 L e x i n g t o n R d State Hwy 358 JOB #: 14833 - 3/2/2010 2MG Elevated Storage Tank - Holly Road CORPUS CHRISTI, Texas 78412  0'1000'2000'3000' SCALE: 1" = 2000' Target Property (TP) RADIUS MAP 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 - Austin, Texas 78746 - phone: 866-396-0042 - fax: 512-472-9967 1/2 Mile 1/4 Mile 1/8 Mile Sims Dr W a l l a c e A v e State Hwy 358 S i l v e r S a n d s D r Wooldridge Rd P a u l J o n e s A v e Holly Rd L e x i n g t o n R d JOB #: 14833 - 3/2/2010 2MG Elevated Storage Tank - Holly Road CORPUS CHRISTI, Texas 78412  0'500'1000'1500' SCALE: 1" = 1000' Target Property (TP) 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 - Austin, Texas 78746 - phone: 866-396-0042 - fax: 512-472-9967 ORTHOPHOTO MAP 1/2 Mile 1/4 Mile 1/8 Mile JOB #: 14833 - 3/2/2010 Quadrangle(s): Oso Creek Ne Source: USDA (2004) 2MG Elevated Storage Tank - Holly Road CORPUS CHRISTI, Texas 78412  0'500'1000'1500' SCALE: 1" = 1000' Target Property (TP) 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 - Austin, Texas 78746 - phone: 866-396-0042 - fax: 512-472-9967 TOPOGRAPHIC MAP 1 Mile 1/2 Mile 1/4 Mile 1/8 Mile JOB #: 14833 - 3/2/2010 Quadrangle(s): Oso Creek Ne Source: USGS, 1989 2MG Elevated Storage Tank - Holly Road CORPUS CHRISTI, Texas 78412  0'1000'2000'3000' SCALE: 1" = 2000' Target Property (TP) ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - FEDERAL AIRSAFS Aerometric Information Retrieval System / Air Facility Subsystem The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) modified the Aerometric Information Retrieval System (AIRS) to a database that exclusively tracks the compliance of stationary sources of air pollution with EPA regulations: the Air Facility Subsystem (AFS). Since this change in 2001, the management of the AIRS/AFS database was assigned to EPA's Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance. VERSION DATE:3/2009 BF Brownfields Management System Brownfields are real property, the expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of which may be complicated by the presence or potential presence of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant. Cleaning up and reinvesting in these properties takes development pressures off of undeveloped, open land, and both improves and protects the environment. The United States Environmental Protection Agency maintains the activities, including grantee assessment, cleanup and redevelopment, of the various Brownfield grant programs through the Brownfields Management System database. VERSION DATE:1/2010 BRS Biennial Reporting System The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), in cooperation with the States, biennially collects information regarding the generation, management, and final disposition of hazardous wastes regulated under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), as amended. The purpose of this report is to communicate the findings of EPA's Biennial Reporting System (BRS) data collection efforts to the public, government agencies, and the regulated community. Currently, the EPA states that data collected between 1991 and 1997 was originally a part of the defunct Biennial Reporting System and is now incorporated into the RCRAInfo data system. VERSION DATE:1/2003 CDL Clandestine Drug Laboratory Locations The U.S. Department of Justice ("the Department") provides this information as a public service. It contains addresses of some locations where law enforcement agencies reported they found chemicals or other items that indicated the presence of either clandestine drug laboratories or dumpsites. In most cases, the source of the entries is not the Department, and the Department has not verified the entry and does not guarantee its accuracy. Members of the public must verify the accuracy of all entries by, for example, contacting local law enforcement and local health departments. The Department does not establish, implement, enforce, or certify compliance with clean-up or remediation standards for contaminated sites; the public should contact a state or local health department or environmental protection agency for that information. VERSION DATE:3/2009 DEFINITIONS 1 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - FEDERAL CERCLIS Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & Liability Information System CERCLIS is the repository for site and non-site specific Superfund information in support of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA). This United States Environmental Protection Agency database contains an extract of sites that have been investigated or are in the process of being investigated for potential environmental risk. VERSION DATE:12/2009 DNPL Delisted National Priorities List This database includes sites from the United States Environmental Protection Agency’s Final National Priorties List (NPL) where remedies have proven to be satisfactory or sites where the original analyses were inaccurate, and the site is no longer appropriate for inclusion on the NPL, and final publication in the Federal Register has occurred. VERSION DATE:12/2009 DOCKETS EPA Docket Data The United States Environmental Protection Agency Docket data lists Civil Case Defendants, filing dates as far back as 1971, laws broken including section, violations that occurred, pollutants involved, penalties assessed and superfund awards by facility and location. VERSION DATE:12/2005 DOD Department of Defense Sites This information originates from the National Atlas of the United States Federal Lands data, which includes lands owned or administered by the Federal government. Army DOD, Army Corps of Engineers DOD, Air Force DOD, Navy DOD and Marine DOD areas of 640 acres or more are included. VERSION DATE:12/2005 EC Federal Engineering Institutional Control Sites This database includes site locations where Engineering and/or Institutional Controls have been identified as part of a selected remedy for the site as defined by United States Environmental Protection Agency official remedy decision documents. A site listing does not indicate that the institutional and engineering controls are currently in place nor will be in place once the remedy is complete; it only indicates that the decision to include either of them in the remedy is documented as of the completed date of the document. Institutional controls are actions, such as legal controls, that help minimize the potential for human exposure to contamination by ensuring appropriate land or resource use. Engineering controls include caps, barriers, or other device engineering to prevent access, exposure, or continued migration of contamination. VERSION DATE:12/2009 DEFINITIONS 2 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - FEDERAL ERNS Emergency Response Notification System This National Response Center database contains data on reported releases of oil, chemical, radiological, biological, and/or etiological discharges into the environment anywhere in the United States and its territories. The data comes from spill reports made to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, U.S. Coast Guard, the National Response Center and/or the U.S. Department of Transportation. VERSION DATE:12/2009 FRS Facility Registry System The United States Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Environmental Information (OEI) developed the Facility Registry System (FRS) as the centrally managed database that identifies facilities, sites or places subject to environmental regulations or of environmental interest. The Facility Registry System replaced the Facility Index System or FINDS database. VERSION DATE:6/2009 FUDS Formerly Used Defense Sites The 2008 FUDS inventory includes properties previously owned by or leased to the United States and under Secretary of Defense jurisdiction. The remediation of these properties is the responsibility of the Department of Defense. VERSION DATE:9/2009 HMIRS Hazardous Materials Incident Reporting System The HMIRS database contains unintentional hazardous materials release information reported to the U.S. Department of Transportation. VERSION DATE:11/2009 ICIS Integrated Compliance Information System (formerly DOCKETS) ICIS is a case activity tracking and management system for civil, judicial, and administrative federal Environmental Protection Agency enforcement cases. ICIS contains information on federal administrative and federal judicial cases under the following environmental statutes: the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act - Section 313, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, and the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act. VERSION DATE:3/2009 DEFINITIONS 3 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - FEDERAL ICISNPDES Integrated Compliance Information System National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System ICIS-NPDES is an information management system maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Compliance to track permit compliance and enforcement status of facilities regulated by the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) under the Clean Water Act. ICIS-NPDES is designed to support the NPDES program at the state, regional, and national levels. VERSION DATE:3/2009 LUCIS Land Use Control Information System The LUCIS database is maintained by the U.S. Navy and contains information for former Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) properties across the United States. VERSION DATE:9/2006 MLTS Material Licensing Tracking System MLTS is a list of approximately 8,100 sites which have or use radioactive materials subject to the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) licensing requirements. VERSION DATE:3/2009 NFRAP No Further Remedial Action Planned Sites This database includes sites which have been determined by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, following preliminary assessment, to no longer pose a significant risk or require further activity under CERCLA. After initial investigation, no contamination was found, contamination was quickly removed or contamination was not serious enough to require Federal Superfund action or NPL consideration. VERSION DATE:1/2010 NLRRCRAC No Longer Regulated RCRA Corrective Action Facilities This database includes RCRA Corrective Action facilities that are no longer regulated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or do not meet other RCRA reporting requirements. VERSION DATE:12/2009 NLRRCRAG No Longer Regulated RCRA Generator Facilities This database includes RCRA Generator facilities that are no longer regulated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or do not meet other RCRA reporting requirements. This listing includes facilities that formerly generated hazardous waste. VERSION DATE:12/2009 DEFINITIONS 4 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - FEDERAL NLRRCRAT No Longer Regulated RCRA Non-CORRACTS TSD Facilities This database includes RCRA Non-Corrective Action TSD facilities that are no longer regulated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or do not meet other RCRA reporting requirements. This listing includes facilities that formerly treated, stored or disposed of hazardous waste. VERSION DATE:12/2009 NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Information in this database is extracted from the Water Permit Compliance System (PCS) database which is used by United States Environmental Protection Agency to track surface water permits issued under the Clean Water Act. Refer to the PCS and/or ICIS-NPDES database as source of current data. VERSION DATE:4/2007 NPL National Priorities List This database includes United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Priorities List sites that fall under the EPA's Superfund program, established to fund the cleanup of the most serious uncontrolled or abandoned hazardous waste sites identified for possible long-term remedial action. VERSION DATE:12/2009 ODI Open Dump Inventory The open dump inventory was published by the United States Environmental Protection Agency. An “open dump” is defined as a facility or site where solid waste is disposed of which is not a sanitary landfill which meets the criteria promulgated under section 4004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6944) and which is not a facility for disposal of hazardous waste. This inventory has not been updated since June 1985. VERSION DATE:6/1985 PADS PCB Activity Database System The PCB Activity Database System (PADS) is used by the United States Environmental Protection Agency to monitor the activities of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) handlers. VERSION DATE:9/2009 PCS Permit Compliance System The Permit Compliance System is used in tracking enforcement status and permit compliance of facilities controlled by the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) under the VERSION DATE:3/2009 DEFINITIONS 5 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - FEDERAL Clean Water Act and is maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Compliance. PCS is designed to support the NPDES program at the state, regional, and national levels. PNPL Proposed National Priorities List This database contains sites proposed to be included on the National Priorities List (NPL) in the Federal Register. The United States Environmental Protection Agency investigates these sites to determine if they may present long-term threats to public health or the environment. VERSION DATE:12/2009 RCRAC Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Corrective Action Facilities This database includes hazardous waste sites listed with corrective action activity in the RCRAInfo system. The Corrective Action Program requires owners or operators of RCRA facilities (or treatment, storage, and disposal facilities) to investigate and cleanup contamination in order to protect human health and the environment. The United States Environmental Protection Agency defines RCRAInfo as the comprehensive information system which provides access to data supporting the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. RCRAInfo replaces the data recording and reporting abilities of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System (RCRIS) and the Biennial Reporting System (BRS). VERSION DATE:12/2009 RCRAG Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Generator Facilities This database includes sites listed as generators of hazardous waste (large, small, and exempt) in the RCRAInfo system. See RCRA Description page for more information. The United States Environmental Protection Agency defines RCRAInfo as the comprehensive information system which provides access to data supporting the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. RCRAInfo replaces the data recording and reporting abilities of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System (RCRIS) and the Biennial Reporting System (BRS). VERSION DATE:12/2009 RCRAT Resource Conservation & Recovery Act - Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facilities This database includes Non-Corrective Action sites listed as treatment, storage and/or disposal facilities of hazardous waste in the RCRAInfo system. The United States Environmental Protection Agency defines RCRAInfo as the comprehensive information system which provides access to data supporting the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. RCRAInfo replaces the data recording and reporting abilities of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System (RCRIS) and VERSION DATE:12/2009 DEFINITIONS 6 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - FEDERAL the Biennial Reporting System (BRS). RODS Record of Decision System These decision documents maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency describe the chosen remedy for NPL (Superfund) site remediation. They also include site history, site description, site characteristics, community participation, enforcement activities, past and present activities, contaminated media, the contaminants present, and scope and role of response action. VERSION DATE:1/2010 SFLIENS CERCLIS Liens A Federal CERCLA ("Superfund") lien can exist by operation of law at any site or property at which United States Environmental Protection Agency has spent Superfund monies. These monies are spent to investigate and address releases and threatened releases of contamination. CERCLIS provides information as to the identity of these sites and properties. This database contains those CERCLIS sites where the Lien on Property action is complete. VERSION DATE:10/2009 SSTS Section Seven Tracking System The United States Environmental Protection Agency tracks information on pesticide establishments through the Section Seven Tracking System (SSTS). SSTS records the registration of new establishments and records pesticide production at each establishment. The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) requires that production of pesticides or devices be conducted in a registered pesticide-producing or device-producing establishment. ("Production" includes formulation, packaging, repackaging, and relabeling.) VERSION DATE:12/2006 TRI Toxics Release Inventory The Toxics Release Inventory, provided by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, includes data on toxic chemical releases and waste management activities from certain industries as well as federal facilities. This inventory contains information about the types and amounts of toxic chemicals that are released each year to the air, water, and land as well as information on the quantities of toxic chemicals sent to other facilities for further waste management. VERSION DATE:12/2007 TSCA Toxic Substance Control Act Inventory The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) was enacted in 1976 to ensure that chemicals manufactured, imported, processed, or distributed in commerce, or used or disposed of in the VERSION DATE:12/2002 DEFINITIONS 7 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - FEDERAL United States do not pose any unreasonable risks to human health or the environment. TSCA section 8(b) provides the United States Environmental Protection Agency authority to "compile, keep current, and publish a list of each chemical substance that is manufactured or processed in the United States." This TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory contains non-confidential information on the production amount of toxic chemicals from each manufacturer and importer site. DEFINITIONS 8 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - STATE (TX) APAR Affected Property Assessment Reports As regulated by the TCEQ, an Affected Property Assessment Report is required when a person is addressing a release of chemical of concern (COC) under 30 TAC Chapter 350, the Texas Risk Reduction Program (TRRP). The purpose of the APAR is to document all relevant affected property information to identify all release sources and COCs, determine the extent of all COCs, identify all transport/exposure pathways, and to determine if any response actions are necessary. The Texas Administrative Code Title 30 §350.4(a)(1) defines affected property as the entire area (i.e. on-site and off-site; including all environmental media) which contains releases of chemicals of concern at concentrations equal to or greater than the assessment level applicable for residential land use and groundwater classification. VERSION DATE:1/2010 BSA Brownfields Site Assessments The BSA database includes relevant information on contaminated Brownfields properties that are being cleaned. VERSION DATE:1/2010 CALF Closed & Abandoned Landfill Inventory TCEQ, under a contract with Texas State University, and in cooperation with the 24 regional Council of Governments in the State, has located over 4,000 closed and abandoned municipal solid waste landfills throughout Texas. This listing contains "unauthorized sites". Unauthorized sites have no permit and are considered abandoned. The information available for each site varies in detail. VERSION DATE:11/2005 DCR Dry Cleaner Registration Database The DCR listing includes dry cleaning drop stations and facilities registered with the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. VERSION DATE:12/2009 GWCC Groundwater Contamination Cases This report contains a listing of groundwater contamination cases which were documented for the 2008 calendar year. Texas Water Code, Section 26.406 requires the annual report to describe the current status of groundwater monitoring activities conducted or required by each agency at regulated facilities or associated with regulated activities. The agencies reporting these contamination cases include the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, Railroad Commission of Texas, Texas Alliance of Groundwater Districts, and Department of State Health VERSION DATE:12/2008 DEFINITIONS 9 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - STATE (TX) Services. HISTGWCC Historic Groundwater Contamination Cases This historic report contains all agency groundwater contamination cases documented from 1994 to 2007. The agencies that reported these contamination cases included the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, Railroad Commission of Texas, Texas Alliance of Groundwater Districts, and Department of State Health Services. VERSION DATE:NR IHW Industrial and Hazardous Waste Sites Owner and facility information is included in this database of permitted and non-permitted industrial and hazardous waste sites. Industrial waste is waste that results from or is incidental to operations of industry, manufacturing, mining, or agriculture. Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in federal waste regulations. VERSION DATE:12/2009 IOP Innocent Owner / Operator Database Texas Innocent Owner / Operator (IOP) provides a certificate to an innocent owner or operator if their property is contaminated as a result of a release or migration of contaminants from a source or sources not located on the property, and they did not cause or contribute to the source or sources of contamination. VERSION DATE:1/2010 LIENS TCEQ Liens Liens filed upon State and/or Federal Superfund Sites by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. VERSION DATE:1/2010 LPST Leaking Petroleum Storage Tanks The Leaking Petroleum Storage Tank listing is derived from the Petroleum Storage Tank (PST) database and is maintained by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). This listing includes aboveground and underground storage tank facilities with reported leaks. VERSION DATE:1/2010 DEFINITIONS 10 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - STATE (TX) MSD Municipal Setting Designations TCEQ defines an MSD as an official state designation given to property within a municipality or its extraterritorial jurisdiction that certifies that designated groundwater at the property is not used as potable water, and is prohibited from future use as potable water because that groundwater is contaminated in excess of the applicable potable-water protective concentration level. The prohibition must be in the form of a city ordinance, or a restrictive covenant that is enforceable by the city and filed in the property records. The MSD property can be a single property, multi-property, or a portion of property. VERSION DATE:2/2009 MSWLF Municipal Solid Waste Landfill Sites Sites listed within a solid waste landfill database may include active landfills and inactive landfills, where solid waste is treated or stored. VERSION DATE:12/2009 NOV Notice of Violations This database containing Notice of Violations (NOV) is maintained by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. An NOV is a written notification that documents and communicates violations observed during an inspection to the business or individual inspected. VERSION DATE:12/2009 PIHW Permitted Industrial Hazardous Waste Sites Owner and facility information is included in this database of all permitted industrial and hazardous waste sites. Industrial waste is waste that results from or is incidental to operations of industry, manufacturing, mining, or agriculture. Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in federal waste regulations. Permitted IHW facilities are regulated under 30 Texas Administrative Code Chapter 335 in addition to federal regulations. VERSION DATE:12/2009 PST Petroleum Storage Tanks The Petroleum Storage Tank database is administered by the TCEQ (Texas Commission on Environmental Quality). Both Underground storage tanks (USTs) and Aboveground storage tanks (ASTs) are included in this report. Petroleum Storage Tank registration has been a requirement with the TCEQ since 1986. VERSION DATE:1/2010 DEFINITIONS 11 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - STATE (TX) RRCVCP Railroad Commission VCP and Brownfield Sites According to the Railroad Commission of Texas, their Voluntary Cleanup Program (RRC-VCP) provides an incentive to remediate Oil & Gas related pollution by participants as long as they did not cause or contribute to the contamination. Applicants to the program receive a release of liability to the state in exchange for a successful cleanup. VERSION DATE:9/2009 RWS Radioactive Waste Sites This TCEQ database contains all sites in the State of Texas that have been designated as Radioactive Waste sites. VERSION DATE:7/2006 SF State Superfund Sites The state Superfund program mission is to remediate abandoned or inactive sites within the state that pose an unacceptable risk to public health and safety or the environment, but which do not qualify for action under the federal Superfund program (NPL - National Priority Listing). Information in this database includes any recent developments and the anticipated action for these sites. VERSION DATE:1/2010 SIEC01 State Institutional/Engineering Control Sites The Texas Risk Reduction Program (TRRP) requires the placement of institutional controls (e.g., deed notices or restrictive covenants) on affected property in different circumstances as part of completing a response action. In its simplest form, an institutional control (IC) is a legal document that is recorded in the county deed records. In certain circumstances, local zoning or ordinances can serve as an IC. This listing may also include locations where Engineering Controls are in effect, such as a cap, barrier, or other engineering device to prevent access, exposure, or continued migration of contamination. VERSION DATE:1/2010 SPILLS Spills Listing This Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) database includes releases of hazardous or potentially hazardous materials into the environment. VERSION DATE:12/2009 DEFINITIONS 12 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - STATE (TX) TIERII Tier I I Chemical Reporting Program Facilities The Texas Tier II Chemical Reporting Program in the Department of State Health Services (DSHS) is the state repository for EPCRA-required Emergency Planning Letters (EPLs), which are one-time notifications to the state from facilities that have certain extremely hazardous chemicals in specified amounts. The Program is also the state repository for EPCRA/state-required hazardous chemical inventory reports called Texas Tier Two Reports. This data contains those facility reports for the 2005 through the 2007 calendar years. VERSION DATE:12/2007 VCP Voluntary Cleanup Program Sites The Texas Voluntary Cleanup Program (VCP) provides administrative, technical, and legal incentives to encourage the cleanup of contaminated sites in Texas. Since all non-responsible parties, including future lenders and landowners, receive protection from liability to the state of Texas for cleanup of sites under the VCP, most of the constraints for completing real estate transactions at those sites are eliminated. As a result, many unused or underused properties may be restored to economically productive or community beneficial uses. VERSION DATE:1/2010 WMRF Recycling Facilities This listing of recycling facilities is provided by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality’s Recycle Texas Online service. The company information provided in this database is self-reported. Since recyclers post their own information, a facility or company appearing on the list does not imply that it is in compliance with TCEQ regulations or other applicable laws. VERSION DATE:3/2009 DEFINITIONS 13 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS DEFINITIONS - TRIBAL INDIANRES Indian Reservations The Department of Interior and Bureau of Indian Affairs maintains this database that includes American Indian Reservations, off-reservation trust lands, public domain allotments, Alaska Native Regional Corporations and Recognized State Reservations. VERSION DATE:1/2000 LUSTR06 Leaking Underground Storage Tanks On Tribal Lands This database, provided by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), contains leaking underground storage tanks on Tribal lands located in EPA Region 6. This region includes the following states: Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. VERSION DATE:5/2009 ODINDIAN Open Dump Inventory on Tribal Lands This Indian Health Service database contains information about facilities and sites on tribal lands where solid waste is disposed of, which are not sanitary landfills or hazardous waste disposal facilities, and which meet the criteria promulgated under section 4004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6944). VERSION DATE:11/2006 USTR06 Underground Storage Tanks On Tribal Lands This database, provided by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), contains underground storage tanks on Tribal lands located in EPA Region 6. This region includes the following states: Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. VERSION DATE:5/2009 DEFINITIONS 14 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 Generator Types RCRA DESCRIPTIONS Acronyms RCRAG RCRAT RCRAC - Generator - Treatment, Storage & Disposal (Non-Corracts) - Corrective Action Large Quantity Generators - Generate 1,000 kg or more of hazardous waste during any calendar month; or - Generate more than 1 kg of acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month; or - Generate more than 100 kg of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, or acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month; or - Generate 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulate more than 1kg of acutely hazardous waste at any time; or - Generate 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulated more than 100 kg of that material at any time. Small Quantity Generators - Generate more than 100 and less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste during any calendar month and accumulate less than 6000 kg of hazardous waste at any time; or - Generate 100 kg or less of hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulate more than 1000 kg of hazardous waste at any time. Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity Generators - Generate 100 kilograms or less of hazardous waste per calendar month, and accumulate 1000 kg or less of hazardous waste at any time; or - Generate one kilogram or less of acutely hazardous waste per calendar month, and accumulate at any time: - 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste; or - 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, or acutely hazardous waste; or - Generate 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, or acutely hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulate at any time: - 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste; or - 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely hazardous waste. Note: Descriptions also apply to No Longer Regulated RCRA sites (NLRRCRAG, NLRRCRAT, and NLRRCRAC) RCRA DESCRIPTIONS 2705 Bee Caves Rd, Suite 330 · Austin, Texas 78746 · phone: 888-396-0042 · fax: 512-472-9967 00 91 01 ADDENDUM NUMBER 02 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide Project: (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Project Number:E11012 Owner: City of Corpus Christi City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Grady S. Atkinson, P.E., - LNV, Inc. Addendum No. 02 Specification Section: 00 91 01 Issue Date: 02/12/16 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Grady S. Atkinson, P.E. 02/12/16 Name Date Addendum Items: SPECIFICATIONS: "AMEND" SPECIFICATION 00 21 13 — INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS "AMEND" SPECIFICATION 00 72 03 — MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY "AMEND" SPECIFICATION 33 16 19 — COMPOSITE ELEVATED STORAGE TANK CLARIFICATIONS: QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED BY GRADY S. ATKINSON, P.E. NO. 115461 ON 2-12-16 . ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFICATION TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. LNV engineers architects I surveyors TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 Addendum No. 02 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 009101-1 REV 10-27-2015 ARTICLE 1— BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. ARTICLE 2 — MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2.01 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS — 17.02 DELETE: "Minority participation goal for this project has been established to be 45% of the Contract Price." ADD: "Minority participation goal for this project has been established to be 45% of the Contractor's aggregate work force." B. SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS — 17.03 DELETE: "Minority Business Enterprise participation goal for this project has been established to be 15% of the Contract Price." ADD: "Minority Business Enterprise participation goal for this project has been established to be 15% of the Contractor's aggregate work force." C. SECTION 00 72 03 MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY — 1.03 GOALS (A.) DELETE: "The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be as specified in SECTION 00 11 16 INVITATION TO BID". ADD: "The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be as specified in SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS". D. SECTION 33 16 19 COMPOSITE ELEVATED STORAGE TANK — 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS (A. Permits and Easements) — 1st Paragraph DELETE: "Permits, licenses, and easements required for permanent structures, changes in existing facilities or advancement of the construction as specified shall be secured and paid for by the Owner prior to the start of construction." ADD: "Permits, licenses, and easements required for permanent structures, changes in existing facilities or advancement of the construction as specified shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor prior to the start of construction." Addendum No. 02 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 009101-2 REV 10-27-2015 ARTICLE 3 — CLARIFICATIONS 3.01 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS A. Question: "In Spec Section 33 12 33, it lists Toshiba Magmeter Model LF or equal. We have reviewed the specifications and would like to have the Rosemount Model 8750 shown as an approved Magmeter. The City of Corpus Christi is familiar and uses some Rosemount equipment. We can provide documentation as required." Answer: "Please refer to Specification 01 31 14 Article 1.04 — EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS for requirements and procedures the Contractor must follow to substitute a product other than those specifically listed in the drawings and specifications." Question: "What is the run time of the UPS System item 17 on the equipment schedule drawing 24 of 54?" Answer: "The Manufacturer's standard run time for the UPS system is 14 minutes for both 700 VA and 1400 VA UPS at full Toad." Question: "What are the lengths of the concrete poles for the street and flood lights depicted on drawings 27 of 54 and 44 of 54?" Answer: "The lengths of the concrete poles for the street and flood lights are as called out on Drawings Sheet 27 of 54 and Sheet 44 of 54." Question: "Addendum No. 1 mentions the inclusion of Specification 33 16 19 —Composite Elevated Storage Tank and it is not included in the Addendum can you please provide it." Answer: "Specification 33 16 19 — Composite Elevated Storage Tank has already been included into the original bid documentation. Addendum No. 1 only specifies to "amend" the already provided Specification 33 16 19 — Composite Elevated Storage Tank to show that the Rand Morgan EST Operating Parameters for the Support wall diameter is 32 feet not 28 feet. " Question: "Article 17 item 17.02 of the Instruction to Bidders states a minority participation goal has been established for the project at 45% of the contract price. Is this a 45% goal for minority people (aggregate work force) on the project, not contract price? Please clarify." Answer: "Yes, the 45% goal for minority people is on the Contractor's aggregate work force, but not contract price. Please reference to the above Article 2.01 A, B and C." Question: "Can we use an alternate analyzer for Mark # 12 from the Equipment Schedule? There is an alternate option that requires only one analyzer per elevated tank (can test 2 streams) that does not require to be calibrated because it auto calibrates, is not affected by interferences and most importantly is TCEQ approved method for reporting. Please add HACH 5500sc Part # 5500.AMC.4.KTO." Answer: "Please refer to Specification 01 31 14 Article 1.04 — EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS for requirements and procedures the Contractor must follow to substitute a product other than those specifically listed in the drawings and specifications." Addendum No. 02 00 91 01 - 3 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects REV 10-27-2015 Question: "Can we use 120v across the board for all the controllers and analyzers (see Mark # 5, 6 and # 12 from the Equipment Schedule)?" Answer: "120 VAC circuits, supplied from SCADA panel and individually fused for each instrument can be used in lieu of 24 VDC. However, 120 VAC instrument wiring must be routed in a dedicated conduit separate from 24 VDC or data communications wiring." Question: Section 33 16 19-2 refers us to Section 03 00 20 for the requirements of concrete inspection and testing, however no such section exists in the specifications. Will the owner provide a 3rd party inspector for concrete testing, or is the contractor required to provide this? Answer: "Specification 03 00 20 — Portland Cement Concrete is provided in the original bid documentation. Owner will provide a 3rd party inspector for the concrete tes ing required." Question: "Section 09 9101 Item 1.03.A.2 - Is it your intention to paint the galvanized ladders and landings with in the concrete support structure?" Answer: "Galvanized ladders and landings are not intended to be painted." Question: "Section 03 11 00 Concrete Formwork - Please confirm we follow Section 33 16 19, AWWA D107 and industry standards for the composite tank support wall relating to mixes, curing, form removal times, etc. in lieu of Section 03 1100 as concreting specifications usually found in Division 3 relates more to concrete operations such as concrete paving and sidewalks, etc." Answer: "For the Composite Elevated Tank support wall, the Contractor must follow the requirements provided in Specification 33 16 19 — Composite Elevated Storage Tank." Question: "Section 33 16 19 Item 1.03.B specifies a 28 ft diameter pedestal. Detail 3 on drawing sheet 7 has a pedestal dimension of 32'. Please confirm 32' is a minimum as a 32' diameter pedestal is required to fit the piping as detailed." Answer: "This question was addressed in Addendum No. 1. The support wall diameter for the Rand Morgan EST shall be 32 feet." Question: "Section 03 30 01 Bid Form —Subcontractor pricing is usually last minute - Can only Page 4 of the Bid Form be completed at time of bid with the bid breakdown of Items Al through A32 and Items B1 through B31 being submitted within 48 hours by the apparent low bidder? This will be fair to the Bidders and will provide the Owner with a more accurate bid breakdown." Answer: "Please refer to Specification 00 2113 — Invitation to Bid and Instruction to Bidders Article 8 — PREPARATION FOR BID for bid preparation requirements." Question: "Section 00 72 00 Item 7.02.0 — Will work on Sundays be allowed at these sites?" Answer: "The Contractor will be allowed to work on Sundays as long as the OAR is notified one (1) week in advance of such work." Question: "Section 00 72 00 Item 7.02.0 — Will work on Saturdays be allowed at these sites?" Answer: "The Contractor will be allowed to work on Saturdays as long as the OAR is notified one (1) week in advance of such work." Addendum No. 02 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 009101-4 REV 10-27-2015 Question: "Section 01 50 00 Item 2.01.A — Is a field office for the OPT required at each site?" Answer: "One work space for the OPT shall be provided by the Contractor at each site." Question: "Section 00 72 01 Item 1.01.A states an Owners Protective Liability policy is not required, however Item 1.04.A states we are to purchase an OPL policy. Please confirm an Owners Protective Liability policy is not required to be purchased by the Contractor." Answer: "The Owner's Protective Liability is not required to be purchased by the Contractor." Question: "Section 01 31 00 Item 1.04.A and Section 33 16 19 Item 1.07.A Building Permits. Should the Contractor be responsible for the building permit can a fee schedule be provided or can the building permit fees be waived?" Answer: "The Contractor is responsible for the building permit. The Building Permit is based on 0.7% of the construction value and consists of Permit Fee and Review Fee, of which 70% of the 0.7% is the permit fee, and would be reduced by 50% for the City's project; the other 30% of the 0.7% is the review fee. The City needs 14 calendar days for review." Question: "Section 01 31 00 Item 1.04.A instructs the Contractor to obtain and pay for any building permit fees. However; Section 33 16 19 Item 1.07.A specifies the Owner is to obtain and pay for the building Permit. Please clarify." Answer: "Specification 33 16 19 Item 1.07 (A.) is to be amended to state that all permits, licenses, and easements required for permanent structures, changes in existing facilities or advancement of the construction as specified shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor prior to the start of construction." Question: "Will the fence require a vinyl coating? If so will this be just the mesh or would it include posts and all components?" Answer: "Vinyl coating will be required for all components of the fence and slide gate of this project." Question: "Concerning the Water Quality Analyzers: After reviewing the specs, I would like ATi (Analytical Technologies) Q46N to be shown as an approved manufacturer. Please advise to any documentation you may need and where to send it." Answer: "Please refer to Specification 01 31 14 Article 1.04 — EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS for requirements and procedures the Contractor must follow to substitute a product other than those specifically listed in the drawings and specifications." Question: "Concerning MAG meters: the specs call for Toshiba -LF or equal. After reviewing the spec detail, I would like Siemens MAG5100W to shown as an approved meter. Please advise to any documentation you may need and where to send it." Answer: "Please refer to Specification 01 31 14 Article 1.04 — EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS for requirements and procedures the Contractor must follow to substitute a product other than those specifically listed in the drawings and specifications." Addendum No. 02 00 91 01 - 5 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects REV 10-27-2015 Question: "Holly tank site - What type of antenna is on site (AM, FM,)?" Answer: "The existing antenna located at the Holly tank site is a main link for the City Municipal Information Systems (MIS) Department. The Zink is a point to point and point to multipoint wireless solution that uses 4.9GHz and 11 GHz frequency." END OF ADDENDUM NO. 02 Addendum No. 02 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 009101-6 REV 10-27-2015 00 9101 ADDENDUM NUMBER 01 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide Project: (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Owner: City of Corpus Christi City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Grady S. Atkinson, ' E., - LNV, Inc. Project Number:E11012 Addendum No. 01 Specification Section: 00 9101 Issue Date: 02/09/16 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the BId. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Grady S. Atkinson, P.E. 02/09/16 Name Date Addendum Items: SPECIFICATIONS: 28 23 00 — VIDEO SURVEILLANCE (ATTACHMENT NO. 1) 33 1619 — COMPOSITE ELEVATED STORAGE TANK DRAWINGS: SHEET 11— ELEVATED STORAGE TANK SECTIONS jATTACHMENT NO. 2) SHEET 25 — RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS (ATTACHMENT NO. 3) SHEET 29 — RAND MORGAN TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS (ATTACHMENT NO. 4) SHEET 42 — HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS (ATTACHMENT NO. 5) SHEET 46 — HOLLY TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS (ATTACHMENT NO. 6) CLARIFICATIONS: QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED BY GRADY 5. ATKINSON, P.E. NO 115461 ON 2-9-16 . ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFICATION TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER 15 AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. ...1.•t p'1 . OF T f ,111 ..1.`2..' 1 1s r 4*• %t • *rill GRADY S. ATKINSON S •1 115461 • oNA viz 2/9/16 LNV engineers architects surveyors TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 Addendum No. 01 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 009101-1 REV 10.27-2015 ARTICLE 1— BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Form may render the Bid as non- responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. ARTICLE 2 — MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. Add the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Added Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) SECTION 28 23 00 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE (Attachment 1) 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. SECTION 33 16 19 COMPOSITE ELEVATED STORAGE TANK— SECTION (1.03)(B.) DELETE: "28 ft." from the Rand Morgan EST Operating Parameters for the Support wall diameter. ADD: "32 ft." for the Rand Morgan EST Operating Parameters for the Support wall diameter. ARTICLE 3 — MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS A. DELETE the following Drawings: Deleted Drawings SHEET 11— ELEVATED STORAGE TANKS SECTIONS SHEET 25 — RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS SHEET 29 — RAND MORGAN TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS SHEET 42 — HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS SHEET 46 — HOLLY TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS B. ADD the following Drawings: Added Drawings SHEET 11— ELEVATED STORAGE TANKS SECTIONS (Attachment 2) SHEET 25 — RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS (Attachment 3) SHEET 29 — RAND MORGAN TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS (Attachment 4) SHEET 42 — HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS (Attachment 5) SHEET 46 — HOLLY TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS (Attachment 6) Addendum No. 01 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 009101.2 REV 10-27.2015 ARTICLE 4 — CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS A. Question: "Blast Media: The current specification states that blasting must be done with silica sand or grit. Silica sand is usually avoided, not only for the amount of dust it generates, but also for the health hazard the dust creates. In the field for elevated tanks, CBI commonly uses a low dust emitting, low silica content DuPont Starblast or Blast One Australian Garnet. Product Data Sheets can be provided upon request. As mentioned earlier, the fabricating shop uses a centrifugal wheel blast with a shot/grit abrasive mixture. The blasting unit incorporates a dust collector. We suggest these commonly used abrasives be acceptable to this project." Answer: "Low silica content DuPont Starblast or Blast One Australian Garnet are approved to be used on this prosect." Question: "Recycling Abrasive: The current specification states "recycling" of blast media is not allowed. Our painting shop has a centrifugal wheel blasting unit that recycles the shot/grit abrasive. Thus, if shop painting is allowed, we would assume that this statement as to recycling not being allowed would be applicable only to the field blasting." Answer: "Recycling of blast media is allowed for shop blasting but not allowed for field blasting." Question: "1) Shop Paint: There is no mention of shop priming and it looks like a specification setup for full field blast and prime. Thus, the assumption is that all the blasting and painting is intended to be done in the field. I would suggest a shop prime system be allowed - particularly in a scenario where containment is mandatory. This moves a large share of the blasting to the shop reducing containment concerns (and eliminates chloride concerns during the bulk of the primer application)." Answer: "Shop priming i5 approved to be used for this proiect as long as contained properly." Question: "Compensation for overtime for OPT and/or RPR is to be payed by the contractor. We will be working 40 to 60 hours/week. Need hourly cost and overheads for OPT and RPR to estimate added cost REF: 007200-S1 15.01.B.1.n" Answer: "The City will not impose a reduction in payment to the Contractor for overtime charges of the OAR or RPR for this project." Question: "Drawing sheet 7 shows a 32' diameter tower. Specification 33 16 19-1.03-B and drawing sheet 11 show a 28' diameter. Please clarify minimum diameter, it appears from the orientation in drawing sheet 7 that a 32' tower would be required to fit piping and other interior items. REF: Drawing Sheet 7" Answer: "The tank pedestal wall minimum diameter for the Rand Morgan EST shall be 32'." Question: "Conical weir required per specification at top of page 33 16 19 -14. The given flow rate of 17,000 gpm is way too high for a conical weir. Specification should be revised to allow a siphon in place of a typical conical weir or weir box. REF: 33 1619-2.06-L-2" Answer: "Ano deviation from the conical weir as required in Specification 3316 19-2.06-L- 2 will need to be submitted to the Owner / Engineer for approval." Addendum No. 01 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 009101-3 REV 10-27-2015 Question: "Please remove language in 331619-2.06-1-2 which requires overflow pipe to turn under the tank floor. This comes from either a competitor's specification or an older specification and prevents our tank construction method which requires the overflow pipe to turn inside the tank. REF: 33 16 19-2.06-L-2" Answer: "The overflow pipe is approved to turn inside the tank." Question: "Diameter for overflow pipe not given. Please confirm that the owner does not have a preferred overflow pipe diameter and that the overflow pipe diameter is to be determined by the tank contractor. REF: 33 16 19-2.06-L-2" Answer: "The Contractor shall have a Professional Engineer licensed in the state of Texas design and determine the overflow pipe diameter based on the maximum fill rate." Question: "The access tube shall incorporate a 2 in. by 2 in. channel to collect condensation that may form on the interior surface. A flexible 3/4 in. PVC hose complete with backflow preventer shall drain the channel to the overflow pipe." Our standard detail is to catch condensation with a condensate pan at the bottom of the access tube. Please clarify that this is acceptable. REF: 33 1619-2.06-M" Answer: "It is approved for the Contractor to incorporate a condensation catchment with condensate pan at the bottom of the access tube in lieu of the 2 in. by 2 in. channel as long as a flexible % in. PVC hose complete with backflow preventer is incorporated to drain the condensation catchment to the overflow pipe." Question: "Please remove requirement for buttress. This is an outdated requirement. Overhead doors have been proven to resist local buckling with heavy steel reinforcement in standard thickness walls. Additionally, the only way to prevent damage from vehicle impact is with pipe bollards, which we will provide. REF: 33 1619-2.03-C" Answer: "The internal buttress required for openings 8 ft. or wider used for vehicle access can only be removed with the approval of engineering signed and sealed calculations proving the overhead door can resist local buckling with heavy steel reinforcement in standard thickness walls." Question: "'A qualified supervisor directly employed by the Contractor shall be on site at all times&' This is part of our competitor's standard specification to give them a competitive advantage over those who use foundation subcontractors. Please remove this section or revise to remove requirement for directly employed supervisor during foundation construction. REF: 33 16 19 -1.0S -A-4" Answer: "There will be no exception to this requirement. A qualified supervisor directly employed by the Contractor shall be on site at all times during construction of the foundation, support structure and steel tank." Question: "Load combinations in specification 33 16 19-1.03-E are outdated and unecessarily more conservative than those in AWWA D107. Section E should be removed. REF: 33 16 19- 1.03-E" Answer: "There will be no exception to this requirement. The contents of Specification 33 16 19-1.03-E shall be considered for the combination of loads calculations." Question: "Cone roof shown in drawing sheet 11. Roof type is not discussed anywhere in the specification or drawings. Our standard roof is a dome. Will this be allowed? Domed steel Addendum No. 01 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 91 01 - 4 REV 10-27-2015 roof will minimize water ponding and snow from accumulating on roof plates. Dome roof also allows visual confirmation of roof accessories for tank security and structural integrity by allowing observation of the roof appurtenances. All of our competitors have built composites with domed roofs. REF : Drawing Sheet 11" Answer: "A domed roof is allowed." Question: "Is there a spec section for the CCTV equipment and fiber materials needed for this project on drawing 25 of 54 and drawing 31 of 54 (CCTV Diagram)" Answer: "Technical Specification Section 28 23 00 — Video Surveillance will be added to Addendum No. 1 as "Attachment No. 1" and will provide the requirements for the CCTV equipment and fiber materials needed." Question: "We downloaded the documents from civcast, however, one of the documents seemed to be corrupted or something (Doc # 22191_7848_1_8286162). When we download and open it shows the first few pages and then comes up an error, and the pages after appear to be blank. We also tried printing and the document printed blank. Can you check on this for us please?" Answer: "The documents have been re -uploaded. Please download again. Sorry for the inconvenience." END OF ADDENDUM NO. 01 Addendum No, 01 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 009101-5 REV 10.27.2015 SECTION 28 23 00 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Cameras and associated materials and equipemt 2. Data communicatios cable and accessories. B. Related Technical Specification Sections: 1. Section 26 05 33 Raceways 1.02 REFERENCES: A. NPFA 70 - National Electrical Code. B. Underwriters Laboratory (UL) C. ANSI/TIAIEIA-568-B.1 Commercival Building Telecommunciaitons Cabling Standard D. ANSI/TIA/E1A-568-B.2 Balanced -Twisted Pair Cabling Components E. ANSI/TIA/E1A-568-B.3 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Stanmdard 1.03 SUBMITTALS — FOR APPROVAL A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions. B. Product Data: 1. Provide descriptive literature, catalog and performance data, specification sheets and connection requirements for each component. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide complete system interconnection wiring diagram showing each equipment item, device and interconnecting conduit and wiring and connections to devices and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Provide manufacturer's installation, operation and maintenance manuals for each equipment item furnished. Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 ADDENDUM NO.1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 1 OF 4 Video Surveillance 282300-1 1.04 SUBMITTALS — RECORD DATA A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Technical Specification Section 26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions. B. Drawings: 1. As -built version of drawings as listed in Paragraph C.I. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Installation, operating and maintenance instructions. 2. Lists: Tools, test equipment, spare parts, and replacement items recommended to be stored at site for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS: A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three (3) years documented experience. B. Supplier: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three (3) years documented experience. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or a testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. 1.07 MAINTENANCE SERVICE: A. Furnish service and maintenance of complete system for one (1) year from date of completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Vicon B. Pelco C. Approved equivalent ADDENDUM NO.1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE2OF4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Video Surveillance City Project No. E11012 28 23 00 — 2 2.02 CAMERAS: A. Outdoor Pressurized Dome Camera: Vicon Cat. No. SN220P-L Surveyor HD, outdoor, pendant mount, pressurized dome housing, IP protocolwps-1 B. Network camera with 20X optical zoom. C. Power Supplies: 1. Vicon S28WPS-1 - 120 VAC-28VAC, 3 amp. D. Surge Protection 1. Ditek Cat. No. DTK-PVPIP - IPiPoE video power and data surge protector. E. Mounting Equipment: 1. Provide suitable mounting brackets and adapters as required for proper installation. Products shall be as manufactured or as recommended by the camera manufacturer 2.03 MOUNTING TOWER A. Rohn 25 Series Tower 2.04 DATA COMMMUNICATIONS CABLE A. Copper: ANSIIEIAITIA 568-B.2, UL WC -63.1, Category 5e, UL 444, NEC CMR- CMX outdoor, 100 -ohm, shielded twisted pairs, 4 pair, No. 24 AWG copper conductors, Belden 7929A. Connectors shall be sealed, weatherproof, field installed, RJ45, E1A/TIA 568-B.1 Category 5e, Woodhead Connectivity type ENSAM315V. B. Fiber Optics: 1. Cable: ANSI/ICEA S-87-640 - 62.5:125 pm multi -mode, Corning Altos all - dielectric, gel -free, waterblocked, loose -tube design, 3.5 db/km max. attenuation, 12 fiber. 2. Terminations: Coming UniCam Type LC 3. Patch Panel: Coming WCH 4. Media Converters: Moxa IMC -21 GA Series industrial gigabit Ethernet to fiber converter, LC fiber port, 10/100/1000 Base T(X) RJ45 port, DIN rail mount, with necessary power supply. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install and connect equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide a conduit system for required cable and conductors in accordance with the drawings and reference specifications. ADDENDUM NO.1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 3 OF 4 Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) Video Surveillance City Project No. E11012 28 23 00 — 3 C. Provide fiber optics communications, AC power, PTZ control wiring and network interconnection cabling as recommended by equipment manufacturer to connect cameras to the City MIS network. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General : Test copper cables and terminations in accordance with EIA/T1A 568. B. Fiber Testing: All fibers and termination hardware shall be 100% tested for defects in installation and to verify cabling system performance under installed conditions according to the requirements of ANSI/TIAIEIA-568-B-1 Section 11. All pairs of each installed cable shall be verified prior to system acceptance. Any defect in the cabling system installation including but not limited to cable, connectors, feed through couplers, patch panels, and connector blocks shall be repaired or replaced in order to ensure 100% useable conductors in all cables installed. C. Final Verification Test: Log on to network from each outlet and confirm proper connection to City network. D. Test Reports: Submit three (3) copies of complete test reports for all copper and fiber cables.Include all test values and ANSI/TIA/EIA limits for each test value 3.03 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES: A. Prepare and start systems. B. Supervise final wiring connections and system adjustments. C. In conjunction with City MIS personnel, establish network communication between the video server ant the O. N. Stevens Water Treatment Plant and each installed camera. D. Demonstrate system operation and provide up to 1 hour of instruction from manufacturer's training personnel. E. Conduct a walking tour of Project and briefly describe function, operation, and maintenance of each component to City operating and maintenance personnel. END OF SECTION Elevated Water Storage Tanks — Citywide (ACR Implementation Phase 2) City Project No. E11012 ADDENDUM NO.1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 4 OF 4 Video Surveillance 28 23 00 — 4 m..Fa.m.+ or, s~4 •a..tuwrce sv a +... ucrO.s...� ms.. Mew, .1. 3Ou.1.w•- NO1VA313 b01631X3 0 8 NOIIVN313 801631NI 1v 0zz = Ea E .�z o zo w A g -12 rrg J RAND MORGAN EST - 10&0' HOLLY EST - 126.65' RANO ROMAN EST - 50.0' HOLLY E5T - 45.9' 11 JuuuuuuuuuuL L L - nnnnnnnr - 51 A RANO MORGAN EST - 1Oa.0' HOLLY EST - 126.65' u 2 5 uu� n gl RE nj ST 37L 0 � N : o RI 0 a g u.J '7.8y D � � aZ' g c el6 gRAND YORGAN EST . 50.0' HOLLY EST - 45.0' WO( HEAD RANGE !Arc IV arsurrrae UMW as or, ST A is ZJQil3 #Ji31W14 19 Z.g17-?JIM ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ELEVATED STORAGE TANK SECTIONS 11 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers 1 architects 1 contractors 111110111421110114, sure 3w ..143.11 Fn4NI cawac,nsn TE RAI MAI 14.11.1111.11-11143a la FIRM3q. F441WM i.N117.t01 s o5 S.W ri..v.aI. - cC.1�. a 1.ar1 1r.vr1 as SI14 Sop. C 0 rn ✓ -+ r n n v >m =z 3c mg Z . O -% ,— Goa aNnOa9.olr.rlt NM wn 00 F 01, 2� r � 1 +a-0- d008 *Pa 1331S .0'.5 ■ 3dld OP 'HOS ',V10 mu 0 0• 2 e'1 03 1. m5; 0 A T nn N uA.m G1 � 0 — IL JLVI 1/- 1/ LI/ IT AFICRIPITON NIVIVIMINO sr ITIS] XI 0 01 0 T M C m C 7) 2 21 rnti OMo rg 10 nm 01 m Zt01 R3 0403411144110 7,3 cn ru ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS • CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS • CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UT L TIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV engineers ! architects 1 contractors III NAY10A11ml WW1 I« comma a 0I16R 1ElusTOMMY 113.1,3111 isle. Ill 011t013-188/ FAX WWI 011.11011 NNW t WCLmt 1 { .dlq 02/0fl/16 12.22 t=1 ITEC i N.1 ny\t wt• - lip , rs p u. ..ave, !o>yn SALIDNO3 ONIiSlX 4 x m r Oy -1 n DETERMINED BY ELEVATION —1D as Z Z z ; C/ UT 02 M Ini N --1-1 z a r*1 0 PJ 1:4Oz a -i 0 >i3Vd 1N3Wf1d1SNI 0 m 0 N > 0 TA - >-0 w 0 z z ▪ I ayT G:9 z I^ n � Tv N m0 1 I � o m�+ m Z n a a° o z z 3c M zz Z . o � 0 0 n 21 O z n m m 0 m A ro 0 171 0 ll'HLSINfl tOOld DUmDEN sY P111 P UNiSTRUT CLAMP, HOT DIP GALVANIZED 3NON nos 11V13a 83111WSNV I1 38f1SS3dd WAN/14 // PIPCNIFTRIN PININNI*0. OIIF 11 INIUMIFFION gun 13 -inlaid MO ZSfP-81M Fe I) at ~ ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers ! architects 1 contractors Tn wYgATIUILSLIEW rItflUp pnw. COMM CIM11. MIAS TIM r*tla11 m.IW TY! ,n Itl 4461 MI IT WMISLW 2.6' 6.4r — la s " ��y 1 fl d 7 FINISHED FLOOR SLAB a C �� i . ° . II si'_ to Zm m M po -1py C0 0 = p o 1 r m zwt 0 1:.6) p0 - Z= 'za C 01 • > x Z Ti UP m 0 m LI C C a my 43 N 0 z / 1L I --------- EMBED PIPE A MINIMUM OF 24" INT L8 n a a° o z z 3c M zz Z . o � 0 0 n 21 O z n m m 0 m A ro 0 171 0 ll'HLSINfl tOOld DUmDEN sY P111 P UNiSTRUT CLAMP, HOT DIP GALVANIZED 3NON nos 11V13a 83111WSNV I1 38f1SS3dd WAN/14 // PIPCNIFTRIN PININNI*0. OIIF 11 INIUMIFFION gun 13 -inlaid MO ZSfP-81M Fe I) at ~ ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS - CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RAND MORGAN TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers ! architects 1 contractors Tn wYgATIUILSLIEW rItflUp pnw. COMM CIM11. MIAS TIM r*tla11 m.IW TY! ,n Itl 4461 MI IT WMISLW si 110101,1 n, 2 14]Piyn N1ra1�4wnFlWlwq 11V130 UMW. A100 doll ar+noao.0xmt N N m n O F 10'-0' food HNYI1331S .0-.S ■ 3dld O'HOS 'VIa .E 9'-0" Oft g _ II N an oo N V 1/ V 1/ 11/ 1/ V V 1/ 1/ I MUM MP. .AIF Jr ORCIPFIRM Rams NA NIT WET 0.93rd![Ia ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS • CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK ELECTRICAL DETAILS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers ! architects 1 contractors N1 N•V10AfPL *11* 1 PM, .rN11 NI1.1MF CORPUS ammN. 1FL41FYF F►acvllmnW 11P! FMN M. F.1N *1UWSM IC orst E 7.tlrq 07/08/ 8 12:22 1=1 MEC ZAJOI. F .M. 3010. 1 CC I... 1'+1,7"•°wl1311 deg 0 X) . . O I -71C z En ' r7 2 c m E/l 1 -I xi na Z Z z- Ci (n =0 M la 3. U$ — I z z M AZ o- S 31BUON00 9Nl1+SND e• DETERMINED BY ELEVATION OF PRESSURE TRANSMITTER as Av am o z E c m z �o z. 0) P N mCa 41 = 210 0 dY73dl D T ±y 000 23 r a.2 B N 0 m N P 1Id130 8311II1SNVd1 38f1SS3dd mums Ea 1F UTE 11 N!SC1fH1i01 ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS • CITYWIDE (ACR IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 2) CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS HOLLY TANK INSTRUMENTATION DETAILS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV engineers ! architects 1 contractors M I IYYtl►TION. SUM W M.; 4411 444 4414 COIIwa Cl111131% NUS TWO r&C0411AT•1Nf TIN! FNM Id.4444 w1w1I1113.1[ C0M E16.O.] 02/09/16 12.24 1.1 VEC